■ 



* ' ■ 



mi 



m nSZHS 

iv. • I ■ . , I . I I 

■ 




':■,',-'<•:• 



H 

few*- rtfiv^ 

■ ■ 







■ 







(lass PAIR 'S . 
Book i V fa 



( 
HANDBOOK 



OF 






GREEK SYNONYMES, 

FROM THE FRENCH 

i 

OF 

M. ALEX. PILLON, 

LIBRARIAN OF THE BIBLIOTHEQJJE ROYALE, AT PARIS, 

AND ONE OF THE EDITORS OF THE NEW EDITION OF PLANCHE'S 

DICTIONNAIRE GREC-FRANCAIS. 



EDITED, WITH NOTES, 

BY THE REV. 

THOMAS KEECHEVEB ARNOLD, M.A. 

RECTOR OF LYNDON, 
AND LATE FELLOW OF TRINITY COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE. 




LONDON: 

FRANCIS & JOHN RIVlNGTON, 
sr. Paul's church yard, and Waterloo place. 

1850. 






LONDON : 

GILBERT AND RIVINGTON, PRINTERS, 

ST. JOHN'S SQUARE. 



PREFACE. 



My attention was first called to Mons. Pillon's " Syno- 
nymes Grecs" by a highly favorable review of that work 
in the Jahrbiicher fur Philologie und Padagogik, by Vomel, 
himself the principal German writer upon the subject. 

There may exist some difference of opinion as to the 
plan pursued by the Author ; since he comprehends in it 
all the words, whether poetical or not, that have a common 
or closely related meaning, not excluding even the a7ra£ 
Xeyofxeva. Hence, in many articles, we have a conspectus 
of the whole wealth of the Greek language ; and in others, 
a discrimination of meanings that are really in themselves 
quite distinct, and are sufficiently discriminated by the 
simple mention of the corresponding English or Latin term 
of each. 

I have no doubt, however, that the conspectus of the 
language, thus offered, will be itself considered a work of 
great interest ; and that the portion which confines itself to 
the distinction of terms more strictly synonymous, will be 
received as a valuable contribution to our works on Greek 
literature ; being indeed on a subject that has hitherto 



IV PREFACE. 

been discussed in no separate work in the English lan- 
guage, if we except the translation of Tittmann's Syno- 
nymes of the New Testament. 

The principal point on which I have differed from my 
Author is the, as it seems to me, undue extension he has 
given to the term poetical, by which he would be consi- 
dered by the student, if unwarned, to condemn, not unfre- 
quently, the use in prose of words that are found in prose 
writers of the best age, principally indeed by Plato and 
Xenophon, but sometimes by Thucydides and the Orators. 

The early notes which I have added to the Work are 
principally at the end of the volume ; but from the 
twenty-fourth article T have inserted them in the text, 
but always distinguished them from the Author's own 
remarks by including them within brackets [ ]. 

T. K. A. 

Weston-Super-Mare, 
Feb. 21, 1850. 



The words that belong exclusively to Poetry are printed in a 
smaller type than the rest. 



HANDBOOK 



OF 



GREEK SYNONYMES. 



1. 

dyafios, ?/, oV, (fr. ayav or [ayajiai] dyaorog), good) in 1 
as wide sense as the English word ; well-fitted for any thing ; 
good or able in any capacity or respect : dyadog yewpyog, 
i7nrevQ, larpog. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 6. In Homer, distin- 
guished by some physical superiority : Borjv ayadog Ato- 
fjLil^rjg. II. ii. 565 ; good in raising the battle-cry ; i. e. brave 
in battle. Speaking of things, good, i. e. useful, advan- 
tageous, efficacious ; fertile (speaking of the soil) ; fig. good, 
virtuous : Ovk dpa olorre, iky fxi) rig cruxpptoy xal ayadog 
fi, evhaljiova elyat. Plat. Alcib.i. 134. [Hence it rises from 
the notion of physical superiority to that of moral excel- 
lence (its least frequent application); that of profitableness 
lying between the two. Vomel.~\ 

4(r0\ds, fj, 6v, poetical, used in all the significations of dyaQog : 
brave, in opp. to Kcuzog in Homer : MoTpav o" ovriyci <pr)p.i Tretpvyfiivov 
(fifiivai dv6pu»v ov tcatzov, ovde fiev scrOXov. 11. vi. 489. Found also 
in opp. to 7rovrjp6g in Xenophon, who often uses poet, phrases : Kairoi 
eyu) olfiai ovde^iiav aperriv amctTvOai vir* dvOpw-rnov wg ftrfikv arXti 
?XW(Tti/ oi ta9\oi yevofXEvoi twv novrjpCjv. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 20. [When 
Plato uses it, he is always, if not quoting, yet referring to some passage 
of the poets, e. g. Prot. 344, d.] 

€vs, iv, in all the senses of ayadog: ' AKapavT rjuy re miyav 
Tt. II. vi. 8. Aoioi yap re ttiQoi KaraKeiarai sv Aidg ol'Cti Co>f)iui- 
ola. didioai Kaicwv, 'irtpog de tatov. 11. xxiv. 528. Its compound, ^v- 
T)T]s (o, »/), is poetic: "Og toi eraipov trrtcpvev Ivijea re Kpartpor 
II. xxi. 9G. The neuter tv has been retained in prose as an adverb 

B 



2 1. 

(1) KaXos, ko\y\, prop, beautiful [278], in speaking of 
persons or things : NijccJ $e Kal aidrjpov Kal 7rvp fcctXjj rig 
ovgci. Anacr. Od, 2. Fig. but never in speaking of per- 
sons ; of actions, beautiful, good, mostly in a moral sense ; 
whence, of good report, virtuous, honorable [e. g. of noble 
actions and their rewards] ; in which application it differs 
from ayadog, which signifies more particularly what is use- 
ful, advantageous : HpoKEirai rdlg vik&giv ayada iyEiv, 
KaXa clkoveiv, Xen, Cyr, vii. 1, 7. [Cf. Note.] 

KaXos K&yaOos, = KaXog Kal ayadog, prop, beautiful 
and good, uniting every advantage, physical and moral; 
hence perfect [_good, emphatically] : tx A rJ /caXJ Kayady 
TioXiTti 7rpo(rf](cei 9 ravra ttoleIv, Xen, Mem, i. 6, 13. In 
a special sense, in the plural, ol koXoI Kayadoi, the gentry 
or nobility and gentry of a country, the upper classes or 
ranks, those distinguished by their birth and wealth, opti- 
mates : OvSelg av twv koX&v KayaOCSv ekwv o^Oelrf Hepff&v 
7te£6q \h)v, Xen, Cyr, iv. 3, 5. 

Kpifyvos (6, 17), fr. Ksctp and yavu) 1 , rejoicing the heart: Butt- 
mann, fr. X9V (Tl l X0 Q : m Homer and Plato, good, useful [agreeable]: 
MapTi KaK&v ov 7rix)iroTe fioi to Kpriyvov ei7reg. II. i. 106. 

X<hos, fr. \a(a 9 a Lacedaemonian word, synon. with 
apxpuoQ, ayadog, and EvyEvrjg : Ovira yvvalK oinoira ^cuwrc- 
pav, Aristoph, Lys, 1157. 

XP^ottos, 77, 6v ('xpaofiai), lit. that which one makes 
use of, or may make use of, good, in the sense of useful, pro- 
fitable, prop, in speaking of things, opposed to irovqpog : Ilo- 
repog ETra'iei irepl tujv xprjcrrwv gitimv Kal irovqpCjv 6 larpog 
1) o oxboiroLog ; Plat, Gorg, 464, d. By ext. used of persons : 
OiKerai xpriaroi. Xen. (Econ. 9, 5. Fig., by ext., upright, 
virtuous, good : Ato Kal rovg vieig ol iraripeg, kclv (ban awtypo- 
veg, o/jnog euro twv wovrjpiov avdpwiriDV eipyovaiv, <*>g ty\V \iev 
tGjv ^pYjcrTafV SfXiXlav ao-Krjo-ir, tt)v ce t&v irovqpibv Kara- 
Xvaiv ovaav rfjg aperrjg. Xen, Mem, i. 2, 20. In Plato 
it is often used ironically in the sense of simple, simpleton, 
as in our "good, easy man :" Xprjarrog e1, on jjle fiyel iKavbv 
eivai rh ekeivov ovrug aKplfiwg SuSeIp, Phcedr, 204, b. 

1 [Buttmann also mentions Kparvg as a word with which it is pos- 
sibly connected. Probably from Ksap and yeu) or yvu) (capere), a word 
frequently mentioned by the grammarians. There is no suclf word as 
yavu). V'6mel.\ 



(rrrouSatos (b, rj) ((tttevcw), prop, busy, earnest [of one(l) 
who puts his heart into his work], active, diligent; ace. 
to Plato's definition perfectly good : Zwovcalog b reXewg 
ayadog. Plat. Defin. 415. Opp. to (pavXog, in speaking 
both of persons and things : Ei Se cei, dvrjrbv bvra, rrjg 
rwv dewy aroyaaaddai Siavolag, riyovfj.ai KaKEivovg kni rolg 
oiKEiOTaroig ^xaXiara SqXwaai, nwg eyjwcn irpbg tovc cpav- 
Xovq ical tovq cnrovcaiovQ rwv avdpwirwv. Isocr. ad Demon. 
Epil. 

iin£iKY)s (b, ?;), word of Ionic origin, ace. to Gregory 
of Corinth, fit, proper, becoming : To ce fxirpiov Kai kuXwc 
typv EmeiKeffTaTov (pavi. Greg. Cor. 246. Tvufiov c ov 
/jaXa 7roXXbv kyw wovEEcrOai arwya aXX' kwiEiKia rolov, not 
a very large one, but one of suitable (= moderate) size. II. 
xxiii. 246 : hence, fig., one who makes concessions [and 
all fair allowances], indulgent, condescending, benignus, 
clemens : "Eoti Se 6 kwiEiKrig b kXarrwriKog twv SiKaiwv 
tCov Kara vdfjtov (disposed to yield a portion of his legal 
rights). Arist. Magn. Mor. ii. 1. Tbv yap ettieikyi fxaXtara 
(pa/jiEv el vat avyyvw/jtoviKov. Arist. Nicom* vi. 11, 1. 

a.p.-u|xo>v (6, r)) (fiwfiog), without reproach, irreproachable, Homer's 
epithet for Achilles and heroes : Met dfivfxova UrjXeiwva, after the 
brave son of Peleus. Od. xxiv. 18. He applies it principally to men, 
but sometimes to things : 'AfKp' avToicri 8' etteitoi ptkyav Kai dfivfiova 
TVfifiov xfver/ifv. Od. xxiv. 80. 

kcSvos, r\, 6v, sometimes synon. with dya96g or KaXog, fig. : Tlpbg 
o" £ju£ ipvxqj Qdpaog r\VTai OEoaefSr] (puira tcedva irpd^Eiv (=■ will 
prosper). Eurip. Alcest. 604. 



aycu> (ayEiv), at first, as nimis in Latin, much, very 2 
much, very, &c. Hence, by ext., and more generally, it 
expresses excess, too much, too, &c. : MrjSiv ayav d(jyj:iXXE 
Tapaarao/jEvwv 7toXit}twv, Y^vpvE* fjkarjv $' £pX ov T) ) v be 6)', 
u>(T7rEp kyw. Theogn. Sent. 219. Ovk apkaKEi ce. /joi rb 
\EybfiEvov, p/rjSev ayav* cei yap rovg y£ kukovc ayav j.ihte'iv. 
Aristot. Rhet. ii. 21. 

Xiav, in poetry (in Homer, under the Ionic form X»'?;r), much, very 
much, very: Oudk X'njv Xvirpr), drdp ovd' tvpna rsrvKrai. //. xiii. 
243. Ovrw to Xiav ?)ggov liraivoj tov utjScv ayav. Eur. HippoL 
263. Subsequently used by the Attic prose writers [and that very fre- 
quently] in the same sense as ayav: Kai toi Xiav 7rpo0vpiog oi 
(jv^fia\oi avfipej3ov\€VKaaiv iffiiv, wg xp)) ^\i<jai)VT]v dgtvrag, 
TroiijaaaOai T))v tipijvijv. Isocr. Archid. 125. 

B 2 



4 3, 4. 

3. 

3 ayavc,Kreiv 9 to suffer, to be in pain, [e. g, in] speaking 
of the toothache : "07rep to tujv ofiovToepvovrTwy nddog 
7TEpl rove oSovrag yiyvErai, orav apri (j)vu)cri, Kvfjcrig te me 
ayavdicrrjffic 7TEp\ ra ovXa, ravrbv Sff Treivovdev y rov 7rrepo- 
(j>veli> apyofxevov xpvy^i]' £el te Kal ayavaKTE~i Kal yapyaXi- 
£ercu tyvovva ra ttteocl. Plat. Phcedr. 251, c. Fig. to be 
indignant at (any thing) [indigne or moleste ferre ; indig- 
nari, to be angry, vexed, pained at, &c] : 'Ayarafcnfycrcte tyj 
ToXfxn avrtiv. Xen. Hellen. v. 3, 3. It is found with a 
transitive signification in the prop, sense: Tireg he tyavt 
. . . ay avciKTE~iv tovq dEovrag, el XiQog e\r\, ev rfj £ia/ia<7- 
ar]<TEi, some authors sag that in the state of stone it sets 
the teeth on edge in masticating it. Dioscorid. v. 84. 

axOeaOai (aydoc), to be laden, to be burdened : 'AW 
qte hri koiXyj vnvg i'lyflETO toIcti vievOai.. Od. XV. 457. Fig. : 
[to be annoyed, vexed, grieved, &c, with reference to what 
is felt as a weight on the spirits :] Ol Se "JLXXrjveg /xaXa 
ri-%dovTO on rovg te 7roXefJ,iovg E7rETroirjKE<7av OpaavTEpovg. 
Xen. Anab. v. 4, 18. 

V€fi.€crav and v€p.ecri£€0"@ai (vkfieaig), to reproach justly, to feel a 
just indignation, to be justly angry, in Homer: Ov yap iyo) vtfJ.ea& 
' AyafjLSjuvovi. 11. iv. 413. [Note.] 

&<TXa\dav (a^og), expresses a feeling of anger mixed with grief, 
and pain; to be vexed, pained: Ov vep, salmon' 'Axaiovg avxaXaav 
Tcapa vnvai. 11. ii. 297. [Note.] 

crx€T\id£€ii/ {ayirXtog^, to complain : Ov ?e~l o^crXia- 
teiv Kal jioav. Aristoph. Plut. 477. [Also Antiph. Plat. 
Dem.] 

yake-naiveiy (-%aXE7r6g), to be vexed [at, with, by~\, or 
irritated [against a person ; or by a thing] ; to be angry 
with [with reference to showing oneself to be vexed~\ : to be 
angry at : Ol 3e crrpaTiuiTai kyaXeiratvov rolg GTparyyolg. 
Xen. Anab. i. 4, 12. [Opp. eXeeIv, GvyyiyvucrKeivJ] 

TraOaiveoGai {izadog), more recent, to be moved or 
affected: ^yelov yap wg ev 'Ape/w -rraytD TTEpl (f)6rov Kal 
(papfJtaKur aywvi'CofJLEvog, vKEpcpviog kiraQqvaTO. Luc. 2, 429. 

4. 
4 dyYcXia, ag (Jj\ fr. ayycXog, in Homer, deputation, 
embassy : "EvO' avT ayyeXirjv em TvSrj arelXav 'Ax ai0 *' II. 



iv. 384. Report, relation of the messenger, message, news, (4) 
the despatch itself, the order brought by the messenger : 
T H paXa Xvyprjg 7revaraai ayyeXirjg. II. xviii. 18, 19. 

ayyeXfJia, aroc (to), fr. ayyeXXeiv, that which is an- 
nounced, a matter announced, an announcement in Thucy- 
dides and Euripides : Oi/)( Itciov yap ayyeXw Aavawv re 
Koiva HeXo7ric(ov r ayyiXfiara. Eurip. Troad. 706. Ol ce 
7rpog to dyyeXfjia iiriayov ttjv vvktu, vou'mjclvteq ovk aizarnv 
elvat. Thuc. vii. 74. 

ayyeXos, ov (6), messenger, used sometimes for ayyeXia 
news, message, as in Latin nuntius for nuntium. This 
is the meaning given to the word by the Scholiast in the fol- 
lowing passage of Thucydides : "Eypaxbev ettuttoXiiv, vojjlL- 
£{i)v ovTiog av [xaXuTTa ttjv avrov yvu)fj.rjv fin^iv kv rw ayyiXa) 
acpaviadelcrav fxadovTag rovg 'Adrjvaiovg fiovXevcracrOai irepl 
Trjg ctXrjOeiag. Thuc. vii. 8. [= 'by the fault of the messen- 
ger S Kriiger.] 



ayyeXos, ov (6), messenger, one sent to announce what 5 
has taken place elsewhere, abroad. The messenger was 
one of the dramatis personae on the ancient stage. In the 
Philoctetes the merchant fills the part of this messenger : 
"AyyeXog 7rapeifxi vol. Soph. Phil. 560. [Cf. 6.] 

i%ayye\o$, ov (6), one who announces to those that 
are without (on the outside of a house, &c.) what is going 
on within (ace. to Ammonius). Ace. to the Scholiast on 
Euripides (Hippol. 778) the e^ayyeXog announced to the 
Chorus events that had taken place within, off the stage ; 
events which the poet was unwilling to bring before the 
eyes of the spectator. Such is the messenger in the CEdipns 
Rex, who comes to announce the death of Jocasta. The 
word is also used in a more general sense : AvTog irpo- 
<p6avag (= anticipating the arrival of the letter) rJ ityar*6* 
fxaTL eE,ayy eXog yiy vetch. Thuc. viii. 51. 

Thucydides uses SidyYeXos in the same sense: 'Hear 
yap Tiveg tw Nacia SidyyeXoi tGjv tveodev, for Nicias had 
certain persons who informed him what ivas going on in the 
eity. vii. 73. Plutarch renders the Latin optio by liayye- 
Xoc, optio being the name of a sort of aide-de-camp chosen 
by the centurion, with the consent of the tribune : '!> ii 

b 3 



c> 6. 

(5) TOVTOIQ 'ItOVOIOQ KCll BapfolOC, 6 fJLEV OTTTiU)V, 6 $£ TEffVEpa- 

piog' ovrio yap KaXovvrai ol SiayYtXcui/ Kal Sioim^pwy 
v7rr)p£<Tiag reXovvTSQ. Pint. Galb, 24. 

auTayyeXos, ov (o), one who reports what has hap- 
pened to himself, or what he has seen, of his own act, with- 
out being sent by another for that purpose : AvrayyeXoi 
cT avrov llovaai kv rrj KXapo) £(j)pacrav. Thuc. iii. 33. 

elaayYeXeug, icog (6), one who announces the arrival 
or entrance of a person ; an officer of the king of Persia, 
who introduced ambassadors and persons admitted to an 
audience, usher [master of the ceremonies]. The Persian 
name of this officer, ai^apairaTElg, has been preserved by 
Hesychius : 'E/3ou\£i/<rcu' rrapiEvai eg to. fiatnXrj'ia navTa 
~ov fiovX6}i£vov twv etttIi civev EfrayyEXiwg. Herod, iii. 84. 
Ovrog fi* y)v elfrnyyeXevg tov fiacrtXiivg kul iriaroraTog tHov 
(piXwv fjLera Bayojav. Diod. Sic. xvi. 14. 

6. 

6 ayyeXos, ov (6), messenger in charge of news, or 
orders, or despatches : Xaipere, KrjpvKeg, Aiog dyyeXoi yjCe 
Kal avSpCJv. 11. i. 334. One sent, in general ; used some- 
times for TrpEcrftevg, ambassador : AatceSai/jLorioi TtpeGfieig 
£vv avTolc Se Kal wapa Kvpov ayyeXoi. Xen. Hellen. ii. 1, 5. 
Sometimes for KripvH, herald : "EtteI ce r)v 7rpog roig ayyi- 
Xoig, avqpuyra ri /jovXolpto. Xen. A nab, ii. 3, 4. In the 
N. T., and in the Fathers, ayyeXog is specially used of the 
angels, beings between God and man, whom they exceed 
in power and might : "AyyeXot layv'i ko.1 Swcl/jlel fjiet^o- 
reg ovTEg, 2 Pet, ii. 11. *'AyyeX6g ecttlv ovala voepa, 
aEtKU'rjrog, avre^ovenog, aaojjjiaroc, 0£w Xeirovpyovaa Kara 
^apiv, iv rrj <pv<TEi to aBavarov riXrjfvla. Damasc. Orthod. 
Fid. 2, 3. " AyyeXog KaXurat, Sta to ayyiXXeiv roig av- 
dpu)7T0ig ocTO)7rep fiovXsTai avTolg ayyeiXai 6 tGjv bXiov ttol- 
?;r?/c. Justin Martyr, 275, c. 

dirooroXos, ov (o), fr. air ovteXXw, envoy, one sent on some 
important political or other mission : f O fiev ty airoaro- 
Xog eg ty)i> MIXt)tov 1\v. Herod, i. 21. In the N. T. it is the 
special name of the twelve disciples chosen by Jesus Christ 
to be his companions, and afterwards to spread his doctrine 
among Jews and Gentiles; hence the word apostXe : Kal 
ore eyivETO rijuLEpa, Trpovetioji'Tjee rovg fJLadrjrag avrov* Kal 



6. 7 

hcXiH&fievoQ an avrwv £a>£efca, ovg /ecu vlttogtoXovq hvbpaot. (6) 
Luke vi. 13. 

irpeapus, ewe (o)? prop, aw a^ed person, an elder; 
thence one sent, an ambassador ; but it is only used in this 
sense in the plural irpe'aPeis, perhaps because several 
such persons were sent together, because interests of import- 
ance were entrusted to them : 'EftovXEvcravro nepl rCov 
kvE(TTr)KU7U)v 7rpaypaTU)v Trifjnreiv elg Aa/etcW/zora Trpeafteic, 
Xen. Hellen. ii. 1, 5. For the singular the word in use is 
the more modern form 7rp£<jfievTiiQ. [Cf. Note.] 

irpeo-peurqs, ov (o), fr. irpEa^EVEiv, constantly used 
by the Attic orators, where it is also found in the pi., 
although Thomas Magister objects to the use of it ; e. g. in 
the letter of Philip quoted by Demosthenes : TlapayEvofjiEvoL 
npog kfiE ol 7rap' vjawv Trpea^evrai. Demosth. Cor. 23. In 
Plutarch, lieutenant of the consul, praetor, or commander 
of a legion = legatus : MireXXog a.7roceL^delg ent tov Kara 
'lovyovpda iroXEpov virarog, arparrjyog elg Ai(3vnv 9 kirriya- 
yero TrpeaftevrriP Mapiov. Plut. Mar, 6. 

*°1P U £> [ a ^ K VP y £> though v is long,] Kog (6), fr. yrjpvg [?], 
prop, crier, public crier, herald at arms. In Homer the 
o/pu£ is one of the most distinguished officers in the em- 
ployment of kings and chiefs ; he calls assemblies, conducts 
sacrifices, feasts, &c. : 'AW oye TaXdvjiLou re /ecu Evpt>/3d- 
tt)v TTpooizntev. Tw ol eaav KiipvKE /ecu orprjow depaTroyre. 
II. i. 321. Ol 2' 'Apyuoi ettel kyruvav ov cvyncropEi'OL 
kwXvelv, E7TEp\Lav, uHnrep elwOeaav, EGTE^aviopivovg hvo /e//- 
pvKag virotyepovTcic cnroi'Sag. Xen. Hellen. iv. 7, 4. For 
dyyeXog poet. : "Upa irorvia, jrapu£ 'AippoStrag apfipoatav 
(piXorariov. Pind. Nem. 8, 1. Ace. to Hesychius, npEcrfivg, 
the ambassador, was employed in time of peace, and the 
KTipvE only in war : but this distinction is not always ob- 
served ; thus in Xenophon we find irpEvfiEig used for rifpu- 
KEg : T« ou/e ETrolr)(TE irpEafjEig ttejjlttioi' /ecu airovcag aiT&v /ecu 
irap£'%iA)i> tcl eVtr^cia, egte (TirovZwv trvyEv ; Xen. Anab. iii. 
1, 28. 

ayyapos, ov (o), a word of eastern origin, courier of 
the kings of Persia. Ace. to Xenophon (Ci/rop. viii. 6, 17) 
it was the great Cyrus who instituted these couriers ; they 
carried the orders of the king, day and night, throughout 



8 7. 

(6) the empire, by means of relays always ready : Qovtcrog Se 
<ppVKTOv Szvp aV dyyapov nvpog e7refjL7rev. JEsch. Ag. 
259. 

dyyeXia^opos (6, fj), seems to have been the Greek 
rendering of dyyapog, a bearer of despatches, stator, courier 
of the kings of Persia : AovXoi tov fieydXov fiaatXewg rifizpo- 
cpojjioi te Kal (tkottol, Kal dyye\ia(j)6poi. Arist. de Mundo, 
6. Also the principal usher at the court of Persia, perhaps 
the same as the elaayyeXevg : 'O Se 7rv\ovpog Kal 6 ay ye* 
\irj(j)6pog ov irepiiopeov. Herod, iii. 118. 

ayyeXTTip, rjpog (6), a form only to be found in the Sibylline 
verses: 'AQavarov Qtov a<pQiToi ayysXTrjptg. Orac. Sibyll. 2. 

7. 

7 ayyoSj eog (to), fr. dyeiv, vessel in general, in Homer 
and the poets : "tlpy kv elapivfj, ore te yXdyog dyyea Sevei. 
II. ii. 471. ["In prose far less common than dyyeiov, e. g. 
Luc. Dea Syr. 60." Pape.] 

cLYyeioK, ov (to), dimin. of ay yog, far more common 
than dyyog in prose ; vessel of every kind and material : 
'E£ep)£Ovrcu &/ orvv SopaTioig Kal d(TKo1g Kal OvXaKoig Kal 
dXXoig dyyeioig elg SKT-^iXlovg dvdpwizovg. Xen. Anab. vi. 
4, 23. The pericarp of fruits, receptacle : "JLvia Se Kal kv 
Ao/3j, ra Se kv hfievi, tcl Se kv dyyeio), tcl $e Kal yvjivo- 
(nrepfxa TeXetwg. Theophr. Hist. Plant. 1,18. In anatomy, 
with medical writers, dyyela are vessels, veins, or arteries : 
Aid Se to fJieyedog t&v dyyeiiov, Kal fiaXurd' brav dpTYjpiai 
Tvyuaiv ovvai. Galen ad Glauc. 2. 

otk€uos, eog (to), in general, utensil of every descrip- 
tion [any implement, vessel, article of furniture ; also of a 
ship's furniture, gear, tackling, &c. : a soldier's baggage, 
&c.]: IldvTa (TKt it) oaotcirep kv oiKiq xpwvTai av6p(t)7roi. Xen* 
CEcon. 8, 12. 2/cevr/ re Kepdfxov 7T£7roi??/x£Va 7rXrjpovvTeg 7ttt]- 
vwv, fxiKpCjv \xiv, loft6Xb)v he Qrjp'nov, eTrefiaXXov avTolc. 
Herodian iii. 9. [%kevu>v oaa Tpirjpeo-i irpoviiKti. Plat. Crit. 
117, d.] 

cnc€udpioi>, ov (to), dimin. : "A7ravra & tj/jlIv dpyvplov 
Kal xpvaiov ra aKevdpia 7rX//pr^ VrtV. Aristoph. Plut. 808. 

T€uxos, eog (to), fr. Tevx<*> 9 every thing fabricated, 
or wrought by art to shape and service, utensil, vessel, ra 



8 9 

TEvyEa, arms [especially in Horn, and Hes.] : Kai crriap iv (7) 
Ttvyeai tCjv htXtylvwv w LyjpGjVTO ol Moctovvoikol KaOcnrep ot 
"EXXrjveg ru> iXaia), and in vessels the grease of dolphins, 
which, &C. Xen. Anab. V. 4, 28. [Not common in prose, 
%v\iva revxtUf Anab. 5, 4, 28; co aXtyiTajv, Hell. 1, 7> 11- — Also 
Arist. Hist. An. 9, 40.] 

8. 

ayciy, to put in motion, urge on or forward, lead, 8 
cause to go on ; to drive ahorse ; guide, conduct, or lead a 
man ; and thence to march an army : 7 H pu ku\ l-mroy 
dyiov, II. xxiii. 596. 'Eyw Se paciav Kai fipa^elav bcov 
1*1 rt)v evSatfjioyiay a^u) ae. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 23. This verb 
has sometimes the name of a thing for its subject, and is 
used, as <pipu>, in the sense of carrying, bringing, conveying 
[389]. ["Ayeti/ /cai tyipeiv, i. e. to drive off the cattle and 
carry off the booty, &c. = to pillage or lay waste a country. 
— -Ay sir is also used absolutely in the sense of to march ; 
the ace. orparor, army, being omitted. It can only be said 
of the general."] 

tiyivieiv, a, lengthened Ionic form of dyeiv, of which 
it is probably the frequentative, and only found in Homer 
and Herodotus. It indicates an action repeated, or of 
common occurrence, or completed by degrees : 'Hviit dyi- 
i e~ig alyctQ jj.yr)GTi]p£<J(n hojiov Kara Caira 7rsve<jdai. Od. 
xxii. 198. 

eXauVeiy, to urge forward, particularly beasts, a horse, 
an army, thence, by ext., a carriage, vessel ; in Horn, 
to drive off cattle, as plunder : Ov yap ttiottot i/xac fiovg ?;\a- 
aav ovSe. fxiv 'Ittttovq. II. i. 154. It is very commonly used 
absolutely with an ellipse of the accusatives 'lirnovc, apfia, 
vrpaTOv : Ol i7nre~ig riXavvov kirl Xocpov Tiva. Xen. Hellen. 
iii. 4, 13. Hence eXavvety = to ride, to march. We some- 
times use to push on, to make for in this way. Thus the 
last example might be translated, the cavalry pushed on 
in the direction of a hill. Although the words dyeiv and 
eXavveiv are often used the one for the other, yet it may be 
observed, in general, that kXavvtiv is used of a movement 
of more speed than ordinary, of a sudden and rapid passing 
from one place to another, and where the time is limited, 
as when made on horseback, or in a carriage, in the case of 
a sea- voyage, of a military expedition, or of a forced march : 



10 8. 

(8) Kal 70 pkv ivpG>T0v Ta\io)g f/yovvTO, eneiTCt Se irpoya'Cov, 
teXoq Se ol fjLEv iTnrElg fcara Kpdrog ij\avioy. Xen. Hellen. vii. 
2, 22. 

IXaorpciv, this verb, said to be Ionic and syn. with IXavvu), 
seems rather to be a frequentative of it: IloWot ft' apoTrjptg iv avrij 
Zevyea divevovreg eXaGrpEov ZvOa Kal ivda. II. xviii. 542. Apopoig 
dvidpvToicriv rjXaaTpovv p! ati. Eur. Iph. T. 972. [Also Herod, and 
Dion. Hal.] 

•f)Y€io-6(H (ayar), to go first, in order to conduct, 
to show the way, to go before, to precede : f Hyf?ro ce 
<)~iog 'QSvaroTEvg. II. ix. 192. Hence to conduct in quality 
of guide or chief, prop, and fig. : 2u/i7rcWwr 2' riyelro (io))v 
dyadog AiojjirjSrig. II. ii. 567. Fig. to command : Kcu i\v 
fJLEV ote ettejjleXovvto 07T(j)g a£,ioi EiEv ijyEladaL. Xen. Laced. 
Resp. 14, 5. In Xenophon it has the special meaning 
[of agmen ducere\ to march in the front or first line of an 
army ; to be in the van, to lead the van or vanguard : Hap- 
rjyyEiXEP dvaaTpE^avrag kw\ Sopv fjyEladai /jlev rovg ovpa- 
yovg. Xen. An. iv. 3, 22. [ f Hyf7ro jjlev XEipicrotyog, wtti- 
(rdo<pv\d.K£i $£. &Ei>o(j)uJv. An. iv. 1, 15.] By ext. (as the 
Latin ducere) to believe, to think, regard as : Ta Ovrjra 
d* ov vvv izpCJTOv fiyovfiai <maV. Eur. Med. 1221. 

oSrjyeu' (oSriyog), to be guide ; whence to conduct : 
Aliov Sipy gy)v \eiq\ oSrjyr'icru) c? iycJ. Eurip. Here. Fur. 
1395. [In prose, only in late writers. Themist. p. 180, 5, 
Dind.~] 

r\yT\kat,eiv } ace. to the Grammarians, from ayu) and eXaw, and 
said to be syn. with ayeiv. Its difference seems to consist in somewhat 
greater strength of expression, and in having the notion of fatality, 
trouble, and suffering associated with it: Nuj/ pev dt) jaclKci irayx^ 
KaKog kcikov rjyrjXdiEi. Od. xvii. 217. ^A deiX', r\ tipcl kcli gv kokov 
pbpov Tiyn^d^eig. Od. xi. 617. 'T7ro [irjTpviy fiiorov fiapvv ijyr)\d%Ei. 
Apoll. Rhod. i. 272. 

68oui> {6coc), to put in the wag, to set on the wag, to 
show the way, guide, conduct : Kcu ra te an v/jleljv iijuur 
Xprjcrriitg ocourai, Kal to. aV fjfjiEiov kg vptiag iiriTrilEii)g vttt)- 
pETEErai, as you on your part show us the good way, so §c. 
[ut vos nobis probam viam ostenditis. Vail.'] Herod, iv. 
139. AvarEtcfxapTov ig riyvr\v wliooa Ovrjrovg. Msch. Prom. 
507. 

Tjyejjioi'eucu' (rjyE/JLwv), to be guide, conductor, or chief; 
to guide, conduct: 'Eyw & ohov rjyfpoi'Evcru). Od". v. 261. 
Hence to command, to be chief : AoKptiv <T iiyEpovEVEv 



9. 11 

'OYXiJog ra\ifQ Atac. 77. ii. 527. Thucydides, Plato, and (8) 
Xenophon have also employed this poetic verb : *H ov 

COKE~l VOL TO pEV 6eU)V OlOV CLOyELV TE Kttl l]yEjXOVEVELV 7TE(f)V- 

kevcli ; Plat, Phcedr. 80, a. 

Ko\iileiv (fr. Kopioj), prop, to take care of, to attend 
to ; hence to carry off, to bring, with the associated notion 
of care and interest: Kopiova ce pcoi v\ag 'lttwovq. II. xi. 
739. Ka« yuy fa) KEKOfxiKadiv ypdg eIc ywpiov kv <J ovtol 
fikv ovte (idWeiv ovte aKoi'Tt^ELv Svvcuvt ay. Xen. Ilellen. 
ii. 4, 15. But it is more commonly used in the middle 
voice, Kopi£t(rdat, to bring, to bring home with one : Tovq 
£u)vt<iq av ieapoltri trvvc'liaaq (3ocoy, iroipyag te irauaq eIq 
lopovg KOfii£ETai. Soph. Aj. 63. [Hence to recover or get 
back : to receive or entertain.'] — Cf. 389. 

ir€jjur€ii> [to send ; as syn. of these verbs =] to lead, 
conduct, in the sense of accompanying, escorting with 
solemnity or in procession : Trjy /jlev 9 A\aLol ig Xovanv 

TTE/jLTTOVCTtV. II. \. 390. 

Xtipaywytlv (x £ *p> «y w )? to lead by the hand : Tpi- 
fjLoira 2' avrov ijcn kptog kyEipaytoyEi. Anacr. 60, 10. Eu 
ttoieIq, to 'Epprj, yEipaytoytoy. Luc. Tim. i. 30. 

tto8t)Y€U' {ttovq, ay elv), to direct the feet or the steps : 

"£l(TTE aVTOQ aVTOV X W > ^ TQ V fal&VTOQ fjLl) dSvyarog eIpol 

7ro£nyE~iv. Plat. Epist. vii. 340, c. 

iro$T)Y€T€iy {rrocnyiryg), a derivative of much more 
modern formation : QCXovocpia ^pajpEyog Eig to OeIop Tro^n- 
yETovvn. Synes. Epist. 141. 7 Ht7r€p Evpa6t)g Tpifiog opOij 
keXevOu) ray okotu noSrjyETE'i. Lycophr. 12. 

9. 

dyeipeiy (ayw), to collect together, to assemble, used 9 
frequently of persons in Homer and the Tragic poets : 
TioWitoy it: TToXiujv Qnpt'iTopag cu'lpag ayEipaq /cat Kvyag. 
Horn. II. ix. 540. Used of things, to amass, heap together, 
in Homer and Herodotus : 'O jjlev ivda iroXvy jiiorov Kai 
Xpvdoy ayeiptoy. Od. iii. 301 ; hence it comes also to sig- 
nify, absolutely, to make a collection, to collect for charita- 
ble purposes, to ask alms : "SIgttep ol rij pnrpl ayEipoyreg. 
Luc. Pseudom. Fig. [dvpoy ayeipetv =] to animate, reani- 



12 9. 

(9) mate : "Oe py avwy£i Tpioalv Ovjjlov ayelpat, to reanimate 
the courage of the Trojans. II. v. 509. 

&YupTa£€ii> (ayvprric), to gather money by begging, 
speaking of a mendicant : 'AW upa ol roye tcepSiov eigcito 
BvjjKp xpqfjiaT ayvpTa^uv 7roXXrji> em yalav iovri, Od. xix. 
284. 

&0poi£€ii> (JxQpoog), prop, to press close and tight, to 
press one against the other ; hence to assemble men together, 
and particularly soldiers, an army, in Thucydides and 
Xenophon, who very seldom use ayeipo) in this sense. As 
a term of military tactics, to make soldiers close their 
ranks ; hence, to collect those who were scattered and in 
disorder, to rally : 'Harv^'iav dyov ^dpoitrfiivoi. Xen. Hel- 
len. vi. 5, 8. \\dpoi£ei tovq kavruv kul (rvvraTreraL. Xen. 
An. i. 10, 5 [where, however, it is spoken of victorious troops 
recalled by their commander in expectation of a fresh attack]. 

dyeXdJeii' (ayeXrj), to gather together in herds, to 
collect in flocks; == congregare ; used principally in the 
passive, to flock, to herd together, to live in herds, to con- 
gregate (intrans.), c^c, in speaking of animals : 'AyeXa'Cov- 
mi ce at re (pctTTai teal at rpvyoveg. Arist. An. viii. 12. 
[Also avvayeXci^eivJ\ 

avWiyeiv, fr. avv and Xiyw, colligere ; prop, to 
gather together from all sides, to store up, to gather fruits, 
to store up what has been gathered, to harvest up. Fig. 
to collect, levy an army : Aw vfxeag kyu) avviXe£,a. Herod. 
vii. 8, 1. SrpareujLia (TvveXeZev enro rovrwv twv 'Xprj/jLartov, 
he raised an army with this money. Xen. An. i. 1,9. [Pass. 
(with Aor. 2, (rvXXeyrjvai), to come or be gathered together ; 
to assemble ; e. g. elg to Slkchttiiplov. Plat. Phced. 59, d.] 

ao\\i£eiv (doX\r]g), to assemble together (trans.) : *Ep%£0 <?vv 
Qvktaaiv doXXiaaaaa yepaiag. II. vi. 270. 

a\i£eiv (aXig), to collect together in. great numbers: Xprjfffxiov 
aoidovg Travrag elg ev aXivag. Eur. Heracl. 404. [More probably 
from a\rjg t confertus. Nor is it exclusively poetical. In Herod, it 
is very common, especially in pass. Aor. t and also in Per/. It is used 
by Xen. (iiniSav . . . ciktaQy avrtp r) GTparia (opp. du(T7rdp0ai), An. 
2, 4, 3) ; and by Plato, but in a passage where he is discussing a point of 
etymology. Crat. 409, A. Also avvaki&iv and -sadat, Hdt. andXera.] 

6{j.rjYupi£€<r8<u (bfiriyvptg), to call together to an assembly, to 
convoke : "AXX* dyers irpiv kuvov oiirjyvpiaaaOai ' A%aiovg. Od. 
xvi. 376. 



10. 13 

<ru[ji|3ipd£€ii>, to set and fit together two pieces of wood, (9) 
in speaking of joiners : fig. to bring together, to reconcile : 

'EyW fJtEV OVV KCll SiojJLCU KCU %VfJ.fiov\EVli) ^VjJlfifjvaL VfJLiU 

wmrep vwo SiaiTVTwy rifJiu>v £,vjjiliifia'C6vT{i)v eig to \xegov. 
Plat, Protag. 337, e. [2vjjL[}i(ia£eiv nva tlvl. — Also to 
bring or put together notions, statements, &c. for the pur- 
pose of comparing and weighing them : ETravaaKomo teal 
£vfjifiifid£(jj to. XeyofJieva, iva jxadto. Plat. Hipp. Min. 
369, D.] 

avv&yew, to bring together, to unite, opp. to disperse : 
'E?6kel Srj rolg arparriyolg ovk avcpaXEg Eivai ctatrKnrovv, 
a\\a vvvay ay e~lv to GTpaTtv\ia iraXiv. Xen. An. iv. 4, 10. 
To bring together an assembly, to convoke : TZwayeiv EKkXn- 
(jiuv. Plut. i. 972, f. Fig. to bring enemies together, to 
reconcile : Sracnafovrac Tovg a^EXcpovg ij piiTwp rrvvayttv 
iweipaTo. Herodian. iv. 3, 9. 

10. 
ayi\r\, rjg (rj), fr. ayco: in general, a herd of great cattle, 10 
principally of oxen ; almost always with fiotiv in Homer ; 

ttwu, Eog (to), old poetical word ; and in prose iroifjinr], 
»?€ (fj), flock of sheep ; 

cru(36(na, ojv (tc'l), herd of swine ; 

aliroXia, tov (to), flock of goats : Aiocek ev i)tteioio 
ayiXaC Toaa 7rwea olcov, rocca ovlov nvjjoaia, tog' ulwoXia 
7rXaTE alywv, fionKovcn l.e~lvoi te Kal avTov jjioTOpEc avSpeg. 
Horn. Od. xiv. 100. — In one passage of the Iliad, ayeAij 
(which elsewhere refers to oxen) is used in speaking of 
horses : "l-mrovg c)' eIc ay eXtjv iXavav dEpairovTEg. II. 
xix. 281. After Homer's time it was used for herd or 
flock in general : "Qgitep OTav rofievg ayadbv Kvva E^y, 
teal ot aXXoi vouElg jjovXcovTai TrX-qaLov uvtov rag ay iXag 
iGTavat. Xen. Mem. ii. 9, 7. [Jlrriviov ayiXai. Soph. Aj. 
168, chor.~\ Fig., a multitude, company, crowd: KaXov yt 

TO KTTJ/Jia, Kal 7T0XXg) KpE~tTTOV l) OIWV TE KUl fiotOV, Kal alyiOV, 

(piXojv dyiXnv KEKTijvdcu. Xen. Mem. iii. 11, 5. ['II dyiXi) 
t&v (f>vXa.Ku)i\ Plat. Pol. 5, 459, c.] 

pouKoXto^, ov (to), herd of oxen : 'Ev Se tovtio ra te 
aiiroXia Kal Tag Troijirag Kal ra (iovKoXia o Kvpog wdvra 
tov iraTpog avvaXiaag eg tlovto, kt\. He rod. i. 127. 

P6cTKT]juLa, aTog (to), and poet, pord, coy (ra), fr. 



14 11. 

(10 j j36(TK(o 9 any animal that is fed on pastures; /3ocrKT//iara, 
herds of animals which pasture [cattle, herds, flocks, with 
reference to their supplying food, &c.] : 'Atto JjocrKn^iaTioy 
ydXaKn Kat rvpip teal icpiavt tpe(j>6jjlevoi. Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 10. 
"Odt t aphfiog, ir]v Ttavreooi (Joroicriv* II. xviii. 521. 

vop.e-up.0,, arog (to), fr. vofisvu), every animal that grazes ; prin- 
cipally in the plural, vofxevfiara, wv (r a), flocks and herds: Evttokoiq 
vofievfiaaiv. JEsch. Agam, 1427. 

jxyjXoi/, ov (to), sheep, without distinction of sex ; ram, 
ewe : HevrrjKovTa & evop\a nap* avrodt fxfjX 9 hpevareiv. II. 
xxiii. 147. More commonly in the plural, fxfjXa, mv (ra), 

flock of sheep, sheep: 'Plyrfaiv te ISwv, vno re airioc ?J\a<7£ 

)j.fl\a. II. iv. 279. 

Trpo|3aTw, ov (to), fr. Trpofiaivu), prop, beast that moves 
onward to graze, and principally, a four-footed beast, 
cattle ; in the Attic writers, a sheep ; whence by ext., 
flock, herd; in general and more commonly in the plural, 
Trpo(BaTa, ojv (rd), flock of sheep, sheep : TipojiaTOv fxev wc 

E1TLT07ro\v, 1\V KaKOJQ E^Y], TOV VOfJLECL alTKjJfJLEda. Xen* CEcOn. 

3, 11. 

kty]^os, eog (to), according to the Etym. M., comes from 
KTEivw, and signifies every animal killed for food ; others 
derive it with more reason from KTaofxai, kteci}>ov, a posses- 
sion ; pi. Krr\vr\, possessions, wealth, principally in cattle, 
whence, generally, flocks, herds, or flocks and herds : 
[icTt'irEa . . . Ovaifia 7rcu'rci. Her, 1, 50; all kinds of 
animals that are offered in sacrifice : criCEvocpopct kt^vt], beasts 
of burden. Hence ra orKEvotyopa, sc. KTrjvrj — impedimenta, 
the baggage: e g. Thuc. 2, 79 :] "Eket hi rig r) t&v irpo- 
ftaTijjy XEXvxwfjiEva (f>ipu)v, r) tojv fiowv KaTaiCEKpi)}XVL(jjjLEva, t) 

VOGOV d>OL(TKli)r EjXTTETTTh)KEVaL TO~lQ KTl)rE(TU'. Xen. Cyr. VlH, 

3,41. 

11. 

1 1 ayios, la, of the same family as ayvog, but of more 
modern formation, signifies, with ayroc, a natural and 
essential, or a moral purity or holiness (like the Latin 
sanctus), whereas upog, like the Latin sacer, signifies only 
that which is externally holy, to which the character of sacred- 
ness and inviolability is attached by the laws or by custom : 
"EiOa i\v 'ApTifJLihoc upbv /.la'Aa aywr. Xen. Hellen, iii. 2, 



12. 15 

19. 'E^ fjiifjd) fj.iv Upov dytov avroBt rrjc te KXeirovg teal '11) 
tov UoaeiCivroQ ajoarov cKpeHro. Plat. Crit. 116, c Oiiava 
kXtjCcl Ovpag lepoio cojjolo. II. vi. 89. " Ayiog is not found 
in Homer, nor in the Tragic writers ; it is rare even among 
the ancient prose writers. In the Septuagint ayiog is the 
epithet given to the Supreme Being: 'Eyui Kvpiog 6 Stag 
gov, 6 ay tog 'Irrpa//\. Isai. 43, 3. 'Eyw ei/ju Kvpiog b ay tog 
kv 'lapaliX. Ezek. 39, 7. It is also sometimes found for 
itpog, sacred, consecrated : 'H/jiepa ay La egtl rw Kvolo) 0£o> 
i}fiu>v. Nehem. 8, 9. [Cf. 268.] 

dyvosy prop, pure ; hence holy, in the poets : Ni/v jjlev 
yap Kara cfj/dov eopr)) row Oeow ayvrj. Od. xxi. 257. — 
Chaste, the special epithet of several goddesses, as Cybele, 
Proserpine, and Minerva : EvyjE.Gdat Sk Au ytioviu, A^/i??- 
rspi 0' ayvrj. Hesiod. Oper. 435. [Cf. 18.] 

oo-ios, a, ov, that which is in conformity with the 
Divine law, with religion, pious, religious ; hence, religious, 
pious, holy in speaking of persons [in a lower sense, just, 
conscientious! : Abg c' eg vTrcopEirjv v\^tKpiipvoto ^lipavrog 
aicoiwv fA kXdovTa (jootu/p ogicjv te Kvpijaai. Horn, Epigr. 
vi. 6. 'Ogicjv dvdptiv dpyJjvTuv. Plat. Epist. vii. 335. 
'EOeXeiv £fjv rbv ogiov ical oikqiov fiiov. Plat. Leg. ii. 
663, b. [Cf. 177. 268, and note.] 

12. 

ayKLorpoi', ov (to), fish-hook : Aut yap KEpl vfjaov 12 
a\wf.LEyoi iyjdvdaGKov yvayLirrolg dy KiGrpoiGiv. Od. iv. 368. 
Afterwards it was used in a more general sense for any 
kind of hook \_uncus~\ : ^E-n-Eih) yap rovg kv rw ?r]f.iu)Tr]piu> 
Oavarovpivovg dyKiGTpoig rial /JEydXotg ol cti/uLiOi kg te ti]v 
ayopdv di'EiXtcov, KavravO' kg tov iroTa^xov egvoov, k(pr] tov 
KXavCtov dyKiGTpu) ig tov ovpavbv dvEVE\6)]vai. Dio Cass. 
lx. 975, 92. 

dpTrdyT], i]g (?/), fr. ap7rafw, generally, an instrument for 
drawing or raising with power: an instrument [_harpago~\ 
made of iron, with several hooks (called also Xi>Kog, lupus), 
and used in drawing up the buckets from wells ; a kind 
of grappling-iron, used in sieges and sea-fights ; it was 
also a tool like our shovel, or rake, as far as can be conjec- 
tured from this verse of Euripides: 'Ayayrcuwc e\ci eaiotiv 

c 2 



16 13—15. 

(12) crioripy rrjSe \x dpirdyn lojiovg. Cycl. 32. [Distinguished 
from the abstract dpirayri by its accent.] 

oyjcos, ov (o), iron barb of the arrow, in Homer ; barb, 
hook : Avtikci 3' ek ^ioaTrjpog dpyporog eKkbv o'kjtov* tov <!' 
i&XKOfXEvoio irdXiv dyEv o^eeq oyicoi. II. iv. 214. 

oyKii/os, ov (o), little hook; according to Pollux oyicivoi 
are the hooks which form the head of the dart or arrow on 
the inside, toward the shaft : Trjg diclSog byKivoi \jlev ol wpog 
rip Ka\d/ja>. Poll. i. 137. 

13. 

13 ayKupa, ac (?/), anchor, the invention of which Pliny 
[vii. 56] and Strabo attribute to Anacharsis : Evpij/jLard re 
avrov Xiyst . . . tyjv d/n(p[(3oXov dyicvpav, koX tov KEpap.EtKov 
rpoxov. Strab. vii. 209. 

curat, wv (at), large stones which served the purpose 
of an anchor in primitive times : 'E/c & Evvdg 'ifiaXov, Kara 
de TrpvfjLviiat iSyaav. II. i. 436. 

14. 

14 &YK.wy, ojvog (6), the elbow: 'OpOioQElg & dp' ek dyKu>- 
voc, KE(f)aXrjr Enaelpag. II. x. 80. It is thus described by 
Galen : 'Ayiciov 2' ecttlv, J tzote arrjoL^dfjiEda, (j>r)Gtv f l7T7ro- 
Kpdrrjg' i]Sr) Se Kal twv ogtuv avrov 6dr£pov to fxel^ov, ov 

fXEpOg fJLEV E(7TL TO 7Tp6g 'l7T7T0KpaT0Vg fJEV dyicwvj virb Si 

twv 'Attik&v tikiKpavov dvofia^ofievov* iSiK&TEpov (= more 
specifically) yap Syjttov tovto to ogtovv ttyjx u S KaXeTrcu. 
Galen, de usu part. ii. 2. To /jiev ovv oiriata pipog avrog 
6 ayKiov egtiv, ov ol 'Adrjvaloi \xev wXiKpavov, ol AwpiElg ce 
kuPitoi> ovofxdZovai. Galen, de Muscul. ii. 3. 

&Yku\y], t]g (rj), curve or bend of the arm, which forms 
the elbow on the inside : Kcu tov dyicCjvog y Kajiirii .... 
to IvTog tov dy Ktuvog. Hesych. 

15. 

15 ayyeia, ag (?/), fr. dyvevu), purity : 'Ay vela evXdfiEia 
twv Trpog Tovg Qeovg afiaprr}ixdro)v. Plat. Defin. 414, a. 
'AyvtLr) '^vy^fig tov awfiaTog egtl KnOapjUog. Phocyl. 215. 

ayv€vp.a, arog (to), another verbal from ayvevoj, signifying rather 
the state of purity, virginity : "12 tfkvov w aofipaKX^ Kavdvdpa 
9tolg, diaig IXvaag avfiQopalg ciyvevfxa aovl Eurip. Troad. 500. 



16,17. 17 

dyvoTTjs, t)toq (>/), fr. ayrog, state of purity, in the (15) 
N. T.: \Ev dyv(')Tr)Ti[by pureness. Engl. Tr.], ev yviooei, iv 
fiaKpoOvfila. Corinth, ii. 6, 6. 

dyioTTis, ??roc (//), fr. dytog, holiness, in the N. T. : 
'O $e ettI to (jvjjKpipov Elg to fJETaXafieHy riJQ dyiOTVTOg avTOv. 
Hebr. 12, 10. 

dyiwaunr), rjg (//), fr. dytow, sanctification, in the N. T. : 
KaOapicTwiAtv lavrovg and iravTOg jjloXvgjuLov crapKoe kcli 
TTvevfjiaTOQ, e7tite\ovpteq dyiwcrvvnv ev cp6[3(i) Qeov. Co- 
rinth, ii. 7, 1. In debased Greek, it was a title of honour 
used in addressing a patriarch or bishop ; e.g. as Holiness 
is used of the pope : T« oaiwc irpayQivTa wapd rfjc bfXETEpag 
dyiuxrvvrjc. Act. 3, Concil. sub Menna, p. 603. 

dyioreia, ag (r/), fr. dyiaTEva), religious office or cere- 
mony, consecration, worship : Kal -a we pi Tag Over lag te Kal 
Tag dyiGTEiag Tag ev toiq hpolg ETTKpaviaTEpov tGjv dXXwv 
E(nrovSa(TE. Isocr. Busir. 227. AiyErai £e Kal ti)v ~£pl 
to 7rvp dytaTEiav '¥u)/jlv\ov KUTadTrjcrai 7rpu)TOV. Pint. Rom. 
22. 

16. 

ayvit^w, Ka0aipeii>. These two verbs express the same 16 
result, but as effected by means of different acts. In the 
Greek and Roman Liturgies, dy^ei^ was to cleanse or 
purify by the means of water, and Ka0aipeii>, to remove 
defilements by the means of fire : Am re t))v ya/jLovfiivrfy 
cnrTEvdai irvpog Kal vcarog keXevovgl ; ....?) Sioti to irvp 
Kadaipei, Kal to vdwp dyvii^Ei ; Pint. Qucest. Rom. i. 263. 
[Note.] 

17. 

dyyoeu/, not to know, to be ignorant of: OJfxai ?e ge 17 
7ro\\d f.itpijjLva.v OTTU)g jdij Xddyg aeavrov dyvoatv tl tCov Eig 
GTpaTrjyiav ^(pEXi/mov. Xen. Mem. iii. ,5, 23. To £e ayro- 
e'lv EavTOv, Kal a fju) oiSe So^a^Eiv te Kal oietrOai ytyvw- 
(tkeiv, EyyvTCLTii) fiaviag kXoyiCtTo Eivai. Xen. Mem. iii. 
9, 6. 

dfA(f>iYvo€Li>, to be in doubt, in uncertainty on any point 
or fact : Kal 6 tl etzoiovv iificpiyvoovv. Xen. A nab. ii. 
5, 8. 

c 3 



IS 18, 19. 

18. 

18 dyyos [cf. 11], pure, with reference rather to inward 
and essentia], or moral purity ; in Homer, but only in the 
Odyssey, it is the epithet of Diana, Proserpine, and some 
other goddesses ; chaste : Xpveodpovog "Aprefxig dyp-ff. Od. 
v. 1 23. In Pindar it is the epithet of Apollo, or of the sun, 
the light of which was considered as the purest of all 
things : Zfjva Kal dyvov 'AttoWiopu, Pindar. Pyth. 
ix. 112. 

KaGapos, a, ov, pure, adds to the notion of ayvog that 
of external and bodily purity, which was also necessary for 
the due performance of the ceremonies of religious wor- 
ship : *Ay fxrj KaOapog $ rdg j^Eipag (f)6vov. Plat. Leg. ix. 
864, e. AeT KaOapav Kal dyvy\v oia\xkvEiv tyji' yajjLrjdelaap 
{pure and chaste). Plut. Qucest. Rom. i. 

19. 

19 dyopd, ac (*/), prop, place where persons assemble, 
public place or square ; hence, market, principally for 
eatables and provisions of all sorts, and, generally, for 
wares of small cost and at retail prices : To twv thvlwv 
7r\rjdog opwvTEQ Kal tyjv eveTrjplav rrjv Kara rrjv dyopar. 
Dem. Phil. 144, 12. [Cf. 20.] 

ejjnropioy, ov (to), emporium, particular place where 
wholesale maritime traffic is conducted in a sea-port, mart, 
factory, exchange : Ovr EfJL7roplo) -^pwfjLEvr} ovre Xifiiva 
KeKTrjfjiivrj. Isocr. 198, c. By ext., a commercial town, 
place of trade : 'YLfjLiropiov 3' i\v to ywpiov tca\ wp/jiovv avrodi 
6X/ca&c TroWai. Xen. An. i. 4, 6. 

jjiayeipeioi', ov (to) (fjiayeipog), that part of the market- 
place at Athens, where cooks were hired, according to the 
meaning which Pollux gives to the following verse which 
he has preserved out of Antiphanes : 'Ek rwr fiayupeiu)v 
(3aBi£wv kfiftdWwv Eig rovxbov, going from the cook-market 
to the fish-market. Antiphan. Milit. 

TTb)\r]TY\piov, ov (to), generally, the place or site where 
things are sold : Et $e Kal dyopaloig o'lKriaeiQ te Kal 
TTwXrjTtipia KaKaaKEvarrOeir). Xen. de Vect. 3, 13. The 
place where the UojXijtul (certain magistrates) ;sat ; court 
of the II. at Athens. These magistrates were commission- 



. 



20. 19 

ers of public sales and taxes ; they sold for the treasury all (19) 
domiciled foreigners \_jjetoikoi, resident aliens'], who had not 
paid the tax of twelve drachms per annum, to which they 
were subject. It is to this custom that the following pas- 
sage of an advocate's speech, attributed to Demosthenes, 
refers : Aaficov avrog avToyEiplq wpog to 7ru)Xr]Tt)piov tov 
jjletolkiov a.7rr)yayav. Dem. in Aristoy. 57. 

TrpaTrjpioy, ov (to), fr. trpaTiipiog, place where things 
are sold, or rather that which is offered for sale ; hence, 
sale, market, under the Ionic form in Herodotus : 'Evflaura 
is XeifJLwv koTt, iva (T<pi dyoprj te kyivETo kcil irp-nTrjpiov, 
Herod, vii. 23. 

kukXos, ov (6), prop, circle : KvkXol ce kv tjj viq. ku>- 
pbfSia kciXovvtcii kv olg kiwrpdGKOVTO tcl dv^pdiroca. Poll. 
vii. 11. This use of the word kvkXoq (for slave-market) 
comes, according to Harpocration, from the custom of the 
buyers forming a circle in that particular part of the market- 
place where slaves were sold. 

20. 

dyopd, dg (?/), fr. dyeipeiv, place where assemblies are 20 
held, and, by ext., the assembly itself; in the Iliad dyopd 
is the assembly of the people, in opp. to pouX^, the council 
of the elders, chiefs : Ai/rap 6 K-npvKEaat \t.yv(p06yyoi(n 

keXevgev KT)pv(j(TEiv dyopijv^E KapT]KOp.6(j)VTaQ ' A^CLLOVQ. Ol 
fJEV EKllpVGOOV, Tol S* JjyElpOVTO (JLaX Wk'tt. BovXl) CE TTO(OTOV 

/jLEyadviJUov 1£e yEpovriov. II. ii. 50. At Athens dyopd 
was the assembly of each tribe, and eKKXiqcria was the 
general assembly of the people, which was held in the 
public place, or at the Pnyx, or in the theatre : Tov orc^a- 
vov kav jjlev if ftovXi) (jTE<pavol kv T(3 jiovXEvrqpiu) civeitteIv, 
kdv ce ij -rroXig, kv nvvxi, kv -rj EKKXrjaiq.. Dem. Cor. 
244, 2. 

Kupta €KKXif]o-ta was the ordinary assembly, which was 
held four times in every prytany, that is, every thirty- 
five days ; the eKKXirjo-ia o-uykX^tos was an extraordi- 
nary assembly, convoked on urgent business by the Prv- 
tanes or generals (arpaTnyoi) : SvyffX^rov kKKXijcricic i>-u 
(TrpaTrjyojv yEvofXEvng icai irpvravnav Kui povXrJQ yiw^?/. 
Dem. 238, 2. Ace. to Pollux it was called Kc/raKXTjaux, 
a c (>/)> when those who lived in the country were also 



20 20. 

(20) summoned : "On Kal Tovg ek tuv aypuiv KaTEKaXovv. Poll. 
viii. 117. 

€KK\if]oria, ag (//), in the N. T., the assembled body or 
community of the first Christians, the Church : Kdyio Se 
(jot Xiyio, on av el Hsrpog, Kal km tcivtt) rfj ttetdq: oIkoSo- 
fxi](Tit) fiov ty]v ktcK\r)Giav. Matth. 16, 18. This word is 
always taken metaphorically, although some commentators 
would explain it literally. 

ayupis, eojg {rf), iEolic form of the same origin as dyopd, with 
which it is synon. ; [avdpwv. Od. iii. 31: also vr\wv. II. xxiv. 141 ; 
(TTpariag. Eur. Iph. A. 753 ;] heap, in Homer: 'Enst paaikrja ldov 9 
f3el3\afifjLSvov fjrop, Kiifievov kv vskvhjv ciyvpei. II. xvi. 661. 

6jx-»]yupt,s, sag (r}), compound of ayvpig, assembly, ' in Homer: 
'Oiu> a\p ifiEv Ov\vfi7r6vSs Oewv [it9' ofirj-yvpiv aXXwv. II. xx. 142. 

•nrantyupLs, Ewe, r/, prop, general assembly, great con- 
course of people assembled to celebrate a festival or some 
public solemnity, such as the Olympic games, to which 
spectators flocked from all parts of Greece ; the -nav- 
aOrji/aia, at Athens, which also attracted a great number 
of strangers; and other festivals of this nature ; public 
solemnity : Ovte yap kv iravnyvpEGi ralg Kotvalg didovTEg 
yipa ret voixtCofiEva, in their great public solemnities. 
Thuc. i. 25. 

dyw^, wvog (6), ace. to Eustathius dytov was in use 
among the Boeotians for dyopd (Eustath. 1335, 54); but it is 
only found twice in this sense in Homer, assembly collected 
to see or celebrate games : Avro 2' dycov, Xaol Sc Oodg eirl 
vrjag ekcmttoi itfKiovavr ievai. II. xxiv. 1. 

auMoyos, ov (6), prop, a meeting for the purpose of 
talking over and settling any matter ; deliberative assembly, 
conference : f O he. dcr/JiEvog aKovaac ev EvXX6ya> tCjv arpanu)- 
tiLv ovtljv Xiyei Tade. Xen. Expedit. v. 7, 22. [Note.] 

owaywyrj, *7C (^)» prop, act of convoking or assem- 
bling : Aoku)V Kal kv rrj Evvaywyrj rov 7roXifjLov /JciXctKog 
elvai, to have been slow in collecting troops for the war. 
Thuc. ii. 18. Among the Jews, synagogue, in the Acts 
of the Apostles : 'IlXOov Elg QEfraaXovltcriv, ottov r)v */ aw- 
ay wyi) tujv 'lovSaiutv. Act. Apost. 17> 1» 

owoSos, ov (//), assembly, meeting : Tafiielev te ArjXog 
rjv avrolg, Kal tvvoSoi kg to ispov kyiyvovro, Thuc. i. 96. 



21. 21 

dpxcupcaia, ciq (?/), prop, election of magistrates, hence (20) 
office of magistrate, the magistrates in Herod. [?] : 'E-nreav 
Se da^ii)(TL dyopr) Sekci ij/JLepELOv OVK ictto-tcli crept, ovc dpyaL- 
pealr} GwiCet, nor does any magistrate sit [more probably, 
nor is any meeting held for the election of magistrates. 
Cf. Bahr]. Herod, vi. 58. In Demosthenes, election : '£Iq 
£' kv dpycupeaiaiQ v/jleIq Xafipiav E7rl rov tv6Xe\xov tovtov 
xa-ecrnicraTe. Dem. in Aristocr. 677 , 16. At Rome, elections 
at the comitia ; the comitia : Ovtlo Se irdXtv dp-^aipEGiuiv 
yEvopiviov, vTraTog dvEDEiyQr) OvaXipiog. Plut. Publ. 100, c. 

auvihpiov, ov (to), place of session, sessions-hall, council- 
hall, council-chamber, curia : Tfj S' vcrrEoaia ol pip 
rpiciKovra iravv Sij tcitteivol kcu kprj/J-OL Zvt'EKuOrjvro kv t<5 
IwEcpio). Xcn. Hellen. ii. 4, 14. Among the Jews the 
Sanhedrim, or great Sanhedrim, was the supreme tribunal 
at Jerusalem ; it took cognizance of all capital causes, 
political or ecclesiastical ; it was composed of sixty-two 
judges chosen out of the scribes and elders, and was pre- 
sided over by the high-priest: Ol ££ 'ApyjLEpE~tQ koX b'Xov 
to avvkdoiov kO'iTOVv Kara rov 'Irjaoit /uaoTvpiav. Mark 
14, 55. There were also local sanhedrims or tribunals in 
each town {Matth. x. 17). 

21. 

dyopd^eii' (dyopa), to be at or go to market, in Herod. 21 
and ancient Attic writers : * Ay opaaovreq fJKOfieg. Aristoph. 
Acharn. 750. By ext., in more modern Attic, to buy at 
market, to buy : 'E/c tcivttjq ol orrpanwrat i)y6pa£ov ra ettl- 
Ti]CEia. Xen. Anab. i. 5, 10. 

o>i>€l(t0ch {ovui), prop, to put a price upon a thing with 
a view to buy it ; to bid for it : 'EkeOu/jvcfe ttjq x^ a " 
viloq, Kai avrqv Trpo(TE\Qu)i> (hiEETO* a ck XiyEi' kyto Tavrrjy 
ttojXeii) ovcevoq xp)]fjLa.Tog. Herod, iii. 139. [See Note.] 
Latterly, to buy, in general : "E£W ra jxev ek ttjq 7ro\e/itac 
XapfidvovTEc, ra hk ek KopivOuv (b)ov/JEiot. Xen. Hellen. 
vii. 2, 17. Pure Attic writers do not use this verb in all its 
tenses : thus the aorist oyvrjad^v is found only in later 
Attic, in Plutarch, Lucian, Strabo, &c. ; the older writers 
used for this tense the old aorist irpiaaOat : 'Ei-pca/ii?? oh 

(IVTU (3uvX6fJ.EVUQ GOV T t] yVl'ULKl ZoVVUL. Plllt. Ep'lSt. 13, 

361, a. 



22 



22. 



(21) |X€Ta|3d\\€<T0ai, prop, to make exchanges, to barter; 
hence to trade or traffic : *H rovg efj.7r6povg r/ rovg kv 
rij dyopq, jjieTafiaXXofjierovg Kal (ppovrc^ovrag 6 rt e^c'iTTOiOQ 
TTpicifxevoL irXeiovog dirocujvrai. Xen. Memor. iii. 7, 6. 

22. 

22 aypios, a, ov, fr. dypog, as the Latin agrestis, that 
which grows in the fields without culture, in speaking of 
plants, wild, opp. to ijjuiepoc : Trj rd aypia Ka\a (bvovaa . . . 
Bvvcitcii Kal rjfiepa. Xen. CEcon. 16, 5. By ext. used of 
animals : AiSaEe yap " Aprejuig avri] /3d\\£iv aypia Tcavra. 
II. v. 53. Fig. savage, fierce, cruel, barbarous: At Key 
TvEeog vlov dTrocF^rj 'IXiov \prjg, aypiov al^fx-qriiv. II. 
vi. 96. 

dypeios, eia, fig. in Aristophanes : 'Aypelug el Kal gkcuoq. 
Aristoph. Nub. 645. 

dypoTepos, a, ov {dypog), of the fields, wild, in speak- 
ing of animals: "OOev rifxtovwv yivog dyporepdwv. II. ii. 
852. Specially used of Diana, as the goddess of hunt- 
ing, in Homer and Xenophon : " Apr e jiig dyporipr}. II. 
xxi. 471. 

aypoiKos (6, r/), fr. dypog, prop, one who lives in the 
fields, in the country ; peasant, boor, rustic : "Eyrjfia Meya- 
KXeovg d^eX(j)tdfjy dypoiKog &v el, darewg. Aristoph. Nub. 
46. Also of animals that frequent the fields, plains, &c. 
" Aypoiica fwa. Arist. Animal, i. 1, 13 : in opp. to opela. 
Fig. rustic, coarse, cloddish, clownish. 'Qjq dypoiKog el 
Kal SvfffJLadfjgl Aristoph. Nub. 646. 'AypoiKU) rtvl aotyia 
Xpvpevog. Plat. Phcedr. 229, e. Plato uses it in the sense 
of dypiog, barbarous, cruel: W A dypoiKa etyrjvQa ov thai 
dXrjdfj Xeywv. Polit. x. 613, e. Some grammarians have 
been desirous to establish a difference of signification be- 
tween dypoiKog and dypoiKog. They assert that dypoiKog is 
only used lit. ; and dypoiKog circumflexed, fig. But the 
best critics hold the difference of accent to be purely dia- 
lectic, arising from the Attic writers liking to throw the accent 
as far back as possible ; thus, ace. to Thomas Magister, 
dypoiKog was in use among the Attic writers, both literally 
and figuratively. 



23. 23 

aYponrjs, ov, and a*ypouoTT)$, ov (o), peasant, countryman : Aiyv7noi (22) 
yafjLxpiowx^Q olffi re t'skvcl ayporai s^siXovro ndpog 7rtTtnv(i yf- 
vkaQai, Od. xvi. 217. Nr/7rtoi aypot&rai, t(pnp.zpia. typovkovrig. Od. 
xxi. 85. Tif dypoiwrag weXdOei OpiyKolg; Aristoph. Thesm. 64. 

dypoTiKos, >/, oV, synon. of aypiog, modern, and found 
only in the grammarians: ' Ay poriKoe (rradfiog, Eustath, ad 
II, w, 29. 

dypo^o/jLos (6, //), that feeds or dwells in the fields, rural: 
Tw2e 0' ti/xa NbfMpai Kovpui Atoff atyto^oio dypovofioi 
Tcai'Covai, Od, vi. 106. ['0 ay pov 6 /.tog, at Athens, /Ae 
manager of the public lands. Arist. Rep. 6, 8.] 

aypioeis, tcaa, ev, a modern Epic form, in Nicander, £/w£ which 
renders wild or fierce : *Qg 5' 671*0 r dyptofo-crav VTroOXiipai'Tsg 07rw- 
pr\v. Nicandr. Alex. 30. 

23. 

dypos, ov (6), ^/£eZd, land capable of cultivation ; ager : 23 
'Er yewpyia rovg KEtcrnfitvovQ dypovg, Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 11. 
Hence country, as opp. to darv or 7ro\ic, town : Kqi 
?k*7r\i^Jiv Kara re roiff dypovg kcii iv Trj ttoXel kiro'inae. Xen, 
Hellen. iv. 7, 3. 

aXwv], i)ff (r/), fr. d\oaa>, Zawd under culture, in Homer: "Off Ka/cd 
7r6W epdeaictv tOwv Oivrjog dXwrjV, did much harm to the lands of 
JEneas. II. ix. 540. 

apoupa, ag, i), fr. apoa>, land under tillage, arable land; 
arvum : Neioy Si (nrtipeiv In Kovcpi^ovaav dpovpav, Hesiod, 
Oper, ii. 81. Cultivated land, gen. : Et Si rig iatri ftporuiy 
oi dpovp-ng Kapirov Hovcrw, II, vi. 142. 

yvi\$, ov (6), a measure of land containing somewhat less than ten 
opyviai (= nearly 60 feet; opyvid = 6 feet, 81 of an inch. Diet. 
Antiqq.), ace. to the Scholiast on the Iliad (i. 57U), or two stadia, ace. to 
the Scholiast on the Odyss. (vii. 113) ; an acre of land; found only in 
composition in Homer: "EvOa piv ijptjyov reptvog 7repacaXXig tXiaOai 
TrtvTnKovTayvov. II, ix.578. In more modern poetry, field [as ice u*t\ 
his broad acres, &c.J : * Ev9ev SKpayrjcrovTCii ttote 7rorapoi TVOOff 
Sanrovrtg dypiaig yvdQoig ri'ig KaXXiKapirov ^iKtXiag Xtvpovg yvag. 
Msch, Prom, 369. T £2 top 'Apyeiiov yvrjv GTctwovrtg. Eurip. HerocL 
839. 

veo$, ov (//), fr. viae, yfj understood, prop, land newly 
ploughed [after having lain a year or more untitled] : a 
fallow; novalis : Ei {.iiXXti dyadt) // vtdc toerrl)ui. Xen. 
(Econ, 10, 13. 



24 



24. 



(23) v€io$, ov (r/), Epic form of the preceding word : 'AW* u><tt kv 
vetqi floe olvoTre irr\\irbv dporpov, laov 9v[xbv 1%ovte, riraiverov. II. 
xiii. 703. 

ireXcGpov, ov (to), quantity of land ploughed in a day, [loosely] 
acre, in measure : 'Birra. 8' kirkax* 7re\tQpa ttegwv. II. xxi. 407. The 
syncopated form irXeOpov, ov (to), is found only as the surface- 
measure of a hundred Greek feet, plethrum ; the jugerum of the Latins 
was, ace. to Quintilian (i. 10, 42), 240 feet in length, and of half that 
breadth. 

T€jui€i>os, £oq (to), fr. tI/jlvu), portion or piece of land : 
Kal fxev oi Avtcioi te/jlevoq tcLjjlov, Hjoypv aWiov, koKov <pvTa- 
Xirjc, Kal dpovpnq, otypa vifioiTo. II. vi. 194. Enclosure 
reserved and dedicated to a god ; sacred enclosure or pre- 
cincts : Tdpyapov ivda hi oi te^xevoq jowfxoQ te Ovrjetg. II. 
viii. 48. 

X&pos, ov (o), prop, space: Xidpov \xev ttpuTov SiEfxi- 
toeov. II. iii. 315. The country, in opp. to the town: Kal 
yap kv T(j? X^jOw Kal ev tu) dorfi aft kv (opa at kwiKaipaoTaTai 
irpd^ELQ Eicrlv. Xen. (Econ. 5, 4. Sometimes field, in 
Xenophon : OvSewote yap e ta yupov k^Eipyaafiivov wvElcrQai. 
Xen. (Econ. 20, 22. 

Xwpioy, ov (to), dimin. of yujpog, piece of land : "En 

$£ 01 fJLEV dypOVQ KEKTTJfJlEVOl TtdvTEQ EyOlEV CLV eItteIv OTTOGa 

^Evyrj dpKEi eIq to yiopiov Kal onorToi kpydrat. Xen. Vectig. 
4, 5. In Plutarch, estate, country-seat, villa of the Romans : 
'JLiravEkdiov & elq to ywpiov, av jjlev y ^ei/joov, k^wfJiiZa 
\ai3ulv, dipovQ Se yvfjivog kpyaadfXEVog (jletci tu>v oIketmv 
EddiEL tov avTov dpTov, Plut. Cat. Maj. 3. 

24. 
24 ciYX €ll '> t° p ress > squeeze tight : "Ay%£ Si uiv 7ro\v- 

KEffTOQ LfXClQ CLTToXyIV V7TO SELp7]V, II. l\\. 371. 

d-Trayx^, to strangle : f O /ueV \ct£ vEJ3pov dirdyyuv. 
Od. xix. 230. ' Airdy^aadai jjle iroinffElq. Theocr. iii. 9. 

TTViycii', to choke : Ovno yap irvil^avTEQ kv vfiao-L tovq aVo- 
XvjjiIjovq. Batr. 158. ^irvlyETO octtlq u/) krvyyavEv tVi- 
(TTd/jLEvog veIv. Xen. Anab. v. 7, 15. [Cf. Mark v. 13.] 

diroTn/iyei^, to stifle, smother [e. g. with too warm cloth- 
ing'] : Ovt dfJi(piivvvvTai ttXelo) i) IvvavTai (ftipEtv, aVo- 
7rviy£~iEv yap av. Xen. Cyr. viii. 2, 11. "06T ovtoui jjle vvv 
drroTrvl^ai fiovXETai. Aristoph. Vesp.Wm. Fig.: 'E<p' oig 



25. 25 

tywye dnoiriiyoixai, at which I am choked with rage. Dem. (24) 
403. 

KaTcnnayciK, to stifle [to cause to smoulder, by the exclu- 
sion of air], in speaking of fire, of charcoal : VLapdheLypa. c 

EK TOVTOV XafifidvElV EGTL TO GVpficilVOy £7Tt TU)V KaTaTTlTTVL- 

yjiivu)v dvdpdtcuyv, in the case of charcoal, from which the air 
is excluded. [A little below : rw EyKpvKTopivu kcu icara- 
trviyoixivio irvpl.'] Arist. de Juvent. 3. [Hence fig., to 
choke up ; to choke trees, &c] TldvTa Se ravra (oKdirru 
rd Sirdpa KaTairviyovrd te kcu E7TLGKid£ovTa. Theophr. 
Cans. PL ii. 18, 3. [Note.] 

25. 

dywp, Qrog (6), fr. dyw, the drawing together, collect- 25 
ing together men or things: hence, 1. an assembly; 2. 
a concourse or circle of spectators met together to see 
games : thence, 3. the stadium, the circus, and, by ext., any 
combat or contest in the circus, wrestling, boxing, leaping, 
chariot race, &c. ; games of the circus. 'Eyw -avr dv 
nciov gov cirjyovjjLEvov ctKovoi/JU i] ei pot yvfJiviKov rj nnriKOv 
dyibva tov kcxWigtov diwyolo. Xen. (Econ. vii. 9. Fig. 
struggle, contest of every kind, suit at law : Et ?y£tWae ray 
dydji'd ool zivcu irpog tovq kvddoe dvQpioirovQ. Plat. Alcib, 
i. 119, c. 

dyoma, ag (//), act of combating ; ace. to Pollux, this 
word is more particularly used of the contests of the 
stadium, and those of the Dionysia : Ze/jipotepov elttoiq av 
dywvlai yvjivucai, kcu dyvjvlai AiovvGiaKcii. Poll. iii. 142. 
But the word is found in almost all writers in the more 
general sense of exercise, practice in particular games : 

El TLQ nTTTEVUV 7/ Tot,ZVElV oHeV, ?} CLV TToXaiELV l) TTVKTEVHV >/ 

re rijg dWng dyuviag. Plat. Alcib. ii. 145, c. 

dywyiajAa, arog (to), fr. dycoriZoficu, verbal subst. express- 
ing the effect, result of the action, exercise, exhibition of 
games, exhibition, essay [prize- essay~], commissio, certatio : 
Eort pvwadrivcu irepl dizdvTwv tOjv dywvwv tup yvjii>LKU))\ 
tbg baa jxev civtwv irpog noXepov egtiv dyu)ViGua.Ta eiriT-q^ev- 
teov. Plat. Legg. 832, e. Krfjpd Te ec del fiaXKov >/ ayw- 
viGfia eg tu 7rupa-^p)jfia ciKoveiv tvyKeiTca. Thuc. i. 22. 

dyawio-p.os, ov (o), fr. dycovl^opai, act of contesting o\: 



26 



26. 



(25) competing, emulation : lioXXrf Se r/ dvririy^vriffiQ t<Zv Kvfiep- 
vr}7h)v kcu dydJVKTfjLOQ irpog aXXr/Xovg. Thuc. vii. 70. 

dywyio-is, eioQ (fj), act of combating, of competing at games ; 
it is one of the words which Dionysius of Halicarnassus 
censures in Thucydides, as old and obsolete {Dion. Hah 
de Thuc. v. 795) : Kara ti)v ovk kl.ovaiav rrjg dyu)vi(TEU)g, 
TrpoeXOcbv Eg tov dyoiva, dvefirjae tov fjvlo^ov, since he was 
not allowed to compete, he advanced into the stadium and 
crowned the charioteer, Thuc. v. 50. 

26. 
26 aywv, Covog (6), concourse or circle of spectators assembled 
at public games ; hence, the lists, the stadium, the circus, in 
Homer: BrjTrjv Ig \xeggqv ayibva. II. xxiii. 685. By ext., 
combat of the circus, games : 01 yvfxviKol aycoveg. Isocr. 
Paneg. i. Used also of theatrical contests: fjiera rivuv rovg 
ayujvag 7roi//owrai 7TEpl diravTWV yopwv kw. yoptiag. Plat. 
Leg. viii. 835, b. Sometimes combat or war : *H IokeI eroi 
fXiKpog elvat 6 irepl Trjg \pvj(rjg npog rovg 7roXe/j.iovg dyiov ; 
Xen. Mem. iii. 12, 1. 

aeSXos, ov (6), in poetry, whence by contraction aOXos in prose, 
expresses the pains taken to win the prize or gain the advantage, 
* toil, labour, pains : ^Q yvvai ! ov yap ttco tzclvtmv iiri 7reipar cUQXo)v 
i]\9o}jLSv. Od. xxiii. 250. Twv (iQ\u)v t&v 'HpafcXgovc, to ig rrjv 
vdpav. Pausan. x. 18, 5. Whence, principally, combat or contest in 
the circus : 'Avrjp TTsipu)fisvog r) kv ds9X((), rjk kclI kv 7to\sju^, //. xvi. 
590. 'Ev Toig Trig novaiicrjg dOXoig. Isocr. Paneg. 42. 

&0Xoi>, ov (to), IieOXov in poetry, prize of the combat : 
it is only in the plural that a0Xa = dQXoi, combats, games 
of the circus : MZ/njp TrepucaXXe aeOXa Otjke fiifru) kv 
dyujvi dpKTTrjecTfnv 'A^a^i/. Od. xxiv. 58. Very seldom, 
and only in the Anthology, combats in war : 'A fxia /jlev 
/jLTiVid/Jov 'A^XXiog epya te x ei P°G '^KTopiag, Seketovc dOXa 
XiyeL ttoXe/jlov. Anihol. ix. 192. Antiphil. Byz. 

aOXyjfJia, aroc (to), fr. ddXiio, prop, the toil itself, gymnas- 
tic exercise : "E^?? ypajifiaTiKov rivog aVoiJcat rrjv iraXriv 
dpycuoTEpav ddXr\ixaTU)v TravTiov dirotyalvovTog. Plut. Qucest. 
sympos. ii. 4. In Theocritus, the implement used in any 
work : 'Eyyvdt & clvtoIv KeIto to. toIv ^Eipolv ddXrifxara, 
tol KciXaOlaKOL. Theocr. xxi. 8. 

irdXrj, r)g (r/), prop, wrestling. Some grammarians de- 
rive it from ttclXtj [the wrestlers 1 sand or dust], because the 



27. 2? 

wrestlers, after having rubbed themselves with oil, rolled (20) 
themselves in the dust ; but it is generally derived, with 
more reason, from 7rci\Xw, because the two wrestlers shook 
each other violently, in endeavouring each to lay the other 
on his back : UdXa Kpariuv. Pind. 01. 8, 27. 

Trakai<r\io<rvvt), rjg (rj), epic, art of wrestling : "Oggov Tttpiyiyvo- 
fxe9' aXXuv 7rv% re 7ra\ai<x/to0W# re. Od. viii. 103. 

Trvy[i.a\iy], rjg (rj), epic, boxing match : Avrap 6 7rvy fiax'ing dXs- 
yuvriQ Qyjkev asOXa. II. xxiii. 653. Hvyfiaxirjg ev dyiocriv. Oppian. 
Cyn. iv. 201. 

iruy^, rjg (fj), prop, fist ; hence, by ext., combat with 
fists, boxing : ' Ay uvodtTOVGiv afxiXXap wvyfirjc. Luc. ii. 
Amor. 5, 403. 

-nivra&kov, ov (to), the Pentathlum, quinquertium, the 
generic name given to the five exercises or contests enume- 
rated in the following verses of Simonides : "Icfyua /ecu 
Uvflol AiO(p(x)v 6 <f>i\u)i'OQ evlica aX/ux, 7roSit)Keir)v, Slcricov, 
cUovra, TrdXrjv. Simonid. Fragm. 09. Ov yap r\v irivTadXov 
et, dXX' kef eKaaro) apyfiari keIto riXog, Pind. Isthm. i. 35. 

irayKpaTioi/, ov (to), the Pancratium, was a combat 
composed of wrestling and boxing : 'EtteI yovv viKrjtyo- 
pog kpovXETo tov TtayKpariov yeviffdai. Xen. Conviv. 2, 5. 
"Otl yap fxipLiKTaL to irayKpariov ek te irvyfirjc /ecu 7raX??c 
SfjXov. Plut. Sympos. qucest. 2, probl. 4, 

ajuXXa, rjg (rj), fr. djxa and "iXn, effort in contending 
for the prize or in order to prevail over any one, certamen, 
single combat, contest of two rivals : 'la^vog dvSpQv a/aXXcu. 
Pind. Nem. ix. 27. Fig. debate, dispute, rivalry, emula- 
tion, struggle, competition, even between friends : "A/uXXa 
dpErijg. Plat. Legg. v. 731, b. 

jxrfxT), VQ (>/)> close combat, engagement in battle, melee, 
battle, encounter of two armies, or of two warriors on the 
field of battle, proslium. See Max*?, 323. 

27. 
aywoQerqs, ov (o), one who appoints a combat, or con- 27 
test of any kind, judge of such contest or combat, be- 
cause originally he who appointed it, was naturally the 
judge of it ; Herodotus uses the word in speaking of the 
Olympic games : 'E^avaoTr/crae, tovq 'IlXetW dy^voQirag, 
avTog tov ev 'OXvfAiriri dywva eOtjke. Herod, vi. 127. In 

D 2 



28 27. 

(27) later times it was the name, at Athens, of an officer chosen 
in each tribe to preside over games of all kinds; it appears 
that it was also one of the duties of this officer to make 
proclamation of the crowns granted to those citizens who 
had rendered any notable service to their country, as ap- 
pears from the decree quoted by Demosthenes : Tijg Se 
drayopevvetOQ rov (rrecjxxvov 87ri/jieXr)drfyaL jy\v TrpvTavevovaav 
<pv\i]i' 9 Kal tov dywodirriv. Demosth. Cor, 253. 

dOXoOenrjs, ov (6), prop, one who appoints games or 
prizes, was the name of an Athenian magistrate. Accord- 
ing to Pollux (viii. 93), there were ten of these magistrates, 
one for each tribe. They were in office for four years ; they 
had the direction of the Havadfiraia, the concerts, combats, 
and races of the Stadium. According to the scholiast on 
Aristophanes (Nub. 37), it was the special business of the 
'AOXoderai to inspect games and assemblies, under the 
authority of the demarchs, or heads of tribes, who regulated 
and superintended the pomps and ceremonies of the Ilar- 
adi]vaia. But that this office was of more importance than 
the scholiast supposes, is plain from a passage of Demo- 
sthenes, where the AOXoBirai are named with the archons : 
Tt Se av dXXrj tiq dp-^rf KaOiGTrj fie Xairovpylav olov apywv, 
ficMTiXevQ, dOXodiraii ri vv)\i{iov Icttcli irorepor KaOiaraGiv ; 
Dern. 997, 5. Several grammarians have attempted to 
make a distinction between 'AywroQirat and 'AOXoOetcli : 
the first, as judges of scenic representations ; the others, of 
gymnastic games, or those of the stadium. This difference is 
not observed in the actual use of the words ; but all that 
can be conjectured as to any certain difference between 
the two words, from the few passages that remain to us, 
is, that the word dyuvoQirriQ, which is the more ancient, 
has a more general sense, and was used, from the first, of 
all games celebrated in any part of Greece ; whereas dOXo- 
SeTYjg seems of more modern formation, and to have been 
used specially by Attic writers with reference to their own 
festivals and games. 

e\\cu/o$iKY)s, ov (o), fr. "EXXrjv, Slkyj 9 special name of the 
Elean magistrates who presided at the Olympic games. 
They were so called because they decided all questions 
that arose between the Athletes and other -competitors. 
They presided robed in purple : Elc. dwd (fjvXfjg Ifcctflrgc 



27. 29 

eyivero eXXnvockrjg. Pausan. v. 6 and 9. According to (27) 
Pausanias, under the title 'EWavoSiKrjg, Iphitus was at 
first the sole president of the Olympic games. In the 50th 
Olympiad the office was confided to two judges, appointed 
by lot from among the people of Elis. In the 25th Olym- 
piad nine of these judges were created ; three for the horse- 
races, three for the Pentathlum, three for the other contests. 
Two Olympiads after this, a tenth judge was appointed. 
In the 103rd Olympiad there were twelve tribes, and a 
judge was appointed out of each tribe. But after the con- 
quest of Elis by the Arcadians, when the number of tribes 
was reduced to ten, the judges never again exceeded that 
number. In the passage referred to, Pausanias uses alter- 
nately the words dywvodzT-qg and ciOXodirrjQ in speaking of 
the 'EAXayocVfccu. 

papSouxos (6, 77), one who bears a wand or rod, appari- 
tor, verger, name of several inferior officers of police at 
the Stadium, and so named from their carrying a wand : 
Aei^ag 6 'ApKtaiXaov AaK eS at jjlovloq kv T(jj dywvi vno tlov 
pa(5hovyu> v nXqyag zXafiev. Thuc. v. 50. They had similar 
duties also about the theatres at Athens : Xpfjv fiev tvwte.lv 
tovq pafilovyovg, e'L Ttg Kio}x<ghoi:oiriTYig clvtov kiryvEt npbg to 
SiaTpov wapaftag kv toIq dvanaiGTOig, Aristoph. Pac. 734. 
It is plain from these passages that the pafi^ovy^oi were not 
presidents at the games, as Ast says {bid. Platon. y voc. 
pa/3o\). In Plutarch, Motor at Rome : To Se dfjcrcu AarT- 
voi 7raXat p.lv Xiyape, vvv le aXXiyape kclXovgiv* odev o'l ts 
paficovyoi XiKTWpeis at ts pdflEot pctKuXa kcXovvtcli £ta to 
Xpfjardai tote ficiKTrjpiaig. Plut. Rom. 26. 

alo-ujirf]TCH, lov (ol), a kind of magistrates, in the Odyssey, 
inspectors and managers of games chosen from among the 
people : AlarvfjurJTai Si Kpirol kwia wdvTtg dvearav h'jpioL, 
ol tear dytovag kvizpriaoeoKOv cfjaora. Od. viii. 258. [Cf. 

117.] 

&Xutt]s, ov (6), was at Elis, at the Olympic games, 
the same officer of police as had the name pujilovyog in the 
other cities of Greece. The head of these officers was 
called dXuTapx'HS, ov (6) : f O aXurap^T/e, ol/jiai, tj tiov 
'EXXai'oSiKior avTtov eJg. Luc. Hermot. 40. 

0paj3€UTYJs, oD, and Ppa(3€us, itog (6), the Etymologi- 
d 3 



80 28. 

(27) cum Magnum derives this word [very improbably] from 
pdfiloQ, because the judges carried a wand. Judge of the 
combats in the stadium, according to Pollux : "AdXwv iTnard- 
rac kclI fipafieag. Plat. Legg. xii. 949. Fig. Judge, arbiter : 
Bpajjevrrjv eXeadai twv Xoytov. Plat. Prot. 338, b. Tov 
dtKCLiov (IpafievTrjc kanv 6 Selector)/ c« Arist. Rhet. i. 56. 

dycompx^S) ov (o), president or judge of the games, in 
Sophocles : Rat rafxa Tsv^rj fjirjr dywrdpyca rweg Biigovg 
'A^ato/c Soph. Ajac. 569. 

28. 

28 actSctv, an ancient form retained by the poets ; hence, by con- 
traction, aSeiv in Attic writers ; prop, to breathe out, to blow ; 
hence, to sing an air, a song: KaXbv dtibovreg 7rairjova kovqoi 
\A^aiu>2> 5 II. i. 473. Hence, with an accusative of the person, to sing, 
celebrate : "Aibovreg sirtaQe tclv Aide, ovpaviav "Aprepiv. Eur. 
Hippol. 53. 

yqpxieiv, fr. yrjpvg, prop, to speak loud ; hence, in lyric style, to 
recount, sing, in Pindar under the Doric form : Ei d* atQXa yapvtv 
tXbtai, (pi\ov yitoq. Find. Olymp. i. 5. 

K€\a8eiv, to resound, in Homer, speaking of the noise of waters: 
nap irorapbv KtXdbovra. II. xviii. 576. Hence, to make the air 
resound with cries and acclamations : "Qg "Efcrwp dyopev'* stti dk Tpioeg 
KeXadiyGciv. II. viii. 542. In lyric poetry, to celebrate: Tiva Oeov, tLv 
rjpojct, riva b' dvbpa KeXabrjvopev ; Find. Olymp. ii. 2 : passage imi- 
tated by Horace : Quern virum aut htroa lyrd vel acri Tibia sumes cele- 
hrare ? Od. i. 12, 1. Arjpqrpa Qeav eiriKoafiovvTe g ZaOsoig poXTralg 
KeXaSstri. Aristoph. Ran. 382. 

Xiyatveiv (Xiyvg), prop, to cry aloud with a sonorous voice : Krjpv- 
Keg b' kXiyaivov lip? riot tyaivoptvrjtyiv. II. xi. 685. In the Alex- 
andrine poets, to sing: X.pvesy tyoppuyyiXiyaivutv. Apoll. Rhod. Argon. 
i. 740. With the name of the person, to celebrate: K«t pwrag sXt- 
yaivt, Kal deibujv evopeve. Mosch. Id. iii. 82. 

\iyvpit,€iv (Xiyvpog), synonymous with Xiyaiveiv, but very rare: 
Lucian : Tovg epydrag Xiyvpl^ovrag ri\v Oepivrjv (pbrjv. Luc. Lexi- 
phan. 2. 

|jl€\tt€iv, fr. peXog Ei7rsTv, to sing verses or hymns in honour of 
the gods, in chorus and with dancing: MeX7rovTeg eKaspyov. II. i. 474. 
"()7roi; irtvTY)KOVTa Kopdv twv "Nrjpybwv x°9°i ptXirovaiv tyKvicXioi, 
Eur. Iplt. Taur. 428. KaXog y b naidv, pkX7rt pot rbvb\ w KvieXwxp. 
Eur. Cycl. 664. In Euripides it is more frequently found in the middle, 
p.eX/ir€o-6ai : HoXAai b' dv ^EXXdvwv dyopovg arova-^dg pkXirovTO 
bvardvuv tekbujv dXoxot. Eur. Androm. 1038. 

|xeXi£€iv and (JieXi^eo-0ai (peXog), to chaunt, to sing, in iEschylus, 
to predict, because the oracles were given in verse: Kai rig vs tiOtjgi 
buipwv V7rtpf3apr)g lpiriTvm> peXi&ip 7rd9rj yotpd Oararocpopa ; 



29. 31 

JEsch. Agam. 1185. 'A irirvg, atVoXf, rrjva a ttoti ratg 7rayaXai (28) 
pikiodtrai. Theocr. Id. i. 1. 

|j.oX/ira£€iv (ixo\7rrj) : Tqv Swmoav yevvaicog ry <pu>vy poX- 
7rd£a>i>. Aristoph. Ran. 378. 

d|AV€iv, fr. vpvog, to sing a hymn, to celebrate in hymns : 'AttoX- 
\(t)va vfjLVSiov dpyvporo^ov. Horn. Hymn, in Apoll. 178. 

■uSciv, found only in the Alexandrine poets for qideiv, to sing : Kal 
rd ptv log vdeovrai. Apoll. Rh. ii. 528. 

\|/d\.\€iv (tpaw), psallere, prop, to touch the string of a bow, or of 
an instrument of music: TlsXrag 0' oaoi irdXXovai, Kal to^ojv x s 9 l 
\pdXXovei vevpdg. Eur. Bacch. 783. Hence, to play on a stringed in- 
strument: Ok aiayyvy KaXwg ovtoj \pdXXu)V] dpKel yap y\v /3a(Tt- 
Xevg ciKpoaaOai \paXX6vT0Jv axoXd^y. Plut. Pericl. 1. In the N. T., 
to sing whilst touching the chords, whilst accompanying oneself on a 
stringed instrument, to sing psalms : Kai r(/7 bvopari gov \paXoj. Rom. 
xv. 9. 

29. 

&&€\<f>6s, ov (6),- in the epic poets afeXtyeog and aSeXtyeioc, 29 
from a and leXcpvg, answers exactly to uterinus ; hence, espe- 
cially, frater uterinus : 'AfieXtyio f^arpog ek fiiag. Eur. Iph. 
T. 497. In general, brother, in the wide meaning of the 
word, and without more special designation, Homer uses it 
for natural brother, brother by blood : 'O ^ev vudog vtbg 
'O'iXiioc Oetoio ectke MeSiov, A'iarrog aceXcpeog. II. xiii. 694. 
It is, however, usually accompanied by an adjective to de- 
termine the kind of brother ; as, yriiaiog, legitimate ; opto- 
Trdrpiog (poet, oirarpog), by the same father ; opiofju'irpioc, by 
the same mother : °Oc Kal rov optopLrjrpiov Kal 6pL07rarpiov 
a^e\(j)ov Kal TeOvrjKoroc. i]$ri aTrorefiijJV rrjv KE(j>aXi)y Kal rijv 
X*- l ? a arscTTavpioaev. Xen. An. iii. 1, 12. 

Kcuri'YV'nTos, ov (6), fr. K&aig and yevrjTog, prop, frater ger- 
manus ; it is the title which Agamemnon gives to Menelaus in Homer: 
Q?iXe Kaaiyvrjre, Qavarov vv roi opKi Irapvov. 11. iv. 155. Used in 
poetry as adeXcpog, uterine brother : Tptlg re Kaaiyvrjrovg rovg poi 
pia yeivaro prjrrip. II. xix. 293. Kai oi TevKpog dp.' >/£ Kaaiyvrjrog 
Kai O7rarpog. II xii. 371. 

kgLgtis (6, r)), the simple form, which is not found in Homer, only 
in the tragedians and Lycophron : "'Q izarip, w iroXig, u>v cnTivdaQqv 
aioxpGjg tov ipbv KTtivaaa ttdaiv. Eur. Med. 169. 

avTOKacriYvr|TO§ (6), own brother, in Homer : AvroKaaiyitjrog 
ptyadvpov llpwrtaiXdov. II. ii. 706. 

avOaifxuv, ovog, (6, >/), and av6aifxos (6, if), of the same blood 
=■ consanguineus : ^Q Aibg avQaipiov, w yXvKvg 'Atdag. Soph. Trach. 
1041. TLavi raff avOaiuoi rpiaaol Osaav iippiva. Antipat. Anthol. 
vi. 14. 



32 30. 

(29) Sjjtaijjtos and 6fi.aip.uv (6, 17) (6[i6g, alfia), of the same blood ~ con- 
sanguineus; hence brother, sister: "Eprjfjiov warpipov eXtireg dofxov, 
Qvyag a.7ro(Tra\eig oixaifiov Xw/3^. Eur. Phoen. 318. 2u t , a> TaXaiv 
8juai/z£, Aiovvvov ddfiap. Eur. Hipp. 329. QiXeXv dk Kdfih roijg 6/*ai- 
fxovag doKSi, consider that I too love my brothers, Eur. I ph. Taur. 1402. 

cruvaip.09 (6, r/), prop, consanguineus ; hence brother (modern): Sot 
Tads, Hav QrjpEVTa, avr\pTr\aavTO avvaifioi diKTva. Zosim. Anthol. 
ii. 452. 

<ruvop.aip,a>v, ovog (6, fi), synonyme of the preceding word, and more 
ancient, found only in iEschylus : Srevovaa tclv gclv Zvvofiaifjiovwv 
re Tifidv. Msch. Prom. 417. 

6p.o*yev€Ta>p, opog (6), fr. ojuoc and ysvog, of the same race : 
*Aveijlwksoq eWe dpofiov VEtpkXag tcqgiv l\avvaai\ii di' aiOepog npbg 
kfjibv djjLoysvsropa. Eur. Phoen. 168. 

■yvwTos, yviorrj, prop, known ; hence relation, and particularly 
brother, sister, in Homer: Ovdk vv rovye yvwroi re yvojrai re irvpbg 
XtXa'xwo-t OavovTa. II. xv. 350. 

truyyovos (6, rj), of the same race, and, in poetry, brother: KXdcj 
avyyovov, ov eXiwov kirifjiaGTidiov eti (3pE(j)og. Eur. Iph. Taur. 280. 

30. 

30 "Aicfyc, ov (6), (dtSirjs, poet.) hades or aides, lit. the 
invisible, the invisible god, one of the surnames of Pluto, 
the god of the infernal regions : Tpelg yap r U Kpovov 
eljiev aSeXtyeoi, ovg reicero 'Pea Zevg ical eyu), Tplrarog 3* 
'AiSrjg evepoiaiv ava.(T(Tu)v. II. xv. 187. Homer also gives 
him the name of dicWeus : "ESSeicrev 3' vTrevepdev aval, 
evepiov 'Aidiovevg. II, xx. 61. 

In the Attic prose writers, "Aic^c, : f O Se "AiSrjg, ol 7roXXot 
\xev fjioi Sokovctiv vTToXafijiavEtv to aetheg 7rpo(jeipfj(Tdai T(p 
6vo\xaTi tovto), kul (pofiov/ixevoL to 6vofJ,a UXovTiova KaXovaiv 
avTov. Plat. Cratyl. 403, a. The elliptic phrases elg or 
ev 'A'thao, elg or ev " Ailov, into or in the palace of Hades, 
to or with Pluto, into or in the infernal regions, are well 
known, and in constant use in prose and verse : Evte jjllv 
elg 'A/'^ao 7ru\ciprao 7rpoi/7T£/rJ/£i/. II. viii. 369- Tovg Se 
avoaiovg /cat aciKovg elg 7rr]X6v Tiva KUTOpVTTOvaiv ev^AiSov, 
/cat kogkIvo) vSwp avayKa^ovcn (bepetv. Plat. Rep. ii. 363, d. 

nXouTwi', tovog (o), Pluto, the etymology of this name 
is thus given by Plato : To Se UXovTwvog, tovto ytev fcara rrjp 
tov ttXovtov Soaiv, otl Ik Trjg yfjg kcltwOev avlezat 6 ifKovrog 
e-K{t)vo\xaaQr\. Plat. Cratyl. 403, a. 



81, 32. 33 

TdpTapos, ov (6), Tartarus (regions of), which Homer (30) 
thus describes : *H ptv eXiby pi\bu) eg Tuprapov rjepoevra 
rrjXe jjloX\ tjy/ (iadiGrov virb ^Qovog ecttl fiepeQpov* evQa 
(Ti^rjpeiat re TrvXat kcu -^aXKeog obdbg toooov evepd' 'Atceit), 
oaov obpavog knr curb yalrjg. II. viii. 13 — 16. 

"EpcfSos, eog (to), ace. to Bochart, comes from the Hebrew 
ereb, black ; ace. to the Greeks from epa ; Erebus ; in 
Homer, the place of darkness situated between the upper 
world and the infernal regions. It was, so to say, the 
vestibule of the mansions of Pluto ; it was here that the dog 
Cerberus abode : 'E£ 'Epefievg a^ovra kvvci (jrvyepov 'A'tcao. 
II. viii. 368. Erebus has been personified by the poets ; 
Hesiod makes Chaos his father : 'Ek Xdeog B* "Epeftog re 
fxiXaiva re Nu£ eyevovro. Hesiod. Theog. 123. 

ei/epoi, uy (ol), fr. kv and epa, those who are in or under 
the earth, the dead, inferi ; hence the infernal regions 
or hell : "Ara£ evepuv Kilwvevg. II. xx. 61. 

£o<j>o9. ov (o), obscurity, and, specially, the darkness of 
the realms of Pluto, in Homer : 'Aidrjg 3' eXa^e i^ocpov 
yepoevra. II. xv. 191. 

'HXucnoy Trefiiovy fr. eXevOoj, Elysian plain, Elysian 
fields, which Homer places at the end of the earth : 'AXAa 
d eg 'HXvawv ireZiov koX ireipara yaing aQararoi 7re fi\pov a iv 9 
odi t,avdbg 'PabdfxavQvg. Od. iv. 563. 

31. 
dSiKia, ag (//), injustice, the quality of that which is con- 31 
trary to justice : Tig yap kari vbfxog rocravTTjg aditctag 
fiearog ; Dem. de Cor. 33. 

d&tKTjjxa, arog (to), unjust action, an injustice : Ob& d£i- 
Kelv av >//idc eKelvov ctSiKn/i av eOnxa. Id. de Class. These 
two words are not synon. in Greek, as is manifest by the 
termination of each, but differ, as the abstract, injustice, 
and the concrete notion, an injustice (an unjust action, a 
wrong). 

32. 

&ei and aUi, adv. ever, always, used with the past, 32 
present, and future : 01 aV i^ev alel yeiofievoi. Herod. 
iii. 142. 

Icrael, adv. for ever, used only with the present and 



34 33, 34. 

(32) future, ace. to Thomas Magister : 'AW l\v re apa e£ dpxw, 
Kal ecrrai kaaei. Aristid, in Jov. 3. 

owex&s, fr. avvexvQi continuously, constantly, without any 
interval or interruption : fjjuup . . . owEx&g ^X? L y/P w c 
ravra irapix^v. Xen. Mem, i. 4, 12. [2vrex^Q aei and 
del (tvp£X(oq are found combined.] 

dSiaXeurrws, adv. (a<5mX£i7rroc), without ceasing : 'A&a- 
Xei7TTU)Q 7rpotj£vx^^0e. N. T. 1 Thess, v. 17. 

ttoVtotc, adv. (jrav), evermore, at all times: YIclvtote Bog 
rj/juv tov aprov tovtov. N. T. Mark vii. 6. [late ; un- 
Attic] 

€KdcrTOT€, adv. (}kcl(ttoq), each time, every time, always : 
"\va E7rtTe\oir} (5p7rep EVEKa ekoKeIto kkacrrore ettI to. 
fe^a. Xen. Conv. i. 14. 

SiafiLirepes, through, from one end to the other, thoroughly, entirely : 
*A\\d as (prjfjLi diafiirspeg cLyka'UXoOai. II. x. 331. 

33. 

33 aeXXa, rjg (77), fr. ar\\xi, violent wind, whirlwind: Avrap oy\ wq 
to TTQoaQev, sfxapvaTO Igoq dsWy. II. xii. 40. 

OveXXa, r]Q (rj), fr. 6 vu), furious tempest: 'Ytto de arspvoiai kovitj 
"igtolt deLpofievn, wcrrf vsipog t)e OveWa. II. xxiii. 365. 

34. 

34 &QP> € 'p°£ (^ or 6) (arjfjLi), the lower air, in Homer, the 
air we breathe, whereas aiQr\p, ipog (o), (aide*)) tether, the 
ether, is the upper air, the pure air above the clouds : 
Etc e\arrjv dvajjdg 7r£ptf.irjKErov, f) tot ev "I^J7 fiaKpordrr} 
TTEtyvvla Bl rjipog alBip' 'Itcavev. II. xiv. 287. Hence it 
comes that diip, in Homer, has more commonly the mean- 
ing of obscurity, darkness. Thus it is opp. to aiOprj, rjg (>/), 
clearness, serenity of air : Zev ndrEp, a'XXa av pvaai vn 
rjipog viae 'A^cuwj', ttoLyjgov B"* aidprjv, Bog B' 6(j)6a\iuLo"i(Tiv 
IBivdai. II. xvii. 645. Aristotle gives another etymology 
of aWrjp : AioTTEp wg Eripov Tivbg bvrog tov ttqwtov aiojiarog 
irapd yrjv Kal Trvp, Kal dipa Kal vBwp, aiOipa Trpoawyofxaaav 
top dvcoTaTio T07rov, aVo tov 0eu> aid tov d'iBiov X9^ v0v i 
Oe/jlepoi tyjv Eniovvjiiav avT(o. 'Ava£ay6pag Be KaTaK£XPV TCLL 
ry dvofiari tovtq) ov Ka\wg. ovojxd^EL yap aldipa dvrl irvpoc, 
Arist. de Casio, i. 3. 






35. 35 



35. 



d6\T]Trj$, ov (o), athlete, specially a combatant in gym- 35 
nastic games, or in those of the stadium : 'AW wgttep ol 

dOXrjTCli OV"% OTCLV illtoTUV yiviOVTCLl KpElTTOPEQ TOVTO UVTOVQ 

evcppaivei, dXX* bray rwv dvTaywviarihv tJttovc, tovt avrovq 
dviy. Xen. Hier. 4, 6. By ext., a combatant in any 
games, and even in war : Kofjixporepag S-f] nvog d&Kti&ewQ 
ce~i role ttoXejullkoIq adXrjrcuQ. Plat. Pol. iii. 404, a. Fig. : 
'E£ wv ttuvteq ddXnral tCjv tcaXiov kpytov iyivovro. Dem. 
in Aristog. 799, 16. 

&Ywviottjs, ov (o), prop, a combatant, has a yet more gene- 
ral signification than dOXrjTijg, which was properly only used 
in reference to the contests in the stadium : it was applied to 
all kinds of competition, even to that of the poets, who com- 
peted for the dramatic prizes : Ovc ekeivovq eyor/e eircurw 

OLTLVEQ dyix)VMTTCU yEVO\XEVOl K&l VEVLKl]KOTEC 1]^TJ TToXXdfClC KCU 

$6£av EyovTEc ovtcj (biXovEiKovaiv wctte ov irporEpov iravovrat, 

TTplv av l]TT7l^EVTEC TtJV CLdKr^fTLV KaTCtXv(TU)(JLV. XeU. Helleil. 

vi. 3, 16. Fig. champion : UoXXovg dywrioraQ e^ete ttjq 
dpErrjg. /Eschin. in Ctesiph. 569. 

do-KTjrqs, ov (o), fr. daKEw, prop, one who exercises himself, 
one who practises or goes through a course of training [hence 
used for athlete, when there is reference to the previous 
training] : Et tLq *ye dfTKnrrjg izoXXa irovfjaac kul u^iovikoq 
yEVQjiEvoq dvayuvLGTOQ (jiciteXecteiev, ov& dv ovtoc fJioi SokeI 
Slkciiwq dvairiog Etvat d<ppocrvvnc. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 7 '. 

iraXatcmfe, ov (6), wrestler: Ov-% bpotg on Kidaptarwy 
fiEv Kcii yppEVTwv kclI 6pyr)(jTwv ovce eiq E7nyELpE~i dpyELv fxi) 
ETTLrrrafiEvoQ, ovdE iraXaia-Lov ovce irayKpaTiadTwv ; Xen. 
Memor. iii. 5, 21. 

TruKTTjs, ov (o), fr. irvt, one who fights with his doubled 
fists, a. pugilist, boxer: "Ho-Tfp ol tzvktcu rovg jjlep w/uovg 
TrayyiovTai, rd ce (jkeXji XEwrvvovrai. Xen. Conviv. 2, 17. 
The form iruypixos is poet. : Ov yap irvyfidypt ei/jLev dfj.v~ 
povEg ovCe iraXaMJTai. Od. viii. 246. 

fxoKOfjLdxos {a, //), lit. one who fights alone with another, 
hence gladiator in Plutarch and Lucian : Tov -arpbg d-o- 
tiayoi'Tog ayiova fxoro^dyjujv ///.if'pcuc oXiyaic lironjaE. Pint. 
Rom. i. 23. 



36 30,37. 

36. 

36 dOXoy, ov (to), specially, prize at the gymnastic games, 
and, by ext., at all sorts of games : 'Ay&vag ettoiel Kal 
i&OXa rolg vlkuktl pEyaXowpE-n-wg eSiSov. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 3. 
Fig. : 'AW ol^ev, lb avSpeg ' AOrjvaioi, tovto tcaXwg EKE~ivog, 
otl ravra piv egtiv airavTa ra ywpia ddXa tov iroXipov 
Keifxepa iv juicro), Dem. Phil* i. 41. 

erraGXov, ov (to), prize in general : Kal gkyiwtq' InaQXa Trjvfie 
\afjij3dvEi x® ov °£* E ur ' Phoen. 52. 

Ppapcioi^, ov (to), fr. fipajjEvg, modern, prize given 
by the (ipafievg in the public games : '0\pe fipoToicriv eSioke 
(Zpafiri'ia irdvTa podoto. Opp. Cyn. iv. 196. In the N. T. : 
Ok o'idciTE, on ol ev eradiat TpkypvTEg, irdvTEg pkv Tpiypvcnv, 
elg Se XapfidvEi to fipafislov ; 1 Cor. ix. 24. 

vua]Tf\pio\>, ov (to), prize of victory, or rather the 
victor's prize : T Hy Ss twuto. to. viKrjTrjpia ola $rj elg 7rXrjdog 
7rp£7r£i. Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 24. 

apicnelov, ov (to), fr. apiarog, prize of excellence, of 
bravery : To~ig Se ^vpaKoaioig Kal ^eXivovgioiq KpaTiGTOig 
yEvopivoig dpiaTtia kdwicctv Kal Koivrj Kal Idia woXXolg, teal 
oIkeIv aTiXeiav kSoaav t<o fiovXopivip clei. Xen. Hell. i. 
2,7. 

yepas, aog (to), honorary reward : Kal yipa Soteov Kal 
a6\a. Plat. Polit. vi. 503, a. Hence prize, in Pindar : 
'AW Eyoj 'HpoSoru) TEvj(it)v to pkv appcLTt TEdpii^Tio yipag. 
Pind. Isthm. i. 18. 

37. 

37 al8c5s, oog (rj), ace. to the grammarians, is formed from 
a and Elhlv, and expresses the feeling of shame that pre- 
vents a person who has done a bad or disgraceful action 
from looking others in the face ; shame, respect for the 
feelings or opinions of men [hence, either the fear of being 
thought ill of by another =z shame : or, the fear of hurting 
another's feelings = respect, reverence~\ : Ohd' ekeEchtQev 
avd aTpaTov* to"X £ y a 9 a *cwe Kal diog. II. xv. 657. llacri 
yap dvdpio'KOLOLv Einyftovioioiv doicol Ttprjg i/x/mopoi Eicri Kal 
aldovg. Od. viii. 479. In writers subsequent to Homer, 
the sense of alSwg is softened. Ace. to Aristotle (Eth. 
Eudem. ii. 3) altiwg, modesty, is the mean between dvaioyy v - 



37. 37 

ria, impudence, and KctTairXnlig, stupified timidity : Alcwg te. (37) 
Aktctcu 8' eIgiv' r/ pev ov k*a/a/, ?/ & uydog o'iklov. Eur. Hipp. 
385 — 390. It is sometimes personified : Qeav yap ov ti)v 
'AvalSuav dXXd ttjv AISlo vopi^ovcn. Xen. Conv. 8, 35. 

aloyyvK], rjc (//). Ace. to the definition of Aristoxe- 
nes and several other grammarians, cu&gjs is the sen- 
timent of reverence which we feel in the presence of per- 
sons worthy of such feeling from their age, their virtues, 
or from some superiority or other ; and alayjivr], rjg (//), 
shame, is the feeling natural to a man, and which his con- 
science calls up in him, after a bad or disgraceful action. 
To this distinction of the grammarians it may be added, 
that alcr-^vvn signifies also the fear of dishonour, as pudor 
in Latin, thus defined by Cicero : Pudor metus rerum tur- 
pium et ingenua qucedam timiditas dedecus fugiens laudem- 
que consectans. This meaning of the word may help to 
explain the following difficult passage in Thucydides : 
HoXefwcoi re . • . yiyvopeda . . . on alScog auxpooevvrje 
tt^eIgtov jJLETiyzi, aia^vvng tie EV'^v^ia, and we are good 
soldiers, because modesty is nearly connected with prudence, 
and bravery with the fear of dishonour [it is better to con- 
sider alctog and aloyyvK] as synonymous in this passage]. 
Thuc. i. 84. Aivxyvn is of date later than Homer, with 
whom alScog unites both meanings. After him the more 
recent poets often confounded the shades of difference in 
these two words, as Dion Chrysostom attests : AnXovon 
ri)v alEco vvv dvrl rrjg alayyvng ovopdi^cjv, iogte kdog eotl 
toTq 7rot^ra7g. Dion Chrysost. 13. [See 43.] 

aurxumrjXia, ag (»/), disposition to the feeling of shame, 
timidity : 'H pe.v ovv Svvapig dpyji fccu vXi] tov rrddovg, oiov 
opyiXoTijc, aiayyvrrfXia . . . to $e Trddog Kivnaig rig ijhj 
Tijg SvvdpEOjg, oiov opyi\, alctog. Plut. de Virt. Mor. ii. 
443, d. 

Suaarrrta, ng (//), shamefacedness, shyness = mauvaisc 
honte : Ovrto ryv alvyyvrnXlav pi\pi rov prj& dvTifiXe7rt.Lv ro7<_ 
$eofJ.£votg bit eikov o ai , ^vatoiriav tovopaaav. Plut. de Pud. 1. 

errpoir^, ?7c (>/), fr» ivrpiireiv, the action of turning away 
under a feeling of fear, shame, or respect; hence rcsp> ■ 
regard: 'H kcu £oke~ite tov tv(j)Xov tlv ivrpoirrjv J) (ppovrlc 
eieiv; Soph. (Ed. Col. 303. In the N. T., shame : Up 
EVTpo7T))v vp.1v Xeyto. 1 Cor. xv. 34. 

E 



38 



38, 39. 



(37) Kanfj+cia, ag (b), the action of casting down the eyes 
from confusion or humiliation : 2ol yap kyw teal tirEira Karrj- 
(petri Kal ovedog eaaofiai. II. xvi. 498. [late in prose : Plut.~] 

38. 
38 atjxa, arog (to), fr. aWw, to burn, ace. to some gram- 
marians, because the blood is the principle of vital heat ; 
blood that flows in the veins, or from a wound : IlvKval fie 
Cfiw^Lyyeg diet 7rXevpdg te Kal ljjulovc atficiTt (poLviKOEGtrat 
apiSpajdov. Horn. II. xxiii. 716. Fig. blood, for race, 
family: A'tfiarog elg ayadolo, (j)lXov reicog. Od. iv. 611. 
In the Septuagint, wine is, by a beautiful metaphor, called 
the blood of the grape, alfia (rratyvXrjg, Gen. xlix. 11 : a 
phrase which is also found in Pliny (xiv. 5). 

cup. a?, adog(ri); by its termination this word carries with it the 
notion of a mass, collection, blood which flows or spouts out abundantly 
[a stream of blood] : Ovde y og rdv OtpixoTarav alfidda KY)KLOfievav 
eXksojv evOrjpov nodbg rjirioiai (pvXXoig Karevvdcrtiev. Soph. Philoct. 
696. 

(Spores, ov (6), fr. peto, blood which flows from a wound: 'A7ro- 
vi4ravT6g fikXava (3porov h% wteiXswv. Od. xxiv. 188. 

lx<£p, &pog (6), fr. %£w, ace. to Damm, prop., juice of food, which 
spreads itself throughout the body, and nourishes it ; serum, lymph, 
the watery part of the blood [t%wo $e lurlv aTreirjov alfxa. Aristot. 
Anim. 3, 14, fin. and supra : yiyverai de TrsTTOfievov 8% Lx&pog /aev 
a\\aa fcrX.] ; in Homer, blood of the gods : 'Pse d' dfxfipoTOv alfxa 
Oeolo, t%wp oloairsp te psei pLaizdpEGGi Oeolaiv* ov yap aXrov tdovG , 
ov irivova aWona olvov tovvek avaifjioveg «Vi, Kal aOdvaroi 
kclXsovtcli. 11. v. 340. [Also — pus, the discharge from a wound, cor- 
rupted blood, matter (Hippocr.) — It is also used of other limpid or 
watery juices : ttclv *yd\a ?%« lx&P a vdarwdrj. Aristot. H. A. 3, 20. 
'0 ruJv %\wpwi> <|>vXXa>v Kaiop,&vu)v t'x^P* Diosc. 1, 172.] 

Xi30pov, ov (to), ace. to commentators, who derive it from Xvio, 
it is the blood that collects and must be washed off, blood and dust 
together, perhaps lump of clotted blood, clotted blood or gore : AvQptp Ss 
7raXdaaeT0 xtipag dditTovg. 11. xi. 169. 

4>6vos, ov (6), murder; by a metaphor familiar to the poets it is 
used for the blood of a slain person or animal : Oi [jiev dp' kvvrjfiap 
KBaT iv (p6v<i>, ovds Tig y\ev KaTOdibat. II. xxiv. 610. Kal Qiyyd- 
vovTtg X 6 9 ai Tavpeiov tyovov. JEsch. Sept. Theb. 44. 

39. 

39 aivelv, to approve, to praise : Tvfcidr}, fjLrjr dp' fie fiaX' aivet 
juitTE tl veikel. II. X. 249. 2ivpaKocrlav TpcnrE^ay Kal StfCf- 
Xikyjv 7rouaXiav 6\pov, wg Eoucag, ovk alvE~ig. Plat. Pol. iii. 
404, d. 

i-naivtlv, to praise publicly, collaudare : Kal cltto tov- 



_ 



40. 39 

TOV TOV ToXfXTIflCtTOQ ITOWTOQ TU)V KCLTCL TOV TToXejXOV £7rY]vidr) (39) 

kv S7raj07r/. Thuc. ii. 25. Xdpiv yovv rfjg atyohpa -KpoQv^xiag 
alveiadio' eav he iroXv (deXtiwv ijiceiv ho^rj 7ro\v eiraLvticrdd) 
/udXXov. Plat. Legg. xii. 952, c. 

€YKG)jjud£€ii>, to pronounce encomiums upon ; to extol : 'Qq 
he tovt i]KOV(rav itdvreg fjev eiryjvovv, iravrec c' eveKiofxia^ov. 
Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 2. 

TraiT]Yupi£€iK, prop, to speak in a general or public 
assembly, to pronounce a panegyric upon ; to panegyrize : 
Aft Tovg ftovXofievovg /x?) ^xarnv <pXvdpe1v, dXXa npovpyov tl 
Troielv kclI tovq olofxevovg dyadov tl kolvov ebprjKevai, tovq 
fiev dXXovg lav 7ravnyvpi£eLv. Isocr. Phil. 85, a. 

eirevcjrnfxeiv, to utter shouts and acclamations, in token of approbation : 
*Ev6' aAAot fiev iravTig kirtvcprinnGav 'Axcaoi. II. i. 22. 

euXoyeli/, to speak well of, to eulogize, to praise, cele- 
brate : 'AprifiLhog re Oeag \pvaeav a/jarvKa ro^a t evXo- 
yi](Td). Eur. Hecub. 465. [Also Plat. ; rua eiri tlvl.~\ 
In the Septuagint, to bless : Upocrdyaye juol avrovg r lva 
EvXoyijvu) avrovg. Gen. xlviii. 9. 

40. 
alviyp.6s, ov (6), hence enigma : Qpaareov hi] gol cl 40 
alviypiov, tv dv tl // heXrog /} irovrov r) yfjg kv irrvycuQ 
ndOn, 6 avayvovg jjlt] yr(p. Plat. Epist. ii. 312, d. 

atviyfia, arog (to), seems a more poet, form, though it is used by 
Plato, whose style borrows largely from the language of the poets, 
enigmatic speech, enigma : Tvyxdvti de ttioq aiviyfi e[i6g 7raig Oldi- 
7TOVQ "2(piyybg fxaOwv. Eur. Phoen. 50. 

ypT<f>os, ov (6), prop, net, griphus, a kind of riddle in the 
form of a question involving a double solution, propounded at 
table for the amusement of the guests : Ovcev doa ypi<pov 
hiacpipei KXewwfjLog. Aristoph. Vesp. 20. There were as 
many as seven kinds of yp~i(pog, all of which differed from the 
aiviy/jia, which was a question proposed, the meaning of 
which no one could comprehend at first hearing, whereas the 
meaning of the yp~«pog seemed at first to be obvious enough, 
but was in the end found to be unintelligible without the 
true solution ; the Scholiast, on Aristides (p. 508), gives the 
following instance : "E/cropa rov Upidfjiov Au)/.///o;c tKravev 
dvi)p ; This assertion appears at first contrary to fact, be- 
cause Diomede did not kill Hector ; the real meaning of 
the line is : the husband of Diomede killed Hector, &c. ; the 

e 2 



40 41, 42. 

(40) husband of Diomede being Achilles himself, and Diomede 
the name of a female slave, his mistress after Briseis. 

41. 

41 au'os, ov (6), an extempore story, a fiction in which ani- 
mals, trees, plants, &c. are introduced as examples to man ; 
maxim, principle of morality developed in a story for the 
instruction and benefit of man ; tale, fable, apologue : Nur 
cT alvov (icHTiXeva epiii) voiovai teal avrolg, w£' 'tprjl; irpoa- 
eenrev aiihova 7roiKiX6Eeipov. Hesiod. Oper. 202. 

TTapoi/JLia, ag (//) (7rapa, o'LfJLrj), short and terse maxim, 
alluding, generally somewhat maliciously, to a custom or a 
fact, the mention of which would be necessary to explain it 
[or, at all events, the origin of it], but which is easily under- 
stood without this, by the application made of it : proverb, 
adage : e. g. these two proverbs : Mere fiovg ttot Lv fiordvr], 
ox, keep to your pasture ; and f A kmtvoq fier avdearrjpLa, ivy 
after the Anthesteria [i. e. the festival of Bacchus at which 
ivy was worn], are applied by the Greeks to slow and stupid 
persons. "OOtv kciI 7rapoifxlai eiprjirai, we, *H\i| tJXiko, T€p- 
7T€i, Kcti, 'Ael to ojjloioi/. Aristot- Rhet. i. 11. Theocritus uses 
alrog for TrapoijAia : Alvog drjv Xiyeral rig, e(3a kcii ravpog 
av vXav. Idyl. xiv. 43. 

42. 

42 ai£, alyog (6, yf), the common name for goat, whether 
he-goat or she- goat ; but the sex is almost always deter- 
mined by an adjective : ~Ebpu))> rj tXatyov Ktpaov, ?} aypiov 
alya. II. iii. 24. Tore de ol fiev rovg ctlyag rovg appevag 
eSeSoLKsaav fxr) 7dvd)oiv enro rfjg Nf^ac. Pausan. iv. 20, 2. 

Tpdyos, ov (6), fr. rpwyw, he-goat, found first in the 
Odyssey : Ta ft apcreva Xe~nre Ovprjtyi}', appewvg re, 7pa- 
yovg re. Od. ix. 239. 

epi<})os, ov (o, r)), young of the goat, kid, male or female, 
to three or four years old, ace. to the Scholiast on Theo- 
critus {Id. i. 6): 'Apv&v r)d' epi(piov kinlij^iOL ap7ra.KTfjpeg. 
IL xxiv. 262. 

Xip<apos, ov (6), he-goat, more commonly in the fern. 
Xifxapos, ov (>/), in Attic and Doric writers, young she- 
goat, a year old, which has not yet borne young : A'ka S* 
aly a Xafiri rTivog yepag, eg re Karappe.1 a y^tfjuapog' ^c/icipw 
uaXoy xprjc, kare k a/jLeX^rig' Theocr. Id. i. 6. 



43, 44. 41 

XLfxcupa, a^ (»i), for ai£, or, ace. to others, for x'lfiapoc (fj), she- (42) 
goat: Kal ^f'/japoi Xaaiyaiv l(pi7nrevov(Ji xifiaipaig. Opp. Cyn. i. 390. 
But the Scholiast on Theocritus makes a difference between these two 
forms : Xi/zcrpoi enl QrfXvicov, ewg eviavrov, tovt'egtiv eojg av tskojgi 
Kal dfieXxOijJcnv' d(f>' ov tie tsZetcli rf x'H-apog, ovketi x^ a 9°Q XkyErai, 
dXXd xifxaipa r\ al%. Schol. Id. i. 6. Chimcera, a fabulous monster in the 
Iliad : Tlpwrov fisv pa Xifxaipav a\iai\iaKkrr\v IkeXevcte 7rE(pvEfXEV t r) 
d' dp* trjv Oelov ykvog, oi)d' dv9p(i)7ru)v, 7rp6<y9s Xeujv, oitiQev Sk dpd- 
Kiov, \iiaat] Ie xtjuatpa* Selvov airo7rviiovaa wvpbg [isvog. 11. vi. 179. 
Hence our word chimera. 

43. 

at^xos, eog (to), ace. to the etymolog}', something 43 
that one puts away, or gets away from, filth of the body, 
dirt, nastiness ; dirt or rind of cheese, in Hippocrates : Kcu 
rvpbv aiyeiov irepiZiaavTa to dialog. Hipp, de Art. 790, h. 
Plural, in Homer : Ater^a SelIloteq kcu ovticHea ttoXX' a pol 
eotiv. II. iii. 242. Ugliness, physical deformity : 'Clg ce 
eloov to irpoouTTOv tov cirSpbg v7r£p{jdXXov ciiff^st, kyiXaaav 
ttclvteq. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 1 6. 

atcrxunrj, rjg (?/), fr. alaypg, a word unknown to Homer, 
and defined by the philosophers as cpofiog Sixaiov \fsoyov, the 
fear of a just blame. 1. Shame, the feeling experienced after 
a disgraceful or bad action : "Evtiv ovv oarng vjulwv olce Tiva 
al(ryyvr)v rrj noXei ovpfiacrav Std tovto to xprjtyia ua rj X^ ev " 
aapov j) yiXwra, a vvv ovrog k'tyr) <jvp/3)]0E(j6ai, kciv kyw 
(TTscpavwfjLai ; Dem. Cor. 26. 2. By ext., shame, dishonour, 
opprobrium, that which causes shame, confusion, &c. : 2uep- 
dig Se TTEfjnrTog y)pt,EV alvyyvn irdrpq.. JEsch. Pers. 779. 
3. Act of dishonouring, outrage on modesty, violation of a 
female, stupratio : YvvaiKwv aloyyvag ko\ ^onparioy ap-rra- 
ydg. Isocr. Panegyr. 32. 

aurxporrjs, rjrog (//), fr. aivxpog, baseness, base feelings 
and disposition: 'Aav/upErplag te kcu alciypoTnTog ykpovaav 
t))v xjsvxrjv ilfcv. Plat. Gorg. 525, a. 

ai<rxpo<ruvTf], rjg (r)), fr. aioxpbg, another very modern form, in use 
among the poets for aiax^vr) : "Aartog aiVvpocruvryv iiixeteooio. Tzctz. 
Chil. 11, 229. 

44. 

aiTeli/, to ash for something, single act, without being 44 
obliged to return what is asked for : 

cutcutGcu, to ash for something in order to make use of it, 
and return it again, to borrow : both are defined in the 

e 3 



42 



45, 46. 



(44) single verse of Menander : Ov wvp yap alrwv, ovSe Xondfr 
alrovfjiEvoQ, for he does not ask for fire, he does not borrow 
a dish. Dyscol. [See note.] 

alTiJciv, frequentative of aiTsoj ; in Homer and Callimachus, to beg : 
BovXerai alriZ,u)v /Sogkeiv rjv yaarkp' avaXrov. Od. xvii. 230. 

45. 

45 atTta, ac (*/), cause, sts. for blame, complaint, charge : 01 
<?£ kQavfJLut,ov, /cat kevt}v alriav Sia rrjv iSiay tyQpav EirdyEtv 
jjle vireXdnfiavov avraj. Dem. Cor, 47. 

KaTTjYopta, ac (ri), accusation, supposes a graver fact 
than alria : Alrta jiev yap tyiXwv arSputv egtiv ajiapTavov- 
7wv' Karqyopia Se, k^Qptuv aSiKrjadvTiov. Thuc. i. 69. 

amajxa, arog (to), a verbal of rare occurrence ; in Thucy- 
dides and iEschylus, subject of complaint : Kal fita tovto 
to alriaua varepov (pevyeiv ek ^Trdprrjg So^avrag jJiaXaKMrQrj- 
vau Thuc. v. 72. After Thucydides it is next found 
for alria, accusation, charge, in the N. T. : HoWa Kal (iapia 
alrtd^ara (pipovreq Kara tov UavXov a ovk 'icrxyov anoSel^ai, 
Act. Apost. xxv. 7. 

Iyic\ir]jj,a, arog (to), fr. eyKaXeo), bill of plaint, bill of 
indictment [libellus accusatorius : but I see no reason for 
making this meaning precede the more general one] : "lie 
(j»1(7L to kyxXrifAa Trjg ditcrjc i)v vtteo tovtljv kXayev avra) 6 
Xpr}(TT0Q dhXtyog ovroai. Dem. in Aristog. 787. By ext., 
complaint, charge : Qvfie ey/cXry/ia 7ru)7rore EwoLi'iaaTO 7r pog 
tovtovl. Demosth. Phorm. 948, 28. [By a still further 
ext. = the wrong or injury of which complaint is made : 
E7rei$ri S' ek tGjv wpoc avrovg EyKXqjJLaTiop jjugovgl (sc. <$>iXnr- 
7roi>). Dem. 01. I, 11.] 

8iky], t]Q (rj), action- at -law, hence, cause, suit : Ovb* bjxag 
airu Trjc avrrjg ciavoiag Sal rag te ISiag dtKag Kal Tag crjjjLO- 
aiac KpivEtv. Dem. de Coron. 60. 

$ico£is, Eiog (fj), fr. hwKEip, legal prosecution : 01 3e vojulol 
Tovruiv kiXevovgi t)]v Sioj^iv Eivai. Dem. in Everg. 1160. 

46. 

46 &kt^, VQ (»/)> this word, the root of many derivatives, is only 
found in the grammarians, and never used but in some 
poetical compounds, such as TaraYjKYJs (6, fi [ravatiKrjg, 
Spitzner]), long-pointed : El jxev kev ejjie KE~ivog eXyj rara- 
{)ke'l -^aXky. II. vii. 77. 

axis, iSog (rj), kind of dimin. of a/a/, point, generally : 



46. 43 

01 Se Hapdu)v {3ct(Ti\e~ic; EOt\xvv\ovTO rag adcag tCjv (ieXojy (46) 
yapciTTOv-EQ uvrol teal TrcipadijyovTEg. Plut. Demetr. 20. 

olkwkt], rig (r/), lengthened form of clkt], point of a javelin, spear, 
&c. : Tvdeideo) d' vwep wjxov apiartpov ijXvQ' aKujKrj iyx*0Qi ovS' 
£/3aX' avrov. 11. v. 16. This form has been used by some modern 
prose writers : Aoyxog 8k ityopeov ira^o.q^ fisytOog ujq e%a7rr}x£CiQ' 
clkcokti dl ovk iwriv aidrjpkr). Arrian. Ind. 24. 

dicjxrj, fjg (*/), another derivative of 6\ky], sometimes 
point in the poets : 'Y^>' alfiarripcug -^elpecrat, kui KepKicuju 
aKficufjiv. Soph. Antig. 975. fyaayavwv $' a K flag Evviixpa- 
fiev. Eur. Orest. 1482. [Cf. 47.] 

^Xr 11 !? VQ (»/), point of a dart, of a spear in Homer: 
nipnae tf ap ogteov e'lgu) aiXM X a ^ Ke ^' ^ m ^ v " 460. 
Sometimes in Homer, Herodotus, and Xenophon for the 
dart or spear itself, hasta : YAypv .... acnriSag kcu cu^ac 
a/uLiKpag, Xoyycu £e kitr\aav /JiEyaXai. Herodot. vii. 77. 
By later writers it was sometimes used for a weapon of any 
kind. 

•YX.a>xfe, wog (r)), fr. yXu)%, point or sharp end similar to that of 
the ear of corn, hence, by analogy, point or barbed-head of an arrow in 
Homer, according to Pollux (ii. 18) ; but in this sense it is only found 
in the compound rptyXw^iv, an epithet of the arrow in the Iliad : "Ore 
fjLiv Kparspog iralg 'A/i0irot/wi>O£, dt%irepbv Kara fia^bv d'iarij) rpt- 
yXwxivi j3e(3Xr}icei. 1L v. 393. 

o-a/upcoTTjp, rjpog (6), in Homer, the iron or spike with which the butt- 
end of the spear was armed in order to fix it in the earth : "Eyx^a Se 
<j(J)iv 6p9' €7rt (ravpioTrjpog sXriXaro. II. x. 153. [Cf. ovpiaxog and 
<TTvpa%.'] 

oopiaxos. ov (o), fr. ovpd, butt-end of the shaft of a spear or dart: 
To d' iZoiriQtv Sopv paKpov ovdei kviGKifMpQr} tirl d' ovpiaxog 7rtXf^i- 
X9n eyxsog. II. xvi. 612. [Cf. GTvpa%.] 

d6^p, tpog (6), prop, beard or pointed end of the ear of 
corn, hence, by ext., every thing of similar shape, as the 
point of a sword in Plutarch : JLlai:i}XTrETai Se 3ia iraiSiov 
/jtLKpov to kyyeipiiiov kcll Xajjibv Ecnratraro /cat KarEvorjffEv' 
wg $' eIEep Ecrwra tov adipa kcu ri]v aKar\v CLa^xivovaav 
ktX. Plut. Cat. Mill. 70. 

emfcoparis, iSog (?/), point or iron-head of the spear : 
"EXcyf ct ovrog TEiyr) elvul rrjg ^wapr-qg rovg viovg' bpia £e, 
rag ETriSopariSag. Plut. Apophth. Lacon. ii. 217, e. 

KeWpo^, ov (to), fr. KEVTEio, prop, that which pricks ; 
hence, goad, used anciently to drive cattle, horses, &c. : 

'AvWXo^OC 5' E.TL KCtl 7T0Xv UCtXXoV fcXttVl'fl' KEVTOU) ETTlG7TEp- 

X^y. II. xxiii. 430. In later writers the iron-head of a dart, 



44 



47. 



(46) in Polybius : To ^vXov wg iirinav hiirriyy . • . \ m m tcivrpov 
<T7ri6afjiiaiov. Polyb. vi. 22, 4. 

Kvwhwv, ovtoq (6), tooth of a hunting-spear in Xeno- 
phon : To Se 7rpofi6Xia 7rpujTOV /jlev Xdy^uc EypvTa to /jlev 
fjieyedog TrEVTcnraXaloTOvg, Kara ?e jjlegov tov avXov kv&Sov- 
rag aTroKEyaXKEVfiErovg, <rri<j)povg. Xen. de Venat. 10, 3. 
Metaph. the tooth for the point of the sword : Hu>g a cltto- 
(nracru) 7rucpov tovc" aloXov Kvwdovrog ; Soph. Aj. 1044. 

XoyxT], VQ (>/)> prop, iron-head of spear or dart : Ta Se 
liKovTia ecttio TravTodcnrd Eyovra rag X6y)(ag evirXaTeig ical 
i;vpi'iK£ig. Xen. de Venat. 10, 3. 

Trcjyci)!', wvog (6), prop, beard ; hence, by ext., any thing 
that grows or comes to a point like the beard ; plur. 
irwyweg, barbed-heads of arrows in the Scholiasts on 
Homer (ad Iliad, iv. 153). iEschylus applies it metaph. 
to a flame of fire : Hi/jLTrova-t $* avhaiovTEg ckjjOovq) \xevei 
(pXoyog fiiyav irwywva. JEschyl. A gam. 314. 

orupa£, aicog (6), butt-end of the handle of the spear or dart, 
armed with iron, [an iron spike~\ in the historians : Toy fxiv 
flctKTrjpiy, tov Se to) arTvpaKL enaTa^ev. Xen. Hellen. vi. 2, 
10. Plutarch uses it in speaking of the end of a dart: 
Tovtov /jlev y to Kpavog VTritiaive Toy otydaXjjiov, clkovtiov 
OTVpaKi 7ral(jjv Tig cKpeiXev. Plut. Arist. 14. [Cf. aavpiOTrjp 
and ovpia^og above.] 

oTupdKioy, ov (to), dimin. of the above, which Thucy- 
dides uses in speaking of the iron-head of a spear [No : 
the iron spike of the butt-end would serve the purpose still 
better] : IZrvpaKia) aKovriov clvti (jaXdvov xprjcdfjiEvog eg tov 
fioyXov. Thuc. ii. 4. 

47. 
47 &Kp,^, fjg (fj), fr. cikyi, prop, the edge of a sword, only 
in the proverbial saying : 'E^t frpov a.Kjxr\g, on the edge of 
a razor, found as early as Homer : Nvv yap St] TrdvTEarriv 
ett\ ^vpov iaTarai aK/jifjg f) fjidXa Xvypog oXedpog 'Ayaiolg yie 
fiiwvat. II. x. 175. Hence, fig. aKfxrj is used for the de- 
cisive moment, the crisis of affairs, the very highest degree, 
the flower of man's age : Mirpiog ypovog dic{.if}g to. e'ikogiv 
ettj yvvaiKi, avSpl ce rd TpidtcovTa. Plat. Pol. v. 461, a. 

oro/ia, arog (to), edge of a sword, in the Septuagint 
and N. T. : Kcu -KEaovvrai crTo/uart fxayaipag. Luc. 21, 24. 
In the ancient writers no trace is found of this meaning, 
but in the compound o7oto/zoc, double-edged. 



48. 45 

oTOjmoKns, Etog (»/), action of hardening the iron, and (47) 
tempering the edge to steel : "£l<nrep 6 nicnpog ttvkvovtcll rrj 
Trepi-^vfci teal liyerai ri]v (TTOjjuoair, aredelg ttowtoi' vtto dep- 
/jlottjtoq, Kal fxaXaxog yevo/JLerog, Plut. de Adulator* ii. 73, 
c. Fig. (as acies, acumen, in Latin), for acuteness, address, 
subtlety : To crov <? a<fiKTat livp > vTrofiXrjrov GTOfxa noWr/v 
eyov (jto/jhihjw. Soph. CEdip. Col. 794. 

orojxwjAa, arog (to), effect, result of tempering the 
iron ; hardness given to iron by it : "0£ei Stairvpov ailfipov 
to GTOfjUOfxa Karaa fiiaag, (\<j>ei\eTO ttjv elg ra\Xa yjpeiav Kal 
cvvajXLv, Plut. Lye. 9. Fig. strength, reinforcement : Tovg 
aKfid^ovTac en Kal 7rpodvfxovg dvaXafiiov, loairtp (TTOUtofda, 
Tpi<j\i\iove yevo^xivovQ, elg T^y^Hweipoy dacpaXtog fiiE7rEpaae* 
Plut. Flamin. 3. 

48. 

dicoueij', 1. to hear, to hear with attention: To S 9 s/jlov 48 
Kfjp ayjvTai ev Ovfjiat, od 9 virep cider a'toye' aKovio. II. 
vi. 524. 2. to hear oneself well or ill spoken of, to have 
such or such a reputation : 'Akoveiv apiara SiKaiocrvvng nipt. 
Herod, vi. 86. 

dKoud^eu/ and aKoudJeaOcu, said to be synoriymes of 
aKoveir, are rather frequentatives of this verb: Kcu \xiv 
yXvKvc 'IfJLEpog fjpei Ovfico aKova^ovra. Horn, Hymn. Mercur. 
422. HpujTU) yap Kal cairog aKovd^eaOov efJeio. II. iv. 343. 
"Oggol evl f.ieyapoi(TL yepovaiov aiQoica olrov alel ttivet 
LfAolow, aKovd^ecrde S 9 dotSov. Od. xiii. 9. 

<kaKou€ii> (Sid, aKovoj), to hear to the end, or to listen to 
with attention, peraudire : 'O Se SujKove izdiTa yfiitog ova 
kfiovXovTo XiyEiv. Xen. Cyr. iv. 4, 3. Hence to hear, in a 
special sense, to be a hearer of, or attendant upon the teaching 
of some master: " AXXoi te nveg ev HtvpaKovaatg i]<rav A/w- 
vog te arret diaKrjKooTEg. Plat. Epist. vii. 338, d. Ao/cov- 
gev 'Avrloxpv tov pr)Topog. Plut. Cic. 4. 

€iraKou€ti/ (kiri, aKovto), prop, to turn on one side to 
hear the better, to lend an ear to, to listen attentively : Kal 
ETraKovovcriv el ttov irXnaiov KXayy)) it) xpocpeg Ttor KVvdtP Kal 
odev dv aKovoioaiv, aTTOTpETrovTai. Xen. Cyn. 5, 19. 

uiraKoueiw ({/7ro, aKovto), prop, to hear from ivithin, and 
answer to one calling ; to answer a knock at the door : Na)V 
\xev djuKjjoTEpu) fAeverjyafiev op/ii}6eVrc, H) itiXdipevai H) 'ivco- 
Uev al\p* vTtaKovaai. Od. iv. 281. Kpovaag Tt)r Oupar, uke 



46 



49. 






(48) rw vTraKovffavTL elaayyelXai oartg Ein. Xen. Conv. i. 11. 
By ext., to obey, submit: T&v TroXefjiiojv av ay tea i^ofiivriv 
v-rraKovEiv. Xen. Cyr. viii. 1, 4. 

dt€iv, to feel : "Ifxaaev KaXXirpixag "iirirovg fidcrriyi Xiyvpy' tol fie 
TrkriyriQ aiovTtg, kt\. II. xi. 532. By ext. to hear ; YXavicoj 8' aivbv 
a-X°Q ysvero (pOoyyrjg aXovri. II. xvi. 508. 

iiratew, to understand a thing, to be well versed in it, 
to know it : "Icwe av ovv yjyavaKTEig, e'i <jol iXeyor iyio qtl 
"AvdpbJire, Lna'uiQ ovhev wept yvfivaaTiKrjg. Plat. Gor.g. 
518, c. Hept ovSevog tovtiov ina'Ciov tCjv TEyvuv. Plat. 
Polit. x. 598, c. 

dicpoaaOai, to listen with attention, to give ear, to be the 
hearer or disciple of some one ; to obey : Elra cnyrj Trpoa- 
TaTTOvroQ ijKpoCjvro. Plut. Rom. 26. 

kX/uciv, according to some from icXso) for icaXeu), to hear oneself 
addressed, to hear with favour, to hear and grant : Tov d' ekXve <£oi/3o£. 
II. i. 43. 

TTuvQ&vevQai, fr. 7rc/0w[?], prop, to learn by hearsay, 
to hear any thing said: Uevdero ol itailbg oXedpov. Od. 
xvi. 411. 

wTaKouoreu/, to hear with all one's ears, to be on the 
listen, to be all ear, speaking of a spy or a curious 
person : f £2c, wraKovcrrovvTEg Kal e't irwg aXXioc dvvavrai 
aladaveadal tl, ar\\iaivoiEV t(d XpvcravTr) o tl Kaipdg ^okoltj 
elvai. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 21. 'AW LbraKovGTuJv Kal 7roXv- 
wpayfiovwv avvy\KEV iwifiovXriv Kaicrapi 7rparTOfxivr}V vtt 
'AxiXXa. Plut. Cces. 49» 

e^wTiJecrOai, more modern form, to perceive by the ear, to 
give ear : 'EvioriaaaOe ra piifiard fiov. Act. Apostol. ii. 14. 

49. 
49 ctKpa, ag (fj), feminine of the adj. aicpoe, used elliptically 
as a subst., the most elevated part, high part ; hence, top, 
ridge : llply yap 7r6Xig ijfis Kar cucp^e, irepfferai. II. xxiv. 
728. Later, citadel : Tore ovrto KaTEirXayrjaav rovg ek 
Koplvdov 6)<tte /j,STE7r£fji\pavT6 te Tovg AaKECaijJLOviove, Kal TYfV 
•noXiv Kal TVJV aKpav (pvXaTTEiv avTolg TrapiSwKav. Xen. 
Hellen. iv. 4, 15. 

aKpoi>, ov (to), the neuter of the adj. aKpoe, is also 
and more frequently used elliptically as a subst., the end, 
in every sense, the top of a mountain : "Hprj-cie Kpanrvwg 
TrpooEfit'iGETo Tapyapov aKpov ' lt)rjg vx^rjXfjg. II. xiv. 292. 



50. 47 

Uepyafjaov re wvpl KaraiQerai repejiva Kal iroXig a.Kpa re (49) 
retyewv. Eur. Troad. 1296. Sometimes fig. the last, the 
highest degree : "Ora^ Sc rig rrjg aperijg elg aKpov 'tKrjrai. 
Plat. Prot. 340, d. 

aKpi9, toe. (»/), epic and synon. with dicpa in the Odyssey, height: 
Uy d' avr, w dvcrrrjve, di aKpiag tpxeai olog ; Od. x. 281. 

dKpwnqptoK, ov (to), summit of a mountain : 'Hwe re 
cietyaive /cat kyirovTO kit aKpiornpiu rov ovpeog. Herodot. 
vii. 217. In Thucydides and medical writers, the extremi- 
ties of the members of the body : Kat ei rig Lk rw> ixey'iaruv 
7rFpiyivoLTO,Tuiv ye aKpurnpiuv avriXri^ig avrov eireaYipaivev. 
Thuc. ii. 49. 

dKpoTTjs, rjrog (?/), fr. a/cpoc, an excellency of the high- 
est degree, a pre-eminent good, in a figurative sense and 
in philosophic discussions : Ato /caret fiev rrjv ovaiav /cat 
rov \6yov rov ri i)v etvai Xeyovra fjLEaorne ioriv // apery, 
/caret Se to apiarov kcu to ev aKporng. Aristot. Ethic. Nicom. 
11, 6. 'AKporrjg per ecrrt rrj SwclfxeL Kal rrj Troiornri. Pint, 
de Virt. M. 444, d. 

50. 

&Kpo(rr6\ioi>, ov (to), acrostolium, prop, the upper ex- 50 
tremity of the crroXog, i. e. of the elevated and projecting 
curve, that formed the prow of the ancient vessel : the 
curvature and projection upwards of this portion commenced 
[as from its base~] from what would correspond to the prow 
of our modern vessels [See atyXaarov, in this article : and 
the words aplustre and aKpoaroXiov, in the Diet, of An- 
tiqq.]. The gigantic and unusual proportions given to the 
whole prow, in the following passage, refer to the famous 
galley of Demetrius, the description of which Athenaeus 
has left us, and which may serve as a scale whereby to cal- 
culate by approximation the ordinary proportions of the 
ancient vessels. "Y\pog ce ewg aKpoaroXiov reaaapaKovra 
oktu) 7r?7^a7 )'* and Se t<j)v 7rpvavr]TiKii)v atyXafrruv eirl to rfj 
daXdoar) fJ-ipog avrfjg rpelg irpog rolg irevTi]Kovra 7T))yeic. 
Athen. v. 203, f. After naval victories, this part was 
detached from the conquered vessels, preserved as a trophy, 
and carried in triumph by the conquerors : "En tie irXeiuj 
KOf.il£bjy uKpoffroXia t(jjv SucpdapfjLevwv vk avrov /cat KeKpa- 
rqpivuv. Pint. Alcib. 32. 

a<j>\aoToy, ov (to), fr. a and (pXatrQat, according to 



48 



51. 









(50) Eustathius, a highly-raised part at the extremity of the 
poop of the ancient ships, and based on it ; it was com- 
posed of several stages, the whole of which together formed 
ornaments ordinarily in the shape of plumes of feathers, or 
of a bird's taiL It was called in Latin aplustre, a word 
which Festus derives from amplius, but which Vossius, with 
more reason, derives from the Greek : "E/crwp Se 7rpvjjLyrjdev 
ettel \dj3ev, ov^l /uleOiel acpXaarov perd ^tpcrlv Eyuv. ^* 
xv. 716. [See Diet, of Antiqq. s. v. aplustre, where the 
fig. will make the explanation here given clearer : " there 
was a correspondence in the general appearance and effect 
between the aplustre which terminated the stern, and the 
aKpoaroXtov which advanced towards it, proceeding from 
the prow." IbJ] 

Kopup,(3os, ov (6), fr. fcapa, prop, head, summit ; in the 
plural Kopujjipa, the most raised and curved part at the 
end of the Homeric vessel ; at either end in the Iliad : 
Srevrat yap vrjiov clttoko-^elv aicpa Kopvjjij3a. II. ix. 241. 
But, according to the Etymolog. Magn., it was the ornament 
or beak of the prow only, which agrees with the inter- 
pretation of the Scholiast on Lycophron ; in this poet, in 
fact, this word expresses the ornaments of the prow ; 
hence, by ext., the prow of the vessel, in opp. to aQXaarov, 
which is also used poetically for the poop : " A^Xaara, icai 
Kopvjjifla icai /c\?y(W .dporovg. Lycophr. Alex. 295. 

51. 

51 clk-tt], fjg (ri) (ayvvfjii), rocky line of coast of consider- 
able extent on which the waves break : 'EvOevtev t6 npog 
ecnriprjv cucral htcpdaua KaraTEivovdi. Herod, iv. 37. 

Tjiwy, ovoq (r/), Ionic form, more poetic, and of the 
same origin as tucrr] : Avrtg 3' ijiova jjLEydXrfy xpafiddoicri 
KaXv\pEv. II. xii. 31. Sometimes, but in more modern 
poets, bank of a river : 'H'iovsg irota^xolo koL clg-ketov "uiyev 
dXfTOQ. Apoll. Rhod. iv. 130. [Xen. Hell. i. 1, 3.] 

atyiaXtfe, ov (6) {ayvvjii^ or ai£), shore flat and sandy, beach 
often washed by the waves : *£lg ote Kvfia TToXvtyXoLafioio 
OaXdaarjg aiyiaXo) fiEyaXo) ppe/jLErai. II. ii. 209. \Thuc. i. 7.] 

0.711, ijg (ry), fr. dyvvfii, prop, break, fracture; in epic language 
KVfiaroQ ayi] appears to be the compound word KVu,ajujyri of Herodo- 
tus resolved, but at a later date, by the poets. Thus the Lexicons and 



52. 49 

the E. D. give ayi] as synon. with alyiaXog in the Ionic writers; but (51) 
it would seem rather to answer to our word breakers, which is used both 
properly of the waves themselves that break, and, improperly and 
loosely, the rocky part of the shore on which they break : IToXty 8' 
ivl KVfiarog dyy Tsyye 7rodag. Ap. Rhod. i. 554. 

KujiaTwyr], fjg (v), fr. fcv/xa and dyvvya, according to 
the grammarians, the shore, because beaten by the waves ; 
but it is rather that portion of the shore on which the 
waves dash, the beach : Kal KYipvKijiov Etydvn etti rfjg KVfjia- 
rioyrjg KEifjLEvov. Herodot. ix. 100. [More correctly, tcvfja- 
Twyr], Lob.~\ 

Ois, lvvq (rj), prop, heap of sand, sandy sea-bank (the 
French dune) ; hence, coast, shore, almost always with aX6g 
or daXdvcng * Br/ S* clkem wapd diva daXd&ang. II. i. 34. 
Sometimes alone: 0*V kv (pvKioerri. II. xxiii. 695. [Cf. 259.] 

8x9*1, ng (>/), in general, elevation, rising ground, small 
hill ; hence, bank, steep side of a river : Uap 1 oxdrjcriv 
7rora/xo7o. Od. vi. 97. Sometimes used for the sea-side : 
'Ev jjle v yap XeifjLUJvEQ a.X6g woXioio nap oydag, vSprjXoL 
Od. ix. 130. 

TrXaTajuuuy, wvog (6), (nXaTvg), in general, every flat 
surface, platform : hence, a broad flat rock, a flat reef of 
rocks on the coast, or even in the sea: 'Epyujjc x a Pr l ° ( PP (JJV 
tlpvaaaTO irLova epya Xeta) km irXaTafxwvi. Horn. Hym. 
Merc. 128. 

^rjYjjLiv, Xvog (6), fr. prjyvvfii, abrupt and rocky line of shore, 
against which the waves dash and break ; breakers ; 'Ejc Se Kal avroi 
fialvov £7ri prjy^Xvi QaXdaang. II. i. 437. 

X€iX.os, cog (to), prop, lip ; hence, bank or margin of a river in the 
Epic poets : Avtou irapa xtiXog tXicraofievov 7rora/xoTo. Ap. Rhod. in. 
1276. 

52. 

aKuf, ovrog (6), fr. clkj), poet., but rare in the Tragic 52 
writers, dart : Ov& dpa rot ye to&v aitcag a/jK/ng \iivov, ovli 

T CLKOVTUV. II. XV. 709. 

cLKomov, ov (jo), dart, javelin : Ovtw (T<poSp6rar6y te *ac 
fAaKporarov oiaerai to cikovtiov, EvvToyfoTaTOv ^irroi, euv 
Kara rov (tkottov a^ufiivrj clel opy ij Xoy^q. Xen. de Re 
Equestr. 12, 13. 

dKoiTiojia, aTog (to), fr. aKovri^Eiv, prop, that which is 
darted; the range or length of cast of the dart, in Xcnophon : 
Touc AaKedaijjioviovg ovriog ol TrtXraorat kliSioav wg kvroq 

r 



50 



52. 






(52) ciKorrlfffxaTOQ ov wpofT^effav rolg 6ir\lraiQ (within the reach 
of their darts). Xen. Hellen. iv. 4, 16. 

Sopu, aroQ (to), wood or staff of a pike or dart of any 
kind ; by ext. the spear itself [whether used as a pike 6v 
as a spear. Lid. and Scott."]. In the Iliad the warriors 
carried two of them, of which they darted one only, 
reserving the other for close combat : Avrap 6 Sovpe Suu 
KEKopvOjuiEva %a\K(3 7ra\\a>j>, ktX. 11. iii. 18. [Also in 
prose : eig lioparog 7rXrjyrjv, eIq dopv dtyLKveivQai, to come 
within the range or shot of (their) darts: ettl (wapd, eIq) 
Copv = to the right ; opp. ew do-xiha. dop\ kXzlv. Thucj] 
Cf. 186. 

Sopdnoi/, ov (to), dim. of Sopv, javelin, spear in the his- 
torians : Ovte yap ol 7t7Xol EOTEyov to. ro£evjuara, SopaTid 

TE EVCLTTOKEKXaGTO /3aXXojJLEVU)V. ThuC. iv. 34. 

dyKuXif], rjg (fj), prop, strap or thong of leather attached 
to the middle of a dart, and used in hurling it, amen- 
turn : "Eoti Si tl k<x\ ypoatya) eolkoq £vXov, ek yEipoc, ovk el, 
dyKvXrjg dQiijuiEvov. Strab. iv. 3, 196. Hence, metaph. the 
dart or spear itself in Euripides : e O jjiev ttetpovq, 6 $' ay/cu- 
Xac, 6 $e i;i<poQ -KpoKioirov ev yEpolv e-^iov. Eur. Orest. 1483. 

ptcrdyKukov, ov (to), javelin that was hurled by help 
of the leather strap called ayKvXrj attached to the middle 
of the staff: Kai irp&Ta jjlev to&hji kcu fXEaayKvXoiQ Efxap- 
rdfjLEada. Eur. Phcen. 1141. 

alyaviiq, r/c (ff) 9 fr. oi£i according to the grammarians, 
a kind of dart made use of in goat-hunting ; a hunting- 
spear : Avtikcl KajunrvXa ro£a fcai alyaviag SoXi^avXovg 
eiXo/jleO' ek vrjwv. Od. ix. 156. 

ttoKtov, ov (to), fr. ttoXXeiv, that which is darted, dart : 

'AVTI yE /JLYfU $6pCLTOQ KajlCLKlVOV, ETTEL^Yl KCU CLddEVEQ KOi 
Svatyopov EGTL, TCL KpaVElVa SlJO TTaXTCt /JLcLXXoV E7raLrOVjJLEV 

(instead of a spear with a long shaft [jca/xaWoe from fca^ai;, 
a long pole ; Lidd. and Scott, with Rost and others, trans- 
late it brittle, but incorrectly : in perticce modum, Lat. 
Trans.], we recommend two 7ra\ra of cornel wood). Xen. de 
Re Equestr. 12, 12. [It was stronger and more portable 
than the dopv.~] 

yp6a<j>os, ov (6), kind of dart carried by the v^lites or light- 
armed troops of the Romans, in Polybius : to Se tuv ypo- 



53. 51 

vtpijJv fiiXog lyjEi t(d jjev jj.fi kei to £vXov wg iir'nTav ci7rr)^y (52) 
T(p ce irayei haKTvXtalov, to ce kevtoov, (nridajxialov kutu 
toctovtov Lirl Xetttov E&XrjXajJEvov ical (rvvio^vcrjJEvov uktte 
K(it avayKrjv evdewQ cnro Tfjg irpwrng £ji(joXijg KajJ-fTTEadai, 
Kin fjLi] cvi'CMjdai tovq iroXEjiiovg avTtfiaXXEiv . Polyb. vi. 

22, 4. 

uo-ctos, ov (6), kind of javelin or spear named pilurn 
by the Romans, which the heavy-armed soldiers, or has- 
tati, carried. Polybius has left us a description of it : 
Tutv $' v(tctu)v eIgiv ol jjev 7ra^e7c, ol $e XetttoL 'YGjv de 
0T£p£(t)Tipti>v ol jjev (TTpoyyvXoi TtaXaiGTiaLav £yovm Tt)v 
didjjETpoV ol $£ T£Tpayb)voi tyjv 7r\£vpav. Ot y£ jj))v XektoI 

aifivVLOlQ EOIKCKJI (JVJJJJETpOig, OVQ (j)0p0V(TL JJETCt TWV 7TpOElprj- 

jjeviov. 'Attclvtiov £e tovtiov tov £,vXov to jjrjicog egtlv <Lq 

TO£~lQ ni^ELQ. IipOG)]pp.O(JTai $' EKCMJTOLQ joiXoQ GlCTjpOVV 

ayKMTTpwTOv, 'iffov 'iypv rd jjfJKog toIq iivXoig, Polyb. vi. 

23, 8. 

53. 

&\t]6tjs, eoq (o, >y), fr. a and Xavddvio, literally, that 53 
u'hich is not hid or dissembled, true, in speaking of what 
is said or related, in Homer : "Eu-op, iirel jxdX' avioyag 
a\r)Qia jjvQyjaacrdcti. II. vi. 382. It is often opposed to 
J/euo/c, false, in Plato: T<3 ttote ovv rpowu) ho^a \p£vh)g te 
Kal aXr)d))g ijjj.lv QiXeI yiveadai. Phileb. 37, b. 

d\Y]0t^6s, //, 6v 9 1. legitimate, in opp. to adopted in 
Plato: 0*e av 7ralc£g jji) 7roirjTol, dXndtvol Se uhtlv. Plat. 
Legg. ix. 878, c. 2. Verax, truthful ; that tells or speaks 
what is true : % A<ff ?)c, ei-rev, tijiipag vjjag dv£tXrj(f>ct, irptoTov 
£X® £ Q dXrjOivwv Xoycjv i'jKovcra 7T£pl ejjcivtov. Plut, Apophth. 
184, e. 

aTpcicrjs (o, »/), fr. a and Tp'sio l t according to the Etyrn. Magn., that 
which a man is not afraid to say or avow, frank, true, certain : 'Ek 8' 
dficpoTepoiiv arpEKtg al/j' ecraeva fiaXiov. II. v. 207- Biotov 8' ctTpe- 
keIq b7riT)]C£v<jeig (petal crfyaXXeLV nXsov r) Tep7rtiv. Eur. Hippol. 261. 

€T€os, fa, eov, fr. Eijii, thai which is, real : "Oq>pa 
CaiojuEi' i) eteov ILdXyag jjavTEVETai i)e Kal ovy^i. II. ii. 300. 
The derivatives ctujjios (6, ?/), and with reduplication 
crrJTUfAos (6, if) have the same meaning as ETEog : "Igke 
xLev^eu 7roXXa Xiywv etvjioktiv ojiola. Od. xix. 203. Keivu) 
c ovketi rovTog eti'itvjjoc. Od. iii. 241. The form trvjiog, 
though poetic, is used by Plato : ToD 3c \iyetv etvjioq 
1 [Hardly from either rpkio or rofx w - Compare tra/io, detrecto. I' 

F 2 



52 



54. 



(53) riyvr\ avev tov aXtjQeiag %<pdai ovr egtiv ovte firiKOTe vgte- 
pwg yivr\T(xi. Plat. Phcedr. 260, e. 

VYip.€pTife (o, 97), fr. vif and ctfiapravsiv, infallible, unfailing, sure, 
certain : T Q yvvai, r\ \idXa tovto Itcoq vrifiepTeg ienrsg. II. iii. 204. 

&i|r€tjSifc (o, fj), that deceives not, lies not, truth- speaking : 
TIpofr'iTriQ TXavKog d\pEv$ri£ Oeoq. Eur. Orest. 358. [Often 
in Plato ; also, one who does not make mistakes, is not de- 
ceived : d\p£vcrjg utv /cat jurj tttciiujv diavolcx. Thecet. 160, D.~\ 

dKpt|3ifc, £og (6, fj), fr. aKpoc, prop, exact, exactly fitting, 
in speaking of a suit of armour : Tov cufxarog fir} lievov- 
Tog, dXXci tote lxev KvpTovfXEvov, tote Se opdovLiivov, 7ru>g 
av aKpifieig Owpaiceg apfxoTTOiev ; Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 15. 
Fig. exact, particular, speaking of persons : Wnrovrog Se tov 
2iKt7rito)vog, tig ovSev Seolto Tctiiiov Xtav dicpi/jovg .... Plut. 
Cat. Maj. 3. [But also exact, accurate, of things ; e. g. 
EWHrrrifJiri, 7rcucWct, TE\vr\ : all Plat.~\ 

54. 
54 dXieu's, tug (6), fr. aXg, prop, he who gains his living 
from the sea, fisherman, in general : Kcu dvsLivriaQriv to 
tojv dXiEojv. Xen. OH con. 16, 7. 

a<rn-aX.ie-us, scog (6), found in Oppian : FvpaXsoig dovdice(r<n icai 
ayKiGTpoioi datyoivolg drpofioq aairaXuvg &7ndrj(JaTo SaidaXov ixQvv. 
Opp. Cyneg. i. 57. 

dairaXieuTiis, ov (6), fr. acnraXog, which means fish, accord- 
ing to Hesychius, who also mentions the etymology given 
by Plato of airav to XLvov, to draw the line [of fiax~\ ; fisher, 
and principally angler, who uses hook and spear: Kcu iiy\v 
ekeIvo y i\v to ^)]rrjLia irpioTOv, noTEpov ISlwtyjv i] Ttva TEyvr\v 
EyovTa Oeteov eIvcll tov da7raXiEVTrjy. Plat. Soph. 221, c. 

yayYct^us, cwc (o), fr. yciyyctiiov, round net, fisher for 
oysters according to Hesychius. 

YpHreus, ewg (6), he who uses the net called yp'nrog, hence, fisherman 
who uses a net: Qvvvwg GK07naZ > ETai"QX'Kig 6 ypnrtvg. Theocr. iii. 26. 

SiKTueus, E(og (6), fr. hUrvov, fisherman, who uses a net : 
Kctr' "lyvia Se uvtov Tig tVerat tyipwv S'iktvov, kcu to lieXXov 

OTTYI TE KCU O7T0JQ aft (XV T7] (J ETCH Cf)vXaTTEL (j)lXo7r6vU>g 6 SlKTVEVg 

ovTog. JElian. Hist. Animal, i. 12. 

SiKTufJoXos, ov (6), fr. Slktvov and fiaXXio, prop, he who casts the 
net, fisherman ; UoXXd kev aypaioioi tot dpi](JaiTO Oeolai diKTVpoXog. 
Oppian. Hal. iv. 578, 



_ 



55. 53 

liraicrqp, rjpog (6), fr. £7raya>, ordinarily hunter : "Qg Tig ts Xsujv oj (54) 
pet rt vr)TTi dyovTi avvavTr\Govrai Iv vXy avdpeg iiraKrriptQ. 11. xvii. 
135. It is found as synon. with dXuvg in Apollonius, according to the 
interpretation of the Scholiast : Kai tov fisv Ig Oivoirjv ipvaavro 
vt)<jov iiraKTripeg. J poll. Rhod. i. 625. 

Ka\au.evn]s> ov (6), fr. KoXafiog, specially reaper, in Theocritus : 
'EpeOiadere rug KaXafievrdg. Theocr. v. 111. In the Anthology, 
angler: 'A/crira KaXcifjitvra, ttotl Zspbv eXQ' curb irsrpag (thou angler 
on these coasts, come down from the rock to the plain). Anth. vi. Phan. 304. 

6p/xi€UTif]s, ov (6), fr. opjjud, line of horsehair ; a fisherman 
who uses such a line. According to Mceris, dcnraXiEvrriQ 
was used in ancient Attic, opfiuvrriQ in modern. 

6pp.irjj3oX.o9, ov (6), fr. bpfiid and fiaXXu), prop, one who throws 
the line, for angler in the Anthology : Kai yaXrjvahjv aiev didoirjg 
6pfiirjl36XoLg Olva. Anthol. vii. Apollonid. 693. 

craynve-us, sag (6) (aayrjvri) and <raYrjV€VTT]p, rjpog (6) (aayrj- 
vevio), he who uses the seine, or large drag-net ; hence, fisherman : 
'lxQvGiX7]'iarr}pa, Gayrjvsa. Anth. vii. Leonid. T. 295. 2ayr)vivrripeg 
tQrjicav dwpa irap* aicrairjg, col Tad* ETruxpeXirjg. Anth. vi. Mcec. 33. 

55. 

dXXdacreii/ (aXXog), to make a thing quite another, to change 55 
entirely, to change any thing into another : Kai aXXdrrovTa 
to kavTov elcog elg 7roXXdg fiopcpdg. Plat, Pol. ii. 380, d. 
In the middle, aXXdrreaGai, to exchange, to receive any- 
thing for another, or for a price paid, to buy, as mu- 
tare in Latin : Avtov yap hti jxivovrag ahrovg 7repl -))v 
dyopav ra fiev dvr dpyvpiov dXXd^aaQai rolg ri heop.ivoig 
d-rrococrdaL Tulg ce dvrl av dpyvpiov SiaXXaTTEtv 0001 rt hiov- 
Tat wpiaadai. Plat. Pol. ii. 371, d. Twj/ £' kpQv iraiSwv 
<}>vydg ipv^rjg av dX\a£,atfjied\ ov j^pvtjov fiovov (/ would 
redeem my children from exile, not with gold only, but with 
my life). Eur. Med. 968. 

aiieifSeiv (ajua), supposes the alternation of two objects, 
or the simple succession of one to the other ; to exchange : 
"Og wpog TySeicriv Ato/i//Sea tev^je d/jLEifjEv \pvcrea ^aXKEiiov. 
II. vi. 235. Principally in the middle, djieiPeo-Gcu, in Homer, 
to exchange ivords, to answer : Tor $* v/jleiJost kVitra yepwv 
TLpiafAog Oeoeih'ig. II. xxiv. 386. [Also in prose, to change : 
\^9 av djjLelfiov. Plat. Parm. 138, d. 7roXu' . . . ek noXEiog 
d/AEilDovTa (Soph. 224, B.), dpLEijoofJEvu) (Jpol. 37, !>.)]• 

dXXoioGV (dXXolog), to make different : 'AXX' dpa avrog 
ovtov fjiETaftdXXoL ai> Kai aXXoiol ; Plat. Polit. ii. 381, b. 
ViyviooKuv on ev Tip jjieXXeiv iroXXuKtg ring iip\ovai Kai rfjg 
KaXf)g Trapao-KEvijg aXXowvrai ri. Xen. Cgr. ill. 3, 9. 

F 3 



54 



55. 



(55) €T€poioui> (erepoc), to alter : OvSev tuv Kar MyvnTov 
V7rd ravra krapoi<jjdfjvai. Herodot. ii. 142. 

jjLeTaPdXXeii', to cast in another direction, or behind, to 
turn in a contrary direction : Ylrj (pevyeig, fxera vura pa- 
Xwy kukoq wg ; II. viii. 94. Hence it indicates generally, 
both prop, and fig., a thorough reversing, a rapid and 
sudden change, a complete revolution ; in the middle, to 
change the dress : Ta ye priv IfiaTia olaO* on ol /xsra/JaMd- 
fjLsvoi xpv^ovg /cat OdXirovg ivEKa fieTafidXXovTai. Xen. Mem, 
i. 6, 6. Fig. to change one's party, intention, opinion, cha- 
racter : Ovte yap av Sena ttoloIjiev fxeraj3aXX6fJtevoi. Thuc, 
i. 71. MerefiaXovTO tovq Tponovg. Aristoph. Vesp. 1461. 

fji€Tajjiopcf>oui', to metamorphose : Trjv NijjiEaiv tzoleI Siwko- 
jjiivrjv V7rd Aloq /cat eiq lyfivv fxeTajjiopcpoviJievrjv. Athen. viii. 
334, c. 

jm.eTcuroieLi', to remodel ; to alter or make an alteration in ; 
*Og av apywv rj Idiwrng airtog y toy Qeap.ov avy\ydfjvai 
tov^e, ?j fXETa7roirj(Ty avrov, arifxog Earn) Kal ol nal^Eg teal 
rd ekelvov. Dem- in Aristocr. 640, 3. 

jjL€Taarpe<|>€i,i', to turn back (act.) ; to change altogether : 
Fig. in Homer : Et kev W^iXXEvg ek yoXov dpyaXioto fXEra- 
(Trpeipr) (f>iXov -fjrop. II. X. 107. Nuy Se dvrl jjlev tov ld>ra 
$ €i ri 'qra fiETaorpicbovcrtv (but now they change iota into el 
or eta). Plat. Cratyl. 418, c. 

fi€Tacr)(T)p.aTi£€i*', to transform : Mera<7)(??juan£W rd 7raV- 
ra. Plat. Legg. x. 903, e. 

p,€TaTi0ea0ai, prop, to transpose : "Qi<nrEp rolg ofairaig 
i]jXE~ig juLEraridiiJiEda (jo ovofia), ovSev tjttov tovt iivai opdbv 
to fjiETaTEOEv tov irporEpov kel/jlevov. Plat. Cratyl. 384, d. 
Sometimes to retract [prop, to change an opinion which one 
formerly expressed for another which one now wishes to 
adopt] : 'AMa /zeraWfle/zat tcl etprifiiva eiwEp e^ecfti. Xen* 
Memor. iv. 2, 18. 

p,€0iordVai, in Homer, to compensate, make good, that is 
to say, to replace one thing by another, as its equivalent 
[rather, to place it back, i. e. virtually, by an equivalent] : 
'Eyw tol TavTa /JtETaaTrjauj, Svvafxai yap. Od. iv. 612. 
Later, in the intrans. tenses, to change one's place, to remove 
or withdraw from ; in the trans, ones, to change the place 
or position of ; to displace, to transfer : Tr]§£ yap a<f ev 
rj/AEpq. 6avE~tv 7TE7rpiij-ai Kal ^ETaarr\vai fiiov. Eur. Ale. 21. 









56. 55 

Fig. : Upo7rerearaTOQ kyivETO rr\v crifJ-oKpariav fJUTCKTrfjaai (55) 
elg rovg TETpaKooiovg (= to transfer the power of the demo- 
cracy to the four hundred) Kal kirpuTEVEv iv LkeIvolq, Xen. 
Hellen. ii. 3, 30. 

orp€<J>€iv, to turn, found sometimes, as vertere in Latin, 
in the sense of to change, but never in writers of the 
classical ages of Greek literature : Kal k'iovaiav tyovaiv knl 
tCjv vSarwv, (TTpityeiv avra eIq alfxa, Apoc, 11, 6. 

TpcTreii' and TpeTreaOcu, to turn, that is to say, to direct 
another way, prop, and fig. : Ylpog Tag tvfjKpopag teat rag 
yvw/jLctg TpETvo^xivovg, Thuc. i. 140. 

56. 

dXXoiwcris, £(*>g (*/), change of form, change of opinion, 56 
the act of taking up another mode of thinking or acting, 
variation, physical or moral ; thus Plato uses it in a philo- 
sophic sense in speaking of the soul : Kal ovce7tote ovSa/irj 
ovdafiiog aXXolioaiv ovCEfxiav (vSi^erai, Plat* Phced, 78, d. 
'H S 1 kv Tip avrtp elSei fXETajooXr] knl to p.aXXov Kal i\ttov 
aWoiwvig e<ttiv. Aristot, Phys. v. 2. 

dMoi&rrjs, rjTog (?/), fr. aXXolog, diversity, diversitas : 

AoKEEL fXEV OVV TO. VOVCTlJfJLaTU OV^EV aXXi]XoLaiV EOlKEVCLl, CLCL 

rrjv aXXoiornra Kal aiofiOLOTTjTa tojv tottujv, Hipp, de Flat* 
296, 19. Fig. alteration: 'O $' av 7r\r)fA/j.E\i)(Tn tl tovtuv 
EKTog cnriov, T] wpotriov, aWoturrjTag 7raiJ.7roiKiXag Kal vocruvg 
(pdopdg te airEipovc irapi^ETat, Plat, Tim, 82, b. 

dXXoTpiwais, tug (/;), action of alienating, estranging, 
putting away from one : Kal vavriKijg, Kal ovk ?/7retpwrtcoc 
Trjg h,vp,p.ayjLag StSopivrjg ob^ bjioia y aXXoTpiwrng (the con- 
sequences of rejection are not alike), Thuc, i. 35. It was 
afterwards confounded with aXXoTpiorng: 'EcEcoiKEcrav t))v 
Trjg fiovXrjg kg tov Kalaapa aXXorplwaiv, Appian, Bell, Civ, 
iii. 13. 

dMoTpumjs, rjTog (//), fig. estrangement, abalienatio : 
Kal e\ Tiva ETEpav aXXorpL()T7]Ta kvElhg kv kpol npog 
<te. Plat, Epist, iii. 318, d. Tor Ik KaXXiodivyv avviliTa 
rt)v aXXoTpioTrjTa tov fiaoiXiwg i\g i] Tplg kwaiLOVTa irpog 
uvtov eltteIv, Plut, Alex, 54. 

€T€p<Srr)$, t)toq (//), fr. Erepog, state of difference or cha- 
racteristic difference, in metaphysical discussions, in opp. 
to ravTorr^g, identity : Aia to Katelvw tKaripwy jliete^elv 
tTEp6rr)Tog Kal ravroTijTog, Plut. de Anhn. Procreat. 
ii. 1013, a. 



56 



57. 



(56) eTepoioKns, ecoc (//)> action of taking another body s an-* 
other colour : ace. to Ammonius is only to be used physi- 
cally, alteration of substance in Plutarch : To SiaKptvojaepov 
i) Gvytcpivonevov dfia rfjg ovaiag rfj erepoiwaei ical tov totcov 
IxeTaWaTTtiv cvKOfpaLvofiEvog. Plut, de Def. OracuL ii. 
430, c. 

€T€poioTY|s, tjtoq (//), fr. hepolog, state of alteration, dif- 
ference : OvSe jhyiv bfxoiOTrjg ye ovde- eTepoioTYjg ovte wpog 
avro ovte wpog TaWct eltj av cti/rw. Plat, Parm, 164, a. 

57. 

57 aXXos, other, used in the case of more than two per- 
sons or things : Mera Se tovto, aWo rpWov clpfxa E^rjyETo, 
Xen, Cyr. viii. 3, 6. 

crepos, one of the two, or of two ; other, another is 
used in the case of two persons or things, or again, in a sen- 
tence composed of two propositions : eIc, or 6 Si, or eTepoc, 
or sometimes even aXXog, is the correlative, either expressed 
or understood : Et yap /jrj olov te jjletcl tov awfiarog jultjcev 
icciQapwg yvwvai, Svelv darepov, r) ovSafxov tori tcnfiGavdcu to 
elSivai, fj TE\EVT7](Tci(ri.. Plat. Phted. 66, e. It is often 
found, and even in Homer, used, as aXXog, in the enumera- 
tion of more than two objects ^ e. g. in the following pas- 
sage, where it stands for $EVT£pog : T&v b* eripw^ ILapig 
fjpX e KaL 'AXtcaOoog . . . twv Se Tphiov "EXeroc. II, xvi. 
93. Sometimes even when the precise number is given : 
TirapTog tolvvv ETepog vofiog egtiv, Dem. in Theocr, 1327, 
18. From the notion of duality, belonging essentially to 
ETEpog, arises the impression of opposition, contrariety con- 
veyed by it ; and thence it is, that ETepog has been some- 
times used by euphemism in the place of Kaicog : "Eiaopwv 
tig wavTa Setva KcnnKivlvvdjg fipoTolg KEiTCti, 7rad£~iP fiev ev, 
iradelv Se Oarepa, Soph, Philoct, 502. "Otra ttwttote ttj 
TroXei yeyovev y\ vvv eoTiv ayada r) OaTepa, Dem, in Andro- 
tion. 597, 13. But as this signification has its source in 
the superstitious feelings of the ancients, ever anxious to 
avoid words with evil associations, from thinking them of 
bad omen, and likely to cause some misfortune or other, it 
would be in direct contradiction to this feeling to translate 
this word by bad or evil, as has been improperly done by 
all the commentators ; the term the contrary seems the only 
one that answers exactly to the notion of the original. 



58, 59. 57 

58. 

aXXos, other, has more reference to kind and species : 58 
"AXXo avOpwiroQ, aXXo 'ittttoq. "£Igt ip?j£ . . . opfxrjGri 7recioio 
hiwKtiv bpveov aXXo, II, xiii. 64. 

dXXoios, different, other, refers more to quality : 'AX- 
Xolog ijlol, £eu£, (pavrjg veov, rje itapoiQev, Od, xvi. 181. 

dXXoTpios, a, that which belongs to another, another's, 
others 1 , not one's own, strange, alienus : 'Enel aXXorpiov /3io- 
tov pj]KOLvoy ecovaiv, Od, i. 160. 

59. 

dXjxupos, d (d'Xjury), 1. salt (adj.), speaking of the sea: 59 
'Eripwdi Se Sla XapvfidiQ Setvou live ppoificrjae daXcKTGTjQ 
aX^vpop vSwp. Od. xii. 236. 2. Salt (adj.), salted, in 
speaking of meat, provisions : "0\//ci ce ^oi] avveoKevaodai 
oaa £gt\v d£ea K'al Sptfiea Kal ctXfxvpa' tcivtci yap Inl alrov 
re ayei kul kiruTzXtiarov aptcei. Xen, Cyr, vi. 2, 11. 

a\|ii]€is, eaaa, poet, synon. of aXfjivpog, found only in iEschylus: 
'Ava woXvppvrop aXfitjevra iropov. JEsch. Suppl. 84t>. 

dX/jLw8irjs (6, >/), salt (adj.), brackish, salsuginosus, in Hip- 
pocrates and in Theophrastus : 'En-el to. ye ev toIq dX//w- 
cevi (pvojjieva eyeiv ciXfJivpida rivii ovk aXoyov, Theophr. 
Cans. Plant, vi. 10, 8. Tavrn eft^ojurj aXfjiuj^eg ek tGjv 
otyduXfjiwi' i)XQev Scikvov SaKpvov, Hippocr, de Morb, Vulg, 
iv. 1134, a. 

dXjxupwS^s (o, r/), salt, adj. in Hippocrates, speaking 
of a class of fevers : Hvperol aX/uvodjceeg, Hippocr, Morb, 
Vulg, vi. 1165, salt-fevers, which modern physicians sup- 
pose to have been bilious fevers. Salt, impregnated with 
salt, in speaking of places {salt-marshes) : Atari (ptXel 6 
0o7vi£ \iopia aXfjivpujcn, Theophr, Catis. Plant, iii. 17, 2. 

dXuKos (0, ?/), fr. dXc, of the sea, marine, in Aristo- 
phanes : Nj) roy noaeidio tgv clXvkov, Aristoph, Lys. 404. 
In Galen it is synon. with aXjjLvpoQ : Aiucpepei juicer a\(.iv- 
pov 1) clXvkov ovofxa^eiv ovriva yyfiov, Galen, de Air. BiL 
iii. 166, f. 

dXiiTaoros (0, //) («Xc, Traavu)), sprinkled, seasoned witJi 
salt, salted, and used of dishes or meats only : f A\i-u- 
arijjv Ze Kptuiv jxvr}jXort\Jei riffi KitiilvSiaQ Troiijrijc Wpiaru- 



58 



! 



I 



(59) \xkvy\g h Aioyuo-w (in his [play of] Bacchus). Athen. xiv. 
658. 

dXicnrapTOS (a\g, (nrEipo)), where salt has been sown ; 
salt used to be sown in the enemy's fields, and in 
towns intended to be destroyed ; a custom, of which in- 
stances of great antiquity are to be found. Thus, in the 
book of Judges, Abimelech, after he had taken Shechem, 
sowed it with salt : Kai rrjv ttoXiv KaOelXe ical egweioev 
clvtyiv dXag. Judic. ix. 45. Territories consecrated to the 
gods were thus sown with salt, so also places that had been 
invaded and occupied for any time by barbarians : hence, 
ace. to Eustathius (1827, 61), the comic writers were wont 
to call those that had been ill-treated, or were affected by 
any incurable evil, aXicnrapTovg. 

Taplx^pos, a, 6v, salted, salt, speaking of fish : *H t&v 
koKlov r]jjLiv{]pis)v (= fifiLvedpiov, half-fresh only ; i. e. half 
salted) rj tG)v rapier) ptiv aiXovpiov. A then, iii. 118. 

TapIxeuOeis, prop, salted, or pickled, embalmed. Plato 
uses this participle in speaking of the process followed by 
the Egyptians in the preservation of dead bodies : ^vjunrEvdv 
yap to (jGjfia tca\ rapiyevdev, &(jizep oi kv AlyvTrro) TapiytvQiv- 
tsq oXiyov oXov \xevel d\xy\yavov oaov yjpovor. Plat. Phcedr. 
80, c. Herodotus has preserved to us a valuable detail of 
the course pursued by the Egyptians in embalming bodies. 
It appears that salt was one of the chief ingredients em- 
ployed for this purpose : Tavra Se iroiri&avTEg rapi-^evovcn 
vlrpto Kpv\\javTEQ rjjjiEpag EfihofiriKovTa. Herodot. ii. 86. 
Almost every ancient nation practised the art of embalming; 
and it is given as a proof of the skill of the Egyptians in 
this art, that their mummies, and those of the Guanches, 
ancient inhabitants of the Canary Islands, are the only 
ones, according to some historians of Egyptian origin, that 
have come down to us through a series of ages. But it 
maybe presumed that the influence of climate has not been 
the least considerable in effecting the wonderful preserva- 
tion of these mummies. 

Tdtplxos, eoc (to), ordinarily, salt or cured fish, salt 
meat : 'E7rt rate ttvXcliglv, ov to Taping wviov. Aristoph. 
Equit. 1247. It is used by Herodotus for an embalmed 
body, mummy : "On kol\ TtOvEiog teal Taptyog 'ewv, hvvafxiv 
npog 6eu>v E-fcEi tov afiiKEovTa TivEadai. Herodot. ix. 119. 



60. 59 

60. 

ctX<}>iToi>, ov (to) : few words have given more occasion 60 
to etymological controversy than aXcptrov : if it is not 
of eastern origin, the most probable opinion is that which 
derives it from aXcpog, white, or from aXyeiv, primitive of 
uKfiaXuv, to be useful, to nourish ; ace. to the Greek gram- 
marians, it comes from d\(pu), to find, and signifies invention, 
a name applied by the ancient Greeks to barley, to which 
Homer gives the epithet of sacred, and which was the 
staple food of primitive times ; grains of barley bruised or 
pounded, or broken small, after having been roasted ; some- 
times a coarse sort of meal with which meats of different 
kinds were covered, and even wine and other beverages : 
'Enl ft ciXcpira Xevm ttoXvvev. 11. xi. 640. By mixing 
water with it, it was made into a paste or flour-pudding 
(thick-milk, Angl.), or by drying it at the fire, into a kind 
of cake, originally used instead of bread. In process of 
time, by means of hand-mills, a finer meal was produced. 
We see an indication of this progress first in the Odyssey : 
Fukogi ci' e(TT(t) fxirpa fXvXr](pcLTOv aXcpirov atCTije. Od. ii. 355. 
Subsequently, and only in the plural, aXcpira, barley-meal : 
Qpixpovrai Is ek julep tCjv Kptdwv aX(pira aKEva£6fj.Evoi, Etc ce 
tCjv 7rvpwv aXEvpa. Plat. Pol. ii. 379, b. By ext., the 
bread made of it : "AX<pir ovk evegtlv ev tm OvXaKu. 
Aristoph. PluU 763. 

aXcjn, Epic, by apocope, from oX^ltov: 'Avwyt 8* ap a\(pi icai vdiop 
dovvcu fiiZaaav irikiitv yXrixwvi repeivy. Hymn. Cer. 208. 

aXeupoy, ov (ro), fr. ciXeveiv, prop, that which comes 
from grinding ; hence meal of all kind of grains, and 
pulse ; but, ace. to some grammarians, specially flour 
of wheat, wheat-meal ; which is plainly its meaning in Hero- 
dotus, Plato, and Xenophon : "AXevpa te gat aXcpira ivoUvy 
irdvTEQ EKt urivag av^vovc. Herodot. vii. 119. In Homer 
this word is not found except under the Epic form aXciap, 
cltoq (to), in the plural only : "Ey0' apa ol fxvXai eulto . . . 
Tyaiv dujtEKci iraaai EirEpptoovTO yvvaiKEg aXcptra TEvyovaai kcli 
aXeiara. Od. xx. 107. It is worthy of remark that this word 
only occurs in the Odyssey and consequently indicates an 
advance in the art of preparing corn. The meaning of the 
words aXcpiTov, aXEvpov, and Kpifivov, in Hippocrates is thus 
explained by Galen himself: "AX(piTa ov povov ra and tuv 



60 



60. 



(60) KpiduH' ovtioq icaKe'lrai* kv te yap r&5 7rpd)T(p rwv yvvaiKEiuyv 
d\(j)LTa TTvpivd Eiprjrai* kv ce rw irepl vovgiov ievripfo t<3 
fxei^ovL Kal tyaKiov Kal opofiwv TTEtypvyfjLEVwv* dXtpira roivvv, 
iravrog a\r)\e(rfJLevov Kapwov to crvfifierpov rw /jity£dei Qpavvjia 
ovofjid^erai, Tct jjlev yap fiel^u) KpifAva, ra Se iXdrrtJ dXevpa. 
Galen. Exeg. 83. 

aicrrj, fjg (rj), fr. ayvvjJLi, feminine adj. used substantively by the 
poets, with the ellipse of KpiQrj : or better, ace. to Heyne, of f.du)drj, 
barley bruised or ground ; 'AvSpi deK ovk u^eie fAsyag TsXafiwrtog 
Alag og Ovrjrog f t'irj icai idoi Ar}firjTepog ctKTrjv. II. xiii. 322. Some- 
times with d\(piTov 9 coarse barley meal ; TLapa 8' dXcpiTov Upov aKTr]v. 
II. xi. 631. 

aXirjTOK (ov, to), a form often used by Hippocrates in the 
sense of dXevpov, and of the same family, wheat -flour : 
Aidovai. . . . dXrjTov <bg la^vporepov tovtu)i>. Hippocr. de 
Affect. 632. 

yupis, sag (fj), fine flour, flos farince, pollen : Oi $e ek 
yvpEd)g dpTOt yivofiEvoi KaKo^vXtJTEpoi ri eigi, Ka\ oXiyorpo- 
<pu)T£poi te. Aihen. iii. 115, d. 

Kpifjuw, ov (to), fr. tcpivu), always in the plural, Kpi/jiva, 
grains of wheat or barley, coarsely bruised or crushed, 
and just passed through the sieve, cremor ; thus, ace. to 
Galen's explanation, Hippocrates calls Kplfiva dX<piTov 
ra dSpojjLEpEGTepa tujv dX(j>iT(t)v. Galen. Exeg. 95, Kpifxva 
dXtyiTov. 

ovXai, wv (al), ace. to the grammarians, Ion. and poet, for oXai, fr. 
oXog, w T hole, by ellipse of Kpi9aL, barley ; but Buttmann derives it from 
d\zu), to grind, from its analogy with the Latin mola ; grains of barley 
whole, with merely the husk off, and mixed with grains of salt, which 
were thrown upon the altar, or behind the horns of the victims in sacri- 
fices. Ace. to Eustathius, this practice took place in commemoration 
of the discovery of the use of barley, the earlier food of man : 'Eripy o" 
i%iv ovXdg kv Kavey. Od. iii. 441. 

ovXox^Tai, wv (at), fr. oXog and X VT ®£i prop, grains of barley 
thrown ov for throwing, differing from the preceding, ovXai, but which 
cannot signify the act itself of sprinkling the barley, as has been pre- 
tended : the sacred barley in the Homeric sacrifices: Avrdp E7rei p 
ev£avTo Kal ovXoxvTag 7rpo(3d\ovTO. II. iii. 458. By ext. it is also 
used for the vessels themselves, or baskets which contained the sacred 
barley : Ytpuv 6" t7T7r^\ara Nsorwp %kpvifid r ovXo\VTag te Kctrrip- 
X*to. Od. iii. 444. 

7T(1\t|, rjg (rj), finest sifted flour, flos farince, pollen, ace. 



i 



60. 61 

to Eustathius : ace. to the ancient grammarians, it was (GO) 
especially the finest wheat flour, but it is found several 
times in Hippocrates used in a more general sense: *Ii 
aih)v (" a peach," Pillon ; a\. a pomegranate) sj/j/acu, Kai 

7TSf)l\i\j;ai KUl TO. IVCOV TplfiELV 6.V Oil U) piXui'L 1&V 7TU/\j/ <i\- 

(pirov wul)'. Hippocr. de Mulier. Morb. ii. GG7, 33. 

TraiTrdXir), tjq (>/), reduplicated form of 7ra'X?/, and more 
common, Jlos farince, pollen, fine meal : Ma top Ae", ov 
\ptvaei ye. pe, KaTcnraTToperog yap TranrdXi) yeyijaoprxi. Aris- 
toph. Nub. 2G2. <$t/XXa pi]Ku)rog ko\ (tlIlu avv iraiirdXy Kpi- 
dlirj ETTLridiTL. Galen, de Remed. Parab. ii. 4. 

TraarraXir], rjQ (//), used only fig., the hast possible thing, the 
smallest thing : "Yttvov 8' bpq ti/q vvktoq ovce 7caaTta\i\v. Aristoph. 
Vesp. 91. 

irai/rraXTifjia, aroQ (to), used only fig. for that which is the finest 
and most subtle possible: Hvicvorarov tzivacoq, rpififia, 7raiiraXr]uJ 
oXov (a fellow made up of subtlety). Aristoph. A v. 430. The poet, form 
irdXTjjjLa, of a later period, is found only in Nicander: 'AXXort tt 
anspadog Kvih]Q u.v\cepyk'i p.iayujv repaaivoiQ 6p6j3oio 7ra\j)fj,ciTi. 
Nicandr. Alex. 551. 

mTupoK, ov (jo), bran : NOv dvaui -a -n-irvpa. Theocr, 
ii. 33. To $e nirvpoy avv 6£ei dptpE't e-^y}Qev \e7rpae aty- 
larqfTL KaraTrXaaaopEvov deploy. Dioscor. Mater. Med. 
ii. 107. 

aejuSaXis, ewe (?/), Vossius derives this word from the 
Phoenician semid, which is found in all the oriental lan- 
guages, as well as at the present time in some languages 
based upon the Latin, which have taken it from the Latin 
similago. This, ace. to Coray, is the origin of the French 
semotjle. Menage rejects this etymology; but these 
changes of signification for analogous words are not uncom- 
mon in languages. The finest meal, fine flour ; flosfari- 
nce. Coray thinks that with the ancients trep(Sa\ig was 
the finest wheat flour, and 7raindXn the finest barley flour; 
E'/'pjjrat on (TEpiEaXie /cat \6y^pog e(p6og l(T)(ypa Kal rp6(ptpa. 
Galen, de Aliment, i. 6. 

viXiyvis, eiog (//), a modern word, which Vossius properly 
considers to be of Hebrew origin, but formed immediately 
from the Latin siligo, which is scarcely probable; it has been 
unskilfully confounded, as to meaning, with (reptluXig [''fine 
meal of the spring-wheat {siligo), finer than the trepiSaXig, 
which was previously used by the Greeks." Jacubitz and 
Seiler. So Pape, and Liddell and Scott] : 'A\V // piv 



62 



61, 62. 






(60) (TEfxlSaXiQ 'EXXtjvikov te ml 7raXaibv bvopd egtiv, aiXiyvtg 
Se ov-% 'JhWrji'iicdv piv, krepiOQ fie avr\]v oyo^xd^eiv ovk ex w * 
Galen, de Aliment, i. 2. 

Xo^Spos, ov (6), prop, grain ; hence grain or groats of 
spelt or wheat, alica, and by ext., the kind of broth or por- 
ridge that was made of it : Kai prjv dpe^io y avrbv 7rapiywv 
oaa 7rp£(TJJVTY) livptyopa, yovfipov Xeiyeiv, yXaivav pa.Xa.Kri v. 
Aristoph. Vesp. 737. 'Ea^ de tl fiifioiai OiXrjg Kopififjg eveKa, 
cifiovat yovfipov ?/ TrTiGavr}v itvpivr\v (If you wish to give him 
any thing to strengthen him, give him alica [or groats] or a 
decoction of wheat), Hippocr. de Affection, i. 527. 

wfjLT] Xuctis or wfAYJXuais, ewg (?/), prop, raw, uncooked 
meal, the name given by Galen to barley-meal : To per 
ar\-K6\XEVOV avrb KaTEirXaaa c\a Koviag GTaKTrjg Kai u>jjL7Jq 
Xvaeiog, ovru) 3' 'iaOe jie KaXovvra to Kpldivov dXevpov. 
Galen, de Compos. Medic, per Gener. iii. 711. 

61. 

61 ajjta, adverb of time, at the same time : Ol ft dpa irdv- 
teq k(j> 'ittttouv pdaTiyag dsLpai'. II. xxiii. 362. Kai 6 
Kvpog Xa/jcov ifiifiov re dpag Tolg natal, Kai dpa eXeyev. 
Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 11. Sometimes it is used as a preposition 
with the dative ; but there is then an ellipse of the prepo- 
sition avv, which is sometimes expressed : Kai ei tlveq crvv 
toIq irepl avrovg linrEvcriv dpa OrjpwEV, (pdovovpTEQ avrolg 
firjXoi fiaav. Xen. Cyrop. viii. 8, 7. 

ojjlou, adverb of place, at the same place, together : 
OvvEtcd p avri] Op£\hei> dpa ¥^TipEvr\ TavvTriirXiD . . . rfj bpov 
erpEtyoprjv. Od. xv. 364. 'Ejc Se tovtov ttclv bpov kyivEro 
to 'RXXrjviKoi', Kai eaKr\vr)<jav avTov. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 22. 
Ei fir) bpov woXepog te fiapa Kai Xoipbg 'Ayawvg. II. i. 61. 
But it may be said that there is associated here with the notion 
of identity of time, that of place also ; as also in this passage 
of Sophocles : IloXte ft bpov per dvpiapaTOJv yepet, bpov fie. 
iraidviov te Kai GrevaypaTiov. Soph. (Ed. R. 4. 

62. 

62 d/jiapTdVeiy, ace. to some, from the ancient pepu), to take; 
more probably from pepog or pelpu), ace. to Buttmann {Lexil. 
i. 137); not to reach (hit) the mark, to miss: "Opvidog 
per apapTE' peyrjpe yap ol Toy' 'AttoXXwv. ~Il. xxiii. 865. 
*H*> fie apapTcwyg tov Katpov. Hippocr. de Affect. 528. Fig. 






62. 63 

to mistake, to err : " AvlpEg £ypp.ayoL dyOpuj-rrirov to yeyevr}- (62) 

pEVOV TTLlOoQ* TO ydp ClfMipTCLVlLV dvdpUJTTOVQ 01TCIC, OvIe)', 

(Hjiai, OavfiaaTov. Xen. Cyr. v. 4, 19. Sometimes it stands 
in connexion with a. person [or personified object] governed 
by a preposition, in the same fig. sense, for sinning, doing 
wrong (to miss one's duty, fail in it) : AiSoifievw kuI deovg 
kcli dvdpujTrovQ iravaaadE ajJLapTavovTEg Eig ty)v naTplca. 
Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 21. [Also used absolutely in this sense : 
lifjLapTavELV EKovcrlcog, aKovaiujc, &c] 

d^afxapTci^ei^ prop, to shoot wide of the mark, to be 
deceived in ones calculation, plan, &c. : "Eorcu a ttoXe^oc 
irpog at/Spa ug typoi'i/jog jjlev ovtlj aTpaTnyog ecttlv, wg oaa 
Xavddreiv Kal ocra tyQdvELv Kal ocra /Sta^ec^at Eni^etpel, ov 
fidXa acpajxapTaveu Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 15. 

SiajxapTcU'eii', prop, to miss the way, to miss reach- 
ing a particular point, prop. : 01 Se Kal cnriduiov diafiap- 
TovTeg tCjv t£o<W. Xen. Anab. vii. 4, 13. And fig., to be 
deceived or disappointed : Kal tlov e\7riSu)v airaaCjv hnfJ-ap- 
TrjKOTeg. Isocr. Paneg. 26. 

iitxikapjavtw, very seldom prop, to miss an aim ; to aim 
a blow unsuccessfully: HatELv Tovg kvavTiovg Eei)(tel cvcey 
(pvXaTTOfdipovg, py\ tl irai cravTEg k^ajxapTdyjiEv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 
1,12. Almost always fig., to sin : Ok eaQ' 6 tl tovtov 
aaefti(TTEp6y ecttlv ovfr 6 tl j^pi) fiaXXov EvXaftElaQaL ttXi]v Eig 
OEovg kul Xoya) Kal ipyo) i^ajxapTavELv. Plat. Min. 318, e. 

df3pOTd£civ, Epic derived from the Aorist afx/3poTt7v, in Homer, 
to get separated from any one, to lose him : AvOi fxevsiv firjiriog d/3po- 
Ta^ofiEv aXXrjXoiiv. II. x. 65. 

dfciKcu/ (jL^LKog), prop, to be unjust ; to act unjustly \_dh- 
keIv E\g or 7rep/ TLra' ddLK. TLvd tl or TTEpi Tivog~\ : 'Eyw yap 
Sif oifiaL Kal tfiE Kal cfe Kal Tovg aXXovg avdpLo-Kovg to aStKeiv 
tov ci$LKE~i(jdaL KtiKtov 7]yE~icrdai. Plat. Gorg. 473, a. Hence, 
to be in fault, to be wrong, to be guilty : 'Ac^lkeI Ewkod-r/e 
OEovg ov voli'i'Clov. Plat. Apol. 27, a. 

d\iTatv€tv, ace. to Eustathius, of the same signification with a/iap- 
Tcivsiv; ace. to the Etym. Magn., it comes from dXn ; to go out of 
the right way, to wander ; hence, fig., to sin against, to offend : 'E«c yap 
Crj jLt' aTzarnGi Kal ijXltev. II. ix. 375. 

d/Aoipeu' (afioLpog), prop, not to have a share in, not 
to partake in, expertem esse : hence, to be wanting in : 'O /.iev 
V/vluypog ov^ETEpovg apoipElv otcrai tov eikotuc {are icant- 
ing in probability). Pint, de Gcner. An'nn. ii. 1210, '2. 

g 2 



64 



63. 



■-'{i 






(62) dp,irXaK€iv, syn. of afiapravuv, and a7rorvyxdveiv, in Pindar 
and the tragedians, to lose, to be deprived of: "Qgtiq <xpi<rrr)g airXaKwv 
aXoxov rrjvd' afiiwTov rbv '(tteit<x x9^ vov fiiorevaei. Eurip. Ale. 240. 
Yvwgei yap avOig dfxirXaKiov' kfiol ttiQov. Eurip. Hippol. 892. 

aiTOTuyyaveiv, fig,, 1. not to succeed, to he unsuccess- 
ful : HXelcrrovc yap Km fJiEytcrrovg ayibvag -\}ywvia\x.kvoi 
Kara QdXaTrav cXa^tora julep a7TOTETvyj]KaTE, wXeiara Se 
KariopdujKare. Xen. Hellen. vii. 1, 2. 2. To lose: 'AXXa 
iravTtov Tovriov SiafuiapTavovreg twv te ayad&v airorvyya- 
vqvffi Kal toiq KaKolg 7repL7ri7rrov(7i. Xen. Memor. iv. 
2, 27. 

aTuyelv, prop, not to hit the mark ; hence not to obtain, 
to lose : Kal aXXa baa au (iuvXrj, Xkywv Trpbg e/jle, ovk arvyi)- 
aeig. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 12. 

•jrXTjjj.jjicXeu', prop, to offend against the rules of melody in 
music ; hence fig., to commit faults : 0\g ol kitiarajiEvoL X9^" 
adai Kal rd %c)ia Kal rd Koivd KaXutg irpaTTOvaiv, ol Se fjcrj kw- 
MTTcifxeroi ajjKpoTspiodt Tr\r}fXfxeXovaLv. Xen. Memor. iii. 4, 12. 

uTrepj3a^eii/, to go or get over, to clear (art intervening ob- 
stacle, &c), to go over to the other side : KekXeto Se TpwEG- 
aiv kXi^afXErog Kad' ojjllXop rei^og virEpfiaivEiv. II. xii, 467* 
Fig., to transgress, violate : "Ote kev rig v7TEp(irjrj Kal ajudprri. 
II. ix. 501. 'XTTEpfidvTEg tov t&v avayKaiwv bpov. Plat. 
Polit. ii. 373, d. (Oewv) rag Trioreig v7TEpfjag.*Dem. in 
E pistol. 153. 

63. 

63 ajnreXos, ov (//), plant of the vine, vine, the tree : Aia- 
gkottuv ij^ofjiaL rag Arjfjirlag ajjLwkXovg el TrEiraivovviv 7]Srj. 
Aristoph. Pac. 1161. 

d/jLireXw^, utvog (6), ground planted with vines, vine- 
yard: f H 7TE~ipa kSiSafe ^prjaijJLoy Etvai jin^Ev GKEipEiv kv 
rolg a/jLTTEXuHTi* 7rapaipElrai yap t))v rpotyrjv rwv ajXTriX^v tcl 
(T7T€ip6jjiEra, Kal fj GKid jiXdirrEi. Geopon. v. 11, 1. 

dp/ireXis, (Sog (//), little vine : Upojra fjikv av a/unrEXifiog 
bpxov kXacrai fxaKpov. Aristoph. Acharn. 994. 

yjjjiepis, iSog (r/), cultivated vine : Hal to Tphov rifiEpidog 
ocrxpv. Aristoph. Acharn. 997. 

dmSei/Spds, adog (//), vine which clings ttf trees, climb- 
ing vine : At araSevSpaSeg rolg ttclgl -^pncrLfdwrEpar Kal 






64. 65 

yap Kal KaXXtova tov oivor, Kal novijAWTEpov Kal yXvKv- (63) 
repov dworeXouai. Geoponic. iv. 1. 

oiv&vfa), tjq (*/), prop, blossom of the vine, poet, fruit 
of the vine: O'iva & a KaOajjiEpiov ard^ELg tov TroXvKapizov 
olvdvdag Itiaa fiorpvv. Eur. Phcen. 236. In Dioscorides, 
blossom of the wild vine : OivdvOr) KaXetraL u rrjg dyplag 
afxiriXov Kapirog, orav av&rj. Dioscor. v. 5. 

oiva$, dSog (>/), ace. to Hesychius, ground planted with 
the vine ; the vine itself in Athenaeus : 'E£ ov (iorpv 
oegg olvag vKoyQonov TCTOpQov avaaypjiEvr) OaXEpui ETTTV^CLTO 
7r>/^et. Ion. ap. Athen. 447. 

our), t]q (>/), an old word, having the same meaning with 
the ancient Greeks as aprcXoc, vine : Tovtov $' OlvEvg 
kyivETO, kXtiOeIq airb twv d/jnrEXwv* ol yap 7raXawl "JLXXt)veq 
oivag ekAXovv rag d/j.7rkXovg. Hecatceus ap. Athen. 35. Ol 
$' Erpvyojv o'tvag ipEiidvag kv yEpalv EyovTEg. Hesiod. 
Scut. 292, 

olyoireoov, ov (to), neuter of the adjective olvonEcog, 
used substantively, ground planted with the vine, vine- 
yard : To jjlev ijjjaov oIvo7teSolo. II. ix. 579. 

64. 

dcayico^cu' (dvdyKr)), to reduce to the necessity (of doing 64 
any thing), to oblige, force, compel, is used only of animated 
beings, and principally figuratively : f 7ran)p kinfXEXovyLEvog 
oiTijjg avijp dyadog yEvoifxrjv rjvdyKacri jxe irdvra tcl ^Ofiripov 
'iirrj nadElv. Xen. Sympos. 3, 5. Plato uses it in a philoso- 
phic sense, to compel assent to certain reasoning, to convince 
by argument : "Or* fik v toivvv dddrarov ylvyji, Kal 6 dprt 
Xoyog Kal ol ciXXoi dvayKavEiav dv. Plat. Pol. x. 611, b. 

i^avayKoX^iv, to drive away with violence, to use violence 
in driving away : Trjv dpyiav wXrjyalg kiavayKd^ovGiv. Xen. 
Memor. ii. 1, 16. [But also, and more commonly, a 
strengthened aVayKa£aj.] 

Pid^€(j0ai (/3/a), to use violence ; to drive with violence, 
to force, is also used in speaking of things : E* rig fiid(oiro 
vaiig {if any ship should be compelled to fly). Thuc. vii. 38. 
[Very often in mid. either with ace. : fbuxttoQal n, to force 
or carry by force, (iid^eadat tov tK-\ovv, to force their way 
out; of ships : or absol. to behave violently; also (Stafc- 

g 3 



66 65. 

(64) odai, to force one's way ; e. g. e'lq ti, to or into any thing ; 
and (}id£ofJLai noitiv ti, I strain every nerve to accomplish 
any thing, — ftid^Ecrdai Spofxy, cursu contendere.'] 

irapa(3idjeo-0ai, compound of the preceding word, found in 
more modern authors only ; prop, in Polybius, to force an 
entrenchment : TLapafiiacrajJiEi'OL tov fiera^v %apaica t&v 
TToXtjJi'nav eiai(ppr](rav eig ty\v ttoXip, Polyb. xxii. 10, 7. 
Fig. in Plutarch : Tr)v aipEGiv avr&v kXiyyojiEv rag kolvciq 
EKGTpicpovaav rifiuji' ml Trapa[iia£ofjiivr)v kvvoiag. Plut. de 
Commun. Notit. ii. 1073, c. 

65. 

65 dixxiTios (6, fj), fr. a, and a'lTiog, one that is not the 
cause of any thing : "Efcrop* ette'l tol dvfxog dvainov alrid- 
aardai. II. xiii. 775. 

arcaicos (o, r/), one that does no evil, not evilly -dis- 
posed, without guile, simple, harmless : Kal irpocnroioviAEvog 
aicaicoQ Eivat, ^r)7rdrrj(Te tovq cWiora'e. Demosth. in Euerg. 
1153, 10. In the Septuagint, innocent, gentle : 'Eyw Se d>g 
dpvlov clkclkov dy6p.Evov tov dueadai. Jerem. xi. 19. 

• ajULcp/nros (6, ?/), irreproachable : Ovk dfxifnrrovq fiovov, 
dX\a ical davfxaarovg vp.ag avrovc e^el^are, Dem. de Coron* 
63. 

ajx-up-wv, ovog (6, r)), without reproach, hence perfect, accomplished, 
epithet given in the Iliad to heroes, and to Andromache : "Ektwo 
8' wg ovk evdov dfivfiova tzt\lev cckoitiv. II. vi. 374. 

ajj.aJ(XT]Tos (6, i}), irreproachable : BovXy TLovXvddfiavTog afXit)p,r)Toio 
irLOovro. 11. xii. 109. 

ap<i>p.os (6, rj), synon. of afjLVfiojv, but more recent, in Theocritus: 
Tav ovd' av rig a/jiMfjiog, ettei %' 'Eksvq, 7rapiGu)Qy. Theocr. 18, 25. 

d^ajjidpTYiTos (6, //), one who has not erred, offended, 
one who is not in the wrong : "On jjlev roivvv 6 XapiSrf/jioQ 
ovte rSiv dpajj,apTriT(i)v egt\ irpog vpag ovte t&v 'Ira fxri ti 
iraduMTi ravra EvpiGtcofiivw)', kdcru). Dem. in Aristocrat. 
661, 25. 

(WykXtjtos (o, //), one against whom there is no com- 
plaint, or, whom none can accuse: T&v te ypatyivTuv Trepl 
'ApwdXov p.ova tci ejuioi TTEtrpayfiEva dviyKXrjTOV 7TE7rolr]KE 
t))v iroXiy. Dem. Epist. 2, 1470, 22. 



66, 67. 07 

d^eXeyKTOs (o, >/), one who is not or cannot be con- (65) 
victed of wrong, free from reproach: "Ort top KaTnyo- 
prjaovra rwv aXXcJv Kai 7rdvTag koivovvtcl clvtov dvE^iXEyKTOv 
vKcipxeiv Sei. Dem. in Aristog. 782, 3. 

di>emTi|iT)Tos (o, ?/), who is not or cannot be taxed, 
censured, or blamed, blameless: Aio eel ai te tCjv iirairiov 
dliov eliai So^avra Kclfie rfjc arjg (friXiag dvETziTi^ir\TOv Eivai. 
Dem. Erotic. 1417, 12. 

di>€mK\T)TOs (o, r/), one who is not called into judgement, 
or accused: '£2c 3' avriog EKcicrra) twv dXXojv dpyjnTiov 
dvEiriKXnrov avrov bvra, EirifjiEXEiaQai Kai tG>v v<fi avruj 
dpyovTuv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 16. 

di>€m\Y) titos (6, r/), irreprehensible : 01 8 av av iv 
to\q teXeioiq SiayiviovTai dvEiriXniTTOi, ovtol tojv yEpaiTEpiov 
yiyvovTai. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 15. 

66. 

cu>a\yr\s (6, rj), a and dXyog, prop, without pain : Ovk 66 
drpioroQ egtiv ov'S dvoaog, ovft dvaXyrjg, d(poj3og Se jxevel 
Kai aXvwog. Plut. de Stoic. Diet. ii. 1057, d. Fig. insen- 
sible : 'AvaXyrjg jiev yap 6 dvaiErjg npbg to aia^pov. Plut. 
de Dysop. ii. 528, d. 

dydXynjos (6, >/), an older form than dvaXyr\g, used prop, 
but oftener fig., of little or no feeling, indifferent, in- 
sensible ; hence cruel : "£lfj.oi dvaXyi)Twv hiovibv Edpo-qcrag 
avavlov Epyov 'Arpacdv. Soph. Aj. 960. Trj te avrrj 
Znfiia d^LtoaaTE dfAvvavdai, Kai p) dvaXyrjTOTEpoi ol £ia^£u- 
yovTEg twv E7rifiovXev(rdvTU)v (paifjvai. Thuc. iii. 40. 

SuadXytijos (o, ?/), found only used fig., insensible, bar- 
barous : AvadXy^Tog yap av Eir)v, TOidrlE /.u) ov Karoi- 
KTEipijjy eSpav. Soph. (Ed. R. 12. 

67. 

dmfjLnr]ai9, ewe (//), action of recalling to one's own mind, qj 
recollection : ' 11 jilv y f.iddt]crig ovk dXXo ti i) drdf-ivyaic Tvy- 
\dvEi ovaa. Plat. Phcedr. 72, d. 

Lnrofinrjcns, nog (?/), action of recalling to the mind of 
another; of reminding another : Ovkovv /lii >//h/c, a'XX' Ino- 
liviioEwg cpdpfiaKoy tvpEc. Plat. PIncdr. 275'j a. 



68 68—70. 

68. 
6$ ayaTeXXciK, to rise, in speaking of the heavenly bodies 
appearing in the horizon, though used of the sun only, ace. 
to the grammarians ; it is found however in Plato applied 
to the moon : 'AvariWovTog re fjXiov kcu GEXi\vng, kcli irpbg 
Sv(Tjj.ag Iovtidv. Plat. Legg. x. 887, e. 

emTeXXcii/, to rise, is said only of the other heavenly 
bodies, when they appear in the horizon [especially of the 
cosmieal rising of the constellations that mark the seasons] : 
Tot dtrrrip 'Apicrovpog TrpoXnriov poov 'HkscivoIo 7rpCbrov irajj,- 
(j)aliiov kmriXXeTai. Hesiod. Oper. 564. The poets often 
disregard this distinction ; thus in an Homeric hymn, €7ri- 
riXXetr is used of the sun : 'HeX/oio viov kinTEXXofxivoio. 
Horn. Hymn. Merc. 371. And Theocritus has: 7 Af*og S' 
avreWovTL TLeXeiddeg. Id. 13, 24. 

69. 

69 dKciToX^, rjc (r)), is the rising of the sun only, accord- 
ing to the grammarians ; it is used however in Plato of all 
the heavenly bodies : Avaeug re ical draroXrjg rjXiov ml tG>v 
HXXiov avrpwv. Plat. Politic. 269, a. Sometimes by itself 
elliptically :=zthe east (as in French, le levant, V orient) : 'Att' 
dvaroXag tirl Svaiv. Tim. Locr. 96, d. Oftener in the plural : 
'A7to twv dvaToXijjv u)q irpbg rag Svaeig. Polyb. iii. 37, 6. 

em-roXrj, rjg (rj), the [cosmicaT] rising of a star or constella- 
tion : Oi dvvvoi Kat ZityiaLoloTpwcri 7repl Kvvbg sttitoXyiv. Aris- 
tot. Hist. Anim. viii. 19. More elegantly in the plural : Kat 
iiru^ri 7ra> k^eipyacrro irepX ' 'Apicrovpov E7nroXdc. Thuc. ii. 
78. This distinction, perhaps observed by the ancient 
writers, was disregarded by those that followed, as is shown 
by the quotation already given from Plato, and by that 
which follows from Aristotle, who also uses dvaroXf) of the 
constellations : Aid irepl 'Qipiwvog dvaroXiiv fxaXtcrra yivsTcu 
vrjv€jj.ia t Aristot. Meteorol. ii. 5, 2. According to others 
(Schol. Arat. 137) cuaroXr/ is the rising of a whole constel- 
lation, and E7riTo\ri that of the principal star in it, e. g. of 
Arcturus in Bootes, or of the Pleiades in Taurus ; according 
to others, again, kiriToXr) was used of a constellation that 
rose directly after the rising of another. 

70. 

70 dy&pcta or depict, ac (>y), fr. di>r)p, answers to the 
meaning of fortitudo, although its formation is analo- 









7i. 69 

gous to that of virtus in Latin ; masculine or manly (70) 
strength; hence, only fig., moral strength, courage, thus 
defined by Plato : 'Avlpia e&e \pv%ijg dkh rjTog viro <f>6(iov. 
Defin. 412, a. And by Aristotle: Tlepi tyoftove kcu Odppn 
di'lpta fjLeaorrjc. Aristot. Ethic. Nic. ii. 7. 

d^8p€toTT]9, vtoq (7/), fr. dpcpelog, prop, manhood, viri- 

litas, nature or character of man, courage : Ov yap lofyg 

bpCj htojiivovg vfucig Eig di>lpEioTr)~a, dWd ait)Ti]piag. Xen. 
A nab. vi. 5, 14. 

d^payaGia, ag (>/), compound of drrjp, the formation 
of which is more modern : according to grammarians, 
dvlpela is physical strength, and dvcpayaOia, moral 
strength. But the justice of this observation may be 
doubted, and the passages of such authors as have used 
these two words suggest other differences : dvSpayadla seems 
rather to indicate a good quality of a practical character, dis- 
position or conduct of a man of noble spirit, sometimes as 
shown particularly in war, in Xenophon, bravery, courage : 
Ov EVEKa (jjyjfXL xprj rai vvv ETriTEdfjiaL r}fj.dg Eig di^payadlay, 

V7TO)g TWV TE dyaOkH' 7/ ClplOTOV kUl ifilGTOV aTZoXaVOWfJlEV. 

Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 55. Sometimes, in a more extended 
sense, the disposition of a good man, virtue generally, in 
Xenophon and Jsocrates : Hal ravrag 7rpoEL\6^r\v tujv ndo- 
vGjv ov rag ettI rolg kpyoig jjLW^EfjLiav Tifirjv kyovaag, dWd 
rag Enl ralg co£aig Tcug Si diSpayadiav ywofiEvag. Isocr. 
Nicocl. 85. It has been used in the plural by more 
modern authors, in a sense more resembling that of dvZpa- 
yaOrj/ia : Et 5' haTEpov ralg dvcpayadiatg viTEpfoakovTO rag 
UTifjiiag, Eig Trjv Tzpovirap^aaar Tzappnviav dnoKadivTa. Diod. 
Sic. i. 78. 

ayhpaydQruxa, arog (to), verbal of dr$paya6£w 9 and of 
more modern formation, courageous act, noble action, ex- 
ploit, great deed or achievement : 'Ef Se Talg rtfialg ~£j\> 
di'CpayadrjuaTiov la\pi\))g tyaivofieroQ irEpl rag Tifjiiopiug i/.u- 
Tpia^E Twi' afiapTrjuaTU))'. Plut. Sertor. 10. 

71. 

aycjios, ov (o), fr. drffxi, wind, in general : E/V< ?c niEg 71 
Ol yarn tov KaXovfiet ov atpa, k'U'oiifiEi o)' fit) 1 Kal piorra 
&v€fjLOi> tu'ut. Arist. Meteor, i. 13, 2. 



70 72. 

(71) aupa, ag (17), fr. arjfji, prop, the morning wind or gale, soft 
wind : Tfjfxog B* EvtcpivEEg r avpai teal ttqvtoq d7rr}junov. Hesiod. 
Oper. ii. 288. It is also found in the prose writers : Kai 
ei jxev avpa (pepoi, OioireQ ajjia dvnravovro. Xen. Hellen. vi. 
2, 17. 

p.a\|/avpai, atv (ai), light winds in Hesiod: At d' aWai ixaijjav- 
pat &7ri7rv£iov(ji OdXaaaav. Hesiod. Theog. 872. According to the 
Scholiast, Hesiod gives this name to the winds called by the Greeks 
Kauc'iag, which blows from the beginning of the summer according to 
Aristotle (Meteor, ii. 6), and Qpaiciag, or the Thracian wind. 

dTJTTjs, ov (6) (a?7fu), prop, thai which blows, in poetry : 
"Opaav dpyaXewv dviyaav ekI ttovtov drjTag. II. xiv. 254. 
By ext., or by ellipse of dvifiov or dvijuiwv, it is used for 
the wind itself: Ol yap 7roir)rai wov rd itvEVfxaTa di}Tag 
tcaXovGiv. Plat, Crat. 410, b, Eico/ce vavriuv Ovjaoq £7ro- 
rpvvrj Kai ETnTtVEvaojaiv dr\rai. Od. ix. 139. 

ai5Tp.iq, rjg (77), breath, air, wind from the bellows : Qvcai d' Iv 
Xoavoicriv ssikogl iraaai k<pvau)v 7ravroirjv ev7rpr}arov avrfjujv l%- 
aviiiaai. II. xviii. 471. Exhalation, vapour, odour : "Fjfjnrrjg eg ydidv 
ts Kai ovpavbv 'lket dvTfirj. II. xiv. 174. 

oupos, ov (6), favorable wind, wind right a-stern : Ei'- 
fiard r dfj,(pi£(T(*) 9 tte^u) Si tol ovpov owLfrOev. Od. v. 167. 
'AW wcrwep kv vrfi <)ia7rovE~iGdai, ecjg av eig ovpov fcaraordi- 
viv. Xen. Hellen. ii. 3, 31. 

Tireujjia, arog (to), fr. wvew, prop, breath (puff of wind), 
breath (respiration) : Uvev/uiaTa dvifxtov kfnri'KTOvTa. He- 
rodot, vii. 16. "Eo~n Se TrvEVfia pvvig avveyjig ettl fifjicog 
dipog. Aristot. Meteor, iv. 9, 33. By ext, or rather by 
ellipse of dvifiov, the wind itself, both in prose and poetry : 
*Hj/ ahl Kard Trpvpvav IffrfjraL to 7rvEV{xa. Thuc. ii. 97. 
Aeivwv t arjjjia TTVEVjxaTO)v EKoifjacE GTEvovTa tcovtov. Soph. 
Ajac. 674. 

irvo-q, rjg (r)), verbal of 7ri4w, but more ancient than Trvsviia, in 
use as early as Homer, and in the poets only : To o"s rt irvoiai dovsovffi 
7ravToiix)V avsfJiwv. II. xvii. 55. The wind itself: JlaTayei d' tvpela 
QaXaaaa, K07TTOjjcsvr] izvoiaig. Theocr. Id. xxii. 16. [It occurs in Plat. 
Crat. 419, D, only, however, in attempting to derive a word from it; 
but Plutarch uses it several times.] 

72. 

72 <^p> di'Fpog (0), answers to the Latin ~vir, and de- 
signates the man of the married couple, husband : "Or 



72. 71 

at'Sp' EfAov mkvq ^A-^iXXevq ektelvev, iripaEV ce noXiv Oelolo (72) 
Mvirjroc. 11. xix. 295. 

a.KotTT]<s, ov (6), fr. a and Koirrj, one who has the same bed, 
bed-fellow, husband : J R pdXa Srj a l<p6fi>)ae Koovov iraig, og roi 
aKoirng. II. xv. 91. The poet, compound irapaKoiTTjs, ov (6), is found 
only in Homer: 2t> ds [jloi OaXepog TrapaKoirrjg. II. vi. 430. 

Yafj.€TT]s, ov (6), fr. yapsoj, spouse, in the Tragic writers : 'Y/ir/v, 
a; vfJLi'jvaL ava%, paicdpiog 6 yapsrag paicctpLa <T tyo> /3acri\t/co7c. Xi- 
Krpoic, Kar'*Apyog a yapovpkva. Eur. Troad. 311. This poet, word 
has been used by Xenophon : 'Eyuj ptv d7rE7rep\pdprjv psya <ppovS*v 

OTL drjOlV T1IQ ficiGlkkbJQ QvyClTpOQ OlpOipnV TOP SfJlOV Vlbv yCtjJLSTTjV. 

Xen. Cyr. iv. 6, 2. 

euverrjs, ov (6), one who has the same bed, spouse, lover : Mrj- 
rpbg tvvkrng gsOev. Eur. Electr. 803. This form, as well as the two 
that follow and their compounds, is peculiar to the Tragic writers. 

ewTjTrjp, rjpoQ (6), under the Doric form in iEschylus : 'Eic&crTa 
7ro6(() (pi\civopi top aixp<r)evTa Oovpov Evvarrjp' d-KOi:Ep'\iapiva Xei- 
TTETai pov6£v%. JEschyl. Pers. 140 — 3. 

euvrjTwp, opog (6): ''H.v wdoog AipKrjg rig Evvr]Tu)p Avicog. Eur. 
Here. Fur. 27- Under the Doric form in the choruses : 'E/c o' tXenrov 
o'iKOvg iTpbg dXXov Evvdrop'. Eur. Andr. 1040. 

6\i.€vvinr\^, ov (6), having the same bed, bed-fellow : ' ' Avdpog r dpi- 
arov gov tv^ovo' bpsvverov. Eur. Med. 953. 

o~vv€v verrjs, ov (o), sharing the same bed, bed -fellow ; Ael pdvriv 
tlvai pi) paOovaav oIkoQev otoj pdXiGTa \or\GErai Zvvevvsry. Eur. 
Med. 242. 

euva<mjp, rjpog (6), fr. evvd^u), who sleeps with, a form peculiar to 
the Alexandrine poets; in Lycophron and Oppian ; Tviai yap evvcl- 
arripag dpvapoi TpnrXaig irrjvaig KaTEicXwGavTo djjvaidg d\6g. 
Lycophr. Alex. 144. 

o/jLoyafAos (6, r\), sometimes used substantively by ellipse, 

spouse : Ovrog 6 rag HoXvveikeoc, w yipoi' 9 avTOKaatyrijrag 

rvyityag 6p.6yaf.tog KvpE~i ; Eur. Phcenis. 135. 

otjyy 01 -^ 05 (®j r /)» united with in marriage : Kai ^vyydpoiai dvapt- 
i>eg paXiar' del. Eur. Androm. 182. 

froais, wg (<;), according to the Sanscrit origin ascribed 
to it, the traces of which are still to be found in the 
word Trdaaadai, to possess, this word would have the 
meaning of possessor, and this explains the contradictions 
apparent in the use of irocng as the poetic synon. of aV//p, 
husband, spouse, in Homer and in the Tragic writers ; thus 
in the Iliad, Helen gives this title to Menelaus, her legiti- 
mate husband: r ()c. EpLog irpdrEpog irocng 7\tr. II. iii. 4*29. 
And further on she gives it also to Paris : T ll piv fjot woctc 
itrriv 'AXifavcpog OEOEih'ig, og pf ayayt Tpoiijvc. II. xxiv. 
703. In Sophocles, on the contrary, where the words 



(72) 7t6(tiq and dirjp are found close together, the former is the 
legitimate husband, the husband de jure, the latter the 
actual husband, the husband de facto : Tarn ovv (pofiodfjiai, 
prj 7t6(jiq fxev 'UpafcXrjg ifiOQ KaXijrai, rfjg veoJTepag <$' dvi]p. 
Trachin. 550. 

<nj£u|, yog (6, r/), prop, joined with, conjux, yoke-fellow, spouse; 
but only in speaking of the husband and wife together : Tfjv rs Oavov- 
Gav KOLfX d\(3i%(ov wg ev-iraTpiSai Kai air* a/x^>orspwj/ ovTtg apiGTSiov 
Gv^vysg elfiev. Eur. Ale. 920. 

73. 

73 a»/0o$, eog (to), flower, prop, and fig. : BorpvSov Se 
tt£tovt(ii en avQtGiv elapLvolcriv, II. ii. 89. Kai (? e\ei 
rjfiwg dvdoc, 6 re Kpdrog egti fieyiGTOv. II. xiii. 484. 

cu>0€jjiig, 'dog (77), a species of camomile in Diosco- 
rides : 'AvOejJtig, 01 de XevKavde/Jor, 01 Se yafxaifxrfXov .... 
koXovgl. Dioscor. iii. 154. Poet, synon. of ardog, flower, 
in the Anthology : "AXvog &,' 'Apre/nt, tovto iccu av yapiTEGGi. 
Oeovrraig e'ir] kir dvOe^ldnov vvjufiaXa Kovcpa fiaXelv. Anthol 
Diotim. vi. 267. 

ai>0€jjioy, ov (to), flower in general, rose in Aristophanes, 
according to the interpretation of the Scholiast : "Eywv 
aTi(parov dvQijjLwv. Aristoph. Ach. 992. In Theophrastus, 
nigella or anthemum, a plant : Twv de icaTa pipog dvdovv- 
T(*)v 'ihov to irepi to dvQefxov, on .... Theophr. H. Plant. 
vii. 13. 

ay0T|, rjg (»}), according to Thomas Magister the Attic 
writers use this word for dvQqmg, blossoming -time : Kcu ret 
per Sev?pa ty\v avdr)v ddpoav 7roie~iTai. Theophr. H. Plant. 
vii. 9. The reading avdrjv has been changed by Schneider 
into apdrjmv. Kcu (hg aKprjv eyet Ttjg didrjg, <bg at' evo>^e- 
(jtcitov naplyoL tov tottov. Plat. Phcedr. 230, b. It is 
found used for avdog, flower, in Nicander : UoXioio jjivokto- 
vov dpyeog avdrjv (the flower of the white polium, which 
destroys rats). Nicandr. Alex. 304. 

cu>0tj\t), rjg (rj), flower or pappous down of some plants 
in Dioscorides : 'Et' aKpy 7repiKeifjLevov dvdog tzvkvov kqI 
Una-Kirov fievov, 8 KaXoi)Giv evioi dvdi]\r\v. Dioscor. iii. 133. 

av0ocruvT], rjQ (17), for dv9og or dvOrjGig, used metaphorically in 
the Anthology : 'AXXd kol tvvriv Xevaaoig Kal tzkewv evGTa\vi> 
dvOoGvvrjv. Agathias, v. 270*. 



74. 73 

Opovov, ov {to), flower worked in tapestry in Homer : 'AW' r/y' (73) 
\gtov vcpaive, fAv\oj dofiov vxJjtjXoio I'nrXaKa iroptyvoirjv, Iv 8e Qpova 
ttoikiX* iTTaoaiv. II. x. 440. According to the Scholiast on Theocri- 
tus, the people of Cyprus called garments worked in flowers Opova 
(Theocr. Scliol. ad Id. ii. 59). 

k<£\u£, vkoq (77), exterior envelope of the flower, which 

contains the germen or seed-bud, calyx : $>spei c h.Trb'Kav- 

*twv j] /jleXmtocl baa kv kclXvki civOe~i. Aristot. H. Anim. v. 

22. IIoAic .... tpdivovcra fie.v kciXv^lv kyKapiroLg yQovbc. 

Soph. (Ed. T. 25. 

atuTos (6) and acorov, ov (to), fr. ay/xi, prop, breath; hence, 
fig. that which is the finest, the most delicate possible, the flower, in 
Latin flos, which comes from flare, its etymology being thus analogous 
to that of the Greek word; in Homer: Kwea ts prjyog te Xivoio te 
XtiTTov catiTov. II. ix. 661. 

74. 

ay0pa)Tro9, ov (6), man in general, and in speaking of the 74 
two sexes, as homo in Latin ; it is also found absolutely 
for a man whom nothing distinguishes from the common 
herd, an ordinary person. It sometimes even conveys the 
notion of contempt ; thus, in Xenophon, it is found in con- 
trast with ati'ip : *Av re tovto avavxrjaQe 7uXXa Kat atc^v- 
vecrQai jjloi $oku> 9 o'lovg rj/JLlv yvwtTEoOe tovq kv rfj X^PV ovra Q 
avOpionovQ' v/jlov he avSpcov ovtlov, .... Xen. An. i. 7, 4. 

dn^jp, avlpog (6), man, male, husband; in the higher 
style of writing, it specially signifies a man who distin- 
guishes himself by great bravery, or such other qualities, as 
a man ought to possess; a brave, noble man : r £l tpiXoi avipEQ 
elite. II. V. 529. 'Hv vvv y kyco jjlev ovk av))p, avrrj S* 
an)p. Soph. Antig. 491. Hence, in general, it may be 
translated in epic poetry, warrior : YlpuroQ o 'Av-iXoxog 
Tpioiov eXev uvEpa Kopvarip'. II. iv. 457. Sometimes avijp, 
as vir in Latin, is emphatic. It is often used by the Greek 
orators as a simple formula of politeness, or as a mode of 
engaging the good-will of their hearers ; thus Demosthenes 
often uses it, softening the mention of disagreeable truths 
to the Athenians, by the flattery of the appellation, as in 
the following passage : AvltkoXov S' bvrog (pvatt kcxi x«X£7toD 
tov jiovXevEadai, eti ttoXXlo x (t ^ e7r< ^ T£ P 0l/ imiiQ avrv TrE-oii)- 
kcits, to aidpec 'AOqra'ioi' oi jjlev yap aXXot wavreQ tuOptoiroL 
7rno tlov 7rpayfu'iT(t)i' Eitodaai ^pf/o-ftcu tlo fiuvXEveaOai, bf.iE~ig 
Se fjiera tci 7rpayjLinra. Dem. de Pac. 1. It is further found, 
thus emphatically used, even in a bad sense : y llv le tlq 

H 



74 75. 

(74) sv fivrjcrrripcriv avfjp, adefjLLaria elcwg, Krr)(Ti7r7rog S' ovofx* 
s&ice. Od, xx. 287. [Thus ovrog drfip implies indignation 
or contempt, ovto(tl drrjp ov iravaerai (pXvapQr, Plat, Gorg, 
489, B. So, if avrip is used, where an honorary title might 
be expected ; as when Philip is called by Demosth., Mafce- 
Sior ary\p, 157) 2.] 

<J>ws, ojrog (6), fr. (pnfxl, syn. of dvrjp, man, warrior, in Homer and* 
the Tragic writers : 'AXXd jxer avrovg i)XQe TraXaio^ (pioTt koiKwg, 
11. xiv. 136. Uovripov (pwTbg rjdoval kclkclL Eur. Iphig. A. 387. 

PpOTos, ov (6, r)), human, mortal, in Greek (as mortal in English) is 
used poetically as a subst. by the ellipse of the word 'man,' which is 
sometimes but far less commonly expressed : Ksivoicn d' av ovtiq twv, 
oi vvv fipoToi elcriv «7ri%06Viot, fxaxsoiro, II. i. 271. "Iv' dOavdroivi 
<p6wq (pepoi r)de f3porol(nv. II. xix. 2. The word is also found in 
Plato : AisXOw/iitv dr) rr)v evdaifjioviav rov ts dvdpbg icai rr)g 7r6Xeojg 
sv y dv 6 Toiovrog fiporbg syysvqrai. Plat. Pol. vjii. 566, d. 

ImxOovios (6, r)), one who is on the earth, terrestrial, is sometimes 
used substantively by the poets in the plural, with the ellipse of 
dv9poj7roi, signifying human beings, in opp. to dOdvaroi, immortals : 
Tev%ovGi d' iinyQovioiGiv doidrjv dOdvaroi xapUoaav, extypovi 
HrjvsXoTrtiy. Od. xxiv. 197* 

Ovnrds, r), ov (QvrjGKit)), subject to death, mortal ; in the poets it is 
sometimes used substantively, by ellipse of avQpuTrog or dvr)p: Et 
dr] c(pu> sveko. Ovrjrwv sptdaivsrov code. 11. i. 574. KafcoV ye OvrjroTg 
to vkov. Eur. Androm. 184. [In the prose writers it is found in this 
sense, but principally when opposed to Osog : e. g. p,era%v sari Osov rs 
Kal Ovrjrov. PI. Conv. 202, E : 6eov avrbv, dvri Ovrjrov iroirjvaca, 
Isocr. 218, C] 

75. 

75 arraywi/icrrqs, ov (o), antagonist, adversary in general, 
rival in every kind of competition : 'Eav ce array (ovigtyiv 
yvfjivacrTiKrjg r) /JLOVffiKfjg y\ rivog ayujvog kripov SiaKioXvrj rig 
fiia fir) Trapayiyveardai, Plat, Legg, xii. 955, a. 

dvTi|3ios (6, r)) (/3ia), poet, one who employs violence, opposes with 
violence ; hence, violent, hostile : Kai yap sy<l)V 'Ax^Xevg ts fiaxrjad- 
fjLtQ' tivstea Kovprjg dvrifiiotg sirssaaiv. II. ii. 378. 

drrtSiKos (6, >/) {SiKr)) 9 adverse party, adversary in a 
law-suit: °Qc r)v eir\ rolg tCjv avrih'iKwv 7rpayfAaaiv. De- 
mosth. in Theocrin. 1327, 24. 

drriiraXos (o, /y) (cirri, 7raXr)), prop, adversary in wrestling. 
By ext., enemy in war : ^aXXovreg avrovg /cat ro^evorreg 
/jidXa KciKtog kiroiovv ol yvjjLvrjreg ribr arrnrd\o)r, Xen. Hell, 
iv. 2, 14. Opa) yap i/fiti' arrnraXovg irpoGiorrag olg yjue'lg, 
el wee GTparevffofxeQa, ov fivrrjcrofieda fxa^eadai. Xen, Cyr. 
vi. 1, 13. 

drnTexyos (o, ?;), fr. rex*"*), competitor in every kind of 






76. 75 

art or profession, and specially one who employs the same (75) 
means, arts, and artifices as his competitor, to defeat him : 
Uotrjral fxev ovv v/jleIq, 7roir)TCii Se Km ij/jleiq EtTfiey tlov civtwv, 
avririyj'oi re. kcu avTaycovuTTai rov KaWiarov SpujjtUTOg, 
Plat. Legg. vii. 817, b. 

drriTinros (b, //) (tv-xtm), that which beats back, gives back 
blow for blow, hard ; that receives and retains the impression 
of whatever comes into contact with it; that reproduces its 
shape; passively, repeated by the echo : Wap to gtovov IlvtI- 
tvttov inroK\av<jeiEy. Soph. Philoct. 694. [dvTtTvirujTaTov 
eldoQ, offering obstinate resistance, extremely hard. PI. 
Tim. 62. C : and dv-iTvirovQ dv6pi'o7rovc, stubborn, obstinate. 
Theaet. 156, A.] 

76. 

arrpoy, ov (to), cave, natural cavity : KaoTraXifjuoc, c elg >jq 
dvTpov atyLKOjAeff ovSe jiiv evdov evpofjiev. Od. ix. 216. 

o"ir€05, tog (to), Eustathius and the Etym. Magn. derive this word 
from ofiko), on account of the darkness that reigns there, and the modern 
writers from <77raw, as if it had the meaning of rupture, fissure in a 
mountain ; hence, grotto, cavern, specus, artificial cavity made by man, 
and to serve for a dwelling ; thus Homer uses it in speaking of the 
abodes of the nymphs and marine deities, and particularly of the grotto 
which was the retreat of the goddess Calypso : Tbv 8' olov vvfxtprj 
7i6tvi tpvKS KaXv-ipoj, diet Osaiov, kv crrso'O'i yXatpvpoXtrt. Od. i. 14. 
Further on, he describes the wonders which nature and art had brought 
together to embellish this grotto, and to make it a palace worthy of a 
goddess. It may be observed, that, in the Odyssey, in speaking of the 
cave of Polyphemus, the poet uses the word gtt&oq very rarely, but 
almost always avrpov. 

<nrf\\vy%, yog (?/), a more recent derivative, from which 
the Latins have spelunca ; in Theocritus and Lucian. 
Theocritus uses it in speaking of the cave of Polyphemus : 
Km GTTi\\vyya (jwytov 0X00I0 KvKXto7roc. Theocr. Id.x\i. 53. 

cnrrjXaioi', ov (to), another derivative and synon. of enrtoe, 
in Lucian and the Septuagint: Kcu to airtjXaioi' civrb are- 
(TTptcpeTO. Luc. Mar. Dial. 2. QcixLete jjle /./era twv Taripur 
jjov ev to) (TTrrjXaiu) b egtlv ev rw aypw ' E^pwj' tov Xtrraiov, 
Genes. 49, 29. 

o^payS, ayyoq (//), hole, cleft of a rock : Tlepl Se tuq 
mjpayyac ruv Trtrpuiuji' Tl)0va kcu (iaXavot, teal rd ETtiroXa- 
£o\>ra, o'tor at XeTruceg Ktu at r?/o7rat. Aristot. Hist. An. v. 
15. T11 Theocritus, den of a lion : "Ilrot f.dv trqpayya 
7rpohi€\or taTt\ej' euj >/r. Tlwoer. Id. xxv. 222. 

11 2 



76 77. 

(76) x^F** aT °G (™)> fr« X a * rw > opening, hiatus, yawning 
gulf, chasm: "Ofifipov £e noXXov yevojjLevov Kal gelgjxov 
payrjval tl Trjg yfjg Kal yeviadai ydafia Kara tqv totzov rf 
zvinev. Plat Pol. ii. 359, b. (Cf. Cic. Offic. cxi. 9.) 

Xtipafxos, ov (6), hollow, hole in a rock : "Qctts 7re\sia 77 pa 0' vir 
IprjKOQ KoiXriv dus7rraT0 7T£Tpr]v, xvpapov. II. xxi. 495. [XAQ.] 

77. 

77 &|ia, ac (^f), feminine of dliog, used substantively by 
ellipse, estimate, valuation, worth : Tr)v Se St) Trjg jjXdfirjg 
alylav e'lte SnrXfjv sire ipLirXrjv e'lte Kal TETpaitXaaiav, oi 
Kara\prj(l>L(7afxevoL Succhftcli raTTOVTiov. Plat. Legg. ix. 876, d. 
Fig. dignity [worth, desert] : Tbv yap Xoyov hti Trjg dfyag 
Trjg vjuteTepaQ kyyvg eivai, fir) ttjq tov Xiyovrog, Dem. de 
Syntax. 171, 13. 

&|iwcris, ecog (//), fr. a^toco, action of judging worthy, dig- 
natio : TdXavrov dpyvpiov eko.(tto) Sioperjv SiScojjll ttjq d^ito- 
<tioq eireica Trjg eg efiev yrjjjiai (on account of the honour he 
has done me in desiring an alliance with my family). Hero* 
dot. vi. 130. In Thucydides, pretension, claim to a dignity, 
where it differs from d^lcofia, which is the dignity obtained : 
Kara Se Tr)v a£,iw(Tiv, <hg EKaorog ev tco evcokijjle'l ovk vltto 
fiipovg to ttXeIov eg ra kolvcl r) an dpeTfjg 7rpon/*drai* oi/(5' 
av Kara ireviav, lyuv Zi tl dyaQbv Spaaai Tr)v ttoXlv, a£iw- 
fiarog dcbaveia KZKLoXvrai. [This does not appear to be the 
meaning of the word here : = " quod autem ad cestimationem 
attinet, 1 ' Poppo : it is opposed to Kara jjlev rovg vojxovg 
just before], Thuc. ii. 37. 'A&Wic was in later times 
confounded with d^iLOfxa : r Yfxii> jiovoig vnoKaraKXivoPTai Trjg 
atiuxTEtog EKovTeg. Dion. Hal. Ant. Rom. vi. 71. [In Th. 
i. 37, it is claim, demand, = postulatum : in ii. 34, &c, 
reputation, character ; dvrjp . . . og av . . . d^iiocrEi irpoiiKr] 
= dignitate. Poppo. Both these meanings are derived 
from that of an estimate, as made (1) by ourselves, or (2) 
by others, with reference to us.~] 

d^iwfjia, arog (to), another verbal of d^ioto, which ex- 
presses the dignity obtained, as in the passage quoted above 
from Thucydides ; hence, rank or honour, merit, considera- 
tion, glory : "Ofxtog yap Srj irpog yt rag dXXug TEyvag kaiwEp 
ovtlo TvpaTTOvoriQ (j)tXoao(j)iag to d&w/ia fAEyakoTrpETTEGTEpov 
XeIttetul. Plat. Polit. vi. 495, d. Ev 'lad' oti, el tl Efjtov 



78—80. 77 

EKY]loV, OVCEVOQ CIV OUTit) f.l£ ClTTOCTTEpElv ECf)vXaTTOV <1)Q u£l.OJfXa- (77) 

rog kcli TififjQ. Xen. Cyr. v. 5, 34. 

78. 

afcoy, ovqq (o), fr. ayw, prop, axis ; hence, every thing 78 
that turns upon an axis, and especially (principally in the 
plural) a^oyes, iov (ot), square tables of wood turning on a 
pivot, on which the laws of Solon were written ; hence, by 
ext., the laws themselves were called ci&veq at Athens. 
The singular is found in Demosthenes : '£Iq iv r« u^ovi 
ayopevei. Dem. in Aristocrat. 629, 21. 

KupPcis, eiov (ol), triangular columns in the form of pyra- 
mids, on which were inscribed laws of a special character, 
and notices of the sacrifices, public festivals, and other 
solemnities: Tpax^civTag ev KvpfieGi run kcu ot//\guc, to. Se 
Kai dypacpa irarpia dEpivovg kdrj. Plat. Politic. 298, d. 
Aristophanes uses Kup(3is fig. in the singular : Tolg avdpw- 

7TOLQ T ElVCU Co£<*> .... EVpEfTlETZljQ, TTEpLTplfJiJACl dlKU)V, KVpfiig. 

Aristoph. Nub. 447. Although the numerous instances 
quoted by the grammarians, obscure as they are, may prove 
the difference that existed between these two words, it is 
plain, from the following passage from Plutarch, that even 
in the time of Aristotle their meaning was confounded : 
'layyv Se toIq ropotg tcclglv eIq ekcitov kviavrovg e^ijjke, kcu 
KaTEypci(j)rj(Tap Etg ^vXivovg at,ovag ev TtXaujioig TiEpiiyovGL 

CrTpEQOjJlEVOVQ' IOV ETl KClO' >/jUCl£ EV UpVTaVElQ) XeI\LcIVCL fJ-LKpU 

%le(ju)£eto, kcu npoonyopEvtincrciv, <bg 'ApiaroTEXng (pnal, Kvp- 
(}eiq. Plut. Solon. 25. 

79. 

dirapdaKeuos (o, ?/), one who has made no preparations, 79 
used actively : 'Attupc'ujkevol kcu airopoi eq tov ttoXejjlov Kcidi- 
(TTavTo. Thuc. i. 99. 

dTrapa<TK€uaoros (o, ?/), used passively, unprepared, taken 
unawares, surprised : Hoogtzeoovteq Se ctTrapcujKEvacTToig -dig 
(iapfiapoig. Herodian. iii. 9. 

80. 

diraTcU', acc. to the grammarians, from wcirog, path, to turn 80 

away from the path, to lead astray, seduce ; but betU-r 

from U7TTU) \_palpo~], to deceive by feigned caresses ; and 

thence, to deceive, cheat, to disappoint, defraud, in Homer: 

Nvi> & E7TEL EK yjEipG)V yEOCig e'IXeTO KCII I*' U~UT7](T£V. II, IX. 

ii 3 



78 80. 

(80) 344. Kal gkotteIv rig tl e^ei, ov ivvarbv a<pe\£oQai ct7ra- 
Trjcravra i) ^laadiiEiov. Plat. Polit. ix. 573, e. 

€£cnraTcu>. a compound of the preceding word, and more 
frequently used than the simple dirarav, even in Homer's 
time ; with the meaning of which he associates the notion 
of complete success. The same remark may be made of 
Plato and Xenophon : Kofjiidrj apa 6 Qebg anXovv Kal aX?7- 
deg ev re kpyu) Kal ev Xoyco, /cat ovte avrog fiedio-TaTai ovre 
dXXovg klairara. Plat. Polit. ii. 382, e. 'AwEXoyE~iTO ojg 
E^awaTrjOeir]. Xen. Hellen. vii. 4, 39. 

dira4>icrK€LV, synon., poet, and Epic, of the same family as aitaTav, 
to deceive, cheat : Ovrt as Uepffscpovsia, Aibg Qvyarrjp, aira^laKU. 
Od. xi. 217. The compound €$aira<|>urK€iv associates with its simple 
the notion of success, to succeed in imposing upon another : M£pjj,r)pi%E d' 
tTTSLTa fiouJiriQ TroV^ta "Hpt;, 07r7rw£ s^a7rci^oiTO Aibg voov aiyio^oio. 
11. xiv. 160. 

d\anr€Ki£€ii>, to imitate the fox, to act the fox : Qvk egtlv 
aXioTTEKi^Eiv^ ov<? a/JL^oTEpoLdt ylyv£<rdai tyiXov. Aristoph, 
Vesp. 1233. 

PoukoXclk (fiovKoXog), prop, to tend or feed cattle ; fig. 
to deceive by fine words, to defraud of his hope : Kara 
jcapa pi\pag [it jjovKoXrjcTEraL. Aristoph. Pac. 153. In more 
modern authors, to feed with illusions, with vain hopes, &c. : 
^Xttlglv airarr]Xalg fiovKoXovLiEvoi. Alciphr. 3, 5. Imitated 
by the Latins : Spes est, quce pascat amorem. Ovid. Metam. 
ix. 12. 

yoY]T€u€iK [yor)c, rjrog, enchanter ; juggler], prop, to charm 
by juggling arts ; hence sometimes fig., to charm, but 
always with the notion of deception associated with it : 
*H eI Lii) rovro, yo-qTEvQivra Kal (pEvaKurdivra rrj 7T£pl rct'XXa 
<ptXav6pii)7ria 9 Kal ravr kXitiGavTa Trap avrov. Dem. de Fals. 
Leg. 373. 

SeXed^eiy (MXEap, a bait), prop, to lure by a bait, to tempt, 
catch by a bait; hence sometimes fig., to tempt, to allure : 
Twv hs. iSnorutv Kal woXXiov ret jjlev ov 7rpoopiopivu)v, to. hk rfj 
Kad' rifJLEpav paarrojvr] Kal (T\oXrj l£X£a'£oLiEvu)v. Dem. Cor. 
14. 

fcoXouy (SoXoc), prop, to catch with a bait (SoXog) ; hence 
fig., in poetry \_Herod. &c], to lure, to entrap, to take by 
craft: *Qv 0av£~iv £ppvadiii)v Moipag SoXwaaQ-. Eur. Alcest. 
12. 



80. 79 

Tjircpoircvciv, fr. elirtiv and ^ttveiv, or perhaps iiiria, to say soft (80) 
things, sweet things, amorous nonsense, to cajole, to wheedle, used princi- 
pally of the cajoling that is successful with women : "H ovx "Xig on 
yvvalicag avdXiudac, rj7rep07rtvEig ; 11. v. 349. 

Kairr)\e6ew 9 prop, to falsify, as those dealers do who 
adulterate their goods ; hence sometimes fig. in poetry, to 
cheat, impose upon : "HSrj vvv avyj.i^ kcil cl a-^vyov ftooag 
o'ltolc Kcnri]\ev\ Eur. Hipp. 952. 

irapdyeij/, prop, to lead aside from the right way ; hence 
fig., to mislead, deceive or beguile by flattery : Asl doa irepl 
deutv Kcu \eyiiv Kai woieIv wg jjl*ite civtovq yorjrag bvTag tco 
fiETcil3aWs.lv lavTOvq, fii]TE yfiag \\sevIe(ji wapayetv kv \6yco 
?/ ev Epyu). Plat. Polit. ii. 383, a. Tovg 3e orpanwrac Tt)v 
SiopEav fit) M)fxi£ofJi£vovQ ev dpyrj fiEv iXnig -apiyyEV, wg El 
/cat fii) tocovtov dXX' ocrov Nipwv eCcjkev, ciTroiwaovTog* Plut. 
Galb. 18. 

TTapaKpoueir, rendered synon. with the above by a meta- 
phor taken from those who cheat by pressing down one of 
the scales of the balance to gain in weight ; or, ace. to other 
grammarians, from the wrestler who trips up his adversary. 
It is to this last usage, that Plato alludes in the following 
passage, where the verb is used in a sense more akin to its 
proper meaning: Kcu ovk av ge irapaKpovoi ?/ wapovaa 
Ivfupopu. Plat. Crit. 47, a. In a remoter metaphorical 
sense, and in the middle voice : <bv\a-T£iv ejae kcu ty)pe~iv 
ekeXevev o-iriog fjirj irapaKpovGOfJLai fine' kl,airaT))(jo). Dem. 
Coron. 318. 

TrapaXoyt^caOcu, to make a false calculation, to deceive by 
false calculation or false reasoning : IlapaXoy/^erai yap // 
iiavoia i/7r' uvtujv, lomrEp 6 (TocpitrrtKog Xoyog' ci EKaa-ov 
fxiKpov, Ka\ ivavTa. Aristot. Polit. 5, S. 

irXdJciv, prop, to cause to wander, to pttt out of the tvay, to remove 
afar off : ' Ek tov $/) 'Odvoiju Yloo-si^dojv IvogixOlov ovtl kcitciktuvei, 
7r\d^ei d' and 7raTpidog ctlrjg. Od. i. 75. Sometimes fi£. : "EvOa 

IIVT]GT1IPEGGIV fc7Tl yXviCVV VTTVOV ?££V€V, TtXcL^Z Ct Tz'lVOVTCig [ — 

aberrare facie bat, sc. a proposito dint i us bibendi, vel a sobria meme, vel 
a potentia agendi. Damn?.]. Od. ii. 3 l J6. This verb is only to be found 
in some modern prose writers, such as Lucian and Polybius. 

cr<t>d\\€ii/, prop, to cause to fall ; hence sometimes fig., 
to cause to fall into crrour : Tovq ii fit) elioraQ uvctv t<pij 
davfiaarov el vat avrovQ te trcpaWzadai kcu dWovg ayuXXeiv. 
Xen. Memor. iv. 6, 1. 



80 81. 

(80) fyevcxKiiew, prop, to put on false hair [Qevclkyi : but (peva- 
kl^eiv = to be a (piva^. It is doubtful whether feraicr) is 
connected with cpival, or only a dialectic variation of 
7rr\vLKrf\ ; hence to deceive by disguise or false appearances, 
to impose upon a person [by false pretences], to dupe : Maty 
a^tolg (pevaKiaag fj/Jiag airaXKayriuat a^ijjitog, kcu tcivt kfiov 
(SaKrrjpiav lyovrog ; Aristoph. PluL 271. Alvyjpov egtiv, J 
avSpsg 'Adrjvcuot, cpEvaKi^Etr kavrovg. Dem. Philipp. i. 12. 

^>t]Xow (atydXXeiv), to mislead, deceive: EiV, oveipciTiov diicrjv, 
TepTTvov rod' &X6bv <pwg e<prjXu)<jev Qpsvag. jEschyL Agam. 503. 

<|>pei>a7raTdy, prop, to impose upon the understanding ; 

hence to impose upon, to deceive, in the N. T. ; El yap 

SokeI tlq eIvcli tl, jjltjSev wv, kavrbv (ppEvcuraroL, Galat* 
vi. 3. 

\|/eu&€ii/ and iJ/euSecrOat, to deceive by falsehoods, lies : f H 
3e xpEvaajJiErrj Upolrov ficuriXfja Trpoarjvcict. II. vi. 163. 
'Ea?/ ovv, E(f)r], ETrCXLirri avrov fj ()airdvYi, i) kcu ekiov ^Evarrjrai, 
ttu)q vol e^el ret rfjg arpanag ; Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 9. The 
active xpEvcEiv is very rare : 'AXXa 7tl(ttev(jj tol rrj irEtpq. rrj 
r/fJiETEpa, kcu rrj vfiiov eiq e/jle evvolol . . . /Jir) \^Evcr£Ly jie 
ravrag rag ayadug £\7rifiag, Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 13. 

81. 

81 aTrf\vr), rjg (>/), a vehicle with four wheels, waggon, to 
which horses or mules were harnessed, and which carried 
baggage, heavy goods, &c, in Homer : UpoodE ^xev fifxtovot 
eXkov TErpciKvKXov ctTrijvrjv, rag 'iSalog eXcivve ia'icppiov. II. 
xxiv. 324. In Pindar ct7n)vr] is specially the team, and by 
ext., the car drawn by mules, and used at the games : 
'AKctjuavTOTTOCog r air{]vag Sekev ^avpiog te dwpa. Pind. 01. 
v. 6 ; and, by ext., pair, couple ; fig. marriage-tie : f O Se 
Trpicrfivg ojjLuarocTTEprig, cnrtjrag 6jui07rT£pov woOor afjicpidaicpv- 
rov ciel kute^jjjv. Eur, Phcen. 340. 

ajia£a, r\g (?/), vehicle or waggon drawn by oxen. This 
observation of Thomas Magister is contradicted by Eusta- 
thius ; and, in fact, little difference is made in the Iliad 
between these two kinds of carriages, both having four 
wheels, and used for carrying heavy loads ; they were 
drawn indifferently, either by oxen or by mules : Ol S' vcp 
c\\xair\aiv ftoag i)/jii()i>ovg te ^Evyvvtrav. II. xxiv. 782. But 
in the Odyssey anala is sometimes found with the epithet 
rjjXiovEirij drawn by mules ; which would seem to prove that 



81. 81 

it was more commonly drawn by oxen. Afterward afia|a (81) 
was used, in ordinary language, for transport waggon : gene- 
rally, vehicle drawn by oxen : Kcu afid^ag ce oirov 7roo- 
i7T€fi7re. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 14. 

avTu£, vyog (//), fr. clve^lo, plur. avrvyeg, two semicircles, forming 
the arm, or rail of the two sides of the Homeric chariot : Aoiai de 
7TEpidpofioi avTvyzg eiai. II. v. 728. By synecdoche, it is used for 
the whole chariot in poets posterior to Homer : 'ImriKUfV t% dvTvytov 
iyvaitTiT alsv, egt cnzk-^v^EV fliov. Soph. Aj. 1049. 

ap/xa, arog (to), war-chariot, always drawn by horses, 
and mounted with warriors ready for the fight ; or by those 
who contended for the prize in the public games : To fxey 
apjmciTi Ttdpiinva) yepag. Pind. Isthm. i. 18. [Common in 
prose. Thuc. Xen. Plato, &c] 

dpfxdfxa^a, rjg (rj), waggon or carriage for travelling, 
chiefly in use among the Persians : 'Avafiavreg eki rag 
ao^afJiaL,ag nvv Talg yvvaityv, a7n)\avvov. Xen. Cyr. i ii - 
1, 22. 

Si<j>pos, ov (a), for Sicpopoc, fr. cvo, cpepsLy, carrying two 
persons ; in the Iliad, prop, seat of the war-chariot (dpfxa) 
on which two persons sat, the driver (yi'Lo\og) and the war- 
rior on his right (7rapaj3a.Trjg), who had only to fight : 
Ylag Ylpiajmoio . . . cvio Acijfif ely hv\ ci<ppu> iovrag. II. V. 
159. Hence by a synecdoche in constant use, the chariot 
itself: UzvTi)Kovra o e\ov cicppovg. II. xi. 748. In the 
Odyssey, carriage for travelling : Et c kQiXeig ire^og, irdpa 
rot ct(ppog re Kctl 'Imroi. Od. iii. 324. 

^euyos, sog (to), prop, yoke ; hence, by ext., two or more 
beasts of any kind under harness together; yoke of oxen, 
where more than two, team of oxen, of horses ; hence, by a 
natural synecdoche, the carriage itself: Uorepov eTna-ci- 
fJLEvov in'ioyelv ett\ i^Evyog \afit~tv KpeiTTOv Tj jjirj knia-a- 
fjLeroy. Xen. Mem. i. 1, 9. That it may be applied to four 
horses is plain from the context in the following passage of 
Plato : IloXv ye fidWoy y el rig vfjuov linra), ?/ tvvtocici, ?} 
fevyEi VEviKrjKEv ' Q\v [nr Lav Ly . Plat. Apol. 36, d. 

tirirot (ol), and oftener feminine (at), mares, which the ancients 
considered the fittest for driving, and for war. This word is sometimes 
synonymous with liapa in the Hind, and by synecdoche is used, 1. for 
the carriage and horses together (acivOov 7r\f/ro poog Kt\dcioy trri- 
/ii^ iVttojv te ical dvSp&V. II. xxl. H>) ; — 2. for the carriage alone: 
Avrdp oy' ijpujg, WV 'i-xiriov kTTijScig, t\a/3' >)yia. II. f. 328. 






82 82. 



(81) °X°S» eo Q 0"6), scarcely found but in the plural, war-chariot : 'E% 
6%£wv a\ro xajjiaZe. II. iv. 419. The form o\os, ov (6), is also found 
in an Homeric hymn, and in the Tragic writers. [Also Hdt. 8, 124.] 
iEschylus uses it in speaking of the waggons of the Scythian nomade 
hordes : Ot 7r\tKrdg GTsyag 7reddpaioi vaiova Itt' evtcvicXoig oxoig. 
Mschxjl. Prom. 710. 

ox^p-a, arog (to), fr. oyiu, in general every thing which 
serves to transport, to carry from one place to another, 
conveyance, carriage, vehiculum : Twv ye linziuyv iro\v 
fj/uislg kir avcjMxXeaTepov dyjqfiarog ioyztV. Xen, An. iii. 
2, 19. 

pe'Sa or pe'Sif], rjg (?/), synon. of an^w), carriage with four 
wheels, rheda in the N. T. : Kal iTnrojv Kal pelwv. Apoc. 
xviii. 13. 

crarlvr), r)g (r/), fr. (Tclttsiv, carriage in the Homeric hymns: Tlpwrr) 
TSKTOvag dvdpag 87rix0oviovg idida^sv tzoiyigcli aarivag re Kal 
dpfiara 7roiicl\a %aXK(^. Hymn, in Vener. 13. 

crvvwpis, tdog (//), fr. cvvaipziv, a pair of horses harnessed 
together, biga ; hence chariot drawn by two horses : T« Se 
aXAw krei, <3 rjy 'OXvjjnnag rplrrj Kal kvtvr\Ko(jTr\, rj 7TjOO0T£- 
deiaa favwplg evlica ~Evayopov 'HXe/ov. Xen. Hellen. i. 
2, 1. 

Te0pi7mw, ov (to), neuter of the adjective Tedpnnvog, 
having four horses, sometimes used substantively, with 
ellipse of £ evyog or ap/ia, team or chariot of four horses : 
Kal viKag TLvOol Kal 'ladfiol. Kal Nefiia TtdpiiVnOig te Kal 
KeXrjm. Plat. Lys. 205, c. [So Xen., e. g. An.\v. 3, 21.] 

T€Tpaopia, ag (»/), four-horse chariot: Qripcova ce TSTpaopiag 'iveica 
viKatpopov yeyu)vr)T£ov ottl. Pind. Olymp. 2, 8. 

82. 

82 diroiKia, ag (//), fr. awoiKog, the leaving the natural home 
for some other, emigration ; the term applied to the ancient 
Greek colonies : "Clare kal eg 'lioviav varepov wg ov^ tKavfjg 
rfjg 'Attikyjc, dizOLKiag e^iiren'^av. Thucyd. i. 2. 

KXrjpouxia, ag (//), division by lot, portion obtained by 
lot, allotment, distribution of lands made to those who 
were sent to the colonies ; hence, by ext., the colonies 
themselves, the colonists, whom the republics of Greece 
settled in countries they wished to retain possession of, or 



83. 83 

with a view to repeople the towns which they had destroyed. (82) 
It was thus, that the Athenians, having made themselves 
masters of Melos after a long siege, 416 B.C., put to the 
sword all who were capable of bearing arms ; an act which 
no political consideration can possibly justify, although 
Isocrates has endeavoured to place it in a different light : 
Y7Tfp wv 7rpo(T^K£L tovq tv tppovovvraq fXEydXriv X u P ty t X eiv 
ttoXv fiaWov ?/ rag KXrjpov^tag ijjjup ovelILCeiv, o\q iijjleIq etc 
rag ip-qjjLovnivaQ twv ttoXelov cpvXaKrjg eve tea twv ^ioplujy, a'AV 
ov Clcl 7r\eoie^lav i^EniixiiOfXEV. Isocr. Paneg. 31. 

83. 

ct-nroiKos (6, >/), prop, emigrant, the name given to the an- 83 
cient Greek colonists : T H<7cu' ()e lioplpdtot £v/jnrpodvfiovfjiEvoi 
fidXiara rolg 'AfiirpaKiwraig, dwoiKoig oven. Thucyd. ii. 80. 

peToiKos (o, fj), domiciled foreigner, resident alien, one who, 
having taken up his abode in a particular city, [is allowed 
to settle and trade there, but] has [not] been admitted 
to the rights of citizenship in it. At Athens, they paid a 
tax (uetoikiov) of 10 drachmas per annum, and were sub- 
ject to certain duties, such as carrying the sacred vessels 
(arxdcpri) in solemn processions, whence they were called 
<jKa(j)r)(j)6poi ; their wives were obliged on the same occasions 
to carry vessels filled with water, whence they were also 
called vdpia(f)6pot, and their daughters ((TKiaSrjcpopoi) parasols 
for the Athenian ladies. It appears from a passage in 
Demosthenes, that, at least at a certain period, the ^etoikol 
were obliged to pay to the state a sixth of their property : 
AovXov itpq teal ek dovXcov eivai Kal irpo(jr]KEi\> aurw to ektov 

fJLEpOQ EicT(f)EpELV fXETCL TUV /.lETOtKLOV. Ddll. ttl Androt. 

612, 4. ' 

cttoikos (o, ?/), prop, one sent in addition to, or in the 
place of the native inhabitants of a place, colonist sent to 
a city to replace the inhabitants that have been driven from 
it, and to repeople it, such colonists as the Athenians sent 
to iEgina and Potidaea : Kcu vvrEpov ettoikovq iavrwp ETrcuipav 
tig YloriSaiar, kcu KarwKierav. Thucyd. ii. 70. It is also used 
of foreigners invited to reside in any city, and admitted to 
the same rights with the other citizens, in order to increase 
the population : 'AjroXAiriPtcircu, ol iv t<7> V/vi.tijo) ttuvtu), 
ewoIkovq ivay ay 6 fJievot ioraaiaaav. Aristot. Pol it. v. 3. 



84 84, 85. 






(83) kXyjpouxos, ov (6), prop, who draws or gains a 'portion by 
lot ; a colonist to whom lands were given for cultivation 
in conquered countries. Demosthenes uses this word of 
the colonists whom the Athenians had sent into the Cherso- 
nesus under Dioplthes, b.c 341. These colonists, driven 
out by the Cardians and supported by Philip, were the 
occasion of new attempts on his part. It is the subject of 
the speech of Demosthenes on the affairs of the Cherso- 
nesus : Holy Ato7TEi0r)P EKwXEvarcu ical tovq KXr)povyovg ovg 
vvp airiwvTai ttetto itjkepcil top -k6Xe\xqv. Dem. de Reb. in 
Cher son. 91, 15. 

84. 

84 cbroK^puKTOs (6, rj), ace. to Ammonius and Hesychius, is 
applied to a son driven from his home for bad conduct. 

€kttoiy]tos (6, rj), son emancipated or given away by his 
father to another person, who adopts him (Eio-rroirjTog) ; 
'Eoro/z/roc eIq top oikop top 'imr oXo-^liov. Is. 65, 41. Fig.: 
'Ear it: (pavXov yevrjTat xprjaroc, uhttteo EVEKTiKog ek pog&)- 

SoVQ, dtyelTCtl TTjQ TOV yil'OVQ TTOLPrjCfOlOP EKTTOtrjTOg TYJQ KUKICIQ 

yEvofJLEroQ. Plut. de Sera Num. Vindict. 21. 

d-rroKXirjpos (6, r/), a disinherited son, but found only in the 
Pandects and Institutes of the emperor Theophilus : "E<jtu> 

JJ.OV 6 $Eil><X K\rjpOPOJJ.OQ 9 01 $E XoiTTol EGTUHTCIP aVo^X^jOOl. 

Instit. ii. Tit. 13. 

85. 

85 cnroXeureii', prop, to abandon, hence, in legal phrase, 
to separate herself from a husband ; to be divorced, used 
of the woman only : Ka< irpog tovtoiq rr/p jjlep yvpcuK ovk 
aVoXeXoiTrvtaj/. Dem. ad Onetor. i. 865, 6. 

dTTOTTcfji/rreiy, to send or put away his wife, speaking of 
the husband, to divorce : Kara top pojjlov og keXevel lap 
aVo7T£^ 7T77 Tt]p yvpcuKd aVoSi^o/'ai rrjp irpolKa. Dem. in 
Necer. 1362. In the same passage Demosthenes uses 
cKpdXXeiy to express the same act on the part of the hus- 
band, but with the associated notion of violence and out- 
rage : 'QpyiffOug S 1 ewl tovtoiq aTTciffi Kcil vj3pi(r6ai iiyov- 
fiEPOc Kill E^irraTrjadai, ekJjolXXel tyjp avQpionop wg epicivtop 
ovvolkyivclq ahrrj , Kvovcrav, kcu tyjp wpolKa ovk d7rodiSu)Vip. 
Dem. in Necer. 1362. 



86, 87. 85 

86. 
&iroi>uJ/acr8ai, to wash the hands after eating ; g^ 

KaTot x €t P°S vS(»)p 9 or Kara ytipog, or Kara yeiowv alone, 
water for the hands, i. e. to wash the hands, was one of 
the phrases used only before eating; a custom, which, 
according to the remark of Athena3us, was peculiar to the 
ancient Athenians: 'ApiaTocpdvng 6 ypafifxaTiKog y\ivd'£eL 
tovq ovk elcorag ti)i> ciacpopdv tov re Kara yeipog, KCU tov 
dirovi^aadaL. Ilapa yap rolg 7ra\aio~ig, to jxev irpb dpiarov 
kcu ^eiirvov, Xeyeadai Kara x €t pos* to is /j.etci ravra cnro- 
vtyao-Qai. "Eotk£ & 6 ypafj/xaTLKog tovto Tre<pv\aKevaL wapa 
role 'AttikoIq. Athen. ix. 18. Which, in fact, is confirmed 
by the following passage from Aristophanes : "Ycwp Kara 
Xetpog* rag Tpa-nri^ag elcrcpipeiv. Arlstoph. Vesp. 1216. 

87. 
airopos (6, ?/), fr. a and iropog, prop, without passage, with- 87 
out outlet, whence one cannot pass out : [hence impassable, 
&c] "Oprj airopa Tulg TroXefxioiQ irapiyjuv. Xen. An. ii. 
5, 3. HoTct/jioQ izavrdizaaiv dizopog Sea to joddog. Xen. An. 
iv. 1, 2. — Fig. 9 Ep diropoig elvai {to be in a strait; in circum- 
stances of great difficulty). Xen. An. vii. 6, 11. Speaking 
of persons, being at a loss, not knowing which way to 
turn, not knowing what to do [omni consilio atque ope desti- 
tutus. Cf. 353] : WarTayoQev tb ttj yv<jjp,r] dnopot KaderTTw- 
Tsg, &c. Thuc. ii. 59. 

dfJL^x ai/0 S (^, >/)> fr- a an d fjLnxavit, prop, without means, 
without device or expedient ; and by ext., embarrassed, per- 
plexed, uneasy, in despair, in speaking of persons : "llfiot 
iyu) rrio, tekjov, d^iiyavog. Od. xix. 363. It is oftener, 
however, used passively, in speaking of things, that which 
means cannot be found to effect, difficult or impossible to do 
or say : y Afir)\avov oaov yporov {an inconceivable length of 
time : i. e. one cannot say how long). Plat. Phced. 80, c. 
[Also of persons in the sense of difficult to deal with; un- 
manageable.^ 

dSuVaTos (o, //), fr. a and huvapai, speaking of persons : 
one who has not the power to do a thing, icho cannot, is not 
able, powerless : 'A^vraro/ lmjiv t7ri/.ie\f7c taecrdai. Xen. 
(Econ. 12, 12 [also absolutely = disabled^, infirm. [Thus 
the dlvraToi are opposed to the IvraTvl or Svya/tewi, the 
able-bodied. Cf. Lys. 24, 12.] More often passively, in 



86 88. 

(87) speaking of things; what cannot be done, impossible: Tijg 
yewpytKrjg ret irXelGTa egtlv dydpu)7ra) dhvvara 7rpovorjcrai. 
Xen. CEcon. 5, 18. 

88. 
88 aTTpe-rrqs (6, rj), fr. a and irpiwio, unbecoming, improper : 
'ILTrLyapiAQv Ss rbv K(*)p(*)(Jo7roi6v, on rrjg yvvaLKog avrov 
irapovGng eiiri tl twv dTrpzTt&v, k^npiioae. Plut, Apophth. 

&j><Jtp[xooTos (6, rj), and rarely di>apju,68ios (o, ?/), fr. d and 
ap/io£a», prop, that which does not fit, which does not square, 
dispropor Honed : 'Httov tu> j3dptt tzie^ovgiv ol apporrovreg 
[OwpaKeg"] tCov dvappoGrwv, tov avrov GraOpov e^ovreg. 
Xen. Memor. iii. 10, 13. — Fig. of an unsociable character, 
disagreeable, difficult to deal with : Tvcpoyepwv el Kuvappo- 
Grog. Aristoph. Nub. 900. [See Note.] 

aKoajmos (6, fj), fr. a and KOGpog, prop, without order ; fig. 
disorderly, lawless, disgraceful: OvSevog diztiyovro rwv 
aKOGpordrwv ical fiiaiordr(x)v. Plut. Crass. 15. 

ctToiros (o, rj), fr. a and tottoc, fig. out of place, absurd, 
strange :"Aro7ra Xeyeig /cat ovSap&g rrpog gov. Xen. Memor. 
ii. 3, 15. [Hence, so strange as to be unnatural: dronov 
iruevpa. Th. 2, 49.] 

aKcupos (6, ri), fr. a and Kaipog, unseasonable, mala- 
propos, useless, empty : Ol Se pi] OiXovreg fiia to kwlwovov 
hSdaKecrdaL dWd kv fjdovalg dicaipoig Sidyeiv, (pvGei ovtol 
kcikigtoi. Xen. Cyn. 12, 15. [Of persons = importunate, 
troublesome.^ 

deiKt]? (6, rj), fr. a and elicwg, unbecoming, disgraceful, shameful: 
T(£ icai draaOaXiycnv deiKsa tz6t\jlov tTrkairov. Od. xxii. 412. 

aeiKeXios (6, if), — deiKrjg, when spoken of things ; sometimes in 
speaking of persons, ugly, vile, contemptible : UpocrQev fiev yap drj 
jxot deiKsXiog Soar slvai, vvv de Oeolviv eolke. Od. vi. 242. 

doxnpjy (o, v)i &• d and Gyjipa, without form, shapeless, 
deformed; more commonly fig. shameful, unseemly ; unbe- 
coming, indecent : "Orav yap aG\npov pev prjdiv, pnSk 
cvG^Epkg kv ralg yvwpaig r&v irapovrwv KaraXet7rrjrai. Xen. 
Apol. 1. 

aXoyog (o, ?/) fr. a and Xoyog, prop, without reason, irra- 
tional : *H £e (f)i\oTipia ovr' kv rolg dXoyotg i^woig kjutcpvErai, 
ovt kv ttolglv dvdpioiroig. Xen. Hier. 7. Fig. unreasonable, 
absurd: No^u£W dXoyov Etvairovgkc, lepwv KXiirrovrag lepo- 
GvXovg KaXtiv. Xen. Ages. 11, 1. 



89, 90. 87 

89. 
Spyupos. ov (6), fr. apyog, silver, the metal : XoXkop c 89 
kv wvpl fictWey areipia KaaaiTtpov re /cat y^pvabv rifxiievra 
Ka\ apyvpov. II. xviii. 474. 

dpyupio*', ov (to), 1. sometimes silver, as metal: 'E/cetro 
pivTOi olSa on /cat ^pvaioy brav ttoXv 7rapa(j)arrj, avrb piv 
aTijJLOTEpov ylyvtTcii, to (He apyvpiov TifJiiuTEpo)' noiE~i. Xen. 
de Vectig. 4, 10. 2. More frequently silver coined, made 
into money, money , pecunia : 'JLvravda ol o-rpariwrat i'i^ovto 
otl oiiic Eiypv apyvpiov e7TLGLTi^e(7dai eIq ty\v 7ropelai\ Xen. 
Anab. vii. 1, 7. 

Kc'pjma, arog (to) [fr. KEipeiv], piece of money, [small] coin : 
To GTOfJL kirifivaaQ Kippaatv tu>v prjTopwy. Aristoph. Plut. 
379. "EtteiQev ypdg SiSovg KEppara. Bern, in Mid. 549, 27. 

yojjuojxa, arog (to), fr. vopi^w, silver or gold coined, 
numisma, money : ''Ayopa Srf ypiv /cat vopivpa IvpfioXov rfjg 
aWayrjg evekci yEyi](TETcu ek tovtov. Plat. Polit. ii. 371, b. 
Hence, gold or silver piece, or coin : Nojutoy-mrd te avrov 
K07rrjv at EirirpE-^E. Herodian. ii. 15, 9. Aristotle gives 
this etymology of the word : Olov 3' vndWaypa rfjg %pEiag 
to voptapa yiyoyE K'ara avv%y\\:r\v, /cat Sia tovto Toivopa 
e^ei ^ojLLtajuia, on ov (f)V(7Ei, a\\a vop.(o egti. Aristot. Eth. v. 5. 

v6p,os, ov (6). According to Photius and Suidas, the 
Dorians used vopog for vopiapa, piece of money. An 
instance may be found in the Tables of Heraclea (1, 75), 
and it was from vopog that the Latins derived their num- 
mus, or, according to the more ancient orthography, numus. 

Xprjp.aTa, aTioy (rd), prop, things of use, goods, riches, 
sums of money, sometimes money : Ol Se /cat dvpoig /cat xP } 'l m 
fjutaiy aran eSojjlevoC woWa yap /cat Tavra i)y civtu). Xen. 
Cyr. i. 5, 3. 

90. 

dpeo-Kci^ (apa>), prop, to arrange, to adjust, to make 90 
agree ; hence, to appease, in Homer : *A\p eOeXlj apioat 
hofXEyai t aizEpELGi airoiya. II. ix. 120. After Homer's 
time, in constant use, especially in prose, and construed in 
a neuter sense with nominative of the thing, to be or seem 
suitable, appropriate, &c, to satisfy, to please: EI j.iev 
qpEGKE t'l pot twv V7TO tovtwv piiQevTwr , ijavy^iay a v ijyov. 
Dem. Phil i pp. i. 1. 

i 2 



88 91. 

(90) avSaveiv (adrjv)j to satisfy, to be agreeable, to please: *AXX ovk 
'ArpeiSy 'Aya/jLSfivovi rjvdavs Qvfi(j). II. i. 24. IIoXXoi \i k[xvd>ovTO, 
voov 8' efibv ovtiq iads. Theocr. xxvii. 22. [Also in HdtJ] 

SokcTm. This verb was often used, principally in the 
aorist and perfect passive, as the usual formula in ancient 
decrees, declaring that it had seemed good to the legislative 
body to pass such and such a decree : "ESofc toIq IlvXayo- 
paig Kal toIq (TvviSpoLQ twv , Ajji(j>iicTv6i'(t)v. Dem. de Coron. 
51. 

€uapeoT€u> (evapEoroQ [t v. apeoxw] ), a verb of modern 
formation, to be agreeable, to be approved, to please : Qopv- 
j3ov Se £7r\ rfj yvwfjirj yevofxevov hta to fxrf Tract Tolg nipeatv 
avrfjg evapeffrelp a^oTEpovg. Dion. Hal. A. R. xi. 60. 

Mf^pt TOVTOV TOIQ ETTLElKEGTaTOlQ T&V TCoXlT&V £VTf}pi(TT£L TO. 

ytvofjieva. Diod. Sic. xiv. 4. 

91. 

91 dpcnq, fjg (Ji), fr. apu>, or, according to others, from" Aprjg, 
in Homer, physical excellence of every kind : UoScjv dpe- 
ty\v dvatyaivuv. II. XX. 411. *H la^vv rj aXXrjv tlvci ap£- 
tyjv tov (TwfjiaTOQ. Plat. Gorg. 499, d. Hence, fig. valour 
in war, courage : 'Ec Xo^ov, ZvOa fiaXtar dpETr) StaeiSarai 
dvhpdjv. II. xiii. 277. HavTEg \aaoiv ol Trap 9 ekeiv^) l>ivoi 
otl r) TToXejuiiKr] avTOig dpETr) EVTijxoTaTOv te fiiov kol\ dipdovw- 
tcltov 7rapi")(£Tai. Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 4. [Cf. 92.] 

a\Kr\, fjg (jj), indicates more especially defensive strength, 
hence strength, valour that defends, protects, valour : 'Ap- 
y£~ioi 9 fj,Yi7T(t) ti iieQiete dovptSog dXtcrjg. II. iv '. 234. Ovk 
£(tti (ilrf (ppEcrlv, ovSe tlq a\/c/y. II. iii. 45. Personified in 
the Iliad. 'Ej/ 3' "Epic, kv I' WXki). II. v. 740. This poet, 
word has been sometimes used by prose writers. Thus 
Xenophon uses it fig. : OlSa yap Tvavrag Tovg ekei dvdpw- 
7rovQ, TrXijv evoq' jxoXXov SovXEiav rj dXicrjv fXE/jLEXETrjicoTag. 
Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 4. [See example from Th. under 
Ev\pvxia.~] 

dr8paya0ia, ac (/?), fr. dvrjp and dyadog, the quality of 
a brave man, bravery : Harra tov yjsovov dXXr\Xoig nEpl 
dvSpayadlag dvTETroiovvTO. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 11. 

dr&peia, ac (r)) 9 formed from dvrip, on the same principle 
as virtus in Latin from vir ; but conveying with it more 
of the meaning of fortitudo, courage in war. 'According to 



91. 89 

the definition of Plato : Qdpaog ttoXeixikov* eyicpareia '^vyfig (91) 
wpog ra (pojiepd ko.1 Zelvcl* toX/ulu virnpETiK)) (ppovi)crEU)g (bold- 
ness subordinated to prudence [or, in attendance on pru- 
dence"] ). Opp. to dctXta, cowardice, in Xenophon : 'Aet 
SuXiyero otowwv . . . . ri drcpeia, ri cetXia. Xen. Memor, 
i. 1, 16. [Cf. 92.] 

d^BpeloK, ov (to), neuter of dvdpeloc, which, with many of 
these neuter adjectives, Thucydides employs substantively 
in an abstract sense, in a manner peculiarly his own : Kcu 
kv tvuq 7raL^slaiQ ol fiev iiriirovtp d(Ticrj(T€i Evdvg vioi ovreg 9 to 
drSpelov fLerepy^ovrai. Thuc. ii. 38. 

XyjfjLa, arog (70), prop, will [fr. AAO, Xu>, volo~\ ; charac- 
ter, in a gen. sense, which can be determined only by the 
context ; e. g. in the following passage of Herodotus, the 
earliest author in whom the word occurs : 'Y71-0 XrjfjLarog 
re ( = intrepidity of will) teat avlpqi-qg karpaTEVETO ovcejiirig 
eovarng ol a^ayKairjg. Herodot. vii. 99. [Here it is in a. good 
sense, = resolution, spirit, intrepidity. In a bad sense it 
is insolence, &c. The word is poetic (in Soph, always in 
a bad sense) except in Ionic prose, and late writers ; e. g. 
Lucian.] 

dpioreia, ag (7/), bravery : Ef fwv 'A^XXevg twv ottXwv 
tCjv (vv 7ripi Kpiveiv ejueXXe Kaprog dpHJTEiag tlvL Soph. 
Ajac. 443. It expresses rather the action itself, the deed of 
bravery, in the following passage of Plutarch : Kai icaX&g 
£*X £ *' EL Kai ?di fxr)()EV aXXo, Trj yovv aXwvEi ku\ (pOopcj Tijg 
iroXEiog EKELiiELV to dvdcayaQrj fia tovto kcli ti]V dpiaTEiay. 
Plut. de Herodot. Mai. 24. 

€u\J/uxta, ag (//), literally, the good quality or disposition 
of the soul : Ta Ce [ladi'incira ttov htrra, wg y eltteIv, -^piicra- 
gQcu Zvppaivoi civ, rd fiiv oaa 7TEpi to (Tiofxa yvf.ivct(TTiK)]g, 
ra c Ev-^vyjiug \apiv novGiKijg. Plat. Leyg. vii. 795, d. 
Hence, stout-heartedness, spirit, courage: " Avev Ze ev\Lv- 
\ictg QVOEfiia riyv-q irpbg Tovg Ktvlvvovg lay^vet. <&()fiog ydp 
/j.y))firjy ek7tX)i(T(tel, te^vi) Ie civev dXtcrjg ovcev CotptXEl. 
Thucyd. ii. 87. 

€uv(/uxo^, ov (to), neuter adjective, used for €v\fwxla by 
Thucydides [see avSpeiov, above] : UtcrTEvorTtg ov rcug 
7rapa(TKEvcug to 7tXeov klu aTraTcug, ?i rw ct^' lifiujv avTwv ig 
rd tpya ev^v^u). Thuc. ii. 38. 

6up.os, ov (o), the heart, the seat of the passions, in 
1 3 



90 91. 

(91) Homer; hence, fig. heart for courage, as in French [En- 
glish], spirit : Udcnv £e napal ttogI KairTzeae Ovpog. II. xv. 
280 ; the heart of all them fell into their feet, i. e. as the 
Scholiast explains it, they had no strength left but for 
flight, and no hope of safety but in flight. [So in Att. : 
pupn Kal Ovfiu), Xen. Cyr. 4, 2, 21.] 

Tjvopect, ag (rj), fr. avrjp, Epic from avdpia, but more ancient, manly 
vigour : 'Kvopsy ttigvvoi Kai Kaprei %6ipw^. II. xi. 9. 

aynvopiY|, rjg (rj), fr. ayrjvwp, more particularly, excess of courage, 
audacity : Toy d* ovttots KvddXifAOv Krjp rap/3cX ovdk tyofiiirav ayqvo- 
pirj de p,iv £ktcl. 11. xii. 45. 

Odpaos, eog (to), prop, the fervour or ardour of courage ; 
hence, glowing courage, boldness : "E^fr' av TvEeicji Aio/x^c'i 
IlaXXac 'AOrivrj Sljke pivog koX Oapaoc. II. v. 2. [Cf. 252 
and note.] 

p.evos, eog (to), although of eastern origin, this is one of the words, 
the origin of which the Greeks, ever jealously refusing to admit any 
claim of superiority, would fain find in their own language; they derive 
it from fxkveiv ; a derivation not to be lost sight of, and, according to 
which the primary sense of the word is that of strength, valour, accord- 
ing to the Greeks : 'AXXd 7roAt> TrpoOeecKe, to ov fxkvog ovSevi UKtov. 
11. xxii. 459. According to the Venetian Scholia, fxsvog refers to the 
body, and Odpcrog to the soul ; fikvog is the strength which renders a 
person capable of enduring toil and danger ; Qdpvog, the boldness which 
leads him to dare and undertake ; it is in the union of these two quali- 
ties, that the courage of the warrior consists. [Of prose writers, Xen. 
uses this word (t>7rd TrpoQvixiag Kai psvovg, Cyr. 3, 3, 61 : fisvog Kai 
Odpvog, Hell. 7, 1, 10), and Arist. Eth. 3, 8; PI. Tim. 70: to tov 
Qvijlov fisvog — vis.'] 

pT|!Y|vopiT|, tfg (rf), fr. pr)%r]v(op, epithet of Achilles, one who breaks 
or overthrows the line of warriors, impetuous force : ^H p.ev Srj Qdpaog 
fxoi" Kpr\g t edoaav Kai 'AQrjvrj Kai pn^vopirjv. Od. xiv. 217. 

roXjjia, rig (//), fr. TXrjvai, is prop, that quality of the soul, 
which makes man endure, disposition to dare to do, reso- 
lution, hardihood, boldness, in a good sense : ToXpa [consi- 
dered as an excess of daring ; over-boldness] is opp. to 
ceiXia, timidity, and avSpeia is the mean between these two 
dispositions : Qvte yap tywvriv eaypv iKavrjv, ovte roXpav 
cvvajjLEvr]v b\X(o xp>'/ craven (that could manage a multitude). 
Tsocr. Ep. ad Philipp. 34. Ol iroXepioi rrjv ToXpav ISopreg 
i/ptiv, p&XXop (poflriOfjGoi'Tai. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 18. 

€UToX|xia, ac (//), fr. evroXjjiog, noble daring : Ovtol dpcurog 
roc Lut'lv, ohS' evToXpia. Eurip. Med. 469. [In Pol. and 
Plut. ; and of horses in Xenoph.] 



92. 91 

92. 

dp€T^, rjg (//), fig. and in a philosophical sense of wide 92 
extent, the quality of moral excellence, virtue, thus defined 
by Aristotle : "YjGtiv apa ?/ dperrj e£,iq 7rpoatpETLK)i, iv \iego~ 
tyjtl ovaa rrj irpbg i]jjlo.q topHjfJLEvn Xoyu), Kal wg av 6 (f>p6vL- 
jjloq opiaeie, /jLEaorng ce Ivo kukwv. Tfjg jjlev ko.6' v7TEpftoXi]v, 
rfjg ce <ar eXXel^lv. Arist. Eth. Nicom. ii. 6. "E^q ce Kal 
ty)v CLKaioavi'rjv teal rrjy dXXnv iraaav dpETi]v crocptav eTvai* 
ra te yelp diicaia Kal iravra ova apErrj wpaTTErai KaXd te Kal 
dyada Eivai. Xen. Memor. iii. 9, 5. 

d^Speia, ag (//), fr. dvi'jp, formed by the same analogy as 
the Latin virtus, and sometimes coming near to its fig. 
meaning [Cf. 91], in a philosophical sense, moral strength, 
moral courage, in Plato: Tr}i> dvlpEiav tl OwfXEv ; irorEpov 
airXujg ovrivg Eivai. irpbg (pofiovg Kal Xvirag diafjid'xrjv \xbvov, 
r\ Kal irpbg iroOovg te Kal ijSovdg ; Legg. i. 633, d. 

dySpayaOia, ag (//), quality, virtue of the good and brave 
man [manly virtue'] : KaXoj> &v jjlol Soke!. >/ 9 Ay naiXdov 
dpErrj irapdhEiyi-ia yEviadai rolg dpdpayaQiav daKEiv (3ov\o- 
fXEioig. Xen. Agesil. 10, 2. 

KaXoKayaGia, ag (//), union of the good and the beau- 
tiful, moral perfection, virtue, opp. to Kcucia in a general 
sense : UXovrog Se kclkicig /JcaXXov t) KaXoKayadiag virnpirng 
koriv. Isocr. ad Demon. 6. 

&ya06y, oif (to), neuter adj. used substantively in an ab- 
stract sense, the good, with the associated notion of the use- 
ful, the profitable: 'AeI hev ovv ettej-ieXeto 6 Kvpog ottote 
avaKip'dliv, oTtwg EvyapiOTOTaToi te ctjua Xoyoi Efjij3Xr]d7i- 
(ToiTai, Kal 7rapopf.i£jvTEg Elg TayaOov. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 1. 

ica\6i>, ov (to), neuter adj. used in an abstract sense as the 
above, the beautiful, the good, the honorable, virtue : "Oc- 
Tig ye fj.})y cparEpog egtl tov fXEv ttXeovekteIv ttei ettl^leXoiie- 
j or, tov £e KaXov Kal tHjv (piXojy f-in^Ev EvrpEizof-iErog, Xen. 
Ilellen. ii. 3, 17. 

Tot KaXd, fine qualities , virtues: *0 irarijp flip Eoiya tU 
ad KaXa, ?} oXiya tCjv kOlKQv tXtyEv, vttotttevuv lid to liiyt- 
dog Tijg dpETng t))\> wapd r//c rv^g iviiptiav (being afraid 
of a reverse of fortune on account of the greatness of your 
virtue). Ilimcr. Oral. 23, G. 



92 93. 

(92) XP*] "™ 1 " 1 !^ rjTOQ (fj), fr. xprjarog, quality of the good man, 
carrying with it the accessory notion of usefulness ; good' 
ness : Tco Ce 'Pwjwa/w tyjv SiKaiotrvvng mi XprjGTOTrjTog aVo- 
£lS6vt£q ov <pavXiog SiaiTyv lofanzv. Plut. [Plato defines 
it rjdovg aTrXaaria fxer EvXoyicFTiag, 412, e.] 

93. 

93 apio-roy, ov (to), in the Iliad and the Odyssey, it is the 
morning meal, breakfast : QiXoi 3' tificf clvtov hotpot eggv- 

JJLEVlOg E7TEVOVTO KCtl EVTVVOVTO apiGTOV, II, Xxiv. 124. '()&/- 

(tevq Kcii Slog v(j)opl36g evtvvovto dpi(7Tov afx fjo~t. Od, xvi. 2. 
Since Homer's time the word is only found in Thucydides 
and Xenophon, who most frequently use it in the general 
sense of meal, repast; thus it must be understood in the 
following passage, or at least of the first meal of the day, 
rather than of dinner : 'AOpoai Se yEvofiEvai at vfJEg airaaai 
kv Uaplco e£ tcai oySorjKOVTa Tfjg Eirtovtrrjg vvKTog avrjydyovro 
ical rfj aXXrj ij^Epa 77Ep\ apiGTOV topav y\kov Eig II poKOwrjGOV. 
Xen. Hellen. i. 1, 13. It is only later, and from the time 
of Athenseus, that it is found in the sense of dinner. (See 

A6p7TOV.) 

&Kpd/rio-p,a, aTog (to), morning meal, breakfast, from the 
time of Aristotle : Ttov Se (jhittlov // jllev OrjXEia curb SEiXrjg 
dp^afxivrj tyjv te vvktcl oXrjv E7rcoa^Ei, ml EO)g aKpaTiG/xaTog 
&pag. Aristot. H. Anim. vi. 8. The form aKpaTio-fios, is 
more modern, and found only in Athenaeus : AiyEi Se to 
wpio'lvov Efifipcofxa o fifXElg dtcpaTiGjibv kciXov/jlev, Sia to ev 
dtcpuTG) (ipiyEiv Kal TrpodiEffdat -^(Ofjiovg. Athen. i. 9. 

Sei-nroj/, ov (to), dinner in Homer, the meal in the middle 
of the day, before proceeding to the business of the day ; 
whence it received its name, being formed, according to 
the Scholiast (on 11. /3'. 381), from jjieO' b SeI ttoveIv 1 : Ni/v 
3' EpyEatf Em SeIttvov, iva £v vctycofXE v "Aprja. II. ii. 381. 
According to the Etym. Magn.,the Comic writers were the 
first to use SeIttvov for the evening meal, supper [ccena], 
which is confirmed by the following passage from Aris- 
tophanes, where the hour of this meal is fixed : 2o£ Se fiefcfi- 
gel, otclv y ()EKcnrovv to GTOiyCiov, Xnrapuj ^copElv eki SeIw 
vov. Aristoph. Eccles. 652. To jxev yap SeIttvov (jhxgi icoiya 

1 [The remark given under dopwov will hold good of this derivation 
also.] 



93. 93 

(z= ccena) diet t))v Koivuviav KaXelaOat. Plut. Qucvst. Conv. (93 ) 
726, c. 

Sciwtjotos, ov (o), a form found for the first time in the 
Odyssey, the evening meal, supper : 'AW ote ct) celttvtj- 
arog h]v, kcll E7n)XvdE pLrjXa izavTO§£V e'l, dypibv. Od. xvii. 
170. Eustathius (1814, 39), according to the futile dis- 
tinction which the grammarians have attempted to intro- 
duce in noting by a different accent the different meanings 
of the same word, pretends that Semrrjoros, means the supper, 
and detTrvrjGToe, the hour of supper : toaXaivrj evaXiyKia rrjv 
7T£pl Xv^iovg dtcpovvyog deiTrvnvTog aVr/Xao-e TraLtyaaaovaav. 
Nicandr. Ther. 760. 

SciirvocruvY], t]g (ry), given as synon. of deT7rvov, but is rather the 
art of supping, the talent of supping\_?~\, in a poet quoted by Athenseus : 

X.aipS(p6(i)V t 7T£lVU>VTl Xdpty OpvlQl koiKWQ, VT]GTT]g, dXXoTplUJV IV 

eldioQ £Ei7rvoGvvdu)v {well versed in the art of supping out ; or, at other 
men's tables), A then. iv. 5. 

Sop-iro^, ov (jo), the evening meal, from tov Soparog ttcive- 
odai, to cease from the labours of the spear, because it was 
taken as refreshment after the labours of war : "A/ia o' 
yeXia) Karacvvri, TEv^Eodai fjieya hopirov. II. xix, 208. The 
Scholiast on Homer, who gives these etymologies, more 
ingenious than true, and to which others equally improbable 
might be added from the grammarians, adds, that in his 
time dptarroy, dinner, was the name of the morning meal, 
and leiirvov, supper, that of the evening meal. This is con- 
firmed by Athenagus, who thus enumerates the order of 
meals in the heroic age : Kat apiarov ^lev egtl to viro ti)v 
f'w Xafijiarofxevov' IeIttvov Ze pEcrrififtpivov, o iifiElg apiarov' 

CupTTOV CE TO ECTTTEpU'OV. Atlieil. 1. 10. 

Sopirqoros, ov (o), an Ionic lengthening of Sopizov, is found 
for the first time in Hippocrates, where it signifies, accord- 
ing to the commentators, supper, or the hour of supper. 
But at a certain period, if we may believe Athenaeus, this 
word must have had the sense of dinner, or the hour of din- 
ner : To 8* ciptaTov lopiznGTov eXejov. Athen. i. 10. In this 
passage Athenaeus quotes the testimony of the grammarian 
Philemon, the author of several collections of Attic words, 
which makes it probable that the word had been adopted 
by the Attics in the meaning afterwards given to apioror. 
Thus it must be understood in the two following passages 



94 94. 

(93) of Xenophon and Aristophanes :"ILc)o!;ev ovv avrciig diruvac 
Kal dojiKvovvr ai dfityl Sop7rr}orr6i f kirl tclq ffKTjvag. Xen. Anab. 
i. 10, 17. JLvdvg S* ct7ro Sop7rrjffTov KEKpayev EfAfiaSag. Aris- 
toph. Vesp. 103. 

emSopms, i?og (r/), name of supper among the ancient 
Greeks, according to Athenseus : "EXeyov to ceIttvov imoop- 
wlSa. Athen. i. 10. 

SeiXi^oi/, ov (to), meal between dinner and supper, a sort 
of afternoon collation, of which mention is made as early 
as the Odyssey : Su B' epx E0 BeieXififfag. Od. xvii. 599. 
O koXovgl Tiveg SelXlvov, 6 koT i jaetclZv Toif v(f rjjJiCJv Acyo/u- 
vov doLGTov Kal Belttvov. Athen, i. 9. 

Sianfjorio-fjios, ov (6), was at an ancient period, and 
perhaps especially among the Athenians, the name of break- 
fast : Tov \xev ovv dKpaTMTfJLdv SiavrjGTifffJiov eXeyov* Athen. 
i. 10. 

eorirepio-juia, citoq (to), evening meal, evening collation, 
merenda : Tpotyalg kyjp&vTO ol 7raXaiol dicpaT iff pari, dpi<TT<*>, 
ken Epic pari, Seljtvm, Athen. i. 10. 

94. 

94 dpKcip, fr. apw, prop, to form a compacted substance 
sufficiently strong to resist ; thus Homer uses it in speak- 
ing of the cuirass or buckler, that is sufficiently strong 
to resist darts, arrows, &c. : UvKivog Se ol IjpKEffE O&prjZ, tov 
p Epopee yvaXotffiv dprjpoTa. II. xv. 529. Hence the more 
modern meaning of to be sufficient, to be enough or a 
match for, strong enough, &c. both in the Tragic and 
prose writers : Kav \piXbg dpKEffaijii ffoi y' <l>7rXifffjiEv<t). 
Soph. Aj. 1102. IId>e V noXig dpKEffEi iirl TOffavrr\v 7rapa- 
ffKEvrjr, Plat. Polit. ii. 369, d. 

a\e|eiv, fr. aX'eyoj or fr. aXicf], prop, to keep off or at a distance, to 
ward off: &pd%ev 07TW£ AavaoTviv aXt%r)ffeig Kaicbv tffjiap. II. ix. 
251. Xenophon has employed this Homeric verb prop, and fig. 
[in Mid.~\ : 'AXX* lav 7roirJTe KaK&g rfjv rifierkpav x&pav, o>£ woXe- 
fxiovg aXeZofisQa 1 . Xen. Anab. vii. 7> 3. [But cf. Buttm. Lexil. p. 548, 
who says : " it is well known that strength, aXicr}, and to assist, is the 
ground-idea." It is used absol. II. £. 109.1 

1 [The fut. aXeZojJiai is not given even in the third edition of Liddell 
and Scott.] 



94. 95 

djxumi', prop, to defend by keeping off, to ward off, (94) 
protect : NiiEomr djJLvvEjjEvat Srj'iov irvp. II. x. G70. Also 
in prose : E'i ere 7reidoLjjii iyw tovq 7roXEfj.lovg dpvvEiv. Plat. 
Phced. 260, b. 

airekavueiv, prop, to repel with violence, to drive out of a 
place, to put to flight, principally applied to enemies : 
"E7rf(ra 5e eXe^E Tolg XaXhdoig ore ijKoi ovre direXaoai ewi- 
dvfitbv etceivovg, ovre iroXEfiElv Seo/jLei'og, a'XX' elpt)vrjv ftovXo- 
iiEvog 7roirj(jcu 'Ap/Jtevioic teal XaXSaioig. Xen. Cyr. iii. 2, 7. 
Fig. to exclude : Tovtvjv ft ovSelg aVfX/fXarcu io/jh*) tl/j.u>v 
teal dp^Luv. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 15. 

diroo-oPei^, prop, to shake, agitate, to shake any thing in 
order to drive away flies or other insects : Av^elv 3e~i rag rpi- 
%ag rag jjlev ev rfj ovpg., oircog etti ttXeIgtov E^LKVOv/jiEt'og ctVo- 
oofiiJTai 6 'i-Kirog tcl Xvtzovvtci. Xen. Hippiatr. 5, 6. Hence, 
applied to enemies : Oug Se firj hvvaivro XafxftdvEiv aVoco- 
fiovvTEg clp EfjLirocwp yiyvoivTO tov /jlyj bpq.v avrovg to oXov 
(TTpdrEvpd aov. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 17. 

&tt(»)0€U', to repulse an enemy, in Homer: 'AXXo. piv 
otypa yipovrog aTrwcropEP ciypiov dvSpa. II. viii. 96. To 
try to put away, to remove or push back without violence : 
'AxfjajjiErog £' cipa ^Eipog aVtocraro rjKa yipovra. II. xxiv. 
508. Fig. : TipoaijiCEi t>)v v7rdp\ov(7ap al^vvnp etc rovg 
alriovg aVwo-ttcflcu. Dem. de Fals. Legat. 408, 22. 

ctpyciy, to prevent approaching ; hence, to keep off, to 
drive away : "Ore pn'rrjp 7railog kipyEi pvlav ud' ffcii Xel,etcii 
vwru). II. iv. 130. 

£pvK€iv, prop, and fig. to stop, to keep off, to hold back, so as to pre- 
vent from approaching or entering: UXdyx^V $' < ^ 7ro X«^ko0i x a X<6g 
ovd' 'iKero \P^ a xaXov tpvKaice yap rpv(pd\eia. Jl.xi. 352. The word 
occurs once in Xenophon : Ovdev 7rpo0a<7(£o/zat ti)v r)XiKiav, dXXd kcii 
(iKfid'^eiv //yot'juai ipvKtiv air* tfiavTov rd Kaicd. Xen. Anab. iii. 1, 25. 

ipveaBai, prop, to draw to oneself, found in Homer as synon. with 
the preceding word : 'AXX' ovic oiojvolaiv epvaaaro Ktjoa ixiXaivav. 
It. ii. 859. 

Xpat<rpi€iv (xpaw), prop, to be of use, to serve: Tote o" orn ?vn)- 
aouat AxyvfiivOQ nen x9 ai(T t lllv ' It. i. 588. In the Iliad it is found 
Sometimes with an accusative, like the verbs dXi&IV and &pvvilV t with 
which it has been improperly considered synonymous : "*0{ doa Tolg 
ovrir dvvaro x9 ai(J t l ^ (7aL oXtOpov Tptbiov. It. xi. 120. [See Buttm. 
Lexil. p. 641.] 



96 95. 



95. 



95 dpucIo-Oai, fr. aipEiv, according to Etym. Magn., from 
raising the hand to send away or repel, to refuse : r H pa 

VV fJLOl TL TTlQoLO, (j)l\0V TEKOC, OTTL KEV ELTTli), T]E KEV dpVljdaLO ; 

11. xiv. 212. Later, to deny : '£lg 2' ovk ekeIvoq eyewpyei 
ttjv yfjv, ovk ijcvvaT dpv^dfjvaL £td ti)v irEpKpdvEiav, aXAa 
TrpoviojjLoXoyrjvev. Dem. ad Or est, 87 1 5 15. 

dmi^eaOai (oIveIv), not to approve, not to consent : 
opp. to kizaiviu) ; hence, to refuse, to reject : "EvO* avrog 
f.iEv E7TELT i\vaiv£To Xoiyov djjivvai. II. xviii. 450. 'Ey/yyw- 
gkev 6 Kvpog SeIv Tovg vTrrjOETac tovto dcrKElv, wg firj^EV dval- 
voivro Epyov. Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 23. 

airayopeueiv, to forbid : "EvSoOev yap dirayopEvu) croi fjij 
KivElaOai. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 13. 

avave6eiv, to turn away the head in disdain or refusal, 
to signify ' no,' by turning away the head, answers to the 
renuere of the Latins, and is opposed to KaravEVEiv : y £2c 
£0ar' EvyofXEvr]* dvivEVE $e IlaXAae 9 A6{]vrj. II. VI. 311. 
Hence, not to grant [whether a request or a proposition] : 

TJ cT ETEpOV fJLEV E^IjJKE 7rdT1]p, ETEpOV V dvEVEVGEV. H % XVI. 

250. 'E-keiIy\ 3e Kal tovto dvivEvov, &c. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 12. 

d-nweueii', whence the Latin abnuere, seems to have been 
used in the same sense ; but there is no instance of it 
in this signification. 

cLTTofy&vai, to say ' no,' to answer in the negative : 'Avti- 
k'pv c' dTTOcprjjJu yvvaiKa jiev ovk aVo^wcw. 77. vii. 362. '£lc; 
$e Kal TaWa diTE^rjaa, £7rrjpov jjle av ird\iv, &c. Xen. Cyr. i. 
6, 13. 

dircnrcu', a defective verb, used only in the second Aor., 
to say no, to refuse : I^ijjulepteq jjiev Si) ptoi viroa^Eo Kal 
KaTavEVGOv i) d-KOEiir. II. i. 515. [Also, to forbid. ~\ 

ou <f>dVcu, in dialogues, to answer in the negative, to say 
no, or it is not, there is not : Kal iyib elttov' OvSev dpa 
Early tCjv rrjg dpETrjg jiopiwv dWo olov kirMTTiifxri ov$ olov 
SiKaiorrvvr) ovF olov dvEpeia ovfr olov awtypofrvvi] ovc' olov 
ugwttiq ; Ovk £<pr). Plat. Protag. 330, b. 



96. 97 

ov 4>d<rK€t^, is stronger than the preceding; to speak (95) 
positively in the negative, to maintain that it is not so and 
SO : Avrrj Eav7))v epwrwcra Kal aTroKptvofxirrj Kal (jtaaKovaa 
ko.1 oh (pdcrKovcra. Plat. Thecct. 190, a. 

96. 

apir&lew, fr. ap-rrr} [no], prop, ravish as a bird of prey, and 96 
carnivorous animals generally: ["he doth ravish the poor." 
Ps.~] "flffr ahrbg v\pi7TETr}Eig, apirdfav ?/ dpv dfuaXri}' i) 
irruiKa Xaywov. II. xxii. 308. Hence — 1. to carry off by 
force, or seize with violence \to snatch away~\ : "E/crwp o 
apnd^ag Xdar (pEpEV, bg pa nvXaiov EdrrjKet 7rp6(r0e. II. xii. 
445. — 2. to ravage, plunder, pillage : Kal -KpooTtiirrovTEg 
izoXegiv dTEiyjLdrotg Kal Kara KiOfiag oiKovfiivaig, i'lpira^ov 
Kal rov 7tXu(ttov roif /3iov kvTEvdev eitolovvto. Thucyd. i. 5. 

ay€iK Kal <|>€peiv, literally, to drive away and carry off, 
that is to say, to pillage, plunder, to ravage an enemy's 
country : Ei7rd>!/ rw $>dpaKi wg on okvoitj /jli) 6 TiGvatyipvng 
Ka\ b $>apvafia£og Eprjfj,r}v obaav KaraOeovreg (pipwat. Kal 
ay ujcri ti)v yupav. Xen. Hellen. iii. 2, 14. This peri- 
phrasis is generally construed with the names of towns or 
countries ; it is found, however, with persons (and that with 
reference to a naval expedition) in the following passage 
of Demosthenes :" Ay wv Kal <pipcov Tovg nXeovrag tt]v OuXar- 
rav. Dem. Philipp. i. 10 [so elsewhere, e. g. ityepe ko.1 ?p/e 
a\)Tove, s Anab. ii. 1, 4; where observe that the order is 
reversed: also things; e. g. \piijiara, Anab. v. 5, 13]. 
The Latins have imitated the phrase, e. g. Virgil : Alii 
rapiuni incensa feruntque Pergama. jEneid. ii. 374. 

d4>atp€i^, to take away, to take off: Kal h) jjloi yipag 
avTor a(pa to/'/ a sad cu (nrsiXelg <J ettl 7ro\/V 6f.i6yi]aa. II. i. 
101. "Oaai to) arparcJ etzovto crKevo(j)6poi Ka/inXoi, ravrag 
TTutrag aXirrug Kal a7r£\d>v ra dydea, avipcuQ eV avrdg dii- 
firiGE iTrirdca aroX))y EVEaraXfiEvavg. Herodot. i. 80. 

airavpicTK€iv, synon. with the above, used only in the Aorists : 'A\X' 
dfHpu) Ovfidv airtjvpa. II. vi. 17. 

oXvvoQai, rare and defective, to take i TuUpvnvXog 5* t-onovce wal 
a'lvvro rci'»xc' ^ <5/igj)\ II. xi. 680. 

K€pat£€iv, fr, Ktpag, an Ionic verb used properly of the attack of a 
horned animal ; Homer, however, uses it in speaking of the lion j heme, 
fig. to pillage, ravage [Ep. and Trag. and in 11,'t.Jll, &c.]: IltirooicV 

K 



98 96. 

96) »J irov tyrjcrQa iroXiv Kepai&fxev dfirjv. II. xvii. 830. M&tcl 8k Itti- 
arpcKpeig te Kal Idofievog Toig Hepaag to t&v Avd&v darv KEpcdZov- 
Tag. Herodot. i. 88. 






kX^tttcij', prop, to hide (oneself), to do evil in secret, in 
which it differs from apirafciv, with which it is often 
joined: "Oca tiq clv erepog aWov Trrjfxrjvr) kXetttwv rj /3ia- 
Za/jevog. Plat. Legg. xi. 933, e. Hence, to carry off fur- 
tively, to steal cunningly, with dexterity : Ovk egti XyaTalg 
vrvevfji' kvavTiovfJLEvov otclv 7raprj icXi^ai re tf apiraaai (iiq. 
Soph. Phil. 644. 

XcKfwpaYwyeu', prop, to carry off the spoils, the booty : 
Kal rci fi£v TaXctTiov, otuv v-Troytipioi yeviovTai, XaQvpuyw- 
yrj<T£(ydat.. Plut. Galb. 5. 

X€Y]XaT€i^, prop, to drive the prey, i. e. the cattle plun- 
dered, before one ; because the first inhabitants of Greece, 
as all nomad people, began by plundering one another's 
flocks and herds ; hence, to make booty, to pillage : AcqXa- 
riiasL yjpovov* eyu) $' a.7r6XXv[xai. Soph. A']. 343. It is 
also found in the prose writers : 'EjAovXevo-aro ovv Kpart- 
gtov elvai \erj\aTrj<Tai ek rfjg MrjSiKrjg. Xen. Cyrop. I. 
4, 17. [With ace. ire$iov 9 ttoKiv, &c. Hdt,, and in a decree, 
Bern. 208, 8, x<°? av -] 

Xy]i£€<70<h (Xrjig), to make prey of, to take as booty : 
A^iwcu S' ag 'A^tXfvc X^ccaro TLaTpoicXog re. II. xviii. 28. 
'EX^/'^ojto ^£ Kal KaT i'lireipov aXXrjXovg. Thucyd, i. 5. 

Xfloreueii/, fr. XrjffTrjg, to rob, plunder on the highway, 
synon. with Xrj'i£e(jOcii, but more modern : ^dpwva Se 
clveIXe XrioTEvovTa Tovg TrapLovrag. Plut. Thes. 10. 

crvkav, of the same family as avpeiv, to draw off or away 
with violence : Kal dx wfiwv tev^e eavXa (stript off). II. 
vi. 28. In prose, to pillage : Kal ol 7toXejj,ioi fiovo) ekeIvw 
toy EKpaTrjaav iv Tpoici 'ifiooav firj avXriOrjvai. Xen. Cyn. 
1, 15. 

UpoauXcTi/, a compound of the preceding, specially, to 
carry off any thing sacred or consecrated, to commit a sacri- 
legious robbery : Kal yap tovto (bavepbv kyiviTO Kal oti 
lepovvXrjvayTeg to. oVXa a eyu) avidnKa rfj 'Adr}vcJ. Dem. in 
Eubul. 1318, 27. 



97. 99 

97. [Cf. 60.] 

apTos, ov (6), bread of wheat, first found in the Odyssey : 97 
" Aprov r ovXov eXojv TTEptKaXXiog ek Kavioio kuI Kpiag. Od. 
xvii. 343. ftipoPTCLi %e o'ikoOev alrov \jlev dprov, o\pov Se 
KapSajAov. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 8. 

ajGfxos [fu/z*7, leaven], ov (6), with ellipse of dproc, un- 
leavened bread, in the Sept. and N. T. : 'A^vpovg ewexLev 
avrolg. Gen. 19, 3. The plural form is also found to. a£ujxa, 
signifying sometimes, by ext., the feast itself of unlea- 
vened bread among the Jews : ' Hr Se Haaya icat ra afv/^a 
fiETa hvo fi/jtipag. Marc. 14, 1. 

£ufu-n]s, ov (6), with dprog in Xenophon, leavened bread, 
made with leaven : Kcu dprot ^vfjurat /JEyaXot 7rpoa7rEirEpo- 
vrjjjiEroL jjaav irpog toIq Kpiaai. Xen, Anab. vii. 3, 21. 

clkoXos, ov (17 or 6), morsel or crumb of breads in the Odyssey : Airi- 
Zujv dicoXovg, ovk dopag ovde Xsprjrag. Od. xvii. 221. Imitated by 
Callimachus : 'Evi TpiSSoicn tcaQfjaro airiZutv ctKoXujg te Kal £<c/3oXa 
Xvpara datrog. Callim. in Cerer. 116. 

aXcjuToi', ov (to), barley, in the plural aXcpira, barley- 
meal, of which bread was made ; hence, by ext., fig. 
bread, for food generally : II oXXol 3' eoovtcli x aT£ P 0L vuv 
£vn}iayoi, b'aotg $Ltcaloig ovaiv ovk i)v aXcpira. Aristoph. 
PluL 219. 

&KTt), rjg (rj), coarse barley -meal, the barley-grain bruised 
(see p. 60), not the bread itself, or a piece of bread, as 
Eustathius says. It is in its most simple meaning that it 
must be understood in the Iliad ; it is only later that the 
poets used the word in the meaning of bread : Tptrarav 

fi£ VIV kXvU) TCIiSe KO.T ClflfipOGlOV CTTOflClTOg CLfXEpCiV Aa/za- 

rpog ctKThg Si/dag ayvbv 'iayEiv. Eurip. Hippol. 137. [Cf. 
60.] 

<7€fu&a\irr|s, ov (o), fr. aE/JiidaXig, bread made of the finest 
wheat flour or meal : Tovg aEjjiiSaXirag irpog \ayyv (prjai 
jjl&XXov TTEtyvKEvtu. Athen. iii. 115, d. [Cf. aEjAilaXic, 60.] 

aiTos, ov (/;), corn, wheat; hence, by ext., the bread 
made of it : H Afxa $ d/j^dVoXoi tyipov avrrj airov Kal Kpia 
noXXa Kal aidoira ohov EpvOpov. Od. xii. 19. "Qrav Kap- 
Sa/jLov \xovov E-^ioaiv ewI rw <r/rw. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 11. 

k2 



100 98. 

(97) x°^P^ TY J5, ov (6) (xoj^ooc), bread made of the prepared 
grain or groats called alica [groats of spelt] : Tirerai ueV 6 
■)(ovdpiTr)Q ek Thiv £elu)v* ek yap KpiOrjg xovSpov firj yiveaQai, 
Athen. iii. 109, c. [Cf. 60.] 

98. 

98 dpxcuos, a/a, alov (ap^), prop, that which was at the 
origin, which is and was from the beginning ; hence, ancient, 
by ext., old, superannuated, out of fashion : 'AW ekeIvu 
ueV apyaia /cat ?ra\ata. Dem. in Androt. 597. 

TraXaios, ata (TraAat), of former time, ancient, old [not in 
years, but with ref. to existence at a former time], speaking 
both of persons and things : T H pa vv fxoi fclvoc 7raTpo)'iog 
effort 7ra\ai6g. H. vi. 215. Kara to vofJUjiov to TraXaibv 
ical apxcuov. Lys. in Andoc. v. 253- In the above pas- 
sage, Taylor has unnecessarily, substituted naTpiov for 
TraAatdy. 

ycpaios, ata, awv (yipwv), of or belonging to the old, old 
[in years] : ? Ss £ua/3X?7ro yEpaibg Neorwp. II. xiv. 39. 
'AeipETE jjlov difjiag yzpaiag yEipbg 7rpo<T\a£vfji£vai. Eur. 
Hec. 59. 

SnroXicjBifjs (6, rj), prop, as old as the ^airoketa, one of 
the most ancient Athenian festivals ; they were kept on 
the 14th day of HKipotyopiibv, in honour of (Zeus) Jupiter 
UoXlsvq, or protector of the city, whence their name : 'Ap- 
X ai ^ 7 £ KaL SmoXiwSri koI TETTiyuv avafjiECFTa, Aristoph. 
Nub. 984. 

irpeo-pus, vog and eiog (6), fr. npinG), according to some, 
or from irpofiaivw, according to Ammonius, which is most 
probable [no], superior, eminent, or advanced in age ; respect- 
able from his rank, or more often from his age ; aged, old. 
Homer only uses it in the feminine TrpEafia, as an honorary 
epithet of goddesses and some mortals, and in the com- 
parative and superlative in speaking of age : "llpn 7rpia(5a 

OeO.. II. V. 721. YeVETJ fXEV VWEpTEpOQ EGTLV 'A^iWeVQ, 7Tp£- 

afivTEpog Se (tv iaffL. II. xi. 786. The positive is only 
found in the Tragic writers : 'Hyf/jwi/ 6 npiafivg veHjv 
'Axa'iic&i'. Msch. Ag. 177. It is found only in the com- 
parative and superlative form in prose writers : AladofXEvog 
Si ttote top TrpEafivTaTOV vibv kavTov irpog Trfv finTEpa yaXE- 



99, 100. 101 

naivovra* Et7T£ fxoi, e(prj, th 7rct7, olaQd rivag dvdp<j)7rovg (98) 
ayapicrrovg KaXovfjiivovg ; Xen. Mem. ii. 2, 1. 

Kpon,o$, la, and Kpoiaicos, ^ (KpoVoc), of or belonging to 
Saturn, of or z/i £^e age of Saturn, as old as Saturn [mostly 
in a mocking sarcastic sense = old-fashioned, obsolete ; 
stupid or childish from age : 'in tovtiov KpoviKurepa {iroizi 
Kal Xiyet). PI. Lys. 205, c] : T £2 jnutpe av, kcll Kpovicjv 
b'fav. Aristoph. Nub. 397. T £i KpoviKalg yvwuatg bvrwg 
Xnfiwvre rag (ppivag dfjicpu). Aristoph. Plut. 581. 

u>yvyio^, ia > l0v > &• 'QyvynQ, Ogyges, one of the first kings of 
Greece ; of or belonging to Ogyges, of the time of Ogyges ; the Greeks 
thus described whatever was of great antiquity : 2e d\ d> t'skvov, t68' 
e\rj\v9ev ttclv Kpdrog ojyvyiov. Soph. Phil. 141. Apvg wyvyirj. 
Phocyl. 

1^09, rj, fr. zvog, a year, of the past year ; hence, past, 
completed : Al 'ivoi apyai. Dem. 775, 25. This word 
of rare occurrence was, however, familiarly used in the 
phrase evrj Kal via, Dem. 1229, 7, where creXrjvrj must be 
understood, the old and new moon, = the last day of the 
month. 

99. 

apyeiv, prop, to commence ; hence, to be the first, to 99 
command, to have authority ; it is used of all kinds of com- 
mand, or simply of a post, or office of authority, and gene- 
rally of a power exercised with a view to the public benefit 
and welfare [e. g. of filling a magistracy or public office'] : 
ApyjE.LV iKavoi, Kal wtyiXijioi rolg re dXXoig dvQpwiroig Kal 
iavTolg. Xen. Memor. iv. 2, 11. 

Kp<xT€ii', to be the stronger ; hence, to be the master, to 
have got the mastery, to master, to command, conveys the 
notion of a power acquired or retained by force : 'AW 
oc avrip eQeXel 7rspl 7rdvru)v 'ifAjjievai dXXiov, izavTUV fisv 
Kparietv idiXei. II. i. 288. Fig. in Plato : Elmi yap bfio- 
Xoyurai auxppoavpq to Kpartlv ijSovwv Kal iTriQvfiiwv. Plat. 
Symp. 196, c. 

100. 

&PXH, >7e (?/), [beginning, hence origin, originating'] prin- 100 
ciple : 'RKOvvia de XiyeraL, otl // dpyfi tujv avi / aXXayf.idrix)v 
tovtujv kkovaioc. Aristot. Ethic. Nicom. v. 5. 

chtux, etc (>/), cause : f ilg dpa irdcn iravnoi' aurij opdCJv rt 
■bi KaXwv aWia. Plat. Polit. vii. 517, c. 

K 3 



102 101. 

101. 

101 apxhi % 00 9 authority, in general : Ov~it) ^37 wfxrjv tywye 
vvv Zr\ dvayKalov tlvai f]}xiv bfxoXoyElv Ttaaav dpyjiv, fcaO' 
orrov dp)(i], jJLYjSevi dXXa) to (5eXtkttov gkott uadai rj ekeivo) 
to) dpypfjLEVto te Kal depaTTSvofiivo), ev te 7roXiTiKrj Kal IShjjtiktj 
apXV* Plat. Pol. i. 345, d. 

ala-ufxi/Y]T€ia, ag (Jj), one of the four kinds of royal dig- 
nity established in primitive times, and which, according to 
Aristotle, were elective : Tplrrj S* fjv axGv\xvr\TEiav irpoa- 
ayopevovffLv {avrr) (? karlv alperri rvpavvig). Aristot. Polit, 
iii. 14, 14. 

Pao-iXcia, ag (?/), 1. regal power, the dignity of king : Kai 
Toy te <$>i\i7r7rov vlbv 'AfxvvTav &g km fiacriXeiq. t&v MaKeSo- 
vb)v fiye. Thuc. ii. 95. 2. Sometimes kingdom : "Ore. jjlev fo) 
kciWigtt] Kal /j,eyi(TTrj twv ev tyJ 'Aaiq, fj Kvpov flamXeia 
kyivETo aWri kavTrj fxapTvpEl. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8, 1. 3. In 
more modern authors, reign : A£y etcu Se tl ko.1 ETEpov km 

TYJQ TapKVVlOV ficMTtXElClQ TtaVV OaVfjLaCTTOV EVTV^jia TJj 'P(0- 

fxaiiov v7rdpt,ai koXel. Dion. Halic. A. R. iv. 62. 

BecriTOTeia, ag (fj) 9 prop, power of the master over the 
slave, dominion, despotic or absolute power, such as that of 
the king of Persia : Trjv flaaiXiwQ rod /XEydXov SEcnroTEtav. 
Isocr. A r chid. 

8ir)jjioKpaTia, ag (//), democracy : Kal ovofia fxkv Sia to 
fiff kg oXiyovg aXX kg TrXEtovag rjKEiv SrjfJLOKpaTia KEKXrjTai. 
Thuc. ii. 37. 

8ioiKY]<ns, ewe OO9 administration, internal or domestic ; 
in a more special meaning, political administration : BovXel 
ovv c^EtofJLEda tov To. TOiavTa dvTiXiyovTog aKoXovdrjcrai fi/jftv, 
kav irwg Y]fjte7g eke'lvio kvdEil6)fj,Eda otl ovc^ev evtiv ETrLT^Evjxa 
"ihiov yvvatKi 7rpog SioiKrjaiv noXEiog ; Plat. Pol. v. 455, b. 

Sui/aoreia, ag (//), ruling power, which has had its origin 
in force, or which results from the position or force of cir- 
cumstances, arbitrary power or authority, in Thucydides : 

"OftEp ()£ E(TTl VOfJLOig JJ.EV Kal T(tj aUHppOVECrTtlTUt EVaVTlLOTaTOV, 

iyyvTUTit) Se Tvpavvov, Zr\vaaTEia oXlyiou dvhpdjv ei^e to: 
7rpayfJLaTa. Thuc. ii. 62. In a more general sense, power, 
ruling power: Hu>g drJT kfjtol Tvpawlg j]hiu>v k^Etv, dpxfjg 
dXvnov Kal SvyaffTEiag E(f>v ; Soph. (Ed. R. 593. 



101. 103 

TjycfjLCH'ia, ag (>/), is specially used of the precedency in (10 1) 
dignity or supremacy , which certain cities of Greece [e. g. 
Sparta and Athens] exercised over all the rest at certain 
periods [for which the term Hegemony is beginning to be 
naturalized] : "Eort 3e tovto ovk kXayjLGTov irpbg iiyepoviap* 
irpbg yap to 7rpwrov la^ypbv ysvopEvov ry'Siora iravTEg gv\- 
Xiyovrai. Xen. Hellen. vii. 1, 4. In recent historians, 
power, kingdom : YlapaXafiwy tyiv E7TLTpo7rrjv rfjg ijyEpoviac 
6 TvXXloq. Dion. Halic. A. R. iv. 8. 

KuP€pnf](ns, £wc (//), prop, the action of steering a vessel ; 
whence, fig. administration, government, in Pindar : 'Ey c 
dyadolfft keivtul 7rarpu)'iai kecvoi ttoXIwv yvjjEpvacjtEg. Pind. 
Pyth. 10, 112. 

fxoyapxia, ag (?/), authority of one alone, monarchy, of 

which Aristotle recognises two kinds : Movap^ia & ectti 

Kara rovvopa, kv rj slg a-Kavrwv Kvptog egtlv % tovtuv Si r; 

per Kara, ra^iv rtvd fiaatXEia, rj h' dopiarog rvpavvig. Aris- 

• tot. Rhetor, i. 8. 

oXtyapxta, ac (r/), authority or government of a small 
number of persons, oligarchy: 'llplv psv yap rj noXig 
tots i-vyyjivzv ovte Kar oXiyap^lav laovopov TroXiTEvovaa, 
ovte fcarct SrjpoKpariav. Thuc. iii. 62. 

TroXiT€ta, ag (rj), constitution of a state, form of govern- 
ment : XpwpEda yap izoXiTEiq. ov ^rjXovarj Toiig tu>v iriXag 
vopovg. Thuc. ii. 37. 

iroXvicoipaviT], rjg (ij). authority of several chiefs, in war only : Ovk 
ayaObv 7roXvKoipavirj' tig Koipavog Iotw. II. ii. 204. 

irpwreioy, ov (to), first rank, primacy : HCog yap egtlv 

"lOOV .... TY)\> TToXlV . . . . f] npOELOTYlKLl TWl' a\X(i)V 'EaA?/- 

< v<oy TEOjg kul to Trp(*)TE~iov eI\e. Dem. Phil. iv. 151, 8. 

Tupams, i%og (rj), sovereignty usurped over a free city. 
This word, whence comes our tyranny, had at first among 
the Greeks the meaning of sovereign power, of royalty : 
\\\7roaTEpElg top iraripa rrjg TvpaviiSog ; Aristoph. A v. 
1605. Later, Socrates, according to Xenophon, thus de- 
fined it : Trjv pEV yap ekovtwv te twv dvQpio77Lt)r Ka\ Kara 
vopovg Tvjy 7t6Xeu)v dp^))v jjaaiXEiav rjyElro* T))v £e dKovTwv 
te Ka\ pi] Kara vopovg dXX oirwg 6 apywv fiovXotro, rvpai- 
, vlca. Xen. Mem. iv. 6, 12. 'II Tvoarvic ectti povap^ia 
i TTpog to (7Vf.i(pEpov to tov f,iovap\ovi'Toc . Aristot. Polit. iii. 



104 102. 

(101) 7, 5. We see from these two definitions, that in the time 
of Xenophon the word had been subject to modification, 
and a change had passed over its meaning, which was 
afterwards irrevocably attached to it by Aristotle ; we may 
even presume, that in almost all Greece, composed of free 
states, and cherishing the love of liberty even to fanaticism, 
the odious feelings we connect with the word were early 
attached to it ; and the use made of it by Aristophanes in 
the fig. sense, may tend to prove this : TavTa Srjr ov ceivd 
ko.1 rvpavvlg kariv efJKpavrjQ ; Aristoph, Vesp. 41 7» 

rayeia, ac (*/), government or power of the raydc, a title 
which the Thessalians gave to their chief, according to 
Xenophon : KarecTKevd^aTO rr\v rayelav TvpavviSt dfxoiav. 
Xen. Hellen. vi. 4, 34. 

102. 

102 clpX 1 !) VQ (»/)> office, magistracy : 'Eyw yap, w 'Adrjvalot, 
aXXrjv fiev ap^?)j/ ovSefxiav ttuttote i\pl,a kv rr\ ttoXu, e(5ov- 
Xevva £e. Plat. Apol. 32, b. 

Xeuoupyia, ac (*/), public and onerous charges, to which 
the richest citizens in the Grecian cities were subjected ; 
these charges were, e. g. that of choregus, which obliged 
them to furnish and entertain at their expense the chorus 
that was to compete in the feasts of Bacchus [Diony- 
sus] ; that of trierarch, which obliged them in time of 
war to furnish a galley and support the crew, the state fur- 
nishing nothing but the hull and rigging. At Athens, those 
upon whom these burdens fell, were chosen by lot from 
among the citizens whose property was rated at three 
talents: Kat tovtiov kyio obhtfxtav irpocpamv Troir}uap.zvog, 
ovre on Tpir)papyG> kcu ovk av SvvaifjLr)v Svo Xeirovpyiag 
Xei-ovpye7v, ovde ol vojjlol kaiaiv. Dem. in Polyclet. 1209, 
2. Liturgy, form or office of Divine worship, in the 
Septuagint and N. T. : Kai7ravra 7a gkevy) rfjg Xeirovpyiag 
tu> alfian b/Jioiwg kppavTicre. Hebr. ix. 21. 

tcXos, eog (to), function of a post of honour, or public 
office, i. e. the duty or duties proper to it : Aoyt£6fxetog B* 
6 VLuvoaviag kc\\ clXXol ol kv reXei AaKeSaifioviuv <bg . . • . 
Xen. Hellen. iii. 5, 16. Hence it is that the phrase ol kv 
TtXei may be rendered by, those who are in office, the 
authorities, the magistrates. Hence again, the 'use of the 



103. 105 

plural tci tcXtj, which, according to the Scholiast on Thucy- (102) 
dides, signified, among the Lacedaemonians, the principal 
men, the magistrates : Kai tci teXt) tCjv AaK'etat/joi'iW inri- 
(jyovTO clvtoIq kg TYjv ^Attlkyju ko(5a\E~iv. Thuc, i. 58. 

103. 

a<7KY](7is, eujq (?/), exercise, is used as a general term for all 103 
exercises, although Ammonius and other grammarians would 
restrict the use of it to the art of oratory, and the dramatic 
art ; thus Xenophon uses it in speaking of such bodily 
exercises as are applicable to war : 'Ey^wKoree ovv kuI 
abrol TCivra evOvq ek TraiSojv irpog rbv Kara yr\v TroXejuoy ti]v 
<x(jkt)(jiv izoiovvrai. Xen. Hellen. vii. 1,8. And fig. : Kai 

klTlllE\r)TEOV OTTUJQ fiij c\vi\GOVGl T))v TYJQ CipETTJg ClGKr\(JlV> Xen. 

Cyr. vii. 5, 70. 

acnajfjia, cltoq (to), the end, the particular art, &c, to 
attain which is the object of the exercise : 'AW avrovg hi 
tovtoiq toIq aaKiifxaoi 7t\eoi'ekte1v. Xen. Cyr, vii. 5, 26. 

yufjimaia, ag (//), the action of exercising, principally in 
gymnastic exercises ; hence, exercise : Tag Se o\6v Tivag 
fiEL^ovg yvfivaaiag jjlti eXcittov r) Kara [ir\va ekclgtov wole!.- 
adai 7rpocrTa^£i. Plat. Legg. viii. S30, d. Fig. applied to 
the art of logic, in Aristotle : T?)v Si yvjivaaiav clttoDoteov 

TU)V fJLEV ETTdKTlKU)}' Wpog VEOV. AHstot. Topic. 8, 5. 

Yufjwdcriov, ov (jo), gymnastic exercise only ; in this sense 
good writers only use it in the plural : " Agkel twv tte^l to 
crw/Aa yvfjLvcKjiiov fju) tci -rrpog tijv pwfirjv a\Xa ra irpog T))v 
vyiEiav (TVficpipovTa. Isocr. ad Demon. 14. It is found 
however in the singular in Plutarch : SwK-parct yvpraaiov 
i)y ovk cincEQ ?/ bpxrjvig. Plut. de Sanit. 124, e. In this 
number it signifies, ordinarily, in good writers, the place of 
exercise itself, the gymnasium. 

yujjLi/ao-jjLa, arog (to), is only found in modern authors, 
object of exercise, end proposed in it ; it is found in Athe- 
naeus, and in Lucian applied to bodily exercises, and to 
exercises in rhetoric in "Dionysius of Halicarnassus : Yvjj.- 
vaafjictTa te Kai daKJifiara rijg p7)TopiKijg. Dio){. Hal. Art. 
Rh. ii. 1. 

yujjii/aoTiKTJ, ijg (if), fem. of yvfjivaariKog, used as a subst. 
with ellipse of TEx*ih the gymnastic (art) : Metcl a) }.iov- 



106 104. 

(103) criKrjv yvfjivaffTiKrj dpenrioL oi veaviai. Plat, Polit. iii. 
403, c. 

fjieXerr], r\g (fj), is used chiefly of exercises that require 
reflection, and the application of the intellectual faculties, 
as the study of the arts and sciences : No^ufw jjIvtol iraaav 
<j>v(jiv fjiadfjarei fccu jueXery npog dvhpdav avfeaQai, Xen. 
Mem. iii. 9, 2. 

crwjjLacrKia, ag (rj), exercise of the body only : Kat kv cw- 
IxaaKiq. roitg aiOfxaaKovvrag. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 11. 

104. 

104 dams, i$0Q (fj), great round shield, in use in ancient 
times. It was ordinarily made of wicker-work (of willows 
or osiers), covered with ox-hides, and over them with plates 
of metal. Sometimes it was entirely made of brass or some 
other metal, as that of Achilles (77. xviii. 478). It was 
often large enough to cover the whole man, whence the 
poet, epithet woSriv.eicfig, in prose, 7roErjptjg 9 reaching down 
to the feet : Avtikci & dawiha fiev irpoaff kayj.ro rrdvTOcre 
\rsr\v, KaXr/r, yaXKti-qv, k^rfXarov, y\v dpa yaXKevg rjXaaev, 
kvroadav fie ftoelag pd\j;£ dafietdg ^pvcreioig pdjiSotcrt fiirjve- 
Kiaiv irepl kvkXov. II. xii. 294. 

avruf , vyog (rj), fr. avTex *, prop, part rising out, up, or beyond 
another, a semicircular rod or rods of wood or metal which made the 
circumference (Irvg) of the round shield (aairig) ; forming a raised 
edge, in which the word differs from 'irvg : hence, generally, rim or 
border of the shield, in the Iliad and the Tragic writers, where some 
translators have given the word the too exact signification of shield: 
'AvtvIZ rj Trypan?) OUv avTridog. II. vi. 118. 

(Sous, oog (//), ox, and by ext., skin of the ox, or dressed 
hide, with which the shields were covered ; hence, the 
shield itself in Homer : Boag avag vipoa dvad\6iievoi. 
II. xii. 138. 

yeppo^, ov (to), a wicker-shield, having the shape of a 
tall oblong. This shield, which was in use among the 
Persians, was of different heights, and served equally both 
for cavalry and infantry. Sometimes it was thick laid 
with ox-hides : Uepaai u\ov, clvti d<T7riSu)v, yippa. Herod. 
vii. 61. 

6upe6s, ov (6) (Ovpa), shield, so called on account of its 
shape, which was that of a tall oblong, pavois of the 



104. 107 

Gauls, large shield of the hastati among the Romans : "Ear* (104) 
o i] 'PwjJLa'iKrj 7rai07r\la wputTov jj.iv Bvpeog, ov to per 7rXd- 

TOQ £(JTl Tl/C KVpTtjg £7Tl0aJ'f/aC 7T£J 0' ilfJLLTTOClUJr* TO ce prJKog, 

Troliov TSTTclpwy. Polyb. vi. 23, 2. 

tTe'a, aq (//) (levai), prop, willow, and in the poets pos- 
terior to Homer, shield made of willow- wood : "Efatg opwc 
ev rj Tafr'ivrj yaXxoTOvov Wear. Eur. Troad. 1193. 

itus, voq (?/), fr. Wea, rod of willow of which the circles 
or felloes of wheels, and rims of shields were made ; circle 
or rim of the shield ; in Euripides, where it is improperly 
translated shield : Et S' bpp virepayov \tvoq arepog pddoi. 
Eur. Phcen. 1334. 

kukXos, ov (o), circle ; hence, by ext., in the poets, orb, 
disk of a shield : 'AAV vcpi^avov KVKXoig, 07ru)g ail-npog 
e^oXiaddvoi pdrnv. Eur. Phcen. 1382. 

\aicr»]iov, ov (to), fr. Xdviog, small shield covered with ox-hides 
with the hair on : 'A(nridag evtcvicXovg Xaiarj'id te TTTtpotvTa. II. v. 
453. 

oTrXoy, ov (to), prop, utensil, arm, armour. Sometimes, 
among the Attic writers, used as dvirlg, the large shield, 
which the heavy-armed infantry carried, whence they were 
called t>7r\7rcu : "07r\a eiroiovvro, ol pev ^vXua, ol ce 
olaviva. Xen. Hell.W. 4, 16. 

Trdpp/r). rjc (//), shield, carried by the light-armed troops 
of the Romans, parma : f H £e -rrdppr) icai hvvajj.iv eyei ttj 
KaTaahtevrj, jccm ptytdog apKovv irpog avtyaXeiav* Trepupeptjg 
yap ovaa t(3 ayJ)jiaTi, Tpiirelov eyei rrjv hidperpov. Polyb. 
vi. 22, 2. 

TreXTT), 7)g (//), fr. 7raXXu), pelta, small light shield without 
rim, and covered with a single skin. It was in use among 
the Thracians, and was introduced among the Greeks by 
Iphicrates, about the year b. c. 400 : Peltam pro parma 
fecit, a qua postea peltastce pedites appellantur (Corn. Nep. 
Iph. i.). Iphicrates armed with it the troops called on 
this account ireXTacTai (targeteers), a body ranging between 
the heavy-armed infantry (o7rA7rcu), and the light-armed 
(\piXoi). The shape of this shield was that of a half-moon, 
according to Yirgil : Ducit Amazonidum Junatis agmina 
peltis (Virg. /En. i. 494). Pollux gives it a somewhat 



108 105, 106. 

(104) different shape: HeXty} 'Ajjia£oviKrj irapeoiKvIa kittov werdXh). 
Poll, i. 134. 

pivds, ov (6 and f]), flayed skin of a beast, particularly dressed ox- 
hide, and by ext. in poetry, shield with coverings of leather : 'Evv p 
sf3a\ov pivovg, gvv d' iyx sa ^al fievs' dvdpojv %a\KEo9wpr]Kit)V. II. 
iv. 447. 

ordicos, eoq (to), according to Damm, fr. add), to preserve [more pro- 
bably fr. cam*)'], poet, word for aairig, or large round shield of the 
heroic ages:"Oc. 01 Eiroir]GEV adtcog aioXov, ETTTafioEiov ravpiov Zarpt- 
(pswv, ettI d* oydoov rjXaaE xoXkov. II. vii. 222. 'A^Oo/xg^oi golk'eegoi 
f3pax't-ovag iteivoigiv. Theocr. Id. xvi. 79. 

105. 

105 doriKos or doru^os (6, fj) (acrru), of or belonging to the 
city, citizen, one who lives in the city, lives in town ; used 
only prop., in opp. to dypolicog : Avrai dl (nrovlal eyevovro 
reXevriovTOQ rov yEifiGjvog dfia rjpi ek Alovvcjicov evdvg t&v 
aaTVK&v. Thuc, V. 20. Ov fX£^idQr]Ka dy oikcjq (ptXieiv, 
aXX' ci(TTVKa x^ l ^ a OXijjeiv. Theocr. Id. xx. 4. 

&ot€igs (6, fj), urbanus, used only fig. civil, polished by 
residence in the city, full of urbanity, witty, agreeable, 
entertaining : Uujg ov% ovroi aarreloi av teal Evyapirec SiKaio- 
Tepov 6rofj.d'CoivTO jJiaXXor, fj dXa^oveg ; Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 12. 

cIotos, dor//, one born in the town, a native of it, citizen, 
bourgeois, in opp. to kivog, According to Eustathius this 
word was used only by the Attics : Tavra Km veuripu), Kal 
7Tp£(r[ivT£pG) ova) ay kvTvyydvw 7roLY](ra), Kal ^ivto Kal a'orw. 
Flal. Apol. 30, a. 

106. 

106 dorrjp, ipog (6), star, one of the heavenly bodies : ? Ekto- 
piCrjy dyairriTOv, dXiyKiov dcrript k*a\w. II. vi. 401. Ql yap 
dcrripEQ iskv el fiei^ovc kclv eXdrrovc (palvtovrat, dXX' OfJLojg 
dSiai parol ye /cafl' eavrovg Etvat SoKovrrty. Aristot. Meteor. 
i. 6. 

aaTpoi/, ov (to), according to the grammarians, the assem- 
blage of several stars forming a constellation, as the Bear, 
Orion, &c, sidus, while dvTrjp is a single star. The differ- 
ence which the grammarians have observed between duTrjp 
and a(TTpov is found only in the use made of the words. 
In fact, the form avrpov is more used, in the plural only, in 
Homer, and the ancient Attic writers : "Aorpa kv ttj vvkti 



107, 108. 109 

avitynvav a vfjuv rag wpag rrjg vvktoq EfA^avi^Ei. Xen. Mem. (106) 
iv. 3, 4. Aristotle is the first in whom the difference in 
meaning is to be remarked. ["Aarpov, sing., is especially 
the Dog-star, Sirius : e. g. Xen. Cyn. 4, 6, tov aaroov 

ETTl6vTOQ.~\ 

irXdnr)9, tjtoq (6), and irXan^rqs, ov (6), prop, wandering, 
taken substantively with ellipse of dvrrjn, wandering star, 
planet : "Haioc jccu cteXi]vt] Kal ttevte dXXa atrrpa ejtUXijv 
eypi'Ta izXd^nTEQ. Plat. Tim. 38, c. [n\avr]Ta, Bait.~\ Tipbg 
%e TOVTOig Kal ol AlyvTVTtoL (f)a.(Ti, Kal twv irXavrjTwv Kal 7rp6g 
avrovc, Kal irpog tovq drrXapelg yivecrdai avvolovg. Aristot. 
Meteor, i. 6. 

107. 
dorpo^OjjLia, ac (r)\ ASTRONOMY : 'En-iorr/ jjltj irEpl Acrrpo)y 107 
re (popag Kal kviavTwv wpaq dvTpovofJLia KaXelrat. Plat. 
Conv. 188, b. 

dorpoXoYia, ac (>/), in Xenophon, where it is first found, 
this word has been improperly translated by astronomy : 
'EkeXeve ce Kal aarpoXoyiaq EfJ.7rEipovQ yiyvEvdat. Kal ravrng 

fJEVTOL HE-%01 TOV VVKTOQ TE (jjpav Kal flTJlOQ Kal EVtaVTOV 

IvvaoQai yiyyojcTKEiv. Xen. Mem. iv. 7. Critics have en- 
deavoured to substitute in this passage the reading dorpo- 
vojxia, a correction which appears useless, since the word is 
found also in Aristotle. It would appear then, that there 
existed as early as the time of Xenophon a sort of appli- 
cation of astronomy to the art of divination, or astrology in 
fact, although the word itself is not found till a later date 
in Greek writers, in the precise sense which it holds in 
modern languages, astrology :"A\acu Se aaTpoXoyiav a\pEv- 
£ea jjlev, dvuxpEXia S' Eivai Xiyovaiv. Lucian. de Astrolog. 
[Surely in the passage of Xenophon, astronomy is the right 
translation. No divination is spoken of but that of divining 
the hour of the day or night.] 

108. 

au, adverb of place, prop, bach, backward, a meaning of 108 
which no trace is found even in the Iliad, except in the 
phrase av kpvEiv, which the best critics write in one word, 
avEpvEiv : Avtpvaav jjlev irpioTa. II. i. 459 [the heads of 
the victims]. Thus there remains no other use of this 

L 



110 108. 

(108) adverb but the figurative one ; and it answers to rursus and 
the particle re, which both in Latin and English is affixed 
to a great number of verbs : 1 . in transitions, as rursus, in 
Latin, on the contrary, on the other hand, but again, hut, 
Still : 'Apypvg av vrjwv epia) vijag re irpOTraaag. II. ii. 493. 
— 2. In narrations and enumerations, again, once more, 
then again, after that : AEvrspov av HoXvfAoiai fxa^rjaaro. 
II. vi. 184. — 3. In dialogues, replies, and repartees [= in 
return ; in his turn] ; but this use of av appears to be 
more frequent in the Odyssey than in the Iliad : Tov & 
av Tr/At/ia^oe 7re7rvv fiivog avr'iov rjvda, Od, iv. 496. 

a\>T€, compound and poet, synom. of av, and with the same mean- 
ings. Hence the Latin autem. It is principally used in replies, a 
use which belongs to it more particularly in the Iliad: Tov d' avre 
7rpocreai7re Ota yXavK&7rig 'AQrjvrj. II. i. 206. 

au0i$ (or with the Ionians, who rejected aspirated words, 
aims), derived from and synon. with av, and preserving be-^ 
sides the primitive sense, backward ; hence the notion of 
return, repetition. It answers to the inseparable particle 
re, in Latin and English, and is used with verbs of motion. 
Thus avriQ in Homer, with livai, expresses the notion, 1. to 
go bach, to retrace one's steps : Tw cT avrtg 'Ltyjv irapa vfjag 
'AyaiCjv. II. i. 347- — 2. To come again to a place where 
one had already been : M17 (re, yepov, tcoiXycriv eyw irapa 
vrjval KiyjEiu), rj vvv Srjdvvovra, rj varepov avrtg 'iovra. II. i. 
27. 7 &> t,ivoi, 'iXOer e7rriXvdeg avdig. Soph. Phil. 1190. 
Hence the significations, very common in prose, of anew, 
presently, again, on another occasion, by-and-by : Kal eav 
re vvv kavTE avdig Cr)TYi(jr)TE ravra, ovriog evpriarerE. Plat. 
Afol. 10. In Plato av is sometimes found joined to avdig, 
and the grammarians improperly consider the one or the 
other redundant : "Orav .... Kal atidig av Xiyr)TE on 
yiyvaxTKiov 6 avdpwtrog rayada izpaTTEiv ovk eOeXei .... 
Plat. Prot. 355, b. 

a\|/, almost always an adverb of place, prop. ; in Homer it is some- 
times used fig. in the sense of ttolXiv : *A\js i6s\(o apkaai. Il.xix. 138. 

ir&Xiv, in a contrary manner to the preceding particles, 
has preserved its proper meaning, back, backward, which 
is always the prevalent one ; it does indeed indicate 
also repetition, but exclusively in reference to a single 
fact, in which it differs from the preceding particles ; 









109. Ill 

with the verbs to go, to come, to give, it also answers to (108) 
the Latin and English particle re, expressive of the repe- 
tition of the action ; hence, fig. again, anew, rursus, re : 
'AXXa Kal &g eOeXw Sofxevai ira\iv, it Toy cl/jlelvov. II. i. 
116. 'JLTrEpLJTrjOelg Se iraXiv vtto t9}q fxr)rpog dia ri ; Xen. 
Cyr. i. 3, 13. Kcu orav av iraXiv ainu)v yivrjrai, kvOa kcu 
r\iuv ErjXov knriv on el irpoGU)TEpu) airEicnv a7T07rayrj(76/j.eda 
V7r6 tov '^vyovg, ttclKlv av TpiiTEcrQai Kai irpoaywpElv. Xen. 
Mem. iv. 3, 8. In this remarkable passage we see the 
two particles av and ttoXlv used together, a combination of 
frequent occurrence, and which the grammarians accused of 
pleonasm, only because they had lost sight of the funda- 
mental and customary significations of these particles. This 
may be observed of the following passage, in which the 
three particles are used together by the poet, and may 
be rendered in French by their equivalents : AvQic av 
iraXiv EKJEtfii Trpog ge x^iXoq, ovk e^jujv Tpo(j)fiv, Soph. Phil. 
940, je reviens done encore vers toi, sans armes, sans 
nourriture. 

109. 

auTtKa, adverb, according to Buttmann, is formed of avrog 109 
and Sm, accusative of the old form «£, whence the Latins 
took their vix, vicis, in the very instant, at the instant, at 
the present, at the same instant, sometimes, at the same 
time, directly : "A/m r aortica Kal ixETE-KEtra. Od. xiv. 403. 
Mr} tyofirjOEVTEQ to avTiKa Selvov {not fearing the present 
danger). Thuc. i. 124. 

irapauTiKa, adverb, compound and synon. of the above ; 
almost always found with the article : 'Eyw to 7rapavTiKa 
/jlev ovk E(ju)(pp6)'Eov, Herodot. vii. 15. 

irapaxprifAa, adverb, for 7rapa to yjprifia, immediately, 
instantly, at once : Ov yap av ^ttov, etye (ppovi/j-ov $ei yevi- 
adai Toy /J.£XXovTa (j<jj(ppova EdEddai, irapa'yjprifxa f£ acppovoq 
' auxppcov av tlq yivoiTo ; Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 10. 

auTo|3o€i (ai/roe, (iorj), adverb, literally, as quick as cry 

i it, with a shout, at the first shout, i. e. without any serious 

resistance: 'Evofxiaav avTofDOEi av t))v 7ruXti' eXeav. Thuc. 

ii. 81. AvTofioEi av eXol^xl to yv/uivaaiov. Luc. Gymn. 33. 

It is found used for avTiKa in Heliodorus. 

I€u8us and €u0e'u>s (evQvq), adverb, directly, straightway : 
T. o 



112 110. 

(109) ^ETreiSaKjjTTrjQrj, evdvg 7Tf7rat/rcu rrjg cKfrpoervvrjg. Xen. Cyr. 
iii. 1, 10. 

at\|/a and a<j>ap, adverbs, formed, according to Damm, the first from 
the future a^/cu, and the second from rjfya, perfect of a7rru>, imme- 
diately, at once, forthwith : " A(j>ap /c£ roi avriica dovvai poyXoifinVc 
11. xxiii.593. Atya 8k vrjag t7ri]Ze. II. ii. 665. [Pape suggests alipvrjg 
for a'iipa, and mentions that some refer a<pap to aTro-apa.~\ 

c^awTjs, adverb, formed from the old adjective a7r tvoc, 
the traces of which may yet be found in the adverb e£- 
aizivov used by Hippocrates, unexpectedly, all at once, sud- 
denly : SrpeQdslg elairivrjQ. II. xvi. 598. Kcu ol Kopivdioi 
iZaTrivrjQ irpvfxvav tKpovovro. Thuc. i. 50. 

efamyaiws, only found in the Attic prose writers : 'Avri- 
yero irepl fxecrag vvKrag, <hg i^airivaiwg TrpoanLaoi. Xen. 
Hellen. i. 6, 20. 

e|ai4>vir]S, in Homer and the more modern poets : Uvp bpfi'svov 
s%ai(j)vr]Q- H* xxi. 14. Also in the prose writers : Nojui^ovct Tiveg 
avsv TrapaffKevrjg icai e7rifie\tiag avrSfictTOi sZa'Kpvrjg dvvaTov ravra 
ttouXv laeaQai. Xen, Mem. iv. 2, 6. 

aicj>vT]5, acpvco and a4>va>s, simple forms, which according to the 
more general opinion come by syncope from dcpapCjg, but which may 
be with greater probability also derived, by interchange of letters, 
from the old adjective airivog. cu<|>vt}s is found at the close of the 
Iphigenia in Aulis of Euripides, a part of the play which the critics 
agree in assigning to a more modern hand : Qavfjia 8' r)v a"i(pvr}g bpq,v. 
Eur. Iph. A. 1563. 'E7Ti<rra/icu ye kovk atpvu) kcikov rods 7rpoa- 
kiTTCLT. Eur. Ale. 420. Acdveog GTY)\r\ jue 7rspi% e%er tK 8' 8fie naoT&v 
vvfKprjv kclk OaX&fuov ripnaa a<pvwg Aldag. Anth. ad. 710. 

alcJwiSiws, found only in Thucydides : QQdvei irpocFTTEGtov 
a/jia rfj e<d altyviliuyg rotg Teiyeai. Thuc. vii. 23. 

aX$vf\%ov and al<f>ir]8(£, according to the grammarians, 
were peculiar to the Alexandrine writers : they are no 
where found in ancient authors. 

110. 

110 &<|>pos, ov (6), fr. a for ario and ^ipeiv [Cf. Sanscrit, 
abhra. a cloud, and ofxfipog, imber. Liddell and Scott], 
because foam swims on the top, foam in general : *A(ppa) 
fj,opjjLvpoi>ra llu)v, aid r t^pa^x owlcraio. II. v. 599. IJepi 
t a(f)pdg 686vrag yiyverai. II. XX. 168. 

axvrj, rjg (rj), fr. a and e%o> [No. co ^vooq, Xdxvrj, lanugo. Pape, 
Liddell and Scott], prop, means a thing without consistence, and 



111. 113 

is used of every light object that floats and hovers about, as straw or (110) 
chaff, particles of water, minute drops of moisture dispersed about the 
air, &c. It is in this last sense, and not of the sea-foam as the com- 
mentators explain it, that we must understand the word in the fol- 
lowing admirable Homeric picture: Kvfxa QaXaaang Xtpay pnyvv- 
fjLfvov fjisydXa ]8p£/x€t, djU0t ts r aKpag Kvprbv Vov Kopvtyovrai ano- 
tttvu d' dXbg d%vy)v. II. iv. 426. 

Xvoos, ov (6), uncleanly matter, or such as collects on the surface 
and is wiped away ; Homer uses it in speaking of the sea : 'E/c Ke(paXi)g 
6* ecrfjLrjx ev dXbg xvoov. Od. vi. 226. 

111. 

a^paw, ovoq (6, */), fr. (pprjv, one who is deficient in sense, 111 
or good sense, senseless, imprudent, imprudens, amens : 

OvTE ydp EGT CKppiOV, OVT CLGKOTTOC, OVT aKlTrj fJOOV . II. Xxiv. 

157. Opp. to (j>p6vLjjLog in Plato : ^vxw ov rijy pkv 
fiiicaiav, rriv Se aliKov (pacnv Eivai, kcu rrjv jjlev (ppovifjLOv, rr\v 
Se d&pova ; Plat. Soph. 247, a. 

a<|>paSi]s (6, rj), one who does not reason, senseless: T^T vvv \ivr\- 
(TTjjputv fitv la fiovXriv re voov re dcppadsuv. Od. ii. 282. 

a<|>pd8p,a>v (6, rj), more recent form : Nrj'iSeg dvOpwtroi Kal atppa- 
SfMoveg. Hymn, in Cerer. 257. 

a€cri(j>p(ov (6, jj), one whose head is injured, whose intellects are 
damaged: Elffiv ydp oi iraldsg, 6 8' ifi7redog ovd' deai(ppu)v. II. xx. 
183. [aacai, (pprjv. Butt.'] 

eK$pw (6, f]), out of his mind, out of his senses, demens : 
Ovtwq EK<ppovag, cj avdpEg 'Adrjvaloi, Kal 7rapa7r\fjyag to 
dojpocoKEw ttoul. Dem. de Legat. 426, 23. 

irapd^pcji' (6, y), one whose mind is warped, or has gone 
astray [from reason or truth : hence unreasonable, foolish, 
&c] : Ei pt) 'yw 7rapd(j)pii)v pavrcg E<pvv, Kal yvwpag \et- 
TTOfxiva aotyag. Soph. Electr. 472. 

irapa<|>poi>wi>, ovvrog (6), one who is deranged [is not him- 
self; opp. ev typov&v~\ : *£lg dpyaXiov izpayp egtLv, a; Zev 
Kal OeoI, dovXov yEviadat TrapafypavovvTog ^£(77t6tuv. Aris- 
toph. Plut. 2. [oca Si ijdovijg av fiEdvakovra Trapatypovm; 
iroul. PI. Legg. 649, d.] 

dpeXrepos (6, >/), silly, helpless : Kal ydp av d^f.XrEpw- 
rarog eltj iravruyy dvdpwwwv, eI. Dem. Philipp. iii. 1 1. 

dPouXos (6, ?/), without consideration, inconsiderate, ill- 
advised, rash, inconsultus, in the Tragic writers: 'Err//. 

l 3 



114 111. 

(Ill) a/jidprrj, Keivog ovk er ear dvtjp afiovXoQ ov& dvoXftog, ocTig 
eg Kcucdy 7r£c<W ctVetrcu fjcnft dtc'ivnTog iriXei. Soph. Antig. 
1023. [Also in prose: dfiovXoTepiov r&v kvavTiwv rvyov- 
rwr. Th. i. 120.] 

dXoyioTos (6, //), one who does not reason, unreasoning, 
unreasonable, void of reason [hence heedless, rash, &c] : 
Tig ovTiog dXoyiGTOQ rj rig ovrwg aOXioe eotiv oarig ekojv 
av \xiav ipayj^y\v ideXriaeiev dvaXtiaai ; Dem. in Midiam, 
536, 7. 

dVous (6, rf), fr. vovg, prop, without intelligence : NnnvTi 
£jg avow Kpa£ir)v e-^eg. II. xxi. 441. 

avai<rQr\ros (6, fj), deprived of sense, senseless : 'AXXd, 
wpog dewi' ovrw (TKaiog el kcu dvaiadqrog, Dem. de Cor. 36. 

dvo^fxcov (6, rj), fr. avosu), synon. of dvovg, in the Odyssey : TrjXe- 
fiax oi>d' oniOev Kaicbg ttaatai ovS' dvorjfi(oi/. Od. ii. 270. 

dyoTiTOs (6, fj), fr. a and voiio, passively, incomprehensible : 
"ArppcHJT fj& dvonra SiewXeKe Qavfxard epya. Horn. Hymn. 
Merc. 80. [So Plat. Phced. 80, b. opp. vonTog.] Actively 
in Plato :H'iv dr^pdmv ovriog dvo^roig, wcTrep ol Trcildeg. 
Plat. Gorg. 464, d. [Not only in Plato ; usually of per- 
sons (especially children) ; unreflecting, thoughtless, fool- 
ish : also opp. 7rpovor)TiK()c, Xen. Mem. i. 3, 9 ; and to 
crwcbpiov, aotypovioy, Dem. 1383, 12. of things : dv^ai, £X7rL- 
Seg, senseless, irrational, PL ; ctiorjror, dementias est, Th. 
vi. 11.] 

d<ruv€Tos (o, r)), one who does not comprehend, void of understand- 
ing : Ov yap togovtov aavverog 7re(pVK cyw. Eur. Phcen. 1612. 
[Common with Thuc. in the old Att. form, d%vvsTog.~\ 

cKruvnijJKov (6, r)), synon. of the above: Et 8' a%vvr\\ntiv ovcra fjiij 
£sxy Aoyou. JEsch. Agam. 1068. 

tjXiOios (6, //), foolish [as subst* a fool], vanus : 'HXidiog 
Se kcu ei rig o'ietcll Sid top ttXovtov jxnlev eiriGrdfAtvog 
S6l;eii> ri dyaObg eivai. Xen. Mem. iv. 1, «5. [Cf. y)X6g in 
(ppivag r)Xi, IL XV. 128 : ~ aXdo/Jiai, &c] 

jxcopos, pa (/idu), ?), one who is carried away or blinded 
by his desires ; hence, mad, fig. ; foolish : Aiyiov Sn p- 
poc fxev eit) ei Tig oierat jdt) fiadiov rci te (bcpeXijua kcii ra 
ftXaflepd riov 7rpayfjdT(*)v hayvuxreadai. Xen. Mem. iv. 
1, 5. 









112. 115 

viqirios (6, /)), fr. vr\ and tlrreTv, one who does not speak, epithet of (l 1 1) 
iraig to designate the age of infancy, infans : TJald' i.7zl tzoXirij) t^ova' 
draXd<ppova, vrj-mov avrwg. 11. vi. 400. This epithet is constantly 
found in Homer, who frequently uses it in an exclamatory way (by 
epiphonema), in the slighting or pitying sense which we attach to the 
word child, in common talk, as expressive of weak, thoughtless, childish 
conduct : HeiOSfievog fivOoiatv ' AnoXXwvog .... vr\TZiog. II. xx. 295. 

VTjiruTios (6, rj), fr. vrj and r)7rvu), synon. of the same family, but 
especially used as a taunting name in the Iliad, as we use baby, &c. : 
N?;7ruri£, ri vv to^ov tx ei V avtfxuXiov civtojq ; //. xxi. 474. 

iraprjopos (6, //), name of the supernumerary horse, 
attached to the usual number belonging to the carriage, 
outrigger; hence, fig. [eccentric, perverse, foolish'] French, 
extravagant : 'En-et ovtl irapiiopog ovC? dtoityowv i)<jda irdpog. 
II. xxiii. 603. Under the Doric form irdpapos in Theo- 
critus : TaufJ 6 irdpapog rrjvog £7r' iayara ydc, kXa/3' kvd&v. 
Theocr. xv. 8. 



B. 

112. 

PdStais, ewg (?J), the motion of walking ; walking: Kivr r 112 
creijjg Siacpopai raV eicoc, irrrjcrig, fidliaig, aXaig. Aristot. 
Eth. Nic. x. 3. 

PdSurjjia, arog (to), the effect of such motion, walk, 
gait : 'AXXa jjli)v -Kepi ye tov Ef.iov loa^ia/Aurog ?/ Tt)g £ia- 
Kiktov 7rupT epu> Td\r]dij 7rpog v/jdg. Dem. ad Pantcenet. 
982, 18. 

paSiajAos, ov (6), another verbal which, according to 
some grammarians, was equivalent in the new Attic to 
jidhiaig in the old. This form is found as early as Plato : 

OVTE EV lDClh(Tfi<j> OVTE EV Xe^EL OVTE ClXXodi OvSufJLOV. Plat, 

Charm. 160, c. 

pdcrig, ewg (rj) (/JatVw), act or power of walking: Ovk 
Eywv fidair. Soph. Phil. 686. 

paO/jLos, ov (o), a verbal of the Ionic form according to 
Phrynichus ; prop, step of a stair: Up&rov //tr tXnroy 
ttevte (iaOfAwv eXf/iaca. Luc. Tragopod. 220. Hence (in 



116 113. 

(112) N. Test.) fig. grade, degree : Of ydp koXCjq hiaKovriaavTeg, 
fiaOfibv eavrolg koXop TrepiTcotovvraL, Timoth, 3, 13. 

l0jacl, arog (to), motion in order to go, manner of going, gait: At Se 
pdrrjv rpijpwffi irtXuaaiv WfiaO' ofiolai. II. v. 773. 

113. 

113 fiatvtw (fiaco), prop, to set oneself in order to walk, go ; 
to put oneself in motion, to commence walking, although it is 
translated by the more general terms, to go, to walk, in a 
very wide sense : OvpavS earripi^e Kap-q Kal enl ^Oovl 
fiaivei. II. iv. 443. The first aorist has the transitive sig- 
nification, to put in movement, to cause to go or pass on : 
<f>(jjraQ eeiKoai firjcrev cup f L7nro)y, II. xvi. 810. 

(3dcnc€iv, used only in the imperative : BaoTc' Wi, T Ipt ra%«a. //. 
viii. 399. (3clgk£t, sirs'iyere Tzaaag icaO' bdovg. Aristoph. Thesmoplu 
783. The grammarians have found nothing but useless repetition, in 
the many instances of this union of the verb fiaivu), with another verb 
of motion ; but against this criticism, which, to say no more, is seldom 
that of good taste, it may be objected, that there are shades of difference 
in the meaning of these verbs sufficiently well defined to give proper 
expression to the gradation of ideas involved in them, without weaken- 
ing the thought itself. Va, pars! Racine (Iph. act. i. sc. 1). Go, begone ! 
Angl. 

fic&i'Lzw (fr. jjdio, fidSrjv), prop, to step, walk, in opp. to 
run, leap : 'H/jleiq Se ye ev fxeydXoic (poprioig Kal (iaSi^etv 
Kal rpeyeiv rjvayKa^ojxeda. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 5. Il^gf (6 
Xaywg), (iahi^ovra Se ovSelg ewpaKe. Xen. Cyneg. 5, 31. 

pt(5do-0o>v, kind of frequentative, of which only this participle is in 
use: A'iag dk ttq&toq irpoKakkaaaTo fiaicpa PifiaaOwv. II. xiii. 809. 

djxcipeiy, to change place, to pass from one place to 
another, to pass : 'H Se Iprjirj e^avaarava Ik tov Opovov 
Tvplv rj rag Ovpag avrbv afjie~i\pai. Herodot. v. 72. 

eXawcii/, is in frequent use in narrations, in speaking of 
a march, an expedition, or even a passing from one place to 
another by sea. It is almost always used elliptically, its 
object having to be supplied according to the context ; 
prop, to urge forward a horse or carriage, an army, a 
vessel ; hence, to journey, to march, make a march, to pass 
from one place to another [to ride']. To preserve the lite- 
ral meaning, it may be construed by to push on, in speaking 
of moving forward an army, riding forward, &c. : Tavr eliruv 
rfkavve cl opovc bSov rtva Xafiojv. Xen. Anab.'wii. 3, 42. 



113. 117 

epx€(70ai, in general, to go, come: Aev(T(tete yap roye (113) 
wavreg, 6 julol yipag tpyeTcu dXXr\. II. i. 120. [Often (like 
our to go) = to go away J] 

\ivai, to go, in the wide sense of the word : Nuv S' eJ/jli 
$6irjvS\ kireiri ttoXv (piprepoy iariv. II. i. 169. It may be 
remarked, that in many passages the present of this verb 
has, as early as Homer, that future signification which it 
retained ever after in the Attic writers, principally in the 
first person. 

kiciv, to go, come : 'H S' dsKova afia toXctl yvvr\ Kiev. 11. i. 348. 

KojAiJecrOcu, prop, to be conveyed ; hence, to go from one 
'place to another in a vessel, to go by sea : 'E/c KepcKrovvrog 
de. Kara OdXarray jaev EKOfXL^ovro o't-rrep /ecu TrpoaQEV, ol $' 
dXXot Kara yr\v kiropevovTo, Xen. Anab. v. 4, 1. 

u-oXetv, second aorist, connected with jxeXio, and of the same family as 
the Latin molere, mola [!], indicates hurried and rapid motion, like that 
of the mill-stone turning, to go with eagerness, or haste: Ovyl ^eairory 
rod' d>£ rdxog fioXovva XeZeig ; Soph. (Ed. R. 946. [co pXcjcncio, /zXo/- 
gk(o ; as SQopov to OpiocrKio. Cf. Liddell and Scott.'] 

oheuew, a verb of modern formation, prop, to go by roads 
and known ways; hence, to go on {a travel, march, &c.) : 
"Ottwc £6i£ii)VTai gkotovq Kal vvKToq evQapffuJg Kal aSewg 
vSeveiv. Plut. Lycurg. 12. 

oSoiTTopeu/, to journey, travel : 'SllonropELg ck irpbg tl 
toihtBe tovq tottovc; Soph. (Ed. R. 1014. 

oixeaOai, to go away, abire : 'O de avrbv ETriaizaTcu, Kal 
ajjityoTEpoL toyovro Kurd twv itETpwv (j)Epo/JiEroL Kal airiQavov. 
Xen. Anab. iv. 7, 14. [ot^o/zcn = abH.] 

oixveiv, kind of frequentative of the above: Ovd'siroTE Tp&eg irpb 
nvXdiov Aapdavidwv olxvtGKov. II. v. 790. 

ttcitcu', derived from (odd), as the form (iariio shows, 
which, according to Plutarch (ii. 292, e), was in use among 
the people of Delphi ; prop, to trample under foot, to ivalk 
upon ; "AW uXXute TzarEwv o^olg aKoXiaHg. Pind. Pyth. 
2, 156. [From the Sanscrit, pad, to go. Cf. path, Sec. 
Liddell and Scott. ] 

TTcpuraTeu', to walk, go about, around, to take a tvalk : 
Kcti eke~mj£ 7TOpEv6fjiEvog 7T£pnraT))(jctg upi<j-))(jEig, KEpi-art'iaac 
fanrvijCEig Kal draTravarj. Xai. Mem. iii. 13, 5. 



118 114. 

(113) irekeiv, rare, to go: 'Kiire rrep KXayyrj yspdvwv irkXu ovpavoOi 
wpo. II. iii. 3. 

iropcueo-Gai (jropog), prop, to go from one place to another : 
'Ewel S* eSokel ijSr} 7ropev£<j6at avrw av<i). Xen. Anab. i. 2, 1. 
Hence, in general, to go, to travel, go by land or sea : 'E<^ 
'Ittttov 'XpvGoyaXlvov 7TEpirjyEP 9 axnrep ical avrog elwdei iropev- 
ecrOai. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 3. 

irwXeecrOca, Epic frequentative, to go often, to frequent : Ovre 7T0T 
elg ayoprfv 7rioXe<rK£To. 11. i. 490. 

<TTei\€iv and cttlxS-v, to march in line, or in order, in speaking of 
troops : Ovde ovg 7raldag iacncs gtu%eiv Ig irSXefiov. II. ii. 832. In 
speaking of the regular motion of the heavenly bodies: OvO* ottot 
av GTeixyvi 7Tpbg ovpavbv a<TTEpdsvTct. Od. xi. 17. arixdio is only 
used in the imperfect plural Igtixowvto: 'Aju0t de Traat tev%ecl 
ttoikIX 9 IXafiTZE, rd slfikvoi hanxbiovTo. II. iv. 432. 

$qvtq.v, is said of a rapid or repeated going, to go here 
and there, to go about from one point to another, to wander : 
$oiTU)v \ivda /ecu k'vQa /caret crparov. II. ii. 779. Specially, 
to go often, to frequent, in speaking of the schools : 01 julep 
S?) TraiSeg elg rd StSaancaXela tyoiTuvreg. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 6. 

ywpeiv, to make room, to withdraw, in Homer : 'Apyeloi 
0€ vEtbv fJLEv kyfsipr\(jav kcll avayKrj. II. xv. 65.5. Fig. in 
speaking of the movement, progress of things: "HKicrra 
7r6\EjuLog E7rt prjTolg xi*)pE~i. Thuc. i. 121. [Also very fre- 
quently of persons : x w P« ^poQ riva, Th. i. 8 ; and espe- 
cially as a military term, both of marching against an 
enemy (kvavrioi kyjopovv rolg HEpaaig, Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 
32) ; o/jiooE yb)pE~Lv (to join battle) ; and of marching by a 
particular route, &c, e. g. Kara yfjv, Th. ii. 45.] 

114. 

114 P<£\\€ii>, to throw in general, speaking of every kind of 
projectile, or missile weapon ; 

dKorri£€ii>, to hurl a dart ; 

To£€ueii>, to draw the bow, to shoot arrows ; 

v$£v%ova.v, to sling, to hurl stones with the sling. All these 
words are found together in the following passage of Xeno- 
phon : Kcu ol jiev xpiXol Evdvg EKSpa/jiovTEg yic6i>Ti£ov, kfta\- 
Xov, ETofcvov, E<T<pEvS6vu)y. Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 33. 

SiKetv, is found only in the second aorist ; to cast, hurl, in Pindar, 
and the Tragic writers: Aikwv elg oldfia ttovtov. Eur.X>rest. 992. 






115, 116. 119 

iivai, to let go, let loose, let fly, shoot: r H*£ o eV (114) 
'ApyeioMTi kcikov fiiXog, IL i. 382. 

ia\X.€iv, derivative and synonymous of the above, to shoot: T H pa 
Kal aXXov olarbv d-rrb vtvprjcptv laXXev. IL viii. 300. 

KpaScuveiv, to brandish: Kpaddwv doXixoviciov ty\og. H- Vll > 214. 

•jrdXXciy, to shake, agitate ; hence, to brandish : Avrdp 6 
Sovps £vu) KeKopyBfiipa ^nX/cw 7rdXX(oi\ IL iii. 18. 

piirreiv, to cast down, fling down [in pr. and impf. pnrrtiv 
also ; with no difference of meaning] : Ol jiev pnrTovvTEg 
eavrovQy ol de airayyoixEvot, Xen. Cyr, iii. 1, 14. 

piirraX^w, frequentative of the above, to throw, fling here 
and there, to overturn, to turn upside down : f O 2' fcVeypo- 
fxevog yjuXiiraivev pnTrd^uv Kara S(jjjj,a deovg. IL xiv. 257. 
[In prose, Hippocr. Plut.~\ 

115. 
pdXXeiv, to hit or wound with any missile or projectile ; 115 
outcI^, to wound from near, to strike by a hand-stroke. 
Homer establishes the meaning of both in one verse : 'Ev 
vnvalv Ksarat /3e fiXrj pivot, obrd/jierol te, 72. xvi. 26. 

TiTpwo-jcciy (retpw), prop, to bore, pierce ; hence, generally, 
to wound : Mi]7nog r i7nrovg re Tpwcrng. IL xxiii. 341. And 
by ext., to injure, hurt : Mrj-n-wg olvwdivreg, Epiv GTy)aavTEg 
iv vffiv, aXXi)\ovg Tpwanre. Od. xvi. 293. 

TpaujJLaTi^eiy, to make a wound : 'JLvravda cnrodv{](jKov(n 
TvXig .... Kal ol iravreg <l>g oKTCJKalSeKa twv (TTparnjjrijjv, 
ol fj.e.v KaraXevaOivTeg, ol Se icai TpavfjiaricrdEVTEg, Xen, 
Hellen. iv. 3, 26. 

pXdwreiv, prop, to injure, to hurt, and sometimes, in 
historical narrations, implies wounding, although it should 
never be rendered by that word : Kal Xidovg slg rov 7rora- 

fJLOV EppiTTTOVV, E^LKlOVl'TO £e OV, OvS' EfiXcLTTTOV OVC^EV, XdU. 

Anab. iv. 8, 3. 

vi3o-<r€iv, to prick, pierce: Tov fitv dp 1 'Idop,evevg dovpiKXvrbg 
tyX £ t p>ciKp<£ vv%, IL v. 46. 

116. 

|3dpo5, Eog (to), weight, heaviness: Kal Sta t))v ijXiKiav \\q 
kq\ £ia to fiapog rfjc aroXijg, Xen, Cyr. iii. 3, 22. Fig. 



120 117. 

(116) weight, burden : Ka/xcpOelg v7rb (Zapovg. Plat. Legg. xii. 
915, b. 

(3apuTT]9, r}Toc (r\), condition or quality of that which is 
burdensome, character or behaviour hard to be borne ; fig. 
in Plutarch : Avtov Se TzapEyuv toIq kvrvyylivovai toiovtov, 

&GTE KCLl TCLQ EKElVitiV 7r\eOV£^taQ KCll fiapVTTJTaQ EVKoXdJg 
VTTOJXEVELV. Plut. Pomp. 39. 

axOos, € °c (to), burden, with the notion of excess and 
difficulty attached to it, insupportable weight, prop, and 
more commonly fig. 'AW avrwg ayQog apovprjg. Od. xx. 
379. 

yofjios, ov (6), that which fills, specially, freight of a 
vessel, cargo : To. p-iyiara avru>r fccu tte VTaKiGyiXiuv ra- 
Xavrcov yo\iov iyEt. Herodot. i. 194. 

oyKos, ov (6), from the old verb Eyicu), to carry, prop, 
that which is carried, considered with reference to the bulk, 
mass, moles: Tovrcov yap 6 jiev oytcog fxiKpoTUTog. Xen. 
Cyr.\\.2,ll. 

o-dyjma, arog (to), pack-saddle of a beast of burden : 
Tot o-ayfiara t&v v7ro£vyLii)v crvfjityoprjaavTsg ig vx^og E^fjpay. 
Plut. Pomp. 41. 

oraOfJiog, ov (6), that which weighs a thing, a weight : 
7 Hrrov r<5 fiapEi ttle^ovctlv ol apjioTTOVTEc, tojv avapp,6arit)V, 
tov avrbv aradjjLbv 'iyovTEQ. Xen. Mem. iii. 10, 13. 

<|>opTOs, ov (o), from (pipio, freight of a vessel, lading, 
cargo : "Iva ol avv tyoprov ayot/M. Od. xiv. 296. 

<|>opTioy, ov (to), is a diminutive in form only, burden, 
load, prop, and fig. onus : 'JLkeivov ja£~i£ov (popriov rj icad' 
avrbv apcifXEvov. Dem. in Epistol. 156. 

<J>6pY]jxa, arog (to), that which is carried, any thing car- 
ried: 'OXiyov ZeIv ov (poprffxari a\\a wpoadfi/uaTi EOiKacrw. 
Xen. Memor. iii. 10, 13. 

117. 
117 PaaiXeus, iiog (6), from (ialvEiv and Xaog, according to 
the grammarians, stay, support of the people, or perhaps, 
one who makes the people move, go, at command ; king, 
by the right of succession, according to Plato's definition : 
Bn<7iAev£ apx^v Ka Ta vojjlovq clvvwevOvvoq. Dejin. 415, b. 



117. 121 

ayos, ov (6), sometimes civil or political head of a place, in the (117) 
ancient poets : 'Eyuj de irpog <je irorepov wg Itk\v X'tyu), rf rrjpbv 
ipov pdfidov, rj 7ro\zo)Q dyov ; JEschyl. Suppl. 247- 

alo~u(jivi]TT]5, ov (6), name given in the ancient Greek states to a 
kind of elective chief or president, prince: KaOaVtp o'ir' dpx a ^ 0L T "Q 
(pvXaicag Icidocrav, ore KaQiartikv riva rrjg 7r6\eojg ov ticdXovv 
aiffVfxvrjTrjv r] rvpavvov. Aristot. Polit. iii. 15, 16. ai<rvr\Tr]p , rjpog 
(6), is found as early as Homer: Kovpy alavnrrjpi eoiKivg. 11. xxiv. 347. 

ai>a£, a/croc (o), principally in poetry, in general, prince, 
king, sovereign: KXiatrjv fjv Mvpjjicoveg icoinaav &vaicri, 
II. xxiv. 449. Sometimes it is a title of honour specially 
addressed to the gods: Zev ava. II. iii. 351. It is the 
title which the chorus gives to CEdipus, and Creon, in 
Sophocles : Uavoraad' avatcreg. (Ed. R- 620. [In the time 
of Isocrates it seems to answer exactly to our prince = 
member of a royal house: tCjv e£ avrov yeyovorojv ovciva 
kclteXiitev lSiu)riko~ig ovofiaai 7rpoarayopEv6jj.Erov, aXXu rov 
jjlev j3cifft\ia kciXov^levov, rovg ft ayaieras, rag c avaavag. 
Evag. 72.] 

apX'nY 6 ' 71 ^ an ^ dpxayeTas, ov (6), prop, head of a house 
or family, or original head ; the title given by the Lace- 
daemonians to Hercules, and to their kings, as his descend- 
ants : 'Apyayircu he oi ficKTiXelg Xiyovrai, Plut. Lycurg. 6. 

apxoS; ov (6), commander, in general, chief: Elg ds rig dp%bg 
dvrjp povXncpopog ecrruj. II. i. 144. 

apxwy, ovrog (6), Archon, the supreme magistrate at 
Athens. This magistracy was elective ; at first there was 
only one Archon, and he a perpetual one. Afterwards 
(b.c. 683) the Archons were made annual, and increased 
to the number of nine : the first was surnamed ettuvv- 
jjiog, because he gave his name to the year ; the second 
flaaiXevg, king ; the third TroXifiapyog ; the six last decTfjio- 
Oirai, legislators : 6 apywv is the first archon, or fVw- 
rv/jiog ; o ficiffiXevg, is sometimes specially the archon king ; 
their peculiar duties are pointed out in the following 
passage of Demosthenes: 'A\\a irov y^pri Xafitiv otKrjv; 
.... irapa rw apyovn ; ovkovv emk'Xiipwv Kal opOaviov 
Kal tGjv tokewv T(h ap^ovTt TTpOGTETCiKT at E7rifj.E\e~icr0cu ; 
a\\a n) A/a 7rapa 7w fiaaiXel,' a\\' ovk kefier yvf-ivaviaoyot, 
ovEe aaEJit'iag ohliva ypoxpojiEda 9 aXX 6 TroXEj.iap^og e(Va£ct, 
Dem, in Lacrit. 940, 10. 

auTOKpdrwp, opog (6, ?/)> master of himself, absolute 

Ifl 



122 118. 

[117) master, independent; plenipotentiary, when speaking of 
ambassadors : 'Hipidrj TrpEajjEvrrig tig AaxeSaifjiova ai/ro- 
Kparcop Sekcitoc clvtoq. Xen. Hellen. ii. 2, 17. In Plutarch, 
Lucian, and the writers of Roman history, \_Imperator\ 
emperor : AvroKparwp te vko 7tclvtiov itcewog avayopeverai, 
Herodian. vi. 9, 9. 

fiyepuv, ovog (6), fr. fiyovfiai, leader, chief in war, officer: 
Avrap ette\ KocrfjnyOev afx fiyejJtdveaaLV ckckttoi, II. iii. 1. 

Koipa^og, ov (6), chief, invested for a time [?] with all the 
authority of a king, as Achilles was before the quarrel : 
Oitiveq fjyefxoveg Aavawv /cat Koipavoi rjcrav. IL ii. 487. 

jmoyapxos, ov (6), monarch : f Y7ro Qrjpiovog 'A/cpayar- 
tivwv ^xovvapyov i^eXadelg c£ 'Ijutiprjg. HerodoL vii. 165. 

iroi[ir\v, ivog (6), prop, one who tends the grazing of 
animals, shepherd, is often taken fig. in the Iliad, as the 
designation of princes, and of Agamemnon, whom even the 
other kings obeyed : Ol S 9 STravicrTTjuav, ireidovTO re ttoljievl 
\au)V cncrj7TTOvxot fiaauXfJEg, IL ii. 85. 

Tupam>s, ov (6), one who has obtained the crown with- 
out any hereditary right, usurper. This word, unknown to 
Homer, comes, according to some grammarians, from the 
TvpprjvoL, a pirate people ; but it is better to consider it, as 
others do, analogous to tcolpavog. It is often used both in 
poetry and history for (5a(ji\Evg. It is the title given by 
Xenophon to Hiero, although this prince had legitimately 
succeeded his brother Gelo : Siixwvifirjg 6 7roir)rr)g cuptKEro 
7roT£*trp6g 'lipcova tov rvpavvov. Xen. Hier, 1, 1. Very 
frequently it has the meaning of our word Tyrant, as, for 
instance, in the following striking passage : Ol yap 7ro\7rcu 
<pv\arrovcnv owXoig rovg fiacrCkE~ig, rovg 3e rvpavvovg l,evikov* 
Aristot. Polit. iii. 14, 7. [There is here no reference to 
personal cruelty and oppression : it is the defective title 
which, as naturally engendering distrust and suspicion, leads 
to the employment of mercenaries.] 

118. 

118 pdais, Etog (r/), rase, point of stay or rest : "On TryOfiira 
ovk e^ei ovSe fia&Lv to vypdv ToifTo, Plat. Phced. 112, b. 

(3a0p.is, Hog (*/), pedestal of a statue, in Pindar : 'AyaX- 
fjiaT ett 9 avrcig jiaOfxiSoQ Earaor 9 . Nem* v. 3. 



119. 123 

fi&Qpov, ov {to), point of stay or rest, fig. base : Kal 7raXu' (118) 

eI^ev avrrjv jjletci Guxppocrvvng kv ayvui fiadpa) ftefiuiaa}', 

sees her [i. e. Beauty] resting with Temperance on a pure 
base or pedestal. Plat. Phcedr. 254, b. 

(3wfjLos, ov (6) (/3aw), pedestal in Homer : Xovveiol o' apa 

KOVpOL EVCfiriTlOV E7rl fid) fJ.U>V 'ioTCLGClV. Od. VH. 100. 

Oep-eXios, ov (6), and Oep.e'Xioy, ov (to), foundation : 01 
OefxeXtoL iravToiuv Xidiov vttokelvtcli. Thuc. i. 93. The 
neuter QejjieXiov is found in Xenophon ; but both words 
occur in the plural only, in good authors ; the singular is 
only to be met with in the grammarians and Fathers. 

0€(jl€0Xov, ov (to), synon. of the above : Tbv toO* vtt' 6<ppvog ovtcl 
kclt 6(j)6a\[xoZo -OsfieOXa. II. xiv. 493. 

119. 

PejSaios, ala, ov (/3aw, (jaivw), prop, on which one can 119 
walk, firm, solid: Kpvo-raXXog yap k'KEiz^yEi ov iSkfiaiog kv 
avTrj, (1)(jt kirs.Xde.~iv. Thuc. iii. 23. Hence, fig. that on 
which one can depend, certain, sure, stedfast : Bc/3a/a twv 
kv 7roXi/jLG) avpLfiaypg epyiov. Xen. Memor. ii. 1, 32. 

dcr<j>aXrj9 (6, //), fr. a and acpaXXw, prop, where one cannot 
slip or fall [who or which does not slip or fall~\ ; by ext. 
where one is in safety ; hence, safe, sure [secure~\ : 2wto- 
fjaoTciTn te kcu ciff(paXE(TTaTr] 6Sog. Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 39. Fig. 
when speaking of persons, [safe = ] prudent, circumspect : 
'Aar(paX))g yap kcrr a/dEiviov, rj dpacvg orparr/Xctr^c. Eur. 
Phoen. 607. [So PI. Soph. 231, a : more commonly sure, 
trusty.^ 

eucnaQr)? (o, >/), fr. ev and tor^u, w ^ell-established, well- 
settled, solid : 'E/crog kvvTadiog OaXauov tov p avTog e7toiei. 
Od. xxiii. 178. Fig. firm: 'Ev olg 6£,vg ajxa ko.1 irap' 
fjXiKiav Ev(TTad))g (paLvofAErog. Plut. Pomp. 4. [A term of 
the Epicureans ; healthy, sound in body and mind.] 

ordSios, ia (IcrTrjfii), 1. that ivhich remains in its place, stationary : 
'Eradirj vap,ivn. IL xiii. 314. ffTadia pa%n i° Thucydides, who affects 
poetic language. 2. tliat which keeps itself straight or upright, which 
cannot bend, stiff: Kal tot' dp' AirfTrjQ Trepi ptv Gri'iOeavii' Ucto 
Owprjica aradiov. Ap. Rhod. iii. 1225. [So ctt&S. xltwv.] 

oraGepos, a (7or?;/it), stable, stationary, stagnant ; hence, 
by ext. not agitated, calm, tranquil, both prop, and f\g. : 
"£lv7rEp is aipog evSiov Kal crTadepov iroXvg 6.V€jAOQ tarafipa- 

M 2 



124 120, 121. 






(119) y^e* D. Hal. de Bern. 7. Fig.: f H V apery oradepov n 
seal arpoirov. Anthol. Paul. Sil. 71. 

ordo-ifios (b, fj) ('/oTT/jut), prop, staid, stationary, stag- 
nant, fixed ; hence, by ext., composed, tranquil: 'By vSan 
araai/jLa) (in stagnant water). Xen. CEcon. 20, 11. It has 
also an active signification, that which stags or stops any 
thing : ^raaifioQ alfuarog (having the power of staunching 
blood ; styptic). Hipp. 638. [Of persons, it refers to bottom; 
having strength and firmness to hold out. Polyb.~] 

orepeos, a, ov (iarrjfii), prop, firm, hard, prop, and fig. : 
To) & IdifQ fir'jTriv, j3oerjg eiXvfievii) w/jlovq divert crrepsrjai. 
II. xvii. 493. \_Plat. : also solid, as geometrical technical 
term. Aristot."] 

120. 

120 PeXos, eoq (to) (j3aXXio), the dart cast, the action of 
casting it, any weapon that is cast or shot, both the act of 
hitting and the wound occasioned by it [Cf. 121]. Homer 
employs it to explain the sharp pangs of child-birth : r £2e 
c orav (bcivovaav eyy (iiXog 6E,it yvvaiKa. II. xi. 269. 

P0X17, fjg (?/), action of casting, throwing, cast, range of 
any missile weapon : Miypi Xldov /ecu aKovriov (ioXfjg kyu 
prjerav. Thuc. v. 65. 

P6X09, ov (6), cast, chiefly used of the cast of a net, of 
dice, and of shedding or casting the teeth in Aristotle : 
Ovtol yap Xiyovrai dvai wpaioi fioXot. Aristot. H. An. 
viii. 19. 

121. 

121 peXos, eog (rd), the generic name for every missile wea- 
pon, whether shot, or darted, or thrown as stones, &c. : 
Kal ra j3£Xrj bjioae e(j)ipero, Xoyyai, ro&vfjiaTa, crcpevdovai, 
TrXelaroi S* lie t&v yeipibv XiQoi. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 14. 

PeXejxvov, ov (to), synon. of fieXog, only in the plural : Ovd' la 
Uixevai £7ri "Efcropt iriKpa j3sXe^va. II. xxii. 206. 

SoVa£, koq (if), reed, of which the shaft of the arrow is 
made ; and by ext., arrow : Kal jilv (3aXe p.npbv olarto 
heUov* EKXavdr] Se Sovat,, II. xi. 583. 

los, ov (6), what is shot with the bow, arrow : Ovk dp roi X9 ai " 
07x370-1 flibg Kal rap(j)EEQ loi. 11. xi. 387. 

ktjXov, ov (to), prop, split wood of which darts or arrows were made ; 
hence, poet, dart, arrow : 'Evvrjfxap jxhv ava arpaTOv (pX tT0 K *lXa 
Otolo. 11. i. 53. [fcaiw. co /cai>Ao£.] 



122, 123. 125 

6'toTos, ov (o), poet, and rare in the historians, arrow: (121) 
Atyls fitog, vevprj Se piy 'iayjEv, ciXto o' oiarog u^vfiiXnc. 
Ik iv. 125. 

To^eujuta, arog (to), 1. range of the bow: 'Eveim) eic 
To^evjjLa ye acpiKoivro (within bow-shot). Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 23. 
2. arrow : Kat aireKreivav tivclq /cat Xidoig /cat ro^ev/JLafTL 
K-aTETpioaav. Xen. Anab. iv. 1, 7. 

122. 
Prjjxa, ciTOQ (to), step: Kat ro fiiv wptiTOV oX'tya /3///zara 122 
TrpoiovTEc, /bLerefidWovTO ettI acnrila. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 3. 

lx^os, eog (to), trace of the feet or steps, track : 'Ens! c 
atyiKETO elg y^iova Tro\\y)v, EdKexparo el ein i\vr\ arBpujiruji'. 
Xen. Anab. vii. 3, 42. 

iX^to^, ov (to), dimin. in form only, of the preceding, 
and more poetical : 'O £' kVetra jjlet "ix via ficuve OeoIo. 
Od. ii. 406. [Removed by Kriiger from Xen. An. i. 6, 1.] 

ori{3os, ov (6), print of the feet, or steps : EIkcl^eto c 
ft vat 6 (TTiflog wg SiaxiXitJi' l-mriov. Xen. An. i. 6, 1. 

123. 

pios, ov (6), related to (Ha, prop, vital strength or mo- 123 
tion ; hence, life, in the wide extent of the word, prop, and 
fig., principally used of man, and with reference to the 
duration of it, and what Aristotle calls Aoyt/o) £a>?/, rational 
life ; hence, business of life, kind of life, course of life. If 
the grammarians are to be believed, (iiog should only be 
used of man ; thus Xenophon must have expressed himself 
improperly in applying it to animals : Ovk avhp&v ayaflwi' 
ctAAa dnpiojp tujv aadEVEdrdr^v fiiov jLttaouaeror. Xen. 
Ages. 9, 5. [Also living, livelihood : (iior and nvog iropi- 
^EcrOat 7rot£ to-flat, crvXXiyEaOai, &c] 

aluy, wvog (6 or >/) (fr. clel), prop. Eternity, Time, 
cevum ; in a more contracted sense, duration of life, exist- 
ence : MivuvOcISloq Si ol alibv ekXe& . II. iv. 478. [Xen. 
Arist. Lycurg.~\ 

(3toT€ta, ac (>/), kind of life, way of life : 'EHkel Sea 
Tcivra Kal EvSo&TaTn Eivai npog tCov iroXEiov avrrj ?/ ptorcca. 
Xen. CEcon. 6, 10. 

PioTnj, iJQ (?/), synon. with (3iog, used also [rz fiioTtia] by Xeno- 
phon: "Hi/ aXKoi fiaKaoicjTCLTJjv kvofjaZov tivai fiioriii'. Xen. Cyr. 
vii. 3, 27. 

If 3 



126 124. 

(123) pioTTjs, rjrog (?/), in the Homeric hymns: Uprjv fcaraerr/A/3a>v 
asXag vipoOep eg PiorrjTa y)fierspriv. Hym. vii. 10. 

Piotos, ov (6), sometimes for fiiog, life, existence : At ke Oavyg Kal 
fiolpav avci7r\r](Tyg f3i6roio. 11. iv. 170. More often, that which serves 
for the maintenance of life, subsistence, means of living, goods, fortune, 
victus: 'E7T£t aWoTpwv j3iorov vr}7roivov tdovaiv. Od. i. 160. 

StaiTa, tjg (^), order of life, or rule of living, principally 
as regards foodr^H ty\v ciaudv \xov (j)av\i£etg <bg y\Trov 
\iiv vyiEiva kodiovTog efiov rj crov; Xen. Mem, i. 6, 5. Our 
word diet, which comes from it, is used in a medical 
sense. 

Ivy], fjg (rj), means of living, subsistence, existence in the 
Odyssey: 'H yap 01 £<oii y l\v aa-rrerog. Od. xiv. 96. 
Later, the animal life, the natural life of man and beast, 
and in opp. to Qdvarog, especially in the poets. 

(xevog, sog (to), vital strength, in Homer : 'A7ro yap fikvog tiXero 
XaXicog. II. iii. 294. 

\|/ux^, VQ (^)> breath ; hence, vital principle, life, in 
Homer and in the poets : '£lg sldrjg dlav aiw (pd/jiav irepl 
adg \\svyag. Eur. Hec. 172. 

124. 

124 pioGV, to live, in reference to the duration of life ; accord- 
ing to the grammarians, it is only used of man : 'AvdyKrj 
kyivs.ro avrio /jletci rriv Kpioiv TpiaKovra fffiipag (St&vai. 
Xen. Mem. Iv. 8, 2. 

£rjV, prop, to breathe ; hence, to live, exist [to be alive~], 
said of man, beasts, and even the vegetable world, and 
principally in opp. to Qviimcziv : Ov £#, a\\' iv rrj fJidj^ 
airidavev. Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 2. 

pioTeueiK, to live, in reference to subsistence, to have or 
procure the means of living, the necessaries of life, to gain 
a livelihood, to subsist : Kal qgov yiXttl^ov avrodev noXe- 
fxovvra (crrparois) /3ior£v<7£U'. Thuc. i. 11. The same his- 
torian uses it also for (jlovv : Kal ovkItl -qlvvaro ev rJ 
KaOearwrt Tpowo) fiiOTeveiv. Thuc. i. 130. 

pXeireii', with ellipse of <pdog, in the tragic writers, to see 
the light of day, poet, periphrase, for to live, to exist: Kai 
nujg av avrog Karddvoi re Kal (iXiiroi ; Eur. Ale. 143. 

SiaiTaaOai, to follow a set course or rule of life : "tlorc 



125. 127 

Kal to EvuyjuaQai rolg Kocrptwg Stair (jjpipoig averlOei* Xen. (124 J 
Mem. iii. 14, 7. [Also to live, with reference to taking 
one's meals in a particular place : kv t<J nvpya), in the 
garret where the slaves lodged. Dem.~\ 

Sictyci^, refers to the employment of time, to life, as a 
whole, in the moral view of it : to pass one's time or life : 
Uorepov Kal rujv aXkwv kkevOepiov rovg ovtw £(jjvrag cifieivoy 
lidyorrag 6p$Q ; Xen. Mem. ii. 7, 7. 

irvctv, to brealhe^ for to live : Ou /iev yap ri izov iariv 6'iZvpujrepov 
dvdpbg irdvTwv ocraa re yaiav tin ttvi'iu re Kal spirei. II. xvii. 447. 

125. 

poTjOcu', fr. ftoi] and Oiw, prop, to run up at the cry of 125 
alarm, to succour, aid, help those who are with us, imme- 
diately, in every danger and under all circumstances : 'O 
fie Y^ovwv knel kTroXtopKeiro .... Kal ol ^Adqvaloi ovk kfiofj- 
Bovv Sta to JJ.)) irvvdavecrdai ravra. Xen. Hell. i. 6, 19. 

aXeijeiv, fir. clXkij, to employ force in order to defend in war or to 
drive otf the danger : At 8k fidrnv avdpaaiv 'Apyuoiaiv dXe^sp,evai 
fiejiavXai. II. v. 779» 

fyuveiv, fr. a and \xvvr\, according to the grammarians, to 
go to the succour of any one without making pretext for 
delay. This explanation seems somewhat forced ; it seems 
more natural to consider the a here as augmentative, and 
then the primary meaning of the verb would be to cover, 
to protect : 'iKErevovaai iravrag oro) kvTvyyfiroiEv, /Jtrj (f>ev- 
ysiv Kar a\nr oyrag avrag, a\/V afxvrai Kal tekiolq Kal eavralg 
nal atyiaiv avTolg. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 33. 

ap-rJYciv (dp-qg), to aid in war: Kai re ps (pijGi /xa%y TpweGo-iv dpj'j- 
yeiv. II. i. 521. 

PorjSpofxeiv, synon. with fionOtfv, and perhaps more ancient ; it is 
found in the Orestes of Euripides and in the Rhesus, erroneously attri- 
buted to the same author : <bi\u)v vogovvtiov vartpov fioqdponeig. 
Eur. Rhes. 412. This verb has also been used by modern historians. 

ImKoupeu', to come to the succour, used of foreign allies, 
who come to the assistance of a people in war : 'AXXa k 
MoTpa >)y' kiriKoypqaovTa fiera llotapoV re Kal viae. 11. v. 
613. In a more general sense prop, and fig. [to aid, help, 
&c] : 'Eyw 8* kiripyofiai v/iiv kniKovpiiGijJv. Xen. Cyr. vii. 
1,21. 

emjAaxciy, to go to the assistance of another nation, to 



128 126. 

(I25)bear, succour, beyond one's own frontiers, in speaking of 
two nations who have made an offensive and defensive 
alliance together : Upog 'Apyetovg Zvpfjiaxiav 7roLeladcu, 
&gte rrj aXXf)Xu)v kirifxa'yElv. Thuc. v. 27. 

crufjLjxaxet^, to fight in company, to be in league or alliance 
against a common enemy, said of separate nations of the 
same country allied together : HeipcHrojjiai rw 7ra7T7rw, aya- 
Qwv ittttewv KparicTTOQ &v Itcttevq, GV^fxay/iv avrh). Xen. 
Cyr. i. 3, 13. 

<7U{j/rro\€jji€u>, to make war with, in conjunction with 
others : "!L7rE[x\pav Se Kal kg Tvparjvlav, eartv wv woXewv 
E7rayye\\ofi£vu)v kul clvtujv ^vfjuruXefxelv. Thuc, vi. 88. 

virepixayeiv, to defend, to protect with arms one unable to 
defend himself, to fight for the defence of any one : Ni/i> 
TroXeuyg vTCEpixayeig, Eur. Phoen. 1258. [Late in prose. 
Pint."] 

126. 

126 |36aK€ii/, fr. the primitives /3aoj and 7raw : hence, the Latin 
pasco, to put cattle to their browsing or eating : hence, to 
lead to pasture : r O B 9 ofpa p.kv ElXiwoSac (iovg fioaK kv 
liEpKojrrj. II. xv. 548. 

(3oukoX€ik, to tend cattle : ^Acppodlrrj i^ijrrjp, fj \xiv vw 'Ay- 
yiar) teke ftovKoXiovTi. II. v. 313. Applied also by cata- 
chresis to every other kind of beast, as to horses, &c. : Tov 
TpMr)(iXiaL r L7nroi ZXog Kara (5ovkoXeovto. II. XX. 222. 

v£\keiv, to put to pasture ; hence, to feed, tend at feeding : 
Tlai()£g jjiev ovv \xoi kXitvuv kv kayaroig vi\xovai \xr\Xa. Eur. 
Cycl. 28. 

vejjieOeiv, synon. of vsfjieiv, in the passive only in Homer : Aolai de 
7rs\tiddeg a/japlg ekcigtov %pvauai vtfisOovro. II. xi. 634. 

yojieueiv (yofiEvg), to be shepherd ; hence, to tend flocks 
and herds : Aoiovg k^yparo fiiadovg, tov jjlev fiovKoXiwv, tov 
S 1 dpyvcpa fifjXa vofXEvuv. Od. x. 85. 

iroijjiau'cii', prop, to be shepherd; hence, to tend, take 
care of a flock, principally of sheep : "Oc pa te fifjXa olog 
7roLjjiaivE(TKEv airoiTpodEv. Od. ix. 188. 

XtXeueiK, to give fodder, pascere : TovTOig yap Sri Kal rovg 
fiovg Kal tcl v7ro£vyia )(t\£t>oi/crt. Theophr. C.'Pl. ii. 17,6. 



127, 128. 129 

Sometimes to be at pasture, pasci : 'Aepyoi 'Liriroi yjXtvovcn. (126) 
Nicandr. Ther. 635. 

XiXouy (x^°^)> t° l ea d or l a ^ e t° f°dder : Aia yap tov 
(f>6fiov rag [jlev rifiipag kyJXov rovg lirirovg. Xen. Anab. vii. 
2, 21. 

yppTatfiiv, to feed with hay : A?) tote x°P Ta £ ELV eXikclq 
fioiig Ivlov kovrag. Hesiod. Oper. ii. 70. And every other 
kind of fodder : Et Se vu/v ttoXlv KarEGKEva^Ec, tl av avrbg 
aXXo ij Tavra ixopra^Eg ; Plat. Pol. ii. 372, d. 

127. 
poTarr], rjg (rj), herb on which beasts feed, pasture : 'E7rrjv 127 
fioravng Kopiaojvrai. Od. x. 411. To, S* ett^XvOe irlova 
fJifjXa ek poravng avLovra jxet avXta te (ttjkovq te. Theocr. 
Id. xxv. 86. 

Kpaorts, e(jjq (Ji), green fodder, farrago : f H ce Kpaarlg 

XELOTptX^y 7T0LE~l, OTCLV EyKVOQ 7/. AHst. H. A. Y\\\. 8, 1. 

\6.\<xvov i ov (to), peas, beans, and garden vegetables of all 
kinds: Kcu rvpov Kal fooXjJovg Kal Xa^ava. Plat. Pol. ii. 
372, c. 

iroa, ag (?/), and poet. Troia, herb in general, grass: Trjg Se iroag 
Trig /JttjdiKijg i'j re irpuTOKOvpog (pavXrj, Kal oirov av vdujp dvawdeg 
67rdyrjTai rg iroa' o£ei yap. Aristot. H. An. viii. 8, 1. 

XiXos, ov (6), fodder, pabulum: Ovtol irpo'iovTEg ekcliov 
Kal ^Xoy Kal eI tl aXXo x9^1 (SL r i0V W* Xen. Anab. i. 6, 1. 

xXot], -qg (//), green herb : XXorjg yEvop.ivng cnro tov 
oiTEpiiaTbg. Xen. GEcon. 17, 10. 

XopTos, ov (6), dry herb, hay ; gramen : Aicpdipag ag 
£iX 0U (TKEirdajiaTa ETriixtrXaoav x^P T0U xovtyov. Xen. An. i. 
5, 10. 

128. 

poTpus, vog (o), grape, bunch of grapes, uva : "Ira .... 128 
i] TTEpiovaa rpotyi) (jvi'EiXn^Elcja inl ralg olvardaig avtyj top 
fioTpvv. Theophr. C. PI. iii. 14. 

opf>a£, aKog (//), fr. cbfiog, every kind of fruit not yet ripe, 
the grape especially in the Odyssey, green, sour grapes, 
verjuice : UdpoidE ££ t o/itpaKEQ eiaiv dvdug a(pie~icrai, ETEpai 

2' VTTOTZEpKa^OVGlV. Od. vii. 125. 



130 129, 130. 






(128) pcx|, ayog (fj), Attic, and pw£, in the Ionic, stone of every 
kind of fruit, acinus; gravestone, in Theophrastus : 2v/x- 
jjaivet yap kv tovtm to fioGTpvyiov av^tGdai, Slcl to /jtrj-n-a) 
GvveGTavcu tclq pdyag. Theophr. C. Plant, iii. 16. 

(Tracts, iSog (rj), raisin ; uva passa, in Dioscorides : Trjg 
Se (TTCKpidog cFTV7TTLK(i)Tepa IgtIv fj XevKf). Dioscor. V. 4, 3. 

ora<|>u\^, rjg (fj), grape, in general, bunch of grapes, in 
Homer, and in the Tewirovuca : 'Er 2' etlOsl GTacpvXrJGi jxeya 
fipLQovGav aXiorjv .... fieXaveg S 9 dva fioTpveg -fjcrav. II. 
xviii. 561. Ovto) yap xal r/ GTacpvXrj avTrjg 7rpbg (5pu>Giv 
yj^Lgty) koX reKTapwSrjg eGTiv. Geopon. v. 2, 10. 

129. 

129 PouXeaOcu, fr. jjovXrj, to wish, to be willing, said only of a 
being endowed with reason. It carries with it the notion 
of choice and of preference after deliberation. 

iOiXeiv, to wish, with more reference to natural instinct. 
It is used not only of man, but also of the irrational animal 
creation, and even of inanimate things. According to 
Buttmann, it is rather fiovXeadai, that expresses the desire, 
the inclination, and kOeXeiv, the decided intention to do a 
thing. The definition of the grammarians seems the best, 
and established by the use of the words ; thus Homer 
applies kQiXeiv to the water of a river : Zee S 9 vSwp* ovft 
edeXe npopeeiv, dXX 9 Ig^to. ^* xx *' 36*6\ The difference 
in the two words shows itself in the following passage, 
where they refer to an assembly of people : "Qfe toivvv 
tovO* ovTiog e^ei, wpoGrjKeL irpodvjAwg kdeXeiv dicoveiv t&v 
(HoyXofieviov GVfifiovXeveiv, Dem. Olynih. i. 1. 

Oikeiv, form considered more modern, and which Hermann 
wished to remove from the Homeric poems ; it is used 
indifferently, as well as ediXeiv, in Attic poetry and prose. 

130. 

130 $ou\r\, rjg (rj), prop, deliberation, consultation; hence, 
decision, resolution, determined will : Aidg $* kreXeieTO 
(3ovXr). II. i. 5. 

PouXyjfjia, aTog (to), verbal, which rather indicates the 



131. 131 

result, or act of the will, the thing willed; it has been con- (130) 
founded with jSovXrjcng, will : Kcu to jjlev ftovXrjfxa 7ravTog 
volwQetov tovt egtlv. Aristot. Ethic. Nic. 2, 1. 

PouXyjo-is, ewe (rj), will, pleasure, volition : Xpi) kul ejje 
EirofiEi'Ov to) volx<*) 7reipa(j6aL vjjiojy rrjc ekcmjtov fiovXijaewg re 
/cat £o£r/c Tvyelv wg ETnirXElcrTOV. Thuc. ii. 35. HovXrjvtg, 
in philosophy, is the will of the instinct or volition, which, 
according to the definition of Aristotle, can aim at impossi- 
bilities, but without being followed by any act, and may be 
used both of man and beast. 

7rpoatp€(ns, eiog (rj), purpose, intention, is the application 
of the will to a thing possible, and to the means of effect- 
ing it. Aristotle thus distinguishes it from fiovXnvig : "Etl 
S 9 rj jjlev jJovXrjvig rov reXovg karl lioXXov, r\ Se itpoaipEaig 
twv npdg to TeXog. Aristot. Eth. Nic. iii. 4. 

0€\y)ctis, eujg (rj), will, in the N. T. : Kara ri)v avrov 
6iXi)(jiv. Hebr. 2, 4. 

0eXT]jxa, arog (to), effect or object of the will, has been 
confounded with the above in the N. T. : TevnQi]Tu to 
diXn^d gov. Matth. 26, 42. 



131. 

PouXt], fjg (rj), fr. (iovXofjLai, counsel, taken or given in 131 
deliberating, advice : Nf'orwp, ov ko.1 irpoddev apiGTn (pat- 
veto fiovXrj. II. ix. 94. 

Y^wjuiT], rjg (rj), opinion formed upon inquiry and after 
deliberation, fixed design : Ei S' vluv yvojLiri egtl kwXvelv te 
rj/jiag E7rl KipKvpav itXeIv. Thuc. i. 53. 

Srjvos, sag (to), always in the plural, S^vea, sentiments that are in 
unison with the habits and character of a person: TLdvTa ds toi fplcj 
6\o(pwia Srjvea KipKijg. Od. x. 289. 

SiriVoia, ac (»/), thought, and sometimes for design, inten- 
tion : 9 EiSe\etul yap Tag ^v/jfopag tlov TTpayixaTU)v oir^ 
i)(joov dfj-adwc xwoj/crcu 1) /ecu Tag ciavoiag tov drdpd)7rov. 
Thuc. i. 140. 

p,€voivrj, i]g (1)), Epic synon. of f3ovX)}> according to the Scholiast on 
Apollonius Rhodiua : El fxkv $?) ircajycnv etpavSiivei ijce f.itvoii , t). 
, A poll. Rhod. i. 700. 



132 132. 

(131) p.TJ8oSt eog (to), fr. nrjdofiai ; care, but used in the plural only : 'Ev 
7rvpi 6t] (SovXal ts yevolaTo firjded r avdp&v ; IL ii. 340. 

p.T]Tis, tog (r/), of the same family as the above, wisdom or ability in 
the council ; hence, by ext., wise counsel or design ; Et tivcl ol avv 
firjrip dfivfjiova TSKTtjvaiTO. II. x. 19. 

i/orjfjia, aroQ (to), thought and intent of the mind, view 
(fig.) : "H ol a.7rayy£\\e(TKe Aide, fxeyaXoto vorjfxa. II. xvii. 
406. [In prose, Plato : Parmen. often ; Polit. 260, <L] 

irpoaipeo-is, £ we (*/), plan or system of conduct private or 
political, propositum, in Demosthenes : To jjlev yap irepag, 
wg av 6 Aai/Jiiov (jovXrjdrj, TzavTWV yiyveTai* r] Se 7rpoaipecrig 
avTrj ti}v tov crvfjil3ov\ov hidvotav SrjXol. Dem. de Cor, 57» 

<J)paSi], rjg (97), synon. of fiovXr), seldom found : 'AQavaTW, a> 
Zslve, (ppahj rivbg evQad* iicavaig. Theocr. xxv. 52. 

4>pa8fxocruvT], rjg (*/), design, indicating a deeper and more secret 
will : MivvOovai 3t oIkoi Zrjvbg (ppadfioovvyviv. Hesiod. Oper. 243. 



132. 

132 pouXiq, rjg (r}), council or deliberative assembly ; council 
of five hundred or senate, at Athens : 'O/io^ud/carc xprjtyiel- 
odai mra Tovg vo\xovg kcu tcl tl/^/c/iara rd tov drjjuov Kai 
Trjg fiovXrjg twv 7revTaK0fflu)r 9 Dem. de Legat. 397, 16. 
Used also of the tribunal of the Areopagus at Athens : r H 
$e kv 'Apg/w 7rdya) fiovXr) ovk ek tujv ^ESoKLfxacrfxiviov Kadi- 
(TTaTai ; Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 20. 

PouXelov, ov (to), fr. (iovXrj, place or hall of session of the 
council or senate, is only found in the life of Homer, erro- 
neously attributed to Herodotus : Kai fiovXrjg cvXXeyojuf- 
vrjg kXOibv km to (dovXeIov. Fit. Homer. 12. 

pouXcuTiqpio^, ov (to), place or hall of consultation ; hence, 
council- chamber, senate- house : 'Erai jievtol /carf£/w£av eig 
to fiZTaZv tov fiovXevTrjpiov Kai tov Tfjg r E(TTiag lepov. Xen. 
Hellen. vii. 4, 33. Trj & varTspala, afjia rrj r]fxepa ol jj.ev 
7rpvTdreig tijv j3ovXr)v EKaXovv elg to fiovXevTrjpLOv. Dem, 
de Cor. 53. 

yepouaia, ag (»j) (yipiov), assembly of (yepovreg) elders, 
senate : Kai irXEioTaKig kv avTaic (ttoXegiv) at te yepovciai 



133, 134. 133 

Kai ol apiGTQi avSpEQ TrapaKE\e.vovTat rolg ttoXitciiq ojjovoeIv. (132) 
Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 16. 

o-uyk\y]tos, ov (r)) 9 in the writers of Roman history, the 
Senate as assembled for a sitting : f Y7ro te Tf}g (TvyK\i']Tov 
avTOKparup ayayopevOeig. Herodian. iii. 1, 2. 

133. 

Pous, oog (o, ?/), fr. fioii), j36(TK'to f or, according to others, 133 
formed by onomatopoeia ; ox or cow ; bos, vacca ; some- 
times bull, but then the word Taupos or aparjv is added: 
'Hi5rf (dovq ayE\r\tyi jity* 'i^oyog ettXeto iravTOJV ravpog' 6 
yap te fioEGGi jjLETa7rpE7TEL ay po/jiErr] a lv. II. ii. 480. Very 
often in Homer, and in the Ionic writers generally, at j36eq 
signifies the whole herd, males and females. 

8au.dXrjs, ov (6), calf, bullock, vitulus : a masculine form already- 
restored by Bekker in Aristotle (H. An. ix. 50, 6), and to be found 
likewise in Dionysius of Halicarnassus {Ant. R. i. 36), and in the An- 
thology : Tbv Ktpabv §ap.dXy]v Havi (piXajpsiro: KvWrjvioj avepv- 
aavreg eppe^av. Anthol. vi. 96. This form, which Valckenaer would 
not admit in Ammonius, is thus restored after the authority of the best 
manuscripts. 

8ap.a\is, ewe, (>)), and more usually 8au.aXr), rjg (rj), in the poets 
after Homer, heifer, young cow, of age to be put to the yoke : IloXXai 
8' av da^idXai Kai nopTieg wdvpavTO. Theocr. Id. \. 75. 

pooyps, ov (6, ?/), calf of either sex: lioafjtog ra /jgXlcl 
jjaXa, rq poX ft a poo-yog, Theocr. Id. viii. 80. \_Hdt. Pl.~] 

iropTis, log (»/), and iropis in the Odyssey (x. 410), cow-calf, little 
heifer, but not so old as dctfidXi] : 'Qg £k Xkwv iv fiovai Qopwv i% 
cw\kva a%>y iroonog rjk [3o6g. II. v. 162. 

ir<SpTa|, ciKog (o, ?/), calf of either sex in Homer: "Qg rig 7repi izop- 

TCIKI p.l]T1]0 7TOiOT0T()KOg. II. Xvii. 4. 

134. 

Ppaxtwi/, orog (o), the upper part of the arm in Homer 134 
and Galen, brachium : Upv/uu ov Ze jopaylova Zovpog ajcwtfi) 
Spvxp' cltto uvlovwv. II, xvi. 323. 

irfjxus, Ewg (to), the fore-arm, the cubitus : Tlj/x v e ce 
fvTtXftrru fAtv Kai to avfjnrav fjtEXog, baov iarl jiETa^v ri)g te 
fara Kapwov xal Tijg tear ayKwva ciapOptjaEidg, Galen, 
de Us. Part. ii. [Cf. 14.] 

N 



134 135. 

(134) x € ^P> P°G (>/)> the whole arm in Homer, Hippocrates, and 
Galen : Trjg oXrjg j^eipog elg rpla ra fxeyaXa jJLepn refivo- 

fJL£VT)g 9 TO jJLEV jSpa^liOV, TO ()€, 7TYI^yg 9 70 & CLKpo^ELpOV 

dro/mfcrcu. Galen, de Us. Part. ii. 2. 

ctYKaXir], ng (r)) 9 interior curve of the arm; hence, arm in the poets 
later than Homer; very (?) rare in prose, particularly in the singular 
[P/. Legg. vii. 789] : 'TfJiug de veavidsg viv ayicdXaig fVt dkZaeOe. 
Eur. Iph. Aul. 615. 

d-yKaXis, ilog (f\), dimin. and synon. of the above, only in the plural 
in Homer, arm : FjvdtGK Iv XtKTpoiGiv, lv ayKa.Xide.GGi TiOrjvriQ* II. 
xxir. 503. 

d.7KoivT|, rjg (r/), fr. dyKwv, interior curve of the arm; hence, in the 
plural, the arms, ulna : ZrjvoQ yap tov apicrTov kv ayKOivyaiv iaveig. 
II. xiv. 213. 

wXivT}, ng (r)), arm, ulna: Uspi d' uXevag dspq: fyiXTCLTa (3dXoifii. 
Eur. Phcen. 169. [In prose, Luc.'] 



135. 

135 (BuPXos, ov (rj) 9 name given by Herodotus to the plant 
called papyrus by the Egyptians. These two words are 
identical, regard being had to the pronunciation of letters 
of the same organ, as p and b 9 I and r, letters, which in all 
languages, are often interchanged : Tr)v £e fivfiXov Trjv 
kirETZiov yevo\xevr\v 9 eirehv avaaircMTwaL etc twv eXewv, to. 
jutey aru) abrfjg aizoTafxvovTeg 9 eg aXXo tl Tpanovcri' to Se 
KctTh) XeXeifJ-ixevov oaov re eirl TtY\yyv 9 Tpwyovcri kcii TruiXeovcri. 
Herodot. ii. 92. Paper made of the stalk of this plant, and 
prepared for writing ; hence, by ext. booh : Mera Se tovtov, 
KaTeXeyov ol Ipieg etc fivfiXcor, aXXcov (DaaiXeuyv Tpirjicoaiiov 
Te Kal TpujKOPTa ovvofiaTa. Herodot. ii. 100. 

PipXos, ov (*/), Attic form of (3vj3Xoc 9 papyrus : 'EvTavOa 
evpiGKovrai 7roXXa\ fiev tcXlvai, iroXXa he Kifiuma, 7roXXcu de 
filftXoi (much papyrus). Xen. Anab. vii. 5, 8. In Plato, 
paper, book : Udvv (nrovcfj Xajjajy rag (jifiXovg, wg ra^iGTa 
oiog t rjp aveylyvwGKov. Plat. Phced. 98, b. 

pupXioi> and Pi|3Xioi/, ov (to), are given in all the lexicons 
as the diminutive of fiifiXog ; but it would perhaps be better 
to consider it as the neuter of the adjective j3vj3Xiog 9 or 
(iiftXiog (which we find again in the plural BvfiXioi, inha- 
bitants of the town of Bu|3Xos), taken substantively with 



YV1LU 



135. 135 

ellipse of avyypappa, prop, written on papyrus, roll of (135) 
papyrus; hence, book: Aafie to fiiftXiov teal \£ye. Plat. 
Thecet. 143, b. Hence our word Bible, from the plural 
(lifiXia, ojy (ra), specially signifying the Holy Books, the 
Holy Scriptures. 

8uJ>0€pcu, wv (oe), fr. Si<po) 9 prop, skins of beasts prepared 
for writing; hence, by ext., writings, volumes, books: Kat 

TUQ fjl/j\0VQ Sl<j)d£pClQ Ka\£0VGL UTTO TOO TTClXcUOV "loJVEQ, OTL 

kdte kv airdvEi [3i(3\(jji' i^peojPTO dupOiprjai alyeinai re Kat 
olirjcrt. "En ce Kat to kcit epe iroXKol tup jjapftdpijjy eg 
Totavrag Sitydepag ypdepovat. Herodot. v. 58. This passage 
shows that the use of skins for writing is of much more 
ancient origin than Pliny gives it on the authority of Varro. 
Varro attributes the invention of parchment to Eumenes of 
Pergamus, about 200 b. c. : Mox cemulatione circa biblio- 
thecas re gum Ptolemcei et Eumenis, supprimente chartas 
Ptolemceo, Varro membranas Per garni tradidit repertas. 
(Plin. Hist. Nat. xiii. 21.) Perhaps this supposed dis- 
covery of parchment should be understood solely of a more 
elaborate preparation ; or of an entirely new process in the 
dressing of skins, the use of which for writing was of very 
ancient date. 

irdirupos, ov (6 or //), and -n-dirupo^, ov (to), papyrus, a 
species of rush, a cyperaceous plant growing in the Egyptian 
marshes, and which the ancient Egyptians made use of for 
many purposes. Of the roots they made various house- 
hold utensils; of a part of the stalk, and the leaves, they 
made tissue- work of all kinds, sails, cordage, wicks of 
lamps, &C. : f O S' "Epwc, ^irwra Si/crag vwep avy^irog 
7ra7rvpa), peOv poi SiaKOPEtTu. Anacr. 4. AajiiraSa Kr)po- 
^iTioru, ayoivu kol Xetttyi (jeptyyopE vnv irairvpu). Anth. 
Antip. Thess. 13. But the use they made of the lower 
part of the stalk, in manufacturing from it the leaves of a 
sort of writing paper, is the most curious and important : 
Hanvpog ypuptpoQ ecttl izamr, d<f i)g b yjipji)g KuraaKEv- 
d^tTat. Dioscor. i. 116. From the Greek izdizvpog comes 
our word paper, and the word papyrus itself is also in use, 
but only in archaeology, in speaking of the inscriptions on 
the leaves of papyrus, found in the catacombs, and in the 
mummy-coffins. The curious details of the process fol- 
ic 2 



136 136. 

(135) lowed in the preparation of the papyrus-paper have been 
preserved to us by Pliny, Hist. Nat. xiii. 23, 12. 

irepyafJiY)^, rjg (fj), fr. Hipyajjiog, SityOipcL is understood, 
slcin of Pergamus, or prepared at Pergamus, parchment, 
in Suidas. 

XapTY]s, ov (6), fr. yapdcraio, prop, every kind of sub- 
stance prepared for writing, and principally the leaves of 
the papyrus, skins or parchment, paper, charta : IloXXci 
kyior vjjuv ypdcpeiv, ovy kj3ovXi'i0r)v Sia yaprov /cat fxiXavog. 
N. T. 2 John 12. Pliny gives the name charta even to 
the papyrus plant : Quurn in Sebennytico saltern ejus nomo 
non nisi charta nascatur. Plin. Hist. Nat. xiii. 21. 



136. 

136 pwjjios, ov (6), prop, base; hence, altar: 'lepovg Kara 
j3ii)jjL0vg epdofiep adavaroKTi TeXrjefTaag EKar6jx(iag. II. ii. 
306. 

ecrxdpa, aq (Jj), hearth, fire on the hearth : Apvog Kop- 
jjtovg 7r\areiaQ kaydpag jjaXiov ettl. Eur. Cycl, 383. Prop, 
it is the fire on the altar ; hence, by ext., the altar itself, 
domestic altar. Euripides employs it in this meaning in 
his tragedy of Plisthenes : WrjXo (repay eTre Saijuovioy kit 
kvydpaig. According to others, fiojfiog was the altar de- 
dicated to the gods, and kaydpa that raised to a hero or 
demi-god. 

loria, ag (rj), domestic hearth, fire : 'JLorirj r 'OSvafjog 
ujj.vfjLovog. Od. xiv. 159. 

0-ufjieA.T], r)q (fj), altar : JlpoaaiTova efJLoXov dt^nrvpovg Oe&v 
OvjxsXctQ. Eur. Suppl. 64. 

8ucriaoTYJpioi>, ov (tq) 9 the part of the altar where the 
victim was burnt ; hence, the altar, in the O. T. and 
N. T. : 'EaV ouv 7rpoc0£jOj7f to Swpov aov kirl to QvaiacrT^piov, 
Matth. v. 23. 



137, 138. 13] 



r. 



137. 

ydy/paiya, ?/c (>'/), fr. ypa'w, gangrene. Hippocrates 137 
gives this name to the inflammation of a part of the body, 
in which absolute and incurable mortification has not yet 
taken place ; 

o-<Jxxk€\o5, ov (o), sphacelus, total mortification, or ex- 
tinction of the vital action in a part of the body. Galen 
defines the two states thus after Hippocrates : Kal to -fjg 
yayypaivrjc 7rd6r)fjLct irapayiveaOai (prjaiv ahroic, e^loXijOePTioy 
T&vitpyovTbiV 6(ttwv irapa ru jjeyedet crjXoroTi rfjg <pXey}iovrJQ. 
"Orav yovv vwep tcl irdQq tcl (pXeyfJLciLvovTCL to t epvdpbv 
ttjq (pXeyfuovfiQ cnroWvTai, 7reXLdvu)V yLyrofievtov tCjv atop.d- 
tlov, ij TS ocvirj fj,sf.ieiu)a6ai SoKel, hiOTi Kal y diadrjaiQ 
evaoKwdrj, Kal otciv ye TeXeu)Q dvaiadrjTa yevLOVTai tcl ovtloq 
TrdayppTCL orw/iara, to 7rddog ovketl yayvpaiyai', aXXa cr<j>dK€- 
\ov di'Ofid^ovGi, Mera^u yap tovtov tov acpaKeXov kciI ttjq 
fjteydXrjc (pXey ■fj.ovfjg ianv ?/ yayypau'a. Gal. in Hipp. 7. 
In modern medicine, on the contrary, these two terms de- 
note precisely the same morbid affection, but serve to dis- 
tinguish the degree of intensity in which it exists ; thus 
the word gangrene is applied only to the parts affected 
within certain limits, or to the organs, which are the seat 
of the evil, and by sphacelus is meant the entire mortifica- 
tion of a member, or of one of its divisions. 



138. 

yaXe'a, oc [y«Xf/] (>/), weasel, in Aristotle and Elian : 'H 13S 
he yaXrj otciv ocpei /ua^iyrai eiieadiei to vrjyavoy, Aristot. 
H. A. ix. 6. It appears that the ancients tamed them, if we 
may so judge from the following passage of Theocritus : 
At yukiai paXctKug -^pjjcrcoiTt KadevSev. Theoer. Id. xv. 
28. It is this common saying (which has in effect the 
meaning of the French proverb, Ne rcveillcz pas le chat 
qui dort), that has induced some learned men to suppose 
that yaXia had the signification of cat in more modern 
writers. [ynX. aypla or A</3vk//, ferret. Ar. II. A. vi. 37, 4.] 

N 3 



138 139. 

(138) cuXoupos, ov (6, t}) 9 cat, feminine in Aristotle, who says, 
in speaking of the weasel : "Egti Se Kai opvidotydyov axmep 
ai a'iXovpoi. Aristot. H. A. ix. 6. 

iktis, tcog (//), a species of weasel ; viverra : 'H h 9 'Lktiq 
tt]V ZaGvrnra Kai tyjv o\piv, Kai t-ov tfdovg tyjv Katcovpy'iav 
ojjlolov yaXfj' teal ridaacrov yiverai Gtyodpa. Aristot* H. A, 
ix. 6. 

139. 
139 yaixeiv, t° ^ e a wife, to marry, used of the man only; 

yap-elaOat, to be married, used only of the woman. Ho- 
mer thus distinguishes them : Mrjripa r OlSnroSao 'iSor, 
KaXrjv 'EwiKdGTrjv, fj fxiya epyov eps^ev ai$peh)cri vooio, 
yr\\xa\xivy\ ih vleV 6 & ov irarip' k^Evapi^ag, yfjfiev. Od, 
xi. 272. 

yaiLivKtiv, to marry, speaking of women, in Aristotle : 
HoXXtiv diatydeipofjiivtoi' &a to yafxiaKsadai rag veioripag, 
Aristot. Pol. vii. 16. 






ayeo-Gai, to conduct a woman in the capacity of wife to her 
new home : Tr)v jiev 'E-^EKXijog Kparepbv \xivog 'AKroptSao 
rjydyETo npog SojfjiaT. II. xvi. 189. Hence, by ellipse, and 
according to the peculiar use of the middle voice, to marry, 
of the man only, to take a wife, as the Latin ducere : 
Ovte ekSovvul, ovte ayayEGdai nap* ekeivwv, oi/3' kg EKtivovg, 
ovfiei'l etl rov Srjfiov klrjv. Thuc. viii. 21. This verb is 
also used of a father who contracts a marriage engage- 
ment with a woman for his son : YU'l Se 2,Trdprr}Q£v 'AXt- 
Kropog rjyETO Kovprjy. Od. iv. 10. 

dpjjio^ei^, to join, to unite, bestow in marriage, in the poets 
and in the N. T. : TavTrjv .... tlytv kv SojjLoig AiytaOog, 
ovtf rjpfio^E vvfi(pi(t) tlvl. Eur. Electr. 24. 'Upload fir] v 
yap hfjidg kv\ avhpi. 2 Cor. xi. 2. 

SiSoixxi, to give in marriage : 7 £1l avrrjv o TifxoKpaTrjg, 
ofjiojuiirpiog Kai 6jjL07rdrpiog wv a^EXcpog, eScoke. Dem. in 
EubuL 1311. 

ckSiSoccii, a compound of the above, and more common 
in prose : *Hy Si rig EK^ovvat (ZovXrirai dvyaripa. Xen, Cyr. 
viii. 4, 9. 



140. 139 

iyyvay, prop, to give the hand in sign of promise or (139) 
agreement ; hence, to betroth, in speaking of the parents of 
the girl : °Hi> ay lyyvijarj enl ciKaiotg cdfuapra thai y 
7rnri]p ?) aceX(pog o/i07rarwp, fj •Ka.'K'Kog 6 7rpog iraTpog. Dem. 
in Stephan. ii. 1134. In the middle, speaking of the 
betrothed man, to betroth (the woman) for himself, and in 
his own name, to contract marriage with : Kai eyyvarai 6 
nari)p ti)v fjiyrepa rrjy ejjl))v napa tov aceXtyov avrfjc. Dem, 
in Eubul. 1311. 

e8v<$€iv, to betroth a daughter in receiving the customary presents, in 
the middle in Homer, speaking of the father: "Qg k avrbg iecvwaaiTO 
GuyciTpa. Od. ii. 53. The active is not found till later in Theocritus 
(Id, xxii. 147). 

l±vr\<TTe6eiv, to sue in marriage : Ov ttlotzot k\xvi\GTtv(ja 
7reu£a m]v. Eur. Iph. AuL 832. Top yap rrj koXel eel 
^vjucpiporra jjlvt]Gtevelp ya\xov ekcmttov, ov tov rjSiGTOv ai/rw. 
Plat. Legg. vi. 773, b. 

i>uji<|>€uW, to give a daughter in marriage, to betroth : Ov 
yap ae fJ.i)rrip ovte ivjul^evgel ttote. Eur. Ale. 314. 

(Tvt,evyvuvai, to join together, to unite, to marry (i. e. give 
in marriage), is used equally of either sex : Al6 rag jliev 
apfjLOTTtL wEpl rrjv tCjv OKTWKaiCEKa etCjv fjXiKiav (jv^evyvv- 
rai, Tovg fr etttcl Kai TpiaKovra. Aristot. Polit. vii. 16. 

owoiKi^eiy, to make marry, to marry : Ti)v jjlev euoI gvv- 
oiKiaag, ri]c, ?£ vlov jjle EiG7roi7]Gag. Isocr. JEgin. 16. 



140. 

yajxos, ov (6), marriage : 'Hye 2e rai ri]v dvyaripa n)v 140 
fiaaiXtuQ ettI ya^io). Xen. Anab. ii. 4, 8. 

yapiXia, ag (>/), at Athens, wedding present or victim, 
which the bridegroom sent to the members of his ward 
(typarpia), for a sacrifice to be followed by a feast : Kai 
yap on Kara rovg vopovg 6 7rar/)p kyn^E' Kai yajn7]Xiar 
rolg (bparopatv Elafjveyice fiEfA.apTvpr)Tai. Don. in llieocr. 
1320^ 13. 

*ya|jL"r]\€vu.a, arog (to), synon. of ydpiog, in /Eschylus ; Ava<pi\tg 
yajjLrjXevfia. sEsch. Choeph. 624. 



140 141. 

(140) yajxiK^, fjg (r/), conjugal state, in Aristotle : Taura c egt\ 
Segttotikyi /ecu yajjLLKrj {avi»)vv\xov yap fj yvvaucbg /cat avSpog 
crv£evti>Lc). Aristot. Polit. i. 3, 2. 

jxvqo-TeujJta, cltoq (to), suing in marriage, betrothals, sponsalia : ^O 
koikcl fiv7](TTevfjiaTa } 'AdpacrTe,7rpo(76eig. Eur. Phoen. 583. 

vu|i.<J>eia, iov (rd), betrothals; hence, wedding : "Ottoi W[A<pr]'ia auo 
ioaerai. Mosch. ii. 155. 

vvp.^>cv\ia, arog (to), thatwhich one has betrothed, or married: 2v 
d' kg to. firjTpbg /x>) <j>of3ov vvfJL<pEVfiaTa. Soph. (Ed. R. 980. 

vv\i.^t€vrr\piov, ov (to), marriage, union : 7 H ra Acactdaifioviq, 
vvjJ.(p(i SovXav; a>juoi fxoi ! ovk, dXXci XetCTpiov a/eoria vvjjKptvTrjpia. 
Eur. Tro. 252. 

au£eu£is, etog (rj), prop, conjunction ; hence, conjugal 
union : Hepl fxiv ovv tov ttote Set Troieladai tyiv gv^ev^lv 
EiprjTai. Aristot. Polit. vii. 16. 

tjjj^vouos, ov (6), hymeneal or marriage song: "Otciv %vv vfisvaioi' 
civ e%ayu> tcoprjv. Eur. Iph. Aul. 686. 



141. 

141 yaonqp, Epog (rj), belly : Olvofxaov /3o.Xe yaGTEpa fXEcrnv. 
II. xiii. 506. Sometimes, bowels, intestines : Taaripsg a'ift 
atyibv keclt ev irvpL' Tag S* E7rl hopiTU) KardEfjiEdrA, Kviaarjg 
te /ecu alfjiaTOG EjjiTr\y]GavTEc. Od. xviii. 44. From this 
passage some commentators have carried the invention of 
the black-pudding as far back as Homer's days. In Galen 
it signifies more particularly the stomach : Taarpbg rj jxev 
(pvGLKrj EvipyEia ttettel tt\v TrpoGEVEy%EiGav avTrj Tpo(j)7jP, 
Gal. Introd. 717. 

KoiXia, ag (jj), fr. KolXog, cavity, hollow, in general ; all 
that portion of the body which extends from the dia- 
phragm as far as the pelvis; the whole capacity of the 
belly or abdomen, and its contents, that is to say, the in- 
testine machinery for digestion ; abdomen, belly : KoiXia 
egtl vEvpwlrig viroioyEiov Tpo(f>ijg vypag kcu Irjpcig irpbg to 

7TETTE(j6ai TTjV TpO(j)rjy KaTEGKEVClff/JLEl'T). Gal. DeJlU. 361. 

Sometimes more particularly the stomach in Galen : To 
GTojxa Trjg icoiXiag oi iraXawl Kap^iav Cjvbfia^O)'. Gal. Loc. 
Affect, v. 6. 



142. 141 

R€Kpu<|>a\os, ov (6), fr. Kpij-irrw, second stomach in rumi- (141) 
nating animals ; so called from its net-like appearance, 
K£k'pv(f)a\oQ being the name of a caul or coif of net-work 
worn by women on the head. 

cX^os, ov (o), fr. Eyu, third stomach of ruminating 
animals : 'II yaarrip rf]g vrpovdoit {of the ostrich) avnprj- 
fj-imig EvpidKErai Xidovg i^ovaa ovairepoup Kara-tovrja iv rw 
f-yj-Vio (j)v\aTTEL Kal ttettel 7<J -^poyu). ASL An. xiv. 7. 

tyuarpov, ov (6), fr. avvu), fourth stomach of ruminating 
animals, when the operation of digestion is completed. 
Aristotle divides the digestive functions of ruminating 
animals into four parts : Ato ra rotavra tujv Jwwv irXeiovg 
£X eL T07TOVQ Kal fJLopta. KaXoiivrai ce ravra, KoiXia, Kal 
KEt:pv(paXoc 9 Kal kylvog, Kal qwarpov. Aristot. Part. An. 
iii. 14. 

onrojxaxos, ov (6), fr. vropa, prop. [_oriJice~] pipe, canal ; 
principally in medical writers, the canal by which the ali- 
ment passes into the stomach, the neck of the stomach, the 
cesophagus. It has been sometimes used by ext. for the 
whole organs of digestion, the stomach : 2D/ca ovk aarEicog 
Siaridriari tov OTopaypv, Kavaujon Kal aroiujTEpov avrov 
iroiovvra. Athen. iii. 79. 

142. 

yeiT(t)v, orog (o), fr. yij, prop, he whose land touches that 142 
of another, neighbour : Hrjpa kukoq yEirojv, oaaov r ayaddg 
piy ovEiap. Hesiod. Oper. 344-4 G. 

•y€iTo<rvvos, vvrj, neighbouring, in the Anthology : "EOave fipecpog eg. 
irXarv ttovtov %£iXo£ yeiroavvng kpirvaov etc KaXvfi7)g. AuIIloL ix. 
407. 

doruyeiTO)^ (o, //), neighbouring on the city, living in the 
neighbourhood of the city : Kar' aXXijXovg ce paXXoy wc 
EKavroi aarvyEiTOPeg ETroXipovv. Thuc. i. 15. 

olyx^Y 005 (°) ? '/)» °f or belonging to tlie neighbouring fields: °IIz> 
KaXtovcni> Uijyag ciyxiyvoi Trtpivaurai. Jpoll. Rliorf. i. 1223." 

ayxiTep[k<t)v, ovog (6), bordering upon : 'A\X' AyxiTBppuv yaTci p.oi, 
2icu0t]g Xtiug .... Zvinjxpe iroXepLOV. Eur. Rhcs. A'2C>. 

cyY u 'S) adv. with the article 6, //, = one who is near, close: 



142 142. 

(142) Tovg fiev kyyvg kol opwvrag rutv 'AOrfvaliov eXvky]ge fidXXov 
?} E(p6l3rj(Te. Thuc. iv. 115. 

e<j>6pio9 (6, //), one who is on the border, on the frontier 
(of) : M(/v*pa fJLttv kiriKaXibv avTolg, ort, 'Piofjialtov Kal Ilap- 

OvaiWV OVTEQ E(j)6ptOt, EQ EKCtTEpOVQ ETZlSe^IWQ EtyOV. Afptdn* 

Bell. Civil, v. 9. 

juieGopios (o, >/), that which is on the confines, on the 
frontiers (of) [with ref. to the countries it separates^ : f H 
Ce QvpEartc yf\ [lEdopta rrjg 'Apyeiag ttat AaKwvtKfjg egtIv, 
Thuc. ii. 27. 

ojutopos (o, //), bordering upon : Kal x^opav ofiopov kcu 
Si yctfj.lv rtva KEicrrjfjEvovg. Dem. 01. ii. 1. 

ofJiovpios (6, rj), epic form of the preceding : "EvOev (pang 'Opxo- 
fitvoXo dq ttots JZaSfieioiaiv bfiovpiov clgtv 7roXiaGai. Ap. Rhod. iii. 
1094. 

irpoo-ojuiopos (o, //), that which touches on the frontiers, 
under the Ionic form in Herodotus : Nacrafjuxn Se irpoa- 
ojLtovpol eIctl tyiWot. Herod, iv. 173. 

owopos (6, //), more modern compound, that which is on 
the confines : QrjBalovg ir po g ay ay egO at rrj GVfJfjayla, ytopav 
te aivopov rrjg 'ArrtKfjg Kal hivafjtv kvaymnov 'iyovrag* 
Plut. Demosth. 17. 

ojuioTeppdi/, ovog (6, //), having a common boundary ; situated 
on the frontier : M>) KtvElrcj yrjg opta fjrj^Elg fjifTE oIkeIov 
ttoXitov yElrovog fJijTE ofjorEpfiovog. Plat. Legg. viii. 842, e. 

opioToixos (o, r/), having a party-wall : Nocog yap yuroiv bfio~ 
roixog Ipeidei. jEsch. Agam. 974. 

6p.<oX.a£, ctKog (6, r)), cultivating the same furrows : BvZqptg S' sttI 
Tolaiv 6p.w\aKeg. Apol. Rhod. ii. 398. 

irepiKTiTtjs, ov (6), and TrepiKTitov, ovog (6), one of those who live 
around ; these two words are found, the second in the Iliad, and the first 
in the Odyssey : ' Og tzcivtiggi TrepiiCTiovecrGiv ava%ei. 11. xix. 104. 
Tr)v iravTEg fivojovTo TrepiKTirai. Od. xi. 288. 

7reptvai6TT]s, ov (6), one of those who live around : Kal fikv ttov 
kuvov Trspivaikrai afupig lovreg rdpovai. II. xxiv. 488. 

ttXyjo-ios, la, one who is near, or close by : r O£e Si rtg 
elttegkev ihwv kg it\y)gIov aXXov. II. ii. 27 1. This adjective 
is very rare even in poetry ; in prose it is found only in 
the comparative and superlative, and the neuter is more 
commonly used, taken adverbially, with the article, ttXtjow 






143. 143 

(o, >/) : Uapari]pur\ e(prj, tovtov, ol nXnaiov. Xen. Mem. iii. (142) 
13, 4. In the N, T., neighbour : 'Aya-n-^Geig rhv ttXt]glov 
gov wg aeavrov. Matth. xix. 19. 

irXiqo-ioxGJpos (o, ?/), one who dwells in the country or 
suburbs of a town : 'EXtrjfrov Kai gwgov vvvi rb\> aavrov 
TrXiiaioywpov. Aristoph. Vesp. 393. Thomas Magister dis- 
approves the use which Xenophon (Cyr. iv. 5, 13) has 
made of this adjective, perhaps because it specially be- 
longed to the poets. 

Trp6(j\(t)pos (o, //), synon. with the above : Kai -navreg ol 
TroXlrai, Kai ol Trpoayjwpoi avFpsg cat yuvaktf, ixertlypy rrjg 
eoprrjg. Xen. Anab. v. 3, 10. 

irpoaoiKos (6, ??), prop, that which is near the house : Xlaoe- 
olkoc yap OaXarra yjopq to jdev nap* e.KaaTT]v i]p.ipav ijSv. 
Plat. Legg. iv. 705, a. 

143. 

yekav, fr. yaoj, to unfold, open, or, according to others, 143 
fr. cXiy, heat ; hence, prop, in the poets, in speaking of 
inanimate things, to spread open, to shine with light, to 
glitter with a soft and pleasing light: TeXaaae £e wdaa 
irepl \Bi)\' yciXxov viro Grepo-Tjg. II. xix. 362. Hence, to 
laugh, in general : 'AptIpooq cT idvg yeXacag Kte TrfXefia^oio, 
Od. ii. 301. By ext. to laugh at, to ridicule : Kai 6 Sw/v-pa- 
ty)q fJiaXa ivirovcaKoTL tu> 7rpoGu)7T(p* TeXare, £(pn, £7r' e/jioi ; 
Xen. Conv. 2, 17. 

"YeXoidciv, epic, synon. of the above : AH7rvov fitv yap roiye yeXoi- 
iovreg tztvkovto. Od. xx. 390. 

Kayxo-Xdeiv, to laugh with bursts of laughter, to giggle : T H 7rov Kay- 
XaXoujat KapjjKOfioojvreQ 'Axaiol. II. iii. 43. 

jxciSi&i', and poet. fxeiSdj/, according to some grammarians, 
comes fr. ur\ avlar [no], to laugh lightly, to smile, and applies 
only to grave and morose persons. Homer prefers it in 
describing the smile that smoothed the majestic brow of 
Jove, or that of the fierce Ajax : Tolov ap A'tag cooro tteXuj- 
piog, jjlelIl(')loi' fiXoavpolGi irpocrioTrcHTi. II. vii. 211. [Cf. 
Sanscrit s-mi, and our s-mile. L. and *S\] 

Kayx^^ €LV » all( l P" ct - Kaxd^civ (\'«w, piiw), to burst with laughing, 
oaehinnari: Vepwv Kaxd^wv fitO* trspov vtaviov. Jristoph. ficclffc 
849. 



144 144. 

(143) vaipeiv signifies ordinarily to sweep, but particularly in 
the perfect ata^pivai, to open the mouth in setting the teeth, 
to show the teeth in growling like a dog : 'Eweih) lyvuxrav 
vfjtag rjypiwjjiivovQ en aXXrfXoKn Kal crecrripoTag, Aristoph, 
Pac. 620. Hence, by ext., to laugh with a forced laugh 
only, and as Eustathius says {ad Od. xx. 301), in speaking 
of those who endeavour to dissemble their pain or some 
great annoyance : ^we(3rf cT ahrov t&v typevwv kt,(o yevo- 
lievov dpd^acrdai Tivbg fiayaipiov, Kal avrbv avaTE^xEiv, cnrb 

TU)P (HpVptOV ElOC Ewl TOVQ KCltptOVQ TOTTOVg, KCU OVTWQ EKXnrE~LV 

top (diov yeXCovra Kal creffrjoora, Plut, Lacon, Apophth, vi. 
834. It is also used of an ironical, disdainful, mocking 
laugh : Kal ti oEaapbg Kal vofiapov p kyiXa&v. Theocr, Id, 
xx. 15. Yet Theocritus uses it of a pleasant smile: Kal 
[A arpefiaq eItte GEvapiog ofifJiaTL [A£lSl6<oi'tl, Theocr, Id, 
viii. 19. 

crapSdviov [JteiSdv or yeXav, with ellipse of yeXwra, to laugh a sar- 
donic laugh, is used of the convulsive grin of excessive pain ; or, again, 
of the bitter laugh, or smile of disdain and mockery : Meidrjae 8e Qvp,oj 
aapdaviov fidXa roTov. Od. xx. 301. According to Eustathius this 
phrase comes from the convulsive movement of the lips half-opening 
(7rapd to aeffripsvai tol x 6 ^ 7 ?) » or better, from 2ap£a>, name of the 
island of Sardinia, because in this island a herb grew, a species of wild 
celery, the juice of which caused a convulsive grin, followed shortly by 
death. 

crapSdJeiK, to laugh a sardonic laugh. This verb, derived 
fr. Sapcw (Sardinia), is only used by the grammarians. 

144. 

144 yekolos, oia (is used actively and passively of men and 
things) ; that which provokes laugh, or at which one laughs, 
ridiculous [also laughable in a good sense : vid. irarayc- 
\ao~Tog~\ : 'AAAa fxi]v ipyov yE ovSapov XniTTEOv rj evdiig 
eXeyxOri ctet at yEXolog &v. Xen, Mem, i. 7, 2. The gram- 
marians have been desirous to distinguish by different 
accents the two meanings of this word. According to 
them yekoioq signifies, that at which one laughs, and yiXotog, 
that which causes laughter. This erroneous system had 
its source no doubt in the change which the ancient and 
legitimate form yEXolog underwent into yiXoiog in new 
Attic, a change disapproved by the Etym. Magn., and 
which had no influence upon the meaning of the word. 



144. 145 

ysXcUrijuios (6, >/), ridiculous, speaking of things said in (144) 
discourse, a -word which Phrynichus attributes to the comic 
poet Strattis, and to the use of which he objects ; it is 
found only in Lucian : M.i\pi hev a) tovtojv yEXdm/ua kcu 
/jLEipctKiujcrj rd EtprijUEva. Luc. Somn. 5. 

yeXaoros, r), and in prose KaTtryeXaoTos . laughable ; ridiculous : 
AevQ' Iva tpya yeXaaTa icai ovk iiruiKra idrjaOe. Od. viii. 307. "*Ap' 
ovk dv, TTtipav diCovg, a\ia re /3Xa(3epbg eir]Q, icai KarayiXaarog 0at- 
voio ; Xen. Mem. ii. 6', 38. [Contrasted with ytXolog, laughable, humo- 
rous, comic, in PL Conv. 189, b: 3>o/3o£/xai . . . ov n p.i) ■ycXoia H7ru>, 
tovto fjiev yap av Kepiog eItj . . . dXXa p.?) KaTa^XacrTa. Aristophanes 
is speaking]. 

ycXaoriKos, ?/, one who can laugh, endowed with the faculty 
of laughing : Kat wc avdpwirog jjlev ytkaoTiicov, orog Se ov 
yeXatrnicov. Lucian. Vit, Auct. 26. 

YeXuTcnroios (6, r/), one who causes laughter, buffoon : 
Yloppio $' iv vcrrdroLg ISeiv rr)v rov ye\u)T07roiov Qepairov 
TzidnKov irSvofxivqv, Plat. Pol. x. 620, c. 

&ot€io9 (6, ?/), fig. one who has the refined intellect of the 
city, the French spirituel [Lat. urbanus. In English we 
sometimes render it polite, polished ; sometimes witty, 
pleasant, &c, according to the context] : "E-eito. ovk av 
TTpiaio yE 7rajui7r6X\ov, uxtte aot ravra Eiprjcrdat, Kat ciVay- 
yaXOriiai 7rap' 7) evEukij.le7v jjovXel, otl darElog el ; Xen. 
Cyr. viii. 4, 23.' 

PojjaoXoxos, ov (6), buffoon : 'O Ce (JcofjoXo^og ijrriov karl 

TOV yEXoiOV KCII OVTE EO.VT0V OVTE TWV aXXbJV dlTE^OfJiElOg EL 

yiXiora ttolijgel. Aristot. Ethic. Nic. iv. 8, 10. 

euTpdircXog (6, ?/), one of ready, agreeable wit and 
manners [easily turning to adapt himself to circumstances 
and persons, ev rptTrfO'] : Ot c ejujueXwc irai^ovTEg cuTpd- 
ireXoi TrpoaayopEvmrai, oiov euTpoiroi {well turned, as it 
were). Aristot. Eth. Nic. iv. 14, 3. [He makes EvrpauEXin 
±= 7rE7ratcEVfjLEt j) vppig, the mean between /3w^oXo^/a and 
aypouda. From Magn. Mcr. i. 31, it appears that the 
EvrpaiTEXog must be able to take as well as give a joke, 
cn:u)\pcu Ef.ifiEXu)g, and virofiivEtv tFKtoircofXtvor* Both words 
are sometimes found in a ivorse sense : e. g. Plat. Pep. viii. 
« r )63 (where, however, thrpairtXia is only spoken of as 
unbecoming to the aged), and Isocr. vii. 49.] 

Xctpicis, Lava, graceful, pleasing, used sometimes substan- 

o 



146 145, 146. 



ne- 

mi rs 



(144) tively, o yapUtg, gentleman, man of good taste or refine- 
ment : Kal roiavra Xiyiov wv ovdev dv eiiroi 6 ^apisic, ivia 
<? ovft dr aKovffai. Aristot. Eth. Nic. iv. 8, 10. [The subst. 
is yapiEVTicrjx6g.~\ 

145. 

145 ye^'OXia, wv (rd) (yEvidXri), birth-day, anniversary of 
the birth of one yet alive, and the festival kept on the occa- 
sion : Etra elg tov dXXov yjpdvov ravrrj rrj ijjJLspa (iaaiXewg 
ysviQXia ct7racra Ovel Kal eoprafei rj 'Acr/a. Plat, Alcib. i. 
121, b. 

yeviaia, a)v (ra), commemorative festival of the birth , 
a day observed with funeral solemnities after the death of 
a person, being the anniversary of his death, according to 
Ammonius ; or, according to others, the anniversary of 
the birth of the deceased: Ilcue Se irarpl tovto ttoleel, Kar- 
direp ol "EXXnveQ rd yEviata. Herodot. iv. 26. Afterwards 
these two words were confounded, and yEviaia is found in 
the N. T. used for yevi&kia (Matth. 14, 6). 

146. 

146 Y&os, eoq (to), birth, race; genus: Aayiirpol yap eIq 
yivoQ y£, ^pr}jj.dru)y Se Srj TrivrjrEQ. Eur. Electr. 37. 

yeved, ag (fj), more used in poetry, birth, generation ; an 
age of men : <&a'iVETai he ravra iroXXalg yevEalg vaTEpa 
yEvoyiEva t&v TpwiKCov. Thuc. i. 14. 

y€v£BKr\, rjg (v), race : *H yap Jlatrjovog ehi yeveOXrjg. Od. iv. 232. 

yiveQXov, ov (to), race ; progenies : Aioa%0£t£ $' &v rod' tldtlrjv 
ttXeov O7ro)g yevtOXov air'spiia r 'Apytlov to gov. Msch. Suppl. 290. 

yei/eo-is, Etjg (fj), origin [the coming into being ; hence, 
production, generally, birth ; and also race (PL Polit. 265, 
b) ; family (PL Legg. 691, d) ; and generation (Id. Phcedr. 
252, d)] : Aiyio ydp Kal rrjv 'YLpeydiug ye Tpocp-qv Kal yive- 
oiv. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 10. 

y€verf\, fjg (fj), birth, nativity : Kal ydp Bikclioi, Kal atotypo- 
vlkoi, Kal dvh r pE~ioi, Kal rd A\a e-^ojulep Evdvg ek yEVETrjg. Aris- 
tot. Eth. Nic. vi. 1 3 [only found in this phrase]. 

yivvr\<ns 9 Ewg (fj), generation, procreation, in Euripides 
and in Plato : f O [xova&v t ElSibg yEvvdoEig XEiptov. Eur. 
Iph. A. 1065. 



147. 147 

atfxa, cltoq (to), blood, sometimes used, as with us, for (146) 
race: Tavrrjg rot yEVEijg te kul alfiurog EvyopLca. eIvcu. II. 
xx. 241. 

oTkos, ov (6), house, as with us, for family ; a meaning 
peculiar to the Attic writers : f A tlov Evwarpicutv yeyHa 
o'lklov. Eur. Ion. 1073. 

pi£a, rjg (?/), root, stock ; stirps, in the poets : '£lg aV 
ivyEvovQ rivog pi£ne TTEfvKae. Eur, Iph» T, 610. 

147. 

yipw, ovtoq (6), prop, adjective, old; but more used as 147 
a substantive, by ellipse, old man : Tavra Se iravra 'iaaa 
'Apyeiwv rjfjiEv vioi })Se yipovTEg. II. ix. 36. Plural, yipov- 
TEg, elders, who in certain cities of Greece, as in Sparta, 
formed the senate, senators: HXeloiwv Se KaLvoTo/jtovjUEicov 
vtto tov AvKovpyov, npioTOV i)v Kal jjiiyiGTOv >/ KaraaraGiQ 
twv yEpovrtov. Plut. Lye. 5. 

ycpaios, o, of or belonging to an old man ; old : often 
used substantively, with ellipse of avfip or yvvy : IloWa 
c E7TELT airavEvdE kllov rjpaif 6 yEpaioq. II. i. 35. 

yrjpaXcos, ea, old: SvpfiovXoi Xoyov tovo's pot ysveff9e, Uipaai, 
ynpaXia TUGTuJfiaTa (old and faithful friends). JEschyl. Pers. 171. 

ypaus (J)), old woman: "Evioi Se twv Xoyoizouov Xiyovviv, 
tog tt\v rfjg fjcnrpog aoEXfprjv kynpiEv' a\\a ypavg av kul 
TravTcncamv ijv rj iruig. Xen. Cyr. viii. 5, 13. 

Ypaia, ag (>J), poet, form of the preceding: Kai tov piv ypaing 
7rvKiprjdeog tfifiaXe %spcrij/. Od. i. 458. 

pa0vyr)pa>s (6, 1)), one who is extremely old : 'H paQvyjjpcog Aiffiovrj. 
Anthol. Philipp. vi. 247. 

ccrxaToyrjpws (o), one who has arrived at the last stage 
of decrepit old age, exceedingly old : 'IIXOe £e kul Tihoc 
2,EL,riog Ecr-^aroylipijjg uvijo. Plut. Pomp. 64. 

TV<j>OY€pu)v, ovrog (o), old fool, senseless old fellow, in Aristophanes: 
Tvcpoyspiov ti. Aristoph. Nub. 900. 

wpoyiptov, ovtoq (o), one in a green old age; at the age that Virgil 
calls, by the same metaphor, cruda senectus (/En. vi. 304) : 'Qpoye- 
povTa ds piv 0a(T* tppwai. 11. xxiii. 791. 

irpeaPus, eujq (o), advanced in age, aged, found only in 
the comparative and superlative in the prose writers : Kal 
yiip TrpEvlivTEpog evtlv 1) iyco. Dem. inNeccr. 1350. Some- 

o 2 



148 148. 

(147) times it is use d substantively, oZd wara, in the Tragic wri- 
ters : Kcu jx o irpiapvg wg bpq. oypv Trapciarel^ovra. Soph. 
(Ed. R. 794. 

TTpeo-purqs, ov (6), old man, one more advanced in years 
than yepwv and yepatog : MaXa ^j) Trpurfivrrig utv o Kvpog 
cKpiKreTrcu elg tHpcrag. Xen. Cyr. viii. 7, 1. 

Trpo(3ePT)Kcjs> otoq (6), a man advanced in years, who has 
reached the age which follows on maturity, or better, who 
has passed the fixed age [for military service] : 'RvayKacrdrj 
icai tovq ovk kv &pq. twv ttoXitGjv a\\' i]orj TrpoflefirjKOTag 
KaQoirXiaai. Plut. Camill. 34. 

148. 

148 ycwpyos, ov (6), one who works at the ground, agricul- 
turist, husbandman : Olov el rig yeijjpyog ayaQog Trpodv/j-rj- 
Oelg yevitrdm ical ev aTreipior, Ka\ ev <pvrevo)v, errors avroy 
KapwovaQai ravm Seoi, kiir\ rov Kapirov aavy KOfjucrrov elg tv\v 
yrjv Trdkiv Katappelv. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 7. 

YeiapoTTjs, ov (6), one who breaks up the ground, tiller 
of the earth, plougher : Teiaporrig*' Ap^nnrog or tic vovaoio 
fiapeirjg cipri Xnro-^vyiiov. Anthol. Pal. ix. 23. 

yr)iTT|s, ov (6), the Attic form is YflTrjs, husbandman : Tijrrjg oirwg 
dpovpav ektottov Xa(3u)v. Soph. Track. 32. 

yewjjLopos (o, >/), landed proprietor ; owner of some land : 
"Qg S 9 av Kirtiar), firji/veru) fxev o (iovXoixevog toIq yeu>fj,6potg, 
ol Se elg to SiKCHTTiiptov ayovrwv. Plat. Legg. viii. 843, b. 

yijiroVos (6, rj), one who works at the ground: Yairovog S' avr/p 
Tihvrig, it kcli ysvoiro urj dfiaOrjg^ epycjv V7ro ovk av hvvairo irpbg 
tcl Koiv ci7rof3\s7reiv. Eur. Suppl. 420. 

yeo)ir6voq, a more recent form of the preceding word : "Airaipk fiov 
r'svovTog, co yeiDTTovs., XsTradva. Anth. Pal. ix. 742. 

•y€G>T<$|j.os (6, r)), one who cuts the ground with the ploughshare; 
hence, plougher f in the Anthology : Xa'Ajccoc, ijg, iizl vol Sk yswrSfiog 
sIXkev aporpov. Anth. Pal. ix. 741. 

apoTir]p, rjpog (6), plougher; ploughman : Hoifirlv ovd' dporrjp ele 
kg ttoXiv. II. xxiii. 836. 

apoTpcvs, sujg (6), more recent form : Tbv 8' 6 ykpojp l%avTig djxu- 
fitTO, Slog dporpevg. Theocr. Id. xxv. 51. 

cpyacritoy, ojvog (6), husbandman, according ^to the inter- 
pretation of the Scholiast ; but it is of the vine-dresser 






149. 149 

specially, that the word is used in the passage in Am- (148) 
tophanes : "Or kpyaoiuvvg yapaxag v^eiXo/jLrjv, Aristoph. 
Vesp. 1201. 

149. 

yrj, fjg (rj), from the primitive yaw, to contain, to pro- 149 
duce, by contraction fr. yea, earthy in all the meanings of 
the word. It answers to terra and tellus in Latin. More 
specially, the land we dwell in ; hence, in general, country : 
"O^p' ev £t£u> Tig yfj, tlq crjfiog, riveg avipeg kyyeydaaiv. 
Od. xiii. 233. Sometimes personified in Homer : Outers 

C Upv\ ETEpOV XeVKOV, ETEpVV Be fxiXatvaV, Tjj TE Kill 'HeXlU). 

II. iii. 104. 

•yata, by aphseresis, ala, ag (rj), both poetic forms of yr\ : 'E7r' a7ra- 
pova yaiav. 11. vii. 446. TrjXs <pi\wv Kai 7rarpidog aing. II. xi. 816. 

dypos, ov (6), cultivated land, field, country : Ov Xa/j/3a~ 
vel (Jirov Etc rov aypov, ov yap eVt/afXeTrai wg ai/rw cnrEiprj' 
rat, ?/ wg Koirpog yiyv-qrat. Xen. CEcon. 20, 4. Plural, 
landed property, lands: Ol kektvuevol aypovc. Xen. Mem. 
iii. 9, 11. 

apoupa, ag (?/), fr. apow, prop, arable land, or land under 
the plough ; arvum : sometimes, in Homer, the earth, the 
ground, in general : 'AX/V ?/uai 7rapa vnvaiv kruniov a-^dog 
apovpng (a useless burden upon the earth). II. xviii. 104. 

4'Sos, Eog (to), soil or ground on which a city is founded 
or situated, seat or site of the city : 'UjieIq Kai 9///J//g 'idog 
eiXohev E7rra7TvXoio. II. iv. 406. 

tjireipos, ov (/y), Ionic, for airEipog, with ellipse of yrj, 
land of a certain extent without interval of sea, continent 
in opposition to rfjaog, island : BaviXevg 6 Yltpauv ov 
vijaovg, aXX' i]Treipov KapirovfXEvog, TrXovaiurciTOg av6p<jJ7r(ov 
eot'iv. Xen. Hellen. vi. 1, 4. Sometimes simply for the 
land, the bordering land, even in speaking of an island ; 
in opp. to OaXaaaa, in Homer : EW oy he rj7reipov cafirj 
avhpiHJi IvafiEVEEaaw, elte Kai iv TZEXayEi. Od. iii. 90. The 
geographical term"H7T£ipoe is only used, in Homer, of that 
part of the continent, situated opposite the islands of 
Ithaca and Cephalonia, of which Ulysses was king, as is 
plain from the following verse in the catalogue of ships : 
CYi t "HirEipov tyov ?/c)' avrnrEpai iviuovTO, II. ii. ()o5. 
Damm and, after him, Morell have been mistaken in taking 

o 3 



150 149. 

(l49) ,/ H7T€( i ooc for the name of a town situated on the continent, 
and subject to Ulysses : no ancient geographer makes 
mention of any such town. It was only long after 
Homer's time that the name of Epirus was given to all 
that part of the continent which extends from Tllyria to 
the Peloponnesus : it was anciently called Molossia and 
Chaonia ; its modern name is Albania. The first trace of 
this geographical division occurs in Pindar : Qing Sz *cpa- 
rel <bdlct' 'Neo7rr6\ejjiOQ $' ^Airup^ Sia.7rpvaly. Nem. iv. 82. 

IcpoV, ov (to), neuter of Zepog, prop, dry part, dry land 
of the shore: f Pd^0€t jjiiya KVfxa ttotl fcpov iiireipoio. Od, v. 
402. 

frjpd, dg (*/), fern, of fypog, dry, hard, taken substantively 
with ellipse of yfj, prop, the dry land, the land, in opp. to 
OdXavaa, the sea, in the poets and in the N. T. : Kcu S 9 ai> 
iirl fyprjv or epwStog ov Kara koct/jlov £'£, dXog ep^rjrai, Arat. 
Dios. 913. HeptdyeTE rrjy ddXaoaav kcu ty\v Inpdv. N. T. 
Matth. 23, 15. 

oiKoujULeVy], rjg (Jj), passive participle fem. of olkew, taken 
substantively with ellipse of yfj, the inhabited earth : "SIote 
Tovg e£ a7ra(TrjQ rfjg olKovfiivrig .... etc iva tottov cnrofiXi- 
tteiv. Plat. Ep. 4. Hence the adjective oecumenical, of or 
from all the earth, universal, used of councils of the 
Church. 

ireSov, ov (to), fr. ttovq, that which is trodden underfoot, ground, 
land : "Ettsito: 7rsdop8e KvXivdero Xdag. Od. xi. 597- The tragic 
writers use it sometimes, by periphrasis, with yrjg or x0oi/o£: T Q yrjg 
ispbv 7redov. Soph. Aj. 859. 

Tpa<f>cpa, dg (r)), feminine adjective, compact, firm, taken substan- 
tively by the poets with ellipse of yfj, terra firma, the land, in opp. to 
vyprj : 'E7Ti rpa<pepr)v tb teat vyprjv. Od. xx. 98. 

Xfcpo-°s> ov (6, or oftener rj), in Attic, x € 'pP° 5 > substantive 
formed from the adjective yipaog for ayepog, dry, arid, with 
ellipse of roizog or yfj, prop, spot or land which is not cul- 
tivated, arid, like the shore ; hence, shore, continent, only 
in opp. to OdXaaaa : Tor 2' e/c/3a\e kv/jl ettl yipaov. Od. 
xix. 278. [In prose, Hdt. ; Theophr.~] 

xOtov, ovog (r)), by some said to be of the dialect of the island of 
Cyprus, the earth, in general, humus ; yrj is more especially the earth 
considered as an inhabited and cultivated surface, and %0wV the earth, 
with reference to its bulk and depth : Avrap vtto ^Qmv CfxepdaXeov 
K0vd[3i& ttoCojv avrwv Tt Kal "nriruv. II. ii. 465. 






150, 151. 151 

Xwpa, ag (rj), prop, room, space, specially, I. portion 0/(149) 
land destined for cultivation, lands: TcJ /JouXo^tYw v^lCjv 
fj.£vEiv irap Efuoi yjopav te ctoato, Kai 7r6\eig, Xen. Cyr. vii. 
1,43. 2. Territory , country situated round a town: Kcu 

OL7TO TOVTOV TEl\)}OS.lQ TE fJLaXXoV ))<T(IV 01 TToXejILOI KCU TTJQ 

yjopag 6\iynv TravTEXtog elpya^ovro. Xen, Hell. v. 3, 2. 



150. 

yTJpas, arog (to), old aye, last age of man, senectus : Trji> 150 
& Eyio ov Xvgoj, ivpiv jj.iv teal yfjpag ewemtlv. II. i. 29. 

ynpaaig, or better yripa^ais, Etog (?/), the growing old, pro- 
gress or approach of old age, senescentia : Kcu acpwaig 
kcu y{]pav<n£. Aristot. Nat. Auscult. iii. 1. 



151. 

yXukus, eIcl. If Lennep's derivation of this word is to be 151 
admitted, that it comes fr. [it can only be related to~] yXoiog, 
viscous, glutinous, it would have signified primarily soft 
to the touch. Damm derives it fr. XeXclvkci, perfect of 
Xavw ; others fr. yXiyofJLaL ; prop, sweet to the taste, in opp. 
to c^pifjLvg, sharp, wiKpog, bitter, and aXfxvpog, salt : Tig ai> 
aiordr)(Tig i]v yXvKEwv, Kai Spifjiiiov, kcu ttclvtiov twv cia oro- 
fxarog jjSeojv, el fxrj yXcorra tovtlov yvtofjLiov kvEipyaodr]', Xen. 
Mem. i. 4, 5. Sometimes, fig. sweet: 'EXwiSag yXvKEiag 
TrapiyEiv. Xen. Symp. 4, 25. 

y\vK€pos. pd, synon. of yXvKvg : Olcri dk tskvcov eanv iv oiKOig 
yXvKtpbv fi\d(TTr]iJL , k<jopu> fxeXsry Kararpvxofikvovg tov dizavTa 
Xpovov. Eur. Med. 1099. 

<ryav<Ss (0, »)), fr. dyav or fr. yavvio, prop, that which delights much, 
which pleases, agreeable: 4>pa£<jJ/uo-#' wg ksv f.nv dpt<J<jdi.itvoi tvett'i- 
Qoifxiv diopoiviv t dyavoiaiv iireac'i re fxtiXixioi(Ti. 11. ix. 112 Some- 
times, in speaking of persons, in the sense of 7rpc2og, in prose: M/'/ric; 
tri Trp6<ppu)V, dyavbg Kai ijTriog tcrno (3aai\evg, d\\' alei x a Xt7r6g r 
tin. Od. ii. 230. 

ecWos, //, according to some, fr. ijSlo, arcavio, agreeable ; 
others write it klavog, and derive it fr. Id to, good to eat; 
epithet of oil in Homer : 'A\a'\//aro Ze AiV LXaiio, d/j/3po*/*>, 
Ecaiio. II. xiv. 171. 

cmetKrjs (o, //), is sometimes synon. with np^og, fig. in 



152 151. 

(151) modern writers, owe that yields, easy : Ilpyog l\v Kal eiruacrig. 
jElian. Far. H. xiii. 2. [So in Plato and Aristotle. See 
1 and 177.] 

yjSus, ela, fr. ifiu), prop, that which gives pleasure, agree- 
able in a very wide sense : 'H&)e atcovvai (Xoyog). Plat. 
Men. 81, d. Sometimes in a more restricted sense for 
yXvKvg, agreeable to the taste : Kpyvrj fjSiog vdarog. Xen. 
An. vi, 4, 3. Fig. in opp. to XvTrrjpog or aXyeivog : UoXv 
CicKpepei to Trapa^pfjjjLa ijSv tov elg top varepov ypovov Kal 
r/Siog Kal Xvirrjpov. Plat. Protag. 356. 

TJ8vp.os and vfjSvp,08 (o, r)), poetic forms of rj8vg, are always, in 
Homer, the epithets of sleep: IlpoKa\e{tfievog tfdvfiov vitvov. Hymn. 
Mercur. 240. Ala 8' ovk €%e vfjdvfiog virvog. II. ii. 2. The form 
vrjSvfjiog is one of those words which have exercised the sagacity of 
commentators. The ancient Greek grammarians, who were sufficiently 
indifferent etymologists, have given themselves considerable trouble in 
explaining it. Some of them derive it from vndvg. Eustathius forms 
it from the negative particle vr\, and from Svto, sleep one cannot come 
out of, i. e. deep sleep. He comes nearer the truth, when he says 
afterwards vrjdvfiog is for ijdvfiog. It is, in fact, the same word dis- 
guised by the copyists, who, in many passages of Homer, have prefixed 
this v to the adjective jjdvfiog, deceived by the marks left of the iEolic 
digamma. In all the passages where vrjdvfiog is found, it may be cor- 
rected into rjdvfjiog. In the lines in which the word that precedes vrjdv- 
/xog ends with a vowel, the digamma, which was sufficient to prevent the 
hiatus, being no longer expressed, the v may be thrown back to the 
preceding word, and the verse quoted above, for instance, be read thus: 
Ala d* ovk ix 6v yfivpoQ virvog. 

rjjuLepos (o, r/), according to Damm, comes fr. ijjtepog, de- 
sire ; according to Lennep, fr. ?y/xcu, to be seated or tran- 
quil ; tame ; hence, domestic, speaking of animals, opp. to 
aypiog, wild, as in Latin, mansuetus to ferus: ZGjcl i\fiepa 
ml aypia rpi&ovcra. Plat. Crit. 114, e. It is also used by 
ext., of trees and plants, refined by cultivation, cultivated ; 
salivus : Kal tCjv SevSpiiov ret tyvXXa tcaTahpiitovreg kcit- 
ilcrOiov, ofjioiijjg t&v re rjuiptov Kal tGov aypiiov. Herodot. 
viii. 115. 

tjirios (o, r/), according to some, fr. gVw, to follow ; according to 
others, with less probability, fr. fjdvg [prob. related to *£7ra>, Ittoc, 
uirtiv. L. and S~\ ; facile, indulgent, gentle, good : 'Eicvpog 8e 7rar//p 
iog v\TZiog alei. It. xxiv. 775. Sometimes in an active sense, that which 
softens, softening : 'E7m I8ev eXtcog oO' efnreas. 7rucpbg oiarog, a\\i 
tK[jLv^r]aag, ire* dp* fjiria ^cipfiaica eidtog Trdaffs. 11. iv. 218. This 
word is also found in Plato, who is fond of poetical forms of words : 
'E7rei8rj Kal to irvXyog riiritoTepov ysyovev(has become milder). Phadr. 
279, b. 



152. 153 

Xeipiocis, sacra, like the lily, tender or white as the lily; hence, deli- (15l) 
cate, in Horner, in speaking of the skin and the voice: Alice riXioong 
fxtlvai sfibv dopv fxaicpov, o tol X9° a Xtipwevra ddipti. 11. xiii. 830. 

(jteiXiXLos (o, >/), fr. fJLtXi, prop, sweet as honey, often, in Homer, the 
epithet of words and discourse : Toi de xapkvrtg dtliiy r)O7ra%0VT0, 
litiaai re [ia\ixioi<Ji. II. x. 542. 

irpaos, 7rncu7a, according to some, fr. napa and lie, 
according to others fr. irtpauj ; facile, easy, gentle, opp. to 
yaXtirog, and used particularly in speaking of the charac- 
ter : Upaog re kul crvyyywfjLwy tHjv ardpw7rii>u)v apaprn/jLa- 
tiov, Isocr. ad Nic. Sometimes it comes near to the mean- 
ing of rjfjiepoc : Oi 'iTr-trot rrvfUTrovovyreg aXXfjXuie, irpaorepot 
(jvvegti'ikckti. Xen. Cyr \ ii.. 1, 14. Sometimes in speaking 
of the voice : Kat ri]v ^lovrjy irp^oripav iroiovvTai. Xen. 
Symp. 1,10. irpaus, poet, is the more ancient form, it is 
found as early as the Homeric hymns : KXiidi fipo-LJv im- 
Kovpe, irony KaTtiGTiXjoijJV aiXag ii^odev eg ftLorrjra iijueriprjr. 
Hymn. Mart. 10. 

TrpooTrjnfe (o, ?/), according to Damm, is a compound of 
evg, like evnfjg, and their opposite airr}vi}g, Passow, after 
Lennep, derives this family of words from i)i'ioi>, bridle ; 
prop, good for any thing or purpose : Ovokr tjggov iov 
kXaiov rui XvyrtD earl irpoanvig. Herodot. ii. 94. Fig. 
kind, gentle : 'E^t rag 7rpoar)re"ig Kai cnraXag a-KOvrpityovTEg 
cfuXlag tu u>ra. Plut. de Audiend. 16. 

XeipoT^s (6, rj), fr. x sl P anc * y9og, prop, accustomed to the hand, 
tractable, manageable, principally in speaking of horses, mansnetus : 
Hpqloe Kai x u 9°*)QnQ 6 7ru>Xog. Xen. Hipp. 2, 3. Sometimes fig. speak- 
ing of things, supple, flexible : Ta 07r\a rolg cojfxaaiv iyivtro xtipoijOr) 
(yielding to the body) Kai Kovtpa. Plut. Philop. 9. 



152. 

YXu4>€i^, fr. yXa(j)io, to cut or engrave in the material (as 152 
intaglio-work), to cut in relievo (as cameo-work), to do 
sculptor's work) : AaKrvXiovg yXvtyetv (to engrave or cut 
rings). Plat. Hip. Min. 368, c. 

Y\d<j>€ii/, fr. ypa<pw, by the change of p into its cognate 
X, to scrape, hollow, dig : UXevpdg re ko\ utpovg oirpjj juoffrc- 
70W, noval yXcHpei. Jlcsiod. Scut. 431. Some modern com- 
mentators have attempted to establish the same difference 



154 153, 154. 

(152) between yXa^w and yXvcpto, as that between scalpo and 
sculpo in Latin. According to Oudendorp (ad Suet. Galb. 
10), yXa<p£ii>, as scalper e, would mean to cut, engrave, in 
general, speaking of some simple and coarse work ; whereas 
yXvcpELv, as sculpere, would be said of a work more highly 
wrought, a regular piece of sculpture. Salmasius (ad 
Justin. 15, 14) would have sculpere used for cutting in 
relievo, or sculpture in every kind of stone or metal, and 
scalpere for intaglio-work in precious stones only. This 
distinction is based upon no authority, and there is as little 
certainty of its existence in the Latin words as in the 
Greek. In fact, some ancient grammarians have not scru- 
pled to reject altogether the form sculpo, and every where 
to read scalpo in its place. 

153. 

153 yj/dOos, ov (r{), lower jaw, in Herodotus : 'E^ctyr? Se ml 
yvadoQ, kcll to av(o tyjq yvadov, kyovcra olovraq [JiovvotyviaQ, 
it, evoq oariov iravTag tovq re ddovrag fccu tovq yofityiovg. 
Herod, ix. 83. 

•yvaGjJids, ov (6), jaw, speaking of the inside: Xa/xcu ds kb TravraQ 
oddpTag yvaOfiwv s^eXdaatfii. Od. xviii. 28. 

yeVus, voq (*/), jaw, in Homer, Aristotle, and Galen : 
Qrjytoi* Xevkov ohovra fxera ypajjL7TTrj(Ti yivvaaiv. II. xi. 416. 

yap,<j)T]Xai, wv (at), only in the plural, mandibles, jaws of 
animals : "ClXero te GTEvaywv biro yctfKprjXrJGt Xeovtoq. II. 
xvi. 489. 

<ridywi>, ovoq (*/), generical term for the whole jaw : "En 
(Tiayoveg Svo, tovtiov to TrpoaOioy yivEiov, to 2' otticfQiov 
yivvq. Kwe~i Se iravTa to. fwa ti)u Karwdev yivvv, ttXriv tov 
7roTajjlov KpoKoSeiXov' ovtoq Se tyjv aVw fiorog. Aristot. Hist. 
An. 1,11. 

154. 

154 YpdfAfxa, citoq (to), the written letter, the figure traced 
representing the letter ; for instance, in the Greek alphabet, 
the mark A is the figure (ypafjifia) of the letter diXTa, which 
is the GTOiyCtov : 'ESiSugkeq ypa\x\xara, lyco 3' eQoitiov. Dem. 
de Coron. 80. TpufjfxaTa is used also as oup word letters. 



155. 155 

sometimes in the sense of belles-lettres: Kal out avrovq (154) 
awelpovc ypcijjfjidTwy elvat, uhtte ovk Eicivat on . . . . ; Plat, 
Apolog. 26. 

otoix€lo*', ov (ro), fr. orotic, letter of the alphabet, prop, 
it is the letter pronounced according to the name and place 
which it has in the alphabet : 'PJ> to gtol-^eIov, Plat. Crat. 
426, d, the letter pw. 

crrjfia, arog (to), mark, sign : Hooey o b'ye arffiara \vypa, 
ypd\bag ev itivaKi 7ttvktu> dvjxocpOopa -iroXXa. II. vi. 168. 

XapaKTYjp, yjooc (6), sign traced or cut, mark, character: 
'AXX' 'ihog tlq 6 tvttoq Kal (3ap{3apiKOQ tG)V \apaKTi)pu)v, 
ejbi(j)ep€crTaTog AiyvirTioiQ. Plat, de Gen. Socr. 5. 

155. 

yufjwdo-ioy, ov (jo), gymnasium, place set apart for the 155 
training of youth in bodily exercises, applied to the actual 
place where the exercises took place, and to the building : 
Ilpan te yap elc; rovg TTEpnraTovg Kal to. yvfivdoia rjei. Xen. 
Mem. i. 1, 10. At Athens there were three principal gym- 
nasiums : the 'AKaSrifiia, the Avkelov, and the KvvovapyEg ; 
all three were situated outside the town. 

dKaSrjjxia, ag (?*/), the academia, one of the most cele- 
brated gymnasiums at Athens ; besides the ordinary gym- 
nastic exercises, races and horse-exercises of different kinds 
took place there : 'E7rft 3' airavTEg y'ldpolaOrjvav, avaXafiwv 

aVTOVQ TTpOQ TYJV TToXlV EGTpaTOTrEltVGEV EV Ttj 'AKacrjflio- T(5 

KaXovfjLEvaj yvfxvaaiio. Xen. Hellen. ii. 2, 4. 

XuKcioy, ov (to), the lyceum, one of the gymnasiums at 
Athens, celebrated for the lessons given there by Aristotle 
in his walks with his disciples, whence their name of Peri- 
patetics \jr£pnraTE~iy, to walk about] : 'EwlSei^el to. t ev 
'AKaSrjjuitq: Kal to. ev Avkeiu). Xen. Hipparch. 3, 1. 

Kuyoaapycs, Eog (to), the Cynosarges, name of a gymnasium 
at Athens : TGjv vodwv Eig KvvocrapyEg gvvteXovvtu)v, tovto 
3* eotiv tEio 7rvXwv yvpvdaiov 'HpaKXiovg, ettel kIlkeIvoq ovk 
i)v yvi](noQ ev dEolg. Pint. Themist. 1. 

£uotos, ov (o), xystus ; in the ancient gymnasiums was 



156 156. 

(155) a sort of circular gallery or causeway, set apart for races 
and the exercises of the athletis. Pausanias thus describes 
that at Olympia : nXararoi fxev v\prjXal Sia tojv Spofjuov 
7re(j)VKa<Tiy kvrbg roi-^ov' b av/jnrag Si ovrog ireptfioXog KaXel- 
rai ZZvarbg, on 'HpciKXel ro) Wfityirpviovog kg aaK-qaiv kyl- 
vero, bffat t&v ciKavdutv etyvovro kvravda, kirl eKdarrj rjjjiepa 
ar(j)dg avatyeiv. Pausan. vi. 23, 1. 

iraXaiorpa, ac (r/), the palestra was that part of the 
gymnasium that was specially reserved for the exercises of 
the athletes : 'Ev rovrio he o'i re Spojuoi rw yvfivaaiu) kcu rolg 
adXrjraig elatv ai 7raXa7(rrpai. Pausan, v. 15, 8. 

156. 

156 Y ^ 5 (^> ^/)> P ro P« naked; hence, particularly in the 
historians, without defensive arms, without defence : 'E-n-l re 
rfJQ KecpaXfJQ rh onXa el rig tyepoi, yvjxvoi kyiyvovro 7rpog ret, 
ro^evjxara kcli raXXa piXr]. Xen. Anab. iv. 3, 6. 

Yujj.vy|s, fjrog (6), form preferred by the best critics to 
yufjL^TTis, ov (6), which is found in the ancient texts ; light- 
armed soldier in Xenophon, not having the oirXov (large 
shield) ; opp. to b7rXirr)Q : 'JL£,rjecrav noXXol \iev owXIrai 7ro\- 
\ol Se yvfxvrjreg. Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 25. The word is much 
more restricted in its meaning in another passage of Xeno- 
phon, where it is applied solely to slingers : Kcu rovg yv/Jt- 
vrjrag Xidiov eyeiv fjiearag tag Sitydepag. Xen. Anab. v. 2, 
12. rujuLrrjs is synon. with yv\xvbg in Lucian : Kcu y]\xi 
(TTparLLjrrjv aXXov £cu yvfJLvrjrag op-^rja-rdg. Luc. Bacch. 3. 

ayoirXos and aoirXos (o, fj), without arms : Miopov yap to 
Kparelv (iovXojJievovg ra rvtyXa rov aiofxarog Kai ao7r\a fca 
a-^eipa ravra evavria rdrreiv rolg TroXefxioig tyevyovrag 
Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 23. 

aorjeeuos (o, fj), prop, without armour: ol avKevoi, synon 
with xbiXol in Pausanias, light troops : Tii'ofxevrjg he irpbg 
M.avTLvela fj.dyj]c, Aaxeh aifxoviMV jjier ol \pi\oi rovg daicevovg 
tCjv 'Ayaiwv vtKwcri. Pausan. viii. 50. 

dxiTow (o, */), one who has no tunic : " 'Afacrrov kftovXovro 
icpocrievai Kal dyfruva rolg iroXiraig rbv heo/Jievoi' avrioi\ 
Plut. Coriol. 14. 






157, 158. 157 

Ypoa<|>op.(Jixo$, ov (6), light-armed soldier, among the (150) 
Romans : AtaXeyovai tojp avcpibv tovq \xev vewtcltovq Kal 

TTEVlXPOTaTOVQ EIQ TOVQ ypOfftyOfiaXOVQ. Potyb. vi. 21, 7. 

I^ottXos (6, rj), without arms, without defence : Aet tvv 
fJLeWovra viKqv ovvQewptiv ttwq SvvaTOV ECpiKEaQat tov oko- 
7tov Kal ti yvjjirov i) e'£owXov fiipog (paiverai rwv avraywvi- 
(jtCjv. Polyb. iii. 81, 2. 

irpoKwiros (o, r)), out of the sheath, naked, in speaking of a sword, 
in Euripides: '0 de %i(pog 7rpoK(07rov Iv %epoXv £%oi>j>. Eur. Orest. 1483. 

\|a\6s, ?/, prop, bare, without hair ; hence, bald. In the 
Greek armies, ol \btXoi, light-armed, was the name of those 
troops who fought from a distance, because they had 
neither cuirasses nor shields, such as were the bow-men, 
the slingers, and those who threw the dart : Kal ol fjtev \LiXol 
evSvq EfcdpufiovTEQ rjKovn^ov, efiaXXov, eto^evov, iatyEvhovwv. 
Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 33. 

157. 
yuirf\, atKog (rj), woman: Tvn) Se X9 n(7r ^ irtf&Xiov ectt 157 
oiKiag. Menandr. Fragm. 

yuyaioy, ov (to), diminutive, little woman; muliercula, 
with some feeling of contempt in the term as regards the 
person or character of the woman [see under avdpwxoQ~\ ; 
in Aristophanes, a bit, morsel, mite of a woman : Kav 
E^iXdrj to yvvaiov iroi. Aristoph. Thesm. 792. [The other 
diminutives yvvaiK -apiov, -igklov, yvva'iKiov, are all late.~\ 

cu>0p(tfTros, ov (//), in the feminine, is sometimes used with 
a feeling of contempt : Ok kiravzTo r/ avQpwTroQ, a\\ct 
yvvaiov irpayfx e7Toiel Kal irpuQ tovq yvwpijiovQ Trpoaiovva 
evek/iXei. Dem. in Aristog. 787, 25. 

OyjXeia, ac (//), feminine of OijXvg, used sometimes abso- 
lutely for the individual of the feminine sex, the female : 
"A^atc Se appirwv te Kal OtjXeiujv, Plat. Legg. xi. 925, c. 

0t]\u, eoq (to), neuter, in an abstract sense, the feminine, 
the feminine sex; hence, the woman : 'Ato tov ^Evyvviat 
tu OijXv T<p apptvi, Dion. Hal. Rhetor, ii. 2. 

158. 
yuKYj, aiKoQ (?/), woman, frequently married woman, wife : 15S 



158 158. 

(158) Meytffrr] yly vetch (Tiorrjpia, orav yvvrj npog avipa fxrj £*x°~ 
crrarrj, Eur. Med. 15. 

CLKOIT19, idog (r;), one having the same hed } bed-fellow: T<£ dk ice 
vucrjcravTi <piXi] KSKXr)a?j clkqitiq. II. iii. 138. 

irapdicoiTis, idog (rj), compound of the preceding word, to which the 
same meaning is usually given, though the preposition prevents it from 
being really synonymous : Tvoir]Q x °' L0V $wtoq fc%£ic QaXeprjv irapa- 
koitiv. II. iii. 153. 

aXoxoS) ov (r)), one who shares the bed, wife, legitimate or other- 
wise: 'Qg eiTiov dXoxoto (piXrjg ev x 6 P (Tlv tOrjKtv 7ralS' hov. II. vi. 
482. 

yap-err), rjg (//), a woman married, espoused, always with 
yvvi) in good writers, legitimate wife, in opp. to eraipa or 
Tra'XXaJ : "E^w S 1 i7rtSe!Zcu feat yvvaify, ralg yafxerdlg rovg 
fjLEV ovtu) xpiojjiivovg, ojgte avvipyovg ^X ELV avra Q £ *C to 
(Twavietv rovg o'iKovg* Xen. (Ec, 3, 10. Later, taken 
substantively, wife : 9 A7ro\\u) vidg, // 'AttclXov tov 7rarp6g 
Yjbjiivovg tov fiaariXewg yajjierrj. Polyb. xxiii. 18, 1. 

8dp,ap, aprog (r)), fr. ^a/xaw, prop, tamed, brought under the yoke ; 
hence, wife, in Homer and the Tragedians: Eidofisvrj yaXooj Avtt}~ 
vopicao ddfiapTi. II. iii. 122. 

€x>vK]T€ipa, ag (»/), one who shares the bed; hence, wife: Qeov fiev 
tvvrjreipa YlepvuJv, Oeov de tcai fjirjrrjp t<pvg. JEschyl. Pers. 157. 

cwis, idog (r/), synon. with the above in the tragic writers : Ka/ci- 
arrig evvidog Tifiojpia. Eur. Iph. A. 807. 

cuveris, idog (rj), an Ionic form of the preceding word, in Hippo- 
crates and the Alexandrine poets : "B.prj re Zvyirj, Aide, svvkrig. ApolL 
Ithod. iv. 96. 

edemas (6, r/), feminine in Lycophron, wife : QepfioXg tucovtwv 
SctKpvoig XeXoviAsvag iraidujv rs tcai Opfjvoiai rolg dfievvidujv. Lycophr. 
Alex. 372. 

fjivYjo-Ti], rjg (?/), adjective, betrothed, with dXoxog, legitimate wife, in 
Homer: "EvOa de Traldeg koi[Jiujvto Hpidfjioio irapa fxvr]GT7jg aXo^oi- 
glv. 11. vi. 246. 

vup.<|>€iov, ov (to), bridal bed. The plural vup.<(>€ia is in one pas- 
sage used for vv\x§r) by Sophocles : 'AXXd KreveTg vvfi^eTa tov aavrov 
Tticvov; Soph. Ant. 564. 

vvjxcj)r|, rjg (r)), young girl betrothed, bride : Aia fiiag vvfMprjg ydfiov 
a7rwX6jU6cr0a. Eur. PJicen. 581. 

vv6$, ov*(r)), daughter-in-law, son's wife, in Homer, nurus ; in Theo- 
critus, wife : ¥Lyg trog it, tTeog, MevsXae, Tea vvbg lids. Theocr. xviii. 
15. The Latins have made the same use of nurus for young wife (Cf. 
Ovid. Met. ii. 364). 



159, 160. 159 

6ap, oapog (r/) (dpoj), companion, wife, in Homer: Mapvdfxevog (158) 
odpiijv sveica ofytrtpduv. II. ix. 327. 

crvEvyos, (o, ri), joined with; conjux ; taken substantively in Euri- 
pides, companion, wife : ^Apd fxoi arkveiv irdpa roidad' d\x.aprdvovTi 
<rv£vyov asOev ; Eur. Ale, 342. 



159. 

8au,<££€iv, rare in prose [see tiQclggevuv below], to tame, break in, J 59 
prop, and fig. : 'Rfjiiovov eZere', ddfxrjrrji^ r\T dXyiarr] dafidaaaOai. 
II. xxiii. 655. 

8ajj.a\i£eiv, synon. of above, in Pindar and the Tragedians: EWe 
yevoifiav iv aolg dcnrsdoig 7rwXovg 'Everag SafjLaXiZofJieva. Eur. 
Hippol. 231. 

8au.vav, another form of the above, used only fig. : Aafivqig 8* dvOpw- 
7ru)v 7rvKivdg (ppkvag. Theogn. 1388. 

cu'SpaTroBL^eii', in Herodotus and Thucydides, and more 
commonly dkSpcnro&i^eorOai in later writers, to reduce men 
to slavery, to make a man a slave : Upajrov fier 'H'lova ttjv 
E7tl Srpvjuiovi, Mi'iSiov kyovruv , TroXiopKiq eIXov Kdi rjvSpcnro- 
Si-aav. Thuc. i. 98. 

BouXouy, to reduce to slavery : Dot £e SovXavag Xeo>v 
irapEGyov. Eur. Rhes. 410. 

kt](jlou^, to put a muzzle on a horse : Kcu del Si, oVct av 
ayaXLvwTOv ayn, Kr\\kovv Ze\. Xen. Hipp. 5, 3. 

Ti&aacreueiv, to make tame : TidvrEg Se ridaavEvovTEg Ktxl 
dafjia^ovTEQ ret ^piicrtjja T &v (wwj' Etg te 7t6Xejiov kc\\ eiq 
aAXci iroXXd avvEpyolg ^pwrrat. Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 10. 

Xeipouy, and more often x €t P°uo-0ai, prop, to handle, to 
manage ; hence, fig. to reduce, by force : ^tte^eXeto oh 
/Ltoror tov filq, XEipovadcu rovg Evavrlovg^aXXd kcll tov Trpau- 
ttjtl irpoadyEffOai. Xen. Agesil. i. 20. 

160. 

fceT may belong to two verbs of very different significa- 160 
tion, Sew, to want, need, and Sew, whence the Latin liijo. 

p 2 



160 161. 

(160) to bind ; this distinction discovers itself in the different 
syntactical construction of hel, it being sometimes found 
with the accusative, sometimes with the dative ; in the 
first case, as coming from heto, to bind, it has the notion 
of obligation ; hence, of necessity, constraining power, 
duty, it is necessary [must, ought] : &ei tovq jxev elvai 
hvaTv^elg, tovq B* evTvx^Q* Menandr. Fragm. In the con- 
struction with the dative, on the contrary, the notion of 
want, need is predominant, there is need : Hot re yap 
iraiSwv tL £e~i ; Eur* Med. 565. It is true, however, that 
in very many passages Sei is competently rendered by the 
French il faut ; and perhaps it has gone through the 
same changes of meaning as il faut, the primary notions 
of want and need having become blended in process of 
time with those of necessity and obligation. 

drayKcuoy cori, it is necessary : Yiorepov on toIc jjlev Xafx- 
(iavovaiv apyvpiov avayKa~iov kariv cnrepya£eadai. tovto k(f 
J av iiiadbv Xafxfiavwatv ; Xen. Mem. i. 6, 5. 

eoiice, it seems fitting, it is proper, seemly : "Q<ppa pi] oioq 
'Apyeityv ayepaarog eco' eirei ovhe eoucev. II. i. 118. 

Ka0yjK€i expresses the notion of duty, office [that which 
is fixed as a duty falling on the individual], it is proper, it 
is one's business, it behoves : ^rparriyoQ he kcll iravTuv a.7re- 
celyfirj olg KadrjKEL elg KckttwXov 7rehiov aBpoi^eadai. Xen. 
Anab. i. 9, 7. 

-rrpeirei, it is meet, or fitting, it is well, as it should be, 
decet [it is proper with reference to the fitness of things'] : 
IIpf7r£t iipa T<p KaK(3 hovXevuv ; afxeivov yap. Plat. Alcib. i. 
135, c. 

irpoorJKci indicates connexion and relation, it belongs, 
pertingit, pertinet : 7 £lv he 7rpo(n'iKei avhpl kqXS KayaOS 
ethevat, o tl julep avroc elhecrj, ttclvtuv TrpoOvfxorara ehihaaKev. 
Xen. Mem. iv. 7, I. 

Xpii has more reference to use, utility, it is useful, it is 
good, or of advantage : TSovXevofxevtov he ri %pr) Trotelv, 
7r'nrrei to KioKpavov euro tov kLovoq. Xen. Hellen. iv. 4, 5. 

161. 
161 SeUvvmi, to show with the finger; hence, -to show, in 






162. 161 

general, prop, and fig. : 'Y/jieIq o, E(pr), J TaSara kclI Fw- (161) 
(ipva, Seikpvte rag oSovg* \gte yap. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 24. 

SciYP-aTt^eiK, fo raak a 'public show, spectacle of, in the 
N. T. : 'A7r£f;cWt(^t£ yog rag ap^ag Kal rag kiovaiag eceiypu- 
tmjev kv nappnala. Ad Col. ii. 15. 

TTapaSeiyfxaTi^ci^, compound of the preceding, in Poly- 
bius and the N. T. : llEptayojievov 8* elg rt)v HEXoTzovvnaov, 
Kal fxera TifjLwpiag Trapa$Eiy}JLaTi£ojJLEvoi>, ovrtjjg ekXi7te~lv to 
Zfjv. Polyb. Hist. ii. 60, 7. 

8t]\oui>, to make evident, to make plain or known, to mani- 
fest : 7 £li' S* evekcl avrog te ovk clkuv Eig toIe to TEXog kut- 
ecttyjv, Kal vfiag irapEKakEoa, SrjXaKTat v^xiv (oovXojxai. Xen. 
Cyr. i. 5, 7. 

\m\vvziv, to give information of, to denounce : MrjvvQEt'Tog 
rod £7rij3ou\£u/iaroc vko NiKo/za^ov. Thuc. iv. 89. 

irapexei^, to place close or before, to exhibit, show ; fig. 
in speaking of the affections : Eelvocokov kokcl piE>ai, o kev 
(piXoTYjTa Trapaa\ri. II. iii. 354. According to Ammonius, 
the middle Trape'xeaOcu ought to be used in speaking of the 
affections, or mental faculties ; but this must be limited to 
some such words as irpoQvjxia, Evvoia, &c, expressing an 
affection entertained by the subject of the verb : Kal ttoV 
to irpodv^ov wapEyoixEvoi. Thuc. iv. 85. But in this sense 
the active is sometimes found, even in prose. 

(r(]\i.aivew, to show or manifest by sign or signal, to point 
out, to give notice of: 'Apdpovv te ti)v (pojvrjv Kal (nj^airsty 
iravTa aXXijXoig a ftovXofjLEda. Xen. Memor. i. 4, 12. 

fyaivew, to make to appear, to cause to be seen : 4?a7i'e ^£ 
fjijpovg KaXovg te pEyaXovg te. Od. xviii. 67. 

fywepovv ((parEpog), to make manifest, to manifest, in the 
N. T. : Kat (pavEpuoEi Tag fiovXag twv Kapciiov. 1 Cor. 
iv. 5. 

162. 

helv, to bind, to tie fast: Kal tov f/ytfjiova cijaaiTEg irapa- j(j.> 
Sifioaaiv avTolg. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 1. 

$€(jjj.€u€ii>, to bind with chains or bonds: Tayra cai icaOv- 
E 3 



162 163, 164. 

(162) (3 pur avrov, otl jjle ^e(tjieveiv Eokwv, ovt k'Qiyev ovO 9 ?J^a6 
fjfjtiov. Eur. Bacch. 616. 

$€<tjji€u>, later form of the above in the N. T. : Kal eh- 
fffisiro clXvgegl Kal Trioaig tyvXatjerojjLevoQ, Luc. viii. 29. 

a-n-Teiv, to attach , fix one thing to another, very rare ir 
the active : Ovte ogtovv Early avro KaO' avro ovdiv, a\V 
r) [Xoqkov ibg GWEyEQ ri aizrojiEVOv Kal TrpoolEhEfiEVOV. Aristot. 
de Pari. Anim. ii. 9. 

<r$iyyew, to pull tight what is tied : HtyiyyET afiaWodi- 
rai ra dpayfjiara. Theocr. x. 44. 

<|>ijuiqGi> [to muzzle, is only fig. in the sense of] to strangle, 
to squeeze tight: Elra (jnfJLwtr-rjre tovtov tid ^v\a> rhv avyiva 
(fasten his neck in the pillory). Aristoph. Nub. 592. 

163. 

1 63 SeySpoi/, ov (to), and under the Ionic form, SivSpEoi', tree : 
Ov yap i\v avtyaXEQ ev toIq SivSpoig Earavai ttXeJov i) tov 
iva \6ypv. Xen. An. iv. 7, 9. 

Spus, vog (?/), prop, oak, appears to have been originally 
a generic term for every kind of tree, if we are to believe 
Hesychius and the Scholiast on Homer (II. A'. 86), ir 
whom no trace of this meaning is to be found, except ir 
the compounds cpvTOfxog, &c. This general sense is giver 
to it in the following passage of Euripides : Apvbg o.(jketov 
ipvog. Eur. Cycl. 615. 

Sopv, arog (to), wood, standing, growing tree, in the Odyssey: 'Ens! 
ovtto) rolov avrjXvOev Ik dopv yairjg* Od. vi. 165. 

|u\oi>, ov (to), wood, sometimes for standing tree in Cal- 
limachus and the N. T. : "HmjOeto Aa/udTrjp oti ol £v\ov 
hpbv aXyEl. Callim. in Cerer. 41. 



164. 






164 8^pp,a, arog (to), fr. Sipu), generic term for every kind of 
flayed skin, even that of man : Avrog B* ctfjKpl irohEooiv kolg 
apapi(TK£ 7rici\a TEfxi'iov Sipfj-a fioEiov Evxpoig. Od. xiv. 24. 
According to some critics this word was no't admitted in 



164. 163 

tragedy. \_Aepfia Se navrcov Xetttotcxtov uvdpioiroQ e^ei(i64) 
Kara \6yov too fieyeOovg. Aristot. iii. 9, 3.] 

fcepos, eog (to), Ionic and poet, skin : AeovTog cepog eywv 
en aa-Ki^i x f " T V KtcppiKOQ. Eur. Phcen. 1120. 

Seppis, ecog (»/), dried skin, which has lost its animal 
moisture, but not its hair, hide : UpoKciXvjUfjLciTci dye Sippeig 
teal SitpQepag. Thuc, ii. 75. [See ct^dipa below.] 

Sopa, ag (//), flayed skin, not only of a beast, but also of 
man : Kcu ti)v Sopctv clvtov Kara tl Xoytov vtto tlop fiatriXicov 
<ppovpoujjiiyr]v. Plut. Pelop. 21. 

pupcra, rjg (fj), ox-skin or hide : Ovk ecprjv xpfj vai tov 
vlbv 7repl fivptrag iraiSevetv. Xen. Apol. 29. 

$i<|>0e'pa, ag (//), skin of a lion, or rather the generic term 
for the skin of every kind of beast, although Ammonius and 
others give it the special meaning of goat- skin. There is 
also reason to think, that it was the word the most in use to 
signify a dressed skin, from the following passage in Hero- 
dotus : 'ExpeWro SitpOepntri aiyeirjtri re ical oiencri. Herodot, 
v. 58. [And so Kriiger explains it in the passage of 
Thuc. quoted under leppig.~] In Aristophanes, skin which 
shepherds wore, the French rheno : "Cltnrep 6 irarrip gov 
htcpbepav evn\x\xivog (with a goat-skin fastened round you). 
Aristoph. Nub. 72. 

Kwas, eog (to), sheep-skin with the fleece, fleece with 
which beds and seats were covered, in Homer : Evpvvofirj, 
(f)ipe Si) Slcppov Kal taoag eir avTto. Od. xix. 97. [In prose, 
IIdt.~] 

KoSStoy, ov (to), diminutive, subsequently more in use in 
the same sense : Twv tie XvKojipioTcov irpofiaTcor, to. kwoux, 
K'at tci tpia kcu tU It, avTwv l/mciTia ipdetpwSecTTepa yivtrat 
(are more apt to grow lousy) noXv juaXXov tlov iiXXiov. Aris- 
tot. H. An. viii. 10. 

p.Y]\amj, )~iq (//), sheep-skin. According to the gramma- 
rian Aristophanes, quoted by Eustathius (ad Od. p, 472), 
fUjXiOT)) is also goat-skin. According to others, skin icith 
its wool or hair, speaking of all kinds of animals. 



164 165. 

(164) voLkt], ng (r/), and vcikos, eog (to), goat-skin with its hair, in th 
Odyssey : "Av Sh v&kt]V s\st alybg svrpe<j)Sog, fJisydXoio. Od. xiv. 530 
The form volkoq is used by Theocritus (Id. v. 7). 

o\ir\ and wa, ag (rj), in the Attic writers, according to the gramma- 
rians, sheepskin with its fleece, wool, fleece. Herodotus uses it adjec- 
tively with the generic substantive di<p0epa in the passage quoted under 
CKpOspa, 

pivos, ov (rf), 1. skin of the living man, in the Iliad: ^Qae S' aizb 
pivbv rprjxvg XLQog. 11. v. 308. 2. Skin of a beast, more particularly 
dressed ox-hide with which shields were covered. (See"Acnri£.) 

owros, eog (to), dressed skin ; hence, cutis : ItKvrog Se ol 
eK7T£(7£ \eipog. Od. xiv. 34. 

crT€p<j>os, eog (to), prop, hard envelope ; hence, in the Alexandrine 
poets, hide, skin : ^repcpeo'iv aiyeioig g£o> c^evai. Apollon. Rhod. iv. 
1348. 

Xpws, (*>Tog (o), outer covering of the human body, skin : 
'AicpoTaTOv £' ap olcrrog eiriypa-ipe XP° a ty^Tog. II. iv. 139. 
[xpoiY] (Ep.), X9 0l( *9 Xl° oa ' (<dtt.) = skin in Horn, and the 
poets. In Att. prose and poetry, the skin with ref. to 
its colour; hence, tint, complexion. Xevk*]v yjp° Lav *X ££ £' 
Eur. Bacch. 457.] 

165. 

^k Seo-fJiwTyjpicn', ov (ro) 9 house of detention, prison : HoXXol 
te teal a^ioXoyot avdpwxoi i]$ri kv T(D SeGfJUOTYipia) -foav. 
Thuc. vi. 60. 

Seafjios, ov (6), fr. Sew, band, fetter, in the singular and 
plural [bonds =s imprisonment], chains : Kal ol SovXelav 
Kal SeafJiov tyofiovfievoi, ovtol jjiev ovte ct'ltov ovO' vwvov 
hvvavTai TvyyavELv, %<■<* tov tyojiov. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 14. 

dyayKcuoi/, ov (to), Xenophon uses this word in speaking 
of a prison at Thebes ; it was probably, like the French 
Force, the name specially given to a prison : t HXQe irpog 
to avajKaiov, Kal elite tco EipfJiocpvXaia otl avSpa ay£i napa 
TroXe/JLapxov, ov elpfai Sioi. Xen. Hellen. v. 4, 8. 

elpYfAos, ov (6), detention, confinement ; hence, place of 
detention, prison : "SIgttep ol ek tujv EipyfJiivv elg tcl hpa airo- 
cidpdvKovTEg. Plat. Pol. vi. 495, d. 

clpKTi], fjg (//), house of detention, state of arrest : 'AX\a 



166, 167. 165 

irp&TOV p.£\> rovvEicog Tfjg eipKrrjc ^aX£7ra)£ rw XoyKTfxv (1 ooj 
(pepwv. Bern. E pistol. 2, 1471, 16. 

Ke'pajxos, ov (6), dungeon, jail, in the dialect of Cyprus, 
according to the Scholiast on Homer : XaXicfy 2* ev KEpa^u) 
Sicero TpioKaicEKa fifjvag, 11. v. 387. 

KiyKXts, iSoq (?/), a kind of open-work enclosure formed 
by bars, or barrier securing the entrance to the senate, and 
the court of Areopagus, at Athens ; our own word * bar 1 
is to be traced to a similar custom : To rijv fiovXiiv, Tovg 
irevraKocTiovc; a7ro rrjr aa^EVOvg Tavrrjai KiyKXicog Tijjv tnrop- 
pi\Tu)v KVpiav elvai, Kal fit) tovq iSiuTag eireHTiivai. Dern. in 
A r is tog it. 778, 11. 

KoXaon^pioy, ov (to), house of correction, in Synesius? 'E<£' 
olg Trpujrjy icTTevo^iopiidr} tcl /coXaorZ/pia. Synes. de Insomn. 
145, a. 

ouojjJLa, cltoc (to), dungeon, prison : El cs prj KaTEOTiqvEv, 
elc to oiK-qixa av rjsi, Dem. in Zenothem. 890, 13. 

166. 
Seapjnrjs, ov (6), bound ; hence, prisoner, one confined 1 66 
in prison : f £2c £e a\>iidi,E, tovtov jjlev EvOvg air iter eivav, tovq 
Se IsajuLOJTag 'iXvaav. Xen. Hellen. v. 4, 8. 

alxfJ-dXcoTos (6, ?/), taken with the spear, or in war, used 
of men, and generally, captive : '£lg ce ties izaTEpa, Kal ^77- 
ripa, Kal aSeXtyaQ, Kal ti)\> euvtov yvvalxa aijQxaXujTovc 
yEyEvrjuEvovg, kcaKpvcEv. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 4. 

SopidXorros (6, >)), synon. of the above : Asy*, Ikei as, Xix°C Sovpid- 
Xmtov orepZaQ ctvexti Oovpiog A'iag. Soph. Aj. 211. 

SopiOTJpaTOS (6, ?)) [worn by the spear~} t conquered by the spear: 
llciptdpog xuXmoiq "EicTopog 07tXolq gkvXoiq te Qpvyutv dopiOnpd- 
Toig. Eur. Troad. 570. 

So-upiicrrjTos (6, »/), obtained, conquered by the spear : 'Qg Kal iyu 

TTJV U OvflOlf QiXeOV, COVpiKTi]TT]V 7T€p IQVGCIV. II. IX. 343 

8opiXf]'n-T09 (o, if), taken in war: 'OXtvai Aavaujv flora Kal \tiai> 
TJ7Tip COpiXlj7TTOg It 1)V Xoinij. Soph. Aj. 14(>. 



8€ott6tt]s, ov (6), master, in reference to the slave: Zjjc 1<>7 
yovv ovTcvc wr ovS 1 av tig couXog 'uno Cta-ory CtcuTuftti 



166 168, 169. 

(167) iieiveie. Xen, Mem. i. 6, 2. Used also of the father of a 
family, and in the political sense, absolute master, despot : 
Ovtoq fxe.v yap tojv kv Myjcolq 7rdvT(*)v Se(nr6rr}v kavrov 
TT£7roirjK£p. Xen, Cyr. i. 3, 15. 

Kupios, la (lord, master), prop, and fig., used of every 
kind of empire and authority, as that of a father over his 
children, a husband over his wife : Elra tov \xiv 'EXXrjo-- 
ttovtov Slci T$v£avTi(i)v eytcparriQ Kadearijice, Kal Trig gitqko\x- 
7reiag rfjg twv 'ILWyjvwv icvpiog yiyove, Dem. de Coron. 71. 

oIkoScowtyjs, ov (6), master of the house, father of a 
family, in the N. T. : Kcu epelre r« oiKoSecnroTri rfjg otKiag. 
Luc, xxii. 11. The feminine oiKoBiairoiva is found in 
Plutarch (ii. 612, f). 

168. 
168 Siqfuos, ov (6), with ellipse of BovXog, slave who put into 
execution sentences of death, public executioner, our com- 
mon hangman : r O rfjg iroXeiog Kotvbg Br)fiiog, ayiov irpbg to 
fxvrjjjia tov airodavovTog .... Plat, Legg, ix. 872, b. 

8y]jjl6koii/os, ov (6), the composition of this word seems to 
have originated in the phrase used by Plato in the quota- 
tion just given ; public executioner, who had no other office 
than that of putting to the torture in public or private 
trials : QvTog B' ov Brj/noKolvovg ecpacricev kXicrdai avTovc. 
Isocr, Trapez. 361, d. Eustathius tells us that it was 
used also fig. as a term of scoffing and abuse, much as the 
French use their word bourreau, 

Paaai/urnrjs, ov (6), fr. fiaaavog, kind of arbiter or com- 
missioner named by mutual consent of the parties engaged 
in private law-suits. When the judge had condemned the 
slave of one of the parties to be put to the torture, it w T as 
the business of the (5aGavi(jTr)g to be present, take down the 
statements of the sufferer, regulate the mode and duration 
of the torture, and if the slave should become useless to his 
master, in consequence of the injuries received by him, 
assess the sum to be paid his master for the loss of his 
services : 'Eweicr/ $' rjicofjiEi' irpbg tov jjacrav lgtiiv, Dem, in 
Pentcenet, 978, 11. 

169. 
1C9 fctjfxos, ov (o), fr. Beit), to bind, people, considered as a 
body politic, and [by the same abuse of the term by which 






170. 167 

1 the people' is used with us to signify the people exclu- (169) 
sively of the upper ranks] in opp. to the words fiovXrj, 
senate, apyai, authorities, &c. : 'Eweic)) avt\vEyKav rove 
Xoyovg eg re rue lioyag Kal top cfjuov, I'huc. v. 28. [See 
example under 7rXfjdog.'] 

€0yos, tog (to), nation ; gens : Kal roivvv tovtwv twv kdrwv 
ilp&v ovff kavrcu buoyXtoTTWV ovtljv, ovte uWyjXatg. Xen. 
Cyr. i. 1, 5. 

Xaos, ov (o), in Attic Greek, Xewe, copia, a mass of men 
assembled together for any object whatever, and principally 
for war, people, considered with regard to the mass and 
multitude of them ; hence, and chiefly in the plural, Xaol, 
army, troops, men armed, soldiers, in Homer : Kcu ue 
keXevei Svc-kXeci " Apyoq iKEaQai ettbI ttoXvv wXecra Xa6i\ II, 
ii. 115. In Homer sometimes in the singular (vii. 342), 
infantry, in opposition to itrnoL This word is very rare in 
the Attic prose writers. 

ttXtjOos, eog (to), the greater part of the people, the mul- 
titude : Toif ce fo'ijjiov evioi ravra etti^vovv, to ce 7rXrj6og ejSoa 
Ceivov Ei vat el \xi) Tig eugel tov Zr\\xov TrpaTTEiv o av /3ou- 
Xtjtui, Xen. Hellen. i. 7, 12. 

ttoXXoi, u>v (ol), is taken sometimes for the multitude, the 
people, in a political sense, in opp. to SXiyoi : Aeivov 7/you- 
fjievoi Tovg 7roXXovg vno Tolg oXiyoig Eivat, Isocr. Panegyr. 
30. 

oxXos, ov (6), multitude in disorder or confused, crowd : 
'YtTTEdopvfi-qve ttoXlv 6 b^Xoc, Kal 7]yayKacrdi](7av uyiivai Tag 
KXrjaEig, Xen. Hellen. i. 7, 13. 

<(>uXi], fjg (>/), tribe : Aw&ca yap Kal HEpautv cpvXal ^t?f- 
prjVTai. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 5. 

170. 

8iaf3oT]Tos (6, //), noised abroad ; hence, rendered famous, 170 
taken in a good or bad sense : TCjv k<p wpa Kal Xapvpia 
ciajDoijTujv ev ttj woXei. Plut. Lucull. 6. 

€m(36if]Tos (o, >/), decried, spoken ill of, of ill name, for 
his conduct: Kae p kiriptarov Kara yeirorac —(jiija-tir. Anacr. 
lib. ii. According to other grammarians it is used in the 
same sense as the preceding. 

ir€piPoTf]Tos (6, //), renowned, famous, or ill-reported of, 



168 171. 

(170) nfamous, notorious: TavTrjg tolvvv Trjg ovtwq alcr^pag Kal 
TrEpifiorjTov (TvcrrdaewQ Kal Kcudag. Dem. Cor. 92. Accord- 
ing to some it is used equally in a good or bad sense ; but 
it seems certain that the ancient writers most commonly 
used it in a bad sense. \_Utpifj6nTov elvai, to be talked 
about ; to be the common talk. Lys.~] Plutarch employs it 
in a good sense. 

171. 

171 8id8if]jJLa, a-oq (to), head-band, diadem : El^c Se Kal 

SidSrjfjia 7repl rfj ridpa. Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 13. Fig. for 

empire in the Sept., as with us sometimes, as crown is also 

used: Kal irepiiQETO Siddrjfxa Trjg 'Aaiag. 1 Machab. xiii. 32. 

KiSapis, sojq (yj), or better Ktrapis, which comes nearer the 
Hebrew and Chaldee etymology, cidaris, head-dress prin- 
cipally in use among the ancient Persians ; it was a head- 
band or turban of white and blue. This word appears to 
have been confounded with ridpa by Plutarch and Quintus 
Curtius (iii. 3), both of whom make it the distinguishing 
head-dress of the king of Persia : Aeywv mq ovfiev 6v'ivr)(m> 
fj KLTapig EffTtoaa irepl rrj KstyaXrj tovq v-it clvtov. Plut. 
Artax. 28. The Sept. translators have also used ddaptg 
in speaking of the head-dress of the high-priest of the 
Jews. 

jxiTpa, ag (£/), fr. jdiTog, a linen band or fillet ; Herodotus 
gives this name to the head-dress or turban worn by the 
Babylonians and Assyrians : Tag KetyaXdg jjiiTprjmv dvaleov- 
rau Herodot. i. 195. 

ore<|)a^o9, ov (6), fr. crf^w, in Homer, circle ; later, 
crown. It was not peculiar to royalty in ancient times as 
it is in modern, but was the distinctive badge of certain 
offices ; it was also the reward given to citizens who had 
rendered signal service to their country, as also the prize 
of the victors in public games; at festive entertainments the 
guests wore crowns of flowers: "Otl artcpavoT 6 Sijfxog Arffjio- 
adti'Y)v X9 va $ GT£(j)dv(t) dperrjg evetca. Dem. de Coron. 17. 

ore'fjijjLa, arog (to), more common in poetry, according 
to Eustathius, crown, encircled with little wreaths of wool 
consecrated to a god, and carried by a suppliant, such as 
that of Chryses, in the Iliad : Sri^ar' iyuv kv'yjEpvlv I/ct/- 
ftoXov 'A7roA\w rog. 11. i. 14. 






172. 109 

o*T€<J>o§, (og (to), crown of suppliants: Tls7r\(t)v Kal GT6<peujv 7roV, £i(171) 
fir) vvv, dfi^l Xirdv k^o/xev ; JEsch. Theb. 101. 

<TT€<}>ava)jAa, arog (to), what one crowns himself (or, is crowned) with, 
or of which a crown is made : 'O KaXXiporpvg vdpKiaaog /jteydXaiv 
Qiaiv a.Qx ai0V GTecpdviOfxa. Soph. (Ed. Col. 684. 

oTpotjuoy, ov (to), fr. arpotyog, narrow band or fillet, a 
kind of head- dress, head-band, turlan, in Athenaeus: 'E0o- 
pet Se V7r<) tovcojjq iroptyvpiEa Kal GTpocpiov Xevkov iwl rfjg 
KE(f)a\}}g. A then, 543, f. [More commonly worn by women 
round the breast.~\ 

raivia, ag (>/), fr. teiveiv, tissue (woven-work), long and 
narrow, used for making crowns or garlands, head- bands, 
girdles, band, narrow band, ribband; by ext., crown, in 
Xenophon : O Si. ^u)KpaTrjg liiirpaTTE toj vlkiiguvtl jjd) rcu- 
viag, aXXct (piXr/fiaTa irapa twv KpiTwv yeviadcu. Xen. Conv. 
5, 9. 

Tidpa, ag (?/), tiara, cap of felt, and pointed at the top, 
head-dress of the great Persian lords, and of the king, who 
alone had the right of carrying the point of the cap upright : 
Trjy iiev yap ettI tyj KE(f>aXfj Tiapav j3a<rt\ei pora) e^egtiv 
6pQr)v 'iyEw. Xen. Anab. ii. 5, 23. 

172. 

SiBcuTKaXeioK ov (to), school: "Escort Ttaai Tlipaaig Trifx- 172 
7TELV Tovg kavrtov 7raldag Elg to. koivcl Trjg SiKaioGving ctca- 
c/caXeTa. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 15. [Also SiSavKaXziov TraiStav, 
Th, vii. 29, 5.] 

yv^vdaiov, ov (to), gymnasium, place more particularly 
set apart for bodily exercises: r '£l(nr£p Tovg yipovTag kv 
Tolg yvjivaaioig orav pvrrcrol Kal ui) ijSelg ti)v o\Liv ojjuoq (f)iXo- 
yvfjivatTTioaiv. Plat. Pol. iv. 452, b. 

&iaTptprj, ijg (//), school of philosophy, in Lucian : 'Epya- 
(TTr\pta yovv ekllXel Kal Ka7r))XEia rag tovtwv SiaTpijSdg. Luc. 
Nigrin. 25. 

, f)pT]TTJpioi', ov (to), place destined for the exercises of 
youth, gymnasium, in Plutarch: 'JLkektvto Tijg 'Pw/iijc tu 
r/'cWra 7rpod(TTEta, Kal tCov tilirjTnplioy tU raWtora. Pint. 
Pomp. 40. 

jjLeXenriTripiov, ov (to), study, private room for the purpose 

Q 



170 173. 






(172) of study : 'E/c rovrov Karayeiov /jev oko^oju^cat /xe\£7?;rr/- 
piov, o h) Slectlj^eto kcu Kad' iifxag. Plut. Dem. 7. 

TraiSaYwyeloi', ov (to), school-room : Kcu to 7rai^ayo)yeiov 
Kopwv. Dem. de Cor on. 79. 

<JXo\r\, fjg (*/), school of philosophy, in Plutarch : "tiers 
kcu tovq <pi\o(r6(j)ovQ kv rdlg ayo\a~ig ^rjrovvrag, el to 7ra\Xe- 
adai rrjv icapdiav .... Plut. Arab. 29. 

173. 

173 BiSdorKaXos, ov (6), master that teaches, professor ■, public 
or private tutor, in the sciences and literature generally : 
02 $' av KaidevduHJL irapa toIq Srjjuiocrioig SiSaoricaXoig. Xen* 
Cyr. i. 1, 15. 

eTriordTYjs, ov (6), master, who shows what ought to be 
done, who sets the example. The lessons of the SicatjKa- 
\og have more to do with the pupil's manner of expressing 
himself and reasoning ; those of the k-nio-rar-qg with the 
actions and the conduct ; in general, he who directs, who 
guides, who watches over, prefect, inspector : Avrolg noi- 
fxv'aov krzinrdraig. Soph. Ajac. 27. ® V X bpq.g wg evraKrot 
jjlev eloiv kv Tolg vavriKolc, evraKrtjg $' kv rolg yvfiviKolg 
ay&GL TTEiQovTai Tolg E7rt(rr urate ; Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 18. At 
Athens it was the name of the chief or president of the 
Upvraveig. 

TraiSaywyos, ov (6), private teacher or tutor whose duty it 
was to watch over the conduct of his pupil, and to form his 
manners. It was almost always a slave who discharged 
this office, and who never left the child with whose educa- 
tion he was entrusted : 'JL-TreiSav ray^ara ol iralEeg tci \eyo- 
fiEva t,vvLUK7tv, evdvg fiev kit* avrolg it a iE ay toy ovg depcnrovrag 
ktyiaraaiv, evdifg dk ire^TTOvcnv elg SiSacrKaXwv, Xen. Lacce- 
dem. 2, 1. Our word pedagogue, which comes from it, is 
used in a bad sense. 

ttcucWojaos, ov (6), a kind of inspector selected from the 
principal magistrates at Sparta, and whose office it was to 
superintend the education of the rising generation : Ov jjti]v 
aWa kcu 7raiEor6/jiog ek t&v KaXwv Kal uyaOutv avlpCbv krar- 
teto. Plut. Lyc. 17. 

7tch$otplPt]s, ov (6), he who trains the child in bodily 



174,175. 171 

exercises, master of the palcestra, or gymnasium : Ot 7repl (IfS) 
to autfjia 7ru.LCOTplftaL re Kal larpoL Plat. Gory. 504, a. 

174. 

8i8dorK€U/, to teach: AiIcktkovcti ce avTOvg Kat Trtideodai 174 
rolg apyovai. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 8. 

ScumWi, to show, sometimes used for ciciktkeiv, to teach : 
{YiTirtQ dei&val re opdCJg Ka\ licd^ovai Kat kdiaovm tuvtu 
cpyv. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 27. 

$t)\oui>, to make known, to explain : *0 ££ jjlol cokeI evce- 
errrepou >/ wc ^XP^ V di]\u>(rai, tovto kyw TrEipa.Gop.ai rovg pi) 
dSorag lild^ai. Xen. Cyr. viii. 1,1. 

iraioevew, to bring up, to form the mind and manners of a 
child, to instruct a child : 'El c eit\ reXevrrj ruv jjiov yev6- 
jjlevol jJovXoipEdd ru) EiriTpE^ai r) 7rcilcag nailEvaai i) Xl° ? '/~ 
[lara Etaffiucrai, dp* o^io-kiotov elg raiira rjyrjcropEda rov 
ak-pari] ; Xen. Mem. i. 5, 2. [_To bring up and instruct, 
(tK-)TpE(pEiv Kiii -Kadtveiv. Pl.~] 

TratSaycjyeLi/, to educate a child; hence, to direct as a 
child : r O ao(pio~Trig rovg ir ail Evopi rovg oi/rw evvdpEvog 7rcu- 
cuyuyElv, Plat, Theceth, 167, c. 

175. 

SiBoVcu, prop, to distribute ; hence, to give, in a very 175 
wide sense, dare, prop, and fig. : Kal 6 Kvpog XaJDcjy ri]v 
rov 'Xgtilo-kov Ie£,iciv eSw/ce rw Tiofipva, 6 ^' icE^aro. Xen. 
Cyr. viii. 4, 26. [In Pres. and Impf. often == to offer (to 
give).'] 

Scoped, rare in the active, and more used in the middle 
ScjpciorOat, to present, or to make a present : Tw 2e 'Ypicavif 
'i-irov Kat a\\a iroXXa Kat KaXd icojpijaaro. Xen. Cyr. viii. 
4, 24. 

8u>pvTT€<r8ai, synon. of the preceding word, in the Doric dialect: 
'Yciv toi, tifta, Kopvvav diopuTTO[.iai. Theocr. vii. 42. 

€YYuaXi£€iv, to place in the hand, to deliver, to commit : Kai toi 
Z&vg tyyvd^t&v GK^TZTpov t 7)<5t O^uaTag. II. ix. 99. 

iyyeipi^eiv, to put into the hands, to commit, confide : 
'Ayt]m\ii(t) ecivtov Kat t))v yvva'iKa Kat tci tekjh Kat ti)v 
cvvaptv EVEyEipiae. Xen. Ages. 3, 3. 

Q2 



172 175. 



le. 



(175) eTrtTpeiretv, to deliver up, to give up entirely, confidi 
abandon : Aeojuevovg seal warra Trowiivrag owtog civ atyicri to 
nnhdXiov tiriTptyn. Plat. Pol. vi. 488, c. 

v£\ktiv, to distribute in portions; to divide: AoKet S 9 e/jioiy 9 , 
£<prj, /ecu to veifiai tcl xprj/jiaTCL kireilav eXOtocri, MfjSoig Kal 
'YpKariotg Kat Tiypcirr] eirirpiypai. Xen. Cyr. iv. 2, 43. 

oirdjeiv (btradog), to adjoin, to associate; hence, to bestow, dispense: 
1$vv pev yap tovt(j) Kpovidng Zsvg kvSoq bird&i. fl. viii. 141. 

opeyetr, prop, to extend, to stretch out, especially [with 
X £l P a > X E ~ l 9 a< z] t ae hand ; hence, to offer or give, prop, and 
fig. : Kara Se tttoXlv clvtoq avdyKrj 7c\dyt,ojiai, ai Key tlq 
kotvXtjv kcl! izvpvov opi^rj. Od. xv. 312. [Also in prose : 

topE^E TYjV KvXlKCt T(d 2iii)KpCLTEL. PI. Ph&d. 117, b.] 

irapiy^w [and -eaQai with little difference], to produce ; 
prcebere ; hence, to procure, prop, and fig. [to provide, 
supply, &C.J : "ETretra to7q jiev aXXotg kpirETOig 7roSag keco- 
tcav hi to 7rop£verrdai [xovov Trapiyovaiv {which only 'pro- 
cure for them the power of walking). Xen. Mem. i. 4, 8. 

iropetv, used only in the second aorist, to pass, trans. Fr. passer ; 
hence, to procure, to give : "Hv did pavTOGvvnv rrjv 01 nops $oZ/3ot; 
'AttSXXujv. 11. i. 72. 

itop'dtiv (wopog), to give the means ; hence, to furnish : 
Ovkovv tovto jjlev ayaOoy, ei ys rolg (TTpaTiwraig ikcipoq 
karat tcl eTTLTi^eia 7ropi£eiv ; Xen. Mem. iii. 4, 2. 

iropoTJveiv, to prepare, to procure : 'Ey<o yap eipl 6 iropavvag Tads. 
Soph. (Ed. R. 1454. 

irpoieVcu, in the middle, to lavish : Kcu uvtov yi ge ovyl 
avefecrdai Tovg oral 7rpoefJtiyovg evepyetriav bpuvTct gol ey/ea- 
XovvTag. Xen. Anab. vii. 7, 47. 

Xapt^ecrOai, to gratify, to grant a favour: 'Ercovrai Kal 
^aplaaaOaL ra> cV//iw BiKaia jjlep cl^lovvtl. Pint. Tib. Gracchi 
11. 

XopYjyeu/, prop, to be x°P r i7^9 or to provide for the ex- 
penses of the chorus ; hence, by ext., to provide, to fur- 
nish : 17 ovv kloXvel Xiyeiv Evhaljjova top kolt apeTrjv 
TtXeiav kvepyovvra, Kal Tolg eicrog dyadolg iKaicog KEypprjyr}- 
[xivov ; Aristot. Eth. Nic. iv. 10. 



176,177. 173 

176. 

Sii^o'is, £<*>e (>/), narration in prose or verse, of a con- 176 
siderable extent, and forming a whole : 'AW' lav irep cii r 
yrjaiQ fj, tuv yerofxivioy kWcti, iV avafJLr-qcrdivTEQ eKeuojy 
fitXriov fiovXevcriovT at 7repl twv baripiov, Aristot. Rhet, 
iii. 16. 

SiTJyTjjxa, arog (to), shorter narration, detached piece, 
episode, narrative, relation, limited to the relation of a 
single fact or matter connected with a single person, in the 
rhetoricians ; thus, according to Hermogenes, cniyrjaig 
might be applied to a great work, such as the history of 
Herodotus or Thucydides, and htriynfj-a is a simple narra- 
tive, such as that of the adventures of Orion or Alcmaeon : 
Kai naXiv lu'iyrjcTLQ p.tv ?/ laropia 'Hpocorov, // avyypa(p)) 
QovkvEicov' cujynfia ce to kutcl 'Apioia, to Kara 'AA- 
K/JLaiwva. Hermog. Progymn. cap. 2. 

177. 

fciKcuos, cuci, in conformity with what is right, just ; 177 
Justus : ' Ap* ovv, e(prj, tocnrep ol tektoveq Eyovai tu kavrutv 
'ipya ivioei^aif ovtloq ol cikcuoi to. kavrCjv iyoiey av SiE^nyt]- 
(racrdat ; Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 12. 

evSiKos (6, ?/), just ; poetic, but found also in Plato: Kovttot u: 
y' tfiou ti firjv irpok^ova ol tcaicoi twv ivdiicujy. Suph. Ant. 206. 

atcrifxos (6, »/), proper, good, just : 'A\\a diicrjv tiovgi Kai alaif.ia 
tpy' avOpibmov. Od. xiv. 84. 

clkcijs, otoq (6), fr. toiicct, reasonable : UpoKaXEcrafUEroi yap 
TroXXa g&i eiKora, ov rvy)(cirofjtei\ Thuc. ii. 74. 

€iri€tKi]s (o, //), fair, moderate : Toy Tpoirov ettielkijq kn 
cUatoc. Diod. Sic. i. 106. [Of persons, especially of one 
who gives up something of his strict right ; so TameiKf) 
-KpuaOer iiyovrrai 8ikt]s. Eur. — Of things, fair, reasonable : 
bpLoXoyiq tlv\ ettleikeI. Th. iii. 4. 2. Cf. 1, 155.] 

i'aos, fig., 1. equal, equitable; cequus : M^'fipc' ovre 
yap StKotoi', ovt \(to\> e<ttiv. Don. de Coron. 98. 2. Im- 
partial : UovXo'ifirfi' c av vpdg 'iaovg aKpoardc virep bfiujy 
(lvtCjv yerEadai. Dem. Procem. 1454, 7. 

6p06s, ?/, fig. right, in the sense of just, rectus : Kara 
Xoyov oodov. Plat. Legg. x. 890, d. 

Q 3 



174 178. 






(177) oo-ios, ia, permitted by religion, or just towards the gods : 
Kara rov ttclgi vo\xov fcafleorwra, tov kitiovra ttoXejiiov oaiov 
elrai afAvveadai. Thuc. iii. 56. [Hence also of persons, 
obeying all divine and human laws, conscientious, &c. : 
daiojv dvep&v dpyovTiov. PL Ep, vii. 335, d.] 

178. 

178 SiKYj, tjq (?/), fr. ()lke~iv [jacere"], prop, what the lot 
casts or sends to one ; portion that falls to one's lot ; lot, 
in Homer : 'AA\' ovtt] Slkyj eotI fiporibv, ore kev te 6drw- 
anv. Od. xi. 218. Hence, the notion of individual right: 
f H yap diKr) Kplatg tov SikuLov Kal rov adiicov, Aristot. Eih. * 
Nic. v. 10, 4. 

fciKaioy, ov {to), that which is just, the just, just pretension 
or claim; hence, 1. right ; jus : "Ey jjiev ovv ttooq aVavrac 

TOVQ TOVTWV X6yOVQ VTldp^El fJLOL %'lKCUOV. Dem, in CoMcl* 

1272, 16. 2. Political right : 'AW' evtv^ovglv on kvairo- 
yjpGjvrai {profit by) rfj vfjLeripa paQvjxia ttj ovSe tGjv SiKalwv 
airoXavEiv -Trpoatpov/jLEvr]. Dem, de Indue, 218, 5. [See 
StKatioiJia.~\ 

SiKaioowY], r}Q (ji), sentiment ox principle of what is just, 
justice : Kal f] jjlev SiKcuoavvri earl kclO' fjv 6 SiKaiog Xeyerai 
TrpaKTiKog Kara irpoaipeaiv rov Slkcuov, Aristot, Ethic. Nic, 
v. 9, 17. 

8iKaioTY]s, t)toq (fj), quality of the just man, habit of 
justice, which may only be apparent : "SlGirep Si tlq aydX- 
Xerat ettI Oeoosfieiq. Kal aXrjQeicL Kal SiKawTYjTi. Xen, Anab. 
ii. 6, 25. 

Sucaicojuia, aroq (to), plea of right which one urges, just 
claim : AiKaibjfxara \xev ovv rdhe wpog hfiag iyofJEV iKavd. 
Thuc. i. 41. In the N. T., means of justification, of 
expiation, that which justifies : To Se ydpivfjia ek TroXXutv 
Trapairriojjidnov eIq StKalivfia. Rom. v. 1 6. [= sententia 
absolutoria ; sentence of acquittal or justification. At- 
KaliofjLa also, but rarely, a just action ; opposed to aZi- 
Kt)fxa. Arist. Eth. v. 7 ; who adds that SiKato7rpdyripa (see 
below) is more common in this sense, SiKai&fxa being 
rather = to ETravopOw/jia rov dciKrjfxarog]. 

Sucaiucris, fwg (Ji), 1. pretension or claim to the exercise 
of a right : Tijp yap avTrjv ivvarat SovXuHTiv'rj te jXEyiaTT} 



179. 175 

rat k\ayjLGTr) hiKaiuaig, airb tCjv ofjtoiujv too citcng 7o7c(1/8) 
tteXciq tTziTaaao\iivr)* Thuc. i. 141. 2. Justification, in the 
N. T. : Kai riyioQ-q cid ty]v ciKuiwav iijjlwv. Rom, iv. 25. 

StKatoTrpdyTj^a, arog (to), practice of justice, and better, 
act of justice, just action, in Aristotle, who thus distin- 
guishes it from Slkcilov : To /jlev yap Sitcatov to rw vbpio 
CjpiGjjii) or, to Se SiKaioTpdynpa to to. citcaia TpdrrEtv, 
Aristot. Magn. Mor. i, 34, 24. [Not a genuine work of 
Aristotle.] 

StKcuoTrpayia, ag (?/), is more especially the practice of 
justice : Aiwotcr/ierwy £e tovtojv cr}\ov on // dtKawirpayia 
jiiaov ecrrl rov o.<)ike~lv ko.1 aSiK£~i(jOa.L. Aristot, Ethic. Nic. v. 
9, 17. 

Oe/JLts, icog (>/), fr. TtQivat, prop, that which is established 
or instituted, and consecrated by long use, custom ; hence, 
established order or right, in Homer, who uses it in this 
sense in the singular only [in PI. difjuareQ = ordinances, 
laws. Hom.~\, and also for the place itself where justice 
is dispensed, the seat of justice : "Ira acf ay op)) te Qe- 
fitg te i)nv. II. xi. 807. In Plato : Bwoiici&iv ce -ai>- 
Tag EKEivoic kclt ayyiareiav Kal diptv. Plat. Legg. xi. 
925, d. According to the grammarians, difAig is the divine 
justice, but this is contradicted by the following passage 
from Demosthenes, where it is opposed to oaior : 'AXXci 
tovtwv y ovO' bawv ovte Qifiig T(J fJi-apu) tovtid fiEracovvai. 
Arisiogit. i. 794, 13. ©e'jjus personified is but an inferior 
deity in Homer, whose office it was to convoke the assem- 
blies, whether of the gods, on Olympus, or of men, on the 
earth, and maintain order there : ZEvg Se QEpiara keXlvge 
dEovg ay oniirlE KaXErraat. II. xx. 4. It was only later 
that Themis became the Goddess of Justice. 

So-io^, ov (to), that which is permitted by religion, divine 
right; fas: To oaiov pipog tov hiKaiov. Plat. Euthijplir. 
12, e. 

179. 

8ikt), -ng (?/), action- at-laiv, in general ; very often at 179 
Athens cikj] alone, with ellipse of tBia, signified suit-at-laic 
between private individuals, especially when opposed to 
ypacpi). 

ypac|)TJ, ijg (//), public action ; accusation, or criminal in- 



176 180. 

(179) dictment for a capital offence against the laws of the State. 
Socrates, in the Euthyphron of Plato, speaking of the 
accusation brought against him by Melitus, uses the word 
ypacpt], which he distinguishes from SiKrj in these terms : 
Ov £f]TTov 'AOrivaioi y£, w ILhOvtypov, Siky)}' avrrjv koXovgiv, 
aXXd yparprjv. Euthyphr. 2, a. 

SiaSiKacua, ag (rj), action in claim of a right or a privi- 
lege [trial to decide between adverse claims ; e. g. to an 
inheritance ; of creditors to a confiscated estate, &c] : 
"Eort yap 6 /jlev aywv ovtogl icXrjpov (jiaSticacria. Dem. in 
Leochar. 1082, 16. 

eyK\Y]juia, arog (to), complaint, charge, or accusation in a 
private matter, in a suit between private persons, applied 
both to the complaint or charge itself, and to the deed of 
declaration containing it [libellus accusatorius] : 'Akovete 
yeypajjcfxevov kv tuJ eytcXrifxaTi. Dem. in Nausim. 988. 

Ka-nryopia, ag (Ji), accusation, charge preferred in a matter 
of State: Tag jjlev yap dUag vwep tmv ISliop kyKXrifxaTUiy 
Xayydvovai, rag M Karrjyoplag virep tojv rfjg iroXewg irpa- 
yjudrwv iroiovvTai. Isocr. de Big. 603. 

180. 
180 Siktuop, ov (to), fr. SiKelr, to cast, net, in general; accord- 
ing to its etymology, it ought at first to have been used for 
fishing : "£Igt lydvag ovg 0' aXtrjeg koTXov eg alyiaXov 7ro- 
Xtrjg eKToaQe OaXdvarjg Siktvu) kI;£pv<Tai> ttoXvuttm. Od. xxii. 
386. In Xenophon it is the net with meshes made of flax 
of the largest size for taking game, hunting-net, toils ; 
plagce : Ta £e diiCTva telvetu) kv a7r£Soig. Xen. Cyneg. 6, 9. 

d[x<t>£pXir)crTpo^, ov (to), great net for fishing, casting-net 
or sweep-net, verriculum : Aafieiv dfjififiXriGTpov teal 7repi- 
jiaXeiv te irXrjdog noXXov twv tydvutv Kal kfcipvcrai. Herodot. 
i. 141. 

apKus, og (»/), a smaller net than the two preceding 
ones, rete ; it was used in taking the boar and the hare ; 
it was set about holes and openings of the ground, in 
forests, near ponds and streams : &iu)KOfX£vov Se tov \ctyw 
elg Tag apKvg Elg to 7rp6(rdEV irpotEvdit). Xen. Cyneg. 6, 10. 

dpirefconr), ng (*/), noose, net : TV Se kXdfpovg izohdypaig 
Kal apTTECoraig ; Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 28. 






181. 177 

Yayvajuioy, ov (ro), small net for taking oysters : Tdyya/ud (180) 
r jjfr viro^al 7repiriyeeQ. Opp. Hal. iii. 81. 

ypi(f>os, ov (o), fishing-net [exact form and use un- 
known] : TCjv rd fj,ep ajuKplftXtjarpa rd oe ypl(poi KaXeorrai. 
Opp. Hal. iii. 80. [Related to pl\p, pnrog, scirp-us. Pott.'] 

iv6%ia, wv (rd), fr. tv and bcog, lit. road-nets, nets of the 
smallest size for taking game ; snares, casses : 9 'EjjL(iaXX£rio 
Ce rd evohia elg rag ocovg. Xen. Cyneg. 6, 9. 

KupTos, ov (6), sort of round basket of twisted rush, 
used in taking fish, bow-net, in Plato and Theocritus : e Op- 
HEial, Kvproi te, Kal ek G^OLvwrXaiivpivdot. Theocr. xxi. 11. 

Kivov, ov (ro), prop, flax, and the various things made of 
it, as fishing -net, in Homer : Mywiog, ljq d\p~i<n Xlvov oXovte 
iravdypov. II. v. 487. 

TrXeyjjia, arog (to), prop, weft, twist ; hence, toils for 
taking game : Tivog 3' eveko. c^oXovv vg dyplovg 7rX£yfj.a(ji 
Kai opvyfiacri ; Xen. Cyr. i. 6> 28. 

iropKos, ov (6), sort of round net for fishing : Kvprovg h) 
teal ciKrva Kal fipoyovg Kal iropKovg. Plat. Sophist. 220, c. 

o-ayqnf], ijg (//), according to Hesychius was a kind of 
basket of twisted rush, used in fishing, a seine ; sagena ; 
according to some it was the bottom of the net, into 
which the fish falls when taken [more prob. large drag- 
net] : Kal tol fioXov l^dvivv irpiaodal ttote <pa<ri UvOayopav, 
Elra ci(j)Elvai keXevctcll tvjv aayrjrrjv. Pint. Symp. 8. 

uiroxiq, ijg (//), kind of round net for fishing: Elra jjlevtol 
KOpaKivovg rcug viroycug 7roXXovg avXXafiovTEg. Milan. H. 
Anim. xiii. 17. 

181. 
SnrXous, i], 1, double, in regard of width and height; \§\ 
2. Speaking of things folded naturally or by art, folded 
douhle : 'A/Jcbl S 1 dpa yXaivav weporijaaro (pouiKoeaaav 
SiirXfjy. II. x.' 134. 

8iirXa£ (6, r/), double [as consisting of two folds or layers'] : Kal to. 
jiev kv XP V(J, £V Q'dXy Kal ci7rXaici hjfi(p 9tiof.iev. II. xxiii. 243. 

SurXdaios, la, twice as large or numerous ; it is a mistake 
of the grammarians to say that it is used only of number ; 



178 182, 183. 

(181) it is more modern, and more used in prose than SnrXovc: 
Twv ce kvoliuv hiiikaaiai {those of the eioSia [Cf. 180] 
should be twice as large). Xen. Cyneg. 2, 8. 

StirXacTLw^ (o, fj), Attic form and later, but as early as 
Xenophon : TQv Se ^pnjiarwv arrl jiev tujv 7rerTYjKovTa 
raXuvTwv, ibv etyepeQ haaixov, ciirXaaiova Kva^apet awoSog, 
Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 19. 

Suttuxqs, a, folded double, speaking of a cloak : ki-Krvypv 
aj.i(f w/jloictlv Eyova evepyia Xwirnv. Od. xiii. 224. Euri- 
pides has used it for Shtvol : Ann-i^ot vzaviai. Iphig. T. 
242. But this would appear to have been a neologism 
criticized by Aristophanes in Athena2us (iv. 154, e). 

SmruxVjs («j */)> synon. of the preceding word, and used 
by Aristotle in speaking of that which is naturally double : 
Kal erspov vEvpov Sl7ttv^eq, 6 riviov. Aristot. H. An. iii. 5. 

Siaaos, 77, that which is of the number of two, double, 
speaking of number; sometimes the plural fWcot is used 
for Svo both in prose and poetry, bini : Trjg Se Tridavovo- 
yiiciJQ Sittci Xiyofiev yivn. Plat. Soph. 222, d. 

182. 

182 Sickos, ov (6), disc, a species of quoit made of a round 
stone, flattened and having a hole through the centre ; 
through this hole a leather thong was passed, which was 
used in throwing it: AivKOHrir ripitovTo. II. ii. 774. Discs 
were also made of wood and iron, as we learn from Eusta- 
thius. 

doXos, ov (6), solid spherical mass of iron, or ball, thrown 
as the disc, but differing from it in matter, and specially in 
shape : UrjXeidrjQ drjicev ooXov ov TTplv jjlev pinraaKE \xiya 
cOevoq y H.£Tiu)voQ. II. xxiii. 826. 

183. 

Igg 8ok€u>, to be believed, to appear, but only as regards the 
opinion formed, which may be either true or false, to pass 
for : 'EjvOv/jujJiJLEda yap, k(j>r}, ei tic /mr) wv ayadoc avXrj- 
rife c)oke1v (dovXoito, tI av avrto Troinriov £Lrf ; Xen. Mem. i. 
7,1. 

<|>aii/€cr0ai, to appear, said of objects, the existence of 






184. 179 

which is real, whatever be the form under which they show (183) 
themselves to our eyes, or the notion that we conceive of 
them ; or again, of a fact, of which no doubt is entertained 
by the party mentioning it. Thus Demosthenes in the 
following passage conceals the most refined irony under the 
word (baiverai; the Athenians might be flattered by his 
use of (paivercu, whereas SokeI would have been considered 
by them as an affront : Ok airiarujv vplv, ojg ye pot <pai- 
vetch. Dem. tie Coron. 3. [With the infin. petty, = to ap- 
pear to be ; with the partcp. = to be seen to be.] 

eiSco-Oai, refers solely to the external and visible forms of objects : 
1. to be seen, to appear, videri, in speaking of objects which present 
themselves to the eyes, as the heavenly bodies, &c, in Homer and the 
poets ; hence, 2. to have the look or the appearance, to resemble : Ylaoa 
8k yXavKioiriQ 'AQrjvrj eidofievrj Krjpvici. 11. ii. 280. [Also in Hdt. 
(pdcjAa eid6jj.evov 'ApLGTcjvi. 6, 69 ; 7> 56]. 

eUeiv, principally in the perfect, eotKa, to resemble, in a 
moral and intellectual view ; sometimes to seem, in a case 
of conjecture or probable inference : "EoiKac, <3 *AvTt^tav t 
T))v Evlaiporiav olopiru) rpvtyrjv kcil 7ro\vr£\eiav euai (you 
seem to think, &c). Xen. Mem. i. 6, 10. 

184. 

86£a, 7/c (?/), fr. Sokeu), opinion entertained, judgement 184 
passed according to the appearances of things ; in Plato it 
is opposed to iiritXTifp n, certain knowledge, and that which 
is alone certain : Tig yap uv kcu etl kiriari\ pn elt) ywpig 
Xoyov te teal 6p0)jg S6t,r)Q ; Plat. Theceth. 202, d. 

S^ktjctis, eojc (//), belief [persuasion ; also expectation~\ : 
Xa\t7rdi> yap to pETpiwg eItteIv, ev uj poXig kul // coKn&tg Tijg 
aXrjdEtag ffefiaiovrai. Thuc. ii. 35. 

SoKTjjjia, arog (to) that which one believes, that which 
seems; hence, expectation: Aofcq/iarwi' ektoc 7j\6ev eX-ic. 
Eur. Here. Fur. 771. [Also appearance in a vision, vision : 

SoK. VVKTEpOJTTOV EVVVyjUJV OVEipWV. EuT. HeTC. Fur. 111.] 

86|ao-[xa, aTog (to), effect, result of the opinion held : 

"£20T£ TO) aVTUJ 1/7TO CLTZCIVTWV /tVtt loZ,(KTp(lTL X(ll'0(lVEll' TO 

Koivov adpoov cf)0Eip6f.ieroy. Thuc. i. 141. 

Y^cjjjlt], ng (//) (yiyvu)(TK(o) 9 opinion formed upon know- 
ledge of the matter, and under a conviction entertained 
about it: Ttjg pEi> yr<jjpr\g cxet Ttjg avTijc tyo pat* Thuc. i. 
140. 



180 185. 

(184) oiTjjxa, aroQ (to), fr. olio, good opinion of oneself, concx 
presumption, in Plutarch : OlrjfjLaTog kirXripovvTo Kal co^oa 
(ptae. Pint. Platon. Qucest. 999, e. 

oir]ais, £WQ (>/), supposition, rotion, peculiar mode of view 
ing a matter, opinatio : 'Eay 7rep fitlyy ijde r/ o'irjeig to apfio- 
viav juky elrai avvderov Trpayfxa. Plat. Phced. 92, a. 

185. 
1 85 Sofa, r]Q (Ji), opinion that others have of us ; hence, 
1 . reputation in general, good or bad, according to the epi- 
thet used, or the context : "Avtl S* aperrJQ Kal dofyg ayaOrjg 
otl ovfr ay ra Itvpwy irpbg rolg crolg Kal 'Aaravpiiov iravra 
TrpoiXoLvro. Xen. Cyr. v. 2, 12. 2. Without epithet, good 
name, reputation, glory : Mrjre rjfxioy avrwv rfjg dofyg kv- 
deecrrepovg. Thuc.li. 11. 

86£a<r[j,a, arog (to), that which glorifies, that in which a 
man glories, glory, in the Sept. : AeSioKa kv 2iw*> arwTripiav, 
T(o 'laparjX etc co^aafia. Isa. 46, 13. 

eufcofia, ac (rj), good reputation : 'EvSofya scttI to vwb 7raV- 
T(ov (nrovlalov v7roXajnj3aveadaL rj tolovtov tl iyeiv ov Travreg 
ecpUvTut rj ol 7toWol fj ol ayadol i) ol (ppovifxoi, Aristot. Rhet. 
i. 5. 

cuicXcia, ac (//), good reputation ; hence, glory ; poet, 
although used by Plato and Xenophon : Toy Kal rrfKod' 
koyra kvKXelrjg kTrifirjvoy. II, viii. 285. 

eu<|>T]fua, ac (//), good report, renown, modern : Kal rfjg 
aSiaXeiirrov irpbg Toy ail y^poyov eh(pr}jxiag. Plut, Consol. ad 
Ap. 37. 

€v»xos, eog (to), that which is the object of vows ; hence, glory : ITo- 
GEiddbjvL de vitcrjv -iraaav EirsTptipag jieXeov ds ol tvxog 'idojKag ; 11. 
xxi. 473. 

kXcos (to), fr. kXvcj, that which one hears spoken of, tra- 
dition, popular report ; fama, always with a distinctive 
epithet in Homer : f H/xe7c Se KXeog oloy aKovofier, ovSe tl 
'idfjiey. II. ii. 486. Without any determining adjunct in the 
poets after Homer, and often also in prose : To Sioy evOa 
Sofa tyepei KXeog ayripaToy fiioTa. Eur. Iphig. A. 567. 

kXtjSwv, ovog (r/), report, reputation, fama: Tt SrJTci do%r]g ?) tl 
kXjjOovoq KaXrjg \kaTK\y ptovar\g o)$kXr\\ia yiyverctL ; Soph. (Ed. Col. 
258. 



186, 187. 181 

u8os, tog (to), fr. KViO, prop, eminence ; hence, excellence, superiority, (185) 
.nent or glorious advantage, and not glory [?] as it is usually ren- 
ted: 'HpajJitQa fxsya kvSoq, t7rs(pvo[Jiev"Eicropa clov. II. xxii. 393. 



186. 

$6pu, aroQ (to), wood or shaft of the dart or spear ; hence, 186 
by ext., javelin, longer than the clkujp, in the Iliad ; spear, 
used both in close fighting [as a pike~\, and from a distance ; 
spear, pike, in the historians : Upoiei £6pv. II. xxiii. 438. 

aixpi, rJQ (»/), fr. aKrj, prop, point of the iron head of the 
spear ; hence, by ext., in Homer, Herodotus, and the Tra- 
gedians, but rarely in prose, pike, spear : Al^n ciafjL7rtpeg 
7]\0e. II. v. 658. 

tyXps, e °Q ( r °), pike, lance, long and heavy spear, which was sometimes 
thrown, but only in near fight, on account of its weight: Oi 8' ore h) 
GX*dbv r\aav ew' aXXrjXoicnv iovteq &ijyevg pa 7rpOTepog irpoiti coXi- 
Xogkiov eyx oc .- M- v - 15. Although there is little difference in Homer, 
generally speaking, between dopv and tyx°G> yet this latter kind of 
spear seems to have been longer and heavier, as may be gathered from 
the following verse : "Eyxog o' ovx s\er olov a\xv\x.ovog AictKicao, 
fipi9v, /xeya, GTifiapov to fiev ov dvvar dXXog 'Axaiwv traXXeiv. 
II. xvi. 140. 

Xoyx*)) VQ (>/)> tne won head of the spear, and similar 
weapons : Aoou fiiav Xoy-^rjv 'i\ov. Xen. An. v. 4, 16. 
Spear, lance, in the Batrachomyomachy : f H H vv \6yyj) 
evjj,{]icr]Q jJtXoprj. Batr. 129. 

adpiaaa, rjg (>/), spear used by the Macedonian infantry, 
in Polybius : Twv 7ro\.£/i/(i>*> opdag avaayfn'Totv Tag (Tixpia- 
crag' o-rrep tdoc kari iroieiv Tolg MaKefiocriv, otciv TrapaStdojaiv 
avTovg .... Polyb. xviii. 9, 9. 



187. 

Sotikos, // (cilwjjLi), one who likes to give; inclined to 157 
give, in Aristotle : Ot yap ttoWol Sotikol jdaWov i) $1X0- 
Xpi]fAaToi. Aristot. Eth. Nic. \v. 3. 

jieTafcoTiKos, //, prop, ready to impart, who shares what he 
has, or gives voluntarily : "En ce. a\ltvh)g xa\ pcro&rtroc 
twv ayad&v. Diod. Sic. i. 70. [Also, in Arist. Anal. Pr. 
ii. 30, 3, of the lion.'] According to Ammonius, /jlctcxSotikos 

a 



182 188. 

(187) is properly said of the man who gives of his own accord to 
his friends, and emBoTiKos, r/, of him who gives liberally to 
those that ask of him ; there is no other authority for the 
last adjective. 

$ci\|u\y]s (o, r)), sometimes liberal : OvSe yvvai^l Sav|/i\»)c 
Xop-qyoQ* Plut. Pericl. 16. [Proprie, abundant, plentiful.'] 

ScoprjTiKog, i] (Su)pi(jj), adapted for making presents, or 
which consists in making gifts or presents : Tfjg roivvv dX- 
XctKTitcrJQ dvo eicir} XiyiojiEv, to jjlev hii)pr\TiKov {the one by way 
of gift), to Se tTspov ayopacTiKov; Plat. Soph. 223, c. 

SwpYjjuiaTiKos, rj (Suprjfjia), inclined to make gifts, liberal : 
Meya\6(ppiov re kul hwpnixaTiicoQ. Dion. H. Ant. R. viii. 60. 

juLeyaXoSwpos (6, //), magnificent, munificent : ? £2 (ptXavdpw- 
TTOTctTE Koi fjLEyaXoSwpoTCiTE Saifiovojv ! Aristoph. Pac, 393. 
[In prose, Pol. Luc.'] 

irpoeTiKos, //, lavish: Tov arpaTYjyov elvcu ^pr) .... fcai 
7rpoETiKov Kal ap7raya. Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 6. 

<j>iX68copos (o, ?/), one who loves giving, liberal, bountiful : 
Kat (piXohwpov Ken itXeovektyiv. Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 6. 



SouXeia, ac (r/), condition of the slave, slavery, servitude : 
'Ey etcelro) Se rw mipaJ, ots Trdcn EovXeiciv E7ri(j)EpEy 6 joap- 
fictpog. Thuc. iii. 56. 

SouXoowt], rjQ (//), state of servitude, habitual state of the 
slave, slavery : M.i]ttote tcivS\ to worvid., xP v(7£0 f^ 0(TT P v X oy 
& Aiog Epvoq" ApTE/Ju, hovXovvvav TXalrjy. Eur. Phoen. 190. 

SouXcocjis, eioq (Ji)> the action of enslaving, enslavement : 
'Eireih) EwptifXEv avTOvg riiv /jlev tov Mrjdov tydpav aviivTag, 
Ti]i> 3e tiov h,vjXfxayu)v SovXo)(Tiv LirayofAEvovQ. Thuc. iii. 10. 

alxfictXcjaia, ac (//), captivity, state or condition of one 
who is taken in war : Eire Sr) vraOwv tl npoQ ti)v alxp a " 
Xioffiav tov araOviiJiaTOQ. Plut. Themist. 31. 

€ip€pos, ov (6), captivity, in the Odyssey : E'ipepov eisravdyovci 
ttovov t iyk\itv Kal 6'it>vv. Od. viii. 529. 



189. 183 

189. 

SouXos, ov (6), fr. celj, properly, bound [a bond-man], en- 189 
slaved, servus ; hence, by ellipse, used substantively, serf, 
slave, in general ; applied equally to one under the autho- 
rity of a master, to a [despotic] king's subjects, and fig. to 
him whose passions are his master: Etc kor\ covXoc oIkIgq 
6 SeawoTriQ. Menandr. Fragm. 

<xko\ou0o9, ov (6), a follower, attendant, man-servant : 
Mo roc <T Lnopevov, t(br], i) Kai tiKoXovdog ooi yjKoXovdei ; Xen. 
Mem., iii. 13, 6. 

dy&pcnrocW, ov (to), according to the derivation fr. avnp 
and airodoadai, generally, taken in war 1 , a captive, a slave, 
without any notion annexed of service, or being in a house- 
hold : "YLvdE V 6\p OIVL^OVTO KCipnKOflOlOVTEQ 'A^dlOl, ClXXot jAEV 

^((i\k(3, aXXoi c aidioi'i (TicifpiD, aXXoi 6* avcpaizoceaai. II. 
vii. 475. \_Th. viii., to. av^pairo^a Traira Kai lovXa Kai 
iXevdepa, all their captives, both bond and free. ~\ 

8p.oGs, dfAioog (6), feminine fytwrj, ijg (»}), fr. dafidu), prop, tamed, 
subjugated, taken in war, in which it differs from CovXog; hence, 
reduced to slavery, captive, slave, male or female, in Homer and the Tra- 
gedians, found once only in the masculine in the Iliad : Kai ol dei^eiag 
ttcaffra, kt))ulv sfxrjv Cfiuxxg ts. 11. xix. 333. 

ipy&nqs, ov (6), labourer employed in the fields by the 
farmer, but who was also a slave, as is plain from the fol- 
lowing passage in Xenophon : Kai TrapuKEXeveadaL ce 7ro\- 
Xc'uctg obdei' i)ttqv lu, rolg epyaraig Tor yewpyov, i) ro\> orpa- 
ri)yov rolg OTpciTiuTatQ' Ka\ IXnicwv ce ayadwr ovcev ))rrov 
at covXot tu))' tXevdipwj' ceovrai, aAXct Kai f^iaXXov, ottujq 
f.iire.iv iOeXcjcnr. Xen. CEcon. v. 16. 

Gepcvnw, orroc (o), fr. dipu), one who serves, in general ; 
and specially, in Homer, one who serves voluntarily and 
out of friendship, as Patroclus served Achilles : 'Hperepog 
depenrwy. II. xvi. 244. ' One who attaches himself to the 
service of a prince, courtier, minister, servant at arms, not 
unlike the squire of the middle ages. Homer fig. calls 
warriors QtpanovTeq "Aprjog. II. ii. 110. Later, depdicw 

1 The original has ' en parlant de pcrsonnes et de chose*,' which the 
author cannot have intended. 

R 2 



184 189. 

(189) was used for ohirrig, slave, body -servant, valet : *llv yap 
rci fieXTivd' 6 Oepdwijov Xifag tv^t}. Aristoph. Plut. 3. 

XciTpis, idoQ (6, r/), fr. Xdo), to take, one who serves, a 
servant. According to Ammonius Xdrpig was a person, 
free-born, whom war or its consequences had reduced to 
slavery ; it seems better to understand it, with Hesychius, 
of one who, though a free-man, submits to any kind of ser- 
vice voluntarily, but not without an interested motive ; and 
this notion prevails in many passages, principally in the 
poets, by whom this word was always confounded with 
SovXoq: OiSd a bvr eyco waXaiov Siofidrcov ejjlwv Xdrpiv, 
Eur. Iph. A. 868. 

fjio0a§, aicog, and jji60oji>, tovog (6), a Lacedaemonian word ; 
a slave brought up in his master's house; verna, according 
to -ZElian : "Ovofxa Se r)v dpa tovtg toIq tCjv evtzoow ttcuSwv 

SovXoLQ, OVQ GVVEIGETTEJJLTT0V aVT(UQ Ol TTCLTEpEQ GVVayb)VlOVp,E' 

vovg kv to~iq yvfjLvacrioic. AElian. V. H. xii. 43. [Miiller 
thinks they were brought up as their foster-brother s.^\ Fig. 
in Aristophanes, impudent rascal, good-for-nothing fellow : 
AtappayEiqQ* wg /nvdcor el, kcu Qvgei KofidXog, OGTtg (pevaici- 
%Etg. Aristoph. Plut. 279. 

olk€ty]s, ov (6), fr. ohog, domestic, household slave : 

' Ay^prjcrrot' jac*' y«p crjirov iccti oiKerrjg /cat trr^rtrsvLia. cnrciBeQ. 

Xen. Hipp. 3, 6. According to Chrysippus, quoted by 
Athenaeus (vi. 93), lovXog is used even of a slave who has 
been made free, whereas olKErrjg was the slave only so long 
as he was under the power and in the house of his master. 

oiKoye^s (o, */), sometimes by ellipse of SovXog, slave 
born in the house of his master, verna : "£Igitep ovv oi"EXXrj- 
vEg ttj E/canj kciI Trj Teveitt) Kvva f Pwjua7ot Ouovgiv vrrsp 
twp oltcoyEvuv. Plut. Qucest. Rom. 277, b. 

oiKOTpixJf, ifiog (6, //), in Attic writers, slave born and 
brought up in the house of his master [verna] : N£y &, c5 
civ^pEg ' 'Adrjvaioi, (j)66povg dvdptoirovg olKorpifliov olKorpifing 
nixriv u>(j7rEp liXXov rov T<*)V wviiov Xa^ijidvovTEg, ttoielgQe 
TToXirag. Dem. de Syntax. 173, 16. 

ttcus, 7ra/£oc (o, ?/), slave, without distinction of age, not- 
withstanding the primary meaning of the word, from which 
it takes the notion of moral inferiority only, or of contempt, 



190, 191. 1S5 

frequently attached to it, man-servant, valet, French, garc^on : (189) 
Tij ovv tovovto) y\TTOv Tov 7rai$oe cvvaadai ttoveIv wwc ijaKr}- 
\.iivov cokeI <joi avipbg elvcu ; Xen. Mem. iii. 12, 6. 

u7nr)peTT)s, ov (6), fr. v7ro and IpErrjg, prop, rower ; servant 
generally ; agent, creature, subaltern officer in war ; Lat. 
minister : "E7T£/ii//£ ce Kal virrjpETag Cvo ett\ to or6\xa rrjg 
ayviac. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 3. 

190. 

Spciravif], r]Q (r)) (dpe7ru>), scythe : "EvQa d' ipiQoi ijfjiojv 6£tiag dpe- 190 
iravag tv x^P^ v txovreg. ^- xv "i. 551. 

bpeiravov, ov (to), less ancient form, and more common 
in prose ; Xenophon uses it for the scythes with which the 
war chariots were armed in the East : ApcVai'a te aicrjoti 
Trepl toIq alovi 7rpoo-?/p/JooTcu. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 17. 

apTTT], 77c (rj), sickle, scythe, in Hesiod : 'AW apirag te 
^apaGaiiiEvai kclI Sfxujctg EyEipEir. Hesiod. Oper. 571. 

JdyKXo^, ov (to), scythe, in the Sicilian tongue : To coi- 
iravov 01 SuceXoi £ayK\ov Kakovai. Thuc. vi. 4. 

JdyKXif], ng ())), another form of the above in Nicander, a 
poet of Alexandria : 'Wo ZayxXym TtEpifipidovuav O7iiopr)v 
KEipovTEQ. Nic. AL 180. 

191. 

SiWjxis, Eioc (?/), Homer uses it for bodily strength only: 191 
Hap' cviafjLLw II. xiii. 787- Afterwards it was used 
fig., physical and moral power, ability, talent, weight, and 
influence of every kind ; in the singular and the plural, 
military force, army ; in this meaning, we use the plural 
word, forces : 17/ 1' oIkeiciv cvvci/jiiv tyjn'TEc, oXiyoi npog 
7ro\\ag fuvpiacac. Isocr. Paneg. 24. 

dXicrj, ijc (//), poet, defensive, strength, valour (i.e. strength 
and courage) necessary for self-defence, and for repelling 
an attack [e'c a\ic^ Tpiireadcu. Th. 2, 84. Cf. 91]; by 
ext., succour, defence : 'Ea^ yap v(.ielg, w livoi, OeXijte j.iov 
a\K))v TToiElatiai. Soph. (Ed. Col. 4G0. 

Pia, «g (//), seems to come from /3/oc, and signifies prop. 
vital strength : Ovce 01 %v /c, ov£e fiii}. Od. xviii. S. More 
particularly strength in action, the using of strength ; 

r 3 



186 191. 

(191) hence, violence: "Og ol xPW a Tct ttoXXci eJx^ /3o?. Od. xv. 
230. 

ivepyeia, ag (7/), fr. kvepyog, action, operation, efficacious 
action, active strength, effect, energy. The words hvvafxig 
and kvipyeta are opp. to each other in the following pas- 
sage of Aristotle : Kal to (pug ttoleI tci hwajxEL bvra XP^" 
jjiara evepyeia xP^paTa. Aristot. H. Anim. iii. 5. 

eup&xjTia, ac (rj), vigour, strength ; robur, prop, and fig. : 
'AvSpeiav Kal (ppovrjaiy, rrjv fxev oivrnra tlvcl, rrjv $' evpw- 
oriav x^vxnQ TidijJLevot. Plut. Cat. Min. 44. 

is, Ivoq (ji), prop, muscle, fibre ; hence, in poetry, mus- 
cular strength, vigour of the nerves : t Ij>' airiXedpov exovTag. 
II. v. 245. 

"TXu's, vog (fj), is found first in the Homeric hymns and 
Hesiod, and seems to signify strength to hold, retain, or 
stop (<<7)(to) : Ter^vc r fjBe /3/r?. Hesiod. Theog. 146. The 
two words are compared in meaning in the Protagoras of 
Plato : Ov yap ravrov eivat (0r;jut) cvvafxiv re Kal \oyy v * 
cxXKa to /aev, Kal cnro iiriar t'lfirjg yiyi'sadai t)\v hvvaiAtv, Kal 
cnro iiavlag ye Kal cnro Ovljlov* layyv ce cnro tyvaewg Kal 
evTpo(j)iag tu>v (jwiiaTuv. Plat. Protag. 851. Ammonhis, 
who quotes this passage, seems to have lost sight of the 
fact, that the philosopher puts this definition into the 
mouth of a sophist, whose reasonings he is ridiculing. 

KapTepia, ag (?/), fr. Kaprepog, strength to bear, firmness, 
fortitude, prop, and fig., ace. to the definition of Plato : 
KapTepia v7rojjLorri \v7tyjQ EVEKa tov KaXov' vizoixovii irovuv 
evtKa tov KaXov, Plat. Defin. 567- 

KpdtTos, Eog (to), and Epic ic^p-ros, strength, considered 
with regard to the use of it, to its effects, and its success ; 
hence the strength that masters, the power, swag, obtained 
by strength, prop, and fig. : To^ AvKoopyog eirecpre S6Xa>, 
ovri KpcLTe'i ye. II. vii. 142. [Kara KpaTog, with might and 
main, vigorously, &c. ; e. g. cpevyeiv, £Xavveii'.^\ 

kiicus, vog (r)), fr. klio, rare, signifies more particularly strength to 
move: 'AW' ov yap ol It rjv lg tfX7rtdog, ovds ti KLKvg, oh) Trep Trapog 
tGKtv ivi yvanTTTolai fikXevGi. Od. xi. 392. 

ficvos, eog (to), vital force : Kal fxtv t&v v7T6\vge Lievog Kal ^aidifia 
yvla. 11. vi. 27. [Also in Plat, and Xen.] 



192. 187 

£wpj, r?e (r/), fr. piovvvjxi, physical strength, robur, in (191) 
general, and often fig. ; strength of soul or mind, in oppo- 
sition to layyq* 'H fxev tov crw/iaroc i&X v £ ynpci(TKEL, tj ce 
Ttjg ipvxrJG fJOJ/Jin uyi'iparog kariy. Xen. Ages, 11, 14. 

aGeVos, soq (to), fr. 7orr?/zt, ace. to some grammarians, 
strength in action, effort ; hence, fig., moral strength, active 
or passive, firmness, constancy : 'AW oho wg dvrarai adivog 
"Ektoooq 'tVxet''. H* ix. 351. [Also in Att. prose; e.g. 
irai'TL g3evel.~\ 

192. 

8uo or Sua), two : UapulxnKEv Ss) tcXecj^ vv£ twv Ivo jxai- 192 
patov. II. x. 252. 

Soioi, at, plural and dual, two, the two: Achjj S' ov dvvafxai loseiv 
KOfffxrjTope \au>v. II. iii. 236. 

Siaaoi, at, two, in prose and verse, as hint, gemini, in 
Latin: Aiaaol yipovrog Olci7rov veavicu. Eur. Phcen. 1259. 

SiSujjioi, two, or twins in speaking of two brothers : 01 fr 
ap 1 itrav lilvjjLOi. II. xxiii. 641. Ace. to a distinction 
more subtle than true, Aristarchus and Apollonius would 
have hihvfxoi used in Homer of twins joined together natu- 
rally, as the fabulous sons of Actor. 

SiSvfxaoves, b)v {pi), with or without Traldsg in Homer, twin children: 
'H d' VTroKvaaafikvq Sidvp-dovs ytivaro Treads. 11. vi. 26. 

apfxo, both, used with words in the dual : 'AXXa tt'Seg&* 
a/jK/HO Se rewripu) egtov ejjleIo. II. i. 259. 

du,<j>6T€poi, a', both the one and the other, both ; found only 
in the dual and plural, and used of two persons occupied at 
the same moment with one and the same thing : "£lg ol y 
kvda kcii kvda vekvv oXiyn ill X^PV *Xkeov ctfuporspoi. II. 
xvii. 395. [Both, generally, of things as well as of men.] 

€KaT€pos, pa, the one and the other, each ; uterque, in 
addition to its being used in the singular, it differs further 
from ajjL<p6rtpoL, in being used only when speaking of two 
persons who are acting at the same time, but not together, 
or who are of different or opposite interests, as two factions 
in a state, two armies, &c. : Tavra dt) irou'iaag u^cporEpuLg 
Xadpa EKarepuJv vvktcl gvveOeto ti)v oi/n/r icai iv ravrfl 
£/nr//\ttro Eig rh tei^V Kal TrapEXafh ra ipu^uira aj.i(j)OT£pu)v. 
Xen. Cyr. vii. 4, 4. 



188 193, 194. 

193. 

193 Suo-rreiO^s (o, £/), difficult to persuade, to lead; Xenophon 
uses the word of horses and dogs [of a horse, restive, ob- 
stinate ; of a dog, ill-trained^: "£l(nrep ol tovq '[Kirovs tovov- 
jjlevoi ov TrpoTEpov oiovrai yiyvwGKE.LV o av jiovXtovr at yvcovai, 

7Tplv CLV £7Tt(TKE\p(i)VTaL TTOTEpOV EVTT£lQy\Q EGTIV TJ Sv(T7rEl6fJQ. 

Xen. Mem. iv. 1, 3. 

cnreiflrjs (6, //), one that cannot be persuaded or made to 
obey, disobedient, undisciplined, speaking of slaves and 
soldiers, in Xenophon : Tovq Se birXiTaQ ical tovq ItttteIq, o*i 
Sotcovm KaXoKayaOla 7rp0KEKpicrdai tlov ttoXltlov a7T£t0fo*ra- 
tovq dvai ttclvtcov. Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 19. [In Th. ii. 84, 3, 
of a ship ; unmanageable. ,] It is also used with an active 
meaning, one who does not persuade. 

di/uTTTJicoos (o, y/), not subject, rebellious, disobedient (to) : 
'AtytXoaocpov ical a/uovaov nav cltcoteXoI to ylvoc, awiriiKoov 
tov Oewtcitov tlov nap 1 fjjuuv. Plat. Tim. 73, a. 

8u<rapKTOS (b, //), difficult to govern : OvSev yap avOpunov 

SvaapKTOTEpOV EV TTpCUJGElV SoiCOVVTOQ. Plut. LuCul, 2. 

194. 

194 Swpof, ov (to), fr. SiScojjii, that which is given, gift, pre- 
sent in general : Ov()e yap ra Siopa ettl tu> euvtov icaicid eklov 
ovSeIq XanfiavEL. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 21. 

86jjta, aTog^To), a verbal of more recent date, that which is 
given, gift, which Philo the Jew thus distinguishes from 
ctopov : AtaTYjorjcTEig otl Swpa Eo/jicltlov hiatyipovaC to. jjlev 
yap Efj.(j)a(TLv fieyiQovQ teXeilov dyaOwv lr)XovGiv, a toIq 
teXeioiq yapi^Erat 6 Oeoq* to. ft eiq fipayyTaTOV toraArcu, 

LOV pETEyOVfJiV Ol £V(pVE~lQ aGKYjTai 01 TTpOKOTTTOVTEQ. PhUoU. 

Jud. ii. 172, 15. 

d-nro&ofjia, aTog (to), gift received, used only when speak- 
ing of the receiver, according to Philo : Aofxa Xiyiov rat 
Socteiq aXV ovk airocoLia, ovk cnroSoGeiQ' raiJra jxev yap 'ima 
Ttov XafiftavovTiov, EKElva Se tlov yapi^ofiEViov. Phil. Jud. 
i. 154, 14. 

Soais, ewq (//), action of giving, donation :'Kcu 6 Ge/jll- 



194. 189 

gtokXyjq ekeIvov te EdEpcnrevaE \pr)fJLar(ov docrEi. TIluc. i. (194) 
137. 

Scoped, ac (r/), liberal present or gratuity, honorary recom- 
pense, prize, implies more importance than hibpov : thus 
Isocrates uses it in speaking of the prizes at the public 
games : HoWaKig kdavfiaaa twv rag iravnyvpEig avrayayov- 
Tujy, Kal tovq yvfJLviKovQ ayuivag Karaarnaavrujv , on rag \xev 
twv GiOficLTwv Evefyag ovrio fjLEyoXwv SiopEiov ?/s«'w(7aj\ Isocr. 
Panegyr. 1. 

8wpir]fjia, arog (to), thing given : 'Ey <b yap 1% ov x H pi tovt tde^afinv 
7rap"'Eicropog dwprjfjLa .... Soph. Aj. 662. 

8copo86KY]juLa, arog (to), act of venality, corruption, the 
acceptance of a bribe : AwpoSoKq/jia Se tCov ciSikwp tovtiov 
ai'0pu)7ru)v kcu Qtolg EyQpwv tolovtov kyivETO. Dem. de Cor. 
10. 

ScopoSoKia, ag (if), action of corrupting, or of submitting to 
be corrupted by presents (i.e. bribes), venality, corruption: 
'E7rt Su)po^oKia ^pi]fiaTa Sidovg. Dem. in Steph. 1137, 3. 

8ws, for dovig, in Hesiod ; hence the Latin dos ; Aug dyaOr], apiraZ, 
le KctKY}, Qavaroio SoTSipa. Hesiod. Oper. 354. 

Scotivt] (7), r]g (if), Ionic, gift : Et ti iropoig %eivrj'iov fje Kal dXXwg 
Soitjg dioTivrjv. Od. ix. 268. 

Y^pas, aog (to), prize, honorary recompense with a view- 
to distinction, as the double share of booty reserved for the 
Greek chieftains in the Iliad : Avrap kfiol yipag civtix ^ tol ^ 

fJLCLGaT. ILL 118. 

eSvov, ov (to), always in the plural, marriage presents, or dowry, 
which the betrothed husband made to his betrothed wife, or her father : 
Trjv wote TXrjXevg yrjfiev ebv did KaXXog 87rel nope fivpia 'idva. Od. 
xi. 282. 

Zeiveiov, ov (to), with ellipse of dCJpov, gift of hospitality : Ot Sk Kal 
dXXrjXoivi wopov Zuvijia KaXd. II. vi. 218. 

irpecrpifiov, ov (to), fr. wpetrflvg, honorary gift or recompense : 

TlpU)TQ) TOL p.ST tjJLE irpEvfilflOV Iv X*pl OfjfftJ. II. \\\\. 289. 

irpot£, LKog (?/) [Att. 7rpot£], that which a man gives freely away 
of his own, gratuity, largess, in Homer: 'ApyaXsov yap eva wpoiKog 
XapifraaOai. Od. xiii. 15. [In post- Homeric writers, marriage portion, 
dowry.] 

<J>€pnrj, ?7c (//), fr. <pipio, the woman's dowry, and in the 
poets in the plural, in general, presents : Ad£vodE <j)£piag 



190 195. 

(i94)rac^£, 7ra7hg, kg X € 'p a £» Kat T$ rvpavvo) fjaKapla vvjj.(j)n lore 
(pipovTsg. Eur. Med. 956. [In prose, Hdt.'] 






E. 

195. 

195 eyKwfuoi>, ov (to) (kv icixifu*)), elogy. originally a composi- 
tion in verse in honour of a man, in which respect it dif- 
fered from vfivog : "Hot' sIq kfiavTov teal tov vlov tovtovi 
kir evTvyjaiGLv chtteov povyKWfjLiov. Aristoph. Nub. 1205. 
Later, 1. public and solemn eulogy spoken or written, set 
speech in prose, laudatory discourse, panegyric : 2o0ioroi> 
Si tlvoq fiiWovTOQ dvayivwvKEiv kyKcojjuov 'HpaicXiovQ' Tig 
yap clvtov, ecprj, tyiyei ; Plat. Apophth. Lac. ii. 217, d. 
2. Subject or matter of praise : Kat rot rpta kv ekeivyj ttj 
f]fxkpct 7ra.Giv dvdpiiiroig kSeL^av kyKiifita Qr)(3cuoL m6' v\xH)V 
ra KaWiGTa. Dem. de Cor. 63. 

cdVos, ov (6), praise, in the poets [and Hdt.] : Ov jjlev toi 
fiiXeoQ elpfoerai alvog. II. xxiii. 795. 

eiraipos, ov (b), more used in prose than the simple form, 
praise, in general, but with reference to particular facts : 
YWeiGTiov fiEv ovv dyadd)v alrtovg /ecu fjLEyl<TTO)v kwaiviov 
dfyovg fjyovfxaL yeyerrjaOai rovg rolg (twjjkigip vnep rfjg 
'EXAaSoc irpoKLv^vvEvcravTag. Isocr. Paneg. 22. 

alVeais, £wg (//), action of praising, praise, in the O. and 
N. T. : At' avrov ovv dva(f)epi*)/jiEV Ovaiav alvivEwg hiairavTog 
T(o GeJ. Hebr. xiii. 15. 

euXoyia, ag (//), 1. eulogy: Kat rrjv EvXoylav apa, k<$> 
olg vvv Xiyw, (f>avEpav Gy]UEioig icaQiGTag. Thuc. ii. 42. 
2. In the N. T., blessing (pronounced), benediction : 'E/c tov 
avrov oTOfiaTog k&pyETai evXoyia kciI fcara'pa. Jacob, iii. 10. 

iranrjYupi-Kos Xoyog (iravi^yvpig), set speech composed in 
order to be delivered at the ILavnyvpetg or solemn festivals, 
such as the famous HavrjyvptKog of Isocrates, composed in 
honour of the city of Athens, panegyric : "Anep kv rw Uavr}- 
yvpiicuj Xoyo) Tvyyavu) (TVfjL[iEJ3ovXevKwg. Isocr. Philipp. 
84, b.' 

ujAi/os, ov (6), song in honour of the gods- only, hymn : 



196. 191 

ILlSivai $e on oaov fiovov iifxi'ovQ Qeolg /cat eyKiofiia role (195) 
dyadolg Tcoiiivewg irapaitKriov elg 7tgXli>. Plat. Pol. x. 
607, a. [Not of the gods only ; cf. Lid. and Scott sub voc] 

196. 

cOos, eog (to), habit, in general, speaking of individuals, 196 
and of nations, prop, and fig., custom, usage: "laws c//, 
eiirov, irapa to eOog yeXoia av (pau'oiTO -iroXXa irepi tcl vvv 
Xeyojuieva, el 7r£7rpai;£rat tJ Xeyerai. Plat. Pol. V. 452, a. 

^Oos, eog (to), Ionic form of edoc, found in the proper 
sense only in Homer and Herodotus, who use it only in the 
plural, Y]9ea, haunt, abode, usual home : 'Fi/dtia e yovva tyepei 
fjLeTa r ijdea /cat vop.ov tinvwv. II. vi. 511. Although the 
two words, 7]6og and edoc, are identical in their origin, usage 
has given them very different significations. Tims the form 
^8os was adopted by the Attic writers, and used by pre- 
ference in the fig. sense, to express moral habit, character, 
moral disposition, the result of habit ; as we learn from 
Aristotle : To yap i)dog airb tov edovg e^eL ti)v eiriovv filar. 
i)6lk)) yap KaXelrat diet to eOi^eadai. Aristot. Eth. Nic. i. 6. 
The grammarians have noticed a difference in the use of 
the singular and plural; ace. to Phrynichus, with adjectives 
usage requires the singular ?]6og in preference to the plural 
•//077, ana * this rule is generally confirmed by good writers : 
TlpcLog to i\doc, Plat. Phcedr. 243, c, of a gentle character. 
In the plural y]0tj, moral habits, character ', manners : BXe- 
nii)v elg ijOn /cat Tpowovg. Plat. Leg. xi. 924, d. 

eGiojxa, arog (to), that to which one accustoms oneself, 
habit or custom : To ce [xr\ ttote gvv opyrj t<1> 'iinru) npocr- 
(bipevQai ev tovto kcu SlSayfia /cat edifffjia -trpog 'lttttov apiaror. 
Xen. Hipp. 6, 13. 

eOtajjios, ov (6), accustoming, habituation ; the old French 
accoutumance [hence habit, custom] : T&v apx&v £e at pe v 
£7rayix)yfj OeiopovvTai, at ce aladtjaei' at %e edicr/jo) Tin (by 
a kind of tact, the result of practice). Aristot. Eth. Xic. 
i.7. 

ayuyr), ijg (//), conduct, mode of life in the N. T. : 2i) le 
TraprjKoXovOriKag fiov Ttj SidaaKaXta, rfj ayioytj. Timotli. ii. 
3, 10. 



192 196. 

(196) am<npo$r], rjg (//), life, conduct; mores, in the N. T. : 
Aft£arw ek ty]c KciXrJQ ai'acTTpoffjg ret zpya avrov kv 7rpavTrjTi 
aofpiag. Jacob. 3, 13. 

8id0€o-is, eiog (rj), disposition, physical or moral ; fig. in 
Plato : '£lg vvv fjptiv EKarEpog k£iv \pvxf}g ^cu SiaOeaiv airo- 
<l>aivEiv Tiva kinyEipi]GEi ty\v Zvva\xivr\v avdpu)7roig iraat top 
j3iov evdaijjLOva irapi^Etv. Plat. Phileb. 11, d. 

e|is, ewc (r/), habit, principally of the body, and some- 
times moral habit, habitus: Tavrnv yap ri]v zIjlv vytiivi[v 
te iKavujg elvai Kai ttjv rfjg y^vyjig ETrijiiXeiav ovk kf.nro^l^Eiy 
k'tyn. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 4. 

emTTjfceup-a, arog (to), institution, national custom : Tfjg 
te TLEpGidog yXwGGrjg ova rjEvvaTO KaTEvorjGE, Kai tCjv £7Ttr/?- 
^EVfJiaTUJV Tijg yupag. Thuc. 1. 138. 

\T)p.a, arog (to), will, desire, in Herodotus and the poets after 
Homer, among whom it is generally used for the principle of all the 
various sentiments which the poet wishes to call into play ; hence it 
has been generally rendered by animus, heart ; it seems to approach the 
notion of the natural character or disposition in the following passage 
of Euripides: "Hfciora tovjaov Xrjfi' e(pv TvoavviKOv. Eur. Med. 348. 

opY*i> VQ (*})> i n Pindar and Theognis, inclination, instinct: Tiyvio- 
gicojv opyrjv, r\v tiv bkclgtoq £%£i. Theogn. 312. 

pu0fj.o<5, ov (6), disposition, way, humour: Mr) ttot siraivrjGyg 7rolv 
av tidyc, dvdpa acKprjv&g, opyrjv /cat pvOfibv Kai Tpoirov OGTig av y. 
Theogn. 956-7- 

owrjOeia, ag (rj), habit, with reference to the whole of a 
man's actions, and the result, to physical acts, and the rale 
of life : f H yap GvvrjdEia rod Epyov irapi^Ei avTolg ttXeov tl 
elcivat. Xen. Cyneg. 12, 4. 

Tpo-iros, ov (6), fr. Tpiirii), expresses the notion of change in 
actions or things, and their present relative state, consequent 
upon the change. It is the modification of the usual state, 
the turn which it takes under such and such circumstances; 
hence, fig., mode, manner of being or conducting oneself, 
character (and conduct): Iikottei ci baai fiETafioXal yeyoiaGiv 
Eig r)0og avhpibv teal (jiov* r\ Kai Tpoirog (bto/jiaadrj to fjLETa- 
(jaXXoy avrov Kai rjdog, tjg ttXeIgtov avrov kvhuErai to edog, 
Kai KparEl fxaXiGra KadaTrTOjjiEvov. Plut. de sera Num. Find. 6. 
"Ogoi k-KiTiiieioi irpog rr)v Tfjg (pvXaKrjg <j)VGiv hv elev ijXtKiag 



197. 193 

re /cat fj.a6r)[JiaTii)v IvrafXEcn kclI rpomov i'ldeai /cat eOegl. Plat, (19G) 
Legg. xii. 968, c. We apply the word trope in rhetoric to 
different figures of speech, in which the words are used out 
of their proper meaning in a metaphorical sense ; e. g. the 
figures catachresis, metonymy, euphemism, are tropes. 

$vr\, rjg (r/), natural constitution : &vqj d' skckttoq cicKptpofiev, fiiOTav 
XaxovTEQ. Find. Nem. vii. 70. 

4>u(ns, eu)Q (//), nature, natural constitution : "Ofioiov yap 
rt to idog rrj <pi>(TEi' kyyvg yap /cat to ttoWcikiq rw aei, egtl 
3' ij fjLEv (pvaiQ tov aet, to Se edog tov 7roXXaKig. Aristot. Rhet- 

i. 11. 

XcxpaKrqp, fjpog (o), fr. yapaGGio, mark traced out, sign, 
character, as we use the word, and most commonly fig. : 
f H tlov Tpoirwv aperi] tvXlkovtov Evcotyag ^apaKrfjpa TO~tg 
epyoiQ ETifoaXev. Isocr. ad Dem. 4. In the Sept., customs: 
Kat ti)q apyfiQ KpuTi]Gag, Evdeiog irpog tov f EAA?7 yt/cov )(apa- 
KTrjpa tovq bfiotyvXovg jjletegty)ge. Mach. ii. 4, 10. There 
are no instances of yapaKTiip being used fig., as our word, 
for moral character. 

197. 
el'0e, poetic al'Ge, adverb, from el or at, si, and Oe, particle 197 
of motion from one place to another ; hence used to express 
desire, if, if it might or could be, would that : AWe OeoIgl 
(ptXog toggovIe yivoiTO oggov ejj.o'l 9 rdya kev e KvvEg /cat 
yvirEg iiovrai. II. xxii. 41 , 

w^eXoy, second aorist of the verb 6(pEiXio, I owe ; it is 
used in construction with <bg, retaining its personal forms : 
cog &$eXov Eyoj, uxpeXEg gv, iu&eXev ekeIpoc, the particle av 
being understood, and signifies literally, how I ought, how 
thou oughtest! = would that I, would that you! &c. The 
grammarians, in comparing these two words, make no dif- 
ference between them but that of the grammatical construc- 
tion ; it would seem, however, that there is a difference of 
meaning besides. Etfo seems to express a simple wish, a 
supposition, entertained by one who wishes for that which 
has never yet existed, and never can exist. The verb 6(pEtXu), 
on the contrary, supposes the possibility of the thing, and 
gives greater strength and energy to the wish expressed by 
it. It is the earnest aspiration of one who, in reviewing 
the past, gives his hearers to understand, that what has 
taken place, cither ought not to have been at all, or to have 

s 



194 198. 

(197) been differently. Thus Helen, accusing herself of the 
miseries she had occasioned, says : r '£lg fi otyeX rjfuiTt t(d 
ore fje 7rpoJT()v teke fJLijTnp, o^ecrdai irpo(f)Epovaa fca/o) avifJioio 
OveXXa elg opoc. II. vi. 345. Homer unites the two words 
in one line : AW b(j)EXEg ?r«pa vqvaiv aSaKpv-og Kal a-rriifjuov, 
7)vdai. II. i. 415. [It is not, of course, meant that pre- 
sent possibility is conveyed. Cf. Xen. An. ii. 1, 4: 'AW 
wQeXe fjiey Kvpog £rjv. The notion is that of a now recog- 
nized fitness, convenience, use, or the like, in a state of 
things different from the actually existing state.] 

o<|>€\ov, improperly termed an adverb by the grammarians, 
is only the Ionic form of w^eXov, which in the later writers 
came to be used in an irregular manner, without distinction 
of person. It is scarcely found but in the Scriptures and 
the writings of the Fathers: Kou o<peX6p ye kfiacnXtvaaTE. 
1 Cor. iv. 8. 

198. 
193 eiKwy, 6 yog (rf) 9 fr. eikm, an image made to resemble any 
thing seen, a faithful representation of a man, or object of any 
kind, prop, and fig. ; hence figure, statue, portrait, in general : 
Koi j^aXicrjj' eikovcl Cjcnrep 'Apfiodiov Kal ^ApidToyelrovog j 
'ioTriaav tcowtov. Dem. in Lectin. 478, 4. 

[cIkcS], ovg (r)), Attic and poet, form of the above [only in gen. 
sing., and ace. sing, and pi.]: Qrjpbg kxOiorov ddicovg ttKuj cpspovra 
7roXtfjLiag 8 7r' aairidog. JEsch. Sept. 537. 

eiKacrpa, a rog (to), likeness, image: 'ExQpbv t"iKCKT[j,a Pporolg te 
Kal Sapo[3ioL(TL Oeolai. Msch. Sept. 502. 

eiKovLo-jJia, arog (to), synonyme of the preceding, likeness, portrait, 
in the Anthology: T ovt «ya> to irepiaabv HKOviafjia tov Kwfxtydoye-. 
XwTog loTaa. Anthol. Pal. Phalcec. xiii. 6. 

ayaXfjia, uTog (to), fr. ayaXXw, at first a work of art of 
great value, from the material used and the execution of 
it, or perhaps also from the perfection that was aimed at 
in it, in order to make it worthy of being offered to the 
gods ; hence it was used generally of things consecrated in 
temples. Later, statue, but of gods and demi-gods only, 
and as an ideal representation, such as the Minerva of 
Phidias at Athens : <&rjfil yap Sr) bjioioTaTov avrov dvat Tolg 
2,EiXrjro~ie TOVTOig Tolg kv TO~ig EpfioyXviptimg Kadri^iiroig . . . . , 
ol ciyjct ^wiyfiEVTEg <f>aivovTcu evIoQev ayaXfMiTa lyj)VTEg Btwv. 
Plat. Conrj. 215, b. It is used for the statue of a man in 
debased Greek. 



199. 195 

cuspids, dvroc (6), fr. avyp, statue of a man only, and (198) 
without restriction to any particular kind of material : Et 
ric arSpiavTCiQ kpyoXafioir] yu?) fxejJLadrjKWQ dv^piavTonoieiv. 
Xen. Mem. iii. 1, 12. 

PpeTas (to), fr. ftporoc, representation or statue of a god 
under the figure of a man, in the tragedians and Aristo- 
phanes: Uorepa drjr 9 eyio 7roTi7ri(TU) fyptTrj caifjLovijJv', JEschyl. 
Sept. 94. [In late prose, Strabo.] 

€i8o>\o^, ov (to), 1. figure, resemblance, signifies, in 
general, a simple appearance made to deceive : TvraiKog 
eiSwXov ypuatov Tpiwiiyy to AsXcpol rfjg dproKo-rrov Trjr Kpol- 
(tov eiKova Xkyovaiv dvai* Herodot. i. 51. 2. idol, figure 
representing the false gods of the heathens, in the O. and 
N. T. : (yiiafiEv on ovhev eilwXov kv koo-jjk*), Kal otl ovdelg 
Qeoq erepog it fji) elg. 1 Cor. viii. 4. 

locu/oy, ov (to), fr. iiio, a figure carved in wood ; the first 
word in use to denote a statue, which was afterwards ap- 
plied to statues of all kinds of material, and to works of art : 
Kal to £6avov eoiK'ev <bg Kvirapiaaivov "Xpvcrw ovti, rw kv 
'E^cVp. Xen. An. v. 3, 12. 

199. 

€ik<u, to be, to exist, in a widely-extended sense ; used of 199 
things already in existence ; 

yiyvea-Oai, and, in and after Aristotle, yirtvQai, from yeroj, 
to be born, to become ; hence to be. According to the gram- 
marians, it is used of things which are not yet in existence, 
but which may or ought to be so, thus : f O 7fa*c tarai diljp. 
Teri](TeTaL to dpiaTov. It is also used, according to Eus- 
tathius (1724, 41), of certain objects, the production of 
which is instantaneous, as wind, rain, daylight, &c. ; and of 
others in this respect that are analogous to them, as a cry, 
an assembly, &c. ; and, lastly, fig. of sentiments and affec- 
tions, as thought, fear, &c. And this use belongs principally 
to certain tenses, as the perfects, yiyora, and Epic, yiyaa, 
and the second aorist, kyer6fji]y, yeiiaiku, to be born ; hence 
to be, since birth : Neiortooi o'ltteo kfifio bnXoTtpoi yeyaaat 
btiroidaaiv r£ jSiij^iv. 77. iv. 323. Ace. to the grammarians, 
yiyrecrdai was synonymous with that in Ionic writers; 
however, it is impossible not to recognize, in the first of 
these verbs, the ever present notion of birth) production, 

s 2 



196 200. 

(199) especially in Homer, a notion which is still found in writers 
of a more modern date, although the two verbs have often 
been confounded. 

Kvpeiv [and Kvpeiv. See Lex."], synonyme of Tvyxavnv, the Fr. se 
trouver, to chance to be, to be at some particular time : Bwju$ KaOrjaOai 
rip TLoveidojvog, Trap' $ Qvwv zicvpov. Soph. (Ed. Col. 1158. 

ireXeiv, defective verb, used in the third persons of the active voice, 
and, more commonly, of the middle ; it is said by the grammarians to 
be identical, in meaning, with elvai, but it differs from it by carrying 
with it the notion of motion, and habit: Zev iraTep, r) ts <js (past irepi 
(ppevag ejxjxevat dWiov dvdpatv r)de Oeiov' crso d' Ik Tade Tcavra tte- 
XovTcti. II. xiii. 632. 

Tuyxdveiv, to be as the consequence, or, rather, the result, 
of a certain mode of proceeding, to be by chance, to happen 
to be, se trouver: Kcu avdig rig \\iyioTov rwv dyaQuiv Tvy- 
X^vei. Plat. Phcedr. 263, d. Hence the frequent use of 
this verb with participles, and often even with wj^, a use 
which the grammarians improperly consider as a pleonasm : 
'Ap' ovv, d) 'linroKpaTeg, 6 aocpiGTrig rvyyavei Cjv k'fjnropog rig 
v KCLKr\kog tQv dywyijuov, d<f wv bvyi] Tpt(j)£Tai; Plat. Prot. 
313. 

uTrapxciy, to be at or from the beginning of a thing, or 
from the first existence of it, to be originally : 'Yiroiceicrdu) ft 
ijfiiv elvai tyjv ySovr)v Kivrjalv tivgl Trjg \pvj(fjg kcu t:ar aaramv 
adpoav Kcil alaQrjrrjv elg Ti]v VTrapyovcav (pvarir. Aristot. Rhet. 
i. 11. 

4>u€iy, in the perfect iretyvKa, and the second aorist s(pvv 
(in which tense it takes the signification of the present), to 
be born; hence, to be after its nature, according to its natural 
constitution, to be natural : Kcu yap to eldiafxivov wanrep 
TTE<pvKog r]hr] yiyverai. Aristot, Rhet. i. 11. 

200. 
200 €ip^i/T|, rjg (rj), fr. e'tpui, to tie, prop, a tie; hence peace : 
OvSelg yap ovtoj avorjTOg egti, og Tig tt6\e}J.ov irpb elpiivrjg 
alpeeTai* kv fxev yap rrj, ol wajiSeg Tovg iraTtpag dairTOVGC 
kv Zz t(3, ol waTepeg Tovg 7ralSag. Herodot. i. 87. 

6.voyf\, rjg (>/), fr. dviyu), suspension of arms, truce : Tivi 
£' av jjtaWov 7roXifALOL TVMJTEVGztav rj avoyag rj cnrorcag y 
avvdiitcag irepl eiprjyrjg ; Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 17. 

avaKuyj), rjg (//), a form to which many grammarians, with 
reason, prefer avoKuyjl* It is found only in Thucydides : 



201. 197 

KopivdloLQ fjier ye ivfffrovSdi tare, Keptcvpaloig ce ovce et' (200) 
ai'UKuiyfiQ ttuttot ey treads (never had so much as a truce). 
Thuc. i. 40. It is one of the words which Dionysius of 
Halicarnassus criticizes (ad Amm. de Thuc), and considers 
obsolete and unintelligible. 

8iok(i>xy], vq (>/), interruption, cessation ; hence truce, in 
speaking of an epidemic : f H voaog to hevrepov eirerreae rolg 
'AdnvLtioLCteKXiTTovaa ^.ev ovceva y^povov to iravrairaaip, iye- 
veTo ce tlq o/jlujq BioKtoxi), Thuc, iii. 87- \_Truce in Dio 
Cass.'] 

iKeyreipia, ag (//), armistice : Tou o* uvtov Oepovg ev ItiKeXla 
Ka/Jiaptvaioic ku\ TeXwoig eKeyeipia yiyveTcu irpibrov irpog 
aWijXovc. Thuc. iv. 58. 

opKiov, ov (to), fr. opKog, victim over which oaths were taken ; 
hence the Epic phrase, opKia t'i\ivuv, to sacrifice the victims, which, 
even in its proper sense, as the Latin fcedus icere, is equivalent, in 
Homeric language, to to swear, or make a truce, an agreement : ^iXoTrjTa 
Kai oqkici ttkjto. rafiovreg. 11. iii. 256. 

<rnw$YJ, i]g (//), fr. erne v$u), prop, libation; hence, by ext., 
agreement, treaty, because it was during libations, made in 
honour of the gods, that the oath was taken on each side 
to cease from hostilities. Of these ceremonies no trace is 
found out of the Homeric writings : ILirovhaL r fiicpiyroi tal 
leltai, rig eTreiridfAev. II. iii. 159. In the historians, fig., 
truce, treaty, peace 1 [in pi.]: Tiapajjavrog Tag virovclag fiaai- 
Xeiog ical Tiaaacpepvovg. Xen. Anab. iv. 1,1. 

owOi^kt], rjg (//), convention, treaty, compact of alliance : 
Ovk oiada, ecprj, otl kcu vvv 6 crog 7ran/p expevcraTO Kai obtc 
t^n funic ov Tag 7rpog ijfxag avvd)]Kag ; Xen. Cyr. iii. 1,12. 

201. 
eKaoTos, each one separately, is used of each individual 201 
of many, or of a great number of individuals, occupied with 
one thing only : KeXevcjv kXijcijv eig ayootjv kik\{\(tkeiv art pa 

IKdCTTOV. II. ix. 1 1. 

Iras, TTdaa, all, in the distributive sense, used of indi- 

1 [Andoc. (24, fin.) restricts the meaning of oizorfai too much: 
tlpfjvrjv ptv yap t£ "igov ttoiovvtcu irpbg aWijXovij bpoXoyriffaVTtQ 
Trepi b)v av diatytpiovTca' (TTvarvar fti, or a}' rportyffoiffl kutu rbi' 

7ToXtflOV, 01 KptlTTOVg Tolg i'jrTOGll' fc£ t7TlTayj~lCLTtOV TTOtOl iron.] 

s 3 



198 202. 

(201) viduals of the same species, as the French use tout, tout 
homme est sujet a la rnort, where the Greeks would say ttclq 
ai>6pi*)7rog, and not ekchttoq, which word only indicates a 
particularity of the individual ; whereas nag indicates that 
which is particular to the individual in common to the 
species in general. Thus it is found in the Iliad, in speak- 
ing of a swarm of wasps : Tovg <)' e "ltteq irapa rig re kiwv 
avdp(t)7TOQ bSirrig Kirrjar) clekwv, ol S 9 clXkijiov i\rop tyovTEg, 
wpocraii) nag TrireTai Kal ajjcvvsi olat tekeggi. II. xvi. 264. 

eKdh-epos, ipa, each one of two, the one or the other, in 
speaking of two persons, of two towns, &c. : Ov [xi]v ovce 

TU)V 7Tp6 TOV TZoXejAOV TOVTOV yEyEVTjfXEVliJV, KCLl SvPCKTTEVCFaV- 
T(t)V EV EKCLTEpCf. TO.1v IZoXeOLV, SlKaiOV a\XVr\\lOVEVELV . IsOCT. 

Paneg. 22. 

202. 
202 * K€ ^ adverb, there, in speaking of a place at a distance, or 
apart from that where one happens to be, illic : 'EtteI S* eke! 
kyivovro, ttoXv ettXeovektei 6 HeXoiriSag napa tu> liipar}. Xen* 
Hellen. vii. I, 34. It is plain, from this instance, that the 
grammarians are wrong in thinking that the use of this 
adverb necessarily implies motion. [It is found with verbs 
of motion on the same principle that k v with the dat. is 
often employed instead of Elg with ace. (Gr. 1433 ; J elf, 
§ 645)]. 

€K€i0€i/, thence, from that place, speaking of a foreign 
country, or one we have left : Nojuotct Tolg ekeWlv k^rj^t- 
afXEvovc QavE~iv. Eur. Heracl. 41. 

€K€i0i, there, in that place, illic : Tor E,e1vov Svgttjvov ay' 
kg ttoXlv, oepp 1 av ekeIQi Saira Trrojy^evrj. Od. xvii. 10. \_Hdt. 
1, 182.] 

ai»To0i, there, in that very same place: "HXvOeg Ik 7To\e[jiovI wg 
(xxpeXtg avToQ' oXsaQail II. iii. 428. 

auTou, on the very spot ; there or here : JLItte fxoi, E(j>rj, 
cj 'Apf-ieriE, iroTEpa ^ovXel clvtov jjleviov rw Xijuw Kal rfj ^i\^rf 
fxayEdQai ; Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 3. 

Seupo, hither, here, of the place where the speaker is ; 
with and without motion in prose and poetry : Aevp' 'idi, 
vvfxQa ((HXrj. II. iii. 130. [With verbs of rest there is a 
previous motion implied. See remark on eke!.'] 

Scutc, which, ace. to Buttmann, is the contraction of citi/p' 
\te, is only used in speaking to several persons [as a horta- 



203. 199 

tory particle] : Aevt ayer, ^ApyEtnv 'EXevvv Kal Krrjpad' ap* (202) 
avrrj iwojxev 'ArpEiclrjaiv ayetv, II. vii. 350. 

IV0a, there, where, is most frequently the correlative of 
Evda or Eiravda, expressed or understood : 'EwEicav Si 
KaraGTw/jiev Elg tov Zpo\xov, kvda TztpiTrarovyLEv. Xen. Cyr. 
ii. 3, 15. 

ivQ&he, here, hither, in this same place, or to this same 
place ; that is, with or without motion, in prose and poetry: 
2e c^' t evOci^e yvirEg eSovrat. II. xvi. 83(). Tov c' avrov 
\vKaj3avrog eXeva-erat kvdah* 'OcvacrEvg. Od. xiv. 1 61. "E^Oa 
and kvddle are also adverbs of time, and are used for tote, 
then. 

evraGOa, there, here, hue, with and without motion : 
Me'Wovai yap a evravda ttejjL^elv, evda priwoO' t]\lov tyiyyog 
7rpocr6\pei. Soph. Electr. 381. [Also of time, = then, but 
only with ref. to a state of things then existing. Cf. Th. 
i. 11, oi/cT ivTaifda, ne turn quidem."] 

evTavOi, here, in the Attic poets : 'H prjv v\i€ig y etl fx' kvravGi 
fj,ETaTT8i.i\pEa6ov. Aristoph. Plut. 608. 

IvravOoi, there, here, in this place, without motion, istic : 'EvTavOol 
vvv fjco Kvvag te ovag t cnrEpvicuv. Od. xviii. 104. [Liddell and 
Scott, even in their last ed., follow Elmsley and Dindorff, in banishing 
this word from Attic prose. Stallbaum's note on Phileb. 15, a, should 
have settled this point : cf. Kiihner, Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 13. It occurs 
without variation three times in PL Apol. Soc. ; also Dem. Lept. 106. It 
properly — hue, but is used with icapiivai.] 

203. 

6KWK, ovaa, ace. to some, from elkoj, to yield ; ace. to 203 
others, from i/fca, perfect of 'itj/jii, one who acts of his own good 
will, or with intention, one who acts voluntarily : "Ocrrtg eir 
i]fiaTL tvEe ekwv fjLEdlrjdi fxa-^EaOai. II. xiii. 234. 

€Kou<nos, ia (ekiov), voluntary, in opp. to /3taiog, forced, 
compulsory , and to aKovcriog, involuntary ; used principally 
of actions : Biaiovg i) eKovatag npa^eig. Plat. Pol. x. 903, c. 
Aiyio Si ekovglov, v av Tig tCjv E(j>' nurw birwr Ellwg Kal uq 
ayvowv wpaTTr). Aristot. Eth. v. 8. Sophocles uses it, in 
speaking of persons, for ekljv: Gig ft' ijpapTtv ov\ EKuvcria. 
Soph. Trach. 1123. So, without variation, Dew. Lept. 100, 
fin. 

e9e\oiTTJ9, ov (o), and poet., eOeXorrrjp, fipog (o), fr. e6e\u), 
one ivho wishes, is willing, who acts voluntarily, or icith a 



200 203. 

(203) #00^ will: 'Eya> 3' avh Srjfiov kraipovc al\jS kdeXoPTfjpag 
avWilojiat. Od. ii. 292. It is used also substantively, as 
we use volunteer : HoWol Se clvtid kui twv 7repioikwy eOe- 
Xovral rjKoXovdovv, Xen. Hell. v. 3, 9. 

eGeXirjjxos (6, r/), poet, in Hesiod : Ol $' edeXrjjjLol ijav^oi 
k'pya vejjlovto. Hesiod. Oper. 107. 

£QeXr\p.(j)v, ovog (6), one who is willing, who consents [who 
grants readily^ : Ata to kdeXrjfjiova elvai iSf av Tig SirjTai. 
Plat. Crat. 406, a. 

eOeXouaios (6, //), one who does a thing with a good will [of 
his own free will : ovk avdyi&i aXX' eOeXovgioi. Xen. Cyr. 
iv. 2, 6] : 'Eyw aoi, a) Kvoe, edeXova-iog v^iara^iai. Xen. 
Cyr. vi. 3, 12. [Also of things that one does of one's own 
free will : e. g. to epav. Cyr. v. 1, 10.] 

eGeXoupyos (o, rj), in the Fathers, one who acts from his 
own will : AvTOKtXsverTog teal edeXovpyog cnrovSrj. Phil. Jud. 
ii. 220, 38. 

auGaipcTos (6, ?/), fr. alpiofiai, prop, what a man chooses, 
or may choose himself; taken or chosen freely : "Ewe irt 
avdaipETog afityoTepaig ?/ EvfiovXia. Thuc. i. 78. OayaTo) 
avOaipeTo) a7ro0i'{}(TKei (by a voluntary death). Xen. Hellen. 
vi. 2, 36. Sometimes speaking of persons, self-chosen, self- 
elected : AvdalpeTOL (jTpaTriyoi. Xen. An. v. 7, 17. 

ovtoPouXos (6, r]), one who is his own counsellor, who consults nobody 
but himself: 'AXX* avTojSovXog 'iaO', <X7revvsiro> d' tyw. Msch. Theb. 
1060. 

auToiceXeuoTos (o, y\) (tceXevi*)), that which receives no im- ' 
pulse or command but its own: AvroKeXevcrTog bpjjiy]. Greg, 
de Horn. 

auToianrjTog (o, rj), fr. kiveo), self-moved : 'Avtikeitcli .... 
a>c ctKU'riTog k£, Eavrfjg Trpog avTOiclvrjTOV. Plut. de Prim, 
frigid. 17. 

auTOjuiaTos, 77 (/xaoftat), that which moves or acts of its own 
movement, or spontaneously : Kapnoy o' k'&epe ^EiSwoog apovpa 
avro/jLCLTr] iroXXoy te kcu acpOoyoy. Hesiod. Oper. 105. 'Ecu/ 
7tov avTOfjiaToi 7rEpiTV)(ii)(7L t?\ apETrj . Plat. Prot. 320, a. 
Speaking of things, spontaneous, natural, without apparent 
cause : 'A-n-o tov avTOfidrov, Plat. Prot. 323, c, naturally, of 
itself, by chance as it were. In mechanics, ace. to Eusta- 
thius (ad II. iv. 408), those machines are called ra clvto- 



204—206. 201 

/jtara, which move by internal clock-work. Hence we (203) 
have given the name of automatons to machines which imi- 
tate the motions of living bodies. 

204. 
eXauVeiy, properly to drive on, force on before ; hence to 204 
drive before one, to repulse, in order to remove to a distance, 
or disperse: Kcu evt ettl vnvdiv iXdaaag 'ApyEtovg kteIve(tke. 
II. xxiv. 392. 

8i€o-0ai (diu)), prop, to put in fear; hence to put to flight, to pursue a 
beast in hunting, or the enemy : Alice Zevg Swyaiv .... vUKog airu)- 
aa/jiEvovQ, drjiovg irporl ctarv cisadai. II. xii. 275. 

$uuk€ii>, elongated form of the preceding word (ciio), used 
both in prose and poetry, prop, to frighten ; hence to pursue 
that which flees, whether in the hunt or in battle, in order 
to take it or kill it : Karo7rtv rovrovg ecLwkov, kcll ovk avitvav 
dXX fjpovv TivciQ avTwv. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 21. 

aeueiv, to rush in pursuit: 'Ottttote \iiv Gtvairo air' rfiovog 7rediovde. 
II. xx. 148. 

205. 
e\a<|)os (6, rj), staff, hind: Evpwv rj z\a(pov KEpabv y dypiov 205 
cuya. II. iii. 24. 

IXXos, ov (6), fawn; hinnulus, in the Odyssey: 'Ei/ TrpoTtpoiai 
ttoSeggi kvwv t%6 irouziXov kXXov. Od. xix. 228. [And Soph. fr. 105.] 

K€(j.as, ddog (r/),acc. to Eustathius,/aww, already larger than vefipog: 
ncc. to others, fallow deer [or a sort of antelope, Pape] : *H KSfidd' rjk 
Xayujbv kirEiytTov efifxsvhg aid. II. x. 361. 

yePpos, ov (6), fawn of the hind : NEJDpbv Eyovr ovvyEaai, 
tekoc iXd(poio ra^Eujg. IL viii. 248. 

206. 
eXeos, £og (to), pity, compassion : "Effflw $fj kXsog* Xvirrj rig 906 

E7TL (pCUVOfXEVG) KCLKQ) (pQapTIKU). AHstot. Rket. ti. 8. 

eX€Y]|ULocru^Tj, rjg (?/), sentiment of pity : M?) tri y e/ueIo 
irddng kukov elvekcl, ttjctSe dvr kXEnnoavvng. Callim. in Del. 
151. In the N. T., alms: UpoaiyETE t))v kXE^fioavrriv 
vfiu)v jjii) ttoleIv E^nrpoadEv tCjv dvdpiowiov irpog to Oeadrjyat 
avrolg. Matth. vi. 1. 

cXctjtvs, vog (>/), inclination to pity, found only in the Odyssey: Otue 
oiriCa (fipovsovreg ivi typta'tv, ovd' i\ti)TV7>. Od. xiv. n2. 

oiKTipfxos, ov (6), pity, commiseration, compassion, in the 



202 207. 

(206) plural in Pindar and the N. T. : Kpicrviav yap okripfiwp 
Qdovoe. Find. Pyth. i. 164. 

oiKTio-jma, arog (to), that which excites pity, miserable 
state: ' £h' & eg Xoyovg te ml to. tojvS" oIkt la para fiXixpag 
7TETrav0rj<:. Eur. Heracl. 159. [Surely it means, lamenta- 
tions here.] 

oIktio-jxos, ov (o), fr. oikti^io, mark of pity [No] : Kpiro- 
fiovXog Si Kal E^EKayyaaev et:1 to) olKTLafxip avrov [not * burst 
out a laughing for his only mark of pity, 9 but 6 at his piteous 
complaint'^. Xen. Conv. i. 16. 

otktos, ov (6), pity that shows itself by signs, or outward 
proof: At7rX^ jje XPV£ £l G Sajcpva KEpdavai, yvvat, (rrjg TraiSog 
oU~<p. Eur. Hec. 519. 

207. 
207 eXeuGepos, ipa (IXevOio), free, speaking of persons : 'Ear- 
(je doiiXog kXevdepov ekojp, e'ite avroyEip, e'lte fiovXEvaag aVo- 
kteIi'tj. Plat. Legg. ix. 872, b. [But also of things that 
are characteristic of a free born man : -fjdog eXevOepop. PL 
Legg. 5, 741, e.] 

cXcuOeptKos, y\, of ox belonging to liberty : To 3' eXevOeplkov 
/ecu aveXEvdEpov aKpifiiog jj.ev ov pq,hiov vofiodtTElv. Plat. Legg. 
xi. 919, c. 

eXeuflepios, la, worthy of a free man, liberal, speaking of 
things, of actions ; liberalis : ILpuirov \xev vo\xovg vwap^at 
SeI TOLOvrovg, cY (hv rolg fjLEv ayaOulg Evrljiog icai kXEvdipiog 
6 fiiog irapaaKEvaadtiaETai. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 27. 

direXeuGepos (6, ?/), slave freed by his master : AovXrj jiev 
lav (TVjJLfjiify SovXg) rj EXevdipu) rj aitEXEvdipiD, iravTiog tov 
Seuttotov kern*) Tfjg SovXrjg to yEvviojiEvov. Plat. Legg. xi. 
930, d. 

e^eXeuOepos (o, r/), one who has been set free, after having 
been reduced to slavery for debts, or for any other cause, 
ace. to the grammarians and Eustathius (ad Odyss. 1751, 
2) ; ace. to Hesychius, the son of a freed slave. The dif- 
ference which existed 'SI ancient Greek between these two 
words ceased to, be recognized in process of time ; for the 
author of the compilation, preserved to us under the name 
of Ammonius, says that, in his time, the two words were 



208, 209. 203 

used indiscriminately in the same sense. Thus Dion Cas- (207) 
sius employs efcXevOepog for a-n-eXevOepog : "Ira fAi'ire KaicGfa 
aKovT] on IfcXevOepog avrov ripyvpoXoynvev ware kciI eg ttjXl- 
kovtov avciXw/jia e'tiKeadai. Dion. Cass, xxxiii. 38. 

dpaaiXcuTos (6, >/), not governed by a king ; having no 
Icing : USapfiapoi de Xctoreg ^lXiol afiarjiXtvroL. Tliuc. ii. 80. 

auTo^ojmos (o, ?/), one under the government of laws of 
his own making ; independent, speaking of a people, a 
state : OI he reXevrawi o'lEe iiKovreg, kul Tovg"RXXr)vag irpoa- 
yopevovatv avrovopovg acpievai. Thuc. i. 140. 

2758. I 

IXkos, eog (to), fr. 1'Xkvm, rent of the flesh, ivound of long 208 
standing, whether from a weapon of any kind, or formed 
of itself, running-sore, ulcer ; ulcus: "O0i \iiv Xiirov eXjcci 
fxoxOi£orTa. II. ii. 723. 

ouX^, 77c (*/)> scar of an old wound : OvXrjv r/)r mri \xiv 
avg rfXaare XevK(3 ocovtl. Od. xix. 393. [Cf. Tpavjna.~\ 

TT\r\yr), i}g (?/), fr. 7tX{](T(T(jj, action of striking, blow given 
or received from near, blow, in general ; mark, wound, or 
scar made by the blows, wound : AovXa) Se 7rXr)yai kcu 6 tov 
acojuciTog alKM/jog. Dem. de Cher son. 102, 20. '' 'Afjta Se 
eireSelicvvGav twv rapdrjKO(p6po)v rag irXrjyag kcu ev X £ P (TL K(XL 
kv rpayjjXoig. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 20. 

irXT]7|xa, arog (to), verbal from TrXr)GGU), blow struck : "OQev tcl 
deiva 7tXr)yiiaT i)v yeveictdiov. Eur. Iph. T. 1366. 

Tpaujuia, arog (to), fr. TiTpioaKio, prop, hole ; hence wound, 
in general : " Ap.a De Tag ovXag Tibv TpavpaTiov cnzoyvf-ivov- 
fjLtvog e-KeeeiKvvev. Xen. Mem. iii. 4, 1. 

TvfjLfxa, ciTog (to), fr. TvnTio, poet.; 1. blow given or received: "Eti 
t7£ x 01 ) GTSpofjiEvav (piXb)v Tvppa rj'jujuan rival. JEsch. Ag. 1440. 
2. Wound or sore, which is the consequence of the blow, in later poets, 
and even that which has given the wound : "Oaai^ov iari to rvppa, Kal 
aX'iKov avSpa SapdaSei; Theocr. iv. 55. 

(utciXtj, ijg (?/), fr. ovtcuo, poet., recent wound; rulnus : 
AvtIko. <T eppter al/ia KeXawecpeg el wreiXfic. II. iv. 140. [In 
prose, Ilippocr.; in Attic prose, Xen. An. i. 9, G.] 

209. m 
cXms, i?og (//), expectation, hope, but defined always [not oqo 
always'] by an epithet: Etc ye ro TrpoOv^iay epfiuXt'iv trrpa* 



204 210. 

(209) ~iu)raiQ ovliv jaot Soke! iKavwrepov Eivai rj to Svvaadat e\7ri$aQ 
ayadag efXTroteTr avdpu)7roig. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 19. 'EXwig is 
also found in a bad sense in the best writers. 

IXircopi], rjg (77), hope: 'EXirajpf} 7*01 lirtiTa reXevrrjcrai rdde soya. 
Od. ii. 280. 

7rpoo-8oKia, ag (fj), looking for, expectation : *Hj/ iroXXaKtg 
Trpoa^otdag ayadwv EfxfiaXu)v ipevdrjral rig, teXevtGjv ovff 
oworav aXrjdelg eX7rlSag Xiyy 6 TOiovTog, weideiv hvvarat, 
Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 19. 

210. 
210 cyan-ios, la (avrlog), prop., face to face with another, op- 
posite to, set against: ^vavTioi evrav 'Ayai&v. II. xi. 214. 
Hence, fig., adversary, in general, and specially in war : Ol 
ivavTLoi, the enemy: 'Op&v vfiag Tretyofirjij.ei'ovg to wXfjdog 
Ttov evavTiwv. Thuc. ii. 89. 

drruraXos (6, fj), adversary in wrestling, prop, and fig. ; 
hence enemy in war : 'AvTiiraXoi p.Ev yap ol irXeiovg wcnrep 
ovtoi Trj dvvafiEL to ttXeov ttlgvvoi fj ttj yv(*)\iy EitEpypvTai. 
Thuc. ii. 89. 

8-qtos, $ntn (daiu)), Ionic, prop, one who burns, fig. hot, incensed; 
hence, with or without avr\p, enemy: KTsivag drfiov dvSpa. II. vi. 
481. 

Suo-jxen^s (o, fj) (fjiivog), ill-affected, one who has an ill- 
will to another, who has for a long time entertained invin- 
cible hatred against a friend. [This definition does not 
apply to PI. Prot. 317: 7ro\u Svcrfxevearepovg izapi^eaQaL 
. . . Tovg avdpi*)TT0vg.~\ Homer uses it often with ctvrjp, for 
armed enemy : Avvfievieg cP avSpeg vyE$6v Eiarai. //. x. 100. 

€x8p<5si a, P r op«> one who hates, or is hated, hateful, 

speaking of persons, and of things ; hence enemy, but more 

frequently a private enemy than an enemy in war; in prose 

and verse, in opp. to <j>i\og : Upog jjiev Tovg cplXovg an'KJTwg, 

pog Se Tovg e^dpovg avavSpwg EypvTEg. Isocr. Paneg. 41. 

TToXejuiios, la, enemy armed, enemy in war : TG>v jxev av\x- 
jiayjLov KaTacppovovvTEg, Tovg de. TroXEjuilovg dEpairtvovTEg. 
Isocr. Paneg. 41. [Also as adj., hostile (to) : — propr. and 
impropr.] 

dmiroXejjtos and djriiroXljxios (6, rj), enemy in war, in the 



211,212. 205 

historians: Tvu)fj.r)i> zyj. ra t£jv avTLTroXefxijJv fir) kiriXiytGdai (210) 
7rpr)y/jLara, Herodot. vii. 236. "A ce \6yov jjLaXiara a£,ta rj 
fJLETa tCov 'A6rivaiu)v oi ^vfifiayoi tirpa'^av, r) irpbg tovc 'AQrj- 
vcilovq oi avriiroXifxioi, tovtojp fj.i'rj(j6fi<TOfjiai. Thuc. iii. 90. 

211. 

evbov, adverb, within, in the inside ; hence in the house =211 
at home; said of whatever [is or] is going on in the place, 
without implying the motion of going in or out : "Eoti yap 
iviov ^clXkoq re ^pvo-og re, II, x. 378. 

etcrw, and poet, eaw, indicates the motion of going into or entering 
the place: Kai vr\taa r/yrjaaT 'A^atwv "IXiov elau). II. i. 71- The 
poets do not always observe this distinction ; and Ammonius reproaches 
Sophocles with having used €C7a> for 'ivdov : At t ecrio arkyr]Q. Trachin. 
204. In Euripides: Trjv r^eva) ypaiav dofiujv p,r)Tspa. Heracl. 584. 
[It is used with verbs of rest by the best prose writers: tcl elaio vevo- 
arjKora aujfjLara (PL Rep. iii. 407, d) : aVw rr)v x e ^9 a tX ovra — wl ^ 1 
the hand kept within the folds of the chiton, i.e. not put forth to receive 
a bribe. Dein. 421. Both s'lctuj and tvrog sometimes — citra: as intra 
often does, eichjj tGjv 6peu>v eivai, Xen. sptoq tov -kqtcl\iov. Hdt. Th.~\ 

en-os, adverb, within, inwardly ; intus, intra ; sometimes 
with a case after it, and then it acts as a preposition, as in, 
within, in the inside of: Ta^oc ivrot ioireg, 11, xii. 374, 
[Also impr., within such a time, such a degree of consan- 
guinity, &c. See end of the remark on tiGoj,'] 

cvto<t0€, within : "AXXoi d' svtogQs fievovaiv. 11. xxii. 237. 

eVSoOey, rare in the historians, from within, from the inte- 
rior ; ab intus : "JLvloQev Xoywv rwv (tHjv clkoihtcig E&lDnv 
7rpo Su)/jiaru)v. Eur.Iph, A, 819. [i^eifit evlodev. PI, Conv, 

174, e.] 

evSoGi, within, in the inside: Kt^ffaro o" ivZoQi 7roXXciQ afjupi- 
ttoXovq. It. vi. 498. 

cvSoi or evSot, Syracusan and iEolic, for ivdov, in Theocritus : 
'EvSol UpaZivoa ; Theocr. xv. 1. 

212. 
eV&o£os (6, ?/), glorious: HCjq QefjHTTOKXijr b rwv Kad' 212 
tavrov airavTitiv IxrhpCjv kvlo^oraroQ ravrb tovt iTroirjerev* 
Dem. in Leptin, 478. 

em&o^os (6, //) is used improperly in the sense of cele- 
brated, illustrious, in the Laconic apophthegms attributed to 
Plutarch : E< jui) TrpurTOfitv £(' u tKeivog airaiTuyv ai6p(l)7ru)v 

T 



206 212. 

(212) e7riSol6repOQ tied evyevecrrepoQ E(j>dvrj, Pseudo-Plut, Apophth, 
Lacon. 2. According to Phrynicus {Phryn- Lobeck. p. 132), 
iiri^oloQ was never used in this sense but by illiterate 
persons. [Its meaning is : expected with probability ; 
thought likely, .] 

€uS6kijjios (6, rj), prop, approved ; hence esteemed, distin- 
guished : YpafjLfjLara iroWa GWEiXeyixevov ttolyitwv re Kal 
GoyiGTujv rwv e.vioKLp,b)Tarii)v* Xen, Mem, iv. 2, 1. 

€u'8o£os (6, fj), full of glory, famous : Kal dfia e\ev6ipav kcli 
EvioloTcirr\v iroXiv hia iravrog ve/Jto/jieda, Thuc. i. 84. [Also 
of good repute, of a high character, generally : e. g. vEEg, 
Hdt. vii. 99.] 

jcXeivos, r) (kXhw), in poets posterior to Homer; very rare in prose, 
famous, celebrated: Avrbg 6jS' eXrjXvOa 6 Tract icXeivbg Oldiirovg ica- 
Xov/Jtevog. Soph. (Ed. R. 8. [icXeivolg Kal 7raXaiolg dvdpdaiv. PI. 
Soph. 243, a.] 

kXcitos, r) (/cXstw), publicly spoken of, famous, celebrated, distin- 
guished : 'AXX' ovrig dvvaro Tpwcov kXutCjv t tniKovpajv dtiKai .... 
11. iii. 451. 

kA/utos, t/, fr. kXvw, what is heard spoken of, known, famous, very 
frequent in Homer, in speaking both of men and things: "Qg eiVwi/ 6 
[lev (px er> >ilTl kXvtcl (pvX' avOpojTTwv. II. xiv. 361. 

cukXc^s (o, jj), full of glory, famous, glorious : Tovg fitv 
ciyadovg Kal EVKXEElg Ev^aLixoyEarrdrovQ rw ovtl vop-i^ELV, Xen, 
Cyr. iii. 3, 27. 

icuSpcfe, r), fr. Kvdog, only in the feminine, in the Iliad and the Odys- 
sey, as the epithet of Juno and other goddesses, and seldom of mortal 
beings worthy of respect, august: "Bprj [xs 7rposrjKi Aibg Kvdp?) 
7rapaK0LTig. II. xviii. 184. The superlative KV^tOTog, likewise from 
Kvdog, is more used. 

fcu8d\i|jios (t>, r)), derivative of the preceding word, honorable, noble, 
epithet of warriors, and of the heart, as the seat and source of courage, 
in the Iliad: 'AXX' ay', oigtevgov MsveXdov KvdaXifjioio. II. iv. 100. 

ImKuSrjs (o, ji), having glorious success, flourishing : Upoa- 
OijJLEvog Toig Eripoig, EiriKvlEOTEpa ret irpdy fjiura tovtiov E7roi- 
tjgev, Isocr, Paneg. 38. 

Xcijunrpos, a, prop, clear, hence brilliant, splendid ; clarus, 
speaking of things ; sometimes illustrious, speaking of men : 
Ov yap \6youri tov (jlov (nrov^dCofiEv Xa/unrpov iroiEiadai 
paXXov H) ro~ig ^piofjlrotg. Soph, (Ed, Col, 1144. 

ovo\icl<tt6%, r\, renowned : Kal wapa Traaiv drJ3poj7roig ovo- 
paaTordrrjy, Isocr, Paneg, 4. 



213,214. 207 

iroXvaivos (6, r)), much praised, or extolled, is ordinarily the epithet (212) 
of Ulysses in Homer: T Q 'Odvcrsv iroXvaive. 11. x. 544. 

iroX'uvfi.vos (6, r)), sung, or celebrated in many hymns, in the Homeric 
hymns: Avrap amidr/ rovde Beat 7roXvv[ivov tQijt-fyav. Hymn. xxv. 7. 

iro\vvfJLVT|TOS (6, ?)), q/Verc s?*wg\ or celebrated, in Pindar: Nf/ifaiou 
kv 7roXvvfJLvr]To K ) Aloq tiXo-ei. Find. Nem. ii. 8. 

<j>ai8i|xos (o, r)), illustrious ; clarus : Xowrjaav d' vno re 7rp6fj.axoi 
Kai (paiSifxog"EKTLop. II. iv. 505. 

€m<f>an^s (6, >/), illustrious : "Ottioq Ie jju) tlq (jtiriarfi, kcil 
oyojJLtiaai (juvXofxat tovq kit ityav eg t drove, avrujv. Xen. Ages. 
3, 2. 

213. 
e^€Ka, poet. clVeica, because of, on account of, indicates 213 
the design with which a thing is done, but without any 
close connexion with it, and in a cause in which the feel- 
ings of the agent are not much interested : Xepal fiev 
ovtol eyojye fxayj](jo^.aL e'Ivekcl Kovpng. II. i. 298. 

di/Tt : from the notion of exchange proper to this prepo- 
sition, which signifies, 1. in the stead of in the place of 
arises that of causality, which it often has, both in prose 
and verse ; 2. for, because of: 'Av0' orov 8' ektelvcl vlv 
ukovgov. Eur. Hec. 1136. 

irpo, forth, forward, before, as in Latin, pro ; hence for, 
for the defence of, principally in poetry : Olov Trpoarrjaag 
irpo i Ayai.Giv Tpujdl /ud^eadai. II. iv. 156. 

uirip, prop., above, over ; hence the notion of defence, of 
protection, prop, and fig., in both poetry and prose, where 
it is sometimes used, 1. for dvri, in the place of for : 'H 
KOti kdiXoig dv, (jj 'E7r/<70f jeq* virEp tovtov dirodavE~iv ; Xen. 
An. vii. 4, 6. 2. On account of, in behalf of , for the sake of, 
for: <E>o//3g> rj Uprjv EKu-o/jiljrjv pe'£cu vwEp Aaiawv. II. i. 444. 

Xapiy, in favour of, in order to please, indicates more 
particularly the intention cff the agent, a more direct con- 
cern on his part, and the desire felt to do an agreeable 
thing or to oblige : Xa'ou' "Exropog orpyravrog. II. xv. 744. 

214. 
escort, it is permitted, more in the moral sense: "£1(tte 214 
Kara! je tovto, Heart act (you are permitted = you may) 
Xiyeir. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 9. 

t 2 



208 215. 

(214) eon, for e^ecttl or eve art : Qvic eoti tovq Qclvovtciq eg (jxxog 
jxoXeIv. Eur. Ale. 1079. 

eWori, there are the means, it is possible, more as regards 
physical possibility, and the man's own natural powers, 
whether prop, or fig. : Hwg evegtiv rj ttujq fivvardv tovtovq 
airavrag . . . ; Dem. in Eubulid. 1306, 2. 

ivi 9 often for evegtl, in prose and verse : Oik evl rw (pev- 
yovri irapE\dE~iv. Dem. de Cor. 3. 

eySe'xeTcu, it is admitted, or received, it is possible, it can 
be ; contingit : Uiog ovv ovtc Evhi^ETai, GutypoviiaavTa irpo- 
ctQev avdig fxi] ewtypovEtv ; Xen. Mem. i. 2, 23. 

irdpeoTi, it is easy, speaking of what is w r ithin reach, 
of what can be done without hindrance : UdpEcrri tovtov 
wElpav, w XaipE(j)LJy, XafdfidvELv. Plat. Gorg. 448, a. 

Oejuiis eori, 1. it is according to the common usage, accord- 
ing to custom, fas est: Ecu ol 6Evpojj.Evrj j3XE(pdpu)v aVo 
IciKpva 7T17TTEL, rj difxig ecttl yvvaiKog. Od. xiv. 130. 2, It 
is proper, becoming, right : Ovte difxig 7r£pl rd roiavra dvSpl 
(jo(f)<p EizirdrTovri vEwrEpov dirEidz~iv. Plat. Thecet. 146, c. 

215. 

215 e|o>, adverb, without : 'Afjtyl $£ r aKpal rjiovEg fiooioariv 
EpEvyojjLEvrjg dXog Et,(i). II. xvii. 265. Sometimes used as 
a preposition with a case following it, out of, on the outside 
of: Et yap vvv, £(prj, etl oXiyoi eloriu- ol eZ<o tov ipv/JLarog 
.... Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 24. 

€ktos, more rare in prose, out, without, extra : TuyeoQ 
EKrog. II. ix. 67. 

€kto0i, without (on the part without), on the outside, with the geni- 
tive : Qod(t)v tKToOi vrjujv. 11. xv. 391. 

€ktoo"€, rare and Epic, out, without, with the genitive : Aopv d' I fc/3a- 
\ov tKToce x ei pog. Od. xiv. 277* 

cktoo-Oc and cktoOcv, on the outside, on the part without, without : 
"EktogOsi' Se fiaOtlav 6pv%ofxtv eyyvQi Tatyoov. II. vii. 341. BaOsirjg 
ZktoOsv avXrjg. Od. ix. 239. 

e&Qev, from without, without, with and without a case : 



216-218. 209 

Kcu 7Tpoc tovtolq clXXovq e^wOev <rvfjfia-)(OVQ KaraaKEva'CovTai. (215) 
Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 14. 

216. 

emypa^rj, fjc (>/), 1. inscription, inscription in memory 216 
of the dead, in Thucydides : Kcu ov gty)X£jv povov ev rrj 
oiK£ia (Trj/jLah'EL EiriypcKpfj. Thuc. ii. 43. 2. Title of a book, 
in Polybius : "\va pi) npog tyji> £7riypa(pi]y, aAXa 7rpoc; tci 
irpdypaTa jjXe7noaii\ Polyb. iii. 9, 3. 

emypajuijuLa, utoq (to), inscription in verse, in Thucydides: 
Kcu ru) fjiEv ev rrj ayopa wpocroLKoEopiifTciQ varEpov 6 crjpog 
'Adrivaiwv psl^ov pfJKog rod jocopov fjcpaviGE TOV7viypappa. 
Thuc, vi. 54, These two words were at first nearly syno- 
nymous, but k-iriypappa appears to have been always used 
of an inscription in verse, and what proves this is the fact, 
that later the word is specially applied to that kind of 
poetical composition of several lines, generally elegiac, the 
collection of which bears the name of Anthology ; this 
kind of poem, let it be added, has no kind of connexion 
whatever with our epigram. 

217. 

cmOaXdjjLioy, ov (to), composition in verse, or poem in 217 
celebration of a marriage, epithalamium : 'Eyw yap vp.1v 
iiriQaXapiov arayvwaopai. Luc. Conviv. iii. 40, 445. 

yajxrjXioi', ov (to), neuter of yapi)Xioc, taken absolutely, 
with ellipse of aapa or avXrjpa, nuptial song ; according to 
Pollux (Poll, iv. 80), it was sung to two flutes, one of 
which was shorter than the other, as symbolic of the in- 
feriority of the wife to the husband. 

218. 

emOujuLLCi, etc (?/), desire ; cupiditas : Kcu ov av »/ e-ttiOv- 218 
pia Evrj ixnav yCv. Aristot. Rhet, i. 11. 

eXSo>p (to), under the Epic form cc'XSwp, in Homer, with, vote: ToAe 
fioi Kpijijvov uXdiop. 11. i. 4r>. 

OufjLos, ov (o), the heart, as the seat of desire and the 
natural appetites: fLcar, ote Qvpag arwyoi. II. iv. 263. 

t 3 



210 219. 

(218) Hence, the appetite itself: Aaivvvr, ovSe ti Ovuog eSeveto 
Sairog eiarrjc. 11. i. 468. 

\fjp.a, arog (to), fr. Xaa», prop, desire, will; as the principle of the 
passions ; hence, inclination, propensity : 'O d' elg to Kf.pdog \rjfi tx (t>v 
aveifiivov. Eur. Heracl. 3. [In prose, Hdt. 5, 72.] 

ope£is, eiog (fj) 9 fr. opiyoj, appetite : f H yap £7ri0i/p'a tov 
yjSiog EVTiv ope^tg. Aristot. Rhet. i. 11. 

opp.17, fjc (fj), fr. opo), motion or spring of the soul towards 
an object, principle of violent and heedless xlesire, impe- 
tuous movement from impulse : 9 A\\a avv Tolg vofxoig fjvav- 
TiLjOn ToiavTr] opjurj tov Ciifiov, fjv ovk av olfxai aXXov ovdiva 
avOpwrrov vTiojJLzivai. Xen. Mem. iv. 4, 2. 

irpoGujJLia, ag (JJ), good-will: E'i ti jx kircxihevcrev wg av 
%vvaifjLr}v arpaTiq. 7rpodvfj.iai> sfifiaXeiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 13. 

219. 

219 emic^Scios (6, r/), relative to funerals : Kal crj teal oro\// 
y£ 7rov toaq eTTtKrjSeioiQ wEalg (funeral chants), oh aricpavot 
TrpinoLev av ovh" ETriyjpvaoi Kovfioi. Plat. Legg. vii. 800, e. 

cmK^oeioy, ov (to), poem or composition in verse, on the 
death of a person, and in honour of him, in Plutarch : f O 
Se Tuj Hivdcipu) Trottjo-ag to ettikyiIelov . Plut. de An. procr. 
33. According to others, it was a kind of funeral oration 
pronounced over the dead. 

€iriTd<|>ios (o, */), spoken at or over the tomb, and after the 
burial, in speaking of a discourse delivered on the occasion : 
Arjfxocrla racpag TTOLELade Kal Xoyovg EWtTaa^lovg, kv olg KorrfielTS 
tcl twv ayadoJv avSpwv kpya. Dem. in Leptin. 499. 

OpTJi'os, ov (6), funeral dirge by singers customarily em- 
ployed for that purpose, and accompanied by the relations 
and friends of the deceased, not only at the time of the 
burial, but also at certain anniversaries of the time of 
mourning ; a custom found as early as Homer : Ilapa & 
elaav aoi^ovg Oprjvwv i^ltpyovg' o'ite arovotaaav aotdrjv, ol 
fMEv ap' idprjveov. II. xxiv. 721. 

OpYjyw&ia, ag (//), funeral dirge, in general"; lameniatio : 



_ 



220,221. 211 

H £l<T7rep rf 6prjvo)Sla Kal 6 kiriKijCEiog avXog kv apyrj wadog (219) 
Kivei Kal iaicpvov EKflaWei. Plut. Qucest. Conv. iii. 8. 

220. 

emoTToXTj, 7/c (y/), prop, message ; hence, letter sent, 220 
epistle, in the plural as well as singular, speaking of a 
single letter ; epistola : "'Eirefxype Se kcu ettlgtoXi)v tov Toy- 
yvXov <p£povra avTio. Thuc. i. 128. 

ypdfxjjLaTa, b)v (ra), letters, used in the plural in a sense 
analogous to letter, meaning thereby letter sent, although 
the word in itseJf signifies only, the writing, what is written, 
the contents of what is sent, as is plain from the following 
passage of Thucydides, where the word has been con- 
founded with £7TL(TTo\ri: To£e ct] oJ"E0opo«, ^ei^avrog avrov 
ra ypafj.juLa.-a, /JiaXXov jjlev EiridTEVGav. Thuc. i. 133. It 
is also found used for the dispatch itself, but less frequently 
than £7thtto\)i ; whence it would seem that e7tk7toX)j was a 
dispatch of more importance, either from its length, or from 
the circumstances under which it was written, or from the 
matter of which it treated. 

ScXtos, ov (rj), tablet, so named from its shape, which 
was that of the letter JtXra ; hence the letter written on it : 
AeXtoy re ypcKpeig riivft i)v irpo \epiov in flavTa^Eig. Eur, 
Iph. J. 35. 

TreuKY], rjg (>/), tablet of deal on which letters were written ; 
in poetry the letter itself : Kcu <T(ppayt^Eig XvEig t otziglo, 
pLTTTEtg te tteIid ttevky)v. Eur. Iph. A. 39. 

221. 

eiros, Eog (to), verse, principally Epic or heroic verse, 221 
because the lines followed without the division of strophes: 
'E7rt \iev roivvv ettlov wou'jGEi " O fxrjpov kytoyE /J.a\l(TTa TEOav- 
fxaxa. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 3. 

jxAos, Eog (to), prop, member ; hence, lyric verse, be- 
cause it was divided into members or strophes; always in 
the plural : Ei $e t))v ifivvfjLEi^v fiovaar irapaSc'&i kv fiiXt" 
aiv ?i eiz£(tw, licmij vol Kal Xvttj] tv r?] iroXti paviXEvoETOv 
ai'rl vojxov. Plat. Pol. x. 607, a. 



212 222. 

(221) pirpov, ov (to), measure ; hence, by ext., the line in mea- 
sure, verse : Ov tl tujv jmeTpiov Seofxat ciKOvcrai, ovSe piXog 
ei ti 7r£7roirjKaQ. Plat. Lys. 205, a. 

o-tixos, ov (6), line, answers to the Latin versus ; hence, 
verse in general of all poetic compositions : Mrj wXelio tettcl- 
piov rjpwiKGJv vTiyjhv. Plat. Legg. xii. 958. 



222. 

222 epyoi/, ov (to), realization or result of the action ; hence, 
work, fact, effect, deed, in opposition to zirog or Xoyog, word, 
talk ; res : Hag yjfjuv aiSelaOu) tov ecivtov TrpeafivTepov kpyuj 
ts /cat £7T£f. Plat. Legg. ix. 879, c. Aoya) yap 7](rav, ovk 
£pyo) (plXoi. Eur. Ale. 339. 

epYfJia, arog (to), poet, and rare, the fact, the act itself: 'PrjfJLa d' 
epyHciruiV xpoviioTepov fltoTtvsi. Pind. Nem. iv. 6. 

Spdjuta, aroc (to), work, particular work which one per- 
forms or attends to, as business : To jxev toivvv t&v fiai&v 
toctovtov, kXaTTov Si tov ijjLov Spa/jLarog. Plat. Theceth. 
150, a. 

iroLTjfjLa, nTog (to), action, in a philosophic sense, in op- 
position to iradrjfia, passion : Ylavra to. roiavTa tCjv ivav- 
Tiiov aXXfiXoig Being eits Trotr)fxa.TU)v elt£ iradn/JidTiov ; Plat. 
Pol. v. 437, b. 

TTpayp.a, aroc (to), thing, in the sense of event, as in the 
following passage of Euripides, where it is opposed to zpya, 
particular actions : 'AWa tzclvt k^ovaa Svarv^fj, To~ig irpd- 
y\xa(nv Ti§vr\Ka, Tolg $* ipyoiaiv ov. Eur. Hel. 286. 

Trpayp,aT€ia, ag (rj), practice or prosecution of any art or 
profession, business, in the sense of occupation, concern, 
work : Aeyeic on 7rei0ovg Srj/JLiovpyog egtiv fj prjTopucrj /cat y 
7rpayfxaTeia avTrjr a.7ra<7a /cat to KetydXawv elg tovto teXevt^.. 
Plat. Gorg. 453, a. 

irpa£i9, ewe (fj), action, practice, speaking of the general 
conduct, or of the sum of actions directed to one end : Tovg 
itXeovekteIv £r}T0VPTag, Epyu) kioXvelv Kal Trpal.EGi.v, obyl 
Xoyotg Siov. Dem. Phil. ii. 66, 1. 



223. 213 



223. 



epts, lcoq (17), strife, dispute, quarrel : Arjye/jievai ci' epilog 223 
KaKojji^dvov. II. ix. 257. Hence, contest : Kal bfjuv hi, <5 
dvhptg hrjfxorai, wapaivio opfidcrdai tig spiv ravrrjg rrjg ^idyjqg 
TTpbq rovg 7re7raihev /uiivovg rovaSe, Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 10. Per- 
sonification of Discord, in poetry : Kcu "Eptg a\ioTov \xz- 
juavla. II. iv. 441. 

epio-fj-a, ctroq {to), fr. epi^a), subject of discord : Mr) tovto yt veIkoq 
b-KiGGu aoi Kal kfioi \iky epiafia jxit dfupOTSpoicn yevrjrai. II. 
iv. 37. 

ajuXXa, rjg (?/), contest, struggle, principally where there 
are many contending, as in public games ; prop, in the 
poets, and oftener fig. in prose, rivalry between two par- 
ties, two armies, emulation : Tr)v hi twv hijjjLujy eXevdepiav 
7/ tujv ayadwv avhp&v hfiiXXa, r)v iirl ralg irapd rov h)'ip.ov 
hiopealg npog kavrovg tzoiovvtcu, (pvXdrrei. Dem, in Lept. 
490, 1. 

afj.iX\T)|Jia, aroq (to), combat ; Miai(p6vu)V ydfiwv afiiWrjfxara. 
Soph. Electr. 493. 

dfx4>icrj3i]Tr]cris, eojg (r)), altercation, dispute resulting from 
contradictory claims, and out of which a law-suit arises : 
Kal eireicr] dveKpiSncrav npog r<3 apyovri airaaai al ajjiajia- 
jJrjTiiffetg, Kal thai dyioyi^EGOat iv rw hiKacrrrjpiu). Dem. in 
Olympiod. 1173. 

$ia<|>op(£, dg (//), a difference between private individuals 
and even between two nations : Hepaiwv \iiv vvv 01 Xo- 
yioi <froh'LKag atriovg (petal yeviadai rfjg htacpoprjg. Herodot. 
i. 1. 

i>€ikos, eoq (to), quarrel principally in words, abusive lan- 
guage : 'AXAa rirj 'ipthag Kal veiKea vuiiv avdyKr) veikeIv 
d\\)]\ot(TLv ivavTiov ; //. xx. 107. This word is less used 
in prose than cpiXovEiKia. 

cfuXoyeiKta, ac (//), prop, love of wrangling and disputing; 
hence, jealousy, or, in a good sense, spirit of rivalry, emula- 
tion : fyiXoveiKiav ivipaXe wpog dXXijXavg to'lq f^ier avrov 
c/7ro>c tKaaroi aWwv dpicrrot (jhuvoivto. Xen. Ages. ii. 8. 



214 224. 



224. 



224 Spx^aOai, to go, but almost always in a relative sense, so 
as to mark either 1. the place at which the speaker is 
already arrived, in which case it is rendered generally by to 
come: Avrap ire^bg kg "IXtov elXrjXovda. IL v. 204. Or, 
2. the place to which the speaker transports himself in 
thought, or where the action contemplated is to take place : 
"'Ep'XPfAai, 6(pp 9 9 A^tXfj'l Sa'i(j)povL fivOoi' kvioTrw. IL xi. 839. 

T]K€ii/, to come, to be come, be present [=» venisse], supposes 
the passing from the one place to the other over : Kcu rjicov 
ol ai'Spes (pipovreg tyjp kmaroXriv. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 7. 

iK€iv, to come, to arrive : Avrap oy' kg 'PocW l%sv aXwfievog. II. ii. 
667. 

iKaveiv, elongated form of the preceding word, in Homer, Pindar, and 
iEschylus: Avrap tywye 7roXXa flpor&v £7rt acre* aX&fievog kvQdd' 
Ikclvix). Od. xv. 492. 

licreTo-GcH, to come, to arrive : IZreiywv h 9 iKvovfiai rovole 
Tovg x^povc. Soph. (Ed. R. 785. 

d<j>iK^€ia0at, more used than the simple tKvelcrdai, espe- 
cially in prose, 1. to arrive: 'Errel Si dtyUero 6 Kvpog elg 
MrjSovg TrpocTorKva^dprjr. Xen. Cyr. ii.l, 2. 2. Sometimes 
in poetry, to come bach: f E\o>v re AapMvov kXelvyiv ttoXlv 
dtyiKET elg roS' " Apyog. Eur. Electr. 5. 

Ki€iv, Epic, formed by metathesis fr. 'ikeiv [more probably related to 
elfii, root tj, rendered sometimes by to go, to come: Tu>v fikv rrevrr}- 
kovtcl vkeg k'lov. II. xi. 705. 

|ao\.€lv, to come, to come back : KdSfiog ffioXe rdvde yav Tvpiog. 
Eur. Phoen. 651. The participle p,o\tx)V, which is in common use in 
the poets, is not, properly speaking, pleonastic, as the grammarians say, 
even when found with verbs of motion, with which it is analogous to 
our [the French] use of venir with an infin. : *Q cata TsKiirjcaa, dva- 
fxopov yevoc, opa, fioXovoa rovd\ bizcTi tnt} Qpou. Soph. Aj. 772. Fr. 
viens entendre \_come and hear (lit. see)]. 

v€€o-0<u, to come back, to return : 'AXXrjXoiaiv odvpovrai olkovce 
vhoQai. II. ii. 290. 

i/io-creo-Ocu, elongated form of the preceding word, in Homer, 
Pindar, and the Tragic chorus: TrjXifJiaxov fxe/jtdacn Karanrd- 
fiev o&'i yaXKG) oikclSe vitTaofxevoy. Od. iv. 701. 



225. 215 

225. 
epo>s, (jjtoq (6), physical need or longing for, desire, such 225 
as that of eating and drinking: Avrap ewei ttoviog klu Icnrvog 
e£ zpov evto. II. i. 469. Hence, love : Ov yap -ku-kote \x 
<5Se kpcog (ppivag dfi^etcciXvibei', II. iii. 442. 

aydrn], tjq (//), fr. ciya/iat, friendship, affection, or rather 
testimony of affection consisting of respectful attentions, and 
marks of esteem ; it is however found applied in the O. T. 
to an incestuous affection : "On f^iya to jjugoq o i/iivrjaev 
avrt]y virep tyiv dydi:r)v fjv dydirnGEv avrY\v. 2 Reg. xiii. 15. 
In the N. T, love of God or our neighbour, charity : 'AW 
eyrwKa v/jiag on rrjv dydirnv tov Oeov ovk e\ete * v eavrolg. 
Joan. v. 42. In the plural dydirai, wv (at), agap^e, love- 
feasts, which the primitive Christians celebrated in common, 
the expense being borne by the rich ; a custom which was 
continued down to the fourth century ; when they were 
suppressed by the council of Laodicea. In the N. T. : 
Ovro'i eigiv iv nxiq dydiraiQ vpibv aTTiXddeg. Jud. i. 12. 

dYdTrrjais, Etog (r/), affection, love : f H tov YlepiKXiovg 
dyaTTrjvic yevofiivr) irpog 'AdTraaiav. Plut. Pericl. 24. 

dairao-jjios, ov (6), prop, embrace ; hence, desire to em- 
brace, affection, inclination, fig. in Plato, opposed to julaog : 
Kpu>i(r6w ye jxy}v vtto tgjv tci dpiarela eiXntyonov -J zkeivwv 
Ixlgel Koi aWaoy/w. Plat. Legg. xi. 919, e. 

i'jjiepos, ov (6), fr. tEfxai, inclination directed to its object 
by the physical need of possessing what is loved : hence, 
desire : Kai jjle yXvKvg Ifiepog alpE~i. II. iii. 446. 

Tr60os, ov (6), Socrates, in the Cratylus of Plato (Crat. 
420, a), imitating the false and absurd Etymological 
system of the Sophists, in order to ridicule it, derives this 
word from nodi ; where ? and defines it as love or desire of 
an absent object ; but the elements of the word are to be 
found in Triirovda, perfect of Trdayu), and make it analogous 
with irii'Qog : hence it signifies rather the suffering or pain 
caused by the absence or loss of the loved object[, a 
yearning for it] ; hence, regret for the loss, or absence : 
AXXd /j£ aog te irodog dvfJLov aVffvpa. Od. xi. 201. 

irodi], i)Q ())), for iroQoq : 'H 7ror' 'AxiXXTjog iroQi) t£frai ulaj 
*A\aiCjv GVfjnravrag. 11. i. 240. 



216 226. 

(225) 'n'oO'qTus, voq (77), tenderness of parents for their children, in Appian : 
Ovk dficpolv drdXavTov h)v fitpiaavro 7ro0r)TVv. Opp. Cyn* ii. 609. 

orepKTiKo*', ov (70), principle of the natural affections, 
disposition to love : Kal yap (^lXotekvol Kal tyiXavdpoi Kal to 
crrepKTLKor bXwg kv avTalg, dxnrep evtyvrjg %(t>pa Kal Sektikyj 
<j)i\iag. Plut. Amator. 769, c. 

<rropyr\, rjg (77), affection of parents for their children, paternal love, 
filial piety, in the Anthology [also Plut. Mor. 669, e, &c] : Ts%v7i. 
TifjLOfjidxov aropyr)v Kal £77X01/ edti^s Mrjdeirjg, tskviov elg ptopov &Xko- 
jAsviov. Anthol. Plan. iv. 135. [Also of unnatural affections. Anthol. 
5, 166. 3, 191, &c] 

<|>i\ia, ag (Jf) friendship : 'A XX' ojjlojq Sta tovtojv irdvrwv 
rj (ptXla StaSvofiivrj avvdwTEi rovg tcaXovg te Kayadovg. Xen. 
Mem. ii. 6, 29. 

4>iXott|S, rjTog (77), 1. friendship, love, and very often, in Homer, 
2. sexual love or intercourse: T(fi ds yvvr) Upoirov hireprivaTO, dV 
"AvTtia KpvTrraSLy (piXornri fxiyrjpevai. II. vi. 160. 

4>i\Tpov, ov (to), in the plural in Euripides, amours : Td 6eu>v Sk 
(piXTpa Qpovda Tpoig,. Eur. Troad. 859. 

<j>iXoo-Topyia, ag (77), affectionate nature or disposition : 
Ovtu) Kal Kvpov ek TYJc TroXvXoyiag ov dpdaog SiECpaivETO, 
aXX' cnrXoTTjg tic Kal (piXoo-Topyia. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 3. 

4>i\o<|>po(7uVT), rjg (77), kindliness, friendly disposition : Sv 
$e jiEyaXriTopa Ovjuov 'iayEiv kv arrfjOtaffL' (pCXotypocvvr) yap 
djjLEivijjy. IL ix. 256. [Also Plat. Xen.~\ 

\dpis 9 LTog (77), token of reciprocal affection, return (in 
gratitude), favour, caress of love : QiKTpog, dwo fjtvrjaTfjg 
dXo^ov KovptSirjg, rjg ovtl X a V tJ/ ^ e • • • • H* x ^ 243. 

226. 

226 epG)*rai>, 1. to put a question, to question, to ash for a pre- 
cise answer, affirmative or negative : 'AXX' kpojra, £077, w 
Kups, 6 tl (IovXei wg TaXiidfj kpovvTog. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 30. 
2. To ash, request, in the sense of entreating, begging, in 
the N. T. : *£lg ovv i)Xdov irpog avTOv ol ^ajJiapiiTai r)pu)T(t)v 
avTov jiEivat nap avTolg. Joan. iv. 40. 

€pc<r0ai, for ipb)Tq.v: Eiptai brnroOtv eljxkv' tyu) ds ks toi KaraXi^io. 
Od. iii. 80. 



227. 217 

!p€€iv€iv, poet, form elongated of epojxai, used also by Plutarch : (226) 
TvdeiSn fieyctOviie, Tin yeverjv speeiveig ; 11. vi. 145. 

jxeTaXXav, to cause the details of a matter to be given one after an- 
other [_jJL&T rtXXa], to procure information in detail upon, to ask for par- 
ticulars : 'H o" iv dtZa/jLevij (piXtei /cat SKaara fxeraWqi. Od. xiv. 128. 
[But also fjieraWqiv tlvcl, to inquire after a. person ; and rivci rt] 

irvvOdveaOoi, 1. to make inquiry, to ask for particulars : 
M.£pfju']pLL,a c' entirci Kara (ppii'a eXdeiv rjEe Trvdeadai. Od. X. 
151. 2. To learn without inquiry, to hear say, to hear 
a circumstance mentioned, about which the hearer made 
no personal inquiry : IlurOaro^v 'lOa^ng kcll ev Uprjrrj 
evpein. Od. xiii. 256. Nvv fr ore crj fiiyag elfj.1, teal uWojv 
fjLvdov ciKovojy Twydavofxai. Od. ii. 314. 

227. 
epwTTjcns, etjQ (rj), interrogation, question which demands 227 
one of the five answers which the grammarians call ovufio- 
Xlkcli cL7ro(j)a(TEic, which are, vai, yes ; ov, no ; a/uHpifloXov, 
it is doubtful; aatyig, it is true; cicrjXoi', I know nothing 
about it; or a short and precise answer, as, for instance, 
when to the question : zcttiv ii/uipa ; is it day ? it is an- 
swered : y]/jepa kari, it is day : tyevdovg ye ovdefxia epwrncriQ 
hlrat. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 13. 

epwrr|jjLa, arog (to), object of the interrogation, question : 
<&cl}xev yap irpog to epwrrjua to [ipaj^v. Thuc. iii. 54. 

d^dicpTcris, eiog (?/), 1. action of interrogating, interrogation, 
in Herodotus : 'O le AvKotypiov ovce avaKplaiog ifciwae tov 
{pipoj'-a rrjv ayyt\ir)v. Herodot. iii. 53. 2. Previous in- 
quiry, previous examination, which the party who pre- 
ferred a charge underwent before the charge was received ; 
or, according to Harpocration, which both parties under- 
went^ to see whether the action would lie : KnXovrrtjjy 
uvtov elg t)]v araKptaiv tljv apyovrwv, Dem. in Theocrin. 
1324, 12. 

•jreuo-is, ewg (?/), information asked for, the answer to 
which can only be given with some particulars, as when, 
in Homer, Hector, addressing himself to the women of 
Andromache, asks them : Uij tftn 'Ai'fyo^ax?; ; II. vi. 377, 
and they answer him: 'AXV £7n wvpyov t/l// aiyav *l\fov t 
ovvs.k aKovat Teipeadcu TptDog. II. vi. 386. [Late prose: 
Pint. Symp. i. 1, 5.] 

u 



218 228. 



228. 



228 €ct6i€ii>, to eat, in general ; hence the Latin esse : 'E7ret 
Se /cat eadlovra avrov ewowv, uxrwEp /cat avrol, fjdiojg /cat 
KirovTa. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 1. 

piPpu>crK€iv, poet, to eat with voracity, carrying with it the notion 
of a large quantity consumed, to devour, to feast upon; vorare : "Qgte 
Xsovra, oq pa ts fleflpwKUJQ flobg epx STaL aypavXoio. Od. xxii. 403. 
[Hdt. 1, 119 ; not in Attic prose.] 

PpoxOi^eiy, to put into the throat or gullet : ^j.ieIov Se 
to jjiri TtivsLv iroXv, ciWcl /cat (ipoydlaai, Aristot. ProbL 
27,3. 

eSeiv, poet, and defective, and rare in prose, to eat ; hence the Latin 
edere, prop, and fig. : "Edoval ts 7riova /xrjXa. II, xii. 319. [sdsaQat 
and edeaTSov. Pl.~\ 

€peirT€o-0at, used of frugivorous animals, in the Iliad, to browse : 
Awrbv kptiTTonEvoi kXsoQpSTCTov ts aeXivov. IL ii. 776. 

jj.ao"dcr9ai, 1. to chew: Macwvrat yap airavTEc, ol kv Trj 
X^pq. tov Trenrvpov /cat tov julep ^uAoj/ KaTcnrivovoi, to Se 
fiaarjiJLa EKfiaXXovcri. Theophr. H. PL iv. 9. 2. Hence, to 
eat, in general, as in Latin, mandere: Matr oj/jievoq to Xonrbv 
ovtlo rw k6w(i> ^vvslvai. Aristoph. PL 320. 

TraTeeaOai, in Homer and Herodotus, to take food, to eat : 
Hdpog y£ fj,Ev ovtl 7T€7racrjLt?jv. //. xxiv. 642. [Also Soph, 
Antig. 202.] 

po<|>€iv, verb formed by onomatopy from the noise made in swallow- 
ing, to swallow with noise any liquid, an egg, Sic. : *Q fxaicapia /3ovX?) 
ov Trig Oscopiag, ogqv pO(pr)aei £wjudv 7]fJL€putv Tpiwv. Aristoph, Pac, 
716. 

Tpwyeiy, prop. 1. to browse, and used of herbivorous ani- 
mals, and, by ext., of man, in speaking of vegetables, fruits, 
and delicacies : Ilovq ysvo/JLEvovc; kvcl^lovq ovte Tpuyovcri 
ovte ex^ovteq TTttTEovTai. Herodot, ii. 37. 2. to eat, if not 
with excess, yet with the associated notion of too much 
being eaten, of greediness ; in Demosthenes, speaking of 
a reveV Ta vtyjv to jjlev irpioTov ovtojgi iriveiv i]<rv)(rj ical 
Tpwyeiv r)vayKa£ov ovtoi fioi Soke?, Dem, de Legat. 402, 21. 

fyayeiv, used only as the second Aor. of kad'uiv : '£1 



229. 219 

yipov, ov7ru) top ye kvveq tyayov oi/3' oluvoi. II. xxiv. 411. (-28) 
[So in Attic Greek. Plat. Xen.'] 

229. 

cTaTpos, ov (o), fr. erne, comrade, companion, whether in 229 
arms or in any other kind of temporary companionship, 
one with whom intimacy has existed for some time, either 
from similar age or occupation, or habitual intercourse. 
Homer uses it in speaking of the wind : f H/i7v & 'kfxevov 
ovpov let tt\t](jl(7tlov kadXov eralpov. Od. xi. 7. 

droyiccuos (o, v), one who is connected with another by. 
the ties of relationship ; necessarius : Kal cpiXovg npog toIq 
avayicaioiQ KaXovfUEvoig ciXXovg Kriovrai (jor]dovg. Xen. Mem. 
ii. 1, 14. 

eirtT^Seios (6, ?/), with whom one is united, intimate ; 
hence, taken substantively by ellipse, intimate friend : 
"Eoti Se tCjv alel ttXe6vtu)v, rjfJiETEpog ETTLTii^Eiog. Plat. Epist. 
xiii. 363, c. 

epaonfc, ov (6), fr. epaio, prop, one who loves from the 
passion of love, a lover; fig. amateur, one who loves (as 
applied to things rather than persons), or passionately fond, 
or eagerly desirous : 'Epaarrjg kiraivov. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 7. 

€TT]s, ov (6), fr. edog, found only in the plural ctch, wv (ol), 
and in a wider sense than halpog : it indicates less affec- 
tion and more familiarity, and refers rather to the daily 
relations of kindred, and society, or of associated bodies, 
such as those of inhabitants of the same town, members of 
the same tribe, or family ; examples of it are very rare 
except in poetry ; fellow -citizens, companions : 'Ajdviutv 
oolcriv errjat. II. vi. 262. 

T)6eios, eia } dear, honoured, is found in the vocative, in an absolute 
sense, as an appellation of respect used by a younger brother to the 
elder: 'H0£i', rj [idXa di) <re Kal scravfievov Karepvicu). 11. vi. 518. 

oikcios, da, prop, domestic ; hence, intimate, dear, 
attached : f O £e Kvpoc ekeXevge ret /xer tov Kva£a^wc Sio- 
XafiovTag QvXuttelv ovg rjSet oIkelotutovq avru) ui '^^. \cn. 
Cyr. iv. 6, 7. 

diraSos (o, ?/), synonyme of the preceding word, in the Tragedians 

U 2 



220 230, 231. 

(229) an( * sometimes in Attic prose [e. g. Plat. Phil. 63, e ; Phcedr. 252, c], 
follower, companion : Tekviov 67ra.de 7rp&<i/3v t&v 'Idaovog. Eur. 
Med. 52. 

oirdcov (6, rj), Ionic, but admitted by Pindar and tbe Tragedians, 
prop, follower, companion : A'ide yap X*P e G ©tyffswf ecujaav, <pi\raTiov 
t oiraovuv. Soph. (Ed. Col. 1105. 

<|h\os, ov (6), friend ; the companion (ercupog) is not 
always the friend ((plXog) ; but the friend is always the com- 
panion, or at least has been so, since it is only from habitual 
intercourse that a real friendship can arise : 'Avayiai cj)iXoi> 
elvai tov avvrjSofjievop toiq ayadoUg teal crvi'aXyovvra rdlg 
Xvirnpolg. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 4. 

230. 

230 €Tep6<()0a\juLos (o, */), one who has lost an eye by accident : 
'Avriyovog 6 QiXiinrov, 6 kcl\ erepoipdaXjJLog, kui £k tovtov 
KvkXwx^ 7rpoaayopevdeig. AZlian. Var. Hist. xii. 43. 

juLo^6cj>0aXjuLos (6, rj), one who naturally has only one eye % 
as the fabulous Cyclopes, or as the Arimaspi, a people who 
were miners, and whom Herodotus, speaking after the 
legends of his time, represents as having only one eye ; 
legends, however, in which he disavows his belief, notwith- 
standing the credulity generally, though erroneously, attri- 
buted to him : HeidofxaL Se ouSe rovro, oKwg fiovvotyOaXjuioi 
avlpeg <pvoi>rai. Herodot. iii. 116. 

231. 

231 ctos, eog (to), hence the Latin vetus ; time, epoch, or 
fixed point of time in the Odyssey : 'AM' ore $rj Irog 7]XQe 
7repL7rXojjievo)v enavrutr. Od. i. 16. It is more commonly 
used in narration for year, to mark exactly the time and 
determine the epoch, and particularly in speaking of the 
age of man : T Hj/ Se 9 ore. ereXevra, ajJKpl ret 7rerTy]K0VTa trr\. 
Xen. Anab. ii. 6, 10. 

ei/iauT6s, ov (o), fr. kv kavra) or fr. evog ; hence, anus and 
annus. According to Eustathius it is synon. with harpij3rj f 
period^mh\ch comprehends a considerable portion of time, 
and the duration of which is not fixed, cycle : '' Airoddovrai 
de. Xv7rag y^poviovg r erutv waXaiwp eriavrovg. Aristoph. 
Man. 347. Hence a fixed period as that of a year, in the 



232. 221 

Iliad : 'Ervia Sri fieSaaai Aiog peydXov kviavrol. II. ii. (231) 
134. This word is more often found in poetry than in 
prose ; Plato, however, uses it more frequently than trog, 
which is more common in the historians : 'Evtavrog Se 
OTTorav ijXiog top kavrov 7repieXdn kvkXov. Tim. 39, c. 

\vicdf3as, avToq (6), fr. Xvktj, poet. : Tovd' avrov XvKafiavTog IXtv- 
Gtrai kvOdd' 'Odvaatvg. Od. xiv. 161. 

232. 

cJSaijmwk (o, ?/), happy : Qvnribv & oXfiiog elg reXog ovieig 232 
ovb" svSaifAwi'. Eur. Iph. A. 162. 

cukXtjpos (o, ?/), fr. kXtjooq, having a happy lot, or portion, 
in the Anthology : 01 cT"Iov, ol ff kjooaaav k'vKXapov 2aAa- 
fjura. A nth. Plan. iv. Antipatr. 296. 

e3|Aoipos (6, »/), fr. fjioipa, having a happy portion: Evfioipoi S' lye- 
vovto Kai aicXseg ovttot ikhvoi. Call, in Del. 295. 

cviroTfjLOS, (6, »/), fr. iroTpLog, in the Tragedians, one of a happy for- 
tune, fortunate : 'Ayvad'aravcHorog avdqi irarpbg <piXov tqitockov- 
dov tviroTpLOv alwva (filXwg iripa. jEsch. A gam. 245. [In prose, Plat.'] 

cutuxiis (o, rj) (tv^sIp), rare in prose, successful, one 
who succeeds by good fortune ; hence, 1. fortunate, speak- 
ing of men and things: Tiioto narpog evrvytv-epog. Soph. 
Aj. 550. 2. prosperous, speaking of a man's lot in the 
world: Jlap' ivTvyfj aoi i:6rpov i)Xdev a7reipokdk(t) too aXyog. 
Eur. Ale. 926. 

jxctKap, pog (6), poet., and jAaxdpios, la, both in prose and 
verse, blessed, blest, happy, beatus, speaking of men and 
things : Kcu 6 per iiyelro evlaipujv yeyevijadat on ttoXXCjv 
>/PX f XP r 7/ xct7 * an '' ° 2* a v kvopi^e paKapiwrciTog elvai on .... 
Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 19. These two forms, pdk'ap particu- 
larly, in verse, were often used as appellations of honour, 
a usage which was continued down to the middle ages : 
7 £2 pc'iKcip 'ArpeiSrj. II. iii. 182. It was applied to gods, 
and, by ext., to men who were thought to have merited by 
their virtues a place after death, reserved for them in 
Heaven, or in certain islands called paKciowv vTiooi : Kai 
rol pev raiovaiv aK-qlia Ovpui' iypvT££ kv (xaKapbfv ji'jctukti. 
Hesiod. Oper. 169. 

fxaKapiTTjs, ov (o), blessed, was more specially used in 
speaking of the dead by euphemism [— of blessed memory']; 

u 3 



222 233, 

(232) traces of this use of it may be found as early as the Persae 
of iEschylus : 'Hp diet fjtov piaKapiTag Ico^aipnav (5cl<ti\evq. 
Pers. 633. 

oXfhos, la (oXftog), happy, as used of happiness the 
most complete, with the associated notion of riches and 
abundance with it. Thus Solon, in Herodotus, applies it 
to a man in possession of a multitude of the advantages of 
this life very seldom found united in one individual : Et $e 

7TpOC TOVTOHTl ETl TeXeVTTJGEL TOV (ilOV EV, OVTOQ IKEtVOQ TOV (TV 

^rjreig, oXfiiog KEKXrjcrdai at,i6c egtC irplv S' av teXevtijgt], 
ETTiGyEEtv, fj.r)Se koXeelv kuj 6\/3lov, aXX Evrvyia. Herodot. i. 
32. The word, however, is very rare in Attic prose \_PL 
Prot. 337, d] ; it belongs to poetry of the higher style, 
and Aristophanes never uses it but in his chorus, or when 
he is imitating the Tragic style: Havpotg avdptoTzwv aper^ 
Kcii KaXXog owrj^el' bXfiiog bg rovnov ajJKfroTEpwv 'iXayev. 
Theogn. 929. 

233. 

233 evSeiv, poet, to sleep : Ov XPV iravvvxiov evdstv povXrjtyopov 
avdpa. 11. ii. 24. 

KaOeuSeiK, a compound of the preceding word, and more 
used, particularly in prose : Ovk olaQa, E(pr}, on earBlio \xiv, 
Kal tt'ivu), Kal KadevSio ovo onovv ijStov vvv % f) tote ore Ttivqg 
i\v\ Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 17. 

ppi£eiv, to be sunk in a deep sleep : "Ev9* ovk av fiplZovTa Idoig 
*AyafiEjjivova dlov. II. iv. 223. 

8ap0dv€iv (dspag [Sanscrit, drai, dor-mire. Pott.'] ), to lie upon skins ; 
to go to bed, to sleep : 'AW iv a8e^/r}T(p (3osy Kal kwegiv olwv edpaO' 
svl irpodofjMf). Od. xx. 143. 

KaraSapOdi/cii/, a compound of the preceding word, and 
more used, both in prose and verse : "Ectow, w SatfxoviE, 
KaTahapdeiv t'i \xe. Aristoph. Nub. 36. 

evvdXeiv (evvrj), in the passive evva^eadai, in the poets, 
to be in bed, to be lying down to sleep ; Avrap 6 kv irpo^ojuio) 
evvci^eto clog'QlvvGEvg. Od. xx. 1. 

la/ueiv (aua»), prop, to breathe in sleeping; hence to sleep, to lie 
down, to pass the night; Toi d' apGEveg tKrog lavov. Od. xiv. 16. 

Kvwcro-civ, to sleep a deep sleep : *Hdv fictXa kvwggovg' kv dvttpsiyGi 
wuXyaiv. Od. iv. 809. [Find. Anthol. &c. : not in the Attic poets.] 

KoifjiacrOai (iccc/iai), to repose, to go to bed, or lie down to 



234, 235. 223 

sleep : Ae'/ca errj, acf ov av Ik iraicu)v eZeXdwi, KOifiGjvTaL (233) 
(they sleep) weal to. ao^eia. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 9. 

vvcn&iew (j'fuw), prop, to let the head fall or hang down, 
as those do who are oppressed by sleepiness, to nod (from 
drowsiness) ; dormitare : Kat KaTacpepofievoi kul vvard^ovreg 
Tovto hoKovoi Trdayj.iV) /ecu acvvarovaiv aipeiv ri]v KecpaXi'iv. 
Aristot. de Somn. 3. 

virvociv (v7TVoq), Epic, to slumber: Tovg 8' avre Kai v7TVwovtciq 
lyt'wu. 11. xxiv. 344. 

vrrvw<ro-€iv, synonyme of the preceding word, in the tragedians and 
in Plato, to slumber, to sleep: 'Tirv^aaeig ; ovk avacrrrjGei r&xog ; 
JEsch. Eum. 124. 

234. 
€u8u, adverb of place, straight, in a straight line, straight- 234 
forward, directly opposite : Evdv rrjg erode. N?7<7ov oIkel 
evdi/"l(TTpov. Max. Tyr. S. 27. [In Attic evdv irpi>c — , // 
evdv, sc. oSoq ; but usually with gen. evdv 'E^cVov, &c. ; 
once in PL = in direct opposition to, against : evdv rov Scll- 
fioviov. Theog. 129, a.] 

€u6us and euGecos adverbs of time, at once, forthwith : Evdvg 
a-iro MrfiiKwv. Thuc. i. 142. Ace. to Ammonius and Phry- 
nichus, evdvg and evdewg are only adverbs of time. How- 
ever, evdvg seems anciently to have had the same meaning 
as evdv. It is found in Homer and in Herodotus under the 
Ionic form lOus : BaV p Wvg Aavawv. II. xii. 106. 'Idvg 
e-n-L QecrvaXing. Herodot. v. 64. A more recent instance 
would seem to show, that even in Attic writers these two 
words have been sometimes confounded ; for the use of 
evdvg for evdv in the following passage of Euripides cannot 
be attributed, as some critics would have it, to the necessity 
of the metre : E'nr/j^tda Secnrurrj ti)v evdvg" Apyovg Kcnrrfav- 
piag 6£6v. Hipp. 1210. 

235. 

€UTrpocnr)YopLa, <j>iXoirpocrr)YopLa. Most dictionaries make 235 
no difference between these two words, which they trans- 
late by affability ; but there is a great difference between 
them. <lH\o-irpo(rr)Yopia will be better rendered by affa- 
bility, as equality appertaining rather to the disposition 
and the manners ; and euTrpocrnyopta by urbanity, politeness 
in expression and conversation, according to the definition 



224 236. 

(235) which Isocrates gives of the words : T« fiiv Tpoiru) yivov 
tyiXoirpomiyopog, tu> Se Xoyo) EV7rpo(rr]yopog* egti Be (j)iXo- 
Trpoanyopiag \xiv, to wpoa^wPEiP tovq cnravT&VTaQ* evnpoar)- 
yopiag Si, to toIq Xoyoig avTolg oIkeiwq IvTvyydvEiv. Isocr. 
ad Demon. 24. 

236. 

236 ejpl(TK€w, of the same family as spew and epevvdio, to find 
by search ; invenire : ^AvTiXo^og S* 'A^iXifi iroSag Ta\vg 
dyyeXog r)XdE, tov B* evpe irpOTrdpoide vewv, II. xviii. 2. 
IloXt/ yap ivTavda ev pi gketo xpiajuia. Xen. An. iv. 4, 8. 
Fig. to find, to invent, to discover : Ol SoKovvTEg ao(j>6v tl 
Evpntcivai elg tcl epya (to have made clever discoveries in 
agriculture). Xen. CEcon. 20, 5. 

aveuplvKtw. Although Suidas asserts that the preposition 
in this compound verb is simply ornamental, a cursory 
attention to Plato and Xenophon will be enough to prove 
that the preposition gives it a special force : At tcvveg tt} 
o&fxrj tov Xayib avevpLoKovaiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 19. In 
Plato, who uses it very often fig., and always in a philo- 
sophical sense, in speaking of intellectual researches, this 
verb never fails to express, not merely the result of pro- 
found research, but even the discovery of things hidden, or 
difficult to distinguish : ^ATroKEKpyfijiiv-qv Tiyvnv dvevpelv. 
Plat. Phcedr. 273, c. 

e|€upioTK€iK, another compound of evpiaKU), marks the re- 
sult of long researches, and principally, fig., that of medi- 
tation ; to discover what is sought for : IloXXa Si f dyKe 
eTrfjXde \xet avipog iyvC Ipevvwv, e'lttoOev efevpot. II. xviii. 
321. Fig. to invent, speaking of things which did not 
previously exist: TlaiStag E&vpiGKEv, at ISpwTa ejjieXXov 
Trapix^y* Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 14. 

a\<j>aiveiv, very rare, and explained by all the commentators by 
tvpicTKeiv, to find ; but the Etymologicum Magnum and Hesychius give 
it the sense of (hcptXeiv, whence it might be presumed to be of the same 
family. In the Iliad and the Odyssey it is always used, when mention 
is made of the sale of slaves, and the price they fetch, and may be ren- 
dered by to be worth, to produce, to bring (in return): Kai y! inkpaa- 
<rag,avEvQtv dyojv iraTpog ts (piXuv re, Arjfivov eg rjyaQknv etcaTojji- 
fioiov 8k toi fjXQov. //. xxi. 79. In Euripides, the only author in 
which the word is again found, it comes near to the signification of 
tvpivKUv or Tvyx<xvuv : $>Q6vov vrpbg vlgt&v aX<pavov(Ji dvejievfj. 
Eur. Med. 299. 



237. 225 

ivTiaav, Epic, to go to meet, to come against, to strike against, hit, (236) 
speaking of a missile: 'AXXd kbv r) arspviov rj vnCvog avriaatiev. II. 
xiii.290. 

dirirf^eii', elongated form of the preceding word, rare in 
prose : Ovte rov rcityuv arndcrag ovre youjv Trap' ijjjlCjp. 
Soph. Electr. 869. 

Cnravrav, to meet, encounter with : NOv $' avcpCjv dyadwv 
7rcucoc. vnavriiaag. Soph. Phil. 718. 

Sijeiv, very rare, found only in the present with a future significa- 
tion : 'Ettei ovkstl Cijete TtKfjLwp 'iXlov. II. ix. 418. 

i^iyyeveiv, to discover the trace ; to track ; investigare : 
'E^t^rcuo-are rov OrjXv/jiopcpov %ivov, Eur. Bacch. 352. Grj- 
pEvriKag Kvvac ttoWciq l^tjyayer, o£ rovg 7roXep.iovg kt,LyvEvov- 
trat, rovg wXtiorovg uvrwv ed))pevov. Polycen. iv. 2, 16. 

Kix<£v€iv, fr. \kio or x au) > rather than fr. klu), 1. to reach, hit: 'Hk 
fi'sv, f)k as dovpi Kix*l<ronai. II. x. 370. 2, To meet with, come upon, 
find : Mrj as, ykpov, KoiXyaiv iyd> 7rapd vrjvoi kixiuo. 11. i. 26. 

K-upeiv [and kvquv, see Lexicon], to try to attain, get, &c. ; Homer 
uses it in speaking of the lion falling upon the prey which it prowls 
after, to fall upon, come upon, get hold of, attain : "Qare Xsiov ixdpn 
fieydXip iiri awfiari Kvpaag. II. iii. 23. In the tragic writers, to ob- 
tain possession of, to have, in the same sense as rvyyavuv, from which 
it seems to differ, merely in being used in verse only, whereas Tvyxd- 
veiv is equally used in prose : Biov Se Xqovog vpag KVprjvai tov 
(pvrevfTavTog narpog. Soph. (Ed. R. 1492. 

T£rp.€iv, fr. Tifivu), to come close to a person, to meet in the way, to 
find without searching long: *Ev9' oye Nsffrop etet\le. II. iv. 2 ( J3. 

Tuyxaveii/, prop, to hit, reach an object aimed at, imply- 
ing always a degree of chance independent of the skill of 
the aimer: Toy jiev ap' 'Arpeidng .... iaraor iyx** * v &$ 
Kara K\nTla rvyjivae. II. v. 579. Hence, fig. to find by 
chance, light upon, to meet with (obtain) ; reperire : E'nroip 
wg wapa auo rvyuv (piXornrog airciang zpypiicu. Od. xv. 157. 

237. 

€ "X 1 1' VC (4)j prayer of entreaty : Tirag ovr iv\ag vtto- 237 
Xnu/juj et ev-^eadai rolg Oeolg tov <bi\nr7rov or' lct-evc >€J , ij 
Tovg Qrjflaiovg ; Dem. de Legat. 381, 10. 

c-uxwX'H. i)g (v), vow: Eir' dp oy evxioXijg t7n//£//0*rai tW iica- 
ropiSjjg. II. i. 6*5. 



226 238. 

(237) evyjia, cltoq (to), vow, wish: Kdfiujv clkovgclg evyfi&Twv. Msch. 
Sept. 246. 

aiTTjoris, eu)Q (ji), request, requisition or demand: UXrjv 
ovte Eg 'Adrjvag, ovre eg AaKeSaljJLora d7re7refX7re enl yfjg 
alrrjcru', rfj Se aXXrj Trdvrri. Herodot. vii. 32. 

dpa, dg (rj), 1. prayer: Zbvq dpdojv dicjv NrjXrj'iddao yspovTog. 
II. xv. 378. 2. More frequently imprecation, especially in the plural : 
Tag oag ctKovoJv ov fievel Toiaaff dpdg. Soph. (Ed. R. 295. 

ScTjcris, eojg (//), demand, request, entreaty, in general : 
IloWac: Se Serjcreig kcu yapirag Kal, rrj AC, ci7reikag viro- 
fieivag. Dem. in Mid. 515, 17. 

iK€<7ia, ac (Ji), fr. iKErng, prayer of the suppliant, suppli- 
cation : 'Ewei ge fjirirrip napOevtivag ek\i7te~iv fiidr]KE .... 
vrpcLTEVfi ISeIv dpyElov iK£(riai<Ti (Tcug. Eur. Phcen. 91. [In 
prose, Pint. D. Hal.'] 

\irf\, fjg (ff), this word, apparently of Ionic origin, is 
found first in Homer, and in Herodotus, and has been ad- 
mitted by Pindar and the tragic writers ; it is used only in 
the plural : Tovg h* ettel Ev-%(oXrjat Xirrjei te EdvEa vtKpQv 
eWhtclhyiv. Od. xi. 34. The beautiful personification of 
prayers in the Iliad (ix. 502) is well known. 

irpoacux^, fjg (fj), in the O. and N. T. prayer to God, in 
a very wide sense, and in speaking of the body of prayers 
composing the public worship of the Church : UpoaEwxfl £e 
i\v EKTEvy\g yivofXEvr) vwo rfjg 'RtCKXrjcriag irpog tqv Qeqv vnEp 
avrov. Act. Apost. xii. 5. 



Z. 



238. 



238 yj^°s> ov (o)> fr. £c«>> prop, ardent desire, desire to imi- 
tate the examples we set before us, desire to possess the 
same advantages as others; hence, in Hesiod, 1. envy: 
ZrjXog $' dv0pu>7roio'LV 6i£vpo~t(Tiv airaaiv ftvcnceXaSog, fcofco- 
yapTog o/mjorr/o-et arvyEpu)7rr)g. Hesiod. Oper. 178. 2. Jea- 
lousy, but in moderation, ace. to Aristotle [e'mulation\ : Aid 



239. 227 

k'CU ETTLElKig EGTIV 6 £ij\OQ Kal ETTlElKbJV, TO ()£ <pdoVE~lV <pavX()V (238) 

Kal (bavXiov. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 11. 

JirjXoTuma, ac (ji), the sentiment of jealousy, based upon 
hatred, and more especially the jealousy of love [rivalry] : 
Am ty)v fjLvdoXoyovjjLevrjy irpbg" Apr) ^rfkorviriav rov 'Hocu- 
(ttov St 9 'AtypodiTrjv. Plut. Qucest. Rom. 47. By ext., jea- 
lousy in those who are engaged in the same pursuit 
[rivalry'] : f Y7ro (pdovov rfjc wapa flatnXel. Tififjg, Kal Tijg Kara 
rrjv TEyj-qv £r)\oTV7riag {professional jealousy). Luc. de 
Column. 2. 

Pao-Kcrna, ac (>/), malevolence in words, slander, envious, 
malevolent discourse ; detrectatio : M?) jiiya Xiye, [xy\ Tig 
ijfily (icKTKcti'ia 7repirp£\bri rov Xoyov top fxiXXovra Xeyeadai. 
Plat. Phced. 95, b. 

emxcupeKaiaa, ac (?/), malicious joy felt at the suffering 
or misfortunes of others : NifXEcrig Se jjLeaorrjg cpOovov Kal 
tTnyciipeKaKiag* elcrl Se irepl Xvnr)v Kal r)%ovr)v rag kirl rolg 
(jv/jifjahovai rolg iriXag yivofXEi'ag' 6 /jlev yap VEfJLEG-qriKog 
Xv7TE7raL Enl rolg avafyiog ev irpaTTOvaiv, 6 (je (pdovEpbg vTEp- 
fiaXXwv Toiirov Enl Traai XvirElrai, 6 fr kiriyaipEKaKog to<tovtov 
eXXei7tel rov Xv7rE~icr6ai uhjte Kal yaipEiv. Aristot. Eth. Nic. 
ii. 7. 

vipeais, Ewg (J)) (vi/iw), indignation ; a sentiment com- 
pared in the passage just quoted with that ojf envy, and 
which Aristotle further defines thus : El yap egti to i'ejjle- 
aq.v XvicEladai ettI rw tyaivofJiEVG) ava^iwg EvnpayE~iv. Rhet. 
ii. 9. {If indignation consists in the vexation we feel, when 
a person possesses advantages which we do not consider him 
to deserve.) 

$Q6vos, ov (o), envy, the mean feeling, which causes us to 
be pained at the welfare of another; the jealous (fe jaloux 
[but jealousy with us is usually the bad feeling]) man en- 
deavours to obtain the same advantages as his equals, the 
envious one uses all his efforts to deprive them of theirs. 
Envy is thus defined by Aristotle : "EcrTiv 6 <j>06rog Xv-n-i) 
Tig E7rl Evirpayiq. (paivo/jLEi'T) t&v Elprjfiirwy ayadtuv 7rzpl Tovg 
ofiolovg, jjli) 'iva tl aurw, a\\a Si EKEirovg. Aristot. Rhet. ii. 
10. 

239. 

l^relv, to seek, in general, speaking of that which is 239 
wished for, or is wanting, or which we stand in need of: 



228 239. 

(239) 'E/*£ o tloza wavrojv ^tjtel. II. xiv. 258. Hence, to ask 
for, have need of, require, in Herodotus : Trjy ere on v t&v 
rjfjiEpeijJi' Trai^ELV 'Kaaav 'Iva Si) fJirj ^nriouv (Tirla. Herodot. 
i. 94. The Attic writers use it with an infinitive, in the 
sense of to endeavour, to strive, to wish (to do something) : 
'Orirj ^r}T£ic tovt avaireideiv fjfjiag, (hg hariv afieii'tov izevia 
wKovtov. Aristoph. Plut. 573. 

8i£y]o-9<u, an Ionic verb of the same family as dieiv, dieaQai, to pursue ; 
hence, to search, search carefully, to make enquiry, get information, in 
Homer and Herodotus: TLavdapov avriQsov di^fievrj uttov £<ptvpoi. 
II. iv. 88. Hsfi7rov(7L eg HLpr)Tnv dyyeXovg, di%r)nsvovg el tlq KprjTwv 
?) fiSTo'iKiov diriyfievog elrj eg Aifivrjv. Herodot. iv. 151. 

8i<j>av. Homer uses the word specially in speaking of the diver taking 
shell-fish : 'Avfjp ode T7]9ea dupiov. II. xvi. 747» 

ipeuvav (epe w), to search by asking ; qucerere : Ql 5' eg 
ftrjacrav Ikclvov eirafcrrjoeQ, irpo 2' ap* avrojv tx vt ' epevviovreg 
tcvveg rjivav. Od. xix. 435. Fig., to search carefully, to 
seek for, or search out, to endeavour to find : Tor fiiyiarov 
Qebv Kcii b'Xov top KOdfxov (pafXEv ovre ^nrelv Suv, ovre 7ro\v- 
Ttpay\xov£~iv, rag alriag kpEvvtivrag. Plat. Legg, vii. 821, a. 

efepeui/ai/, a compound of the preceding word, implies 
deeper research, resulting in success, to search and find : 
Havra yap elepevviovTeg viro \ajjL7raStov Kcti iruvTCtyov (j)wg 
£7ri(pepovT£e: Plut. Lucull. 19. 

GirjpeuW, fr. drjpa, prop, to hunt, to run after, is used 
sometimes fig. [like our to hunt for] for seeking, searching 
for; aucwpari : Ovk alayyvn, rnXacovrog &v, 6vo\xara On- 
pEvujv ; Plat. Gorg. 489. 

lyyzuziv, fr. , 'ix vo ^9 prop, to follow the trace, to track ; 
vestigare, speaking of dogs : Aixrai fxiav Kvva, rjrtg ay fj 
frocpioTarn \\vevew. Xen. Cyneg. 6, 13. Fig. : *\yv£vovT£g 
Se. nap' eavT&i' avtvpioKEiv rriv tov cr(j)£T£pov Oeov (jjvaiv. 
Plat. Phcedr. 2b2, e. 

lyyodKOTrely, to examine or search for the track : 'Ix™- 

(TKOTTOVVTl KXXi (TTiftEVOVTL Sid T&V EvX6yWV TO fliXXoV OjjLOlOQ 

Ian. Plut. de Pyth. 10. 

fiateo-Gai, from the primitive fidco, an Homeric verb, also used by 
iEscliylus and Sophocles, is used of an eager and rapid motion towards 
an object, to seek with eagerness : *A\V ov yap a<piv ecpaivero icepdiov 
tlvai p.aieaQai Trporkpuj. Od. xiv. 358. 



240. 229 

fxaTCV€iv and jJiaoTCueiv, of the same family with fiaieaOai, to search, (239) 
in Homer: 'Eyyvg dvrjp — ov Srj9a fxarsvcro^Lev. 11. xiv. 110. These 
two forms have been equally used by the tragic writers: TLarspa 
fiarevujv. Soph. Phil. 1104. Ad'log 0' ovfxbg iromg top SKTtQ'kVTct TcaiSa 
ixaartvujv fxa9tlv u prjKeT sir]. Eur. Phcen. 36. 

crnfieveiv, fr. arifDog, to follow or look for footmarks ; 
to tracks prop, and fig, : f O Se Xiiov uel jiaci^ei a v rear pa jjl- 
fiiioig toIq 7rocru', kvrog airoKpvKTWv rovg ovv^ac, tva fjrj 
Tpifio/JiEvoi T))}' u.KfJi)y a.7rapi(3Xvv(0(Ti, jjlijte KaraXiTrojaiv evtto- 
piav rote gtlJjevovctiv, Plut. de Solert. Anim. 10. 



240. 

Jvyov, ov (to), seldom £vy<Ss (o) v .§"om %Evyvva), the yoke ; hence, by 240 
similitude, this name was given to whatever connected or held together 
two things : for instance, the beam, at the two ends of which hung the 
scales of the balance, and, by ext., the whole balance itself. But the 
use of the words in these senses is later than Homer, being found for 
the first time in iEschylus: 2dv d' kiriirav Z,vybv raXdvrov' t'l d' 
dvEV osQev Qvaroloi teXeiov tariv ; Suppl. 819. In later authors it is 
found for the most part in the plural Z,vyd: To v.ev Karat ps7rov kv 
roTg ZvyoTg fiapv, rb Se dvm Kovpov. Plat, de Just. 393, g. [In Sing. 
PI. (Prot. 350, b ; Tim. 63, b. Rep. 8, 550, e) ; Dem. 1461, 17- Pseud- 
Aristot. Qucest. Mech., cap. 1 ; and to Z,vyov, cap. 2, ink.] 

^uyooraOjjios, ov (6), fr. £vydg and orafyuoc, balance, in 
Plutarch : MZ/re vojj.i£u)fi£v tovc aXXovg acrrepag wa7rep kv 
^vyoaTadjJLov Sta<pop^. pixpavrag, kv olg eIgl yeyovivai TOiroig* 
Plut, de Fac. Lun, 15. 

JuyoTpuTdrr|, 77c, (?/), from '(vyog and rpvravTj, balance, 
used only by lexicon-writers. 

irXdori'yjj, yog (»/), fr. ttXogctu), scale of the balance: *27raprLotg 
r)pTr\v.'ivr\v wXdariyya 7rpocr6tg. Aristoph. Pac. 1248. ''iQi vvv nap- 
LaTaaOov irapd ry irXaGTiyy'. Aristoph. Ran. 1424. [In Pseud- Arist. 
Qucest. Mech., cap. 2, it is the beam.'] 

oraGjULos, ov (o), fr. '/(rriy/xt, prop, weight for the purpose of 
weighing anything: "£Igte TaXavra yvvi) y^pv^ng dXi)Bi]g, 
i\ te o-TuOfJioi' lyovaa kcl\ etpior, a/.i<pig uveXkel icrd£ova\ tva 
Traioh> clelkeu f^iiadav apr;rat. 11. xii. 432. In later authors, 
it is more common in the plural neuter: Zvyd povov ov 
{tantum noil) Kat aradfjd 'iywv anarra ettu)Xel. Dem. in 
Arist. 784, 9. Ace. to Hesychius and Pollux, arradfiog has 
also, by ext., been used for balance ; and it may be thus 

x 



230 241. 

(240) rendered in the following verse of Aristophanes : Tovttoq 
vvv Xiyerov elg tov (rrad/mov. Aristoph. Ran. 1381. 

oraxdw), ng (rt), fr. 'Igttjjjll, Doric word, found only in 
the proverb quoted by Suidas : AiKuwrepog GTaydvqg. 

rdXavTOV, ov(to), fr. TXrjvai, scale of a balance, always in the plural 
in the Iliad: hence, by ext., balance: Kai tots dij %pvaua vraTrip 
friTaive TctXavra. II. viii. 69. iEschylus uses it in the singular in the 
passage lately quoted. 

Tpurdnr], rjg (fj), fr. rpvo), the tongue of the balance ; 
hence, by ext., balance, as in Latin trutina : Ei0' r/ fjtapd 
<pd\aw eyovaa TpvTcivqv 'ItTTrj (3oeiov Srjfiov, Aristoph. Vesp. 
3D. 

241. 

241 £wvt], r\g (*/), fr. Zwvvvfjii, girdle for either sex, with this difference, 
however, that, when used of warriors, Z>wvrj signifies, in the Iliad, 
merely that part of the body where the girdle, called by Homer %LoGTr]p, 
was worn ; hence the girth, the waist : Kpsitov 'Ayafxsfivwv op.\naTa 
Kai ice(f)a\r)v 'UeXog All TtpTtiKspavvip, ' Apii 8k Zwvrjv, aripvov 8k 
Uoatiddiovi. II. ii. 478- In the Odyssey, however, Ztovn is found used 
for the woman's girdle [it is used of Juno's girdle; II. 14, 181] : Ilspt 
8k Ztovrjv j3dXsT i%vi KaXrjv, xpvoeirjv. Od. v. 231. Hence comes the 
phrase Xveiv Z,t6vnv, to unloose the girdle of a woman, for marrying her: 
Avers 8k 7rap0tvir)v Z,i6vr]v. Od. xi. 244. In modern writers ^tovrj is 
also used for the belt or girdle of the man, principally that in which 
travellers put their money : Ztovrjv %aXjcoi)c tyovuav vireZcoafJisvov 
diSTrjZe to vofiiGfia ttclv. Plut. Qucest. Conv. ii. 2. [The term modern 
is indefinite : it occurs in PI. Hipp. Min. 368, c ; and (of a soldier's 
belt) Xen. An. 4, 7, 16.] 

tfiviov, ov (to), small girdle, and principally a woman's 
girdle, ace. to Ammonius : MoXtc ydp evpov iv gkoto) to 
£wviov. Aristoph. Lysistr. 72. 

£wjjia or £cJ<r/xa, arog (to), prop, that which girds ; in 
some pieces of armour of the Homeric age, it was the lower 
part of the cuirass, covering the belly and the sides of the 
body, as far as the thighs (see 0w'pa£) : Ok iv icaipiu) 6l,v 
irdyr) (3eXog, dXXd Trdpoidev eipvactTO 4a>or//p re 7ravaio\og, 
fjo' VTrevepOev £djjjid te, Kai /jLiTprjv, ty\v yaX\:r\zg Kafiov avepsg. 
II. iv. 185. Zidfxa, further, was the girdle or covering 
round the loins [subligaculum], which those who ran in 
the circus used anciently to wear, and which was after- 



241. 231 

"wards called 7npt^(jj/j.a : ZdjfjLa ce ol wpojTov 7rapaKa.(j(3a\Ev. (241) 
II. iv. 187. 

£w(rrrjp, fjpog (o), in the Iliad, a large girdle, which the 
warriors wore over the cuirass to keep the different parts of 
it fast, and to cover the belly and reins : Avrt) c' air* 'idwev 
odi Ziocrrfjpoc 6yf]Ec, \ov(telol avvEyor. 11. iv. 132. In the 
Odyssey, the girdle which fastened the robe or tunic : °Hc 
€i7T(jj', £u)(jTrjpi 6ou)Q avviepye yjLTwva. Od. xiv. 72. Some- 
times for £(x)i>rj : Teke~lv jiev ovv Atjtco tovq 7ralcag irravda 
ov (/jam, Xvaaodai he tov ^warrjpa wq TE&fJEvnv. Pausan. 
Ait. 31,1. All the translators have improperly rendered 
£w<rri]p by balteus, sword-belt, which is called re\ap.iov in 
Homer. 

Jwcrrpov, ov (to), fr. Zcovvvfjii, any thing that serves to gird, a girdle: 
% E.fxiovovQ Kal uf.ia%av k^oirXlcfai rj ksv dyyen ^worpa te Kai 7C67rXovg 
Kai prjyea (nya\6evra. Od. vi. 38. 

*ir€pi£tojji.a, cltoq (to), ace. to the Scholiast on Homer, the 
waist-band, or covering round the loins of the athletes, called 
^Cjjia by Homer; was also called 7repi£ojfia (Schol. Horn. 
\p'. 683). This waist-band was worn apparently by the 
runners only ; ace. to the Scholiast, it was worn in the 
Olympic games up to the fifteenth Olympiad, when an 
athlete, named Orsippus, embarrassed by the coming off of 
his waist-band, fell, and lost the prize. This circumstance 
caused the discontinuance of the band, and, since that time, 
the runners appeared in the stadium naked, like the other 
athletes. Pausanias relates the matter differently : Or- 
sippus, he says, was the victor, and, in fact, owed the 
victory to this very accident, which was of his own con- 
triving: Ao/cw H ol Kai iv 'QXvfjnria to 7rEpi^ojfja ekoiti 
ire pipvfjvat) yvovTi (bg aiSpoc; Trepie^iiKT/ueiov Spafielv pa'iov 
tarty avrjp yvp,v6c. Pans. i. 44. In Plutarch, cook's apron: 
Oi Xoyoi gov 7rEpL^wj.LaT0c b'Covai. Plut. Apophih. reg. 182, d. 

TT€pi£(ijoTpa, aq (/;), any thing that serves to gird, and, 
particularly ace. to Pollux, the girth, or band passed round 
the belly : To £e tzeoI ty\ KotXia ^dafia, 7ZEui^cofj.a // -epi- 
£u)GTpav (bio flavor. Poll. vii. 65. 

k€ot6s, ov (o), participial from kevtem, pricked or pinked, 
embroidered ; the epithet of i/iac s small worked or cmlroi- 
dered band, the name of the famous girdle of Venus, in 

x 2 



232 241. 

(241) Homer: ' H kcu cnro gtyjOeg^lv eXvGaro kegtov Ijutavra ttoiki- 
Xov. II. xiv. 214. In modern writers ksgtoq is used sub- 
stantively with ellipse of Ifiag : Toy rr\g "Hpag /caXXw- 

ITLGfXOV E7TL TOV A/<X, KCLl TTJV TTEoX TOV KEGTOV yOrjTElCLV. Plut. 

de aud. Poet. 4. Hence the use of the word cestos or 
cestus by Latin poets of the middle ages, in the sense of 
£wvri, girdle. Virgil has also Latinized it under the form 
of cestus, us, using it for the cestus of the boxer. The 
ancient grammarians quoted by Vossius derive the word 
from ccedere, whence the majority of editors have written 
it improperly ccestus \_ccestus, Wagner], 

fUTpa, ctg (£/), fr. fxlrog, thread, prop, what is woven of 
thread or cloth of thread. In the Iliad, it is a sort of 
defensive band, which the warriors carried under the £w/ia 
below the cuirass ; it was formed of cloth of wool, covered 
over with sheets of brass or iron, and reaching down upon 
the thighs : 'JLiripEiGE Si IlaXXae 'Adr/vi] veicltov kg keve&vci, 
oOl £u)vvvgketo /niTprjv, II. v. 857. Hence comes the 
adjective dprpox/rwv, on the signification of which com- 
mentators are not agreed : ^apirnSiov 3' o>c ovv W a/jiiTpo- 
^iriorag kraipovg X^?** vno H-cltookXoio M.EVOtriaSao Safjiivrag 
.... II. xvi. 419. The epithet ajjiiTpox^wv, found only 
in this passage of the Iliad, is characteristic, as are all the 
Homeric epithets, and describes the manner in which the 
Lycians were armed. According to the scholia of Venice, 
the Lycians wore the cuirass without the fxirpa. This ex- 
planation is the more probable, as it is supported by two 
passages in the same book. In verse 465, the companion 
of Sarpedon is wounded in the lower belly, whence it may 
be gathered that the Lycians had no jiiTpa. Farther on 
(verse 663) Patroclus spoils Sarpedon of his brazen armour, 
and sends it to his ships. These two passages prove the 
ancient scholia to be in errour, which would represent the 
Lycians as having neither cuirass nor fUTpa ; an expla- 
nation which M. Dugas-Montbel should not have adopted. 
The Latin translation acinctos is no happier. Mirpa is 
seldom used for £ojvrj in more recent writers : 7 £2< ewl /jlovvo) 
fjLiTprjv irpwrov eXvgcl kclI vgto.tov. Ap. Rh. i. 287. 

oTpocJHoy, ov (to), fr. Grp6(j)oc, narrow band or girdle, worn 
by women under the bosom: XciXa rax^Q, to Grpocpiov. 
Aristoph. Thesm. 645. 



242. 233 

Taenia, ag (fj), fr. teiveiv, piece of woven work of differ- (241) 
ent substances used for waist-bands, band, narrow band, 
ribband; in Pollux, narrow band which the women wore 
under the breast : To ce tQv jjicmttwv t&v yvvaiKEiwv (wa^a, 
Tcaviav <bv6fjia£ov, Kal Taivlhiov. vii. 65, 



242. 

£woy, ov (to), fr. (aw, prop, that which has life, animal, 242 
in general: "£2<77T£p yap Kal teXeojQev joeXtlgtov tCov ^wwv 
aidpwizoQ etrrip, ovtoj Kal ^ojptcrdey roptov Kal ciktjq ytipioTov 
iravTwv. Aristot, PoL i. 2, 15. 

aXo/yo^, ov (jo), neuter, taken absolutely with ellipse of 
((Dor, ordinarily signifies the animal devoid of reason, the 
brute : "Are ot) ovv ov tcclvv tl aoodg wv 6 'EnifjiridevQ eXadev 
avrbv KaravaXuoag rag SwafjiEig tig ret aXoya. Plat, Protag. 
321, c. 

|36(rKT]juia, arog (to), fr. Pogkeiv, beast which pastures; 
pecus : AovXa) o aKparel E7rirpE\^aipiEv av Jj /3oo-/a/yuara fj 
rafiiela i) kpyujy kiiiaTaviv ; Xen. Mem. i. 5, 2. 

poT<5v, ov (to), beast at pasture: *Og ov TrporifJiCJv waTrepei f3orov 
fJiopov .... eQvgev avrov iralda. JEsch. Jgam. 1415. 

Sclkos, Eog (to), beast that bites, and the bite itself: Qrjpog, ex^' l(J t ov 
ddnovg tiKU) (pspovra 7roXsfiiag e7t' aa-Kidog. JEsch. Theb. 558. 

8olk€tov, ov (to), fr. SuKVoj, beast that bites, and whose bite is dan- 
gerous, venomous beast : 'Ep7T£ra' te Kai SaKETa. navO' oaonrEp lanv 
vn tfxag 7TTspvyog iv (povaig oXXvrat. Aristoph. Av. 1069. 

9rjp, rjpog (6), iEolic <|>TJp, whence the Latin fera; beast, 
principally wild beast, in Homer, speaking of the lion and 
the wolf: Qrjpog aKovaavrEg KparEpotypovog, ogte KaO* vXrjy 
EpyjiTai cY 6pEa(j>(. II. x. 184. 

Orjpioy, ov (to), diminutive of the preceding word, but only 
in form, and it is used as synonymous with it in verse, and 
more frequently in prose; I. game, beast that is hunted: 
'AW r\v e}.ie EKTTEfJLTrr\g knl 6))pay aw to) Qekd, iojlhw una av 
\lu) drtpla (te /jiol ravra rpicpEiy. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 5. 2. Beast, 
brute, in opp. to ardpiotrog : '() ce pu) SvvafJttvoQ Koivvteiv 
r\ \xk\Ie\' SeopievoQ cY avrapjeccar, ovOiv fit nog iroXcwc, wore 
rj deploy i] dEog. Aristot. PoL i. 2. Seldom in the diminu- 

x 3 



234 243. 

(242) tive sense ; Theocritus, however, uses it of the bee : "Ottl 
ye tvtQov Orjpiov evrl fieXuraa. Theocr. xix. 6. 

ki>w$o,Xoi/, ov (to) fr. tcivziv and aXg, ace. to Eustathius, 
prop, sea-monster, and, by ext., used of every other kind 
of ferocious or dangerous beast : KvwSaX' oa rineipog 7roXXa 
rptyet 1jSe SaXaaffa. Hesiod. Theog. 582. [Cf. 244. Re- 
lated to klvCiv, but having nothing to do with aXe : it is 
applied to gnats, serpents, &c. in later writers in prose. 
PL Ax. 365, c, of worms.] 

kttjkos, £og (jo), ace. to the Etymologicum Magnum, from 
ktclu), to kill, because under this name every kind of beast 
was comprehended that was killed for sacrifice, or for food ; 
or better from Kraofxai, because the principal riches of all 
nomad tribe consisted in beasts ; cattle, seldom in the sin- 
gular, and then in a collective sense : Kal ovhev i\v Xa/jfuv el 
fxri vg Kal fiovg, fj aXXo tl ktyjioq to irvp ciaTrecpevyog. Xen. 
Anab. v. 2, 3. More frequently in the plural, KTJjvea, 
beasts : Ta Se KTrjvrj navTa \tXJ evlov hpecpETo. Xen. Anab. 
iv. 5, 19. 

T^pas, aroc (to), monster, of the nature of a prodigy : 
Avt(d Si avv kXvSljpi Kal TpiKVfxiq. kvjx e^idrjKe ravpov, ayptov 
repag. Eur. Hipp. 1214. 

uTro^uyiof, ov (to), fr. £vyov, prop, beast under the yoke, 
or harnessed ; draught-beast, beast of burden : 2xoXcuW 
yap ettolovvto ttiv vropelav TroXXa ovra ra viro£vyia. Xen. 
Anab. iv. 1,10. 

(|)opj3ds, aSog (>/), at pasture, out at grass, in opp. to Tpo- 
(ptac, ov, kept up in the stable [of oxen, stall-fed. Plut. 
JEmil. 33] : Tljp 3' 'i-mr^v al fxev (popfiafieg avoooi tCjv 
aXXwv appu)(TTr)fJiaT(i)v eiffl 7rXrjv irofiaypag. Aristot. Hist. 
An. viii. 24. 



H. 



243. 



243 tj, is very frequently used by Homer for tyrj, in the third 
person only, with this difference, that i\ is^placed at the 
head of the sentence : ' H, Kal Kvaveyoriv in otypvai vevoe 



244. 235 

Kpoviuv. II. i. 538. The three persons, 7\r, i\g, ft, are (243) 
also of constant use in Attic prose in familiar conversation ; 
Plato uses them often in his dialogues with a demonstrative 
pronoun, but always after the discourse has begun : T H teal 
hvvcuatf av, f] 3' bg, 7rei(Tai fxi] aKovovrag; Plat. Pol. i. 327 c. 
In general there is a marked use of i) in animated dialogue, 
in interruptions, and repetitions. 

€<j>T), is always preceded by one or more words, and with- 
out a pronoun : *12g dp' t(prj, Tptieg Se fuaXa ay^ecbv qXvdov 
avTwv. II. v. 607. 'Eyu> aoi, £<prj, vri rbv A/a, epcJ .... 
Plat. Pol. i. 328, e. 

€<|>a<7Koy, Ionic and Attic form of €<p//, implying at the 
same time affirmation, / declared, I affirmed ; aiebam : 
'AXXa fi tcpaatzEQ 'AyiXXijog deloio Kovpidirjv aXoyov dricreiv. 
II. xix. 297. 

€<j>T]cra, first aorist, and scarcely in use : it is found neither 
in Homer, nor the Attic writers. Pindar uses it, with the 
same notion of affirmation that kcpaaKov has, under the Doric 
form (f)d(7£ : Tov kydporarov cpaae viv Swaeiv fiopov. Pind. 
Nem. i. 99. 

244. 

YjXiOios (6, ?/), fr. fjXeog, foolish, stupid : Tovg yap tol 244 
pa\pa)covg ol£a ra jjiev tTtr\ ciKpipovvrag, avTOvg £e ttclvv 
rjXidiovg ovrag. Xen. Mem. iv. 2, 10. [See 111.] 

aTrXous, rj, simple, fig. : 'AirXovg Se fiyovrrcu rovg vovv 
ovk lyovTag. Isocr. ad Nicocl. [who is speaking of the 
abuse of words that properly had a good meaning. Cf. 
avlpa airXovv Kat yewcuov. PI. Rep. ii. 361, b: sincere, 
without guile.~\ 

pcKKcacX'qi'os (o), a comic word coined by Aristophanes, 
old fool, old dotard: '12 fjaUpe av, Kal Kpoviwv b£u)v teal 
fieKKeaiXrjre. Aristoph. Nub. 398. 

pXd£, Kog (6), prop. Fr. lache \_slack~\, hence weak ; 
hence silly fellow: Atlanta, £0//, jj)) 7rai>Ta7ra(Ti joXat, rig 
Kal ijXidtog yivwjiai. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 12. [I presume that 
M. Pillon hints at an etymological relationship between 
lache and j3\a'{ (laxus, lax) ; but cf. Buttm. Lexil. and 
Liddell and Scott. ] 

pXiTO|A(£|A|Aas (o), or spinach-eater, lit. or#c/i-eater {orach, 



236 245. 

(244) an insipid pot-herb), a comic word coined by Aristophanes 
to describe a silly fellow : Tolg 'iTnroKpaTovQ viiatv el^elq 
Kai ere KaXovart fiXtTopappav. Aristoph. Nub. 1001. 

€|x(3po^Tr|Tos (o, //) [prop. = attonitus~\, Fr. etourdi ; siu- 
pidus : Tovq & oXlyov ekarrov (who have a little less folly 
than the jucm' 6 pEvoi), rjXidlovQ re Kai kpfipovTYiTOVQ. Plat. 
Alcib. 2, 140, c. [The word seems to me much stronger 
than etourdi, implying moonstruck folly ; either gaping 
idiotcy or perverse infatuation : kpf>p6vTr\TE elra vvv Xiyeig; 
Dem.. 308, 5 : Zevq 3' kpfipovTrjTOvg ttolel tovq kvoiKovvTaq 
Kai ovtojq eaXu) (7/ ttoXlc). Xen. An. 3, 4, 1 2.] 

€u^0y]s (o, r/), good, simple man, simple-hearted, simple- 
minded : ~EvrjO£Q £<M tlvai to dietrdai .... Xen. Mem. iv. 
2,2. 

0T)pioi/, ov (jo), beast, animal, fig. : '£2 6a\oTaTOv av dnpiov. 
Aristoph. Plut. 439. 

kctt^os, ov (6), a sea-bird, which, according to the Scholiast 
on Aristophanes, fed upon the foam of the sea, and which 
children easily caught with foam ; hence, fig., booby, noddy, 
blockhead, in Aristophanes : Ov yap irpotn'iKet tyjv kpavTov 
jjloi 7t6Xlv EvepyeTELv, df kettle; Aristoph. Plut. 912. 

K^wSaXoi/, ov (ro), beast, with the idea of viciousness 
rather than stupidity associated with it, evil, mischievous 
beast: '£2 Zev, rl ttote j^ptjaopEda to~mt$e roig Kvu)caXoig ; 
Aristoph. Lys. 477. [Cf. 243.] 

jjidraios, ata (fiaT-qv), vain ; hence, fig., empty-headed 
fellow, ass, in Lucian : Ota 6 paTatog ekeHvoq ettoiei. Luc, 
Merc. Cond. 14. 

o-kchos (6, //), unknowing, awkward, unmannerly, answers 
exactly to the French gauche, prop, and fig. : 'Eyw yap 

OV^ OVTIO hl]7T0V GiCaLOQ EifJLl CtvdpWTTOQ 01/3' aXoyiGTOQ, WVTE 

.... Dem. in Bceot. 996. 

245. 

245 *\\ x *P a > a £ (*/)> anc * P oe ^ ^p-ap, aToq (to), fr. ijpEpog, in 
Homer, day, in opp. to night ; dies : 'AXXa Kvvag jiev 
clXoXke Atog dvyaTnp 'AcppodiTr] tfpaTa Kai vxjktuq. II. xxiii. 
186. More frequently for the civil day, the number of 
hours called a day, in the division of time r 'AXX' ote dr) 
/jLfjvEg te Kai ypEpat Il>eteXevvto. Od. xi. 293. Very seldom 



246. 237 

the light of the day : 'Ezra ^£ v/iipa virEtyaivETo. Xen. Cyrop. (245) 
iv. 5, 14. 

a ^Yn> VQ (*))> fr* aio, bright light of the sun or of a fire : 'AfMpi de 
X a ^£OQ tXctfnrtTO e'iictXoQ avyy r) nvpog aiOofJtkvoio, rj rjeXiov clviovtoq. 
11. xxii. 134. 

eojs, eu) (//), Ionic tjgjs, the bright light which precedes 
the rising of the sun, personified by the poets under the 
name of Aurora, whose genealogy is thus given by Hesiod: 
Qeia 2' rfiXtov te jxiyav, Xajjarpdv te GEXi)vi)v, yw & ?/ irdv- 

TEGGIV ElTiydoi'lOLGL (JXXEIVEI yEti'ClTO. . TheOCJ , 371. 

rjXioi, u)v (ol), plural of rjXiog, suns. It is found in Eu- 
ripides, used for days: 'HXlovg Ee ixvpiovg /j,6yig £ieX0u)v. 
Eur. Helen. 660. The Latins have used soles in the same 
sense: Cantando puerum memiui me condere soles. Virg. 
Eel. ix. 52. 

4>dos, eoq (to), light of day, for the civil day, even in the tragic 
writers : Kpivei cpdog to fisXXov. Eur. Phcen. 1326. 

<()ais, (pwTog (to), contracted from cpaog, and used in prose, 
light of the day, day, in opp. to night : 'E^d ce cj)ujg kyiiETO. 
Xen. An. vi. 3, 1. 

<|>auo-is, Euyg (?/), action of giving light, of shining, in the 
Sept. ; lucentia : Kcu earwaai' eig (pavaiv kv rw uTEpEUixaTL 
tov ovpavov. Genes, i. 15. 

4>€yyos, eoq (to), fr. <pdog, 1. light, brightness, in general, lustre: 
TJJXt Se (p'tyyog cltto XP°°Q ciQavdroio \ajU7re Oei]g. Hymn. Cerer. 279. 
2. In Euripides, the civil day: ~Nvv d' virfp firjTpbg (piXrjg 'Eicdfing 
atacru) awii sprj^ijjo'ag tiiov, TpiraXov f)Srj (psyyog aiiopovjjLEvog. Hecub. 
33. 

246. 

tjs, second person of the imperfect of the verb tiiii ; 246 

TJ<r6a, the same person, with the addition of the syllable 
0a, which, in the JEolic dialect, has the force of ov, tu ; 
both signify thou wast : Aq'fyo/S', i) flip pot to 7raoog ttoXv 
QiXTdTog fada. II. xxii. 233. Ace. to Mceris, the form 
jjaOa, though used by the Ionians, has remained in the 
pure Attic, probably that i)c might not be confounded with 
fig, second person of the subjunctive. On this ground, the 
ancient reading yg has been changed into i]nda by modern 
critics, in the following passage of Euripides : Tan-tiroc 
ijada wuarjg Se^idg irpoaQiyyaruyv. Eur. Iph. A. 339. The 



238 247. 

(246) form tjs is found only in Lucian, Plutarch, and later authors : 
Tlov yap fig, w Kucepwv, rov yjpovov tovtov ; Plut. Cicer. 6. 

247. 

247 r}crux t0 S (o, fj), and rjo-uxog (o, fi), ace. to some, from rifiai, 
ace. to others from ^/ca, £u£e£, wo£ making any noise. Ace. 
to some grammarians it is in the neuter, taken adverbially 
in this passage of the Iliad : 'HfTv^Lov S' apa fiiv ttoXe/jlov 
eKiTEfJiTre reecrdcu. II. xxi. 598. Opposed to Tayyg in Plato, 
staid, leisurely, quiet : *H ovda/jov rifiiv rj iravv nov oXiya- 
ypv al iiarv-^iat wpa^eig kv rw fiiu> KaXXlovg e(f>avriarai> r) al 
Ta\eiai re ko.% la^ypai. Plat. Charm. 160, d. 

•qorvxaios, aia, and ^0-15x4*°$' W> poetic: 'Affu^ifiov yjispav ottots. 
TEXevrdaopev. Pind. Olymp. ii. 58. 

clkxjjjios (6, r/), synonyme of the preceding word: Aibg 6 iraXg fio- 
%077<7ac. top clkv^lov Oyjksv flioTov PporoTg. Eur. Here. fur. 689. 

aKujULwi/ (6, r/), fr. Kufxa, that which is without wave or 
billow ; hence calm, tranquil, prop, and fig. : f H yap da- 
Xacrva evdvg clkvjjuov iyei'ero. Lucian. i. 326. 

aKTjjjLavros (6, r/), fr. KVfiaivw, not tossed by waves, or as the waves 
are: ~Nvp <T av ifsapdOoig £7r' cacvpavroig ttwXojv tpacrai. Eur. Hipp, 
235. Hence, fig., tranquil: Aid Tidcrng r)\iKiag e\ewv /cat dtzvpavrog 
rrJQ ibv%r]g Irrjprjaa rrjv didOeatv. Synes. Ep. 194, a. 

djX€pijjii>os (o, r/), fr. fiipifiva, without care, without trouble: 
"Ex^C yafiov ; oi//c ajxepifivog kaaeai. Anthol. i. 13 s 3. 
'Y/jtag afiepinvovg Tzoi^aofiep. N. T. Matlh. xxviii. 14. In 
Sophocles all the commentators [not all. Herm. adopts 6 
jjLrf tyjjiv fxipijjLvav teal (pporrila tov e(prjv. Triclin.~] have ren- 
dered this word by neglectus, that which nobody troubles 
himself about, neglected ; the first interpretation of the 
Scholiast seems better, TroXv/dtpifivoc, and it may be thus 
translated : Kel/jcu ci' ajxeoifjivog ovriog. Soph. Aj. 1225. 
/ am thus weighed down under a load of cares. 

do-dXcuTos (o, r/), not agitated, as the sea is, fig., in Euripides: Kal 
to tppoveiv dodXevrov ts p'svei icai awa^ti. dwjuara. Eur. Bacch. 390. 

aTpepis (b,r)), and drp€p.aios, aia, fr. d and rptjuw, that which does 
not tremble, which does not stir, not agitated. 'Arpeprig is only found 
in Homer under the adverbial form drpsfiag, or drpsfia before a conso- 
nant : 'Arpsfxag rjao. II. ii. 200. It is found, again, as an adjective in 



248. 239 

the poets posterior to Homer : Ok drptfikct Oprjvov dialers) w yspov- (247) 
rag. Eur. Here. fur. 1055. 'Gc. drpefxala Ktvrpa. kcu auxppova iruiXoiq 
fiera^spixjv IQvveil Eur. Phceniss. 182. 

ya\i(]*>6s (6, //), fr. yaXfjprj, calm, speaking of the sea: 
Kcu hfjiug, w rplriovEg, e tair opdf.i£v (rare tyiv Aqrio eg avryv, 
Kcti yaXrjia airavra ecttw. Luc. Dial. Mar. x. Euripides 
uses it fig., gentle: Hp\v p.Ev elg tiivovg yaXrjtog r)o~6a kui 
<j)i\oiKTipfiu)v cieL Iph. Taur. 345. 

EKr)\o8 (6, r/), and Epic cvktjXos, has probably a common origin 
with €KU)v, which is derived from etcio, Ionic for t^w, one who acts at 
his own will, one who does a thing quietly ; "Entirct Ce Kai tcl ticqXoi 
veKpovg afiTTtdiov ovXtjgste reOveiwrag. II. vi. 70. Speaking of the 
sea, in Hesiod, tranquil: Trjixoc, d* evKpivstg avpai Kai ttovtoq airr)- 
fiwv evKrjXog. Hesiod. Oper. 668. 

cvSios (6, rj), fr. sv and Aiog, genitive of Zevg, serene, calm, speak- 
ing of the weather: 'Ek d' " Apizroi r tydvrjaav, "Oviov t dvd pkaaov 
$drvrj, arjiialvoKra rd npbg irXoov tvdia 7rdvra. Theocr. Id. xxii. 19. 

-rjpejuLos (6, //), and Tjpejjiaios, am, tranquil, quiet ; the first 
is only found in the comparative : Kai o'lys avtipuizoi waav- 
tu)q i)pELie<JTEpoi yiyvovrai, GTEpiaKoiiEvoi ravrng rrjg £7rt- 
Ovfxtag. Xen. Cyr. vii. 5, 63. It is used also in the plural 
neuter, as an adverb : "E^e tjoifxa. Plat. Crat. 399, e. Kai 
8c cLKovaaq lyeXaae re ripifia Kai (prjai. Plat. Phced. 84, d. 
'Ei' « [/3'Vl oXiya EKarepa kcu aixiKpa Kai ijpEixala. Plat, 
Legg. v. 733, c. 

248. 

tjx 1 !? VQ ( r /)? fr- «X W > sound, noise, principally reflected or repeated 248 
sound ; in Homer, noise of the cries of combatants, or of the tossing of 
waves : 'H;^} d' dfi<poT6pu)v "lkit alO'spa. II. xiii. 837* 

■nx°S> ov (°)» more modern form, and used by some prose writers: 
Toioc; yap air' dairidog t^pa\Ev tfxog. Callim. in Del. 140. 

tjx^j VX ()0Q ('/)> f° rm l ess ancient than i)x*h and is more 
specially used of the repetition of sound reflected by a foreign 
body, ECHO : Hirpag opEiag izalg XiXaK cu a arparov i)\d), 
dieovaa Oopvfiov, Eur. Hec. 1099. The echo personified 
by the poets under the figure of a nymph of the moun- 
tains : Movvrj $' ijiELXOEcrcra, j3o))i> dciSaKTog kovaa, 'IcWwy 
6piit)v dvTidpoog ia\Ei' H^w. Coluth. 116. 

apa(3os, ov (6), fr. dpdacrio, sharp and loud sound produced by the 
collision of two bodies, chattering of the teeth caused by terrour, in 
Homer: m Apa(3og dk did ar6p,a yivtr' oSovtuv. II. x. 375. 



240 248. 

(248) pofJipos, ov (o), word formed by onomatopy ; Homer only 
uses the verb (io/jiftiio, which expresses the noise made by 
a helmet of brass falling on the ground (II. xiii. 530), by a 
stone flying in the air. The substantive is found only in 
authors posterior to Homer, buzzing or humming sound, 
deep dull sound, murmuring of the waves : Maivofjievwv 
podiivv TroXvYiyea fiofifiov aicoviov. Musce. 242. 

(3p6jjios, ov (o), fr. fipifxio, 1. agitated noise, roaring, crack- 
ling, specially used of fire, in Homer : Ovre irvpbg roaaog 
ye 7ri\ei fipopiog alOofjiivoLO, ovpeog kv (ifjcrorjg. II, xiv. 396. 
Homer uses the word (ipe/jio), in speaking of waves (//, ii. 
210). 2. Sound of wind instruments, in the Homeric 
hymns : Kcu Ifxeposig j3p6fxog avXCJv. Horn. Hymn. Merc. 
451. 3. Sound of the wind, in Aristotle: JLlXrjdev ds 
Trvtvixa kv ve&ei irayjEi re Kal vorspu), .... fipofxov kcu 
7rdrayov cLTcatpyacraro fjiiyav. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 17. 

8outtos, ov (6), word formed by onomatopy, or, ace. to 
others, of the same family as tv-tttid, noise of a falling body, 
particularly of a fall of water : f £2c S' ore x£'/ iC W 01 vorajjiol 
tear bpeatyt. piovreg, kg \xioydyKtiav cvfjifiaXXerov ofiptjjiov 
vdiop .... t6*v St te rrjXoae Sovwov kv ovpeaiv ekXve noifAfiv. 
II. iv. 452. 

Kavoyj\i fjg (?/), sound repeated with clatter, chattering of 
the teeth striking one against the other, noise of the gallop 
of mules, of brass struck, in Homer: IJepl KpordcpoicrL <j>aeivii 
7n']Xr)£, fiaXXofiEvr] Kavayjiv tye. II. xvi. 105. 

KofxiroS) ov (6), fr. KO'KTb), noise of two bodies striking together, as 
the tusks of the boar, in the Iliad : 'Y^ai & re icopnog oSovtojv yiverai. 
II. xi. 417- In the Odyssey, the noise of dancers' steps: 'Qoxt'io9riv 
drj Vctra ttoti xQovl .... noXvg d' virb KOfnrog optopei. Od. viii.380. 

Kovapos, ov (6), fr. kottto), sound of a thing when split or broken, 
ace. to Eustathius: Kaicog Kova/Sog Kara vrjag opoSpei dvdp&v oXXv- 
pkvuiv, vt]wv 0' cipa dyvvptvdojv. Od. x. 122. 

KpoTos, ov (6), fr. Koovio, noise made, the shock of two 
bodies driven one against the other; hence, principally, 
clapping of the hands, applauding : Kal Kporov y^cpCjv 
iroXvv. Aristoph. Ran. 157. [Also in prose.] 

KTU7ros, ov (6), fr. rv7rTU) f noise of steps, in Hornet: 'Y7ro 8h ktvttoq 
wpvvTo icoaolv dvSpiov. 11. xix. 362. 



248. 241 

6p-ujJLa*y8os, ov (6). Grammarians derive this word from opvoaw, for (248) 
dpdoau) ; in Homer, the noise of a river that has overflowed its banks, 
and is carrying rocks along with it, and rooting up trees ; of two armies 
engaged, tumultuous noise of the mass, or of the cries of the combat- 
ants ; in general, great noise, uproar: 'Efc 8' eggvto Xaog, 7re£oi 0' 
L7T7rr}sg re- noXvg 5' opvpaydbg opiopei. 11. ii. 810. 

6to(3os, ov (o),a word formed, ace. to the scholiast on Sophocles, from 
WTuiv (Sorj, but better referred to onomatopy, noise of waves in a storm ; 
roaring of thunder, in Hesiod, &c. : "Orofiog d' dirXnrog opuipti. Theog. 
709. It is also found used for the sound of instruments, in Sopho- 
cles: Ovre yXvtcvv avXCJv orofiov. Soph. A 'j. 1221. [Pape compares 
the Germ, toben. In prose, Luc] 

TnJn-ayos, ov (6), fr. TraraVrrw, 1. noise of two bodies 
striking against each other, chattering of teeth, in Homer: 
Hd-ayog Se re yirer olovriov, II, xiii. 283. 2. Noise, in 
general: "JLQeov t'^w, jjoy te kcli 7rardy(i> yjptwjxevoi. Herodot, 
iii. 79. 

ttitvXos, ov (6), fr. 7Tt7rra>, or, ace. to others, for rviriXog, from 
TV7TTix), noise produced by a repeated or measured motion, as that of 
oars: Kat p.qv veulg ye irirvXag evrjpng irdpa. Eur. Iph. T. 1050. 
Noise, plash of a liquid falling drop by drop, clang or clashing of arms, 
clatter of repeated blows. iEschylus, by a bold and beautiful figure, 
uses this word to express the blows struck on the breast in sign of grief 
(Theb. 860); and Euripides, exaggerating the metaphor, applies it to 
a torrent of tears (Hippol. 1464). [Probably onomatop. L. and S. — 
Pape suggests a relationship to miaow or 7ciTvg.~\ 

<j>\oto-pos, ov (6), prop, noise of waters, roaring of waves, as is plain 
from the epithet 7roXv(pXoio/3og 9 whicii Homer gives to the sea (11. 
I. 34); hence, by ext., tumult of battle: 'AXX' dyer Ik (fKoiafioio 
GauiaofAtv kaOXbv kralpov. II, v. 469. 

t|/6<J>os, ov (o), 1. noise resulting from the shock of two 
dry bodies, more generally noise: °H ireaovaa \p6<j>ov eiroincre, 
Thuc, iii. 22. 2. Sound produced by the friction of the air, 
in Aristotle : O yap xpucpog, rpi\pig rov eaio Tvvtv^Larog kariv, 
Aristot, Hist, An, iv. 9. [The rov laio itv. relates to 
insects only. Aristotle there distinguishes between (piom), 
any sound produced by the throat; (fdpvyl); StaXetcroQ, arti- 
culate speech; \p6(pog any noise or sound ; in the case of 
insects, as made in any way ; by the friction of the air inside 
their bodies, the friction of the long hind legs of the 
locust, &c] 



242 249, 250. 

e. 

249. 

249 OaXdjuLT], t}q (^), and more commonly in the plural 6a\&- 
/jiai, beds, haunts, principally of fishes, and of shell-fish : 
Nifiovrai de ol Kcipapot ret l^duSia Qrjpevoi'Tsg irapa rag 
OaXajJiag' Kttt yap kv roiq TvzXayeaiv kui kv Tolg tolovtoiq 
yivovrai towoic, olov av ibffi Tpayelg Kal XidtoSe7g' kv tolov- 
toiq yap TTotovvTai Tag OaXa/jiag. Aristot. Hist. An. viii. 4. 

IXeos, ov (6), fr. ciXito, hole of a reptile, of a serpent : 
'IXeov, ovk otKr](TLv. Theocr. Id. xv. 9. [And under the form 
riXvog in Xen. Cyr. 5, 16, of hiding places to which hares 
run when frightened by dogs.] 

IXuos, ov (o), another form of the preceding word, in Cal- 
limachus : 'IXvovg kfiaXovTo icu'iowera. Callim. in Jov. 25. 

koitt], rjc (//), bed, "seldom bird's nest, in Euripides : Aci- 
irovai -ktt\voi Tiapva.Gov nofrag. Eur. Ion. 155. 

koitcuoi', ov {to), bed (or nest), speaking of that of the 
hedge-hog : To de koitcuop avTwv oirag eyei Ivo, ty\v fxev 
7rpog votov, ttjv he npog fioppav fiXeirovGav. Plut. de Solert, 
An. 16. 

cjxoXeos, ov (6), cave, den of a wild beast, of the bear : 
"SlvTrep apkthJV (j)u)Xeo~ig i) ^eialg dpaKovTiov fj ftv^oTc Kr}Twv 9 
to~iq tCjv Qewv fxeyapoig i\ avaKTopoig irpoGLovTeg. Plut. de 
Superst. 9. [Also in Aristot. it is especially the den, hole, 
&c. where they take their winter-sleep, ^wXovo-t.] 

X6id, ag (r/), crevice, hole, specially of serpents: 'EXtaaofxevog 7T£pt 
%uy. II. xxii. 95. 

250. 

250 0dXao-o-a, ng (//), ace. to some from aXXofxai, ace. to others 
from aXc, or aaXog, the sea, in general : Wpyeloi (pevtovrai 
lir evpea vlotu daXavang; II. ii. 159. 

aXs, aXog (>'/), fr. uXg (6), salt, ace. to the majority of grammarians, 
who consider this meaning as the most ancient ; but, although the pro- 
curing salt from sea-water has been known from the remotest antiquity, 
it seems more natural to suppose the original meaning of the word to 
have been that of sea; in the Iliad and the Odyssey, as often as 6a- 
Xctaaa, the salt-wave, the briny-wave, the sea; sal: Ni?a fikXaivav 
kpvcraojxtv tig aXa Slav. II. i. 141. 

XatTfjta (to), with aXog, gulf, abyss of the sea : Tov p\v TaX9vj3tog 



250. 243 

iroXirjg dXbg kg jueya Xalrfxa pty. II. xix. 267* Sometimes alone in (250) 
the Odyssey, and later poets : Nrjvcri Ooyaiv roiye 7ra7roi66rtg wKeiycnv, 
XalrfjLa. fxiy' £K7rep6oj(Ji. Od. vii. 35. 

XifjLVT], t)Q (i)), arc. to Eustathius, from Xiav fisveiv, to stay ever; 
but better, ace. to others, from \eij3eiv : stagnant water, lake, marsh ; 
in Homer and the tragic writers, for the sea: "EvOope fxtiXavi Trovry, 
i7TS(TrOVClXT}(TS fit Xl^lVT]. II. xx iv. 79. 

otSfia, cltoq (to), fr. olSeu), prop., swelling ; hence, wave, billow : Oi 
d' dvefioi 7rd\iv clvtiq efiav olKovdt vkeaOai Qprjticiov Kara, ttovtov 6 
o' eotevsv o'iSjxari Ouwv. II. xxiii. 230. 

ireXayos, eoq (to), formed from 7r\a£, prop, the surface of 
the sea, the more open and extended part of the sea, the main ; 
in the poets, the watery plain; answers to cequor, in Latin : 
NOv c aXoc iv TcekayecjGL OeiJjv i&p/jiopE Ttpfjc, Od. v. 33."). 
In prose it is used to signify a portion of the sea, a par- 
ticular sea : 'Peovva $' i] OaXciTTa (pai vetch kutci Tag gtevo- 
TrjTag eittov Zdi T))r TiEpiiyovaav yrjv tig fiiKpov iu fxeyaXov 
GvvayETcu 7reXayovc, Aristot. Meteor, ii. 1. 

irorros, ov (o), ace. to the grammarians, from ttveu) or 
from ttovoc, but it is more probable that it is of the same 
family as ftivdog and fjvdog, prop, bottom, principally of the 
sea, with aXog or OaXcicrang, and sometimes alone (II. ii. 
210), gulf) abyss of the sea; hence, the deep sea, in the 
poets, altum et pontus : Ov£i fxiv iaytv tzovtoq aXog 7roXirjc, 
o woXiag aEKovTag eovkel. II. xxi. 59. In a geographical 
sense, particularly in prose, izovTog is used with a local 
adjective, to denote a particular sea, as llov-og A^eivoq, in 
Pindar (Pyth. iv. 362), literally, the inhospitable sea, after- 
wards called, antiphrastically, UoiTog Evt,Etvoe, the Euxine 
(hospitable) Sea, now the Black Sea. UovTog alone is found 
in this sense in Herodotus: 'Eovvav opEtvijv te xjuptjv teal 

TTpOKZlfAE)'11V TO Eg U.OVTOV, VEf.l£T(XL TO TdVpiKOV kdvOQ. 

Herodot. iv. 99. 

VYpTj, rjg (r)), feminine of the adjective vypog, wet, liquid, is some- 
times used alone by the poets with ellipse of the substantive for OdXaacfa, 
in opp to Zijod, or TpaQepd, or yala, the land, the wet or watery plain : 

AVTIK tTTtlO' VTTO TTOdGlV t?l)(JaTO KoXd nsfilXct, dpflpOOia. \'(>l'(T5lrt, 

rd fiLv (ptpov rj}iiv t(p' vypi'jv, yd' ett' a7rtipova yalav. 11. xx'w. ,*>40. 

wKea^os, ov (o). The Greeks, who referred every thing 
to their own language, derived this word from oKtwc 
vueiv: Bochart, with more reason, considers it a derivation 
from the Phoenician og, the radicals of which appear again 
in '£2y//i', preserved bv Hesvchius. In the Homeric cos- 

y 2 



244 251. 

(250) mography, the ocean is a boundless and rapid river, the 
waters of which surround the whole earth. Out of its 
bosom rise the heavenly bodies, and sink to rest in its bed: 
'Ej' 8* eriOei irorafJLo'io fuiya adivog 'Qitceavolo. II. xviii. 606. 
It was the name of the Atlantic Sea, even in the time of 
Aristotle : TleXayog ce to jxev 8i;(t) tyjq oltcov/jLErng, 'ArXai/- 
Tocbv KuXelrai \ca\ 'QtKEavog, Treptppiov rjfxag. Aristot. de 
Mund. 3, 8. 

251. 

251 Odi/a-ros, ov (o), death, in general: Ovi) 9 av airoiva SiSovg 
davarov tyvyoL. Theogn. 727. 

Scup-wy, ovog (6), destiny, fate, for death, in Homer: UdpoQ 
tol Saifxova Eojau). II. viii. 166. 

ie»jp,po£(r/) 5 inthe Iliad, the personification of violent death, an inferior 
deity that ever accompanies the man predestined so to die; fate, some- 
times for death itself: Kf/pa d' syw tote ds%op,ca biriroTt icev dtj Zevg 
sO'tXy reXeaai. II. xviii. 115. 

jxoipa, ac (//), prop, part; hence, destiny personified, 
Parca, with the implied idea of death, in several passages 
in the poets : 'AXXa e Mo7p' eccifxaaae. II. xviii. 1 19. [In 
prose fate, lot: esp. deia fxolpa. In PI. Phced. 236, A. 
davarov poipag]^ 

jmopos, ov (6), fated lot or share, by euphemism for death, 
in Homer ; mors : KXctle \xopov ov 7rat£dc. II. xxiv. 85. 
Hence, in a more precise sense, in Pindar, and the poets 
posterior to him, d^eath : K'lQujv Se Kepawog eveokyixLev jjiopov. 
Pyth. iii. 1 05. [In prose very late. Diod. Zon. 9 (vii. 404.)] 

oitos, ov (6), fr. o'lu), to carry, that which is borne or submitted to, 
destiny, by euphemism for death : "Og jjloi KaXd rbv olrov dnoTfiov 
7raXdog evi(T7reg. 11. xxiv. 388. 

o\e0pos, ov (6), loss, death: "H rig 'AxouCjv ptyu x El P°Q «Xu>v a7rd 
irvpyov, Xvypbv oXtOpov. II. xxiv. 735. 

•7tot(jlos, ov (6), destiny, sometimes death, in the poets posterior to 
Homer: T Qi 7rorp,ov "Aprjg epn^tv. Find. Isthm. vi. 35. 

Tekevrr), rjg (*/), end, with and even without fitov, end of 
life : ArjXov on E^iarai fioi rrj teXevttj xprjvdat, fj paicrrrj iiev 
V7rb tCjv tovtov ETrtixEXr]dEvri»)v KEKpiTai. Xen. AjpoL i. 7. 

<J>0opdt, dg (/;), loss, destruction, in consequence of a 
scourge, such as the plague : OvEe <pOopa ovrwg avOpwrrwy 
ovSaiiov kfAvrj/JovevETO yeriadai. Thuc. ii. 47. 



252. 245 



252. 



6<iipaos, eog (™)i fr. Oepoj, /o warm, prop, /zea/, ardor. 252 
This word is only employed fig., and, ace. to the Venetian 
Scholia, it seems that the different schools of philosophers 
gave their own peculiar definitions of it. The Stoics de- 
fined it by a deliberate confidence in a man's own powers, 
which prevents all fear of danger ; the Peripatetics, hope of 
not being exposed to any danger; the Academicians and 
the Eretrians, excess of confidence, of courage ; the Epi- 
cureans and the School of Cyrene, constancy in undergoing 
evil and dangers, by the aid of reflection and reasoning. 
1. In Homer, in poetry and prose, resolution, confidence, 
courage, boldness : Meardv arpaTevf-ia irpoOv/jLtac, (ptXoTt/u lag, 
pwjU7/c, Qaocrove. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 26. 2. In Homer, and 
poetry only, and taken in a bad sense, assurance, audacity, 
insolence : Tiarr' civ f w Kwojivta, deovg eptSt ^vyeXuvieig 
ddpaog anrov e-^ovaa ; II. xxi. 394. [See 91.] 

Opdo-os, eog (to), formed by metathesis from Odpcroc. Ac- 
cording to Ammonius, and the best grammarians, ddprrog is 
the feeling that results from a sense of one's own powers, 
in opposition to (pdfiog, and signifies confidence, resolution ; 
whereas Opdvoc is the feeling unconnected with any such 
sense, audacity, temerity. This observation is inapplicable 
to the Homeric poems, and to the tragic poets, who use 
OpdaoQ, as Odpaoc, in a good or bad sense, audacity, resolution, 
courage : Tor c ovtteo 'iyti Opdcrog, og kbv Icnrai. II. xiv. 
416. "XirEG-i (aol Opdcrog acvirvowv KXvovaar apriwc otsipd- 
tojv. Soph. Electr. 479. It is in Plato that we find the first 
traces of the form dpdaog used in a bad sense : To yap ->/r 
rov ptKriovoq Soijav a?) (pofielcrdai lid Opdcrog, tovt avro 
kari vyecov // worrjpd avaiayyvrLa. Legg. iii. 701, b. It is 
not till very much later, that this use of the word obtains 
distinctly. Thus Plutarch contrasts the two forms Odpcrog 
and Opaauc : Mia yap cnreipia kcu Opdcrog yevyq, kcu Odpcrog 
a0aip£<ra<. Plut. Compar. Per id. et Fab. 

OapaaXeoTYjs, i]rog (//), daring disposition ; hence, bold- 
ness, in Plutarch: 'O AlpiXwg opOwg Xoyt^opuvog uicpiag 
kcu OapaaKev-iiTog dr0poJ7rotg ov irpog ottXov kui crupiocrag 
Xpijmv thai fAoiov, dXXd .... Plut. jKmil. 36. 

6paauTT]s, rjrog (>/), fr. Opctcvg, character of boldness, of 
y 3 



246 253, 254. 

(252) assurance : Aeov av eirj to fjteXerav wg iJKiara Eivat avai- 

(T\VVTOVQ TE Kal Qpa(JVT7)T0g yifJLOVTag, QofiepoVQ Se tig TO TL 

Tokfjav ekcuttote \iyEtv rj TtavyEiv fj Kal Spyv aloyjpbv otiovv. 
Plat. Legy. i. 649, c. 

iTajjioTrjs, titoq (rj), fr. Wafiog, character of the rash, the 
daring man ; hence, daring, in a good sense : AptfxvrrjTog 

$E Kai TLVOQ iTafJLOTYJTOQ ofclClQ Kal 7TpaKTltifJQ EvEeItCLI. Plat. 

Polit. 311, a. It may be rendered by temerity y recklessness, 
in the following passage of Plutarch : Kal tyjv -rrXEovEtiav 
avrov Kai t^i/ IrafJLOTrjTa Kal dpaaog bp&vTEg. Plut, Nic. 2. 

irajjiia, ag (rj), pride, presumption, in the Sept. : Iraju/a 
KapSlag crov. Jerem. xlix. 15. 

XajjLupia, ac (>/), fr. Xafxvpog, impudence : "Evioi cokovoiv 
^EiXiag Kal fiaXaKiag a7ra>rarw TidEoQai top Tpoirov, av ly- 
ytaTa (paivuvTai Xajjtvplag Kal OpacrvTrjTog. Plut. de Adulat. 
et Am. Discr. 25. 

253. 

253 0aujx<jt£€u> (Qavfia), prop, to see with astonishment, to be 
astonished : f HfAE~ig $* EGTaoTEg davfxa^ojjiev olov ETvyflrj. 
II. ii. 320. According to the grammarians, this verb used 
1. with a genitive, conveys the notion of blame, reprimand, 
so we use admire ironically : Tqvto jjlev irpGjTov 6av /ja£t*> 
MeXItov oto) iroTE yvovg XiyEi. Xen. Apol. 11. 2. With 
the accusative, it signifies admire, in the sense of praising : 
'E7ri fiEv TQivvv ettGjv irorriGE i "Ofivpov EynoyE /JLaXlGTa TtQav- 
fiaKa. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 2. 

6i]€<r6ai, Epic, to behold or see with astonishment: QrjoXo kev avTog 
ItteXOlov. II. xxiv. 418. 

ayaaOai, to admire : Ilavra jjlev ravra 6avfjia£io E7rl r<p 
KttXXei, 7roXv Se /jtaXXov ayajjiai tov KaTajJLETprjcravrog ooi Kal 
ctard^avTog. Xen. CEcon. 4, 21. 

Oajxpciv, to be surprised, astonished: Ga/u/^trtv d* 'Ax^Xevg. II. i. 
199. 

Tcd-rpra, perfect of a defective verb, to be stupified, sometimes in con- 
sequence of fright: Qvfiog fioi tvi oTrfQeaai Te9rj7rev. Od. xxiii. 103. 

254. 

254 Oeofxaxia, ac (^), combat of the gods themselves one with 
another : Kal dEOfia^iag oaag "Ofxnpog ir&iroiriKEv. Plat. 
Pol. ii. 378, d. 



255. 247 

OcYjfiaxta. ac (h), combat against a god, according to Am- (254) 
monius ; an opinion, however, which has no other authority 
for it. 

255. 

6eos, ov (6, ^f), god, goddess ; Homer and the poets use 255 
also the feminine ded, goddess : Avtik eyio irpujTog keXojjltiv 
Oeov iXdtTKeadai. II. ii. 386. In Plato, in the singular, 6 
Qeoc, God, the Supreme Being : Uapa ruj Gfw avrn itrrip 
?/ aKpifit(j-a.Tri c^EcnroTEia, Kal avrrj r) aKpipEfTTdrrj kiridT^ixr], 
Plat. Parmen. 134, d. 

Qelov, ov (to), neuter of deloc, prop, that which is divine, 
the Divinity, divine Providence : Yvwrrrj to OeIov, on togov- 
tov Kal toiovtov evti, 6jg6 afxa navTa ooq.v, Kal iravTa 
clkovew, Kal wavTayoi) irapElvai, Kal afjia iravTi*)V e.7rij.ieXei" 
adac. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 18. 

addvaTos (6, r/), immortal ; the poets frequently use it in the plural, 
the word 6eoi being understood, for the immortal gods : Mat'wv Aifxovi- 
drjg 87rieiKe\og dOavdroKTiv. 11. iv. 394. 

%al\L(tiv, ovoq (6), fr. ear] nuv, having knowledge, or, accord- 
ing to others, fr. haiio, to distribute : the supreme intel- 
ligence which governs the world, 1 . Providence, Destiny, 
in Homer: JLIvoke haifjuov dfjfjie ciaKpivn. II. vii. 291. 
2. In a more precise sense, sometimes for Oeoc, in Homer : 
*H & OvXv/jiTrovce fle^i]K£t Etof-tar ec alyioy^oio Awg, fjierct 
Saifiovag aXXovg. II. i. 221. 3. In Plato, genius, or inter- 
mediate divinity between the gods and men, or a kind of 
guardian angel attached to each man from his birth to his 
death ; it is the name which he gives to love : Tt ovv av 
£i?7o"Epwc; OvrjTog; "Hkhtto. ye. 'AXXa ri i*r)v ; "£l(T7TEp 
to. npoTtpa fjeTa^v Qvy)tov Kal dOavdrov. T« ovv ; Aa/pv 
fjieyag" kcu yap irav to Sai/uoviov /jetuIv tort dtov te Kal 
6i>riTov. Plat. Conv. 202, c. 4. In the N. T., the evil 
spirit, the Devil, demon : Kai liappiiaaiov to. hvjjid, i)\av- 
veto vtto tov haijjLovog Etg rag Epi)fj.ovg. Luc. viii. 29. 

SaifwiOK, ov (to), neuter of fiai/jioviog, taken substan- 
tively, that which is of the divine nature ; that which is 
divine, divinity ; expresses something more vague than 
Sai/.aov. In a special sense, but one, in fact, equally vague, 
it is used by Plato and Xenophon of the genius or familiar 



248 255. 

(255) demon, by whom Socrates professed to be inspired, and 
N whose voice directed all his actions : f H yap eliodvld /jlol 
fiavTito) ij tov haifjLOviov, ly \xiv rw wpocrOev \pbvM ttclvtI 
7rdvv wvKvrj as* i\v ■. Plat, Apol. Socrat. 31. Xenophon 
uses it in the sense of 6 Qsog, as well as Plato : AeEoj ce 
7rpu)-ov a 7TOTE avrov r/KOVcra irepl tov caijxoviov ctaXeyajdirov 
itpog 'Apio-rodrifjLov. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 2. In the N. T. it is 
the name of the false gods of the Heathen, in opp. to the 
true God ; sometimes devils : 'EfeXdovra cs ra Saij-iovui 
airo tov avdpoj7rov 9 elafjXOf.v elg tovq yoipovg. N. T. Luc, 
viii. 33. 

KpetTTwi/, ovoq (6), fr. KpaTog, prop, stronger ; hence, 
better. The plural, ol KpeiTroyes, is sometimes used by the 
Attic writers for ol Oeoi, the gods: Tatf ovv av ual aol Tig 

OVTOQ TWV KOELTTOVIOV GWEITOLTO. Plat. Sopk. 216, b. 

[jLaKap, apog (6, rj), fr. fiaKpog, according to Aristotle, a more rea- 
sonable etymology than that of Eustathius, who derives the word from 
6 \kt] KTjpl v7TOKEifiEvoQ : one who is not subject to death ; hence, im- 
mortal, in opp. to OvrjTog, and the epithet of the gods, in Homer and 
the poets: in the Odyssey and in Pindar it is taken substantively with 
ellipse of Oeoi: 'AXXa KsXeaOai fiiv fiaicdpiov [Jisyav opicov Ojuocrcrai. 
Od. x. 299. 

oVup/irios (o, 77), fr. "OXvp,irog, Olympian, epithet of Jupiter, Zevg, 
whose name is sometimes understood in Homer: "Qg ksv oi avQi yaXa 
X&voi, fieya yap jjllv 'OXvfnriog ETpetye 7rrjfia Tpcoai T6 Kctt npiaju^ 
fjteyaXrjTopi toio te izaxaiv. 11. vi. 282. 

odpavicov, covog (6, rj), fr. ovpavog, prop, heavenly, one who is from 
heaven, or in heaven, is the epithet of the gods in Homer, and frequently 
used as a substantive with ellipse of OEog: Tig vv ce toiclc' epE%E, (piXov 
Tsicog, ovpaviujviov ; 11. v. 373. 

iiro-updvios (6, 77), fr. ovpavog, one who is in heaven, sometimes in 
the poets in the plural, ol eirovpavioi, the inhabitants of heaven, the 
gods : Tt 8' Ifioi tov ETCovpaviuv fiaaiXrja avraOXuv viicng Trjg kv 
epioTi Xaf3elv ; Anthol. Meleagr. xiv. 3. 

ir<57Toi (01). The Dryopes used the word 7ro7roc, for Oeog ; according 
to Eustathius, 7roVoi is for ettottoi ; others derive it from ir't7ro)v and 
7T07ravov, which would give it the meaning of mites, boni ; very pro- 
bably it is but a word formed by onomatopy, similar to irdirai. In 
fact, the word has remained as an interjection, and most frequently ex- 
presses grief or indignation : T Q 7ro7rot, 'Evvoaiyau, olov Unrig ; 
11. vii. 456. 



256. 249 



256. 



Oep&trcuva, rjg (>/), feminine of depd-n-wv, woman who 256 
serves, maid-servant: Al depd-n-atvat XapoixraL avrijy tnrrj- 
yov etg T\\y apfjLdfxa^av. Xen. Cyr. vi. 4, 4. 

0€pdirvT], rjg (?)), abridged and poet, form of the preceding word : 
Kovpai ArjXiddtg, 'EKctTrjfitXeTao Oepdirvai. Horn. Hymn. Apoll. 157. 

aPpa, ac (»/), young female slave, waiting-maid : Tov 
c)£ KXojSlov (pijoavrog tifipav TrEpifxivetv Uofjnrrj'iag. Plut. 
Ccesar. 10. 

atxp-aXcjTis, icoQ (//), feminine of al-^uaXwroc, used some- 
times as a substantive, with ellipse of ywij, taken in war, 
captive : Sc rot, tov Ik -rjg atx/xaXwn'£o£, Xiyu, Soph. Aj. 
1245. 

dfx<j>iTToXos, ov (6, ?/), fr. ufjicpi and TroXiw, prop, one who 
comes and goes about (another) ; who is in attendance, 
always feminine in Homer : 'H afjcpiwoXog, woman, woman 
in waiting, lady's-maid, femme de chambre of princesses, or 
wives of great people, without any other notion than that of 
constant attendance ; in which particular the word differs 
from cfjiii))], which radically involves the notion of slavery. 
Besides this difference inherent in the two words, others 
may be noticed in the use which Homer makes of them ; 
afuKpiTroXoQ seems to denote the highest condition of household 
service, and one of a very intimate nature. Sucli attendants 
form the retinue of Helen and Penelope, and are employed 
at the loom. It is the name of the female attendant on 
Andromache : "A/xa $* a/jtyi-rroXog k'liv avrrj, nalfr enl koXttov 
tyovaa. II. vi. 399. Farther on, the same person is called 
nurse, ndijvrj (v. 467). There is nothing in Homer to 
show whether they were slaves or not ; later, they were 
slaves, at least in the time of Herodotus, who uses the 
word in opposition to eXevdipa, free- woman : 'Ane^vai crtyeag 
7rd(raQ opoiwg rag r eXevdipag Kal rag ajji^LiroXovg. Herod. 
v. 92. 

8|xtoij, rjg (>)), feminine of djjiwg, prop, subdued; hence, captive, with 
and without ywij, female slave, reduced to slavery by the conquerors, 
or born of a slave. Sucli were the women who attended upon Achilles 
and Patroclus: Afiwai c' tig Ax^Xevg XyiaociTO UarpoKkog re. 11. 
xviii. 28. In the Iliad and the Odyssey, they have to do all the house- 
hold work of the family, such as making the beds, preparing and serving 



T 



250 257. 



(256) the meals, bringing water to ordinary guests or strangers for washing; 
where the guests were of note and consequence, this office was per- 
formed for them by the daughters of their host, as a mark of distinc- 
tion; thus, in the Odyssey, Telemachus is washed and rubbed with oil 
by the hand of the beautiful Polycasta herself, the youngest of Nestor's 
daughters {Od. iii. 464). 

8p.o>is, tdog (rj), another form more peculiar to the Tragic writers : 
Aau>v kv %wpoj tclggegQe, (piXcu dfiwidtg. JEschyl. Suppl. 955. 

8ou\t), tjq (?/), feminine of SovXog, female slave : Etctk* a 
rj akoypv 7roi//<7£rcu, r) oye SovXrjv. II. iii. 409. 

Spacrreipa, and, under the Tonic form, 8pijo-T€ipa, ag (r/), feminine 
of dpaerrip, she who serves with zeal, activity : 'A/^0i7roXoi d' ago. 
KeSvai evi fteydpoiai tt'evovto revcrapEg, at ot Swpa Kara dprjGTEipat 
ecktl. Od. x. 348. 

iiruiris, idog (*)), fr. 67rojjiai, very rare, female attendant: Bpipw 
rplpopcpog Orjcrerai ff E7rio7rida. Lye. 1176. 

Quyarrip, arpog (//), daughter, was sometimes used in de- 
based Greek, as fille in French, to signify maid- servant, 
femme de chambre : Ilepnre de ro~ig yapioig rrj wcudi dvyariuag 
rirrapag opiriXiKag. Phalar. Epist. 360. 

Xarpis, idog (?/), poet, in Euripides in the feminine, for dovXrj : Sv 
S* av Xafiova' dyyelov, dpx aLa ^drpt, fidipav' tveyice dtvpo irovTiag 
dXog. Eur. Hecub. 609. 

6ird86s (6, rj), and OTrdcov, ovog (6, fj), fr. Eizopai, one who follows, 
one who accompanies. Euripides uses these two forms as feminine sub- 
stantives, for attendant, woman, slave : 'AAA' rjd' oizadwv ek Sopojv rig 
epXtrai Saicpvppovcra. Eur. Ale. 137- Xwptlr' Eig dopove, onaovEg, 
icopi^Er' avrrjv. Eur. Troad. 886. 

ircus, 7raiSog (>/), young female slave, maid: liopujyrj 
\tipa irpoGhote KpidCbv rrj 7rcu£t rod 'AttoWwvoq, Athen. viii. 
359. 

rajULia, ac (*/), feminine of rajulag, female slave who had 
the charge of the larder in the house of the rich and great, 
as the cellarist in convents, house-keeper, female steward. 
27ror $* alcolrj rapLirj 7rapidr)Ke tyipovaa. Od, X. 371. 

257. 

257 ^pa, ac (h) fr. 6f)p, pursuit of wild animals, chase of 

game, in general ; r £lg c)' ore uap^apo^ovre Ivw tcvve eidore 

6)iprjQ r) KEpu'ift r)e Xayu)6v enelyeToy. . . . II. X. 360. By 

ext. the game so taken, prey, prop, and fig. : 'Xwpel Si, Ot'ipq. 



257. 251 

SvmrorfJio) yavpovjUEpn, riiyi^v e^lo tCjvc\ Eur. Bacch. (257) 
1144. 

ciypa, ac (?/), for the first time in the Odyssey, where it 
signifies game taken of all kinds, fish, &c, prey, whatever 
has been taken, in general : Kai Srj aypnv eojettegkou aXn- 
T&vor-EQ avayKn, l\dvg, bpviQaq te, (piXag b rt yjtlpac 'lkoito. 
Od. xii. 330. Hence, by ext., action, or manner of taking 
or pursuing wild animals ; hence, hunting, sporting, the chase 
in general : "Aypai rCJv KpoKodeiXuv iroWal Kai itavrolai. 
Herodot. ii. 70. 

d-Ypecria, ag (rj), more recent form of ay pa, in poetry : *Ek o" avr 
ayptcring iroWaici 7roX\a Kajxwv. . . . Call. Fragm. 21. 

!\a<t>T)(3o\ia, aq (r/), stag-hunt: Mrjo* s\a<pr]f3oXir)V, find' evgto- 
%inv Lpidaivtiv. Call, in Dian. 262. 

Oi^peucns, eioQ (rj), action of chasing game ; hence, the 
chase of game in Plato : TLe£lov Ce \xbvov 6i)pEv<rig te /cat 
ciypa \ol7T)) to~iq nap* ijjj.1v adXrjTalc. Legg. vii. 824. 

6t)P€utiki^, rjg (»/), feminine of dnoEVTiKog, of or belonging to 
the chase of game : Tf^rj dnpEvriKr]. Plat. Soph. 223, b. 
Sometimes used as a substantive, with ellipse of riyj'r\ : 
Kai (TTpari]yiKrjc kai £v/i7ra<7?7£ iigtlvogovv OrjpEVTiKrjg. Plat. 
Polit. 299, d. 

0Tjpo<ruvT|, rjg (r)), skilftdness in the chase, art of the chase, in the 
Alexandrine poets : Kai ge Sex^Oiv Onpoavvrjg fiera [iox^ov kfibv 
Xsxog. Nonn. Dionys. xvi. 134. 

Kuvrflicriov, ov (to), management of dogs (in hunting) : 
hence, 1. pack of hounds with huntsmen, &c. : Avcwv \xevtol 
Xoyalag Kai to KvvnyEGiov nav rru/i7rf'^-J/w. Herodot. i. 36. 
Hence, 2. hunting with hounds : Ov h) ^apiv KvvrjyEaLa Kai 
T))y aXXnv dijpav ov% y)rTor kitiTn^EVEiv ceI tov ?//3a)i'ra /) 
rfjg aXXrjg i]Cov7]g. Plat. Legg. vi. 763, b. [So Xen. and 
also in pi. fxadriTal Kvvr)yE(jiu)\>. Ven. 1.] 

Kwn/Yia, ag (?/), management of dogs ; hence, hunting with hounds, 
i coursing : 'Xipirvov Ik Kvvayiag rpairi^a T7\r)or)q. Eur. Hippol. 109. 
The plural has been used by more modern prose writers : Tivhq piv 
yap tv ralq KWijyiatg tioi ToXfxrjpoi. Polyb. iv. 8, 9. 

Kuntyia, tov (to), plural neuter, in Polybius, for the 
preceding word : Htpi te tuc ev toiq Kvvnyioig KaKOTraOelag 
Pcai ToXfjiac. Polgb. x. 25, 4. 



252 258. 

(257) Kvvt^Xacria, ag (77) (sXavvw), literally, action of setting or slipping 
dogs to the chase : Kcu 6 Kvvr)Xa.(fir]V re Kai tucrroxirjv ldida%ag. 
Call iii. 205. 

258. 

258 ^s> drjTog (0), feminine, Orjcrara, an adjective often taken 
substantively, as mercenary in English, free person who 
let himself out for a time, and served for wages : ,N H eol 
avrov drjrtg te SfjiweQ te. Od. iv. 644. In the plural, 
OrJTEs, labourers, the name of the fourth class of citizens at 
Athens, comprehending all the poor and labouring part, 
who, according to the laws of Solon, could not fill any- 
civil office : Qi Si Xoiirol iraiTEg ekclXovvto Oijreg, olg ovSe- 
fxiav apyipt eSojkev apyELv. Plut. Sol. 18. 

8k£koi>os (6, r/), one who serves, servant, principally at 
table, and who was not a slave : KvkXlo7tl Seiitvlov clvogilov 
StaKovoc.. Eur, Cycl. 31. 

el'Xws, (jjtoq (6), or cIXwttjs, ov (6), Helot, name of the 
ancient inhabitants of Helos, a town of Messenia, who 
were conquered by the Lacedaemonians, reduced to slavery, 
and from that time attached to the soil : UXeiaroL Se tlov 
YaXlotlov kyivovTO ol tGjv TraXauov M£(j<rr)viu)i' tote SovXlo- 
Oevtiov airoyovoi, r) /cat Meaarji'toi EKXijOrjaav 01 ttuvteq. 
Thuc. i. 101. [More prob. a verbal of passive formation 
connected with the obsolete root of eXeIv.'] 

epyoXdpos (o, r/), one who undertakes any business or 
work for another for a certain payment or salary, under- 
taker of works, contractor ; redemptor : 'EpyoXaflog [xep i\v 
tov ayaXfiarog. Pint. PericL 31. 

eptOos, (6, //), fr. Ipiov, prop, one who is a wool-worker, 
principally in the feminine, worker in wool: Uolai o<f 
ETtovaaav I ptdoi ; Theoc. Id. xv. 80. By ext., in the mas- 
culine principally, labourer who works for hire, and who is 
engaged for a certain time only, and for extraordinary works, 
day-labourer, a reaper, in Homer : "Evfla^' e pidot q^tov 
ofetag hpEiravag kv yipo\v tyjwTEg. II. xviii. 550. 

Kdp, apog (o), Carian, inhabitant of Caria, in Asia 
Minor. According to iElian (Hist. An. xii. 30), the 
Carians were the first who served as jnercenaries in 
the wars of other nations, so that Carian and mercenary 



259. 253 

became synonymous terms. Hence the proverb : 'Ej> rw (258) 
Kapt Kircweveiv. Eur, Cycl, 650, M to brave tlie clanger in 
a Carian's skin ;" in other words, " to expose a hired sub- 
stitute to danger instead of yourself," a worthless fellow, that 
is, whose loss is of no consequence. 

fuc70ios, (6, y), fr. ptcrdog, hireling, hired servant, one 
who works for wages ; sometimes used as a substantive 
in the N. T. : Woinoov jjle wg era tCjv fiiadiu)i> gov, Luc, 
xv. 19. [Plut. Lye, 16]. 

fuaOorros, ?/ (^tadou), prop, one engaged for wages, hire- 
ling, sometimes used as a substantive : Miadovg piadojTolg, 
SovXotg . . . airorivuv. Plat, Legg, v. 742. [Also a mer- 
cenary soldier. Th, 5, 6, &c] 

jjiio-0o4>6pos (6, ?/), prop, adjective, one who receives 
wages, who is hired ; chiefly in speaking of soldiers, in 
the historians : HapaKoXovdovvTwv tCjv TreKTaarCJv, 61 fjaav 
fjnadocpopoL role Qqfialoig (who were in the pay of the 
1'hebans). Xen, Hellen, v. 4, 54. 

uTrojiiaOos (o, //), fr. purdog, under engagement for wages, 
hired : 'Epya£o/icu rr/y yr\v, viroptaQog ojjoXwp Ttoaapw, 
Luc, Tim, iii. 

TrcyeVrrjs, ov (6), Penest, labourer, the name given by the 
Thessalians to their peasantry, who were the descendants 
of an ancient people, whose history Athenaeus has pre- 
served (vi. 18) ; they were conquered by their neighbours, 
who settled themselves on their lands, deprived them of all 
civil rights, and reduced them to the state of poor depend- 
ants, without, however, considering them absolute slaves ; 
in which respect they differed from the Helots : 'A\/V kv 
QerraXia ptra TIaoprjOewg drfpoKpariav KcirEcrKeva^e, icai 
tovq TitviaraQ unrXi£ev E7ri tovq Sedrorag, Xen, Hell, ii. 
3, 36. 

259. 

Ots, hog (6 and ?/), fr. Tidrjfjii, the primitive meaning of 259 
the word seems to be mass, heap : TLoXvg 2' ap(f offreotpiv 
Oig avSpiov Trvdopivtoi'. Od, xii. 45. Hence, with the 
genitive appov, which is found sometimes expressed 
(Herod, iii. 26), and sometimes understood, heap or mass 
of sand ; and by ext. sand heaped on the shore, sand- 
DOWN : *£lg <T 66* V7r6 (ppiKog Hoptu) ayawaXXerm i\dvg 61 v 

z 



254 260. 

(259) £7r< tyvtcioevri. II. xxiii. 693. According to these two 
Homeric passages, in which alone the gender of the word is 
determined by an epithet, we may presume that the form 
dig, which is the more ancient, was originally masculine in 
both meanings, in Homer, and in the Epic Poets, who 
have imitated him. Olv, the more modern form, is more 
generally used in the feminine in Attic poetry, and in the 
masculine in the more modern prose writers, where it sig- 
nifies heap of sand, sand-bank, sea-sand, sand-down, land 
made by the washing up of the sand, sometimes bottom of 
the sea : KvXhSei fivaaoOev tcaXaivav Qlva. Soph. Antig. 
591. According to Eustathius, dig (6) has the sense of 
mass, heap ; whereas the form dlv (>/), from dehw, to strike, 
is a different word, signifying particularly the shore of the 
sea. This observation is contradicted by many passages 
in the poets, and we may conclude from this, with all 
respect to the grammarians, that these two forms are bat 
one and the same word, as is the case with many others 
like them, such as pig and piv, aicrig and clktiv, &c. [Cf. 
51.] 

6t]fJia)v, wvog (6), fr. tiQijiai, heap, principally of corn, straw, stack : 
*Qg d' dvefiog ^affg tjiiov Orjfjiojva tivcl%u KapQaX'siov. Od. v. 368. 

OrjjULWKia, ac (fj), a rare synonyme of Oritur, in the Sept. 
and the Fathers : Koirpov drifJKovia. Chrysost. in Matih. 
690. 

Oojjjios, ov (6), Attic for Orj/jiwv, in prose : r Eav de depi- 
crdelg elg Otofiovg avvredrj 6 irvpog, alporepog Kai (oeXt'hov 
ytverat.. Theophr. Cans. PI. 4, 15. 

awpds, ov (6), heap, quantity together of corn, of grain: 
"Ore t 'iSpig aupbv dfjiarai. Hesiod. Oper. 14. Hence, 
heap, pile, in general : Hwobv y^pr^fxaTuyv 'iyovra. Aristoph. 
Plut. 269. \_dwpol gltov, ^vXcoy, XiOiov, v£i:pu)v. Xen. Hell. 
iv. 4, 12.] 

260. 

260 Bueiv, prop, in ancient times, to burn incense in honour 
of the gods, or a portion of the meat prepared for the feast 
before commencing it : Oeo~t<ji %e Bvaat dvioyei HarpoKXov, 
ov tTaipov, o & kv TTvpl (duXXs OvrjXcig. II. ix. 219. It fol- 
lowed from this custom, which, according to Heyne, was 
the origin of sacrifices, that Qvtiv came to signify to slay 



260. 255 

the victims offered in sacrifice, certain parts of which were (260) 
burnt on the altar ; hence, in general, to sacrifice. 

0u€ct0cu : according to the grammarians this middle verb 
specially signified to slay a victim in sacrifice, or cause it 
to be slain, in order to draw omens from it ; hence, to 
sacrifice : 'O Se Kvpog Idvero enl rrj iropeiq. Cyr. ii. 4, 13. 

ivayQeiv, to make offerings and funeral libations, espe- 
cially in honour of the heroes [parentare] : Tw 'OXvpwlu) 
Ovovm ljq dOavdra), t<d o' tripy ujq ijpiv'i eyayi^avcrt. Hero- 
dot, ii. 44. 

epSeLv, and by transposition of letters pe£eiv, poet., prop, to do, to ac- 
complish, hence, to sacrifice, to slay in sacrifice : "Epdov 6' 'AnoXXiov 
reXrjsaaag eicarop-fSag. II. i. 315. [Cf. Lat. facere, operari.~\ 

0ut)7to\€u', to make or offer sacrifices : Ka0' cig dvr)7ro- 
Xovai. Plat. Polit. ii. 364, e. 

!ep€U€ii>, to sacrifice, in general : Avrdp 6 (iovv iipev<jei> 
avat, djcpujy 'Aya/jLE/jivwv, 11. ii. 402. [Very rare and 
late in prose. Philo. 2, p. 34, 5.] 

Upoui/, to consecrate, to perform duly the sacred cere- 
monies : 'AdntaloL AnXiovg aviarnaav km A>/\oi>, $\yr\od[xt- 
voi, Kurd iraXaidv rivet alrlar, ov KaOapovg bvrag iepujadcu. 
Thuc. V. 1. 

UpoupY€u>, to perform a sacred work, or a sacrifice, 
seldom to sacrifice, to slay in sacrifice, in the middle voice 
in Plutarch : Avrog irpb rfjg (7K'r]yfig fxerd rov p.avruog 'Api- 
OTavipav hiETpifiev lepovpylag Tivag cnroppijTovg upovpyovjue- 
vog. Plut. Alex. 31. 

KaXXtcpci^, to offer a sacrifice of good omen, to have the 
victims favorable ; litare : 'Eirel c EKaXXupijae. Xen. Cyr. 
iii. 3, 11. 

|M)\o<r$a a yctv, to slay on the altar, or sacrifice, a sheep, or sheep: Kai 
firjXoo-tyayzl diolaiv tjjprjv' Upd roig (Jwrnpioig. Soph. Electr. 272. 

oXoKauTouy, prop, to burn the victim whole, to offer a 
holocaust : "EOvcrav raJ Act, Kai wXoxavTioaav tovq ravoove. 
Xen. Cyr. viii. 3, 11. 

o-4>d£eij/, to cut the throat of the victim [jugulare], after 
having struck it, and turned it back to let the blood flow : 

z 2 



256 261, 262. 

(260) T H Kal ava't^aQ oiv apyvtyov wKvg 'A^iXXevg a(j)d^\ II. xxiv. 
621. 

261. 

261 GuXaKoi, iov (pi), trowsers or loose pantaloons of the 
Persians, ace. to the Scholiast on Aristophanes : Elrci 2' 
etTirof-iEada dvvvd^ovTtg eig rovg OvXaKovg. Aristoph. Vesp. 
1082. 

dva£upis, Hog (//), and principally in the plural, dya§upi- 
Ses, long and loose trowsers of the Persians, and of the 
Asiatics generally ; particularly those who dwelt in the 
cold countries and in the mountains : 02 crKvrirag fiiv dva- 
^vpitiag, (jKvrivrjv Se tyjv aXXrjv tcrdrjra (j>opiov(Ti. Herodot. 
i. 71. [These and the (Spdicai were tighter than the OvXaKoi. 
L. and S.~] 

Ppdicai, wv (pi), long and loose leggings of the Gauls ; 
braccce ; [braies, Fr. ; trews, breeks, Sc. ; breeches, Ang.] : 
XpwjTtu . . . Kal dvaEypiaiv dg IkeTvol fipaicag Trpoaayo- 
pevovaiv. Diod. Sic. v. 30. 

ircpio-KeXes, eog (to), trowsers of the Levites, in the Sept. : 
Kai TTEpHTKeXeg Xivovv '£(jtcu kizl rov yjpiorbg avrov. Levit. 
xvi. 4. 

irepto-KeXis, iSog (rj), sort of trowsers or wide drawers 
worn by women: Twv <)£ TrXeiffrwp yvvaiKwv av vTTofo'ffiaTa 
ctd^pvara 7repuXr)e, Kal \p£XXia Kal TrepioKeXiSag Kal 7rop(j)v- 
pav, Kal fxapyaplrac, ivhov fiirovaiv. Plut. Conj. prccc. 

262. 

262 Gupa, ac (*/), the wood work which makes the door itself; 
hence, 1. chamber-door, house-door only ; singular and 
plural, in the Iliad and the Odyssey : Qvpai $' evepyieg 
eld SiKXidtg. Od. xvii. 269. 2. Thence, in general, open- 
ing, entry, outlet: Auw ££ rk oi dvpai ei<ju>. Od. xiii. 109. 
According to the grammarians, the singular Ovpa must 
be understood only of the wood-work that closes up the 
door-way, and the plural dvpai of the opening or door- 
way itself, but this subtle distinction is contradicted by 
the usage of the words ; on the contrary, we see dvpai j 
employed both in the Iliad and the Odyssey, as in the 



262. 257 

passage above, for the folds of the door. It may be (262) 
observed, however, that the Attic prose writers more com- 
monly use the singular in the phrases to knock at the door, 
to open or shut the door: Koxjsag rr\v Ovpav (Xen. Hell. 
v. 4, 7); 'Aveuyfjievri dupa (Plat. Conv. 174, e.) : while 
they used the plural only, when the sentence expressed 
nothing more than the general notion attached to the 
word doors : 'E^t TrXovoiuv Ovpag lovreg (Plat. Polit. 
ii. 7) ; or in the figurative sense : 'E71-1 rate dvoaig rfjg 
'EXXdSog kafjLEv. Xen. Anab. vi. 5, 23. The phrase at 
Ovpat fictcriXiwg, in Xenophon (Anab. ii. 1, 6), signifies 
particularly the court of the king of Persia. We have pre- 
served this phrase in the title we give to the court of the 
Grand Signor, that of the Ottoman Porte. The very use 
we make of the word court, meaning thereby the king's 
palace, is equally remarkable. 

0i5p€Tpov, ov (to), poet, for Qvpct, and only in the plural : ITpiV p.e 
Kara 7rprjveg j3ciXeelv TLpidpoio fxkXaQpov alQaXotv, 7rprj<rai Si nvpbg 
drjioto Qvptrpa. II. ii. 415. 

icXeiaadSes, ojv (at), and KXicadSes (at), shutters ; hence, 
the folds or leaves of a great gate : MeydXai KXiatdceg 
avaiTETTTiaTai lg tov HeXoTrovvrjvov rw neper;. Hero dot, 
ix. 9. 

ttuXtj, qg (//), prop, fold of a gate, in Homer and Hero- 
dotus : Kcu oXiyov n irapaitXlvavTEg rrjp enpnv itvXr\v. 
Herodot. iii. 156. In the plural, nvXai, the two folds; 
hence, gate with double folds, or, generally, gate, in 
Homer, and the poets, and also in prose writers, in speak- 
ing of a single gate, but only of the gate of a town, or 
rampart, in which respect it differs from Svpa : EWo 
hnfJLoyipovTeg ent Ik'cu/Jeri TrvX-nvi. II. iii. 149. UvXat artwy- 
fiintL ijvav tCjv ruyQv. Xen. Cyr. vii. 4. 4. In Sophocles 
and Euripides for the house door : lipog rd& ev (pyXdo-rTere 
K\ei6poi(Ti kou fioyXolai cwf-idriov irvXag. Eur. Andr. 951. 
In the plural ttuXcu, pass, defiles, which are the pass out of 
one country into another, and that pass in particular 
known also by the name of Qepf.i67rvXat, Thermopylae : 
Ttjy fxev ovv irduo^oi' TlvXctg kciXov&i, teal ^rlra teal Bep/iO- 
TrvXag' eotl yap Kcu Oip/jta TrXrjaioy i)c\ira. Strab. ix. 186. 

TruXcjjjLa, aroc (to), fr. TrvXow, properly, the being closed 
by means of a gate; hence, gate, in general, in the Tragic 

z 3 



258 263. 

(262) writers : KaXwg ix £l Ta kXeIctt ev ?£ nvXa)jia(n. Msch. 
Sept. 801. 

itvXtav, wvog (6), Ionic nvXeiov, from 7rvXrj, ordinarily vestibule; 
may be understood of the threshold of the gate, and by ext., gate of 
entrance, great gate, in the poet Oppian : 'Pijli^' fflopev, TrvXe&va dia- 
7rrdfievog Oavaroio. Oppian. Cyn. iii. 419. TlvXiuv Qavaroto is a 
phrase analogous to that which Homer often uses in the same sense : 
IIvAai 'Aidao. II. xxiii. 71- The gate of Hell. 

acuas, i$og{fi), in the plural, crcuaScs, u)v (at), in Homer, 
1. the boards of wood which form the folds or leaves of a 
/ door or gate : 'YyprjXai te 7ruAcu, (ravlSeg t eiri rrjg apapvlai, 

fxaKpal, ev&arai, e£evyfji£vai. II. xviii. 275. 2. The folds 
or leaves themselves : Ovde 7rvXr)aiv Evp ETTiKEKXt/jLEyag 
aapiSag. II. xii. 121. The singular is only found in the 
Sept. 

263. 

263 6wpa|, aKog (6). The anatomical meaning of this word 
is unknown to the Homeric poems ; it is found for the first 
time in Hippocrates and Aristotle, for the thorax, or all 
that part of the body which the cuirass covers, the trunk 
of the man ; but the signification of it is different at dif- 
ferent periods. In Aristotle : To and avxirog pE^pl 
alfioiwv kvtoc, o KaXelrat Oiopal,. Arist. Hist. An. i. 7. Its 
extent is more limited in Galen and in medical writers of 
a later date : To roivvv vtto twv 7rXevp(Sjya(j>opi^6fievoy k(f 

eKCLTEpOV, TTpOGlt) [JIEV E7TL TCI GTtpvCl TE KCU TiiQ (j)p£vag E^IKVOV- 

jjlevop, oiritrto 3' ett\ ttjp puyiv KaTaKa/bnrTOjJLErov, airav tovto 
to Kvrog fdog roig larpotg egtiv ovo/ma^Eir OwpaKa. Galen, de 
Usu Part. vi. 2. 

ujipvov, ov (to), fr. o-TEpeog, is the bony part of the chest 
in Homer, and particularly the bone which is situated in 
the centre, the sternum ; speaking of men, it is the ex- 
ternal part of the breast, plural or singular, the breast in 
animals : "Oi> pa ttot aWdg vtto GTEpvoto Tv^rrag. . . II. iv. 
106. Hence, more generally, in Homer (//. iii. 194) and 
the tragic writers for the whole breast in both sexes : TcW, 

TOO* el /JEV OTEpVOV 7TCU£U' 7T0O0V/Z£(, 7TCU0W. Eur . HeC, 

563. In later medical writers the sternum, the breast-bone : 
To Sf fXETa^v tovtiov [wXEVp&v^ (TTijOoC Kai to fXEaairaTOv 

aVTOV (TTEpVOV, ^XP 1 T °v X^ V ^P 0V > fy' ° y ™ <77 *^/ ia T VQ 
KoiXlag. Galen. Introd* 



264. 259 

<tty\Qos, eog (70), fr. iffTri/ii, in Homer the upper part of (263) 
the breast in its full extent, speaking both of animals and 
men ; in poetry and in prose, breast of animals : Hop 1 at/dov, 
odi k\t)\q cnroepyEi av-^iva re (jrrjdog re. II. viii. 326. Often, 
and particularly in the plural, the region which contains 
the heart, the liver, and the lungs, in Homer : "Exropi r 
tivru) dvjjLOQ iv\ (TrrjdecraL iraraddev. II. vii. 216. Some- 
times the bosom in women : 2r?/faa 0' IfxepoevTct. II. iii. 
397. In Hippocrates, the bone called sternum by medical 
writers from the time of Galen : Hrrjdog dk eolkev ov to 
av^nrav Xiyetv ywpiov oaov kv to"lq irpoaw rov Qojpcikuq ecttlp, 
aXXa to fjiiffov octtovi', kv a> diapdpovvTUL wXevpal, o kciXoihtiv 
ifiiojg 01 per avrov icLTpol aripvov. Galen. Exeg. 

264. 

0wpa£, aKog (6), upper part of the cuirass or corslet of 264 
the Homeric warriors, composed of two pieces of metal, 
one of which covered the breast, and the other the back-; 
each of these two pieces, called yvaXov, was fastened on 
the two sides of the body by buckles (irEpvvrf), and enclosed 
it completely. Upon the OwpaZ, which reached just below 
the navel, came another piece called ^wjuia, or girdle 
(Pausan. x. 26), which covered the lower stomach and 
the reins ; to that was attached the fxlrpa [cf. 241], or petti- 
coat of arms, which reached down below the knees. Most 
frequently 6u>pa£, is to be understood by ext. of the whole 
cuirass : AEVTEpov av OwprjKa Trepl GTi]dEGaiv eEvvev. II. 
xi. 19. 

£wp.a, htoq (to), prop, girdle, and specially the iron band 
fastened to the bottom of the OwpaZ, as we have just 
noticed [see plate on p. 162 of Rich]: Avae he 01 ^ujarfjoa 
iravaioXov ?/3' virivEp^EV ^wjau te Ka\ p.LTp-qv. II. iv. 216. 
In these lines, £a^ua must be understood of the whole 
cuirass, dwpa't, according to Aristarchus quoted by the 
Scholiast (ad II. iv. 216). 

Xnw, iovoq (0), ordinarily tunic; accompanied with 
many epithets, this word is sometimes a periphrasis of 
dwpat,, in Homer (77. xiii. 439) ; it is found sometimes, 
but rarely, alone, as synonymous with dojpa't, : 'Ektopeov £e 
XiTuva irepl oriidEGai Sdi(at \aXK(3 pwyaXkov. II. ii. 415. 



260 261), 266, 

(264) oroXds, dlog (fj), and, in the Doric dialect, cnroXds, a sort 
of leather jerkin or coa£ for light-armed troops, cuirass: 
Tot,£vdeig Sid TTJc dairiSog Kal rrjg aroXdhog Eig Tag irXEvpdg. 
Xen. An. iv. 1, 18 [and iii. 3, 20. = 0a>pa£ etc iipfiarog Kara 
tovq tjfiovg ecpcnrToiJiEi'OQ. Poll. vii. 70]. 



265. 

265 iSios, la, proper and peculiar to an individual, to a spe- 
cies, special, private, peculiar : HprjZig S 1 ij$' idirj, oh ctiifxiog, 
fjp dyopevau). Od. iii. 82. It is more frequently opp. to 
Kotvog and SnfJioaiog, in the prose writers : Kal ra 7r\ofa 
Trdvra, teal ra drjfjLocria Kal ra 'iSia. Plat. Gorg. 469, e. In 
Attic writers it is frequently found in conjunction with the 
pronouns, as own in English : Ilepi twv vfierepiov illwv. 
Dem. Legal. 439. Hence its use as a possessive pronoun 
in later writers, and in modern Greek : KeXevei 6 'Aptw- 
vlvog T(jj iSiio (TTpaTui kirilpafXElv Kal (poveveiv rovg fiapfidpovg. 
Herodian. iv. 11, 8. 

Kupios, ia, fr. Kvpog, proper, speaking of a name : Tw 
re Kvpio) avrov 6v6p.art TrpoodevTeg 'AtypiKavov. Herodian. 
vii. 5, 19. 

oiK€ios, ela (olKog), of or belonging to the house, domestic, 
is opposed to iroXirtKog or to Koivog : "Eji te roig avrolg 
oikeIiov afia Kal 7toXitiku>v ETrijiiXEia. Thuc. ii. 40. Hence, 
belonging in particular to a species, to a family, while "idiog 
expresses that which belongs in particular to an individual: 
OiKEiOTEpog yap avrolg 6 irovog, "ihiog, dXX oh KOivog u)y juiEra 
rov aio/jLarog. Plat. Pol. vii. 535, b. 

266. 

„/>/» Up€ioi>, ov (to), thing or animal dedicated to religious 
uses; hence, victim: Rett lepeitov 7ro\\iji> atyOovtav Ei'6fii£e 
yEv{](TEaQat. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 17. Ace. to Mceris, Upiiov was 
the Attic term for the general word Qvixa. 

UpoK, ov (to), in the singular signifies sacred place, con- 
secrated spot ; very seldom sacrifice or victim : "Ofp 1 Ipbv 



266. 261 

kroifdaar crctiar 9 AO)]ir}. II. xi. 571. Ordinarily, in the plural, (266) 
rd Upd, in poetry and prose, 1. sacrifices, sacred ceremonies : 
9 Otyp $m~iv f E*Ka£pyov l\d(T(Tsai iepd pi£,ag. II. i. 147. 2. The 
victims : Kai iv upolg crjXov ical iv ovpavioig aqfJ.eioig. Xen. 
Cyr. i. 6, 2. 

apYjxa, arog (to), fr. ap\u>, plural in the Odyssey, first-fruits : T H 
pa Kai dpyfiara Ovas Oeolq. Od. xiv. 446. 

dirapx^, >7c (>/), more commonly in the plural, first-fruits 
of the produce of the earth, which were offered to the gods, 
and laid upon the tombs of the dead : "Oaa re h yr\ fyiwv 
dvtoilov wpala, Trdvrmv dirapydg kirKpipovreg. Thuc. iii. 58. 

6vn g \ , >], rjg (r)), fr. 6vu), in the Iliad, portion of the cooked meats, 
which were burnt in honour of the gods, before commencing the meal 
or feast, primitue; 'O 6* kv irvpi fidXXe QvrjXag. 11. ix. 220. Hence 
victim or sacrifice, in general : Qoivia ds x tl 9 cra^ei OvrjXrjg "Aptog. 
Soph. Electr. 1422. 

6up.a, arog (to), prop., what is burnt in honour of the 
gods upon the altar ; whence it was subsequently applied 
to every kind of victim, and, in a yet wider acceptation, of 
offering : Ovrog S\ eTTEinep noXig avayKa^ei rdSe, Ota yEviadio 
ddjjia. Eur. Iph. T. 600. 

8-ufAtajj.a, arog (to), perfume of the incense burnt upon the altars : 
HoAic, d' ofxov per OvpiapaTwv yepei. Soph. (Ed. R. 4. [Also in PL 
Rep. ii. 373, a.] 

6vos, tog (to), fr. 6vio, that which was burnt in honour of the gods, 
incense, perfume : 'EttI o" dyXad ^rjpia Kaitiv, d\\oT£ Si) oirovSyGi 
Qvscrai rt iXdcnctaQai. Hes. Oper. 335. 

Oucria, ac (>/), sacrifice, victim : 'O \xiv ye IiKvdrjg, teal 
waaag Tag dvcriag dtyug Kai j/yr/ca/ie) og Tcnreiiag, avrovg 
dj0pu)7rovg ttj 'Ap-af-iiSi irapiaT^ai. Luc. de Sacrific. ad fin. 

oXoKauTWjia, aTog (to), fr. bXaicavTou), a verb found only 
in Xenophon, victim that was burnt whole, holocaust: 
Kai OvaeTE in avTov ra 6XoKavTU)/ja,Ta vpr. Exod. XX. 24. 

oXoKauTwcrts, ewg (>/), action of burning the victim whole : 
holocaust : LTdo-ai at jooeg elg oXoKavTioatv. Nuntcr. vii. 
87. 

oxjxxyioi', ov (to), fr. afp/t^io, beast killed (by cutting the 
throat) in sacrifice ; hence victim, and particularly victim so 
hilled, the parts cut off, or the entrails of the victim, from 



262 267. 

(266) which the auguries were taken : Kal Xiyetv ekeXeve 7ra(Tiv 9 
on ret lepd Kal rd ortydyia KaXd eirj, Xen. Anab. i. 8, 15. 

Yjpi\o"rt\piov, ov (to) [poet, in this sense], prop, the sacri- 
fice or victim offered by the person who consulted the 
oracle : 'AvSpibv rd& ecttI a(pdyia Kal ^pqarrjpia deoiaiv 
. epheiv. Msch. Sept. 230. The more general sense of offer- 
ing is given it in Sophocles (Aj. 220), a line which seems 
to be a reminiscence of iEschylus. 

267. 

267 lepeus, eijjg (6), fr. lepog, priest, in general, he who offered 
the sacrifices, and declared the will of the gods as manifested 
by the victims, in poetry and prose; sacerdos : 'AW aye 
Srj Tiva fiai'Tiv epelofxey f) Upfja. IL i. 62. 

ajjKJmroXos (6, 7/), poet., one who serves; hence minister, priest, 
priestess : Tag tXcupoKrovov 6eag dpKb'nroXov icovpav. Eur. Iph. T. 
1114. 

api)Tr\p, fjpog (6) [a], prop, one that prays ; hence priest : 
'AW evek aprjrfjpog, ov r\rinr\(i 'Ayafxifjiviov. IL i. 94. 

Bidfcpyos, ov (6), prop, one who serves ; in the N. T., 
beacon of the primitive Church, whose office it was to dis- 
tribute the alms : Svv E7riaKOTroLg Kal faaKoroig. Philipp. 
i. 1. 

emo-Koiros, ov (6), prop, inspector ; in the primitive Chris- 
tian Church, the name of the successors of the Apostles, 
BISHOP : Act yap rov e7tI(tkottop aviyKXrjTOV Etvai. N, T, 

Tit. i. 7. 

Our^p, fjpog (6), fr. 6vu), one who sacrifices, a sacrificer : 
013', <bg dvrrjp ye woXXd fa) aradelg aw. Soph. Trach. 1194. 

0uty)s, ov (6), Herodian uses this word for the Latin 
aruspex : Tovg re Trarra-^odev jidyovg Kal aarporojxovg re 
Kal Ovrag [ie7et^e\xt:eto. Herodian. iv. 12, 6. 

Gvrj'in&.os (o, r/), poet., name of the priests of lower rank, who burnt 
the incense upon the altar: Ov KarafiaXtig to. kwSl, ui 6vt]7t6\tj ; 
Aristoph. Pac. 1124. Dionysius of Halicarnassus uses this name of the 
Vestals among the Romans: At KaXovvrcu drrb rrjg Qtag rjv Qspairsv- 
ovcriv 'KtrTidSsQf avrbg irpwrog ispbv ISpvadfievog "Pujfiai.oig 'Eortac, 
Kal irapQkvovg d7ro§ul£cig avry Qvr)ir6Xovg. Dion. H. Ant. Rom. ii. 64. 

Ouoctkoo? (6, r}), diviner ; aruspex: A H ot fxdvTizg eiffi, Ovookooi, r\ 
Uprjtg. II. xxiv. 221. 



267. 263 

lepoypajAfxaTeug, iug (6), prop, sacred scribe, the name (267) 
given by the Greeks to a class of learned Egyptian priests, 
who wrote in hieroglyphic, or hierotic, characters, the history 
of the gods, and various theological and scientific treatises : 
T/)i' hpariKrjv, t) xpioi'Tai ol lepoypafj.jj.aTe'ig. Clem, Alex. 
Strom, v. 657. Ace. to Lucian, their office was to explain 
the mysteries of religion : "Qcnrep Aiyv7r~icjv ol KaXov^xevoi 
lepoypajjifjiaTel.g, 'Atravpiujv ce Kal 'Apdfiwv ol e^nynral twv 
jjivQijjv. Luc. Macrob. 4. 

UpoOurrjs, ov (o), fr. leoog and dvrrjg, a sacrificer, in Pau- 
sanias : 'lepeta ce atyiviv iorlv // dpuxra, avv ce avrrj ku\ rujy 
lepodvrujv kciXov jxev to v 6 veiorarog. Paus. viii. 42, 12. 

i€pofirrj|ui(di>, ovog (6). The hieromnemon at Byzantium 
was the chief magistrate, considered in his office of super- 
intendent of public worship and sacred rites, as the archon 
at Athens, the consul at Rome, and, like them, he gave 
his name to the year : 'Ett* lepofivd^ovog Bo cttt opinio. Dem. 
de Coron. in Byzant. decret. 27. Dionysius of Halicar- 
nassus gives this name to the Pontijices of the Romans : 
r £2c av ol lepojjivtifjLoveg e&yioiTai. Ant. R, viii. 55. 

Upoiroios (6, ?/), fr. 7tole(s) 9 prop, one who offers sacrifices ; 
used as a substantive, 6 leponoiog, master of the sacred cere- 
monies, was the name of ten magistrates at Athens chosen 
by lot ; their office was to regulate the festivals, the cere- 
monies, and the sacrifices, to choose the victims, and to 
assist at the examination which the aruspices made of the 
sacred entrails, in order to prevent fraud, adds the Scholiast, 
on the part of the diviners : Ol Xonrol rag -op.Tzdg ire fiir over l\> 
vfji~ii> nerd tCjv lepo7roiu>v. Dem. Philipp. i. 26. 

i€po<j>dmr]s, ov (o), fr. lepog and (panto, he who exhibits 
the sacred things, hierophant, priest of Ceres, who pre- 
sided at the initiations of the mysteries of Eleusis, and ex- 
plained the mysteries to the initiated. The Hierophant 
took the vow of celibacy, and was always chosen out of 
the family of the Kumolpidae, one of the first in Athens, 
in which family this dignity continued for 1200 years: 'O 
£e f.ieyi(TTog tHjv TrorTKpiKwi', o'lov e^yrjrov Kal irpo<pi]Tov, 
fidXXuv $£ lepocpdvTOv tci^iv eiri^ti. Pint. Num. 9. 

Xeiroupyos (6, //), one who serves, minister of worship : 






264 268. 

(267) 'AW' oIq Siicaioi' e<ttl Tavra Xeirovpydig deCov avaridevTeQ. 
Plut. de Oracul. def. 13. 

fxdyos, ov (6), a Persian word, magus, name of an ancient 
people, who, according to Herodotus (1, 101), were a part 
of the nation of the Medes. From the time of Zoroaster, 
the reformer of the religion of the Persians, the name of 
Magi was that of an order of priests who were in the high- 
est esteem among the ancient Persians, and to whom was 
entrusted not only the superintendence of their religious 
worship in general, but even the education of their princes : 
"Avev yap dri fiayov ov G(pi vojjloq ecrrl dvcriag iroteecrdai. 
HerodotA. 132. 

p.TjA.o0Tm|S, ov (6), prop, he who sacrifices sheep, epithet of ihe altar 
as well as of the priest in Euripides; hence, priest, in general: 9£g)j> 
d' £7r' iaxdpaQovK e%o> tiri riva fxrjXoOvrrjv 7ropev9a>. Eur. Ale. 118. 

TTpeapurepos, ov (6), elder ; presbyter ; hence, priest ; 
in the primitive Christian Church, the elders or presbyters 
were appointed by the Apostles : XetporoyrirravTeQ Se avrolg 
7rpe<j(3vTepovc kclt kKKXr\Giav, TrpoaevZafievoi fjcera vrjo-reiwy. 
Act. Apost. xiv. 23. 

268. 

268 tepos, pa, fr. n?ut, because formerly every thing, the 
origin or cause of which was unknown, was considered as 
sent by the Deity. Thus, in Homer and the ancient poets, 
lepog is the epithet of the day-light, of rivers, of barley, the 
first food of man, all which, being acknowledged blessings 
to man, gave him the first notion of the Deity : Tiyrovrat 
3' apa raiy eje re Kprjviiov air 6 r aXcrewv Ik 0' leputv 7rora- 
jjiiov. Od. x. 351. Hence, consecrated, sacred : 'lepovg 
Kara j3iojj.ovq. II. ii. 305. 

dpe'PYjXos (6, ?/), that which cannot or ought not to be 
approached, inaccessible, access to which is forbidden by 
religion, inviolable, speaking of temples and places that 
served as asylums of refuge : "Eari SovXw (pev^i/jiog {owjuog, 
etTTi teal XyaTciig afiijir\Xa iroXXa tujv lepioy. Plut. de 
Super st. 4. 

ayios, «a (ayog), word unknown to Homef, and very rare 



269. 265 

in ancient poetry and prose ; properly, pure, with reference (258) 
to moral purity ; hence it seems to have been chosen by 
the ecclesiastical writers of the O. T. and N. T. in pre- 
ference to hpoc : 1. holy : "Ayioi yiveaOt, Sri kyw dyioq 
si/Lii. N. T. 1 Petr. i. 16. 2. Very often, in speaking of 
things, holy for consecrated, sacred : f £ig 7rp6j3aTa ayta. 
Ezech. xxxvi. 38. 

aGiKTos (6, ?/), that which cannot be touched, inviolable, 
speaking of a consecrated place : "AOiktoq ot/c' oIktjtoq, at 
yap eu(J)OJJol deal G(f tyovat. Soph. (Ed. CoL 39. 

oaios, ia, that which is permitted, or rather that which 
is not forbidden by religion, by the divine law, which is 
not consecrated, speaking of things and of places, the use 
of which, or the approach to which, were not forbidden by 
religion, lawful, permitted, in opp. to hpoc, sacred, conse- 
crated, and in this case it is sometimes rendered by pro- 
fane : 'Ec oXtycopiav trpairovTO ko\ hpwv xai og'oov bfioiuQ. 
Thuc. ii. 52. [des choses licites et sacrees (Pillon) : of 
things sacred and profane (Mr. Dale). Cf. ci ov (ropov) 
twv iepQv fjtev y^p-npciTiov tovq deovg, tujv oaiujv Ce Trjv ttoXiv 
a-KoaTtpei. Dem. 703, 1.] 

<T€J3dajjLtos, ia, worthy of veneration, venerated: 'AcppoSi- 
rrjy eyovat pdXa aijodo-ptor. Pint. Amator. 19. 

o-epaoros, //, august, Augustus, as the surname of the 
Roman emperors, in Plutarch and Greek writers of Roman 
history : Kcuo-ctp 6 irpCoTog e-rriKX-ndElg Hep a Grog. Plut. 
Apophth. Cces. 1. 

269. 

Ipx-rioy, ov (to), prop, upper or outer garment, often gar- 269 
ment, dress, in general : 'l/jaria t arlptia Ktil yvvatKtia. 
Xen. Mem. ii. 7, 5. 

IjxaTiojAos, ov (6), a complete dress, in Plutarch [so in 
Polyb. 6, 15, 4-1 : Ta"tg he Bvyarpdaiv aurov IpaTirrpbr ttoXv*- 
reXfj Aioivcriov rov Tvpdvvov ^tKtXiag wefjixpayroe,. Pseudo- 
Plut. Apophth. Lac. Archid. 7. 

clp.a, citoq (to), clothing, clothes, in general, in the plural : El f.u) 
syuj at \afi(hv curb fxev <pi\a elfiara Cvou). II. ii. 261. 

cVSujjia, aToq (to) , that which a man puts on, garment, in 
the Sept. and the N. T. : Eihv Ik el di'0au)7roy oiuc hceZv- 
fjLivov tvSvfjia ycipov. Matth. xxii. 11. 

a a 



266 270, 271. 

(269) eo-0T]fjia, citoq (to), a verbal in the old Attic : [orav . . .] 
elaihu) & Eardrif-utra (popovvT ekeivo) ravra. Soph, Electr, 
269. [Th. in. 58.] 

ecrOrjs, rjrog (?/), fr. evvvjxl, clothing, clothes, dress ; vestis : 
Merpia & av kadrJTi, teal kg top vvv Tpoirov, ttoCjtoi AaKE^ai- 
\x6viol exprifjavTo. Thuc. i. 6. [In the Od. collectively : 
and so still in Xen. An. 3, 1, 18, KTrivr}, yjjvaov, kadrJTa. — 
Not a single garment ; though with ref. to the dress of per- 
sons generally we meet with the pi. as kv XHpaaig woXv ical 
ecrOriTEQ (pavXoTepac ical diaiTctL EVTeXiffTepai. Xen. Cyr. 1, 
3, 2.] Pape. 

eo-Orjais, tug (//), garment, in the N. T. : £vo dvdpEg ette- 
crrrjeav avTciig kv kadqaEaiv aaTpairTOvvaig. Luc. xxiv. 4. 

€cr9o<s, ov (6), poet, form of eaOrjg: Tov d' ovtl jXtXavTepov £7rX«ro 
tcrQog. II. xxiv. 94. 

ir€pij3oXaiov, ov (to), poet, covering, wrapping: Qa.va.Tov Tad' rjdn 
7T£pij36\ai a.vn\x\xcQa. Eur. Here. fur. 549. 

gtoXyj, fjg (r/), fr. (tteXXio, accoutrement, attire : AyaTaig 
EOLKOTag ical to irXrjQog ical Tag GToXdg. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 17. 

270. 

270 loropiKos, ov (6), skilful historian : 'AXXa ravra jjlev dva- 
Ktiadit) tyj 'It>/3a yapiTi, tov izavTiav laTopacwTctTOV fiamXiiov. 
Plut. Sertor. 9. [Properly an adj. = scientific. Pi. Soph. 
267, e. = historical. Plut.] 

loropioYpd<j>og, ov (6), historian who writes the history of 
past times ; historian : Tig ovk av OavfxdaEiE rrjv diretpiav \ 
Ka\ Ttjv ayvoicij^ Tfjg Koirrjg kvvoiag . . . . i)v pdXiOTa Se~i 
irapa Tolg iGTopioypdtyoic V7rap\eiv ; Polyb. ii. 62, 2. 

o-uyYpa<J>eus, iiog (6), contemporaneous writer or historian, 
who writes the history of his own times [this limitation is 
probably unfounded] : 'AXXa yap tHjv jjlev fjLEyaXwv noXewv, 
ei tl KaXov tirpaiav, diravTEg ol avyypa(pE~ig fj.£jjivr}vrai. 
Xen. Hell. vii. 2, 1. 

271. 

271 iTaXos, ov (o), an Italian : Ovo' av, otl "Ifinp 6 Tpa'ia- 
voc, aXX' ovtc 'IraXoc, ovh' 'IraXtwr^c ?*> {upt an Italian by 
birth, nor of a family that had afterwards settled in Italy). 
Dion. Cass, lxviii. 4. 



272, 273. 267 



u-aXuorrjs, ov (o), an Italiot, or inhabitant of Magna (271) 
Grsecia (not of an original Italian family) : lieu 'IraXtwrat 
Hvdayopav, Kal Aajj.\LaKnrol 'Ava^ayopav £,£vov ovra ida- 
\jsai' Kal rifuvJoiv etl kuI vvv. Aristot. Rhetor, ii. 23. 



K. 

272. 
KaOapos, pa, fr. Kadatpeiv, clean, neat ; hence, pure, prop. 272 
and fig, : Kadapa xpo'i z'lfiaO' eXovaa. Od. xvii. 48. 

dKi(38ir)\os (6, >/), not adulterated, in speaking of coined 
money, of good alloy : 'O £e aXXarrojUEiOQ i) vofxiafjia avrl 
vofiiajJiaToc ?/ Kal tG)v oXXojv i^ujiov bviovv i) Kal jju) l,wu)v 
aKifilrfkov trav SiSoru) Kal 3e%e(t6u) tuj vojju) ZvvEirofjEi og. 
Plat. Legg. xi. 916, d. [Impropr. ivithout fraud. Hdt. 9, 
7,1.] 

aKpdTos (o, ij), unmixed, pure, in speaking of wine : 
" AKpnrov dtiov irorov evrog zyovTEQ. Od. ii. 341. [By no 

means only of wine : e. g. aKparog rovg, pure intellect. 
, Xen. Cyr. 8, 1, 20 ; also impropr. pure, absolute, e. g. 

iXevdspla. PL &c] 

£<opo<s (6, *}), poet, pure [shear, neat\ in speaking of wine: Zcupo- 
ripov fie KSpaiSy dsTrag d' tvrvvov SKaoTOJ. II. ix. 203. 

273. 

Katecy, to burn, in speaking of the action of fire, to con- 273 

! sume by fire in all the senses of the transitive verb to burn 

in English : To jjlev 7ri>p rove aizronivovc kulel. Xen. Cyr. v. 

i 1, 5. With 7rifp, to light or kindle a fire, to make a fire : 

I Kal ol clWot avavTavTEQ irvp EKaiov. Xen. Anab. iv. 4, 8. 

aiOeiy [act. to light, kindle, irvp. Hdt. 4, 145: $a\6v, 
\ ASsch. Ag. 1410] in the passive; to burn, to be on fire, in 
the participle in Homer, epithet of a torch : "Ore f.u) avrog 
yE Kportioi' tfxJDaXoi aldo^iEvov haXav vijectvi Ooijaiv. II. xiii. 
320. [iraflra ?/ x^P n a *^(r6at e^okel. Xen. An. G, o, 19.] 
Fig. : A'idEadai r<o kpiori. Xen. Cyr. v. 1, 8. 

al0a\ovv, to reduce to ashes, to consume: Mr; a aiOaXuivy TToAv- 
kclttvov GTsyog 7rsirXove. Eur. Electr. 1133, 

avOpaicovv (civ9pa£), to reduce to coal, to calcine : KaiVfo K€pavy)J 
Zrjvbg rjvOpaKiofievoc,. JEscli. Prom. 372. 

A a 2 



268 274. 

(273) avciv, to light) kindle ; urere : "iva firj noQev dXXoOsv avoi. Od. v. 
490. 

8ai€iv, to light afire: Upwra fxkv hv ttsSloj 7rvp daiero. II. xxi. 
343. 

Oueii/, to burn, in speaking of perfumes, and later, of 
victims offered in sacrifice to the gods : T H pa kat apy/jiara 
Odes. Od. xiv. 446. 

Kaufxcmteii/, to burn, speaking of the heat of the sun : 
'HXiov de avareiXavTog EKavfjiaTiaOr]. Matth. xiii. 6. 

irpijGeiv [and 7Ti/J7rpaVai], to set on fire, to burn : Uprjo'io ttoXiv. 
jEsch. Sept. 434. 

irupou^, to set fire to, to burn : Ov wporepov Tzav(so\iai 
irpXv rj eXu) re i:al 7rvpu)aio rag 'Adfjvag. Herodot. vii. 8. 

reopow (rk<ppa),to reduce to ashes, in the Alexandrine poets : Te<ppdj- 
cag yvla Arnivai(j) irvpi. Lye. Alex. 227. 

4>\€y€ti/, to take fire, blaze, throw out flames of fire, 
speaking of a fire : To he (j)X£yei aKajiarov irvp. II. 
xxi. 13. [Also trans. cpXiyiov aKriaiv rjXiog x^ova. JEsch. 
Pers. 364 ; also to cause to blaze up, or fire up, propr. and 

^Xe-yeOciv, poet, frequentative of the preceding word : 'Hvrt 7rvp 
tot 67rsffavfjiEvov ttoXiv dvdpwv op\iivov l^ai(j)VTjg (pXeyiOei. 11. xvii. 
738. 

4>\€y|jiau'€ii> (jfXiyfia), to be inflamed, to have inflamma- 
tion, speaking medically : "Oaa Se (fXEyfxaivEtv Xiyerai tov 
(TiOjiaTOg, cltto tov Katadai te koX (j)X£yea6ai Btu X°^ }/ y^yovE 
ttclvtci. Plat. Tim. 85, b. 

^Xoyi^iv, poet, to set on fire, envelop in flames: Ovd' el irvpcpopog 
acTtpOTTnTrig j3povTag avyaZg ji dai (pXoyi^wv. Soph. Phil. 1196. 

274. 

274 kcikos, 7], deficient in such or such a physical or moral 

advantage ; hence, generally, it is opposed to ayadog 

in all its meanings, prop, and fig. ; bad, worthless, as 

being useless, unfit, not good, specially in war ; hence, 

cowardly : Kcu tol kywye ovSev aviawTEpov rofAiZw twv ev 

avOpwiroig elvai tov twv 'icrwv tov te kclkov k<u tov ayadov 

a'Ziovadat. Xen. Cyr. ii» 2, 14. 

kcikotjGyjs (o, »/), vicious in character or habits, malicious ; 

malignus : KaKorjOrjg & wv, Alayjivr}. Dem. de Cor. 5. 

KaKojjLi]x avo< 5 (O) r ))» on e who contrives or causes evil: Aatp tptlo, 
Kvvbg KaKOfxrjxoivov. II. vi. 344. 



274. 269 

KaKoyous (6, r/), ill-disposed, entertaining ill-will [ill- (274 j 
affected ; e. g. r/J 7r6\ei. Th. 6, 24] : *H vopi£eiQ tcaicorovv 
rrjy finripa aoi tivai ; Xen. Mem, ii. 2, 9. 

KaKOTrpayjuicji' (6, //), whose conduct is bad, an intriguer, 
a knave : Ob jjevtoi ettelOe ye to /jit] ov HEyaXoirpayfjuov te 
kcii KaKoirpayfJuov, Xen. Hell. v. 2, 26. 

KdKoupyos (6, ?/), one who is a worker or causer of evil : 
WWU uctKovpyoQ fj.kv tCjv aXXuyv, eavrov de 7roXv KciKovpyo- 
Ttpoq. Xen. Mem. i. 5, 3. In an abstract sense, an evil-doer, 
a malefactor : *H Kaxovpyovg tpewrjaui. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 12. 

k(xko<|>uyjs (6, ?/), of an evil nature, naturally bad : Tour 
le Kara r*jv \\jvyf]v KaxotpvElg re teal clvlcltovq avrol clttokte- 
vovtjiv. Plat. Pol. iii. 410, a. 

PXafSepos, pa (/3/\a/3r?), hurtful, in opp. to dxpiXi/uog : 
i Aeyioi' ore fjwpbg fxkv sir) si Tig o'Ietcil pfj /jiaOibv to. te uxpi- 
\ifia Kcil to. (ikajJEpa tujv irpayfiarijjv SiayvwaEcrdui. Xen. 
. Mem. iv. 1, 15. 

Xujjiecji/, uuoc (6), destroyer : Kai fiaXXov ettiQvuovvteq 
yyi/uoyeg i) cegtzotcu TroocrayopEVEcrOaL* tcai aiorrjpEQ, aXXa fo) 
\vjjleu)I'ec a.7roKa\E~i<j6ai. Isocr. Paneg. 22. 

jxox0if]p6s, pa (fjio-^dog), depraved, corrupted : 'AW iiiovg 
ecokovj' KarafiardavEiv tCjv KaXuty rag fnoptyag 7ravv ^0)(6r}- 
povg bvrag rag xpu^ag. Xen. CEcon. 6, 16. 

oiiTiSavos. r), good for nothing, mean, cowardly ; nequam : Ar]fj,of36- 
pog fiacriXevg £7m ovrioavdlaiv avaaaEig. II. i. 231. 

ira^oupyos (o, //), capable of any thing, in a bad sense, 
thoroughly wicked: llpolovreg y/dcig avy TiaacubspiEL T(3 
adeijJTaTa) te ku\ narovpyoTaTu). Xen. Anab. ii. 5, 12. 

•jronfjpos, a (7ro;oc), one who causes or inflicts evil, pain, 
! trouble ; bad, in the sense of hurtful, dangerous : IW?;pa 
rpocp}). Plat. Legg. v. 735, b. Fig. and speaking of per- 
sons, it denotes rather the habit of evil, the constant dis- 
position to do evil, perverse, froward ; hence it is opposed 
to \p-qrTTog and Ka\6g KayaOoc : WAX' eI aSvvarov tart 
7to» npbi' bvra KaXovg ^ayadovg (piXovg k'r//crao"0ai .... Xen, 
Mem. ii. 6, 20. In the prop, sense some grammarians 
accented the word ironrjpos. Ammonius, after Tryphon, 
very properly exposes this conceit, and, if we may trust 
him, this last mode of accenting the word was in use with 
the Attic writers in both senses of the word. 

a a 3 



>:i 



270 275. 

(274) 4>aC\os, bad, worthless, in the sense of incapable, without 
talent, despicable ; vilis, in opp. to ayadog : 'Ewpwv ydp, 
e(f)rf 6 KpiTofiovXog, prjTopdg te (pavXovg ayadolg drjjjrjyopOLg 
<pLXovg ovrag. Xen. Mem. ii. 6, 20. 

<|>\aupos (o, i]), bad, evil, in the sense of abusive, injurious, 
in speaking of a discourse : Kat jxti^ev enrrig cpXavpov avopag 
debovg. Aristoph. Nub, 832. 

275. 

275 kcikoGi>, to ill-treat, use ill : 'EXOujv yap p EicaKwcre (ilrj 
'HpaKXrjelr]. II. xi. 690. 

KaicoTrcH€u>, to do evil to, to injure, in general: ^vvavrat 
7roXXa fjLEv rrjv fiaviXiiog ywpav Karadeorreg KaicoTroiEiv. 
Xen. Mem. iii. 5, 26. 

KaKoupyeu/, /o work or &nw# #&ow£ ew'Z ; "O n V av 
KaKovpyrj rig rovg kvctvriovg, drjXov on Travrl tovtg) Tovg 
avuixdypvg Kov<bi£ei. Xen. Cyr. vi. 3, 24. 

KXLK&veiv is principally used in the passive, to be culpable 
or cowardly, base : Ovkovv kcikvvei toIcj^e rolg flovXevfjLaaw ; 
Eur. Hec. 251. \_Pl. Tim. 42, c. rpowov ov kcikvpolto' of 
soldiers, opp. to to Seov ttoleIv. Xen. Cyr. 6, 3, 27 : usually 
c. ace. persons : sts irepi riva' of a country, it is to ravage 
it ; e. g. ny*> Eu/3otaj/. Th. 2, 32.] 

dSiKeiK (ack/cog), prop, to be unjust ; hence, in a wide 
sense, to ill-treat, to hurt, to injure, to wrong : Tovg yap 
hkvovg e£, ov o te ^ivvig Kal o HiKEipwv mi 6 TLpoKpovo'Trjg 
diridavov ovSelg etc dStKEic Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 14. 

pXdirrew, to hurt, principally in war : Ov jju)v ovSe dvai- 
(Tdf]TU)g avrovg keXevlj rovg te ^vfifidyovg rjfxwv kqv /3\a- 
ttteiv. Thuc. i. 82. 

&T]\€L(r0ai, to destroy, to injure ; Icedere : Ovci ttot ev 
00/t/ ipifiojXciKi (ItOTiaveiprj tcapicbv ESrjXii&avT. II. i. 156. 
[In prose, Hdt. yr\v, GTpaTir\v, &c] 

Xufxai^caOai (Xv/jly)), used of acts of violence, of attacks 
upon persons and things, to attack, to injure by words or 
actions: \v\iaivo\iivr) ci tu> vEKpijj, kiriXEyE toSe. Herodot. 
i. 214. Hence, to injlict evil, i. e. to harass, to worst in 
war: AvjjialvEadaL rovg 7roXEfxlovg. Xen, Cyr~ vi. 3, 24. 

XwpdaOat (Aw/3??), to insult, to treat injuriously, to out- 



27(5, 277. 271 

rage : 7 11 yap dv, 'Arpeilri, vvv varara Xd) fij] actio. II. i. 232. (275) 
[Often in Hdt. and common in PI. : J to uclkov fiEv Xwfta- 
Tai, to ce ctKaiov 6vivr\aiv. Crit. 47, e ; Xu)j3wvTat tovq 
rEovg. Prot. 318, d.] 

iv(\\i.alv€.iv (7r?7/ua), to damage, to worst, to persecute, to 
harass: M?) St 1 Efjirjv loTrjTa HoaEiddwv ivoai^wv 7rr)fjaivei 
Tptiag. II. xv. 41. [In prose, Hdt. Pl.-Arist. ir-qfiaivEL 
to. ofjjjieLTa vypoTrjQ. Probl. 31.] 

276. 
KaXdfXTj, tjg (i)), stubble, straw of wheat, barley, &c. ; 276 
calamus, stipula : Toy £e viov gitov gvv rrj KaXd/uirj dwoKei- 
/jLeror. Xen. An. v. 4, 27. 

axvrj, rjg (r)), fr. a and t^w, an Y «t>j^ct without consistence, any 
thing light, hovering and driving about in the air, as chaff winnowed 
and set afloat in the air : 'Gc. d' dvi\iog ayyag (popkei Updg tear' aXwctc. 
II. x. 499. [Cf. 110.] 

axupoy, ov (to), stalk of the growing corn ; hence, in the 
plural, straw : 'EutXoV-fc; avTEiov ti)v k'oiXlrjv Kai Kadrjpar-eg 
ifjnwrXaffi dyypwv. Herodot. iv. 72. Fig. dung : Tovg yap 
/uiETOtKovg dyypa twv clgtujv Xiyuj. Aristoph. Ach. 508. [I 
don't know on what authority M. Pillon founds this article. 
The meaning usually given is chaff, husks.~] 

icc£p<f>09, Eog (to), any dry and very light thing, particle of 
straw, chip of wood : Kdpcpog ^ajjiddiv vvv Xafiibv tov 
Xvyvov Trpofivaov. Aristoph. Vesp. 249. 

4>puya^o^, ov (to), thin bit of dry wood, small stick, such 
as are collected for fuel : Kai ra'jua Kap(f>t] Kai to. 7raporTa 
(ppvyava. Aristoph. Av. 642. 

277. 
KaXciy, 1. to call for the purpose of bringing to you : 977 
Kai KaXivag tov Twfipvav. Xen. Cyr. v. 3, 3. 2. To call, 
in the sense of denoting, naming : 'EScp^oiTeu Ze T-qnKavTa 
tig Tovg yEpaiTEpovg ovTag te Kai KaXov/jiEiovg. Xen. Cyr. i. 
2, 13. 

avTCiv (avTTj), to call shouting: Kai clvtei irdvTag dpivTovg. Jl. xi. 
258. 

Tyrruciv, to call with a loud voice : Avrdp 6 KvKXioTrag fieydX' i)7rvev. 
Od.ix. 399. 

kikX-hVkciv, a kind of, Ionic and Epic, frequentative of KaXku ; 
'Epxzo' kikXi'igksi as iraTr)p epog, o<ppa n tiny. Od. xxii. 397- 



272 278. 

(277) Xeyeii/, to say, in the meaning and use given to the word 
in the participle said, said to be : *H rove mpl rd toiclvt 
cut 7rpo\elpovQ orrac toIq nXelcTTOiQ XEyopivoig larpoig. Plat. 
Legg. ix. 857, d. 

ovop.6X^w, to call by name, to name : AieXiyovro irpog 

dWflXoVQ, WQ fiVrjfJlOl'lKOq 6 KvpOQ OTTOGOIQ (TVVETaTTE, TTU)Q 

drofjLd^y eveteXXeto, Xen, Cyr. v. 3, 17. 

TTpoaayopeueiv, to address in speech, to call by a name 
or title : Tov evekev "Qprjpov o'iei tov 'Ayapipvova wpoa- 
ayopevaat noipiva XaCJv ; Xen, Mem. iii. 3, 1. 

278. 

278 KaXos, koKi), beautiful, used of persons and things, in a 
very wide sense, prop, and fig. ; hence, good, honorable, 
fit, proper, useful, advantageous, in opp. to kcucoq and 
alcr^pog : Ma'Aa yap & opow koXov re piyav re. Od, i. 301. 

elSdXifxos, n (eWog), very beautiful: Xiopig 8' avrs yvvaiKag, dfiv- 
fiova epy' eldviag rtaaapag elSdXtfiag. Od. xx'w. 279. 

€uei$YJs (6, r/), fr. elSog, beautiful with reference to form, 
shape, comely, fair, &c. : Kcu Oepcnrairag iroXXdg kcli evel- 
?,E~ig, ical ov()£ ravrag fjpEXrjpivwg kypvaag. Xen, Mem. iii. 
11,4. 

€ujLLop<j>os (6, rj), fr. fwptyrj, beautiful in face only, formo- 
sus : Kcu ovtio at Evpop&oi rdg djjioptyag Kal Epirripovg e^eSi- 
Socrav. Herodot, i. 196. 

euTrpe-irrjs (6, fj), fr. vrpeVw, of beautiful appearance, seldom 
when speaking of persons : Yvvrj to Eidog EV7rpE7n)g, Plut, 
Prcec, conj. 23. 

euTrpocrtoTros (o, ^) (jrporrMTTov), 1. beautiful in face, hence, 
in general, beautiful, particularly among the Cretans, accord- 
ing to Aristotle : To yap EVEidsg oi KpfJTEg EVirpofjujirov 
haXovtrtv. De Poet. 25, 16. 2. One who has a beautiful 
mask ; hence, fig. one of beautiful appearance, specious : 
'Y7r£itpivavT0 £V7rp6<T(i)7ra. Herodot, vii. 168. 

KaWi/rrapTjos (6, r)), prop, of beautiful cheeks, epithet of women in 
Homer : Tyai Ovpag uii^e Qeavth Ka\\i7rdpyog. 11. vi. 298. 

icaX-uKanris, idog (o, y), of complexion like the rose, in the Homeric 
hymns : Tuxi ts /cat 'Qicvpon Ka\vKu>mg. In Cer. 420. 

wpalos, aia (wpa), that which is in its bloom, in all its 



279—281. 273 

vigour, full ripe, speaking of fruits, and fig. of the age of (278) 
man ; hence sometimes, that which has the beauty of youth, 
beautiful: '£hpa!og iwv Kal KaXog. Find. OL ix. 141. 

279. 
KdjjLi^os, ov (6), furnace, oven, smelting furnace : Kal aV 279 
oIklwv tteqI Tdoyvpeia SrifAotritov Kal aVo Kajjilvioy wpOGofioi 
ay noXXal yiyvoivro. Xen. Vect. 4, 49. 

Ittvos, ov (6), kitchen stove ; hence kitchen: O yap irarrtp 
elg top iirvov eIgeXiiXvQev. Aristoph. Vesp. 139. 

K\i(3a^os, ov (6), and Attic Kpifiavos, portable oven, in 
which bread and pastry were cooked : 'Ev Kkifiavu) hiatya- 
ve'l irvi^avTEQ, ovrco rpojyovfrt. Herodot. ii. 92. HapEridei. 
6' f]/d~iv oXovg ek Kptfiavov fiovg. Aristoph. Acharn. 86. 

wiyeus, iiog (6), extinguisher (a sort of cover to put out 
fire, couvre-feu), oven, stove for baths : 'ErravO' evoikovg 
avhpEQ ol top ovpavov XiyovrEg aran elOovviv <bg egtiv 
wviyEVQ. Aristoph. Nub. 96. 

280. 
k(£*itt]Xo9, ov (o), retailer, sutler : HioXeIv £e rovg KanrjXovg 280 
rat EjiTTopovQ, otl lyEL ekugtoq TTpadLjjLov . Xen. Cyr. \V . 5, 42. 

dyopaios, ala, seller of small wares and provisions, huck- 
ster [M. Pillon adds marchand forain (?)]: 'EptevOev to. 
fjiEi' wi'ia Kal ol ayopaloi .... a7rEXi]\avraL eIq iLXXov 
tottov. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 3. 

ejULiropos {b, >/), merchant, trader : Kal yap ol tfjuropot XP*'/" 
fxara GvXKiyEtv iKavoi eIglv. Xen. Mem. iii. 4, 2. 

281. 
KopSia, ag (?'/), fr. Kiap, Epic KpaSiTj, heart: Ti)r Ee ^) 9 o, 
KapSiar ol/jljulu twv tyXefiibv Kal 7rrjyi)v rov TTEpKpEpofXEvov Kara 
izavTa ra (JtiXtj Gtyolpwg a'tfiarog. Plat. Tim. 70, b. 

KTJp, Krjpog (to), and Keap, in Pindar and the tragic writers, the 
hearty prop, and fig. ; cor : XwSfievog Krjp. It. i. 44. 

8id<j)paYp.a, utoq (to), synonyme of typivEg, the diaphragm 
in Galen (JDcfin. ii. 238), the name given it by the later 
medical writers, probably from the following passage in 
Plato : Tar typivag Ziatypay\ia Elg ti) j-Iegov a'vTior tiOeitec. 
Plat. Tim. 70, a. 



274 282. 

(281) "*i TO p> op°Q (to), fr. aio, prop, breath, principle oflife, of motion, and 
of the passions, heart; animus: Ti (jtyoSiv evl (ppeal fiaiveTai r/rop ; 
II. viii. 413. 

Oujjlos, ov (6), the heart, as the principle of all the pas- 
sions, the seat of which Homer sometimes places in the 
breast : *£lg AlvEia dvjjiog kvi arifizvai yeyriOet. II. xiii. 494. 
And sometimes in the diaphragm : Ila^rec c^a (ppsal dvfxbv 
tyovTEQ. II. xiii. 487. 

(rripvov, ov (to), breast, in the poets, fig. for the heart : 
OvTio yap, a5 ttou, ^prf cia trripviov e%eiv. Soph. Ant. 639. 
[In pi. of one person in Xen. Cyr. Oupal; wept tcl arkpva, 
219.] 

oTT]0os, eoq (to), breast, for the heart in the poets : Elor/y- 
kel jbieya nivdog ev\ gt^Qeggiv. Od. x. 329. 

<$>pr\v, evoq (]]), plural <|>peV€s, diaphragm ; prcecordia : 
'AAA' £/3a\' evd' apa te (ppivEg Epyarai a«0' ahtvbv Kfjp. II. 
xvi. 481. In the singular, in poetry, for the heart : XapEirj 
Se (ppiva fJLijTrjp. II. vi. 481. 

282. 

282 KciGjjLa, arog (to), burning heat of the sun, excessive heat : 
M-E-^pig ov £ia Kavjjia ov hvvavTai oIkeiv ol avOpwiroi. Xen. 
An. i. 7, 6. 

alOos, ov (6), and cuOos, sog (to), heat : AlQov r aZafivvacOca 6eov. 
Eur. Suppl 208. 

OdXiros, Eog (to), heat, in general : 'AAXa ^v^r) te yEtfiG)- 
vog teal dakwr) dipovg eOl^el KaprEpElv. Xen. CEc. 5, 3. 

Oeppa^o-is, £tog (r/), the making warm or hot : "Egti Se ov% 
f) OEpfjLorrjg tcivrjGig, aW ij OipjiavGLg. Aristot. Metaph. X. 11. 

OepjjLao-ta, ac (//), Attic form, less ancient than the follow- 
ing ones, in Xenophon : To yap kipeTgOui Kal av$pi£Ecrdai 
irapEiyE dEp/Jtaalav rivd Kal vyporrjTa. Xen. An. v. 8, 6. 

OepfjLT], 77c (>/), fr. Qipnog, heat, prop, and fig. heat caused 
by fever : YlpibTOv jjlep rrjg KEtyaXijc Oipfiai layypai. Thuc. 
ii. 49. 

GepfjLonqs, vt°G (>/)> heat, warmth in general : Ov yap 
Oep/jiOTrjTog, ol/uai, Epyov -^vyEtv, aWd rov Ivavriov. Plat. 
Pol. i. 335, c. 



283. 275 

OcpfxwX^, ?7c (>/), Ionic, heat of fever, in Hippocrates : '£lg (282) 
if depfjiiijX)) avoiyQivTOQ rov (JLjparog viro tov ISpwrog E^iXdn. 
Hippocr. de hoc. 418. 

283. 

KeXeucu', may be used equally, 1. of the inferior with 283 
reference to the superior, to exhort, to direct by recommend- 
ing ; jubere : 'E7T£t ce wpa i)v oi rEray pivot irpoaiorrEc Xov- 
(tcktQui avrov ekeXevov. Xen. Cyr. viii. 7, 2. 2. Of the 
superior to the inferior, to order : Avrdo 6 KnpvKEacn Xiyv- 
(f)66yyoL(TL KtXEvaav .... II. vi. 324. 

Ke'XecrOcu, synonyme of ksXsveiv : 'A\X' eg fiev MeviXaov lyih keXo- 
jj.a.1 icai dvioya iXQiXv. Od. iii. 317« 

avarye'vcu, defective, in Homer, Herodotus, and the tragic writers, to 
order, to advise, urge: d' liztiTa Oeolg evxE^Oat avwyei iraaag 
. eyeing. II vi. 240. 

ivrekXecrQai, to command, to enjoin, to charge : 'ErreiXa- 
j jjievog ol a7ro yXwaang. Herodot. i. 123. 

emcrKYJ-nreii', to enjoin viva voce, to charge, recommend : 
Kcu Si) v/juv race £7ri(TKfj7rTix). Herodot. iii. 65. 

emore'XXeiv, to send word or orders by letter or messen- 
ger, to dispatch an order or orders ; hence, more generally, 
| to order: OT'E^opcu rw vavap^u) swectteiXciv. Xen. Hellen. 
iii. 1, 1. 

ciriTctaaei^, to prescribe, speaking of physicians : r Hg 

7Tpodvpojg rovg ETziTat,ovTag 6 tl j^p)) ~oieiv KaXovat. Xen. 

'< Cyr. i. 6, 18. [Not peculiarly of physicians, but to order 

generally ; it denotes a command laid upon an inferior. 

j TaSe avTolvi kmratpv, Hdt. 1, 155; and also personally 

| in pass, vavg ETrErdyQnvav 7roiE~Lo6tu, were ordered to build 

ships. Th. 2, 7.] 

irapayyeXXei^, to transmit an order, or the word of com- 
' mand given by the general : Kcu rJ Sevripq ekeXevcte rubra 
, rovro TiUpayyElXat. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 1. 

irpodyeiv, to drhe or lead forward, to cause progress to be 
made by others towards a point, or in any matter ; promo- 
vere : TEKpatpopevoi irporpi^u adat /./£)' ai Oolotzovc Err* upEriji' 
Kparivrov yEyorivai, izpoayayElv c ek avn)i' ov\ tmior. 
Xen. Mem. i. 4, 1. 

Trpoo-TciTTet^, to ordain, to order or direct, speaking of the 



276 284, 285. 

(283) order established by providence, or by laws : "Eireira irpoa- 
Tarrovtnv avrolq lit) kXettteiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 2. 

izporpi-n^iv, to turn in a forward direction ; hence, to urge 
forward, to lead on : 'E7rt0T£^/w/z£0a he el icai dXa^ovEiaq 
aTroTpiirw tovq avvovraq, dpETfjq enLfxeXeiadaL 7rpo£rpE7rEv. 
Xen. Men. i. 1. 1. 

284. 

284 Ke\u<|>os, ov (6), fr. koXvtttu), every kind of integument or 
outer covering, as bark of the tree, shell of the egg, &c. 
(Aristot. Gener. An. ii. 6, 20), shell of fish, shells of nuts, 
and other fruits of the same kind; pod of peas, beans, &c. : 
Ta yap irXola t)v avrolq KtXvtyr} Kapvuv. Luc. Ver. H. ii. 38. 

K€\uc|>cu>oi>, ov (to), according to the Scholiast on Lyco- 
phron, the thin shin which envelops the egg : KeXvcpaiu) 
vrpofiiXoi' (b(TTpaKii)f.ievr)i>. Lye. 89. 

ekvrpov, ov (to), every kind of envelope, as shell of the 
nut or oyster, follicule, capsule, or seed vessel ; bow-case, 
sheath or shard of lepidopterous insects, in Aristotle : "Ert 
Se to. jjlep e^ei tujv tttyjpuh' zXvTpov Tolq WTepolq. Aristot. 
H. An. iv. 7. 

285. 

285 Kepawog, ov (6), thunderbolt (the lightning which strikes 
the earth); fulmen : To Ss. dcrTpdxpav, avcnrvpuQiv, fiialioq 
&XP L T ^ 7*iG Suicdioi' Kepavvoq KaXeiraL. Aristot. de Mund. 
4, 19. 

acTTpawf], rjq (fj), fr. aorr/p, lightning (the flash) ; fulgur : 
Kara Se ty\v tov vityovq EKpr)t>LV 7rvpwdev to irvEVLia kcli 
XdfJL\l>av, atrrparrt) XeyeTcu' w () h) irpoTepor rfjq fipoi'Trjq npo- 
ettegev, vtJTepov yEvoiiEvov. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 18. 

&<TT€po7n] and arepoirq, i)q (?)), lightning (flash) : Bj/ d* 'tfiev aaTe- 
pOTcy ivaXiyKioq. II. xiii. 242. Actfjup' ware artpOTcr) 7rarpbq Awq. 
II. xi. 66. 

Ppo^TYJ, rjq (?]). the noise of thunder, thunder, clap of 
thunder: JLiXrjdev Se ttveviici kv ve^el irayju te zed voTEpui 
Kai tL,ii)dev cY civtov pr\yvvov (iia'noq to. avvEyfi TnXfifxara r ~ 
i E(j>ovq, fipofiov Kai irdrayov cnrEtpydcrctTO fiiyav, ftpov'i \v 
XtyoikEvov. Aristot. de Mund. 4,17. 



286. 277 

TrpYjorrjp, rjooQ (6), meteor, whirlwind or tornado with (285) 
meteoric fire ; Fr. prester : 'EaV Se \)\i'nxvpov ?) [sc. to 
aoTplv^av~\ vtyolpbv ce a\Xu)Q k*ai cidpoov, TrpnvTi'ip' idv ce 
a7rvpor tj iravTeXutc, Tvcfxov. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 19. \_Cf. 
Ar. Meteor. 3, 1.] 

o-ktjtttos, oi> (o), generic name of meteors that fall to the 
earth, in the treatise attributed to Aristotle : "E/caorov ce. 
tovtiov [sc. Kepavviov, 7rprjffTi]pcjv, tv(J)u)V(ov~\ KaTavKij\pa.v elr 
ttjv yrjv (TKr}7r-og 6voua£eTCii. Aristot. de Mund. 4, 19. 

286. 

KC^aXrj, i]g (?/), head, [also fig. =] chief : "OfjfjLara teal 236 
K£(pa\i]v 'LkzXoq Aa. II. ii. 478. 

Ppcyfxa, aroc (to), the front part of the skull, from the 
beginning of the hair ; sinciput: Tov-ov [sc. tov xpaviov] 
Se to fxev kjjLirpo&diov, jopeyfjia. Aristot. Hist. An. i. 7. 
[To ire pi top eyxeyaXov ogtovv. Part. An. 2, 7. 18.] 

Iviov, ov (to), the occiput, the hinder part of the head : 
' To c oiriadiov [sc. tov Kpaviov] Iviov. Aristot. H. An. i. 7. 

Kapa and KapTj (to), the head, in general: 'X\pov de zap?] f%£t. //. 
vi. 509. 

KapTjvov, ov (to), Epic, in the singular in the Homeric hymns : 'H 
ds . . . . kaavfikvb)Q wpovvtv an' dQavaTOio icaprjvov. Hymn, in Miner v. 
xxviii. 8. 

Kopo-T], rjg (?/), in new Attic KoppTj, the two sides of the 

head, the part where the temples are : Tavpeav iwaraijE x ? 7 ?* 

yovvTa eir\ Kopprjc. Dem. in Mid. 562, 9. For the whole 

head in the Alexandrine poets: FLaaaova fj.ev tyopeovai Slprjv, 

| fxeyaXnv Se re Kopvrjv. Opp. Cyn. iii. 25. 

Kopucfn], i)c (rj), highest point of the skull, top of the head: 
i Metroi' & Iviov koa (ipeyfAarog Kopvcpi). Aristot. H. An. i. 7. 
, Hence top, summit of a mountain ; vertex : 'A^pordr?; Kopvtyij 
\ iroXvheipaloq OvXvjjnroio. II. i. 499. 

Kpcuaoy, ov (to), that part of the head which is covered 
with hair, the skull, cranium: Ke<paXi)g j^kv ovv jiipn, to 
uev TpiyuTov kpaviov k*a\cirai. Aristot. H. An. i. 7. 

KpoTa<j>os, ov (6), one of the temples: 'II & tTtpoio cui 
K'p'')ra0oio iriorfazv «<x/J>) yaXKeirf. II. iv. 502. 

Bb 



278 287, 288. 

287. 

287 KYjpuTTeiy (KrjpvCj, prop., 1, to cry abroad, to proclaim, 
give public notice with the voice ; call, summon, in speaking 
of a herald, or public crier : Aabv KnpvnoovrEg ayeipovTiov 
tcard vfjag. II. ii. 438. 2. To sell by proclamation, by 
crier s notice, or by public auction : 'EirEKnpvrTov dfia kcu 
rd xpi'ifjiara kcii rd doj^ara, Plut. CamiL 8. 

diTOKY)puTT€ii>, to prohibit or interdict by public notice, to 
disinherit, drive away : used of a father whom the law autho- 
rized to expel his son from his house, when he had reason 
to complain of his conduct : f O vo\xog rovg yoviag iroul 
KvpiovQ ov fjiovov Qicrdat rovvofxa IX apyfiQ, dXXd kclv 7ra\u' 
e^aXud^ciL (iovXcjvrat kul cnroKrjpv^aL, Dem. in Bceot. 1006, 
21. 

€7riKY]puTT€iK, to cause proclamation to be made by the 
public crier of any public honour conferred, or penalty 
enacted : ^-kek^ov^e re og av aXi(TKr)rai eg rd iripav eki- 
(jlcittXeiov Qdvarov ty\v £r)fj.iav. Xen. Hell. i. 1, 15. 

€iriKT]puK€u€o-0ai, to send heralds or deputies as nego- 
tiators ; used of cities or armies that sent deputies to treat 
of peace, or of other affairs : 'YiTnKnpvKEvovTai rw nptiro) 
uai TretOovari tov dvdpwKOv ivcovvcu rd 7rpdyfJLad i avrolc. 
Dem. in Zenoih. 888. 

KY]puK€ueii> (kyipv£), to be a public crier or herald, to dis- I 
charge the duty or office of herald, to proclaim : Mrj rd 
7rap ekeivujv opduig cnroTrpecrfiEvvag yivnrai <j>avepdg rj Krjpv- 
KEvvag. Plat. Legg. xii. 941, a. 

288. 

288 KipwTos, ov (Ji), chest of wood, strong-box : 'EvfidXkETE 
t kg rag Kifliorovg jjErd rwv fxrjXiov. Aristoph. Vesp. 1056. 

KdXaOos, ov (6), small basket, corbeille of the French : 
<&EpETi») KaXaOov raj^v rig irrEpiov. Aristoph. Av, 1325. 

K6.ve.ov, ov (to), basket of reed, or twisted rush, small 
basket in which the sacred barley was carriea" ; canistrum : 
To Kavovv 7rdp£GT oXdg iyow Aristoph, Pac. 948. 



289, 290. 279 

Kicmrj, rjg (>/), small basket of twisted rush or osier, or (2 
the bark of the lime-tree, according to Theophrastus. Ac- 
cording to the Scholiast, it was, particularly used for pro- 
visions: Ilcu, (pip et,Lj Itvpo ri}v Kiarnv ejjloi. Aristoph. Ach. 
1099. [But also for clothes. ArisUph. Eq. 1211.] 

k6<|>ii/os, ov (6), basket for fruits or other things : 7 Ap' 
ovv, Ecprj, ical k6(j)ivoq KGTTpotyopoQ kclXov io-i\ Xen. Mem. iii. 
8, 6. 

X<£pra£, okoq (?/ and 6), in Attic writers, chest, box, used 
of coffins, in Thucydides : Adpraicag kvk apical rag ayovtrtv 
ajj.a£ai . Thuc. ii. 34. 

TdXapos, ou (o), basket, small basket [of wicker-work] : 
ITXfkToTc tv raXdpoiai tyipov jUgXtr/ct'a Kapirov, II. xviii. 
568. [Cf. gvkclijlLvwv TaXapoQ. Arist. Rhet. 3, 11. Often 
for cheeses, the whey running from it. Ar. Ran. 560, &c. ; 
and = hen-coop. Tim. Phlias. ap. Athen. 22, d.] 

X*)X6s, ov (//), chest or press, where clothes were kept : 
'Etjj.ara jjlev Srj feivu ev^iarr] eil X 7 ?^* Od. xiii. 10. 

289. 

KiOapioryjs, ov (6), he who plays on n»e harp, harper: 959 
'£*: yap ^lovadiov Koi 'AiroXXidrog avSpEg ciotcoi kaviv inl 
ydoi\ /ecu KiSupujTai. Hymn, in Mus. xxiv. 3. 

KiGapwSos, ov (6), he who sings, accompanying himself on 
the harp : 'Apiova .... kovra Kidapiocov Tu)y tots eovtiov 
ovcEvog cevrepov. Herodot. i. 23. According to Aristoxenes, 
the KidapiGTiiQ used the Kidapig, the KidapuSog the Kiddpa. 

290. 

kKclUw, to weep, in speaking of a deep and openly-mani- "290 
fested grief: Avrdp 'A-^lWevq KXa~iE, (piXov krdpov {.ie/ji"i]- 
fjLEvoq. II. xxiv. 4. 

SaKpueiy, to shed tears, denoting the physical act only : 
Ti7tte ^E^aKOvaai IlarpofcXftc i)vte Kovpi] ri]7riri ; 77. xvi. 7. 

vodciv, to lament aloud while weeping, to weep and lament, in Homer 
and the Tragic writers: At [itv Iti £idqv yoov"EKTopa. 11. vi. f)00. 

Opt]veiy, to sing the funeral dirge called Bprjvov, hence to 
weep and lament one dead : ITcio-a, B*W, Opi])t~i ge kXvt)\ 
ycoXiQ. Mosch. Id. iii. 

Bh 2 



280 291,292. 

(290) 6\ocj>up€o-0ai, to bewail, lament, weep for : 'AW ap in 
ovcov l£e 7ro\v<C}ii]Tov OaXdjioio oiicrp' oXorpvpo fieri], Od. iv. 
718. 

irevQelv, to be in mourning ; hence sometimes, with the 
name of the person, to lament and weep one dead : Taaript 

C)' OVTtWQ £(JTL VEKVV 7T£v0rj(Tat ' K^CLLOVQ. II. XIX. 225. 

291. 

291 tiki-mew, to be a thief or robber, to rob, to steal secretly 
and with cunning: 'QjxoXoyG) KXeTrrety' gv ft ov%i; Aristoph. 
Equit. 296. 

dXaird^civ (Xaira&iv), prop, to empty ; hence to pillage, to sack 
a town : Yvtoatai d* el Kai OeGTreaiy ttoXiv ovk akcnraZeiQ. II. ii. 367. 

Ivapi£eiv {evapa),\n the Iliad, to spoil an enemy of his arms : "Evrea 
to, JJarpoicXoio fiirjv evdpi^a kcltclktciq. II. xvii. 187. 

eij€vapi£€iv, a compound of the preceding word in the Iliad, and with 
the meaning of spoiling an enemy of his arms, often involving the notion 
of killing him, because in the heroic age the conqueror did not take 
possession of the arms of the conquered till he had killed him, a custom 
which has continued among civilized nations under the name of the 
right of war: EvpvTrvXoQ de MeXdvOiov k%evdpi%ev. II. vi. 36. 

Xwiroc)uT€i>, to be a stealer of clothes, to rob, as a highway- 
man of any class : Mt) X(07roEvTfj<rai, yrj (pQovziv toIq wXrjalov. 
Aristoph. Eccles. 565. 

irep0€iv, to ravage a country, a town : Tip ice rax rjfivcreie ttoXiq 
Upiafxoio avaKTog x e 9 <T,v V( P' Vp>£Tepycriv aXovad re TrepOopsvrj re. 
11. ii. 374. 

o-KuXeueiy (vkvXov), to take off the skin ; hence to strip 
or spoil an enemy of his armour or his clothes [but cf. PI. 
Rep. 469, c. gkvXevuv tovq reXevrrjcrarTaQ 7t\?)j/ ottXiov 
kireiftav viKr'jcrioGiv, i] kciXwq £% eL : ^ a * r< * ^ v 07r ^ a '^a~ 
(iov, tovq Si yj.Tujva.Q ovZevbg twp ttoXltwv effKvXevffav. 
Xen. Hellen. ii. 4, 12. 

292. 

292 icXicr], rjg (?/), bedstead, couch : 'AW ?ih] teal rwy kXlvwv 
tovq 7roSaQ eirl SairiSiov Tidiaaiv. Xen. Cyr. viii. 8, 16. 

cui/TJ, 7}q (fj), in the Odyssey, a sort of mattress laid upon 
the bedstead ; and afterwards by ext. in prose [but rarely. 



293. 281 

PI. Polit. 272, a], all that made up the bed: "Ei'0a oi(292] 
eKdeiGai irvKivov Xiypg, e/j/juXet evv\\v, Kwea Kal yXalvc^. 
Od. xxiii. 180. 

0d\a|ULos, ov (6), bed-chamber, marriage-bed; thalamus: 
Avrap kv ai/rw ttei'Tiikovt EVEvav daXajiot. II. vi. 243. 

koitos, ov (b), and koity], rjg (//), fr. Ktlfiai, the first, 
poetic in the Odyssey, the second also in prose ; used of 
the bed-room, the bed, and the going to bed : Kal yap 
£?) koltolo ra-% Eatrerai ijciog ujpr). Od. xix. 510. 'E^ei 
eSokee ajprj riJQ KolrrjQ e1 vat. Herodot. i. 10. 

Kpd(3aTos, ov (6), small bed, in the N. T., grabatus : 
"JLyEipat Kal dpov top Kpafiarov gov. Marc. ii. 11. 

XeVrpoy, ov (to), couch, bed ; in the plural, nuptial couch 
in the Tragic writers : Ket^ucu ev\ XUrpio. Od. xix. 516. 

Xe'xos, eoq (to), bed, principally nuptial couch or bed, in 
the poets : 'larov E-KQiyo\xEvr\v teal ejj.6v Xi\og avTioojaav. 
II. i. 31. 

o-KLjunrous, olog (6), Attic word, small and sorry bed, litter 
to remove the sick on : 'E^* tov (TKifjnroSog laKiovai fi 
eUpkovteq ol Koplvdtot. Aristoph. Nub. 700. 

orpwjULa, aroQ (to), that which is laid down to serve as a 
bed ; stratum : ^rpajfiara Si voul^ete ov^ baa 7rpo/3a-a <pvu 
Epia, a\\' oca (j>ovyava bpr\ te kul TTEcia arirjai. Xen. Cyr. 

v. 2, 7. 

orpcojjL^, TjQ (>/), fr. arpujvi'VfJLL, mattress or covering 
spread for sleeping, bedding, bed : Ov povov rag arpw^ivag 
paXaKag. Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 30. 

293. 

KoiXia, nc (»'/), fr. koIXoq, 1. cavity of the abdomen, or 293 
that particular part of the body which extends from the 
diaphragm to the pelvis, belly, abdomen : Kevfi rrj tcoiXty 
tiirSpafiiov Eig to IIpvTai'Elov, elra tto.Xlv ekOsI ~Xea. 
Aristoph. Eq. 280. 2. Ventricle of the heart in Aristotle 
(Hist. An. i. 17). 

yaoTTJp, poQ (?/), the region of the belly, as far as the 
navel, which contains the organs of digestion : NUra Si rur 
Owpaica, iv roTg Tzpoadloic, yavriip. Aristot. II. An. i. 13, 1. 

B b 3 



282 294. 

(293) TjTpoi>, ov (to), the lower-belly, in Xenophon : El^oy Ik 
OwpciKcig Xivoiig i*£xP L T °v vrpov. Xen. Anab. iv. 7, 15. 

K€V€0)V, wvog (6), all that part of the belly which is between the 
thorax and the groin, in Homer : Naarov eg Ktvtwva fiaXwv. II. 
xi. 381. 

Xaywi', ovog (6 and ^f), lateral region of the lower belly 
situated under the navel, flank : 'Yiroppi^ov Si, to fxev Sicpveg 
Xaywv. Aristot. H. An. i. 13. 

Xairdpa, ag (r/), flank ; ilia, in Homer: Tbv de icpsiwv 'Ayafisfiviov 
ovra Kara Xcnrdprjv. 11. vi. 63. 

vtjSvs, vog (rj), belly, paunch, prop, and fig. : Tvd9ov rs dovXog, 
vrjdvog 0' rjcrarjfi&vog. Athen. x. 413. [In prose, Luc.~\ 

294. 

294 kojxy), rjg (//), hair of the head, carefully dressed and 
arranged : "E^en-a dfjra SoiiXog wv KojjLrjv e\eig ; Aristoph* 
Av.9li. 

$6o-Tpvxps, ov (6), curl, ringlet of hair : Kopag SiddoTe iravrq, did 
(3oGTpvxwv* Eur. Orest. 1267. 

eGeipa, ag (fj), fr. k'dog, hair of the head fashionably 
dressed, according to the grammarians ; in the singular in 
the Tragic writers, and in the plural in Homer, in speaking 
of man and of the mane of horses : XpvaiyaLv ide'ipycrtv ko- 
jjloiovte. II. viii. 42. 

0pi£. Tpiyog (//), hair of man and beast : Savddg t ek 
KEtyaXijg oXegio Tpiyag. Od. xiii. 399. 

irX^Kajjios, ov (6), fr. ttXekw, tress, braid, plait of hair : 
Xfprrt 7rXoKcijJLOvg ettXe^e tyaEivovg. II. xiv. 176. 

irXoxfJ.68, ov (6), synonyme of the preceding word: IlXoxjuot 9* ot 
^puc^7 re Kai dpyvpuj ka<pi]KOVTO. II. xvii. 52. 

Tpixwp-a, aTog (to), hair of the head in general, and some- 
times with the associated notion of disorder and negli- 
gence : AiaXXdaaovTEg ElSog \xev ovSev to\ol ETEpotffi, (jxovrjv 
Ee kcu Tpl^jjia fjiovyoy. Herodot. vii. 70. 

XaiTT], rjg (rj), floating hair of the head, and more fre- 
quently mane of the horse, of the lion : 'Ajjkj)! Se yairai 
ft/dots aiGcrovTaL, II. vi. 509. 



294—297. 283 

XaiT<»>\La, citoq (to), horse-hair crest of a helmet, in ^Eschylus : (294) 
TpeXg KaraGKiovQ Xocpovg oziu, Kpdvovg xairw/x'. Sept. 385. 

295. 

Kon<$. tog (//), dust of the earth: Tov^e o tatrictv ev kovl 295 
hcrayvffag 7rp07rpr)via. II. xxiv. 18. 

Kovia, ag (*)), a synonyme of Kovig : Uodaiv o' V7rkvep9e kovltj "igtclt 
aupofikvr). 11. ii. 150. 

KoiaopTos, ov (6), dust that rises ; a cloud of dust : 
*Y7ro tujv TO^evfJLarxoy Kal Xldiov airo 7toXXujv av6pu)7r<i)v fiera 
rov Kovwprov ajjai (pepofxivwv. Thuc. iv. 34. 

KovtcraXos, ov (6), whirling- cloud of dust : "Qg tot *Axaioi Xevkol 
V7rep9e yevovro kovlgciXoj. II. v. 503. 

296. 

tcop-us, vQog (r)), brazen helmet: ToV p t[3aXe irpioTog KopvQog 296 
(pdXov linrodaaii-ng. II. vi. 9. 

Kcn-aiTu^, vyog (?/), a sort of light helmet, casque, or skull- 
cap, in the Iliad : Wpttyl Si oi Kvvirjv KecpaXfjabw eOtjkev 
Tavpeir]v atyaXov te ko.1 aXXoipov tjte fcara7rv£ KenXrjTai. H. 
x. 257. 

KpdVog, eog (to), head-piece of armour, in general, and of 
all kinds in the historians : Rat yap ettI tcl Kpdvea X6(povg 
E7ri()EE<Tdai Kapig eIgl oi KaTaSi^aiTEg, Herodot. i. 171. 

KvveT], rjg (r)) } prop, dog-skin, of which helmets were made ; hence 
helmet of dog-skin, or of any other skin, and often (Od. xviii. 378) 
even of brass : 'Apcpi Sk oi Kvvsrjv KsQaXycptv IQnKiv Tavpeiijv. II. x. 
258. [Also Hdt. In later times a broad-brimmed travelling cap or hat.'] 

Tr€piK€<j>a\aia, ag (//), head-piece or helmet of the Ro- 
mans, in Polybius : IIpoc Se Tovroig vggoI cvo Kal 7T£pi- 
KEtyaXaia ^aA/ciy. Polyb. vi. 23, 8. 

tti(]Xt]|, rjKog (?/), fr. 7rdXXio, helmet : ^Qg ETSpLoa fipvae Kaprj 
7rrjXrjKL (3apvvQsv. 11. viii. 307. 

Tp-u<|>a\€ia, ag (r)), helmet with a crest, in the Iliad : Jlspl Se Tpv(pd- 
Xeiav deipag KpciTi Qkro fipiapijv. 11. xix. 382. 

297. 

KoG<j>09, r), light, L in speaking of weight, opp. to jiapvg : 297 
II orarucq tov (iapvripQV Kal Kov<poTepov aTaO^ou ±o~ti. Plut. 



284 298, 299. 

( 297) Charm, 166, b. 2. In speaking of armour, and by ext. of 
light-armed troops : 'A^ea-raXe rrjv Kovty-qv arpariay, iirevra 
tovq Iwireig. Plut. Fab. 11. 

apYos (6, r)), agile, nimble, epithet of dogs in Homer: 'Evvsa de 
a<pi kvvsq irodag dpyoi sttovto. II. xviii. 578. 

e\a<|>p6s, a, light in running, or in motion generally [not 
only with ref. to motion: 'Eka<ppdv Ic^ijra. Xen. Cyn. 6. 11. 
To he. GfALKpbv ikatypov (opp. (iapv). PI. Tim. 63, c. 'EXa0pa 
ra oirka . . KEKTrjaQai. PI. Legg. 1. 265, d] : Aog Si oi 
t-Kizovg oi tol ika^poraroL deieiv. Od. ill. 370. 

€uj3do"TaKTos (6, 77), easy to carry : Eirt Kal rfjv avrrjv 
in)yavT)v ', kovrrav fiirjv te Kal EvjiddTaKTOV. Herodot. ii. 125. 

Coos, rj (Osoj), one who runs, fleet, light of foot or in motion generally, 
epithet of warriors, and particularly of vessels, in Homer: '0 yap 

7]\0e QOCLQ 87TL VYJCIQ. II. \. 12. 

Kpaiirvos, rj, rapid : ^Eevar E7r£iT* dvd a<jrv, 7roffi KpanrvoXai 

TTETTOlQwQ. II. VI. 505. 

\ai\|/T]pds, r\ (alxpa), sudden, prompt, swift: "Qg aUl 'A^iX^a fa%?7- 
aaro KVfxa pooto, Kal kaLiprjpbv lovra. 11. xxi. 264. 

Taxu9, ela, quick, alert ; celer : UpocrETi fie cnpoSpovg, Kal 
ray^Elg, /cat aoKvovg. Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 23. 

wkvs, el a, fleet, swift, light : Ilodag wKvg 'AxikkEvg. II. i. 58. [Late 
in prose. ML Luc.'] 

298. 

298 KpanrdXr), rjg (ry), drunkenness, continued to the next 
day; hence, Lat. crapula : 'Ek Kpaiwdkrjg eioOev elpip'ng 
po(br]oei Tpvfikiov. Aristoph. Ach. 277. 

jxe0Y], rjg (>/), drunkenness in the day-time : 'Avrip yap kv 
})E'nzvoig fi 9 vTrEpirk-qadelg jn£0r)g mXet 7rap' oivu), KkaGTOg u>g 
etrji' iraTpL. Soph. (Ed. R. 779. 

u.€0ucris, ecjg (»y), action of getting drunk: Aiipa te kvcrifAEkijg, Kal 
[xkOvaig %a\£7r?7. Theogn. 836. 



299. 

299 Kpauy^, i]g (//), fr. Kpd^Eiv, cry or shout of call, cry of joy, 
of wail, or of alarm : lipavyrjv re evdvg kiroiovv. Xen. Cyr, 
iii. 1, 2. 

aXaXT|T<$s, ov (6), war-cn/ : 'Gc Tpwojv dkakrjrbg dvd arparbv 
tupvv opojnei. 11. iv. 436. [Also cry of woe. II. xxi. 10.] 



299. 285 

$or\, rjg (*/)> battle-cry to frighten the enemy : TepofiepTjg (299) 
cs rfjg fiofjg dfia rfj £7ricpo/u.rj, eK7rXr]^lg re krEireaev avdpoJTroig 
arjOeai TOiavrrjg na\r)g. Thuc. iv. 34. [By no means con- 
fined to battle-cry ; but denoting any vociferous cry or 
shout : 'Eiraipovpra . . . fiorj. PL Legg. 9. 876, b. "A/^ou- 
aot (ioal 7r\r)0ovg. lb. 3. 700, c. Ii.XavfJ.oval Kal ftoal. lb, 
7. 792, a. Kpivovai (3orj Kal ov 'dsytyu). Th. i. 87, 2.] 

Ivoirrj, rjg (?/), war-cry, plaintive cry : r l£ev 8* Ig Hpidfjioio, klx^v 
8' ivoTTrjv re yoov re. 11. xxiv. 160. 

Oopupos, ov (6), word of the same family as Opoog, and of 
the same signification, but used in prose : Qopvjjov 1'ikovge 
cia tujp rdtewy lovrog. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 5. [Often with 
floi). lioXXrj (3ofj Kal dopvfiu) irpocreKeivTo. Th. iv. 126, 
Oopvfiop Kal fiofiv. PL Tim. 70, e.] 

0poos, ov (6), fr. Op'six), confused noise of a shouting multitude, of an 
applauding, or murmuring assembly : Ov yap irdvTUJV rjev 6p.bg Bpoog, 
ov8' la yrjpvg, dXXd yXaiffc' sfisfiiKTO. 11. iv. 437. 

6pu\\os, ov (6), and GpOXos, the latter more used, and 
considered by the grammarians as more consistent with 
the etymology ; words of the same family as Qpoog and 
66pv/3og ; noise of persons speaking, rumour, clamour : 2k-£7t- 
TOjuepup $' avrojp 7t6Qep r) ffrdaig, rj rig 6 OpvXXog. Ba- 
trachom. 13.5. 

lax^, VQ (*/)> cr y of combatants in the Iliad: *Qg rwv piGyopsviov 
y'svtro Utxv te (pofiog re. II. iv. 456. 

uryn-os, ov (6), cry or song of joy ; sibilus : MoXiry r ivypoj re 
itoai cxaipovreg sttovto. II. xviii. 572. 

lc*rj, rjg (r/), cry or shout of call: Top 8' alxpa 7repi (ppkvagriXvB* 
iui). II. x. 139. 

KCKpayjia, arog (to), and K€Kpa-yu.6s, ov (6) [in prose, Plut.~\, shout, 
clamour, in general : 'A\V ipiKUjpr]V KtKpayjJiov. Eur. Iph. A. 1343. 
Ttjp8e pev 8iKpolg iurOovp rrjp Oedp KEKpdyixaaiv. Aristoph. Pac. 637. 

Ke\a8os, ov (6), fr. ksXio, prop, cry in hunting to animate the dogs [?] ; 
hence, noise, in general; Ot 8' wg oui/ ettvQovto iroXvv Ks\a8ov irapa 
fiovaiv. II. xviii. 530. [In Horn, of the battle tumult or din. 77. ix. 
547, &c] 

KXa/yyTJ, T\g (?)), fr. kXcl^io, shrill sound, shrill cry of certain animals, 
as the crane and the hog, in Homer: 'Rvte 7rtp Kkayyrj yeodviop 
ttsXel oupavaOt rrpo. II. iii. 3. By ext., clang or rattle of a sonorous 
body: Aeirn) ct icXayyij ysper' dpyvptoio /3io7o (the twang of kit silver 
bow). II. i. 49. Hence the Latin clangor for the sound of the trumpet. 

KoXoxfe, ov (o), according to some fr. keWoj, according to others fr. 
KaXeio ; cry of the jay, clacking of the hen, by ext., brawling, scolding, 



286 300, 301. 

(299) noise of a dispute: Ei drj G<jxb tvstea QvrjToJv epidaivtTov wde, ev 8e 
Oeolai koXojov kXavverov. II. i. 575. 

oXoXiryi], fjg (ry), and oXoXuyfJ-QS, ov (6), piercing cry, cry of 
rejoicing, howling: Ai o* oXoXvyy navai 'A9f]V7j ^tipac. clvs<7x ov - 
II. vi. 301. The second is the most used by the Tragic writers: *E7rara 
av oXoXvyfibv Upbv evfievrj 7caiaviGov. Msch. Sept. 268. 

300. 

3°° Kpin^s, ov (o), fr. xpivziv, one who judges ; hence, judge, 
in a very general sense, as the judges at public games, and 
particularly fig. : 'Ottote p.Ev fcaraorafle/^j/ rod apfxoTTOvTog 
Kptrrjc. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 14. 

Siamj-nfe, ov (6), an arbiter chosen in a law- suit by the 
parties engaged in it to decide upon the question between 
them: 'Eijeorw avrolg alpEladai, ov av fiovXiovrai, Siairriryv, 
Bern, in Mid. 545. Lucian (Dial. Mort. 20) uses alter- 
nately of SiKavrrfQ and StaLTrjrr)g for arbiter. 

SiaXXaKTTJg, ov (6), arbiter in private or political matters : 
Ovre (UtaXXaKTriv ovSiva (psvyior. Dem. in Olymp. 1167) 15. 

8nca<r7r6Xos, ov (6), dispenser of justice : "Nvv afire, [iiv vleg 'Axaiwv 
Iv 7raXdfiyg (popeovai SiKacr7r6Xoi. II. i. 238. 

Sucao-rf^s, ov (6), judge [or juror] named or chosen by lot to 
sit with others in a court of justice : 2vr rw vo/jlo) ovv ekeXevev 
ael top SucaGTriv rr\v \pfj(pov Tideadat. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 14. 

TjXiaoTYJs, ov (6), Heliast, judge who sat in the Heliaea 
or criminal court, at Athens, so called from rjXiog, because 
it was held in the open air [much more probably fr. dXr/c, 
clXI^ojulcil. Cf. aXlrjv 7roLei<rdai 9 &c. Hdt.] : 'Q> yipovreg 
rjXtaarai, (pparepeg TpitofioXov. Aristoph. Equit. 255. 

toTwp (((T^jui), prop, one who knows, who is acquainted with ; hence, 
arbiter, in Homer: "laropa 8' 'Arpeldrjv 'Ayafxi^vova Oeioixev a/x0o>. 
II. xxiii. 486. 

301. 

301 Kpuirreii/, to cover, in order to secure or hide ; hence, to 
hide, prop, and fig. : f O S£ fxtv Gated icpvirraaKE <j>aeLvu), II. 
viii. 272. 

KaXvTTTEw, to envelop, wrap, speaking of clothes ; hence, 
generally, to cover, rare in prose : Tdv Se aKorog ocrae Ka- 
Xv^ev. 11. iv. 503. 

k€tj0€iv, to keep shut up, with the intention of keeping secret; 



302. 287 

j hence, fig. to hide, to conceal: Mr} KevOe vooj, 'Iva tlSofxev dficpoj. (301) 
I //. i. 363. 

! crK€Trd^€t^, to cover, speaking of a cuirass : Ta jjev ceo- 
I jxeva GKETrrjQ rov avdpioirov (tkettu^elv. Xen. Mem. iii. 

10, 9. 

oreyet^, to cover so as to keep secure, to place in safety, 
speaking of defensive armour: Oute yap'oi tt~i\oi tareyov 
ra ToZevfiara, Thuc. iv. 34. [In this sense of resisting 
what seeks to penetrate, crreyetv = to be proof against ; of 
a vessel, it is to be water-tight ; absol. or to vcojo. It is, how- 
ever, also =: to protect, irvpyoi iroXiv ariyovaiv. Soph, 
(Ed. Col. 15. Thuc, uses crriyeordai = to be kept secret ; 
not to be divulged, 6, 72.] 

(rrey&leiv, a sort of frequentative of the preceding word, 
expressing the ordinarily doing it, to cover customarily : 
Kai ttclvtiov tCjv <j)VTwv k(T7 ey eta flavor to avw. Xen, CEcon, 
19, 13. 

302. 

KT€ireiv, to kill, used principally of men, and less commonly 302 
of animals : El ci k 'AXifavepov kteivtj ^avObg MeriXaoc. 

11. iii. 284. 

KaraKTeiveiv, a compound more used in prose than the 
' simple verb, to put to death, to kill, in general : Ov /jlevtol 
KaTeKciivov yz ol ek avTwv twireig. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1,10. 

Kcuveiv, in the Tragic writers : Ztvg cr0e kclvoi Kepavvcp. JEsch. 
Sept. 608. 

alpelv, to carry off, fnake away with ; to destroy, to cause 
to perish : UpwTOQ & 'AvTiXoyoc, Tpwcov eXev avhoa. II. iv. 
457. 

avaipelv, a compound more used in prose than the simple 
verb [= interimere~\ : "Ocoi ce av avruiv Kai Kc'ipTa 7roXXovg 
civSpag aratpnKOTEc euhti. Herodot. iv. 66. 

8iax€tpi^eo-0ai, to kill, in Polybius : 'A vtio^oq £e Stake - 
)(Eipt(TjjLEvoQ tov 'Ayjtuov. Polyb. viii. 23, 8. 

8iaxpaa0at, to cause to perish, to destroy ; hence to kill : 
'AX\a keXevelv tovq 7ropdfJEaQ i) avTov Sia-^pcKrOui jjlw, wg 
av TacpfiQ iv yjj Tvyr). . . . Herodot. i. 24. 

SiepYcx^ecjOat, to get rid of any one, to put him out of the 
| way : 'Ear {.iev SouXov ktelviti vo[Ai£iav rov lawou ciEipyd- 
(rdai. Plat. Legg. ix. 805, c. 



288 



303. 



(302) cvapt£€iv, and its compound iijevapijciv, to spoil an enemy of his 
arms, both convey, by implication, the notion of to kill [cf. 291] ; which 
implied idea often becomes the leading one in the poets : *0 §' 'Arpsi- 
£r]v evapiZoi. II. i. 190. Hidvrrjv 5' 'Odvvevg HepKaicnov &Zevapi%sv 

Qavajovv (Oavarog), to condemn to death, to put to death, 
speaking of the executioner, in Plato : 'EavTrsp j3i J 7rcuo/^£~ 
voq 6 (j)ovevQ 9 davarwactTii), Plat, Legg. ix. 872, c. Fig. in 
the N. T., to mortify : El Se 7tvev jjlcitl tciq irpafeig tov 
orujfjiaTOQ davarovre, ^{jgegOe. Ad Rom, viii. 13. 

0uW, Herodotus uses it in the sense of killing beasts 
for sacrifices or for food, and even men, in relating the 
horrible custom of the Massagetse : 'Etteclv de yipiov yivrj- 
rat Kapra oi 7rpoGi]tcovTEg ot iravreQ cvyeXQavreg Ovovgi jjllv 
Kal aXXa ^po/jara ctjia clvtw' ex^rjcravreg de tcl Kpia, kcitevu)- 
yeovTai. Herodot. i. 216. 

oWuVcu, to destroy, in general ; hence, to exterminate, to 
destroy men, to kill : "OOev avrtg aireTpairer 6jjpLjjiog t 'EKTiop 
oXXvg ' ApyeU)vg, II, X. 201. 

airoWuVai, a compound of the preceding word, more used 
in prose, and in a more general sense : f O Se KaraKTavtov, 
Scnrep kyOpbv airo\iaag .... Xen, Cyr, iv. 6, 5. 

oXckclv, a sort of frequentative and defective : 'AXXrjXovg oXskovgi. 
11. xi. 530. 

afya^eiv, and Attic ct$&tt€iv, to cut the throat, principally 
of beasts in sacrifice (II. ix. 466); hence, in general, to 
sacrifice, for to kill, to slaughter, in the Tragic writers : 
2<£a£cu MevoiKea rovde Se7 g virep 7rdrpag gov irate*. Eur. 
Phcen. 920. 

(j>0tveiv, to consume, destroy, undo : Aaifiovu, <p9iaei as to gov ixivog. 
II. vi. 407. 

^oveveiv, in prose, and Ttifyveiv, poetic, to commit a murder, 
to assassinate, to kill or slay, particularly in war : "A&Xov & 
ap etteove fiorjv ctyadog AiofJirjdrjg, II. vi. 12. Tavrrj etteig- 
TTEGovTzg rerapay/jLEPOvg kcpovEvov. Xen. Cyr. vii. 1, 32. 



303. 

303 kukXos, ov (o), every thing that is circular, or in that 
form, circle, in general, orb, circuit : KvKXog egti to ek t&v 



304. 289 

kayjiTbiv £7r\ to pkaov \aov Intiyov Travrr), Plat, Epist, vii. (303) 
342, b. 

yupos, ov (o) [gyrus], circle or •round drawn, in Pausanias 
and Plutarch : Tw KXr)paTi*yvpov ire pi avrbv h Uo7riXXioQ 
TTEpuypa-^ev. Pseudo-Plut. Apophth, Reg, 202, f. [Also, in 
Theophr,, of a circular hole to plant trees in.] 

Kipicos, ov (o), circus of the Romans, in Polybius; circus: 
Kcu (JKr)vi)v KaraaKEvdaag p.Ey'iGTr\v kv rw KipKo), Polyb. xxx. 
13, 2. 

TT€pi<t>€p€ia, ac. (>/)» circumference, periphery : Kadi'nrep 
kv rfj Trepicpepeia to kvotov kcu to koIXov. Aristot, Eth, Nic. 
i. 13, 10. 

pofiPos, ov (6), any solid substance, to which a circular 
motion is given, which is made to turn round, as the kind 
of tambourine used by the bacchante's, in Euripides {Eur, 
Hel, 1362); a magic wheel, or circle of brass, used by ma- 
gicians in their enchantments, in Theocritus : Xd>c dtveid* 
ohe pof-iflog 6 -^ciXkeoq. Theocr, Id, ii. 30. 

crcjxupa, ac (>/), any round or spherical body, globe, ball, 
hollow r sphere, in Plato: Uepl fxkv tov kytckcpaXov avrov 
atyaipav irspiETOpvEVGEv OGTiivr\v, Plat, Tim, 73, e. 

cnreipa, ac (>/) [spira], whatever is wound or twisted round, 
a twist; spiral fold, such as the coil of a serpent: Ap&Korra 
6' oc iray^pvaov cipcf) knur depaq oireipaiQ e<ju)£e. Eur, Med. 
481. 

rpoxos, ov (6), fr. Tpkyw, wheel of a carriage ; 'Ei;a\\o- 
pkvu>v twv Tpoyfov, Xen. Cyr, vii. 1, 28. 

rpoxos, ov (o), race, course, revolution: Ka-urfli p)) tto\- 
Xovc etl Tpoyjwq apiXXrjrfipaQ ijXtov teXCji . Soph. Ant, 1065. 
[On the difference between this and the preceding word cf. 
Ellend. Lex, Soph.] 

304. 

KwXueiy, prop, to restrain, hold back, in order to turn 304 
away; hence to hinder : Kcu ti)v 6py))v kloXvelv tie to jusra- 
peXrjvopevoy irpdiivai. Xen, Mem, ii. 6, 23. 

pXairT€iv, in Homer, prop, to embarrass, entangle, stop In its progress : 
*0£<{j Ivi fiXacpOevTt fivpiKivy. II. vi. 39. 

C C 



290 305, 306. 

(304) elpyeiv, to hinder from coming in, or going out; hence 
to hold back, to stop : 9 E(J)opelTO jj,)] ou Svvcilto kic ttjg yjopag 
k^eXQelv rrjg flacriXiug, a\\' eipyoiro ttcivtoBev vwo tlvidv vltto- 
piwv. Xen. Anab. iii. 1, 12. [According to Buttmann and 
others, e'tpyio, c. spirit, asp., = includo ; eipyu), c. spirit, 
len., = excludo, arceo.] 

ejunroSi^ciy {kfiTTo^tov), to hinder, to shackle or catch the 
feet or steps ; imp e dire ; hence, prop, and fig., to embarrass, 
be in the way of: El rw ttoSe Oeia fJ-otpa ireTroLrffxeyto 7rpog to 
crvvepyeiv aXXrjXoiv, ajJLe\rj(TavT£ rovrov efi7roSl^OLep aXXi]Xco. 
Xen. Mem. ii. 3, 18. 

305. 

305 KW7TT], Y]Q (?/), handle or hold of the oar ; hence oar : 
'Ejjil3a\ieiv Ku)7rr)c Od. ix. 489. 

IXdrr], ng (r]), pine ; hence the oar made of it : *E7rf)v KStcdfiuxTiv 
ev^ecrryg eXdryciv ttovtov eXavvovreg. II. vii. 5. 

£p€T|i6s, ov (6), and lp£Tp,dv, ov (to), poet, oar : "Navv del Trapelvai 
KapeTfJLwv einardTag. Eur. Hellen. 1267. 

irXdrifj, r\g (fj), the blade of the oar; palmula ; hence, hy ext., in the 
poets, oar : Tiveg ttot eg yrjv rrjvde vavrLXoj TiXdry, Soph. Phil. 220. 

Tetpo-os, ov (o), Attic rappos, prop, hurdle ; hence, by 
similitude, range or rank of oars, lying along each side of 
the ships of the ancients : Kavravd' bpGjjjLEv 'EWaJoc vewg 
(TKCLfpug rapaoj KoiTTipEQ. Eur. Iph. T, 1346. [Th. vii. 40.] 

306. 

306 Ko><j>6s, //, fr. kottto), prop, blunted, obtuse ; hence dumb, 
in Herodotus : TCjv ovrepog \ilv Sii(p6apTo' i\v yap drj Kiotyog. 
Herodot. i. 34. Ktocpog has since been used for deaf, in 
iEschylus and Aristotle [PL Xen., &c; the prevailing 
Attic usage. Cf. kveog below] : "Hicovcrag i) ovk rjKovaag ; 
i) K(t)(j)rj Xiyu) ; Msch. Sept. 184. 

oiKeW, ovaa [and dual diceovTS. See Buttmann' s Lexil. on the pro- 
bahle formation of diceiov, from neut., dicaov, of an old adj. related to 
dic{]v\ silent, mute : 'AXX' diceovva icdQrjGo. II. i. 565. 

avavSos (6, rj), fr. avdrf, voiceless, speechless: Arjv d' dveio /cat 
dvavdoi eg dXXrjXovg bpowvro. Apoll. R. iii. 503. 

dvaTjSirjTos (o, rf), one who is without voice, in the medical Alexandrine 
poet, Nicander : Avdrjeaaav Wrjicev dvavSrjTov 7rep eovaav. Nic. Alex. 
573. 



307, 308. 291 

avea), an Epic Homeric form taken for an adjective by the gram- (306] 
marians, but which the best critics [cf. Buttm. Lexil.~\ consider as an 
adverb; speechless, voiceless, from astonishment or fear: Tt7rr' aviuj 
eysveaOe ; //. ii. 323. 

iveos and Avveos, a, born dumb, deaf and dumb, in Aris- 
totle : "Ocroi Kuxpol yivovTdi ek yei etyjq vclvteq <ai eveo\ 
yivovrai. Aristot. H. An. iv. 9. [i. e. it means dumb, but, 
from the fact mentioned in the passage from Aristot., may 
imply deaf and dumb, as in Xen. An. iv. 5, 33. PL Thcet. 
206, d : 6 jjti] eveog i) KU)(b6g oltt apyfjg.] 

acfxuKos (o, ij), one who is without voice, dumb : Ta fxev 
aUa kiriEiKTiQ, acpuvog £e. Herodot. i. 85. 

OL<j>wvir]TOS (6, r/), one ivho has no voice : Uapscrxt tyuvqv to7q dcpujvr)' 
toiq Tivd. Soph. (Ed. Col. 1283. 



A. 

307. 

Xayx^ci^, to obtain by lot, to have as share, after having 307 
drawn lots, to have for one's lot or portion : Tuv fuira ttciXXo- 
fievog KXrjpo) Xa^or hddo ETTEcdai. II. xxiv. 400. 

k\t)pou<j0ch (KXrjpog), to put to the lot, to draw by lot, to 
settle by lot: HXrjpovfAEvovg B' eXelttoj\ jEsch. Sept. 55. 

kXtjpoko|X€l^, to be heir ; hence to have a part or share, to 
partake, fig. : Tavrijg yap ovket eyw rfjg cila^vvrjQ KXi]poi'Of.iw. 
Dem. de Leg. 444, 13. 

KXYjpouxeiy, to have a lot of land in a foreign country, to 
; be a colonist : Toue. TErpctKiayCXiovg KX-qpovyiorrag tCjv linro- 

i(3or£(ov XaX/ctceW n)v yfop-qv. Herodot. vi. 100. 
308. 

XajxPdi>eii>, to take in one's hands, to seize; hence, in 30S 
general, to take, lay hold of any thing, or a part of any thing 
or person : Tor 2e ttipovtcl iroltbv tXafte. 11. iv. 463. 

alpeu/ expresses more energy and force than XutiodrEiv, 
to catch at or grasp, seize what is pursued ; hence to take 

c c 2 



292 309. 

(308) by force, to catch or take game ; in war, to take a town, to 
take an enemy prisoner: " Alpnarov 3' tip' eireiTa fioyjv dyaOog 
MeveXaog £iodv ?A\ //. vi. 38. 

cupeiv, poet, aeipeiv, and aXpecrQai in the middle, prop, to lift up an 
object to take it, to take away; hence, fig., to carry off, gain, acquire: 
Kai aoTTtrov t]paro kvCoq. II. iii. 373. 

aiwcrOai, a syncopated form of the preceding word: AeZiTtpy d' dp* 
drr* ojfjiwv alvvTO r6%a. II. xxi. 490. 

$€xecr0ai, prop, to hold out the hand in order to receive 
what is offered or given, to accept : Kai rw Kiopidp^rj kSldocrav 
Xa/jtfidveiv art fiovXoiTO" 6 Sk dWo jikv ovSkv k^i-^eTO. Xen. 
An. iv. 5, 32. 

Spaao-eiy [usually in Mid,], poet, to take by the handful, 
to clutch, &c. : Koviog SeSpayjjevog alfxaroeaa^g. II. xiii. 393. 
[In prose, Hdt. (c. ace. koviv, 3, 13), and PL Lys. 209, e : 

Th)V CtXaM']. 

KOjutL^eaOai, to carry off ox away ; hence to gain, to receive: 
"Ogtiq dv v/uiiov vcrrepog eXdrj rod crnptelov to TpiwfioXov ov 
KOfjuelraL. Aristoph. Vesp. 690. 

Xa^ecrOai, an Ionic nnd Epic form of Xafj,(3dveiv : Up7]veeg kv tcovi- 
yaiv odaZ, Xa^oiaro ycdav. II. ii. 418. Angl. to bite the dust. 

|xdpTTT€iv, to seize, lay hold of, or keep hold of forcibly with the hand, 
to touch with the hands or feet : T H pa Kai dfxcporspag stti tcapTroj \€ipag 
tpLapirrev GKaiy. II. xxi. 489. [Related to apird^oj, rapio.] 

opeyecrOcu, to hold out the hand to take or receive as well as to give: 
Ov iraicbg 6ps%aro (jxxidifjiog "Efcrwp. II. vi. 466. [In prose op'synv, 
to reach out to. Cf. 175. And in Mid., to desire, &c] 

<J>epeii>, to cafry away what has been given ; hence to 
receive, to obtain, speaking of soldiers' pay, of alms : Tov 
crjjiLKpov $* Itl fielov (j)ipovra. Soph. (Ed, Col. 5. 

309. 

309 Xajjnrds, dhog (>;), torch, flambeau of resinous wood : 
"Eyape tyXoyeag Xa^xirdhag kv X S P (7L Tivd<raojv. Aristoph. 
Ran. 340. 

Xajjnrnrjp, rjpog (6), luminary, or that which gives light, in 
general; 1. in the Odyssey, large vessel, stand, ov grate in 
which dry wood was burnt to give light to large halls, such 
as those in which banquets were held : AvrUa Xa^7rr>/pac 
rpelg karaaav kv \xzydpoiaiv 6<ppa <j>a.£irouv. Od. xviii. 307« 



310. 293 

2. Large lamp, or chandelier, in Xenophon : M6vov, t</»/, (309) 
tov XajjnrTfjpa kyyvg TrpoffEVEyKaTOJ. Xen. Conviv. 5, 2. 

8as, #dog (rj), and Ionic Sens, flambeau, torch of pine or other resinous 
wood: T$vfi<pag S' sk 6a\d(Juov, datdujv v7ro \a\17ro\iEvdmv, riyiveov 
dva cLgtv. 11. xviii. 492. [In prose App. Plut., and in Th. vii. 53, Xen., 
&c, ■=. pine-wood generally.] 

Xux^ict, ag (//), candlestick, in the Scriptures : Ovce Kai- 
ovtJL Xvyvov Kal tlOecmtlp uvtov V7ro tov potior, d\/\' £7rl rrjy 
Xvyviav. Matth. v. 15. 

Xvyyiov, ov (to), large candlestick, or chandelier, in Lu- 
cian : TiXog Se, 6 'AXiaSdpaQ avaTpi^ag to Xv^vtor, (TKOTog 
peya sTroiricre, Luc. Conv. 46. 

Xux^os, ov (o), small and portable lamp : Tovg Xvyvovg 
enrocrjjiaag. Aristoph. Plut. 668. 

Xux^ouxos, ov (o), lantern, among the ancient Athenians : 
i&aireiv virzvdvvovg Xvyj'ovyog. Aristoph. Ach. 936. 

Trupaos, ov (o), fr. vvp, in Homer, fire kindled on high 
ground, principally to serve as a signal in time of war, a 
signal-fire, beacon ; hence lighted torch : "Apa o' faXta 
KaTaSvvTL irvpvoi te (pXEyiOovcriv eiri'iTpi/JLoi. II. xviii. 211. 
[So Hdt. vii. 182. iv. 9, 3.] 

<J>aros, ov (6), fr. (pah'bj, 1. flambeau, torch: Ovce yap 
v7ro (baiou top etl kpeppovpov e^egtl wopEVEaOai. Xen. Lacced* 
5, 7. 2. Lantern, in debased Greek. 

iravos, ov (6), another form of the preceding word, and used more 
especially by the Tragic writers, flambeau : Kai 7r'kXag dXXog avTov 
iravbv 7rvpi(f)XsKT0v alpei. Eur. Ion. 195. 

<J>Pukt6s, ov (o), dry wood ; hence torch for signals in war: 
QpvKToi te ypovTo Eg rag Qi'ifiag 7roXipioi. Thuc. iii. 22. 

310. 
\£yew, is used of every kind of oral communication, 1 . to 3 1 
say, in a very wide sense ; dicere : y AXi]6ii XiyEig. Plat. 
Charm. 166, a. 2. To speak, in general, to express one- 
self : Qh(}E yap XtyEiv otog r Eipi. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 12. 

3. To speak with art, as the orator, or eloquently : AiyEiv 
cv ^Eivog. Soph. (Ed. R. 535. 

dyopeuet^ (ayopa), to speak in or address an assembly, to 
speak in public: hence to harangue; concionari; to say in 

c c 3 



294 310. 

(310) public, or announce publicly : * Ajijjli le fiavrig ev elSibg dyo- 
peve. II. i. 385. [e.g. in the famous formula: rig dyo- 
peveiv (SovXerat; But also more generally: e.g. of the 
laws, considered as addressing the public: vo\xoi, ^/^'o-juara, 
&c. PI. Dem. al.] 

a-yopdecrSai, synonyme of the preceding word : 'AyoprjectTO icai 
[jLETEEnrev, II. i. 73. 

aSoXeo-xeiy, to be a prater and babbler; hence to speak at 
random, idly and carelessly : Ovkovv y av oifxai eiirelv nva 
vvv aKovGavra ovff el KOJfjL^doTTOLog eirj, mq aSoXecr^io. Plat. 
Phced. 70, b. 

a/uSav, to raise the voice, to speak and say : Kcu rjvda \idvTig dfxv- 
fiuv. II. i. 92. 

Pd^eiv. Henry Stephens derives this verb, of Sanscrit origin, from 
what he gives as the more ancient form of it, and itself formed by ono- 
matopy, viz. fiafidZeiv, from which he derived the French bavarder. 
According to its Eastern etymology, j3d%siv signifies to speak, in general, 
although the sense of speaking lightly is perceptible in it, in the following 
verse : "Oq % srepov fiev icevOti evl cpptoiv, d\Xo 8e j3d%ei. 11. ix. 313. 

YTjpv€iv (yrjpvg), to raise the voice, to speak: Ov prj irap' ox\y rdde 
ynpvau. Eur. Hippol. 243. 

StaXeyeaOai, to discourse, to converse, to discuss, used of 
two or more persons, to confer, to hold a parley : Kal Ee- 
vo(pu>y SteXeyero abrolg Si epfinveittg irepl airovdujv. Xen. 
Anab. iv. 2, 18. 

enreif, an aorist improperly attached to tydvai or Xeyeiv to 
complete them, but having distinct and peculiar meanings 
of its own ; it denotes what follows upon a conversation, or 
discussion ; hence to advise, to propose : tyrityta/jia elmv ev 
vjuuv y ApHTTo(puJv. Dem. in Timocr. 703, 11. 

elpeii/, to say [not in this form. Ep. pres. eipeir, Att. 
fut. epeh', Perf. eipnKa, e'iprjjjiai, prjOricrojuiai, eppi'idrjv, &c], 
1. in order to give an answer, to express an opinion, a 
wish, a determination, in the sense of commanding or for- 
bidding, to fix, to agree, to prescribe: "EXeyev on etyicoi 
avr(T) o yjwvog og eiprjjjierog ))v -Kapa^xeveiv. Xen. Hellen. 
vii. 1, 28. 2. For to announce, give notice, inform: Kal 
enef-ix^e ma epovvra, bri avyyeveaOai avru) XPV^ 0L * X en * ^ n * 
ii. 5, 1. 

XaXeii>, to speak or talk without choice and without order, 
as in the ordinary intercourse of social life'; sometimes to 



310. 295 

chatter, to babble, to speak like an infant; loqui : Uaudpiov (310) 
ce wv Sewotcitov XaXelr k^oKovv elvai. Xen. Cyr. i. 4. 12. 

Opociv, to speak loud, to shout ; hence to say, to speak, in the Tragic 
writers: "'Q, ttoa, ri QpotTg; Eur. HippoL 213. 

jjL-u0€tcr0ai (fjLvOog), poet, to manifest, express one's 'thought ; hence 
to say, to speak, with the idea of reflection, or, better, ot^ concealing 
nothing: 'E7ra pdX' dvioyag dXrjOsa pvOrjcraaOat. II. vi. 382. 

6api^€iv (oap), to talk, to converse, or live in intimacy and familiarity, 
used of the intercourse of intimate affection or love, such as that of the 
husband with his wife : "OOt y dapi^e yvvaiici. II. vi. 51G. 

iri<()avo"K€iv, an Epic and elongated form of tydvai, to declare, to mani- 
fest ; hence to say : Arjpoj TTKpavoizwv. 11. xviii. 500. 

fyavai, is of constant use in conversation and replies [like 
our said I, said he, &c], and carries with it, besides, the 
notion of affirmation, to aver, assert, affirm : Ol ce etyaaav 
aixoliiiGziv kef a) jju) Kaiuv rag KojfiuQ. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 19. 

4>do-K€i^, a sort of frequentative of (pdiai, formed from the 
Ionic imperfect enactor, and in great use with the Attic 
■ writers to complete the defective verb <j>dvai, as is the case, 
in all languages, with verbs the most in use ; it associates 
w r ith the notion of affirmation, proper to this verb, that of an 
allegation made which may be without foundation, to affirm 
too lightly; hence to pretend, to profess: Ovre yap iytaye 
ovr avrog tovto irwrroTE HioKparovg i)Kov<ja, ovr" d\Xov rov 
(pdarKoi'Tog akrjKoivcu rjodofiip'. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 31. 

fyaTiieiv ((pang), to make a say, to make a report, to re- 
j port, to announce : <&wrf} yap 6pu> to 0anf o/uror. Soph. 
(Ed. Col. 138. \_Hdt. v. 58-] 

(f)T||jLi£eiv {(pY)ixi)), to make one's voice heard ; hence to pronounce, to 
promise : T Hi icai Ao^iag k(prjpi(Tev. JEsch. Clioeph. 558. 

4>0€Yy€cr8cu ((pdoyyog), to make a sound or one's voice 
heard, to cry out, exclaim: 'Ecpdeytaro crj 6 Kvpog. Xen. 
i Cyr. iii. 3, 31. 

<j>\udpeii> ((pXvapog), to speak lightly or inconsiderately, to 
say frivolous, foolish things: TW av Lwv dntipuQ woWa 
(pXvnpietc. Herodot. vii. 103. 

<f>pd£eii>, to say in plain terms, in order to explain, point 
out, make clear: 2u ce cppdoai el pe aauiaeic. II. i. 83. 

<j>w^€ii/ ((pun)), poet, to raise the voice ; hence to speak, 



296 311, 312. 

(310) say : *£lg dpa tyuvy'ifTaa drrejjricraTo. II. i. 428. [In prose, 
Hdt., Xen. Conviv. iii. 13. Arist. H. A. iv. 9: ^wmv 
rw (pdpvyyi.^\ 

311. 

311 Xeia, ac (fj), in prose, and Xyji's, in poetry, 'iSng (rj), booty 
taken from the enemy, which at first consisted only in the 
flocks and herds, &c. carried off by the conquerors : Arj'ifia 
2* Ik ireSlov crvyeXd(T<Ta.[jiei' rjXida TroXXfjv, ttzvtiikovtcl /3ou>v 
ayiXag. II. xi. 676. Afterwards it was used of every 
thing that became the prey of the conqueror by the rights 
of war : UoXXol Se ical Xeiav 7rXtiaTriv dyovreg. Xen. Cyr. 
v. 3, 1. 

evapa, u)v (rd), fr. tvaipuv, prop, armour or arms taken from an 
enemy after killing him, in Homer; hence, more generally, spoils: 
<&6QOi S' evapa flporoevra, ktsivclq drj'tov avdpa. It. vi. 480. 

Xd<J>upa, lov (ra), spoils taken from an enemy yet alive, 
booty, rare in prose ; manubice : Ad<j>vpa Srjwv covpv7rXrix6\ 
Msch. Sept. 278. 

ctkQXov, ov (to), and more commonly in the plural o-icGXa, 
spoils taken from a conquered enemy, in Sophocles and in 
Thucydides ; spolium : UepcrEtg re Tpoiav, crKvXa r kg 
fxiXadpa ah wifid/eig. Soph. Phil. 1426. The grammarians 
understand it more particularly of arms, and in Euripides 
(Phcen. 577) it seems to be taken specially for the shield 
alone. 

(ncuXcufJia, arog (to), a synonyme of the preceding word in Euripides : 
<&pvyid re GtcvXevjxaTa. Eur. Troad. 18. 

312. 

312 XeuKog, //, white, in general : 'AfieXyofxevai ydXa Xevkov. 
II. iv. 434. 

ap*Y€vv(fe, r] (dpyog), poet, white, speaking of the wool of sheep : 
Bovtjiv e 7r' ei\i7rocWcri Kal dpyevvyg oIeggiv. II. vi. 424. 

ap-yos, rj, [prob. glitteringly white,] white: TloXXol \ilv (36eg dpyoL 
It. xxiii. 30. 

apyu<f)os (o, r)), white, epithet of sheep in Homer : "O'iv apyvfyov. 
It. xxiv. 621. 

ttoXios, a, grey, white, poetic epithet of hair grown white 
from age, and of the sea whitening with foam : UoXirjg tm 






313,314. 297 

Qii>\ daXaarcrric. II. iv. 248. [Not only poet., PI , Lycurg., (312) 
Mschin.~\ 

313. 

\tf3cu>os, ov (o), the tree which produces frankincense; 313 
hence frankincense itself in the N. T. : Xpvaov, kcli \lj3a- 
vov, Kcil Gjjivpvav, Matth. ii. 11. 

XiPcwotos, ov (6), 1. frankincense : Karayi£ovtri Xt/3a- 
vujtov yjiXia raXavra kreog Ikclgtov. Herodot. i. 183. 2. 
Censer, in the N. T. : "E^ioy Xifiavwrov y^pvoovv. Apoc. 
viii. 3. 

314. 

XtOos, ov (6), stone, in general ; Xidog (?/), feminine, pre- 314 
cious stone : KvXirdovcri Xldovg V7rsp ravrng rfjg vnepe^ovGng 
irirpag. Xen. Anab. iv. 7. 4. 

XiOcts, aSog (rj), heap or shower of stones : 'AtcpojJoXojy 3' 
kiraX^Eiov Xidag tpyzrai. AZsch. Sept, 63. 

X&as, dog (6), stone: Avrdp VTrepQev ttvkvoIgiv Xdeacn KareGTope- 
cav. II. xxiv. 798. 

KpoKaXt], wg (»)), shingle or sand on the sea shore : Eldov aiyiaXolai 
irapd re KpoicdXaig. Eur. Iph. A. 211. 

ireTpa, ag (?;), rock, piece of detached rock : 'ILicvXivSovv 

I TTtrpcig. Xen. Anab. iv. 2, 20. The foundation s/o?ze of a 

huilding, in the N. T. : Kctyw ce aot Xiyu), on ov el 

JJerpog, kcil ewl ravrn rrj irirpqi oIkoco^liiglo flOV n)v EKKXn- 

giclv. Matth, xvi, 18. 

7reTpos, ov (6), poet, and according to the grammarians, 
Attic, very large stone, rock; saxum : BaXcov fivXoeice'i 
irirpiD. II. vii. 270. [In prose PI. Legg. viii. 843, a. Xen. 
An. vii. 7, 54.] 

X€p|J.d8iov, ov (to), fr. \iip, stone that can be held in the hand, 
in the Iliad: XepfxadLoj ydo /3\i}ro napa a<pvpbv oKpioivn. 11. 
iv. 518. 

XepfJids, adog (*/), shower of stones in yEschylus : Tot t>' It:' rt/i^i/36- 
Xoiglv IdTiTOvai 7ro\iraig xtpudd' oKpioeavav. JEsch. Sept. 278. 

\|/*r]<J>is, \§og (//), small round stone, pebble, calculus, in Homer: 'Vtto 
ip7)(pldtg uTcaaai 6\\tvvTai. II. xxi. 2C0. 

v|/rf<j>os, ov d)), a more modern and synonymous form of 
the preceding word in Pindar: Ovk ar uctiijy \tyetv iror- 



298 315. 

(314) Tiuiv \pa(j)(i)v apidfiov. Pind. 01. xiii. 65. In prose, pebble 
used to calculate with, and at Athens, particularly, to vote 
with, whether in the public assemblies for the election of 
magistrates and the ratification of decrees, or in the courts of 
justice, in public or private trials, suffrage, vote: 'E7ret Se 
e£e7T£(tov al \brj(j)oi, iced kyivovTO Traaai avv KpiTofiovXto). Xen. 
Conviv. v. 10. Hence, fig. the result, the vote, the ballot: 

, F47Tl0v/Jl7](Tai'TOQ TOV Si) (JLOV TTCtpCl TOVQ VOfXOVQ kwia (TTpaTT]- 

yovQ fug, $ri(pu) cnroKrelvai iravrac, ovk rjOiXrjorev ETniprjipiaai* 
Xen. Mem. i.'l, 18. 

315. 

315 \6yos, ov (6), 1. what is said to give an account; hence, 
discourse, talk, in opp. to fact : Tovq \xt\te Xoyo) \it[te Epycp 
(byeXlfiovQ ovtclq. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 59. 2. Discourse, com- 
position in prose, often studied discourse, such as those 
delivered on public or private matters, from the place 
assigned to the public speaker, or in the courts of justice, 
and the length of which was determined by the clepsydra, 
oration, speech; oratio : Aoyo) \iev yap SinyrjcrafTdaL ovk ay 
tKavov jjlol yivoiro to vSujp. Dem. in Olymf. 1164. 

alvos, ov (6), recital, tradition ; story, common or proverbial saying : 
*G yspov, alvoQ fxsv rot dfivfiwv, ov KarsXe^ag. Od. xiv. 508. [Cf. 195.] 

1-iros, eoq (to), poet., word, speech, discourse : 'ArpEiSr], 

TiOloV OE E7T0Q tyvyEV EpKOQ 6h6vTli)v\ II. W . 350. [AlsO 

prose, Hdt., Th., PL, Xen.; especially opp. to lpyov^\ 

Xe£is, £(*>g (r/), manner of speaking or expressing, diction, 
expression, style, form of speech : Aiyio Se Xe^lv Eivat ty\v 
c>ta rfjg oio/JLafflag EpfiiivEiar. Aristot. de Poet. 6, 8. 

fxu0os, ov (o), fr. fxiu), the thought shut up in order to 
mature it, and which manifests itself by words ; hence, 1. 
the manifestation of the thought in Homer ; thence advice, 
opinion, discourse, and principally, proposition : KekXvte 
fiEv fjivdov 'AXE&vSpoio. II. iii. 87. 2. In the prose writers, 
discourse, with the idea of fiction ; hence, myth, fabulous 
tradition or fable : Tov KEpl tov Yavvfx^n fivdov Karrjyo- 
povjjLEv. Plat. Legg. i. 636, d. 

pfjfjia, arog (to), 1. word, term, speech, in opp. to music; 
verbum: 'AAAa tovto y y ecft 'Iiovikov to prj^x. Aristoph. Pac. 
931. 2. Verb, in grammar: 'E£ tov rtt te oro/xara ml ra 
prifiaru avvTi^EVTai. Plat. Crat. 425, a. 



316,317. 299 

pTJais, eti)Q (?/), fr. piu), conversation, proposal, in the (315) 
Odyssey : Avrap clkoveiq fivdojv iijueripiov kul pljaeujQ ; Od. 
xxi. 291. [In prose, speech, discourse: fiucpdv prjaiv airo- 
te'lveiv. PI. Pol. 605, d. And narrative r^ rod 'Afitylovog. 
PL Gorg. 506, c] 

pyJTpa, ciQ (?;), Doric word, action of speaking, or right of 
speaking, or permission to speak : 'Ek Tag (3u)Xag Xafiwv 
prjrpav. Dem. de Coron. 90. 

(jxins. tog (r)), what is said, common talk, common tradition: Et £?} 
(pdriQ Irvpog. Eur. Iph. A. TS6. 

316. 
XouTpoy, ov {to), poet. XoeTpoV, fr. Xovelv, water to wash 316 
with, or for bathing ; hence, bath : "0</>pa tteXolto "E/cro/n 
Oepfxa XosTpa fid^VQ i£voGTY)(javTi. II. xxiii. 44. ^ H wira 
Xovrpov aXndiviog KarwrrTEvdrja-ay. Xen. CEcon. 10, 7. 

Xourpioy, ov {to), bath-water : Ka/c tCjv [jaXaveiiov 7tUtcil 
to Xovrpwv. Aristoph. Equit. 1401. 

XouTpaii>, wvog (6), bath, speaking of the place only : 

"QtGTE ' hXi^ClV^pOQ 6 ficHTlXEVQ El' T(J XoVTOWVL TTVpETTWV 

EKadEvhv. Plut. Qucest. Conv. ii. 734, b. 

paXayetoy, ov (to), bath, place where the bath was, bath- 
room : Kcu XovaapLEvog Xinapbg j^copwy ek fiaXavziov, Xen, 
1 CEcon. 9, 5. 

317. 
Xupa, ac (>/), a word not known to Homer, lyre : "Ex<*>v 317 

x£XaS0V ETTTCLTOVOV XvpCLQ, EuT, Iph. T, 1129. 

pdpPiTos (r/V and pdppiTov, ov (to), lyre, in Anacreon : 'A j3ap- 
fiiTog Se xopdalg epiora fiovvov i}%£?. Anacr. i. 3. 

, KiGdpa, ag {})), harp, triangular stringed instrument, but 
different from the modern guitar : Kcu XafiovTa ti]v kiQcl- 
pnv GTavTa iv toIgl eSuXiolgi. Herodot. i. 24. 

Kidapi?, loq (r/), JEoWc form of the preceding word, and the only one 
used by Homer, harp, lyre; citharis : Ovk dv rot xp a ^ (7 r t y ^^Oapig. 
'; //. iii. 54. Later it seems to have differed from the harp (KiOapa), and 
' was played without the accompaniment of the voice. 

<|>6pp.i*y£, yyog (>/), lute, lyre, in Homer and Pindar: Ol) fikv $6p- 
fLiyyog 7rspiKa'KXkog fjv ex 'AttoXXcjv. II. i. G03. 

iX^Xvs, vog ()/), the lyre made of the shell of the tortoise, by Mercury; 
testudo : KaO' k-nrdrovov r opeiav x^Xvv. Eur. Ale. 44'J. 



300 318, 319. 



M. 



318. 

318 fxdyeipos, ov (6), head-cook, master-cook, steward: Kal 
i'lp^aro fi£v ()rj an kfxov 6 fidyetpoc, rrfv TrpuT-qv 7T£pio$ov 
irepityepwy. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 2. 

apTajxos, ov (6), sort of maitre oVhotel or gentleman-car- 
ver; he helped those at table to their several portions [al. 
cook~\ : Kal 6 dprafiog olofxevoQ avrbv ovckv etl SelaOai 
6\pov. . . . Xen, Cyr. ii. 2, 4. 

eSectTpos, ov (6), fr. edit), taster, an officer at the court of the 
kings of Persia, according to Athenseus : 'EkoXovv Si, §r)ai, 
Kal tovq TTpoyevaraq kdearpovQ, on Trporjadiov tGjv jiaaiXitov 
irpoQ aa&akeiav. Athen.iv. 171, b. In Athenaeus's days 
the ecearpog had the charge, in great houses, of the daily- 
service of the table, he was provision steward, or a kind of 
gentleman-carver, a very honorable office (Athen. iv. ibid.). 

eXecn-pos, ov (6), fr. eXeoq, 1. the officer who carried the 
invitations to guests admitted to the royal table ; vocator : 
'EAictrpot de KaXovvrai, Sc (prjcn Ha/uKftiXoc, ol knl rr/v (jacn- 
XiKrjy KaXovrrsQ rpa7re(av. Athen. iv. 171, b. 2. Accord- 
ing to Ammonius, cook. 

6v|/ottoios (6, f]), he who prepares the dishes for the table, 
cook: Kal tva [lev rjEiiog (payrjg o-Jjottolovq fir)X av(s) jJiivr]. 
Xen, Mem. ii. 1, 30. 

319. 

319 p-d£a, y)q (//), sort of bread, or rather of cake of barley- 
meal, made up with honey, salt, and water : Kal p-qiror 
avrrjg paC>av fjSiw (j>ayoi. Aristoph. Pac. 3. 

eo-x a pLTT]S, ov (o), fr. kcyaod, cake kneaded with honey 
and oil, and done in the frying-pan, a kind of fritter, or 
wafer- cake : Kal (ncdtyrjy Xaj3u)v riva twv kayapirwr twv 
KaQapwr. Athen. iii. 109, d. 



320. 301 

Iwity)s(I), ov (6), fr. 'i-rrvoQ, roll baked in the oven called (319) 
"ittvoq : Qepjutiov IttvItojv eiodLov. Timocl. ap, Athen. iii. 
109. 

KpiPa^irr)s(l), ov (o), bread ox piece of pastry baked in the 
oven called Kptftavoc, or country-oven : Hod iravTuv zv'Cv- 

fJLOQ TE KUt KClXafQ U)KTT]fj£l>OQ 6 dpTOQ EOTai KpijoaVLT^Q OVK 

lirvlrrjQ. Galen, de Anlid. T. xiv. 46, 18. 

KoXXaPos, ov (6), small cake, a kind of roll or long bread : 

B0UJ> aTTYJvdpCLKlC 0X0V, 7r\aKOVl>TCtQ &TTTCL KoXXdfioVQ, 

Aristoph. Ran. 509. 

k6\\i£, ikoq (6), bread baked under the cinders among the 
Thessalians : KdAXti; QeacraXtKOQ aoi virapyiTU), ov koXeovgi 
| keIvol KoippaTtav, ol 5' aXXoi yovlpivov clotov. Athen. iii. 
112, b. 

irefifxa, aroQ (to), in the plural, pastry, pastry- work : 
Ovkovv Kal 'Attikwv 7rEppaT(x)v rag hoKovaag Eivai eviraddaq; 
I Plat. Pol. iii. 404, d. 

irXaKous, ovvtoq (6), a flat, round cake ; placenta : Xcu- 
per, avdpeg, kclv ^vviir^adi pot irXaKovvrag eSegOe. Aristoph, 
Pac. 1355. 

iroiravov, ov (to), a thin, flat cake, small and round, which 
was offered to the gods : 'Ettei Se (3u)jjiaj -Koirava KaduxnojOn. 
Aristoph. Plut. 659. 

irupajjLous, ovvtoq (6), a cake of wheat and honey ; given 
as a prize to him who kept himself awake till day-break on a 
night of revelry : *Hv fr avatdeia 7rapiXdr)Q, ypETEpog 6 irvpa- 
Ixovq. Aristoph. Eq. 277. 



320. 

jxajos, ov (b), pap or breast of man and woman, in 320 
Homer: Nevp>)i> pkv /iafw tteXugev. II. iv. 123. 

jxaoro's, ov (6), a lengthened form of the preceding word, 
and more used in prose : " AvOpioirog piv olv Kal 6 6i~)Xvq Kal 
o appnv e^el paGTovq. Aristot. Part. An. iv. 10, 43. The 
grammarians improperly apply this word to the breast 
of the woman only, and particularly of one giving suck, 

Dd 



302 321. 

(320) deriving it most ingeniously from utoTog ydXauTog, full of 
milk. 

OtjXtj, fjg (r)), nipple or end of the breast : Tovtojv ij 6r]Xr) 
dupvfjg, Si rig toIq drjXeat to ydXa Stqfetrcu. Aristot. H. An. 
i. 12. 

koXttos, ov (6), bosom, lap : f H 2' apa jjllv kyjcjEe'I Si^aro 
koXitio. II. vi. 483. 

ouOap, arog (to), dug, pap of animals only : 'Er £ totcu 
tci ovdaTa tG)v TrpofiaTwv iariv. Aristot. H. An. ii. 1. 

titGos, ov (6), teat or nipple ; hence, in general, the breast 
of the woman : Kat, vr) At', titOovq y uxnrep fifielg ovk £X ft# 
Aristoph. Thesmoph. 640. 

rnQiov, ov (to), teat or nipple of a woman who is suck- 
ling a child : Kcu ro iraiDiov e&pTrdaag fiot (j>poi>Sog awo tov 
tltOIov. Aristoph. Thesmoph. 690. 

321. 

321 p,a\aKo's, rj, soft to the touch, tender; used of things 
naturally soft, or such as art has made so, prop, and fig. ; 
mollis : Kcu tci GicXrjpa Kal tcl fiaXaicd. Xen. Mem. iii. 
10, 1. 

|j.aX0QKoq, i), poetic form, the use of which in the fig. sense seems 
preferred : "Oc. to irapog Trip fxaXQaiebg aix^tJTr)g. II. xvii. 588. 

&|3po's, a, fig. soft, delicate, effeminate : 'Ajoporepog yvvai- 
kCjv. Luc. Deor. Dial. 18. 

dfxaXos, »?,poet. tender, speaking of the young of animals: *Ap7ra£u)v 
r) apv aixa\r\v. II. xxii. 310. 

a/rraXos, r), tender, delicate, used of animals and plants, of the heart 
and the cheeks, of a bed, &c. : Uapeidojv a7ra\du)v daicpv' 6jUop£a/jg- 
vr\v. II. xviii. 123. [Also in prose : Plat, often with vsog (e. g. Conv. 
195, c), and as term of reproach, cnr. Kal avavdpog. Phcedr. 239, c] 

aTa\a<J>p(x>v (6, r)), tender, epithet of the infant in arms, in the Iliad: 
Ilaio" iiri kSXttoj l^ova ctTaXdcppova. 11. vi. 400. 

TepY)i>, etva, poet, tender, prop, and fig. ; in prose T€pc£- 
p-coy (6, ?/), tender, speaking of vegetables fit for dressing 
(Theophr. C. PI. iv. 13) ; tener : Tipeva \poa yvirsg eSov- 
Tai. II. iv. 237. 

Xauyos (6, r) [or rj, ov, as in the example from Plat.]), 
prop, loose, lax, speaking of any thing woven, or of a 



322, 323. 303 

thread ; soft, speaking of the snow : "Ocra ce ye av rijv \xev (321) 
£,v(TTpo<p)]v yavvr\v Xapifidvei. Plat. Polit. 282, e. [Also of 
wood, porous, &c. fyXa fiavd kcu yavva. Theoph. H. P. 
5, 5, 3 ; of fruit, prjXov. Ath. 85, 2 ; of flesh, flabby, adpt, 
yavvoTEpa. Ath. 309, b.] 

xX-iSavds, r\, tender, delicate; hence effeminate, principally in dress: 
XXidavrjg rjf^rjg repipiv. JEsch. Pers. 544. 'AXici(3iadr)g iv 'lojvia 
X^idavog. Plut. Alcib. 23. 

322. 

u.a\\os, ov (6), lock or curl of wool, long wool, fleece sufficiently long 322 
to be cut : Etpo7ro/cot d' oieg paXXoTg KaTafiePpLOaai. Hesiod. Op. 232. 

epos, eog (to), poet. e7pos, wool, in general: Avrdp sir' avr<p ?}\a- 
kcltti] TsrdvvaTo iodvetytg tlpog exovcra. Od. iv. 135. 

!pioi>, ov (to), poet, elpiov, a length of wool; hence, in 
general, and more frequently in the plural, wool for the 
wool-worker : "H 01 AaKeSalpLovt vaiEraojcrn iivkeiv eipia 
xaXd. II. iii. 388. 

Xdx^os, ov (6), and Xctx^, *?c (*/), nap, down, silk, wool of 
animals ; lana : Adyvu) areivopievog tea) ejxoI. Od. ix. 445. 
r Yu)v ical Xd^rrj Sippia kutclgklov. Hesiod. Oper. 511. 

ttokos, ov (6), fr. 7TEKU), fleece : 'Apyfjr oiog EVEipov 7t6ku>. 
Soph. Track. 675. 

323. 

jmdx*], VG (fl)* combat, battle ; Ma^cte Si croi Kai 7ro\E/uiovg 393 
atpatpCj. Xen. Cyr. vii. 2, 8. 

aprjs, eog (6), Ares or Mars, the god of war, in the Iliad, sometimes 
for war itself, the fight : "Iva JZwdyupev dprja. II. ii. 381. 

8 a 19, idog (>/), torch; hence flame of war, combat, in the Iliad: Oy 
ydp peiXixog eenze irarrip Tebg kv Scii Xvyprj. II. xiv. 739. 

SrjioTrjs, rJTog (r)), hostility, carnage : "Svv pev 7ravau)pecr9a pdx^Q 
Kai Srj'ioTiJTog arjpepov. II. vii. 290. 

8-fjpis, tog (r)), quarrel, struggle, combat; certamen : Oi 7Tfpi rtdrprjg 
avdpdai Svapivktaai trovov Kai Sijpiv edevro. II. xvii. 158. 

kXovos, ov (6), tumult of the engagement, disorder, confusion : Ev H 
kXovov 'Apyeioiaiv rjice kcikov. 11. xvi. 729. 

jaoOos, ov (6), shock, charge: Olda 8' eirai^ai poOov 'lttttujv wKSidior. 
II. vii. 240. 

IfxwXos, ov (6), prop, fatigue, work, struggle of war; hence combat: 
Tliog t dp' loj pera pwkov ; II. xviii. 188. 

D d 2 



304 324. 

(323) oy.lXos, ov (6), crowd of combatants, sometimes engagement ; the 
Fr. melee : Tr)v pXv dp* T lpie, kXovaa 7rodr)v£fiog e%ay' ouiXoit. II. v. 
353. 

iroXejjios, ov (6), Epic tttoXcjjlos, engagement, the drawing 
near for war ; hence, 1 . battle, combat, war, in Homer : TL 
& 6-KiTCTtvs.ic, iroXifioio yetyvpag ; ILhr. 371. 2. War, in 
general, in the prose writers : Kotviovol iroXijjLov yevofxevoL. 
Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 2. 

crraSia, ag (r/), fr. V'ot^i, feminine adjective, with ellipse of vfffjiivn, 
close combat, pitched battle ; stataria : 018a 8' evl cradiy drfiif) jikXite- 
oQai "Aprj'i. II. vii. 241. 

vor(JiivTi(7), rjg (r)), furious battle : % TfffiiV7jv8' isvai. II. ii. 477* 

cJnjXoTTis, iSoq (rj), shout or tumult of the warriors, engagement, in 
the Iliad : Kai <pvXo7riv aivr)v opvofAev. II. iv. 15. 

XapfJH], VG (r)), joy, ardour felt in battle : MvrjcravTO 8e %dpnrig. IL 
iv. 222. 

324. 

324 fJteXos, eoq (to), member of the body : Twj> Se roiovrtov 
ivia ov jjlovov \xipr] aXXct koX fxiXtj KciXsiTai' toiclvtu l* karlv 
ocra rwv fiepiov oXa ovtcl ertpa fxiprj £X eL & clvtoIq, AristoU 
H. An. i. 1, 2. 

jxepos, eog (to), a part of the body : "Evekci ko.1 kciXXovq 

Th)V T0V GiOfACLTOQ CtVTOV fAEXtoV KCLl fJLEpGjV . Plat. Legg. VH. 

795, e. 

jjiopior, ov (jo), piece or part of the body of animals, in 
Aristotle and Galen : Twv kv rolg fwoic fxopiwv r<x fxev kanv 
aavvQera. Aristot. Hist. An. i. 1, 1. 

apOpoy, ov (to), articulation or juncture of the members 
of the body ; artus :"Ap6pa Se x ei P°£ KaL j8pax* 0,/ ° e Ka P 7r( ^» 
Aristot. H. An. i. 15, 4. 

yuiov, ov (to), extremity of the members, especially the feet and 
hands : 'T7ro ts rpofxog tXXape yvla. II. iii. 34. 

kwXoi/, ov (to), 1. the whole, distinct member, itself com- 
posed of other members (jjiiXr)) ; special designation of the 
arm and leg in Aristotle : KojXov he to \xkv hityveg /3pa^/wr. 
Aristot. H. An. i. 15, 3. 2. Member or portion of a period 
or complete sentence : HepioSog Se r/ /jlev iv K&Xoig rj 2' 
u(beXi]g. Aristot. Rhet. iii. 9. 



325, 326, 305 

325. 

\xiyvuvai, to mix, in general : To Se /cat vciop yn.yvvp.Evov 325 
Tract toIc rpicpovotv ripag EvcarEpyaoroTEpa te xai a/^eXt/ia/- 
repa /cat rjSiio ttoleIv ai/ra. Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 6. 

Kepa^uVai, to mix, mingle, principally water with wine : 
"Ore .... ctidoira olvov 'Apyetwv ol apiorot. kvl KpqrrjpoL 
KEpiovTdi. 11. iv. 260. 

KUKar, prop, to mix, in the sense of disturbing, confusing, 
upsetting and throwing into disorder: 'Eyw o' k-KELOTrr)du)v 
ye ttjv J3ov\r)v /3ta kvki]ou). Aristoph. Eq. 363. 

<j>up€i^, prop, to mix up the meal with leaven, to knead 
. the bread ; hence to wet, imbrue, and so spoil : AaKpvoiv 
elfiar k'(pvpov. II. xxiv. 162. 

<|>opvv€iv, to mix, to put together any how, pell-mell, with the notion 
of confusion, disorder, and spoiling : Sirog re icpea r otvtcl (popvvero. 
Od. xxii. 21. 

(^opvtrcmv, to besmear, defile, soil: $opv%ctQ aifiari noWf. Od. xviii. 
336. 



326. 

juKpos, pa', Attic ajjiiicpos, little, in reference to size : 326 
Uolav rtvd fJLOL yvvaiKa out ovvappooEiv KctWiora ; — Hpu>- 
tov \iiv, keprj, at/cpaV piKpog yap avroQ eI. Xen. Cyr. viii. 
4, 19. 

TjPatos, ata', an Ionic and Epic synonyme of oXiyoc, little 
j in quantity, small, in Homer, almost always in connexion 
I with a negative : "Evt tol typiveq ovl' ijfiaiai. Od. xxi. 
I 288. 

paios, ata, more recent form of the preceding word, and Attic, in the 

! Tragic writers : Horepov ix^P £l jSatoc. ; Soph. (Ed. R. 750. 
ppax^s, eta, short, brief, as to extent and quantity, and 
i sometimes in speaking of time ; brevis : 'E^ tovtu) ci) toIq 
jjlev Xoyoig jopa^vripoiQ e-^prjro. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 4. 

Xctttos, //, thin, slender, spare ; fig. for feeble : Ae7rrr) 
rig e\7riQ ear E(j> yq oyovpEda. Aristoph. Equit. 1244. 

oXiyos, y, small, as regards number, few, little, opposed 
d d 3 



306 327, 328 

(326) to toXvq, principally in speaking of time : 'Ev oXlya) Se 
Xpbvtg kykvETO to jiev fAETWiror ewl rpiaicoGriwv. Xen. Cyr. 
ii. 4, 2. 

(ttt&vios, /a, rare, scarce : "Oxov Se x'^£ tnravtog iravv 
e'ltj. Xen. Anab. i. 9, 27. 

Tairci^os, r/, low, down ; hence humble ; humilis : f H 
jjlev yap [x^P*?] ^ (TTL Ta7reivrj re kcii xpafxjjiujSrjg. Herodot. iv. 
191. 

327. 

327 juLicr06s, ov (6), recompense, lawful wages or salary, pay, 
soldier's pay : lievreKai^eKa Se fxrjvutv rovg orpartwrac tov 
jjuaOdv cnrecrTEprifTEv, Isocr. Panegyr. 39. 

jutiaOwfjia, aror (to), wages, salary, hire, with the associated 
notion of a disgraceful and infamous gain, such as that of 
a stage -player, prostitute, or traitor : Kcu to riXog uye. to 
/u/o-Owjua. Dem. de Legat. 379. [In Isocr. Areopag, 29, 
a7ro fjLMjdwiMLTiov Oveiv is to offer sacrifices by contract.^ 

328. 

328 p-oTpa, ac (v), fr. fjteipu), part out of a whole, and princi- 
pally part the result of a division, commonly made hy lot ; 
hence the part or portion falling to a man by lot : At ice 
davng Kat fjiolpar avawXiiarig fiioToio. II. iv. 170. Hence 
lot in life, destiny ; fatum, in the poets and prose writers ; 
often personified in Homer, Molpa, Parca, the dispenser of 
every thing that happens to man against his will, princi- 
pally in evil, and, above all, in speaking of death : "Evd* 
'AfjcapvyKEiSriv Aiwpea Mo~tp* ette^gev. II. iv. 517. 

fxe'pos, eoq (to), part, relatively to the whole, or the result, 
of a division ; hence portion, part, in general : AiuteXovcti 
to ttXe~mjtov fJLEpog rrjg rifxipag $u:a£ovTEg avrolg. Xen. Cyr. 
i. 2, 6. 

[xopoq, ov (6), poet, fatal share or portion, always with reference to 
death. OTcnv kiri Zevg 9tjks kclkov fiopov. 11, vi. 357. 

ato-a, T)Q (r/), fr. daioj, poet, the part that has fallen by lot to each 
person in the division of life [his allotted portion of life] : 'Enei vv 
toi cilaa fiivvvOd 7rsp, ovti fxdXa Sr\v. II. i. 415. 

ciM.apjj.^i'Y), t]q (//), participle passive feminine, taken sub- 



328. 307 

stantively in Plato, the part assigned ; hence, the destined (328) 
lot, the destiny : "On ty]\> tlfxapfikvr]v ovft av tig ktctyvyoi. 
Plat. Gorg. 512, e. [So Dem. de Cor. 205 : rbv rfjg eifiap- 
/JiEvrjQ Kal rbv avrofxarov ddvarov 7repifiivet.^\ 

Kijp, rjpog (rj), fatal law, and particularly that of a violent death ; in 
the Iliad, deity accompanying warriors, resembling the Valkyrior of the 
Scandinavian mythology: 'Eere ds Tzavrtg p.duTvooi ovg p.fj Krjpeg 
efiav Oavdroio (pepovaai. II. ii. 302. 

kXtjpos, ov (6), fr. K\ai<i), any thing that served as the lot 
in drawing lots ; in Homer, it is a small piece of wood or 
stone, or a bit of earthenware, &c. thrown into a helmet, 
lot ; sors : Ql Se icXrjpov kan\XY]vavro eKaarog kv V ejlaXov 
Kwirj. II. vii. 171. Afterwards, the notion proper to the 
word was lost, and it was taken fig., in prose especially, 1. 
for drawing by lot, election by lot; hence, 2. by ext., the 
result, that which has been drawn by lot, portion, and espe- 
cially in an inheritance ; hence, inheritance, in the Attic 
orators : "Ey re rw kXyjoo) kcu kv rfj yeiporoviq. Xen. Ath. 1, 
2. But in the phrases that refer to election by lot, \pfj(pog 
is more used in prose. See ^rjtyog. 

Xdxos, eog (to), what has fallen to one by lot, lot : "Eon aoi fxkv 
T&v \dxog. Pind. Nem. x. 85. 

irdXog, ov (Jo), fr. 7ra'\\w, the action of shaking or ballot- 
ting the lots or votes ; hence it is translated by lot in cer- 
tain phrases, in Herodotus [Pind.] and the Tragic writers : 
TlyXatc efifiofiaig TrpoaioTavTCU 7raXa> Xayovreg. JEsch. Sept, 
118. 

TrcTrpwjxenr), rjg (//), feminine participle, taken absolutely 
with ellipse of fxolpa, lot assigned by lot; hence, the lot, 
the destiny, in Herodotus and the Tragic writers : *H irenpoj- 
fjifyrj cT ay£t densely aBe\<priv to>& kfxriv kv ?/juart. Eur. 
Hecub. 43. [Pscud.-Dem. 60, 23.] 

iroVpios, ov (6), fr. 7r'nrr(s), prop, accident ; hence lot, almost always 
in speaking of death, in Homer, more generally, in the poets after 
him, lot, destiny : Tvdevg ptv Kal toXglv deiKsa iroTfiov tipiJKtv. II. 
iv. 396. 

tuX*]* VQ (»/)* tnat which befalls a man, that which hap- 
pens, that which reaches (comes to or upon) a thing ; 
hence, 1. chance, in opposition to intelligence, design : Tavra 
ovru) TVporoijTLKujg Tr£7rpay /Asia airoptig Trorepa rv-^ijg 7) yiw- 
pqg tpya kariv ; Xen. Mem. i. 4, 9. 2. Fortune, good or 



308 



329, 330. 



(328) bad luck, according to the epithets or the context : Kcu 
a/xa Tavra Xsywv KaTeSaKpvae ttjp kavrov tv^p, Xen. Cyr. 
v. 4, 34. 

329. 

329 p-COos, ov (6), 1. fable : 'AW arej^vwQ Kara top AIctojitov 
fjivdov. Plat. Ale. i. 122, f. 2. Story of an Epic or dra- 
matic poem, in Aristotle: "Eort Se tyjq fisp irpdfciog 6 [avOoq 
ii fxljuLtiffLQ. Aristot. de Poet. 6, 8. 

diroXoyos, ov (6), apologue : 'AW ov \xivroi aoi, t)p cS' 
eyoj, 'AXidvov ye cnroXoyop £pu>. Plat. Pol. x. 614, a. 



N. 



330. 

330 yaos, ov (6), fr. vaieiv, the part of the temple where the 
statue of the god was ; hence, in general, temple of a 
god : Aiyerai yap eig top vabv elaiovra 7rpocrei7reip avrov. 
Xen. Apol. 15. 

ayioi>, ov (to), sanctuary of the temple at Jerusalem, often 
in the plural, in the O. T. and N. T. : Mera Se to SevTepop 
KaTa7rETCi(Tfia GKrjvrj r/ Xeyofxiprj ayia ayicop. Hebr. ix. 3. 

olSvtov, ov (to), that part of the building in temples which it was 
forbidden to enter, sanctuary ; adytum : Avtoq d' Alveiav fidXa Trio- 
vog e£ ddvToio fjice. II. v. 512. [In prose, Hdt. and improprie, P/.] 

avaKTopov, ov (to) (ava%), palace of princes ; hence temple, in the 
poets: Kai 6ewv apaKTOpa cpovuj /carappit. Eur. Troad. 15. 

UpoV, ov (jo), sacred enclosure, comprehending not only 
the temple (paog), but all its dependent parts, all the 
buildings appropriated to the service of the temple, the 
sacred woods, &c. : Tdtypop pep kvkXo> -irepl to lepov kcu tov 
veojp lawKTov. Thuc. iv. 90. 

(xe'Xa0pov ? ov (to), roof, sometimes in the plural in Tragic writers, 
for the house, the palace of a god, as tecta in Latin : 'Ey<b d' 'EXfV^v 
Zrjvbg /neXdQpoig TreXdaio. Eur. Orest. 1683. 



331. 309 

irpoaeux^, ijg (>/), prayer, and, by metonymy, place of (330) 
prayer, oratory, in the N. T. ; proseucha (Juven. Sat. iii. 
299) : 'EZriXOo/jiev e£w Trjg 7r6\eu)g napa 7rorajiov ov Evofii- 
£eto irpoGEv^) eJvai. Act. Apost. xvi. 13. 

<njK<$s, ov (6), sheep-fold, space railed in, enclosure ; 
septum; reserved and enclosed spot where the statue of the 
god was ; hence, in general, temple, in the Tragic writers : 
'Iva ye (ttjkoq afiaroc. Eur. Phcen. 1753. According to 
the grammarians, crn^og was especially the temple or chapel 
of demi-gods and heroes only. 

Tejxeyog, eog (to), fr. rifxvu), prop, reserved or appropriated 
portion of land, the ground or land \_precincts\ belonging 
to a temple : ' Eort $e kv rip Tip.ivel tov Upwriog \pbv to 
KaXierai lelvng 'AcppoSiT-ng. Herodot. ii. 112. According 
to the grammarians it was the sanctuary, or that par- 
ticular spot in the temple where the image of the god was 
placed. 

331, 

yaus, ao'c (n), ship, vessel, in general, the kind and size 331 
of which are determined by an epithet ; by itself it princi- 
pally signifies, in the poets and historians, a ship of war : 

TwV JJLEV 7TbVT7jK0VTa VEEQ KlOV. II. \\. 509. 

aicaTos, ov (6, ?/), particularly in the poets, light vessel, 
bark ; actuaria ; 'Avct Ie Xalcpog wg Tig a/carou Oodg tlvci- 
Zag Saifjujjv. Eur. Orest. 335. 

Slkoltiov, ov (to), a diminutive of the preceding word, very 
small bark, small skiff, pinnace : Ki'ipvtcd te tz poEirEj-Dpa v 
avTolg kv ciKdTia). Thuc. i. 29. 

SiKpoTos, ov (if), prop, a feminine adjective, with ellipse 
of vaOc, Rhodian vessel with two rows of oars ; dicrotum, 
biremis : '^iirXEVfTE Ie rpivlv 'EXXni'iKolg fivo7rdpii)ai, /ecu 
StKpoToig "i<Taig 'PociiaKcug. Plut. Lucull. 2. 

eiraKTpts, iSog (i)), fishing -boat, or bark : 'AXkLiJidSng 

1]KEV EK TCjV li\a£ofJlEl'l01' GVV TZEVTE TpU]pE<TL ktti ETTaKTpHl. 

Xen. Hellen. i. 1, 11. 

€Tra,KTpOKe\T)s, rjTog (o), pirate vessel, bri^antine : Tcivra 
eig tov ETvuKTpuKEXnTa EfjijoilDd^Ei. /Eschin. in Timocr. 27, 9. 



310 331. 

(331) TjjwoXi'a, ag (r/), taken substantively with ellipse of vavg, 
a vessel with one row and one half row of oars, and, on ac-, 
count of its lightness, manned by pirates, ace. to the fol- 
lowing passage of Theophrastus : f O Se SelXoq toiovtoq tiq 
otog' ttXecov, rag aicpag tyavKEiv rjfjiioXiag elvcu (to take the 
rocks for pirate vessels). Theophr. Char. 25. 

kcXyjs, rjrog (6), fr. keXXw, light boat made for speed, shal- 
lop, bark, pinnace ; celox : 'AXXa Kal ravra ek XrjVTpiKrjg 
Meararjvuov rpiaKovropov Kal Ke\r)rog eXafiov. Thuc. iv. 9. 

X€jul(3os, ov (6), small boat attached to a large one, used 
for reconnoitring, &c, bark, cock-boat, pinnace; lembus : 
Tepu)v t ei^-ipeifffxaeri Xe/jiflog. Theocr. xxi. 12. 

jxuoTrdpw^, wvog (6), light boat used by pirates, brigan- 
tine ; myoparo (Cicer. Verr. 5): Merefxfiag elg XyvrpiKov 
fxvo7rapwva. Plut. Lucull. 13. 

6Xk(£s, acog (fj), fr. eXke7v 9 a transport, merchant ves- 
sel, so called, because in naval expeditions these boats, 
carrying provisions and ammunition, were taken in tow by 
the large vessels : Tov Se Kal avrodev gItov kv oXkchjiv 
ayeiv. Thuc. vi. 22. 

€<(>oXkiok, ov (to), bark or boat towed by a large vessel : 
'ILkeXevge Tovg vavrag to e^oXklov 7rapaj3aXE7v. Plut. Pomp. 
73. 

•rrdpaXos, ov (fj), fr. aXc, the galley Paralus ; the sacred 
trireme of this name at Athens, which, with that called Sala- 
minia, was used for conveying the dEwpoi to the temple of 
Delphi ; these vessels were kept always ready to sail upon 
state occasions, and were so employed, even in time of 
war: HpoakXaflE Se napa t&v 'AOrivaiiov Kal A wov Tig vavg 
7T£pl rrjv 'Attuctjv ettXel Kal tyjv UdpaXov Kal ty\v SaXaui- 
vlav. Xen. Hell. vi. 2, 8. 

ttXoioi>, ov (to), fr. ttXeu, vessel, transport, merchant ves- 
sel : Kal 7rXo7a 7rX£t kv avralg ciraycoya. Xen. Anab. i. 
7, 15. 

irpwpa, ac (*/), prow, fore-part ; Euripides uses this 
word, by a beautiful metaphor, in a sense that makes it 
synonymous with vavg : MvSe irpoaiaTt] irpwpav (iiorov 
irpbg Kvpa TtXiovaa Tv^aiaiv. Eur. Troad. 104. 



332. 311 

creXfJia, cltoq (to), bench of the rower ; transtrum, and used by peri- (331) 
ohrasis for vessel in Euripides : 'Ev ~Nav7r\iq: ce aiXfiaO' aipfxicrai 
sewv. Eur. Or. 242. Hence ffiXfxa alone is found used for the whole 
vessel by the poets of the Anthology. 

o-icd<j>os, eog (to), hull, carcase of the vessel ; hence, in 
general, in poets and historians, boat, craft of any kind : 
Ol KopivdiOL to. (TKci(f)r) \xkv ov\ eWkov avaCov^xevoL twv 
ve.G)v dg KaTadvaeiav, Thuc. i. 50. 

ayeS'ia, aq (>/), any craft made in haste, raft in Xenophon 
(Anab. i. 5, 10) ; hence, in poetry, vessel, ship, as ratis 
in Latin: Tae TrovToiropovg S* tax* o"X f ^ /ae * Eur. Hec. 
107. 

Tpi^pirjs, Eog (rj), trireme, vessel of war, so called because 
of its three banks of rowers on each side ; or, according to 
others, because there were three men to each oar : Aiyovrai. 
Kai rpirjpeig ttqwtov ev Kopivdu) rrjg 'ILWdEog vavwrjyrjdrjvai, 
Thuc. i. 13. In ancient times the triremes were the ves- 
sels of largest size until the end of the Peloponnesian w T ar ; 
after that time larger were built, having twenty banks 
of oars, and even more ; but how these were arranged, is a 
question that has never yet received a satisfactory answer. 

332. 

yeos, ia, 1. young : 'H firjv icai viog Ecr&i, ejjloq Si tee /cat 332 
iraig eirjg. II. ix. 57. 2. New, as regards time, in speaking 
of things ; a use of the word more peculiar to poets : MrjSe 
fxiveiv olvov te veov . Hesiod. Oper. 672. 

Kcuyos, ?;, refers rather to actions, customs; 1. recent, 
modern : Kat kcuvcl kcu 7ra\ata TrapacpipovTEg toy a, Herodot. 
ix. 26. 2. Newly invented, or introduced, new, novel : f O H 
qvSev KcuvoTEpw EivEtyEpE Tiiiv dXXujv. Xen. Mem. i. 1, 2. 

yedXrjs (6, i)y, prop, that which has just been caught, 
said of a fish ; hence fresh, speaking of horses [opp. ex- 
hausted, tired\ meat, &c. : HapaKajjiftavEiv Tovg a7rEip)jKOTag 
f i7r7rovg Kal dWovg tte\itzeiv veclXeIc. Xen. Cyr. viii. 6, 17. 
[Derivation doubtful. Phryn. from aXig = adpoov : al. 
from aXl^Eiy, salire.~\ 

yeapo's, pa, fr. riog, youthful, juvenile ; juvenilis : W\X 
waiTEp yap ev oiofiam.v, oaoi veol ovt€Q (.liyeOog t/\a/3or, 
ofuvg tfifpaivirai tl uvrulg vEapuv. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 3. 



312 333, 343. 

(332) vcoxh-os (o, v), a synonyme of vkog: Tt d* tart Uepaaig vsoxpov 
tfxjSpiOeg kcikov ; JEsch. Pers, 697* 

TTpoa<f>aTos (6, r/), fr. c/>aa>, prop, that which has just been 
killed, speaking of meat; hence, by ext., speaking of flowers, 
fish, blood, quite fresh, quite recent, new, prop, and fig. : 
Tov te yap jjlt] wfjoatyarov SeXearog ovk eOeXovglp cnrTEadai. 
Aristot. H. An. iv. 8, 19. [Of anger, Lys. p. 151, 5 ; Bern. 
788, couples together vEaXv\g /cat irpoa^aTog, of a young and 
vigorous person, opp. to one TETapiyEv^Evog /cat ttoXvv x?°~ 

VOV f/i7r£7T7W/CWe.] 

333. 

333 vz$£\v\, rjg (»/), cloudy vapour, mist, cloud ; nebula : 
'E7rat$ae irarpog AtO£ etc vecpeXator. II. ii. 146. 

vifyos, ovg (jo), dark and overspreading cloud ; nubes : 
f H $' si; dipog tig vciiop vi<pog. Arist. Meteor, i. 9, 4. Fig. 
for a great multitude : "Aua Se vi(pog eitteto tte^&v. II. iv. 
274. 

ofjiixXif], rjg (>;), fog, mist : 'O/i/^Xiy Se vEcpiXrig TrcptVrwjua 
rrjg eig vfiwp ovyKpicEwg. Aristot. Meteor, i. 9, 4. 

334. 

334 po'jxos, ov (6), fr. ve/jlu), written law : 'Nojj.og Si egtiv 
ojJLoXoyrjiJia 7r6XEiog kolvov Sia ypafAfidriov 'Kpoardrrov 7rwg 
Xpi) -KpoiTTELv ekclgtcx. Aristot. Ret. ad Al. 2. 

€0os, Eog (jo), custom, usage, unwritten law : 'OpQ yap kv 
rolg avrdlg voyioig te /cat eQectl rpECpofXEvovg woXv diatyipovTag 
aXXyXuv. Xen. Mem. iii. 9, 1. 

Ocfxis, iotoc (rj), established order or usage ; Oefuores, in 
Homer,- ordinances, statutes, laws: 07 te Oi/jLtaTag 7rpog 
&iog elpvaTai. II. i. 238. 

6ecrp,os, ov (6), fr. Tidrjfjii, 1. established order, natural law, 
conveys the notion of an immutable order, of a law not to 
be changed in anything : Ilapa yap rove twv Oeujv QEv/jiovg 
TTcivTa to. Toiavra Eivai. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 6. 2. Institution, 
statute ; at Athens this was the name specially given to 
the laws of Draco (ML Far. Hist. viii. 10). 

pTjTpct, dg (//), ordinance, injunction, name given to the 
laws of Lycurgus at Sparta : M/a jjlev ovv twv prjrputv y)v, 
uxjtTEp EiprjTat, firj xpijerflat vofJioiQ kyypdcpoig.^ Plut* Lye. 13. 



335, 336. 313 

335. 
i/ou$, ov (o), poet, yoos, internal sight, intellect, under- 335 
standing, mind; mens : f £2e oxbig kv 6(j)6a\fjiu), vovq kv ^vyrj. 
Aristot, Top. i. 14. Hence, in a more general sense, mind, 
idea; animus : 'Ev j/w e-^elq airiivai [== ?/ow intend to depart]. 
Pto. PoZ. i. 344, <L 

yi/wjXT], 7?g (?/), intelligence : 'H £e Kcikovfiivn yvuyfir), KaO y 
r)v EvyvwfJLOvctQ Kai iyz.iv tya\i£V yvojfJirjr, ?/ rov Ltzulkovq eoti 
KptaiQ 6p6i). Aristot. Eth. Nic. vi. 11. [Also opinion, judge- 
ment of the mind ; and purpose.] 

SidVoia, ac (>/), intellectual faculty ; hence mind, thought, 
intelligence : Kcu kv <3 ttclvteq rrjv ^icivoiav jiEtovvTai. Xen. 
Mem. iv. 8, 1. 

Gujjlos, ov (6), the heart is sometimes in Homer the seat 
of the intelligence ; hence mind : Abrap kyio Ovpuj voiu) 
Kai olSa ekcmttci. Od, xviii. 228. 

yoTjfia, citoq (to), the result of a mental perception ; hence 
thought, judgement, design, in Homer and in Plato : TijXc- 

fJLCL\, OVKETL 701 (j)p£V£Q EfXTTEhot OvSk v6r)juLCl. Od. XV ill. 215. 

[Also as act of thought in Xen. Mem. iv. 3, 13 : Qdrrov 
vorjfjLaroQ vTrnpETElv, as quick as thought.'] 

vo^ais, Eloc (?/), operation or perception of the mind, in- 
tellectual vision: f Hy Elrrdat av av?6v voi]<tel, ctXX' obi: b/ufjia- 
(tlv d£ii)pE~tv. Plat. Pol. vii. 529, b. 

o ovecns, eioq (>/), understanding, conception, facility of 
conception, intelligence, discernment ; hence prudence : Kcu 
kyivvy](JEv avQpLjirov, o gvvecjel te virEpiyEt tujv aWiov Kai 
Siktjv Kai deovg vojjll^el. Plat. Menex. 237, b. 

4)prj^ evvq (r/), prop, diaphragm, in Homer, is the seat 
of the intelligence, of the instinct ; hence, in the poets, and 
principally in the plural, fypeves, mind, sense, good sense : 
Ev yap h) toSe "lEfJiEv kvl (ppEaiv. II. ii. 301. 



336. 
^eVos, ov (6) (es), poet, |€iK>s, 1. stranger, in general : T H 336 
^eIvol tIveq eote ; Od. ix. 252. 2. Guest, speaking of the 

e e 



314 336. 

(336) stranger received in hospitality in opposition to ZeivoSoicog : 
Tov yap T£ fclvOQ jj,ijjipri(7K£TUL fj/ictra 7rcWa. Od. xv, 54. 
Used also in prose and verse of him who entertains the 
stranger. 

Sopu^eyos, ov (6), prisoner of war reduced to slavery, but 
who, after having paid his ransom, returned home, and was 
considered ever after as the guest and friend of his former 
master from having partaken of his table. He then ex- 
changed the name of dopvdXwTog for that of Sopv^erog (Plut. 
Qucest. Grcec. 17) : Kafioi ye irdvTuv (plXrarog lopv£,£Vb)v. 
Eur. Med, 687. 

i$io£ei/os, ov (6), host, with reference to the obligation 
of reciprocal entertainment between private individuals of 
different countries, in opp. to npoUvog : Kal &(nrep ovv 
ISio^ivoig ^pu)jjL£vov toIq eKtldt. JElian. de Nat. An. ii. 6. 

irpofei/os, ov (6), proxenus, was the name of that particu- 
lar citizen in a city, who had been selected by those of 
another city to manage its affairs there, receive its ambas- 
sadors, and support its interests by his influence, a kind of 
agent resembling our consuls or residents [though the dif- 
ference was great, since the first men of a state thought it 
an honour to be the izpo"£,£voi of other states] : Twv Ss Acace- 
SaLjjtoyiiov ical 7rpi(rf)£tg 'Adrjvrjviv eTvyyavov ovteq izapa KctX- 
Xiq. rJ TrpoUvu. Xen. Hellen. v. 4, 22. 

dWo&cbros (6, //), of another country : 'Ewei a^tciv epjxa 
ttoXtjoq k(TK£ Kal aXXoSanog 7T£p kiiv. II. xvi. 550. [In prose 
Xen.~] 

dXXorpios, la, of or belonging to another, of another kind 
or species; hence, 1. strange, alien, opposed to 'idiog and 
oiK£iog : Aiyu) $e ret Svo, to jjlev oIkeIov koX ^vyy£v£c, to Se 
aWoTpiov Kal odvelov. Plat. Pol. v. 470, b. 2. Of another 
country, foreign; peregrinus : 'AXXorpioe (fxog. Od. xviii. 
218. 

d\\o<|>u\os (6, rj), of another tribe or race : Kal dXXotyv- 
Xovg ajia \]yr\ad\x£voi. Thuc. i. 102. 

Pdppapos (6, fj), the name given by the Greeks, first to the 
Medes and Persians, and afterwards to all foreign people ; 
hence foreigner, one who is not a Greek : Kal ZwrjOn rrfv 
hiaiTav fxed' owXojp eiroiiiaavTO, axmEp ol (idpflapoi. Thuc. 
i. 6. 






337. 315 

cfwTcpiKos, ?/ (e£w), from without, external, in general : (336) 
hence, specially, exoteric, speaking of public instruction 
or treatises of philosophers : Kai yap iv role e£u)T£piKo7g 
Xoyoig 3iopi£6fJie6a Trepl clvtCjv 7roXXciKig. Aristot, Pol, 
iii. 6, 5. 

eirrjXus, vSog (o, ?/), one who comes from other parts to 
settle in a country, foreigner ; advena : Alfiveg uep Kal 
AldloTreg avroydoveg, Qoivlkeq he kcu "JLXXnveg eniiXvCeg. 
Herod, iv. 197. 

oGkelos, eia 9 foreigner, of another race, in opposition to 
OLKelog : 'ATroXetVovrac rag rutv aXXiov i^wove'tag kcu oIkelojp 
leal odveiwv. Plat. Protag. 316, c. 



o. 

337. f 

68o's, ov (>?), road, way, prop, and fig. ; via : "AXXrj 337 
(TvvTouojripa 6S6g. Xen. Cyr i. 6, 21. 

dyuid, dg (?/), street of a town : Tijv avrrjp 6$6v avrtg 
kvKTLuivag Kar ay vidg. II. vi. 391. 

djjLa^iTos, ov (//), prop, carriage-road, high-road : Kar' 
aucLLyirbv eaaevovro. IL xxii. 146. [Xen. Hell, ii. 4, 7.] 

dTpanos, ov (?/), Ionic and Epic, drapTros, path, beaten 
way, and from which a man is not to turn aside : "EXkiov 
it, bpeog Kara iranraXotGaav arapirov. II, xvii. 743. [Foot- 
path, Th, iv. 36. PL Phcedr, 66, b.] 

kcXcuOos, ov{r)), act of going, step, walk [as connected with*s\£u0w?]; 
hence road, way : "Og Ktv rot einyinv 686v Kai perpa KtXevOov. Od. 
iv. 389. 

Xaupa, nc (?/), street, narrow street; angiportus : 'Hv 
vUg eg Xavpnv. Od, xxii. 128. \_Hdt.~\ 

otjxos, ov (6), poet, path, way: Ma/cooc. ££ Kal 6p9iog olpog 
fiV avrrjv Kai rprjxvg to ttoGjtov, Hesiod. Op. 288. [In prose, PL 
Rep. iv. 420, b.] 

Tpi^os, ov (6 or )'/), beaten road, high road: ^rj}0' at piv Vft&V 
rovd' apa^i]ot] rpifiov, at 8' lv9dd' dXXov olpov. Eur. Onst. 1861. 
[In prose, Xen. Cyr. iv. 5, 30.] 

e e 2 



316 338. 

338. 

338 oSun), rjg (//), poet. Buy], rjg (fj), and <u$is, Ivog (>/), 'physical 
pain : Tcue. bSvvaig irnTplfiei tovq avOpwrrovg. Xen. Mem, 
i. 3, 12. 

dXYTjSwv, ovoq (rj), poet, moral pain : 'Eyw yap eg tovt eKfle(3rjK 
dXyrjdovog. Eur. Med. 56. [The word is very common in PL, and prin- 
cipally as opposed to rjdovf): e.g. rjdovdg /cat dXyrjdovag ejnroiovvrag. 
Rep. v. 464, d. Often coupled with odvvrj : e. g. Phil. 42, d. dXyrjdoveg 
Kai odvvai. Also in Isocr. viii. 40.] 

aXyrip.a, aroc. (ro), cawse, subject of pain : Oljiai fiev dptzelv aoi ye 
Kai ra a , a> rakag, dXyrjfxaO' ', wore jit) rd rwv ireXag areveiv. Soph. 
Phil. 340. 

aXyos, eog (to), physical, and more frequently moral 
suffering, pain, ill : '£lg Srj tovI' evetca cr(f>iv 'EKrjfioXog aXyea 
Tevyet. II. i. 110. [Rare in Att. prose.] 

&via, ag (r)), sadness, distress, chagrin: Mrj ttot dvrjKeoTov, Kvpj/f, 
Xafiyg dvirjv. Theogn. 76. [Also in prose several times in Plato.] 

axos, eog (to), moral pain, affliction : *AXXd /xoi alvbv &xog creQev 
ecroeTai at kb Odvyg. II. iv. 169. [In prose, Xen. Cyr. vi. 1, 32.] 

kyjSos, eog (to), pain at losses undergone, moral ill; 
cura : Tpojeavi fie Krjh' tyrj-irTat ek Awg. II. ii. 32. [Rare 
in prose, PL Rep. x. 605, d.] 

Xuttyj, rjg (rj), moral grief, grief of mind, vexation, sadness: 
Irjv dvfxojjopoy (ppevl Xvttyjv. AZsch. Agam. 103. 

p,€Xe'8Tr]|xa, arog (to), that which troubles, anxiety : Avcjv jieXedrj- 
fjiara Ovfiov. Od. xxiii. 343. 

picXeSuv, a>vog (r/), and p.eXeSd>vt], rjg (rj), fr. jieXio, trouble: Hvki- 
val de fioL dfji(p' doivbv «cr)p 6%eTai fxeXeduJvai odvpojjLsvrjv epsOovviv. 
Od. xix. 517. Kai yviofiopovg jxeXed&vag. Hesiod. Oper. 66. 

|j,€pip.va, rjg (r)), care, anxiety : XaXerrdg de Oeoi dioGovai fxepifivag. 
Hesiod. Oper. 176. 

tt€i/0os, eog (to), mourning, grief, regret at a loss : Meya 
ve (ppeaL irevQog iypvTa. Od. xxiv. 423. [In prose Hdt., Pl.~\ 

ttoVos, ov, labour, pain, trouble, prop, and fig. : *Arap ov 
tiv tyei kovov. Od. xiii. 423. 

<(>povTis, idog (r/), prop, thought; hence, in poetry, anxious and 
troubling thought: 'E\7rlg djivvei QpovTid' dnXrjGTov. Msch. Agam. 
102. 



339,340. 317 

339. 

otK€ios, elu (oltcog), one who makes a part of the house- 339 
hold, of the family, a relation, a connexion, domestic, na- 
tional : "Ira KUL OLk'O) KCLL OIKETCLIQ Kill OlKetOLQ K(l\ (f)l\()lQ Kal 

ttoXel Kal 7ro\iTatQ hvvcuvTo KaXuig xprjo-Oai. Xen. Mem, i. 
2, 48. 

oiKcuxKos, r/, domestic, used of all living in the house, 
whether free or slaves : El top oiKoheaTzornv BeeX^e(dovX 
tKaXeaav, novo) /jtaXXov tovq olKEiaKovg ai/rou; Matth. x. 25. 

oIk€u$, soq (6), in Homer, he who is of the house, of the 
family, friend, relation, domestic : "O^oa 'Lcioficu oiKijag, 
aXo\6v te (piXnr. II. vi. 365. 

dyxtcTTCus, i wc (6) (ayxO> we<w, collateral kinsman, whom 
the law appoints to inherit, in default of direct heirs, and to 
perform the last offices to the defunct : 'EmKaXeo/jiavoi /caret 
to y^pr](JT))Qi6v (T(pt IJor}d£etr wg eovtcjp uy-^icrTEiov. Herodot. 
v. 80. At Athens, it was he who, as near-kinsman, and, 
in accordance with Solon's law, was obliged to marry the 
orphan daughter of his relation. 

auyyevqs (o, r/) (y£rio), more distant relation, and who 
was not appointed to inherit ; cognatus : 'E/xe \iovov ov 
yivuxTKeiQ, w KiipE, twp ovyyEVwv ; Xen. Cyr. i. 4. 27. 

340. 

oikos, ov (o), 1. house, home, abode: Oira kv 7/aere'pw. 340 
11. iii. 233. 2. All the house, and, fig., the family, race: 
*Og KaKa jxev 7rXe7ora 'EXX^wv eipyaafxai tov v\x£TEpov 
oIkov. Thuc. i. 137. 3. House, and all belonging to it, 
possessions, properties, fortune: Oikoq tl SokeI yfjuv eIvcu ; 

1 dpa OTTtp oiKia ; i) kcu oaa rfjg oiiclag e^io Tig ekekttjto iravra 

1 tov o'ikov tclvtci egtiv\ Xen. CEcon. 1,5. 

oucTjfxa, aTog {to), that which serves for a dwelling, in 
general ; hence the different parts of a house, room or 
chamber, inner hall: Ta otVZ/aara akoco^rat Trpog ai/ro 
tovto EdKEfjfjLEi'a, oiTioQ ayycia wc (TVf.i(j)Opu)TtiTa i] Tolg jueX- 
Xovglv kv avTo"ig iaeadai. Xen. CEcon. 9, 2. [Also in Attic 
= prison. ,] 

oiKY]ais, ecog (//), action of inhabiting, habitation, dwelling, 
residence: Kai Biaai'd */ v o\ ki\ civ cw a iv. Xen. A nab, vii. 2,38. 

e e 3 



318 341. 

(340) otKta, ac (?/), house, prop, so called, used, 1. of the 
building only : Oltativ yap ov-% virapypvcrGyv, dXX' kv KaXvflaig 
TrvLyrjpalg wpa erovg $iaiTO)/jiiviov. Thuc. ii. 52. 2. House, 
household composed of masters and servants : Olda Se 
riXetog eic SovXujv kol eXevOipiov. Aristot. Pol. 1, 3. 

8o}jlos, ov (6), building ; hence house, family, prop, and fig.; domus : 
"Attooov xpV^ SvgtvxGjv dofJLog. Eur. Or. 70. 

Swjxa, aroQ (to), building that supposes more art, palace of gods and 
princes, in Homer : '0 3' airkaavTO dw'/mroc/'E/crwp. II. vi. 390. 

8«, Epic abbreviation of Swfia, and even of diofiara, in Hesiod : 
"NaisL xpvaea 8u>. Theogon. 933. 

eoria, ag (7/), hearth, for house, land we live in, country, 
in prose and verse : Yvvcukclq tyuv Ivo, fii&g larlag oUee. 
Herodot. v. 40. 

[kiyapov, ov (jo), fr. fxiyag, great hall of a palace, in 
Homer ; hence, in the singular, palace, residence : Kal 
k'^ayev ek jieyapoio. Od. viii. 106. 

|j.e\aOpov, ov (to), prop, great beam which supports the roof; hence, 
by synecdoche, in the poets, the roof, meaning the palace : Hpiv jue 
Kara 7rprjveg (3aXsuv Ilpidfjioio fxhXaOpov. II. ii. 414. 

oreyt], r)g (r/), roof; hence, in the plural in poetry, and 
sometimes in prose, dwelling, tent, house, Sec: Ovtc el av r 
d'ucovg, crv re, Kp£wv 9 Kurd (jrtyag; Soph. (Ed. R. 637« 

crreyos, eog (to), and riyos, sog (to), roof; hence palace: Tod 7 
Ive^ofievoi arkyog ao%aioj/. JEsch. Pers. 145. Xeipuv Tpatye XlOIvoj 
'laaov evdov Tsyei. Pind. Nem. iii. 93. [Tsyog — roof in prose. Th. 
iv. 48. Xen. Hell. iv. 4, 12.J 

341. 

341 oT^os, ov (6), wine ; vinum : 'Avdpl ce kekjjlyjojtl /uivog \xiya 
olvog ciOiet. II. vi. 261. 

aKpdTos, ov (6), pure wine : "Wl vvv, aicparov kyKava^ov 
jjlolttoXvu (titovciiv. Aristoph. Equit. 105. 

(3aKxos, ov (6), Bacchus, god of wine: 'E7ri SalTct tclv 9ewv Kpa- 
Trjpa te Bdicxov. Eur. Iph. A. 1061. It is only used for wine itself by 
later poets, and in the Anthology. 

jieOu, vog (to), unmixed wine, pure wine: TloXkbv d' tK KepdfUjJV 
fikOv TtivtTO Tolo yipovTog. II. ix. 4G9. 



342,343. 319 

342. 
ottXoi>, ov (to), instrument, tool of every kind, in Homer ; 342 
hence, in the plural oirXa, in the poets, offensive and, par- 
ticularly, defensive arms, such as the helmet, the cuirass: 
'AfxvvTrjpia b-irXa. Plat. Legg. xii, 944, d. In the historians, 
it is used principally of the great shield carried by the 
heavy-armed infantry or birXIrai, particularly in phrases 
relative to military tactics. This shield was the principal 
piece of armour, and the honour of the soldier was attached 
to the preservation of it : Ei fjovXoivro ret owXa wapacovycu . 

fCCtf (HpCLQ aVTOVQ 'A07? VCUOl£. ThuC. IV. 37» 

peXos, eog (to), missile weapon of any kind ; telum: "EX/ce 
S' vw U (jeXeojv. II. iv. 465. ["E£w fieXtiv, out of the reach 
of missiles. Xen. Cyr. iii. 3, 69.] 

evTea, k(x)V (rd), fr. evvvpi, arms, chiefly those that are put on, as 
the cuirass, armour : Tbv d' evp' a}i(f wfJLOiGi TiQr)p.evov evrea icaXd. 
II. x. 34. 

Ttux €a > £(**v (rd), tools, implements, apparatus, or equipment of 
any thing necessary for its purpose, e.g. of a ship, &c. ; hence arms, in 
general, and sometimes armour : T Hix i kKaarq) 'ittttoi dEpcriiroCeg Kai 
iroiKiXa revx& eKSiro. II. iii. 326. [For its use in the sense of vessel, 

cf. 7.] 

343. 
opav, to see, in general : "On Kai rovg TTpeGlovripovg bp&aiv 343 
ara ttcigcjlv iifiipav awcpooviog ctdyovrag. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 8. 

dGpeiy, to regard or look at with fixed attention: Aa/3wi> 
evoTrrpov dOpei. Anacr. xi. 3. [_\\dpw icai opuj on dlvvarov. 
PL Parrnen. 144, d. Also = see, in the sense of reflect, 
weigh, consider ; especially in imperat. in Plato : ddpe i, 
ddpei fxi) . . . . , vide ; vide ne non — .] 

a-iryd£€iv, airya£€<r0ai, in Homer and the poets, to distinguish, per- 
ceive, see clearly, recognize: Olog eyujv 'ittttovq avyd^ofxai; II. xxiii. 
458. The active is only found in Sophocles in this sense: *H vabg 
d&vov avydZ,u>v opfxov. Soph. Phil. 217. 

pXeireiy, 1. to see, speaking of the faculty, with which the 
eyes are endowed, of heing struck by external objects, to 
see, not to be blind : Kai rig irpbg dvSpbg fxij fiXtTroyrog 
apKeaig; Soph. (Ed. Col. 73. Hence, 2. principally in the 
poets, to turn the eyes, the look towards an object [very 
common in PL, in kcitco, diio fiXe-reiv' (3Xixe&> t'tr ma, 



320 343. 

(343) irpoQ n] ; and, fig., in prose and in verse, to look (intrans), 
to have aspect, to look to or towards, speaking of the direc- 
tion in which a thing stands : 'Ev Talg irpog fxe(rr)fjij3plap 
fikEirovaaiQ oIkiulq (in the houses that look to the south). 
Xen. Mem. iii. 8, 9. 

8epK€o-0cu, poet, to see clearly, to distinguish: &6pop feat (pv^av 
* X^aiibv depKOfxspoj* II. xiv. 140. 

€iSoi> (llelv), second aorist, used supplementarily to the 
defective verb bpav, but itself assuming, in its perfect oi8a, 
the figurative sense of seeing with the eyes of the mind ; to 
know, to be acquainted with : Tovg Se ov& kiopaKorag irioirore 
clvtop, tovq Se Kal ev elSorag on gi/3' av "lIolev. Xen. Cyr. 
i. 1, 3. 

Oedo-Oai (dia), prop., 1. to look upon games, and the dif- 
ferent spectacles composing them : Ei7rw tl tup dudoTtov, 
to ^iuTtora, £(p' oiq ael yeXtooiv oi detojjievoi' Aristoph. Ran. 2. 
Hence, 2. to behold, to look with attention, to contemplate : 
'AXXa, jua At', £0??, ovk ekelvov edstofjinv. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 41. 
The grammarians, without sufficient reason, would limit the 
use of this verb to objects of art only. 

Oewpeu/, to be a Qeiopog, or go in deputation to festivals, 
or sacred ceremonies ; hence, 1 . to be a spectator, to look 
upon, or behold games, a review, &c. : 'EdecJpft Se top aywpa 
Kal KvpoQ. Xen. An. i. 2, 10. Ammonius and other gram- 
marians assert, that in this sense deaaQai only should be 
used ; 2. fig. to examine, speaking of intellectual specula- 
tions: 'O deojprjfrag tcl kv TO~ig aXXotg avdptoiroig vofjufia. Plat. 
Legg. xii. 952 a b. 

XeuoxreiVj to see, to examine : Aevcraere yap Toys naPTeg. II. i. 120. 

voeiv, to perceive, to become aware: Ai/rtV eke'i r erorjffev, 
II. xii. 393. 

OTrnrTe-ueLV, to look on with defiance, to lie in wait for : 'A\X' ov yap 
c WeXu) fiaXeeip, tolovtop kovTa, XdOprj btrnrTivGaq, dXX dfupadov. 
II. vii. 243. 

d-nrdveiv, in the passive in the N. T., to be seen, to show 
oneself : At rifjLEpCjp TEtrorapaKOpTa OTtTapofiEvog avTolg. Act. 
Ap. i. 3. 

ottt€tj€iv, to see, in Aristophanes : Xiaaav jjlsp yap yap otttevu). 
Aristoph. Av. 1061. 



344,345. 321 

o<rcr€<r6ai, defective, to cast the eyes, or to cast looks, the notion of (343) 
menace being implied: KdXxavTa 7rpc6riaTa kclk oauofiEvog 7rpoo- 
SE17TEV. 11. i. 105. 

Trairrau'eii', to look about with the idea of precaution, to 
search with the eyes: 'Apcpi e ira-KT^vag. II. iv. 497. 

aKeirrecrOai, prop, to cover the eyes with the hand, in 
order to see better at a distance ; hence to consider, to exa- 
mine with care, prop, and fig.: StoWcq vvv, MeieXue cio- 
-peQig, aiKev 'iSrjai. II. xvii. 652. 

<tkott€u/ {(tkottoq), to take aim at an object ; hence to be on 
the look out, to explore, prop, and fig., to consider, to exa- 
mine ; as (TKE7TT£(j0ai, it is used in speaking of intellectual 
speculation addressed to one subject in particular, in which 
respect these verbs differ from Oewpeiv, which is used of 
speculations of a more general character: Ra0' Iv he Zkcmjtop 
Trepl tovtwv ckottlov, yvwar) on iyw aXrjdfj Xiyu). Xen. Cyr. 
i. 6, 22. 

o"KOTrid£eiv (gkottio), prop, to look from the height of an observatory, 
or any elevated place ; hence, generally, to observe, to watch, to be on 
the look out, to spy: "AvSpag dvvjjiEveag aK07TLa^8jXEV olog z7TeX6iov. 
11. x. 40. 

344. 
6p06s, //, 1. that which is set up, standing up, erect; 344 
hence straight up ; arrectus : 01 irpurov fiev \xovov tCjv 
Cuiov ai>dpu)7rov oodov aviaT-qaav. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 11. 
2. Straight, in opp. to irXayioc, speaking of things, some- 
times of the space between two points, prop, and fig. ; 
rectus : 'Opdol fxerpycro) kclvovi irpoaTidtig. Aristoph. Av, 
1004. 

€u6us, tut, that which goes in a straight line, straight, 
directy in opp. to arpejoXog or aKoXiog, tortuous, winding : 
'AAAa 7roXv airXovoripa kol evdvrepa Trap* ijfxly ?/ oSog kani' 
ettl to EjjnrXrjGdrjvai r) wap 1 vjiiv. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 4. 

345. 
opias, tdog (6, //), bird in general, and particularly in 345 
prose, domestic bird, or of the poultry-yard, and principally 
of the gallinaceous kind, as hen, cock: To per our -purov 
yivog tCjv £wwv opvig koXeItcu, Aristot. H. An. i. 5, 11. 

opv€ov, ov (to), poet., although used by some prose writers [/*/.], bird, 
in general: 'Opfxijoy 7rEdioio diuKtiv opvEov dXXo. 11. xiii. 64, 



322 346, 347. 

(345) ouzo's, ov (6), fr. olog, bird of prey : Abrovg Se EXwpia 
TEvye k.vveggiv olwvolai re iraai. II. i. 5. [Hence, because 
large, lone-flying birds were considered prophetic, bird of 
omen, and omen: Tov kiarXov olwvog eSokel elvai. Th. vi. 27.] 

ir€T€T}vdv, ov (to), that which flies, bird, in the plural: "Og r mkiotoq 
7rerer]va)v. II. xv. 238. 

irornTov, ov (to), more recent form in the Odyssey in the plural 
that which flies, flying creatures: Ty fisv r ovde 7T0Trjrci Traokp^Tai, 
ovde 7rs\tiai. Od. xii. 62. 

-ktt\v6v, ov (to), adjective taken in an absolute sense in 
the plural, the feathered race, winged animals: T&v le tzty]- 

VG)V TCL fJLEV TTTEpWTa EGTIV, OLOV CLETOQ. AHstot. H . An. i. 5, 10. 

346. 
346 6cJ>9a\]uios, ov (6), eye, in all its meanings : 'OtydaXjuiovg 
jjlev wad' bpq.v tci 6oara. Xen. Mem. i. 4, 5. 

ojxjma, citoq {to), poet, eye : Kara ^dovbg o/x/iara 7n?£ae. 
II. iii. 17. [I cannot imagine what induced M. Pillon to 
pronounce this word poetical. It is of constant occurrence 
in prose, and it is very difficult to establish any distinction 
between it and ofdaXfjLog. Upon the whole, ofijia refers 
more frequently to the gaze, the expression of the eye ; yet 
it is also used of the eye considered physically : 'AXyelv tcl 
ofi/JiaTa. PL Rep. vii. 515, e. To . . . jXETal,v twv ojjLjuLaTojv 
/jletiottov. Aristot. H. A. i. 8, 1. UpwTov y^pri elvai fieyd- 
Xag (Vac Kvvag), eitcl eypvoag .... SjUjitara fXETEwpa. Xen. 
Fen. 4.] 

oirwirq, rjg (r)), sight, sometimes eye in the later poets: Apv\pe de ot 
fiXscpapov yvfxvrj S' v7rtktiivtT 67Tio7rrj. Apollon. Rh. ii. 109. 

6<r<r€ (toS), in the dual in Homer, and in the plural in other poets, 
the two eyes: Qofiepa 5' efiolaiv ovvoiq ojjlixXcl 7rpoarj%e 7rXrjprjg 
daKQvwv. Msch. Prom. 148. * 

icai/Oo's, ov (6), corner or angle of the eye : Kavdol Svo 6 
fi£v irpbg ttj pivl, 6 Se npbg toiq tcpOTcupoig. Aristot. H. An. 
i. 9, 1. 

4>aos, eog (to), light, sometimes in the poets for eye, as in Latin 
lumen : Kvo-ae ds p.iv ke^oXy]v ts Kal aju0u> (pdea KaXd. Od. xvii. 39. 



n. 

347. 

347 iraiBeia, ag (ri) (iralg), instruction received by children ; 
hence, generally, instruction, cultivation of the mind, edu- 



348. 323 

cation : 'JLttei Se EleXScov ty)v waiSeiav tcivty}v, rjCr) elcrfjXdev (347) 
elg rovg E(pr)[iovg, Xen, Cyr, i. 5, 1. 

iraiSaywY^) «c (>/)> prop, management and guidance of 
children ; hence education, in Plato : Kai Tag xpv^dg ovtoj 
(j>{t>fiey rag evtyvecrraTctg Kaicrjg 7ratSayii)yUtg rvyjuvaag cia- 
(j)ep6vrit)g kclkciq yiyvEddat, Plat, Pol, vi. 491, e. 

iraiSeuo-ts, eiog (//), fr. ttcuSevio, action of teaching or in- 
structing a child, and, in general, of giving instruction, the 
instruction given : UalSEvcrig ira&eiag -napdhovig. Plat, Def. 
416. 

348. 

irats, $6g (6, rj), infant of either sex up to sixteen years 348 
of age : ITcuc cr' iiiv, xai [JiaXXov ev\ typea! kegce' avujfxag. 
Od, xviii. 216. 

pouirais, log (o), full-grown hoy, youth of about seventeen, 
in Aristophanes : ,N £2y fioviraig in. Aristoph, Vesp. 1206. 

Ppe<|>os, eog (to), embryo, foetus, little one yet in the 
mother's womb, speaking of animals, in the Iliad : "Ittttov 
.... (3pE(pog rifitovov kveovctclv. II, xxiii. 266. Afterwards, 
new-born babe: Ovte yiyruaicovTo fipityog vfi orov ev nac^Ei, 
Xen, Mem, ii. 2, 5. 

e<j>Y)(3os (6, ?/), young boy, youth, at Athens, of the age of 
seventeen ; speaking of girls, of the age of thirteen : Me'xpt 
fiEv Sr) (■£ ?/ E7rraKaiEEKa iriv awo yeveag oi iralSeg ravra 
irplxTTOvaiv* ek tovtov $£ Elg rovg Etyrjfjovg k^ipyovrai, Xen, 
Cyr. i. 2, 8. 

Kopos, ov (6), Ionic and Epic icoupos, the first in the 
Tragic writers, and both of them rare in prose, boy, young 
man, youth, from after the first childhood to the age of 
manhood : Kovoa) alavrjrijpL Eoucwg irpuTov vTrtjvtirn, II, 
xxiv. 347. 

Kopt], r]g (if), Tonic Koupt], young girl, and generally girl 
of any age, as fille in French for an unmarried woman ; 
sometimes for vvficpn, young married ivoman, or betrothed ; 
puella : Kovpng ccura (piXoiai Kai dyXad Fiopa hlouaiv, Od. 
xviii. 279. 



324 349,350. 

(348) fJL€ipa£, aicog (6, ?/) [in Att. only >/], young girl of about 
fourteen years old: 'AW, (b veaviaic, ovk kw ri\v fieipaica 
[xiativ ere tclvtyiv. Aristoph. Plut. 1071. 

[xeipduaoK, ov (to), diminutive, employed more particularly 
by the Attic writers, lad, youth, young man [mostly from 
about fourteen to twenty-one : but Plut. Philop. 6, extends 
it to thirty] : Kal fierd Havcravlov viov tl ert fitipaKiov wg 
fxev iy&jjLai. Plut. Prot. 315, d. 

iraiSio-KY], rjg (fj), young girl, free-born, in the Attic writers : 
YipovTCL re Kai yvvaiKa kclI 7raidi(TKag. Xen. An. iv. 3, 11. 
Phrynichus blames the new-Attic writers for using the 
word in the sense of a female slave. 

349. 

349 ™p€i<£, ac (r/), upper and prominent part of the chgek, 
particularly in poetry: "Epwc og kv fxaXaiccug irapeialg vea- 
vtSog kvvvyzvEig. Soph. Ant. 783. 

irapTjis, idog (rj), Attic iraprjs, ydog cheek : Qoivicrcrovcra irapyc' 
sfjidv alaxvva veoQaXel. Eur. Iph. A. 187. irapTjids, ddog (rj) f is only 
found in the Anthology. See the passage quoted below on MrjXov. 

Kopcn], rjg (rj), Attic KoppY), prop, temple, the top of the 
cheek : Ilvi; kirl Koppag tfXacra. Theocr. Id. xiv. 34. 

pjXoy, ov (to), ball of the cheeks, in the Anthology : 
'Hpe/xa <poiviyd{ig jJiaXa TraprjlaEojy. Anth. Pal. ix. 556. 

350. 

350 irctTptos, ia (irariip), that which comes from our fathers, 
or ancestors, speaking of [hereditary or traditional] customs 
or usages : ITarpiov yap i^jjav ktz tuv ttovlov Tag apeTCLQ KTacrOat. 
Thuc. i. 122. 

TroTpiKo's, //, according to the grammarians, was used 
solely of such connexions in friendship or hospitality, as 
had been contracted by the father ; but the word is used in 
a wider sense by many writers, who confound it with 
7raTpa)0Q ; the father's, of or belonging to the father, here- 
ditary : HooTEpov ck i]oav kni prjTolg yipaai iraTpiKal (oacxt- 
Xe~iai. Thuc. i. 13. 

TraTpwos, wo, paternal, used specially of every thing 
which passes from the father to the children by right of 



351—353. 325 

succession, prop, and fig.; paternus : UXiiv tov irarpuov (350) 
kXrjpov. Plat. Legg. xi. 923, d. [Hermann says : iraTpia 
sunt, quce sunt patris ; narp^a, quce veniunt a patre ; 
7raTpiKci, qualia sunt patris {ad Med. p. 302).] m 

351. 

irau€cr0ai, to make a pause, to rest ; hence to cease, to 351 
stop, with the notion of discontinuing in order to resume 
what one was doing : KaTafxadcjp 3e tivu twv Ivv^eittvovv- 
twv, tov fxev crtTOV ireirav fxivov, to he o'^ov avro kcl& clvto 
ecdlovTa k.t.X. Xen. Mem. iii. 14, 2. [Is not the notion 
simply that of cessation, without any secondary notion 
whatever ?] 

avieycu, to relax, abate, slacken : Kcitottlv tovtovc khiwKor, 
Kat ovk avUaav. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 21. 

SiaXeurcii', to leave an interval, to discontinue : Ov ttujttote 
SiiXnrov teal ^-qTuv ical fiavQavm'. Xen. Apol. Socr. 16. 

Xifysu', to leave off a thing begun, to put an end to an 
undertaking, having finished it, or not intending to con- 
tinue it: 'E7T£( & eXrjfav tyjq drjpag. Xen. Cyr. ii. 4, 16. 
[So absol. with reference to the final cessation of progress 
or dev elopement ; otuv ce Xriyn ?/ pw/j-rj. PL Rep. 498, b. 
So a/xa rw tov aufiaToc, clvQei XrjyorTi. Conv. 183, e, 
and 77/c ctKfJLrjc Xfjyeiv, of the eye-sight.'] 

tcXcutov, to finish, to end, to terminate transitively, or, 
more frequently, intransitively in speaking of the termina- 
tion of a space of time, or of life : Kal 6 \Eiixtbv ireXevTa. 
Thuc. iv. 135. 

352. 

ircipa, ag (r/), attempt, trial, experiment, proof confined 352 
to a single particular, experience gained : Kat jjlevtol irpaT- 
tovteq TavTd, X^ecOe ajjLa Kal TTElpav vfjiwv avTwv. Xen. 
Cyr. iii. 3, 18. 

cfjtireipia, ag (r/), experience the result of acquired and 
positive knowledge in general : Oi>x aVaiTa rw yy'ipa Kara 

7Tp6(T£(TTlV, O.XX* If 'jU7T£(p/a £-)(£l TL d£~lL,Cll TiOV VEIOV (TOCpWTtpOV. 

Eur. Phcen. 540. 

353. 

tt^tjs, 7770c (o), fr. TTEvofiat, prop, one who gains his 353 

f f 



326 354. 

(353) livelihood by his labour, poor : Tov Se irivnrog £rjv <peiS6- 
fxevov Kal rolg epyoig irpoaiyovra. Aristoph. Plut. 553. 

olktiJ)jlo>v (6, rj), without any possession of his own: Ov8k kbv clkty}- 
\ib)v epirifioio xpucoto. //. ix. 268. 

dVrfios (6, ri), one who has no lands or goods: Ov ksv dXrfiog elt) 
dvrjp, $ toggcl ykvoiTO. II. ix. 125. 

a\T]Tir]S 3 ov (6), wanderer, vagabond, beggar : Kal 7roXXdici dovtcov 
dXrjry. Od. xvii. 420. 

airopos (6, fj), without resources, without means : 'Opw yap 
Kal t&v TOiovTiop tovq 7r\elovQ awopovg TravTcnrcKTi yiyvofjii- 
vovq. Xen. Hellen. vi. 3, 16. 

ei/Scife (6, r)), one who is without, or who has need of 
something : Kat ottote fjiev evSer)g sir}. Xen, Hellen. vi. 
1,3. 

ircvixpo'S) d, poor: "Qort rev r) irapa 7rdfi7rav dveipovog rjk ttevi- 
Xpov. Od. iii. 348. 

tttojxos, ov (6), fr. TTTWGcru), poet, [very poor, indigent] 
beggar, mendicant, pauper, who gets his livelihood by beg- 
ging : Urj Sr) topSe fuoXofipov uyeig .... TTTwypv dpirjpov ; 
Od. xvii. 220. j"M. Pillon has too hastily pronounced 
this word poetical. Hdt. 3 14. PL Legg. 936, c. 7rrw)(oc 
firjdslg rjfiiv kv rrj ttoXel yiyviadu). Thecet. 175, a. 7rXovaioi 
Kal -KTuyoi : and elsewhere, Dem. 36, 20 : ol /jlev ek 7rrw- 
y&v irXovcnot yeyovam, and elsewhere.] 

354. 

354 T^y^i VQ (*/)> the mass of water which forms the source, 
whether visible to the eye or even not so ; hence, 1. source, 
in general, in the singular ; always in the plural, -mjYai, in 
speaking of streams and rivers, in Homer and the poets, 
even where one source only is supposed : Kal nnyag 7rora- 
jjlup. II. xx. 9. 2. Fig. source, for origin : Kai at riyvai 
trot, ag irnyag <j>a<TL tCjv KaX&v eivai, Stecbdapfiivai ecroprat; 
Xen. Cyr. vii. 2, 13. 

di>dp\uo-is, e(jjg (>/), action of water springing, gushing or 
spouting out or up from a spring : Kal nriytip avafiXvaete. 
Aristot. de Mund. 4, 34. 

Kp^T], r)Q (r/), head of a river ; hence source, speaking of 
the water which flows from it, forming a bason ox fountain- 
head; hence & fountain, though made by man, in Thucy- 
dides (Thuc. ii. 15) : "Glare Kprjvrj fxeXdyvSpog tire Kar alyi- 



355, 356. 327 

Xittoq 7TETpr)Q Svofcpov j(E€L vfiup. II. xvi. 3. [Is it not (354) 
spring, fountain generally ? It seems distinguished from the 
source of rivers, in Ar. Meteor. 113 : UXeIcttol kuI piyioroi 
wora/jiol piovaiv ek twp jj.Eyi(TT(t)v opCov. 'Opoiwg is Kal at 
Kprfvat at -irKs'iarai bpem Kal tottoiq v\pqX(ng yEiTvidjviv' kv 
Ze toIq tteSIolq clvev TTOTafiibv oXiyai yiyvovrat 7ra^7rav.J 

Kpouyos, ov (6), fr. piw, or perhaps fr. koovoj, jet, flow of 
water which springs or falls from the source [rushing with 
violence and noise. Pape] ; hence bed, channel : Kpovrio c 
'iKavov KaWippoii) Evda Se irnycu Soial avaivaovcri HiKapav- 
Spov. II. xxii. 147. \_Strab. viii. 343.] 

iriSa|, clkoq (rj), poet, source, spring: Ma%tcr0or TridaKog a\itf 
oXiyrjg. 11. xvi. 825. 

355. 

injSdXioi', ov (to), all the lower part of the large oar which 355 
served for a rudder in the ships of the ancients ; hence, often 
in the plural, rudder : Ovfii rt 7rrj()aXi tari, tcl t ciXXcu vt\eq 
Expvaiv. Od. viii. 558. 

ola£, ctKog (o), tiller or helm of the rudder, and all its 
upper part, prop, and fig. : Olov wrjSaXlwv oiaKog cupEfiEvoe. 
Plat. Polit. 272, e. 

ir\if]0pio^, ov (to), rudder of a raft or any other craft got 
up in haste ; there is no authority for the word but that of 
Ammonius. 

356. 

mj&cU', to take a leap, to leap, in general : Kat Spa/dElv 356 
ci, Kal fiaXE~iv Kal 7rrj£f](rai tLq iKavwTEpovQ riyi'T) yEiopyiag 
Trapi^ETai ; Xen. CEcon. 5, 8. 

aXXecrOai, to spring forward in order to leap in any direc- 
tion ; salire : AvriKa 5' e£ oyiwv crvv tev^ejiv clXto y^apa^E. 
II. iii. 29. 

OpuKTKeiv, to spring forth, rush, speaking of men and even of inani- 
mate things; to pour upon an enemy, to assail, assault him : ~SIaX\ov 
kwl Tpwtacrt Qopov. II. viii. 252. 

opxeuxSai, to dance ; tripudiare : 'AXk'ivovq cT "AXtor Kal 
Aaodapavra keXevctev povva£ 6pyj](jaodai. Od. viii. 371. 

irai4>d<r<r€iv, used only in the participle feminine, to dart, to rush 
with impetuosity: 2t>v ttj iraupdaaovaa disaavro Xabv 'Axaiutv. II. 
ii. 450. 

irdXXciy and irdXXeo-Oat, to palpitate, throb or leap, to beat, 
F f 2 



328 357, 358. 

(356) speaking of the heart : 'Ej/ 5' e/jlol avrrj trrriQeaat 7ra\\erat 
fjrop. II. xxii. 451. The Tragic writers and later poets 
used the active : "lv 6 cpiXavXog 67ra\\e $e\<piQ. Eur. El. 
435. 

(TKcupeiv, poet, to bound, to skip, speaking of young animals : Tiaaai 
lifia OKCtipovaiv svavriai. Od. x.412. 

CKipTav, to bound, spring, caper, speaking of a mare : At 8* ore fiev 
ffKipr(fev tnl Ztidwpov dpovpav. II. xx, 226. [Of a goat, Theocr, i. 
152.] 

357. 

357 iriOos, ov (6), large earthen vessel, jar, pitcher, amphora 
in which wine was kept : 'Ey Se ttlQol oivoio 7ra\atov riSv- 
7TOTOLO EGTaaav. Od. ii. 340. 

dfji<|H<{>op€us, i(OQ (6), vessel or pot with two handles for 
keeping wine, in the Odyssey : Qlvov kv aptpHpopEvcri. Od. 
ii. 290. 

dp|>opeus, ecoq (o), a syncopated form of the preceding word, 
and alone used since in verse and prose, earthen vessel, jar, 
AMPHORA : Ae\(j)lviov refxa^rj kv ajJicpopEvcn TerapiyEvpEva. 
Xen. Anab. v. 4, 16. As a measure of capacity, the Greek 
amphora was half as large again as the Roman. 

KdSos, ov (6), 1 . earthen vessel for keeping wine ; cadus : 
Kcu (j>oiviky)'lov divov kclSov. Herodot* iii. 20. 2. Urn for 
votes at Athens : Qvk cnroivEig tio kc'iSgj ; Aristoph. Av. 
1032. 

KaSio-^cos, ov (6), is more used than kclSoq in the second 
meaning, and is found in Demosthenes: Ol Se Xajutfiavov- 
reg cvo kcu rpElg xpirfovg EKaarog wapa tovtov kvefiaWov eig 
top k'aSiaKoy. In Eubul. 1302. 

oTdjAyos, ov (6 and ?/), earthen pot, jar in which wine was 
drawn off: 9 Avrt Se dpdvov gtcljxvov KE<j>a\rjy KarsayoTog. 
Aristoph. Plut. 545. 

358. 

358 Tci\i^\6.vo.i, to fill, in general, to fill full : HXrjaajjieyog $' 
oivoio ILitag. II. ix. 224. 

puW, to stop up, to fill by stopping up : 'Ufielg S* cV i\v 
T£Tpr)fieva kvEJivaafiEv paKioioi. Aristoph. Vesp. 128. 

y€p,i^€ii/, to fill a vessel, to put in her freight or cargo, 
to lade : Ta 7r\o7a 7rayra yEfJiiarag rwv te avdpairodwv kcxI 
tG>v xprjfxaTU)v. Xen. Hell. vi. 2, 25. 



359. 329 

irX-qOciv, to enlarge, increase ; hence, consequently, to be full : 'ZeXrj- (358) 
vrjv re 7r\riQovaav. II. xviii. 484. 

itXkjBvciv and ttXtjOvvciv, to be full: 'Aierai de vucpwv ^otpaotf r 
enXrjOvov. JEsch. Pers. 425. 

Tr\r)poui>, to fill up, with a view of completing the num- 
ber, to complete the crew or cargo of a vessel, or a body of 
men : UXrjpovp.Evov ye fjtrjv tov liririKov* Xen. Hipparch. 
1,3. 

359. 

irXoucrtos, la {TrXovrog), which the grammarians derive 359 
from 6 iroXvovcriog, rich, one who has abundance, principally 
of gold or silver : OW ft MiSov ttXovvliotepol e\ev. Plat. 
Pol. iii. 408, b. 

d<J>v€ios (6, r)), fr. d(psvoQ, rich in means secured for the year, hence 
opulent, 7-ich, in general : *A\\a te 7ro\\d oiaiv r £u£a>oueri Kai aQvuoi 
KaXkovTcu. Od. xvii. 423. 

d<f>veos, a, later form in Pindar and the Tragic writers: Kai tCjv 
d(pvea»v icai iroXvxpvvwv kdpdvuv (pvXaKeg. JEsch. Pers. 3. 

euiropos (6, 37), rich in resources, in means, in easy cir- 
cumstances : HvXlv te toIq -kolgiv evTropojrarrjv /ecu jjieyi- 
gtt\v ^KrjaafJLEv. Thuc. ii. 64. Ae7 yap rovg EVKopovg X> 0T 7~ 
(TifJLovg avrovg 7rapiyELv rolg TroXiraiQ. Dem. in Phcenipp. 
1045, 23. 

JdirXovros (6, r)), very rich ; Mrjd' el ^airXovrovg olatrai Qspvag 
OoyioiQ. Eur. Andr. 1282. 

KTTjjAcmKos, /;, rich in possessions, large landed proprietor: 
Ol £e ttXovglol teat KT^piaTLKol irXEovE^la fxiv tov vo\xov, opyrj 
Se Kai (piXovELKia tov vopodirnv Sl lytipovg kyovTEg. Pint. 
T. Grac. 9. [And Polyb. v. 93, 6. KTrijjiaTiKoi, divites, 
qui f undo s habent. Sch weigh.] 

oXpios, ta, happy, blessed in life, with the notion of riches 
connected with it, rich and happy, one who lives in abun- 
dance : Kcu yap cya> 7rorc oikov ev avOpoj-troLffiv kvaiov oXfiiog 
dcpvELov. Od. xvii. 420. 

irXouTa|, cikoq (6), rich man, with the associated notion 
of contempt, irony, or derision, a rich churl : Kav tl tv\]1 
Xiyojv 6 nXovra^, izavv tout Eiraivu). [Eupol. ap.] Athen. 
vi. 236, f. 

ttoXvkti5(1(i)v (6, ?)), poet, one who has larg" possessions, wealthy: 
*12 iroXie,, ib noXewg 7roXvKTi)p.ovtg avSptq. Sopli. Ant. 843. 

Fi'3 



330 360, 361. 

(359) iroXuxp^pw (6, //), rich in money ; hence rich, in gene- 
ral, speaking of a town, in Polybius : Kvpiog ysvo/jLevog rfjg 
KapxrjSovOQ rJTtg eSokel TroXvyjpr)ixovEGTaT7) t(ov Kara rrjv 
OLKOvjjiivrjv slvai ttoXeuv, Polyb. xviii. 18, 9. [_=■ ttoXv- 
Xpil/jiaroQ, Luc. Fit. Auct, 12. Strab. 938.] 

iroXuxpucros (6, rj), one who has much gold : AoXwv, Evju^- 
Seog vlog KijpvKOQ deloto, 7roXvy^pvaog, 7roXv-)(aXKog. II. X. 315. 
[In prose, Xen, Cyr. iii. 2, 25.] 

Xp^fJiaTiKos, ov (6), one who has money, rich : To~ig Se 
XprffiaTiKolg fiefiaiojcriv tu>v cvp/JoXcuwy. Plut. Sol, 14. 

360. 
36*0 trkuvew, to wash, particularly in speaking of linen or of 
linen-cloth ; hence, in general, to wash, but only clothes : 
"Iva kXvtcl elfj.ar aywfiai ig irorafjiov TrXvviovaa rd jxol pepv- 
wiopEva keltcu. Od. vi. 59. [This is not correct : ~ gkevt}, 
Antiph. ap, Ath. iv. 170 : to twv lepwu kdatyog rcug KOfxaig. 
Polyb, ix. 6, 3 ; and in Xen, de Re Eq, i. 5, 7, of washing 
a horse's mane and tail, ovpav kcu yairnv,'] 

KaOcupeiy, to remove spots ; hence to cleanse, to purify 
by washing, to wash clean : 'E7ra irXvvav re icddripdv te 
pvKa wdrra, Od, vi. 93. 

Ki>a<f>eu€u>, to comb or card wool in order to clean it ; hence 
to be a carder or dresser of wool or fuller : f O de KvatyEvei 
rig, 6 Se ttXvvel KwSia, Aristoph, Plut, 166. 

Xoucii/, to wash, speaking of the whole body, to bathe : 
Eiiodibg Xoveadat EVppElog Tcorajjiolo. II, vi. 508. [In Mid. 
with ref. to one's own person.'] 

vi-mzw [late ; Plut. Thes. 10. Arr, Epict, i. 19, 4], or 
better viitw, to wash, speaking of the hands, which the 
ancients washed before sacrificing and before meals, some- 
times of the feet, and very seldom of the whole body : 
Xelpag rt\pdpEvog 7roXirjg aXog. Od. ii. 261. 

<f>cu8pw€iv (Qaidpog), to cleanse, make [bright or] white by washing, 
hence to wash: Mr]de yvvaactiqj XovrpqJ XP° a <pcu§pvvtoQai dvspa. 
Hesiod. Oper. 751. 

361. 

361 Troieiy, to make, in a very wide sense, supposes some pre- 
cise and individual thing; hence, 1. to produce, to create, 
to be the author, to compose, to construct : 7 Ht%i tKaary lu^a 



361. 331 

7repLK\vT0Q ajJ(j)L'yv))£LQ t '}rl(j)aicrTOQ noirjo'sv. II. i. 607. 2. Fig. (361) 
in the sense of committing, doing, speaking of a fixed par- 
ticular action : Ta\a Sri tl Kcucdy TroirjcriTe fiei£ov. 11. xiii. 
120. 

Spay, to act, execute, do with activity, and sometimes to 
do a remarkable action; to signalize oneself: 'O ce cpav 
tl fiovXofjievoQ, kcu clvtoq ^rfXioaei. Thuc. ii. 64. 

Spaiveiv, to be desirous to act, to wish to do : 'AW tl tl coaiveic. 
II. x. 96. 

ipy&levQai {zoyov), to work, speaking of every kind of 
bodily and manual labour ; operari : "TLvQa kev tpya uelkeci 
ipyd£oio. II. xxiv. 733. 

epSeiv, poet, to do, to complete an action, to commit an act: "Epcziv 
tpya [3iaia. Od. ii. 236. 

pejciv, formed by metathesis fr. tpfitiv : M^n %oX(t>cra/«t£voc, pe£y 
kclkov vlag 'Axaiaii/. //. ii. 195. 

Kaixveiv, to make with fatigue, to manufacture, speaking of 
a manual work: T?/y ^oXk-iyce teapoy aveptg (== wrought). 
II. iv. 216. 

poyciv, ^o do with difficulty, to have trouble : T Qi Itzl 7r6W i}i6yr)Ga. 
II. i. 162. 

triveo-Qai, poet. prop, to labour for a livelihood ; hence to make for 
oneself in the sense of preparing, in speaking of a meal or food: $L\oi 

d' dfl(p' CLVTOV tTClZpOL tGGVfltVitjg t7TSVOVTO Kal EVTVVOVTO aplGTOV. 

II. xxiv. 124. 

ironrvveiv (ttvslo), prop, to be out of breath, hence to do any thing 
or to serve with eager haste : 'Qc, 'idov"H(paLaTOV Sia CtofiaTa ironrvv- 
ovtci. 11. i. 600. 

-novzlv, iroceiorOai, to labour, with the associated notion 
of difficulty or bodily fatigue ; in Homer, speaking of 
manual works and combats : "07r\a te irdvTa \dpvax ig 
ltpyvpir]v ovWila-o toiq etcoveito. II. xviii. 413. The 
active irovelv, in prose and later: f Oe Si ob /uLarrj^ ettovow, 
ov £oks~i vp.1v kcil race reKfiripta el vat; Xen. Apol. Socr. 16. 

TTpdcrcreiv, Attic Trpd-neiu, to act, to do ; regards rather the 
general conduct in life, the tout ensemble of a man's 
actions, whether private or political, what is done upon a 
definite plan and system, the fulfilment of duties, the dis- 
charge of responsibilities, &c. so that it is construed with 
neuter plurals, to practise, exercise, treat ; agcre : A//Xw c" 
kyEveadi]v it, lov Eflrpafdriyi'. Xen. Mem. i. 2, 16. 



332 362. 

(361) tcijx^j t° manufacture, construct, make artistically, make 
a work of art, cloth, &c. : Klfjiar iSovaa KaXd, tcl p avrrf 
revfc. Od. vii. 235. 

362. 

362 iroifi.iiji', evoQ (6), feeder or tender of sheep, shepherd ; used 
also figuratively : Apvavrd te 7roifiiva Xau>v. II. i. 262. 

aiTToXos, ov (o), fr. cu£ and 7toXeoj, feeder or tender of 
goats, goatherd : the goatherds were reckoned the lowest^class 
of herdsmen, as the poorest and rudest of all ; hence cu7ro- 
Xoq is sometimes used for a term of abuse ; thus Galatea 
applies it to Polypheme, although he was owner of a flock 
of sheep : Ba'XXei toi, YloXv^ajjiE, to Troi\xviov a TaXareta 
jidXoKTtv, Sveipwra, tov aliroXov avdpa KaXevaa. Id, vi. 6. 

(JoukoXos, ov (6) ((dovq koXeio), feeder or tender of cattle ; 
and poet. |3(6tt)s, ov (6), cowherd. In Theocritus, the father of 
pastoral poetry, a great difference is observable in these 
classes of graziers ; the kind of hierarchy which he esta- 
blishes among them is sufficiently obvious in the passage 
where he assembles them all together at the death of Daph- 
nis : 7 Hvdov rol (iwrai, toi woi/jleveq, (pizoXot fji'dov. Id. i. 80. 
It is plain too from other passages that he constantly gives 
the first place to those that kept cattle, naturally the rich- 
est of the three. From this difference of condition would 
follow an equally great difference in their respective manners, 
customs, and even language. The cattle-owners were dis- 
tinguished by their education, and the superiority of their 
sentiments and manners, and were the well-bred gentlemen 
of their order. Thus we find one of them astonished at 
not being able to touch the heart of Eunika : Evvikcl Se 
fiova tov j3tt)tc6Xov ovk ktyiXacFEv. Theocr. Id. xx. 42. 
Hence it follows that the words (5ovkoXoq and (ZujTrjQ have a 
dignified sound in Greek poetry, however much otherwise 
it may be with the words grazier or cowherd in the present 
day. 

yojxcus, €W£ (6), tender, feeder, herdsman, in general : 
No/x£vc &e 7tu)E(tl fjLijXiov. Od. iv. 413. [Often in Plato.'] 

aupwrrjs, ov (6), swineherd, in the Odyssey : "Odi SutfxaTa 
vale avfiwTriQ. Od. xxiv. 149. [PL Thecet. 174, d. Rep. 
ii. 373, c] 



363—565. 333 

aucJ>opPos, and, in the Odyssey, u<J>oppos, ov (d), keeper of (363) 
swine, swineherd: ( £lg iraica avtyopfiov. II. xxi. 281. [In 
prose, Plut>, &c] 

363. 

ttoXis, eu)Q (//), Epic tttoXis, town, used either of the 363 
place or the inhabitants, and of the two together ; hence 
city, in the political sense, state, republic : f H yap noXig 
rroXiruJy tl ttXtjOoq eotiv. Aristot, Pol. iii. 1, 2. 

aaru, Eug (to), town, but to be understood only of the 
place ; hence the town or capital of the country, in re- 
ference to the people or the land of which mention is 
made : <fcpa£eo vvv ornrwg ke ttoXlv mi aarv aauxTEtg. II. 
xvii. 144. 

irToXCcOpov, ov (to), city, town : 'E7rf)v 7TTo\U9pov s\u)[Ati>. II. iv. 
239. 

364. 

TToXt-njs, ov (d), 1. citizen of a town, of a state: Oi>x 364 
olov ri ye clvev ^iKaioavvrjg ayaQov iroXir-qv yeviadai. Xen. 
Mem. iv. 2, 11. 2. Fellow -citizen, a sense peculiar to the 
Attic writers : 'H \prjcrrdg av)]p TroXiTatg ecftIp aizaaiv qgtiq i 
y egtl roiovrog. Aristoph. Pac. 905. 

(lords, //, born in the town, native of it : 'EkeIpoq yap 7ro\- 

Xovg ETTLdvfjLrjTCtQ KCti CLCTTOVQ KoX^EVOVQ XafiwV. XeU. Mem. \. 

2, 60. 

8t][xoty]s, ov (d), citizen, or member of a ^ij^oc, at 
Athens : 'E^ad?/ d' eIq tovq Srifiorag evEy pacing. Dem. de 
Cor. 78. 

TraTpiojTTjs, ov (d), fr. 7rarpig, fellow -country man : M.tjrt 
irarpuorcig aXXijXiov el vat rovg HEXXovrag pq.ov lovXtvaeiv. 
Plat. Legg. vi. 777, d. 

o-ujj.TToXtTt]s, ov (d), fellow -citizen : T £2 iufiiroXirai. Eur. 
Heracl. 826. Ace. to the grammarians this word was not 
used by good Attic writers, who employ the simple form 
only in this sense ; from this it may be inferred, that 
Euripides was the introducer of this neologism. 

365. 

irpojTos, rj, first, when there is mention of more than two, 365 
is opposed to vararog, and besides assigning numerical 



334 366. 

(36.5) place, indicates superiority in quality, pre-eminence, &c. : 
Kal avTog irp&TOQ rjyeiTO rayiwg. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 20. 

-irpoTcpaios, ala, of or belonging to what preceded, be- 
longing to or occurring on the day before, used only of 
time, in speaking of the day or night, and often in the 
feminine rj irporEpaia, taken absolutely with ellipse of rjfjiipa, 
the day before : 'A<j> ov rrj irpoTEpala. oi j3ap/3apoL irpairr]orav 
Kal ol cjvv avTolc. Xen. Anab. v, 4, 23. 

irpoTcpos, pa, first, speaking of two only, with reference 
to numerical order alone, and used of space or time, and 
opposed to vcrrepoc, the last or second : NOv S 9 ejjleo irpore- 
pog fia\ 9 kiriypETO, II. x. 124. 



366. 

360 paSios, ia, easy, in general, prop, and fig. : Tot Si Keifjieva 
wg fir} pa'Sia dvai IcJelv, Sirjyeiro. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 16. 

cukoXos (6, rj), prop, one not difficult (easily satisfied) as 
to food ; hence, fig. easy : To Sr/ rwv vvv elpTjfjtivojv kyofXE- 
vov eitteIv, ov TravTior evkoXiotcltov. Plat. Legg. vi. 779. 
Speaking of men, of easy, affable character and manners : 
EvkoXoc npbg Tovg frvvrjdEig. Plut. Fab. 1 . 

€up.apiqs (o, i]), fr. fjtaprj, hand, that which is at hand or 
to hand, or within reach ; hence easy, prop, and speaking 
of things ; and, later, fig. speaking of persons : Xporog yap 
svfjtapriQ deog. Soph. Electr. 179. [Late in prose; but the 
adverb in PI. : tyju vrjvov Ev/iapwg SiEKOffjubrjaev ; Crit. 113, 
e, and Legg. 4, 706, b.] 

€utt€tyjs (6, r/), fr. TriTZTw, easy , seems to refer more to 
events ; hence easy, in general, speaking of things : Warra 
$' EV7rerfj deolg. Eur. Phcen. 689. \_EV7rETEcrrEpa bciog. PL 
Soph. 218, d ; and c. inf. ^ otydrjvai, EiaaKovaai."] 

cuTropos (6, rj), fr. iropog, the way or passage of which is 
easy, speaking of a road, prop. ; hence, prop, and fig. pos- 
sessing means, facilities, fyc. for effecting ajry thing : Horn 



367—369. 335 

rig sari [_6S6g] Tpaj^ela icai ^aX£7rr} rj poiSia fccu evnopog ; (366) 
Plat. Pol. i. 328, e. 

€uX<EpY\s (6, rj), prop, easy to hand, easy to manage, 
manageable ; hence tractable, pliant, in character : "Opa ov 
fii] vvv p.iv rig ev^eprjg Traprjg. Soph. Phil. 519. [Opp. 
<Wx £ P*/c- PL & c - i> n Dem. 21, 103 = light-minded, reck- 
less.'] 

367. 

pis, wog (>?), nose 9 used only of man ; in the plural, 367 
nostrils : 'Ooyiwy ye pr)v el firj pivtg Trpo^eriQnaav ri av 
yjply 6<peXog Jjv ; Xen. Mem. i. 4, 3. 

fiuKT^p, fjpog (6), nostril ; hence, fig. jeering, irony 
\_Timon. ap. D. L. 2, 19 ; Luc. Prom. 1] : Kcu alvvarov 
X(op\g Tolg fjivKTrjpcriv avcnn'ev(Ta.i Tj EKirvEvcraL. Aristot. Hist. 
An. i. 11. 

pdjj.<j>os, tog {to), beak of birds, in Lycophron : 'Fa/jityecri 
3* aypwcTffovreg eXX67ru)v Ovpovg. Lycophr. Alex. 598. [So 
Aristoph. Av. 99.] 

puyxos, tog (to), prop, snout of a hog, ace. to Athenaeus 
{Athen. iii. 95) ; hence muzzle of beasts, beak of birds, in 
Aristophanes [and Aristot. H. A. 3, 1] : Xuipei, Kadeg to 
pvyyog' ov f.ieXXeu' e)(pi]v. Aristoph. Av. 362. 



2. 

368. 

crdp£, Kog (?/), flesh of an animal alive or dead : 'Arap 36*8 
Tpujioi' Kopeeig Kviag rj& olwpovg Snfjiu) icai aapKtaoi. II. xiv. 
! 83. 

Kpeas, cirog {to), flesh of the killed beast, which is eaten 
for food ; hence meat : Ta Se Kpia tQv aXifTKOfieviov 7jy 
irapairXiiffia Tolg iXa^eiotg, airaXuirepa Si. Xen. Anab. i. 
5,2. 

369. 

afjjxa, ctrog {to), sign, in general, and more used in 359 
poetry '• Kri>7T£ ixnTiETa Zevg, or\\xa Tideig Tpweatri. 11. viii. 
171. 

<rt)iielov, ov (to), sign, signal, according to the gram- 



336 370,371. 

(369) marians, mark or token, an indication by which any one 
proves or wishes to prove something past, proof, in logic, 
doubtful proof [presumptive or probable proof] : Ov vvv rd 
cr)\x€ia SeiKvvovai rfjg icaTaflaveojg. Xen. Anab. vi. 2, 2. 

<tu]uiPo\oi>, ov (to), sign agreed upon between two or more 
parties, mark of agreement made : f £2e 2' iyi*<a o 'Afipala- 
rag tcl iraph rfjg yvvaucbg av/jifioXa. Xen, Cyr. vi. 1, 46. 

TeKfju^pioy, ov (to), mark that any thing leaves behind it, 
and by which the fact of its having existed is indubitably 
shown, although nothing remains of the thing itself, sure 
sign or token, moral and certain proof in logic : 'Ujuelg $e 
avEifx£vo)Q SiatTcifJievoi, ovSev rjcraov iirl tovq laoiraXelg kiv- 
Svrovg yjujpovfxzv' TEKjJLr'iptov $i. Thuc. ii. 39. 

370. 

370 crrjjjieTov, ov (to), sign, used of meteoric phenomena, 
such as thunder, lightning, &c. from which the ancients j 
drew presages of the future : "On \xkv, (5 7rcu, ol Oeol i\ew 
te teal evfievslg 7rkfnrovoi <re teal kv lepolg fifjXov Kai kv oi/pa- 
vioig anjxdoig. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 1. [Also signal to do some- 
thing. Th. 3, 9, &c] 

repas, aTog (to), monster contrary to nature, miracle, and 
every thing which is contrary to the order of nature : accord- 
ing to the grammarians, sign or prodigy, appearing on the 
earth, and by which it was supposed the will of the gods 
was manifested : QeCJr TEplitaai TriOrjaag. II. iv. 398. 

371. 

371 o^Y 1 !? *7£ iff) 9 silence in the simple and absolute sense, 
referring rather to the general conduct, to the discretion, 
the circumspect character of the individual ; abstaining 
from speech, or deprivation of the power of speech, dumb- 
ness, reserve, circumspection: 'Yfxelg Se aiyy\v, J> Zerat, 
<j>v\a(T(TeT€. Eur. Iph. A. 542. 

owmq, fjg (*/), momentary silence, imposed upon oneself 
with a view of listening to, or hearing, others speak, action 
of holding the tongue on any particular occasion, or to 
keep a secret : AeSoi^ Smog p) V Tfjg (TKoirfig ty}(t& civaf>pi)ln 
kclku. Soph. (Ed. R. 1062. 



372, 373. 337 

372. 

vKV)vr\, fjg (?/), scena, stage, and more particularly of that 372 
part where the actor played ; hence, generally, theatre : 
M/) St] So^rjre ty/^ac. paliujg ye ovtujq vfiag wore nap' i]puv 

ECHTELV OKriVtlQ TE ntj^UVTag KCLT ayOOCLV Kat Ka\\l(pOJVOVC 

virotcpiTCiQ EiaayayofiEvovg. Plat, Legg. vii. 817. 

OeaTpoy, ov (to), theatre, in general, speaking both of 
the place and the spectators: "Ira dopv/Srjdut cia to oietrdai 
to diarpov npoaSoKiav jxeyaXrjv e\eiv wg ev Epovvrog e/jiov. 
Plat. Conv. 194, a. 

IttpLov, ov (to), in the plural ifcpia, beams which supported 
the stage ; hence theatre : "£Igt Evdvg elatovTeg ano crCbv 
hpluv bnofiXEnova rjpiag. Aristoph. Thesm. 395. [Al. the 
benches, Pape, L. and S.~] 

Xoycioi', ov (to), the front of the stage, where the actor 
spoke ; pulpitum : "OnXoig jjlev crvvitypaiie Tt)v aK-qvt)v teal 
opv<p6poig to Xoyelov TrepiiXaflev. Plut, Dem. 34. 

oKpi^as, avTog (6), sort of trestle, scaffolding on which the stage was 
raised : Et idwv ty)v gy\v avdpeiav icai fieyaXo^poavvrjv dva/3aivov- 
Tog Ini tov 6icpi(3avTa fiera twv vnoicpiTwv. Plat. Symp. 194, b. 
[This statement does not agree with the usual opinions or with the old 
authorities, who make it some structure elevated upon the stage y from 
which the actors spoke ; according to Hesych. tcl £k uSTSwpov IXtyov. 
Cf. L. & S. and Diet, slntiqq.] 

opx^orpa, ac (if), orchestre, in the ancient theatres, 
a semicircular space somewhat lower than the stage, in 
which the chorus performed its evolutions : Apaxplre Ijc 
rrjg opyyaTpag npiapivoig 2u)Kpa.T0vg KaTayeXar. Plat. Apol. 
26, e. 

373. 
ctkw\t|£, tjkoq (o), [dim. <7Kw\//faov], worm; the lumbricus 373 
or earth-worm [but, rather, the general term for worm. Cf. 
Arist. H. A. 5, 26 ; also worm in the intestines, Hipp.] : 
"£Igte GKutX-nZ Enl yair] xeIto radEig. II. xiii. 654. 

!\[jlu>s, vOog (rj), worm of the kind called intestinal : Ta 

C)' ETL OVTU)V EV TOLQ f<t>Ol£, oloV Qt KaXoVfAEiai £/\/iU'0££. 

Arisiot. H. An. viii. 19, 3. 

6pu|#, nog (o), worm that eats wood [Arist. speaks of a 
oKutXiiKiov called t,vXo<pQ6pov\ hence those pieces of worm- 
eaten wood which seals were made of, from the difficulty 



338 374. 

(373) of imitating them, were called [cr^pay/tfta] OpurYiSetrra 
[Arist. Thesm. 427] : 01 Se Opines 6/j.oiol rolg arKa>\rjl;iv v<f 
an* 7T£paivETai Kard jjiiKpov Td £,v\a. Theophr. H. PL v. 5. 
[Afterwards prob. stones cut in imitation of such wood, 
MUtter.} 

i£, Iicoq (6), small worm that fed upon the buds of the 
vine, in the fragments of Alcman : "Ira rov ocpQaXfxiov 
afjL7ri\wv dXerfjpa, Alcm. Frag. 

u|/, ln6g (6), small worm that feeds upon horn, in 
Homer; convolvulus: Mrj KEpa 'iweg ecolev. Od. xxi. 395. 
Also one that fed on the vine, in Theophrastus (Caus. PL 
iii. 22, 5). 

icdfjiinrj, rjg (Jj), worm living in figs ; eruca : *£lg avriog Se 
Kal ettl t(ov kXaiwv at Kajj,7rai rat k(f wv dXXa kyyivErai £o)a. 
Theophr. C, PL iii. 22. 

kis, kloq (6), insect found in corn and wood, weevil 
(Theoph. Caus. PL iv. X5) ; eurculio : KeIvov ov arfg ovSe 
Kig Scltttei. Pind. Fragm. 243. 

Kia\|/, nog (6 or r/), kind of gnat or emmet, small worm 
feeding on the fig-tree ; culex : El0' ol KvlnEg rai \LrjvEg 
ael rag crvtcag oh KariSovrau Aristoph. Av. 590. 

enfe, o-Eog [(jrjrog, Arist."] (6), clothes-moth : Oltcoi yap 

EfTTIV Epta fJLOL MlX^dd V7TO T&V GEb)V KaraK07TT6[JLEVa. AriS- 

toph. Lys. 729. 

Taiiaa, ag (fj), in medicine tenia, kind of intestinal 
worm, the body of which is long and flat, like a piece of 
tape [tape-worm~\ : KapSa/jiov (nripfxa jxeto. fjSvoajjiov rat 
o'ivov mvofjiEvov EXjmivdag teal ratviag k^ayEi. Geopon. xii. 27. 

xl/rJK, r}v6g (6), an insect that fed on the wild fig ; Elra 
TTEpippayivTog rov Sipfxarog EKTETEraL tovto kyKaraXmiov 6 
\\ji]v. Aristot. H. An. v. 32, 5. [The gall-worm, L. & S.] 

374. 

374 orpaTos, ov (6), army encamped, in Homer : IToWat yap 
avd arparov ei<ti keXevOol. II. x. 66. Later, army on the 
march : Ovriv cri irpcj) avaarag, iiye tov crrparov. Xen. Cyr. 
i. 4, 17. 

orpdT€u|jia, arog (to), prop, troops in the field, detach- 
ment, body of troops that form a portion- of the main 



375—377. 339 

armv : f b" kXdiby 7rpog to euvtov oTpaTevfxa. Xen. Anab. (374) 
i. 5,* 11. 

orpcmd, dg (//), army in the field, or on march : OlcrOa, 
£0?7, otl, el fj.)) eEel rd £7rir?/^£ia // trrparia, KaraXvcrerai gov 
Evdvg fj apx>?. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 9. 

oTpaToireW, ov {to), army encamped, camp, sometimes 
army on the march, in Thucydides : Kat ote jjliv e-kioi to 
tujv 'Adr]yaiu)y gtqcltotteCov virty/opovy. Thuc. iii. 97. 

375. 

auKo^, ov (to), cultivated Jig : HoXvg jxev olvog, -rroXXd ce 375 
Mica. Xen. Cyr. vi. 2, 22. [The tree, c-u^.] 

ipweov, ov (to), wild fig : Kat Sid GTOjuaTioy itoiti fit] 
a7ro7ri7TT£U' rd kpiyd. Aristot. H. An. v. 32, 6. [The tree 
kplvzog. Obs. that eptveov is accented as neut. adj. kpivzov, 
sc. (tvkov.~] 

icrxds, dEog (?/), dried fig; carica : Ovk ay 7rpLaijj.rjy 
ovc av iG^dEog fudc. Aristoph. Pac. 1223. 

o\u»>9os, ov (6), unripe fig ; grossus : tyffvag ydp a) <po- 

pEOVGL EV T(D Kap7TU) 01 EpGEVEg KaTaTTSp £?) 01 6\vv6oi, 

HerodoL i. 193. 

4>yj\t)£, rjicog (6), sl fig that deceives by its size, and is taken 
for ripe, or near it : Toy te (prjXr)-^ op&v oiSdvovT* eW 6-6- 
ray r\ ttewuv, egQlio. Aristoph. Pac. 1165. 

376. 

0-ufip.axta, ac {})), alliance offensive and defensive: 2v/z- 370 
fjLa^iay civt(L ttolovitui. Xen. Cyr. i. 5, 3. 

ImjxaxLCi, ac (//), defensive alliance : 'YjKijiayfav Ce 
E7roirjaavTo, rrj dXXi'iXujy jJorjdEly, kdy rig lire KipKvpay in, ?) 
'Adifyag J/ rovg rovrioy ^vfi^xdyovg. Thuc. i. 44. 

377. 

aujjLiroaio^, ov (to), banquet, convivial feast given on an 377 
occasion of rejoicing ; compotatio : Hpoiovroc ce too wfiwo- 
crlov, 6 Kvpog tov Twfipvay kiri]pETO. Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 17. 

Sais, SaLTog(ii), repast: Tig Saig; Tig Se 6fj.tXog 6& ettXeto; 
Od. i. 225. 

g g 2 



340 378. 

(377) clkcwrtvT), ng (v)i poet. a great feast made after the sacrifice ; hence, in 
general, splendid feast, festival : 'Ev dairycn Kal eiXawivycn. II. x. 
217. 

epayos, ov (6), a feast to which each person contributed 
and brought with him his share, either in kind or other- 
wise, pic-nic ; hence, later, common entertainment or meal, 
in general : ILlXcnrivr) r)e ydfxog, ItteI ovk kpavog race y 
early. Od. i. 226. 

eoriaais, eiog (if), a feast or entertainment, in general, and 
particularly, at Athens, that which the ecrTidrwp was obliged 
to give to all his tribe, and which was a Xetrovpyla, or 
public burden, he was subject to : $£pe 3rj wept Ttjg eartd- 
crewg Kal tov ^rjcpicr/JLaTog emu. Dem. de Legat, 414, 1. 

0oiVT], rjg (r)), prop, food ; hence, grand entertainment, feast: Uavra 
AeX<piov Xabv kg Ooivrjv KaXwv. Eur. Jon. 1140. 



378. 

378 ° r )01f JLa > a70 £ ( 7( 0> fr- *X W > external shape, under which 
men or any objects present themselves to the eye accord- 
ing to their ordinary or existing state, exterior, mien, car- 
riage ; habitus : To Se (ryjifjLa wore IokeIv opdoripav ttjq 
(pvaewg dvai. Xen. Mem, ii. 1, 22. 

etSos, eog (to), form, figure of visible and material 
objects, which we recognize after a known type ; and fig. 
of abstractions, of which we form for ourselves the abstract 
idea, without seeing them ; idea in Plato : Tct rfjg criotypo- 
(Tvvrig eiSrj Kal avdpsiag Kal iXevdeptoTrjTog. Plat. Pol. iii. 
402, c. 

I8ea, ag (//), prop, visible appearance; hence fig., in 
Plato's system, idea or eternal and immutable form, the 
exemplar and archetype of objects, and not a mere abstrac- 
tion of them : 'Ev rw yvioora) reXevraia f/ tov ayadov ISea 
Kal iioyig opaadai. Plat. Pol. vii. 517, b. 

pop<|>T), rjg (r)), bodily form, subject to change, in opp. 
to elSog : Kal top Ala avrov fxerafiaXelv rr)v fj.op<pY]v elg 
7repi(TTepdp. JElian. Var. II. i. 13. 

tuttos, ov (6), figure impressed by striking ;' hence, type, 






379, 380. 341 

prop, and fig. : Etc apx*?" TE KaL TV7rov rivd njc SiKaio- (378 
(TvvrjQ KLvSvyevofxev EfxjiEj5t]KEvai. Plat. Pol. iv. 443, c. 

379. 

awjia, aroQ (to), body of a living animal, and even of a 379 
dead one : Kcu ra cw/xara ye yyL&v ovoev yelpova 'iytTE. 
Xen. Cyr. ii. 1, 15. 

SejjLas {to), prop, the building, structure of the body ; hence the 
stature, figure, in Homer, and in later poets the body, in general : 'Enst 
ov eOev sctti ^tpaaji/ ov dsfiag ovdh <pvi]v. 11. i. 115. 

jjLop^, rjg (//), bodily form ; hence, sometimes, body : 
<$>vaiv [iev h) rrjg xpv^rjg icai ttjq jjLOpcprjg toiclvttiv e^ojp cia- 
fxvrjfxoveveTaL. Xen. Cyr. i. 2, 2. 

p€0os, eog {to), in the plural, peOea, the members, and by synecdoche, 
the body : ^fv%ri 8* £k ptOsuv 7rTafJLSvrj "A'idogde fiefirjKti. 11. xvi. 
856. [Grammatici pkQr) Homero corpus, psOog iEolice et proprie 
faciem significare tradunt. — Faciem indicat et apud Epicos posteriores, 
et apud Tragicos. Plerique autem et libri et grammatici vulgatum reti- 
neri jubent. Spitz, ad loc.~\ 

aiojyos, eog (to), prop, tabernacle, tent, a figurative name 
given by the Pythagoreans to the human body, as envelop- 
ing the soul : 'Eg yvvancia aKavea. Plat. Tim. Locr. 
104, d. 

<TKr\vo)\xa, aTog (to), tabernacle, has been employed meta- 
phorically with the same meaning in the N. T. : ILiSwg 
otl Tayivi] egtiv ij aKodecrig tov GKrivcjjJiarog jjlov. 2 Ep. 
Petr. i. 14. 



T. 

380. 

T€ixos, tog (ro), wall of a town, rampart : "£l<TTe t$ .^q 
7rora/xoJ eti ivyypoTtpa iarlv ?/ iroXtg ?j rolg tei\e(tl. Xen. 
Cyr. vii. 5, 8. 

tcixio^, ov (to), wall of a house, of an enclosure, of a 
court : 'E/c £' i\dev ptyapoio irapEK fiiya TEiyjtov avXfjr. 
Od. xvi. 165. [Th. vi. GO ; vii. 81.] 

Gg3 



342 381,382, 

(380) toixoS) ov (6), interior wall of a chamber, partition or 
side-wall: Toiypv tov trepov, II, xxiv. 598. 



381. 

381 t€ki>oi>, ov (to), in the plural, tekvci, children, only used 
of men ; Xenophon however uses it in speaking of the 
young of brutes: 'Evroei & on teal al avEg, e7rei£av ofyduxn, 
(bevyovcri ml noWal ovaat gvv toIq tekvolq. Xen. Cyr. iv. 

i, 17. 

i>€o<ro-6s, ov (6), fr. viog, young of birds, in Homer, and 
more generally, afterwards, young of any animal : 'Ev0a? 
kaav (rrpovdolo vEoaaoi. II. ii. 311. 

aKufxyos, ov (6), young of the lion, lion's whelp, in 
Homer (II. xviii. 319), and, in general, of any beast, in 
later poets ; young of the bear and of the elephant, in 
Aristotle: Xa\E7ral Se ko.1 al OtiXeiai apKToi cltto t(ov oKvfAvw. 
Hist. An. vi. 18, 5. 

o-KuXaf , koq (6), puppy, whelp, speaking of the dog : 
'EmVct rav Kai gkvXcikeq rpofiiovri. Theocr. Id. ii. 12. 

tvt0(Ss, rj, little one, babe, speaking of a child: 'Ewei fi In rvrObu 
eovra KaXXi<f>\ II. vi. 22. 

382. 

382 tcXos, eoq (to), that which is the fulfilment, accomplish- 
ment, and conclusion of anything; hence end, moral end or 
object aimed at : JJipag yap to teXoq Tracraig [t€\voiq']. 
Aristot. Pol i. 3, 17. 

vv<r<ra, ng (rj), poet, synonyme of Tsppa, bourn or limit: 'Ev vvaoy 
Ss toi 'Lttttoq apiGTtpbg eyxpip<pQf}T<o. II. xxiii. 338. 

ircpas, aroc (to), poet, ireipap and ireipas, natural and 
positive limit, extremity, end ; fig. term : Ilfipara yairjg. 
II. xiv. 200. ['Ek TTEpaTtov ynQ eXOeu'. Th. i. 69.] 

okottos, ov (6), mark or object aimed at, prop, and fig. : 

Ohc CLKOVTl^ElV apdpix)7TOV ETTETpETTOfXEV VJ.UV, O.XX E7TI OKOTTOV 

fiaWEiv ElthaaKoyLEv. Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 29. 

xeKjjLap (to), old poetical word synonymous with wspag, limit, end, 



383, 384. 343 

ace. to Aristotle: To yap rsKfiap Kal Trepag ravrov tan Kara rrjv (382) 
dp%aiav yX&TTav. Aristot. Rhet. i. 2, 18. 

TCKjjLwp, (ro), Epic for tsk fxap : To de Tsrparov 'lk(to rUfiiop. II. 
xiii. 20. 

TcXeuTrj, ijg (>/), conclusion, completion, end of life, &c. : 
"JLvOa kI tol, MeviXae, (parr) fiiorow reXevrrj "E/cropoe ev 
7ra\dfjirj(7LV, II. vii. 104. 

Tepjxa, arog (to), prop, the bourn or goal in the race- 
course round which the chariots turned, and which served 
as boundary mark for other exercises in the public games ; 
hence term : Qiada yap ev itepl reppa& eXiaaepev. II. 
xxiii. 309. 

383. 

TtT0T], rjg (//), nurse, she who suckles the child : KolQ' 383 
wairep at rlrdaL ye aiTi£eig kcikwq. Aristoph. Equit. 716. 

Ti&qiT), ??g (>/), she who feeds, who suckles, nurse : &epet 
3' a pa 7raiSa ridi'ivr]. II. VI. 389. 

jxaia, ac (//), mother, nurse (Fr. bonne), appellation of 
affection used by Ulysses to his nurse, Euryclea : Maia, 
tit) p eOeXeig oXiffat ; Od. xix. 482. 

Tpo<j>6s, ou (//), nurse, she who took charge of the child 
from its weaning ; brought it up to a certain age, and 
remained from that time in the family : $iXrj rpotybg 
EvpvtcXeta. Od. ii. 361. 

384. 

Tpexeu', to run, in general, in opp. to the ordinary pace : 354 
llapa tovq lla£i£ovrag Tptyovrag opaaQctL. Xen. Cyr. ii. 
4, 22. 

Oeciy, more used in poetry [not common in Trag. ; only 
Eur. Ion. 1217 ; Suppl. 702 ; Aristoph. Vesp. 854, Pape~\, 
to run, denotes haste and quickness, and is used of men, 
and of the course of vessels and the heavenly bodies : 
'A\\o tol 'ImroL fidpSiaroi Oeieir. II. xxiii. 310. [Qelv and 
Qfiv fyopu) are common military terms in prose. Gely eig 
rag rd^eig. Xen. An. ii. 2, 14 ; eig rovg woXepiovg iv. 3, 
29, &c. In Hdt. ror wept rod iravrog dpopov delv, &c. ; 
also in PL of horses running in the games : 'Ey 'OXvp-n-ia 
Qeovtwi' 'iTnrujv. Legg. 822, b.] 



344 385. 

385. 

385 TunTciy, to strike from near, in general : Et vofxog i\v rov 
covXov vko tov eXevdipov tvwteoQcu. Xen. Athen. Resp. 
1,8. 

aXociv, (a\(i)<x), Attic aXoav, poet. aXoiav, prop, to thresh, beat out the 
ears of corn on the barn floor ; hence, fig. to beat, to strike, to kill : 
*H firiTEp' rjXoirjGev, rj irarpbg yvdOov kiraTa^Ev. Aristoph. Ran, 149. 

pdXXeii>, to strike by casting something, and from a dis- 
tance, to hit : *H Sovpl rvrrelg r) /jXrjfjLevog tJ. II. xi. 191. 

0€iv€iv, pcet. to strike from near, with the hand, a whip, a sword; 
and very seldom from afar : IloXXd fiEv dp juaoriyi Ooy E7TEfxaiETO 
Geivojv. II. xvii. 430. 

k6ttt€^, to strike with violence, so as to break through, or 
cut, or break in pieces ; to strike a coin : Kox^e Se Trawrrj- 
vavra Tcaprjiov. II. xxiii. 690. 

KpoTeli', to strike with noise one against the other, speak- 
ing specially of the hands, to clap : Uorepov Kporeiv Seiv 
tw x ei P e 9 V y £ ^6i/ ; Xen. Cyr. viii. 4, 12. 

Kpouciy, to drive two bodies one against the other, to 
strike upon a hollow and sounding body, to make a noise : 
Tac aarwtSag vrpog tcl Sopara ticpovcrav. Xen. Anab. iv. 
5, 18. 

irateii/, to strike, to beat one who is near at hand, with- 
out the notion of inflicting a wound : "On ov atyiai ye 
SoKoitf TraiStav elvat to bfjLodev 7raie(rdai. Xen. Cyr. ii. 3, 14. 

Trardcrcreii', to beat, 1. intransitively, speaking of the 
heart in Homer : ndracrae Se dvfibg kicdarov. II. xxii. 370. 
2. Transitively, in speaking particularly of repeated blows : 
UoXXdiciQ av olrjOeig elvai tov 'AQrjvdiov dovXov kirdTa^ev av. 
Xen. A then. i. 9. 

ttXyjo-o-cii/, to strike from near with the hand, or a weapon, 
to give a blow, sometimes from far, in the poets ; 2o/7rrpw Se 
peTd(ppevop fj()e kui w/jko ttXyi£ev. II. ii. 266. And in prose 
more frequently of lightning, the thunder-bolt : Hitztei 

KEpCLVVOQ El£ TO (TTpCLTOTTE^OV KCU 01 flEV TLVEQ TzXnyEVTEQ. . . . 

awedavov. Xen. Hell. iv. 7, 7. 

7pi$zw, to tread, crush the corn. It was trodden under 



386. 345 

the feet of oxen, in ancient times, in order to separate the (385) 
grain from the chaff: *£2c & ore tlq tevty ftoag apcrevac 

EVpVpLETLOITOVg, Tplj3EflEVaL KQ~L XeVKOV EVTpO^dXo) EV aXu)fj . 

B. xx. 496. 



386. 

ulos, ov (6), son. in general, and principally in genealogies, 3 86 
where it is yet more frequently understood : K\av/uao-i fxiv 
ye kcu tcclteqeq vlolg arwcppoGvvnv /j.rj'^avCJvTai. Xen. Cyr. ii. 

2, 12. 

diroyoyos, ov (6), a grandson, descendant still further re- 
moved : 'AwoyovoQ Se 'AXkcliov tov 'HpaicXioQ, Herodot. i. 7. 
The historians, according to Ammonius, use it also for 
viog, but it was perhaps in the general sense in which our 
word son is sometimes found for descendant. 

yivrqpa, arog (to), product ; hence child : T&v Aacov toi- 
vvv rig i)v yevi'-n/JLciTidv, Soph. (Ed. R. 1167. 

yovr\, ijg (?/), prop, generation; hence child, in the poets: "Avdpsg 
tvxovTdi yovdg KarnKoovg (pvvavTeg iv dopioig ex^v. Soph. Ant. 642. 

•yoyos, ov (6), that which is begotten or begetting ; hence son, child : 
tyevdofievoi ds ok (pact Atbg yovov aiyioxoio tlvai. II. v. 535. 

eKyoyos, ov (6, ?/), son, daughter, in Homer : Et Lteov ys. 
keivov EKyovog eggi. Od. iii. 122. Later, grandson, de- 
scendant : H el waldag 7) EKyovovg ekekti^go. Xen. Cyr. v. 

3, 19. 

cpvos, tog (to), young shoot, scion, prop, and fig. : ^Q Ai)£ag epvog. 
Eur. I ph. A. US. 

6a\os, eog (to), s?nall branch, sprig, scion, prop, and fig. : Ov a It 
iyuyt KXavaotiai iv Xex^oai, QiXov QdXog, ov tUov avrrj. 11. 
xxii. 87. 

Ivis, log (6, i)), son, daughter : M/y gtiXXeiv rav cav hnv. Eur. 
Iph. A. 119. 



346 387. 

(386) icopos, tj, Ionic icoupos, in the poets [also in PI. Legg. 
vi. 771, e, &c], child, son, daughter : OvSiwore SiSvfxa 
XeKTp* €7raiv£(Tb) flporwv ob& ajuKpifxaropag icopovg. Eur. 
Andr. 466. 

6£os, ov (6), prop, branch ; hence, fig. young shoot, scion : 'EXeQrjvwp, 
oKoq* Aprjog. II. ii. 540. 

irats, ttcuSoq (6, rj), child, of either sex, son or daughter : 
QvSe yap earri jxot appnv ttoIq. Xen. Cyr, viii. 5, 10. 

Teico^, ov (to), and poet, tckos, eoq (to), fr. tiktw, child, 
son or daughter, but only with reference to the father or 
mother : Alyw-^oio Aide, tskoq. II. ii. 157. Sometimes 
used as an appellation of affection addressed to strangers : 
$i\e tUvov. Od. ii. 363. 

387. 

387 uiroSrjfjia, citoq (to), sandal tied under the foot, hence 
shoe, in general: 'E7r£i^ d7r£Ai7T£ rd apyaia i/7roc///xara. 
Xen. Anab. iv. 5, 14. 

dp|3uXrj, r/c (//), shoe worn by peasants, sportsmen, and 
travellers, worn at Mycenae, in Euripides : 'Opc'orae Mvicrj- 
viS' apj3v\av TrpojjctQ. Eur. Or. 1470. 

€juij3d9, clSoq (>/), a sort of Bosotian shoe, worn by poor and 
aged people in Aristophanes : 'EjjljSuq ce Keirat kcu rpiflwv 
kppijxjxivoQ. Aristoph. Eccles. 850. 

€p,pdTY)s, ov (6), 1. a species of ]eather-&oo£ used by horse- 
men : Et kfifiaTai yivoivro enevrove t£ o'tovTrep at KprjirlSeg, 
Xen. de Re Eq. 12, 10. 2. A species of under-shoe or clog 
worn with the buskins of the Tragic actors to give them 
height, according to the Scholiast on Lucian (Jup. Trag. 
41). 

Kapparinr), r)Q (r/), a leather-shoe or shoe of undressed 
skin : Kapfiartvai irs.-Koiv)\xivai zk twp veoSapTwu fiouji'. Xen. 
Anab. iv. 5, 14. 

KoOopyos, ov (o), small boot or buskin laced in front and 
reaching half up the leg : T(ph y di//*/tfrg> iraralu) rw 
Kodopvw r))y yvahov. Aristoph. Lys. 657. It was the shoe 
peculiar to the Tragic actor, and hence the emblem of the 
Tragic drama (Horat. de Art. Poet. 280, and Sat. i. 5, 64). 



388. 347 

Koynrous, ocog (o), a sandal or light and fashionable shoe (387) 
worn by young persons, but assumed by an affected old 
fellow, in Aristophanes [jpumps] : Tipujv St -^vjpe'i xXarica 
jccu Koviiroha tywv. Aristoph. Eccles. 848. 

Kprjms, Ihog (rj), prop, sole ; hence shoe with raised sides, 
or small boot of the soldier ; hence the soldiers themselves 
in Theocritus : navvy KpnTrUhg. Theocr. Id. xv. 6. 

ircSiXov, ov (to), sole or sandal : 'Y7r6 irooaiv tdrjaaTo icaXd 7rs8i\a. 
II. xxiv. 340. 

TT€pt(3apts, iiog (>/), shoe of the female slave, according to 
Pollux, but of ladies a la mode, in Aristophanes : Rat -a 
fjivpa yal Treptjoapi^eQ. Aristoph. Lys. 47. 

oxu'&aXoi', ov (to), sandal : f Y7ro ttogg\v eSriaaTO (TavSaXa 
Kov&a. Hymn, in Merc. 83. 

aai'SdXioi', ov (to), a diminutive in form only, for Hero- 
dotus uses it for a sandal of ultra-size : SavSaXtov re clvtov 
7re(popriiJi£voi> tvpiGKEvdai iov to fiiyadog h'nrr}\v. Herodot. 
ii. 91. 



4>. 

388. 

(jxuryavov, ov (to) [for acpayavov; c0d£a>], prop, instrument for cut- 3gg 
, ting and slaying, glaive, sword of the Homeric warriors : Tvdeidy /jiev 
duties fievE7rT6\e[xoe, QpaavfjLriCrjQ (pavyavov dfX(pr]Keg. II. x. 25G. 

dKi^dKTjs, eoc (6), Eastern sword, scimitar : f H Se aKtva- 
Krjy iraXai TtapeaKtva^jJiivov ai:aaa\xivr\ crcpaTTEl eavTi]v. 
Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 14. [But the Eastern acinaces was always 
straight. Cf. Diet. Antiqq. s. v.] 

aop, opog (to), sword: ^iraaad^tvog TcivvijKtg aop. Od. x. 439. 

■corns, (cog (>/), Eastern scimitar, Greek term for axivd- 
kt)q [rather a short curved sword, sabre ; also the £>///(?) 
used by the Thessalians* Eur. Electr. 837] : 'Airae&Dlrn) 
yap KOizici viro twv AlyvTTTiuv. Xen. Cyr. vii. 3, 8. 

[idxcHpa, etc (rj). species of large knife or cutlass which 



348 389, 390. 

(388) Homer's heroes carried by the side of the sword, afterwards, 
short sword, cavalry sabre, in Xenophon : *£lg $k tovq 
ivavTLOvg j3\a.7rTeiv, pd^aipav fxkv paXXov rj fycpog kircuvov- 
fxev, Xen. de Re Eq. 12, 11, 

£uj>os, eog (to), long sword : 'E^' vxjsnXov yap ovtl t<J> 
iinrei KowiSog fxaXXov fj irXnyri rj fytyovg apKeaei. Xen. de Re 
Eq. 12, 11. 

389. 

389 <|>€p€ii> J to carry, in general, prop, and fig. ; ferre : Kcu 
ijKov oi dvcpeg (pepovreg rrjp eiriff7o\t]v. Xen. Cyr. ii. 2, 7. 

ayew, to conduct, convey by carriage ; hence to carry 
from one place to another, to briny : Nijec 5' Ik Ayjjjlvolo 
Trapiaraoav olvov dyovaat. II. viii. 467. 

cupew, to take up in order to remove ; hence to carry, to 
bring : Mr) jxot olvov deipe. II. vi. 264. 

pacn&leiv, to lift a thing up and ascertain its weight, to 
poise or weigh ; portare : 'Era* fxkya to£ov kftdaravE kcu 'Lte 
ircivrr]. Od. xxi. 405. Hence to lift up and carry a heavy 
body, a burden : Aaay j3a(Trd^ovTa ireXwpiov a/jK^oriprjaiv. 
Od. xii. 594. [Also oVXa, iraitiiov. Pol. ii. 24 ; xv. 26 ; 
rsj yepolv. Soph. ; kv yvio fiy. JEsch.~\ 

Koju£eiv, to carry, with the notion of care, and to the place 
where the person spoken of is; hence to bring to : npoarfci'i- 
(tei dpa en kcu dXXojv ol e£ dXXng iroXecjg avrfj koja'igovglv 
&v SeHrai. Plat. Pol. ii. 370, e. [KofJti^eadaL, Mid., to carry 
off for oneself; hence to obtain, to receive ; to recover. ~\ 

tXtjvox, to bear, fig. to take upon one, to support, to endure « 'Ezra 
ov7rit) rXrjaofi ev ocpOaXfiolaiv bpaaOcu .... //. iii. 306. 

4>op€iK 9 to carry (wear), used of dress, arms, ornaments : 
Teppov Sk kv rfj apiarepg., o rrravreg elOiafjieOa (j)opeiv. Xen. 
Cyr. ii. 1, 12. [ = gestare ; cf. /3a0Ta'fai>.] 

390. 

390 <|>oj3€io-0cu, prop, to be frightened and flee : Ka/i fiiaaop 
ireSlov (pojjkovro (ioeg wg. II. vi. 41. Hence to dread, to 
fear, but always in speaking of an instantaneous and in- 
considerate fear: Ta fxrj <po(3epu (pofielaQai. Xen. Mem. i. 
2, 7. 



390. 349 

Scffiet^, to fear ; used of deliberate and reasonable fear, of (390) 
the fear which weighs and foresees the danger present or to 
come : 'EvravOa \xivroi ^elcrairec pa) teal kvicpa rig fieifav 
vireir) kirivyov. Xen. Cyr. i. 4, 23. 

SetXai^cii', to be cowardly, to be a coward : 'Aclkllv kol 
Seikaii'Etv. Aristot. Eth. N. ii. 6, 19. 

Scifxaiveiv, to be frightened, to be afraid: *Evl vtjX KaOtiaTO Supai- 
vovtsq. H. Apoll. 404. 

oppcoSeu' (oppog [scrotum]), Jonic dppcuSet^, properly, to 
hide the tail between the legs, as certain animals do when 
frightened [this derivation is improbable] ; hence, fig. to 
fear : Tag vvfA(popag yap tGjp kcikCjc, TTETrpayoruv ov 7rw7ro0' 
vj3pia avroc opptoSiov iradeir, Eur, Fragm. Andromed. 

Trn^o-o-eiy, prop, to crouch on the ground in order not to 
be seen ; hence to be terrified : HE77Tr}u>g yap ekelto vtto 
j dpoiov. Od. xxii. 362. 

pi-yciv, to have the blood run cold, to shudder, with fright, to be ter- 
rified : Tpujeg 8' sppiyrjcrav, onwg Idov 6<piv. II. xii. 208. 

TapPety, to be alarmed : Gdpaei, AupSari^rj HpiafXE, Qpevi, 
fjLrjii tl rapjjEL. II. xxiv. 171. 

rpelv, rare in prose, to tremble with fear, prop, in Homer, 
and fig. in iEschylus : Ni/y $e rpEtj p.)) teXectt] KapL^'iirovg 
'Epivvvg. JEsch. Sept. 790. 

Tp€fji€Lv, fig. to dread, to fear: Tovrov OlSiirovg 7ra\ai rpspuv rbv 
dvdp' t<ptvye pi) ktclvoi. Soph. (Ed. R. 947. 

T€Tp€(JLaiv€iv, a frequentative of the preceding word, to tremble from 
head to foot with fear, to quake : Toiiro ps iroizlv Tsrpepaivuv. 
Aristoph. Nub. 373. 

Tpoji€€iv, old poetic form, to tremble with fear : 'Avfipbg apiarriog 

TOV TE Tpop'tOVGl KOI ClWoi. II. XVH. 203. 

4>pu7cr€iy, prop, to have the hair bristling, to have the 
hair stand on end, to shiver and shake with fear, hence, 
fig. to be filled with fear, to be in a state of terrour ; to 
shudder at, dread: Oi te ge 7re(f>piKa(ji, \£oyd % wg lityk'd&c 
aiyEg. II xi. 383. 



Hh 



350 391. 

X. 

391. 

391 X a P^» **£ Wj a sudden and momentary joy to which the 
soul abandons itself without reserve : KafJaVcp 6 UpoSiKog 
Ciripelro Tag r/<Wae Eig ^apa^, iced repair, Kai evtypovvvriv. 
Aristot* Topic, ii. 2. 

XapfJia, arog (to), subject of joy, that which delights, charms : 
Avo~iJitv£Giv fiev xdpfia. ll> "*■ 51. 

XapfJi<oorvvir|, ng {r)), poet, synonyme, ar£ of giving joy, of delighting: 
'AyXairj, QaXir) re Kai Ev(ppoavvi] 7ro\voX/3f xapixoavvrjg ytverupai. 
Orph. Hymn. 59, 4. 

cnr6\au<ris, sljq (*/), enjoyment of a thing, in regard to its 
use, its usefulness, fruit, advantage : Kai Jivjufiahei fjfxiv 
fxrjCev OLKeioripa Trj aitoKavaet rd avrov ayadd yiyvofiEva 
Kapirovodai >} Kai rd twv aXXurv avdpojirwv, Thuc* ii. 38. 

yfjOos, tog (to), poet, word found in the Orphic hymns, and used 
afterwards by Plutarch and Lucian, joy: 'E\0g, fiaicap, GKipTr\Ta, 
<pepu)v 7roXi) yrjOog airaaiv. Orph. Hymn. 45, 7* 

yqBoavvr], rjg (r)), feeling of joy: 'EyeXaaae de ol (fiXov j/rop yrjOo- 
<jvvy. II. xxi. 390. 

€u0ujua, ag (//), good spirits, cheerfulness; hence enter- 
tainment, recreation : ToiavTag fxev avTolg evdvfxiag irapti- 
yjEv kirl tgj Seittvg). Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 11. 

€-iKJ>po<ruvT|, rjg (rj), poet, cheerfulness, gaiety, joy, which manifests 
itself at a feast: "Or* av sixppoavvr] ^ilv exy kclto. drjpov diravTa. Od. 
ix. 6. 

tj&ch'ii, rjg (?/), enjoyment, in general, and principally sen- 
sual enjoyment, bodily pleasure, voluptuous pleasure : Ov 
yap fiovov tGjv Sid tov (jwjjarog })covG)v EKpaTEi, aXXd Kai 
Ttjg Sid tCjv ^p-qfiaTiov. Xen. Mem. i. 5, 6. 

t)8o<s, eog (to), a synonyme of rjdovrj : Ovde ti daiTog ecrOXrjg iggetcu 
fjSog. II. i. 575. 

i^SuirdOeia, ag (>/), the delicious sense of enjoyment, de- 
lightful feeling, voluptuous or luxurious enjoyment, in a 
good or a bad sense : "Koike yap r/ £7rtjue\£<a avTrjg Elvai 
a/ia te riSvirddEia Tig Kai o'ikov avfyaig. Xen. (E con. V. 1. 



392, 393. 351 

IXapoTYjs, rjrog (r/), hilarity ; hilaritas . 'H de tXaporrje (391) 
teal to evdvfiov. Plut. Ages. 2. 

T€p\)/ts, £ujq ()]), fr. rip-reiv, pleasure or delight received 
from any agreeable pastime, amusement, entertainment, 
diversion : *£li> Kctd' rjfiipay ij T£{)\pig to \virnpbv EK7r\r](T(Tfi. 
Thuc. ii. 38. 

TcpirwXt], rjg (r/), Epic, amusement, entertainment: O'irjv Tep7ru)\rjv 
Oebg fiyaytv kg Tode Cujfia. Od. xviii. 34. 

392. 

Xapis, itoq (r)), fr. ^a/pecr, prop, that which a person does 392 
to make himself agreeable to any one, agreeable act, ser- 
vice, good office: <frep(ov yjctptv "Efcropt Siu). II. v. 211. 
More frequently kindly feeling, thanks, gratitude : Ovde)g 
avTwv e/j.oi tovtojv x a ? lv £ i ffeTai ' Xen. Cyr. i. 6, 11. rioX- 
\rjv \dpiv 6<p£i\it) vol rijg OeaiTi]TOv yvujpicrEOJg. Plat. Polit. 
257, a. 

euepyeo-ia, ac (rj), act of kindness, benefit, important ser- 
vice, often a service rendered by the inferior to his superior, 
by the subject to his prince, the citizen to his country : 
"O0p' eldrjg olog tol ev uvhpdai Svcrfxeviecrcriv MivTwp 'AX/a- 
/jiidrje evepyeetag atTOTLVEtv. Od. xxii. 234. 

€uepY€Tif)juia, arog (to), kind and obliging act, benefit : 
f £lc evepyiTnfxa arOpw-rroig npog aXXi]Xovg ov^ir egtlv ettl- 
yapiTWTEpov 7] oituv Kal ttotwv jJiETciSocng. Xen. Cyr. viii. 
2, 2. 

393. 

Xnw, wvog (o), tunic of wool and without sleeves, or a 393 
kind of shirt which was worn next to the skin in ancient 
times, and afterwards over another shorter tunic: ^rrep-^o- 
pEvog pa yjLTojva tteq\ \po\ GiyaXoEVTa ovvtv, Od. XV. 60. 

\iT(tiviov, ov (to), woman's tunic : Kat 7a hcupavfj \itu)- 
via. Aristoph. Lys. 48. 

Xhwutkos, ov (6), inner tunic or shirt worn next to the 
skin and under the yjruv, by the Athenians ; suhucula : 
ISvrirjjjLi otl joovXei tov yjirurivKov Xafielv. Aristopli. Av. 
94G. 

h1i2 



352 394. 



394. 



394 x^ a ^ a > VQ (*?)> large woollen cloak of ample size and 
thick, which served as a surtout in winter and coverlet 
during the night : Et /jltj kyoj ge Xafifov cnro fiev QiXa e'lfxara 
hvaw, yXaivdv r ijde yj.rwva. II. ii. 262, 

xXajxus, vSoq (rj), cloak, first worn in Thessaly and the 
north of Greece, afterwards adopted generally by horsemen 
and soldiers : T* By 7rpofid\\ei rrjv ^\a/ivS' ; Aristoph. 
Lys. 987. 

xXcuas, iSog (/J), small cloak, lighter and more elegant 
than the -)(Xaiva, and worn both by men and women: 
"AAXoc rfjg \XavlEog rov 'AXE^dvBpov E7rEiXr)jJ.[XEvog epwg. 
Luc. Herodot. 5. 

iavov, ov (to), neuter adjective with poet, ellipse of TtiirXov, 
rich and elegant robe or gown of the finest texture, the 
attire of goddesses or princesses, in Homer : Xeipl Se vektcl- 
peov earov irlva^e Xafiovaa. II, iii. 385. 

Ip&Tiov, ov (to), large square cloak worn by men and 
women in later days, more modern than the ^X a ^ a ; toga 
of the Romans, in Plutarch : 'Ev ifxarla) kcltwptclq elg rr\v 
ayopdv avev yiT&vOQ. Plut. Coriol. 14. 

fcdySus, vog (6), long robe with sleeves, worn by Eastern 
nations, and particularly by the Medes, in Xenophon : 
TavTa yap irdvTa M.r)Siicd egtl, Kal ol woptyvpol ^iTwyeg, Kal 
ol KavBvEQ. Xen. Cyr. i. 3, 2. 

ireirXos, ov (o), and later tt4tt\ov, ov (to), general term for 
veil for covering, sort of upper robe or [ample'] shawl, worn 
in the ancient times of Greece, but afterwards in use only 
on the stage ; worn by women, in Homer (II. v. 734), and 
later by men in the East, in Xenophon : Kcu roue ttekXovq 
KdTeppri'taTo. Xen. Cyr. iii. 1, 13. 

owupa, ac (??), large cloak of goatskin worn by country- 
people and slaves, and which served as coverlet for the 
bed : 'Ev ttevte criavpaig EyKEKopSvXrj/jivog. Aristoph. Vesp. 
10. 



395. 353 

owupixx, 77c (rf), woollen cloak of the people of the North, (394) 
in Herodotus : Qrjpia twi> rd Eepfiara 7repi rag aiavpvuc 
TrapappdirriTai. Herodot. iv. 109. 

otoXyj, fjg (77), long robe in use in the East, in Xenophon : 
K«i fjv ei^e aroXriv ti}v M>/f3io)>' ekcvvtcl hovvai rivi. Xen. 
Cyr. i. 4, 26. [Also g. t. for attire, mode of dress, equip- 
merit. ~] 

r^pemi, ne (rj), and rrjPeyi'os, ov (o), the /or/a of the Ro- 
mans : Kcu Tiifoevvav etyopei wEpnropfvpov. Plut. Romul. 26. 

Tpipwi', (s)voq (o), a smaZZ short cloak of the Spartans, worn 
also by the poor, and by the philosophers at Athens : Kag 
tovq rptfiiovag ^vve\{yovro r&v \ldo)v. Aristoph. Ach. 184. 

TpiPiJi'ioi', ov (to), cloak worn by the Heliasts, in Aris- 
tophanes : 'AvettelQev avrbv jud) (pope~tv rpifiwi'iov. Aristoph. 
Vesp. 116. 

<()dpos, eog [more commonly, (papoo] (to), in general, large 
piece of linen cloth used for a cover, woollen cloth, and par- 
ticularly cloak, in Homer: MaXcucdp 3' evSvve yj,T&va, Kzp\ 
Ze fxiya fidWero (pdpog, II. ii. 42. 

395. 

XoXos, ov (6), gall, bile : prop, and fig. : E'lTrep yap re 395 
yo\ov ye kcu avrrj/j-ap KaraTTE\Lrj. II. i. 81. 

XoXi^, rJQ (?/), a less ancient form and more in use in the 
proper sense, bile, in prose, and fig. especially in poetry : 
TV fjieWofjiEi' KLvalv EKEivnv t))v x°^ y ? Aristoph. Vesp. 
403. 

&Ycu>dKTT)cns, ewq (77), prop, pain which exasperates ; 
hence, fig. indignation, or rather impatience or outbreak 
of temper against the pain felt: Kcu \xovr\ ovte rw 7ro\eful(o 
E7re\66vTi ayavaKTnaiy e\el v<f o'lojr KaKOTraOsl. Thuc. 
ii. 41. 

Oujjlos, oif (o), sometimes fig. in prose ; and more fre- 
quently in poetry, rage : Qvjuoq $e fjiyag larl ciorpEtyioQ 
J3axn\fjoQ. II. ii. 196.' 

kotos, ov (o), resentment, rancour, cherished for a long 
time, and up to the moment that offers the means of ven- 

h h3 



354 396, 397. 

(395) geance : 'AWa re kcl\ hetottmtQev e\el kotov otypa TeXiffarj 
iv arride(T(Ttv eoiai, IL i. 82. 

[x-fjvis, tog (?)), and p-evos, eog (to), rage, wrath : Mrjviv aside, Otd, 
HrjXtiddeoj 'AxiXrjog. 77. i. 1. [More probably fr. p,aipea9aL, iisfuyva, 
than fr. fisveiv.] 

opY^» VQ (>/)> passion, anger: fyofiovjAEvog, ph n yivoiro 
Sia T})v ar\v 6pyi]i> on izavTag fjfjiag Xvtt{]gou Xen. Cyr. v. 
5, 18. 

opyiXoTYjs, nTog (//), inclination or tendency to anger, 
irascibility ; iracundia : f H Se Kaicia opyiXoTng. Aristot. 
Eth. Nic. ii. 7, 10. 



396. 

396 ili^+io-jxa, aroQ (to), at Athens, decree proposed for the 
sanction of the people, whether by the senate or by the 
orators : KareVpii^e rrjy rjjuipav finfinyopiov kcii \prj(pi(TfiaTa 
ypacpior. Dem. in EubuL 1301. [But also measure passed 
by vote.] 

PouXcujma, cltoq (to), result of a deliberation, decision, re- 
solution passed: 9 Qjjjl6v to fiovXevjjia ical jjieya eypwadai. 
Thuc. iii. 36. 

irpopouXeujuta, arog (to), at Athens, provisionary decree 
of the senate (f3ovXrj), a, kind of first draught of a law, 
having the force of a law for a year only, and requiring 
to be ratified in the assembly of the people : UpoarjXOe rrj 
fiovXrj* TrpofiovXevjA kyoacpn, Dem. in Timocr. 703, 17. 

397. 

397 \|/o<J>€l^, to make a noise or knock at the door, used of one 
inside, and who is about to go out. The doors of the 
Greeks opened outwards, so that a person wishing to go 
out, was obliged to rap from within, in order not to knock 
against the passers-by : Ko-n-rovai Kal xpotyovai rag avrutv 
Ovpag itriodev oi irpoiivai fiiXXovreg. Plut. PubL 19. [In- 
trans. of the door ; = crepare.~] 



398, 399. 355 

Koineiv, to knock at the door, used of a person outside, (39 7 j 
who wishes to come in : Tig tad' 6 kotttwv ti)v Ovpav ; 
Aristoph. Plut. 1097. 

Kpou€ii>, to knock at the door from the inside, in Aris- 
tophanes : 'O £' rjSrj tyjv Ovpav iiriiyt Kpoviov. Jristoph. 
Eccles. 317, but this use of the word is considered im- 
proper by the grammarians. 

398. 

+UX 1 !' */£ ('/)> P ro P« breath of life ; hence, 1. the soul, the qqq 
principle of life ; in Homer, the incorporeal substance, but 
which, when disengaged from the body, retains the visible 
form of it : Alxjsa 3' 'Ikoito kut 'AorcpodtXov Xeifxojva, tvda te 
vaiovcTL \pw%ai, tiSwXa Kap.6vTis)v. Od. xxiv. 14. 2. The 
immortal soul, in Herodotus, Plato, and Xenophon : Ovk 
jjadVfdaL on dOavarog r^wv >/ i^v^f} Kai ovSe7tote unoXXvTai; 
Plat. Pol, x. <>08, d. 

0u|j.6s, ov (o), the heart, the seat of the vital principle ; 
hence, sometimes in poetry, the soul, the principle of life : 
Qv/jlov diroirvti^v. II. iv. 524. 

•nveujia, arog (to), breath, breathing ; hence, fig. the Holy 
Spirit in the O. T. and N. T. : f H dyantf rov Oeoii licjce- 
yyrai iv tcllq Kapciaig ii^xCjv hia UvEVjj.arog dylov rov Sodiv- 
rog ryiiv. Rom. v. 5. 

irpairiSes, ujv (ai), diaphragm ; hence, fig. mind, with the asso- 
ciated notion of industry, skill: Avrdp iv avrtp 7roiu daldaXa noXXd 
idviyat rpairideaaiv. II. xviii. 482. 

399. 

\|/uxos, tog (to), cold, in general : 'AXXa \\svxn Te X 81 ^' 309 
vog Kui daX-m] dioovg iQi£tt Kctprepelv. Xen. CEcon. 5, 3. 

Kpujxos, ov (6), severe cold, frost : "Eyfla rovg /jiv oktlj 
tu>v /jLrjiwv tupopnTog olog yivtTai Kpvfiog. Herodot. iv. 28. 

Kpvos, tog (to), poet, cold, prop, and fig. : KaKov /u£ tcapdiav n 
TTEpnriTvei Kpvog. yEsch. Sept. 834. 

iraycTOs, ov (b), frost, ice ; gelu : 'H fiiv yap wa^vi) rij 
avrijg layy'l avrioTraauaa to Otppbi' iyjtt iv avrtj, 6 Si 7ray£- 
toq i7ri7n)^ag. Xen. Cyneg. 5, 1. 



356 400. 

(399) irdyos, ov (6), and TToyos, eog (to), frost in Aristotle ; 
hence ice ; gelu : Aid. ti tov ^ei/iufvog yJttov ocrfpaivojjieQa, 
Kai kv toIq 7rdye(Tiv tjkkttci ; Aristot. Probl. 12, 6. 

irdxn> VQ (jl)i hoar frost; pruina : Xeijiuvoc jiev ovv 
7rp(i/t ovk o£ei avTiov orav irdyvn fj rj irayerog. Xen. Cyn. 
5, 1. 

ptyos, £ °£ (™)> cold, in reference to the sensation pro- 
duced by it, or the pain felt in consequence of it ; frigus : 
Ei fjie fiedelrj ptyog Kal Kajiarog. Od. v. 472. [ f Y7ro \ipov 
ml piyovg. PL Euthyph. 4, d ; ptyrj Kal ddX-irrj. Xen. (Ec. 
vii. 23 ; also ague-fit; cold fit of a fever. Hipp^\ 



Q. 



400. 



400 <3pa, ac (Ji), division or portion of the year or day, as 
season, hour : "Orav &pa rJKrj Xen. Mem. ii. 1, 2. 

ald^v, ujvog (6 or */), time, the extent of which is un- 
limited ; hence it is used for certain periods of time, as the 
age or life of man, duration of existence allotted him, age 
(great number of years), but always in an indefinite sense ; 
cevum : *Ei/ rw pera ravra alwvi Karri. Dem. de Coron. 27. 

Kcupos, ov (6), fixed and precise time, appointed moment, 
occasion, proper season : *H Katpog i]Sn SiaXveiv tyiv arpa- 
Tidv. Xen. Cyr. v. 5, 43. 

Xpwos, ov (6), time, in general, and the duration of which 
can be fixed : Tavrl av ttot eiroincrag dwd ttoctov yjpovov ; 
Aristoph. Av. 920. 



NOTES. 



2. 

OKrxaXaa) occurs only in the present in Horn. The form a(7%a\\a> 
is used once by him, Od. ii. 93 ; this form is used, not only by Hdt., 
who (like the Tragedians) uses both forms, but also by Xen. and Dem. : 
"I7T7TOC, aaxaWujv ry rpa^vr^ri (tov %aXtvot)). Xen. de Re Eg. x. 6. 
'Agx&Whv €7ri t(£ didovai diKrjv. Dem. 555, 26. 

11. 

Tittmann says : cryios and ayvos, though they have the same ety- 
mological origin, differ in their use : for in ayvog the proper idea is, 
that the thing or person is pure either in body or mind ; but the word 
liyiog indicates more especially the reverence which is due to such a 
person or thing. — That is ayvog, in which there is nothing impure; 
but liyiog more particularly regards that which is worthy of veneration, 
and demands our reverence. Vol. i. 35. 

16. 

ayvi^eiv is used by the Tragedians, but not, I believe, by Attic 
prose writers. 

20. 

(TvWoyos, as meeting for a special purpose, is sometimes distin- 
guished from the regular (and more formal) eicKXrjO'La ; [UepiicXrig] 
eKicXrjviav re ovk 67rot'ft ovti ZvXXoyov ovdeva ktX. Thuc. ii. 22. 
"Itlj d' eig ty\v iiacXr]Giav Kai tov kolvov ZvXXoyov 6 (3ovX6fj.evog. 
PL vi. 764, a. But without this reference, is a general term ; %CXXo~ 
yov <y<pCjv avrwv 7roirjaavTsg tov elioOora. Th. i. 67, 3 (of the Lace- 
daemonians). 

21. 

The force of u offer" lies in the Imperfect wvccto, not in the verb. 

24. 

ayx<») is also to throttle or seize by the throaty of course roughly : 
Kai jur/v ayZuj at vrj tov UXovTioia — r\v fit) cnroSifg. Luc. Dial. 
Mort. 22. 



358 NOTES. 

Trvi'Y6iv is to throttle {to squeeze the throat), or strangle (to squeeze 
the neck. Taylor) : Tvimov /ecu 7rviy(ov eojq rrjg ipvxWG a 7T£ crept; ere. 
Antipp. 125,39. — It is also used fig. of choking plants by overcrowding, 
&c. : *Hv v\rj 7rviyy top oitov. Xen. (Econ. xvii. 14. 

airoirviY€iv has also, like irviyuv, the meaning of drowning, from 
the effect of water in preventing respiration. Plat. Gorg. 471, c. : 'Eg 
<ppkap sfjLpaXihv cnroirviZ,aQ, having drowned him by throwing him into a 
well ; and Gorg. 512, a. d7rs7rviyrj(X), he was drowned in the sea. So 
also Bern. 883. 



INDEX. 



Note. — The figures denote the number of each article; the asterisk 
indicates the poetic words. 



A. 

apaaiXevTog, 207 
df3ki3ri\og, 268 
dfieXrepog, 1 1 1 
afiovXog, 111 
dfipa, 256 
afipog, 321 

*d/5pOTCL^£lV, 62 

dyaGov, 92 
dyaOog, 1 
ayaX/ia, 198 
dyav, 2 
dyavcLKTiiv, 3 
dyavaKTr)<Tir f 395 
*dyavog, 151 
dydirai, 225 
dydnr), 225 
dyd7TT]cng, 225 
ayaoQai, 253 
dyyapog, 6 
dyyfeioj/, 7 
dyytXia, 4 
dyytXia(p6pog y 6 
dyyeX/xa, 4 
dyyeXoc;, 4, 5, 6 
*dyyfXr/;p, 6 
*ayyog, 7 
aya*/, 8, 96, 389 
dyeiv teal (pkptiv, 96 
dyeiptiv, 9 
dycXd^eiv, 9 
dysXrjy 10 



dyioQai, 139 
*dyij. 51 
*dyrjvopu], 91 
dytveeiv, 8 
dyiov, 330 
ay ioc, 11, 268 
ayiorrjg, 15 
ayiareia, 15 
aytcjavvr], 15 
*dyKaXr], 134 
♦ayfcaXt'c, 134 

dyKKTTpOV, 12 

*dyicoivr), 134 
dyKvXrjf 14, 52 
ayjcuoa, 13 
dyKU)V, 14 
ayj/fia, 15 
*dyvevfia, 15 
ctyviZeiv, 16 
dyvoti^, 17 
ayvog, 11, 18 
ayvor?7C, 15 
dyopd, 19, 20 
*dyopdt(rOai, 310 
dyopd£av, 21 
dyopciiog. 280 
dyopeveiv, 310 
•dyof, 117 
aypa, 257 
dypeToc, 22 
*dype(ria, 257 
*dypio*ic,\ 22 
aypto?, 22 



dypoiKog, 22 
aypoi/coc, 22 
dypoiwTrjg, 22 
dypovojuiog, 22 
dypot, 23, 149 
dyporfpoc, 22 
dyp6r?7£, 22 
dyporiKog, 22 
dyvict, 337 
dyvpig, 20 
dyvprdZeiv, 9 
ayxeiv, 24 
•dyxiyvog, 142 
dyx*0Teu£, 339 
*dyxiT€pfiu)v i 142 
dycjyrj, 196 
dywr, 20, 25, 26 
*dyu)vdpxvg, 27 
dymvia, 25 
dyiovioig, 25 
dyaji/itr/za, 25 
dyixJvKjfxog, 25 
dyioviGTjjg, 35 
dyujvoOsrtjg, 27 
#*«?, 28 
ddtX<p6g, 29 
pc^e, 30 

d8iaXti7rTU)g, 32 
d&fceiv, 62, 275 
ddiK7]fia, 31 
ddiKia, 31 
a'( v oXfo-\5tr, 310 
diV'raroc, 87 



360 

*advTov, 330 
*at6Xov, 26 
*deO\og, 26 
del, 32 
*deideiv, 28 

*dsLK&\lOQ, 88 

*dsiKrjg f 88 
*dsipeiv, 308 
*aeXXa, 33 
*de<ri(ppojv, 111 
aZvfxa, 97 
a^vfiog, 97 
a?7p, 34 
a^£, 71 
*dBdvaTOQ i 255 
a0i?jO, 46 
aOiicroQ, 268 
d0Xa, 26 
aOXriiia, 26 
aBXrirrjc, 35 
aQXoOsTrig, 27 
aX0ov, 26, 36 
aX0oc, 26 
a%tv, 343 
a9poi%eiv, 9 
*aZa, 149 
alyaver), 52 
aiyiaXot;, 51 
♦df&jc, 30 
*aidiov£VQ, 30 
aiSwg, 37 
ate/, 32 
ai«tv, 48 
*at0a\ou^, 273 
*a'i0£, 197 
a<'0«i>, 273 
aiOrjp, 34 
*a70oc (6), 282 
*a?0o£ (ro), 282 
a'iOpn, 34 
atXowpoc, 138 
aljua, 38, 146 
at^ac, 38 
aivuv, 39 
ai»/£(7i£, 195 
*aii'iyjua, 40 
aiVty/ioc? 40 
* a^oc, 41, 195,315 
•aivv<70tu, 96, 308 
<n£, 42 
aiVoXia, 10 
aiVoXo^, 362 



INDEX. 

aipsiv, 302, 308 
aepav, 308, 389 
aipeaOcu, 308 
*ai<ra, 328 

*dl(JllLOQi 177 

aicrvriTijp, 117 
*al<jvixvr)rr)g, 117 
talvvfivrjrai, 27, 117 
ahvfjLvrjreia, 101 
alcrxog, 43 
*aiffxpo<yvvr], 43 
cthxpoTrjg, 43 
alaxvvr}, 37, 43 
aicrxvvTrjkia, 37 
aiTtiv, 44 
alTelvQai, 44 
airjjffie, 237 
atria, 45, 100 
aiTia\ia, 45 
m airi^eiv, 44 
alQvrjSa, 109 
aiipvrjdov, 109 
^a'l^vTjg, 109 
aitpvifiiiog, 109 
at^juaXwcta, 188 
at^juaXwrtc, 256 
alxpdXcorog, 166 

*at;//a, 109 
aiW, 123, 400 
dKadrjfxia, 155 
aKaipog, 88 
aKaKog, 65 
aKaTtov, 331 
ctKcirog, 331 
*dKS(*)v, 306 
aV?7, 46 
dici(3dr)\og, 272 
aKivaicr]g, 388 
a/ct£, 46 
a/cju?7, 46, 47 
*dKoir?]g, 72 
*ciicoirig, 158 
*afcoXog, 97 
afcoXouOog, 189 
aKovri&iv, 114 
dicovTiov, 52 
dtcovTiGfia, 52 
aKOGjAog, 88 
dicovdZtiv, 48 
aKovdZeaOai, 48 
aKoveiv, 48 



afcpa, 49 
dtcpdrifffia, 93 
aKparicTfiog, 93 
dicparog, 272, 341 
dicpif3rig, 53 
*aicpi£, 49 
dicpoavOca, 48 

CLKpOV, 49 

dicpoffToXiov, 50 
a'fcporjjc, 49 
dicpcjTrjpiov, 49 

dKTTf, 51 

*dicnfr, 60, 97 
^dKrrjiJLojv, 353 
^aKiffiavrog, 247 
*aicvfJioc, 247 
aKVfio)v, 247 
*dKiOKrj, 46 
aiciov, 52 
*aXaX?7r6£, 299 
*d\a7rd£eiv, 291 
*d\yr)d<t)v } 338 
*a\yr)fia, 338 
rtXyoc, 338 
*aXftap, 60 
*d\sZeiv, 94, 125 
aXevpov, 60 
dXrjOrjg, 53 
dXrjBivog, 53 
*dXr)'iog, 353 
yXr'irrig, 353 
aXrjTov, 60 
aXievg, 54 
*d\t£ai/, 9 
aXi7ra<jTog, 59 
aXiGirapTog, 59 
*d\iraiveiv, 62 
*aXd?, 91, 191 
aXXactfeer, 55 
aXXdrrecrOai, 55 
dXX£(70ai, 356 
aXX6£a7ro£, 336 
dXXolog, 58 
aXXotor?/c, 56 
dXXotouv, 55 
dXXoiwfftg, 56 
dXXog, 57, 58 
dXXorpioc, 58, 336 
dXXorptor^c, 56 
dXXorptaxrtf , 56 
dXXo^vXog, 336 r ^ 
*dX/ii;ac, 59 a 



dXixvpog, 59 
aXfivpiodrjg, 59 
aXfiiodrjQ, 59 
*dXoav, 385 
*dXodv, 385 
a\6yi(TT0Q, 111 
dXoyov, 242 
dXoyo£, 88 
*dXoiav, 385 
*dXo\;o£, 158 
*dXg, 250 
dXuJcoe, 59 
dXurajOx^g, 27 
dXvrrjg, 27 
*aX<paivsiv, 236 
*a\0t, 60 
dX<piTov, GO, 97 
*dXa>r?, 23 
aXwTTffci^eir, 80 
d'/xa, 61 
*d/xaXo£, 321 
cifiaZa, 81 
dfxa^trog, 337 
anaprdveiv, 62 
dfJLeifltiv, 55, 113 
dpefnrTOQ, 65 
diispifjLvog, 247 
dfirjxavog, 87 
dfiiXXa, 26, 223 
*d/uXX?7/xa, 223 
dpoipeiv, 62 
a/i7T6\iCj 63 
a/i7T£Xoc ; 63 
d/i7rtXa>x>, 63 
♦d/LtTrXaKfT^, 62 
*dfiviJLix)v, 1, 65 
dfxvveiv, 94, 125 
dfKpipXrjaTpov, 180 
d/x0iyvoeiV, 17 
dtup'nroXog, 256, 267 
dfi<pi(TPr]TT](rig, 223 
d/x0i0op6t»c, 357 
df.i<popavg, 357 
d/z0orepoi, 192 
dfiipco, 192 
*dfnofxr]Tog, 65 
m dfiuifiog i 65 
ava/3Xv<Tic, 354 
avayicd£ai', 64 
dvayjcaiov, 165 
awryicaToy Ioti, 160 
dv yratog, 229 



INDEX. 

dvadevdpdg, 63 
dvaiveoOai, 95 
dvaipelv, 302 
dvaiaOriTog, 111 
dvairiog, 65 
dvdicpi(Tig, 227 
*a^d/cropov, 330 
dvcLKwxhi 200 
avaXyi7£, 66 
dvaXy?jro£, 66 
dva\idpTT(\Tog, 65 
dvdfivrjvig, 67 
drav£W€tv, 95 
d^a£, 117 
dva£vpig, 261 
dvap/jLodiog, 88 
dvdpfJKXJrog, 88 
dvcHJTpoQr], 196 
dvarsXXeiv, 68 
dvaroXr), 69 
*dvavdrjTog, 306 
*dyau£o<;, 306 
*dvSdveiv, 90 
dvdpaydQrifxa, 70 
di>£paya0ia, 70,91,92 
aVdpa7ro£i£av, 159 
dvcpci7roSiZ,£(j6ai, 159 
avfipd-n-odov, 189 
di/fyma, 70, 91, 92 
dvdpeiov, 91 
dvdpeiorrjg, 70 
dvdp/a, 70 
dvftpidg, 198 
ni4yKX?7ro£, 65 
dvtfiog, 71 
di^&Xfyicroe, 65 
dvtiTLKXr]Tog, 65 
dv€7ri'Xr;7rrog, 65 
dv€7ririfxrjTog, 65 
dveupicncaj/, 236 
♦drew, 306 
d^yp, 72, 74 
avQipig, 73 
dvOenov, 73 
di/01?, 73 
dvOrjXrj, 73 
dy0oc, 73 

*dv0o(TVV7], 73 

dv0pa/coih>, 273 
d^0pw7roc, 74, 157 
•dj/ta, 338 
di/(£i/ai| 351 



361 

*dvorifi(jjv, 111 
dvo?7ro£, 111 
dvo7rXoc, 156 
dyouc, 111 
avoxfi, 200 
d^raywrnorr/c, 75 
dvri, 213 
*dvrtd^tv, 236 
dvrtd^ii/, 236 
*dyri/3ioc, 75 
dvr/^ifco^, 75 
dvrt7TrtXoc, 75, 210 
dvri7roX£/ztoc, 210 
dvrt7r6X£/xoc, 210 
avrirexvog, 75 
dvriri/7roc, 75 
dvrpov, 76 
•oi/ruS, 81, 104 
dvv7rrjicoog, 193 
*di/wy£vai, 283 
d£ta, 77 
d^iw/irt, 77 
d%iw(Jig, 77 
d£oveg, 78 
d£wv, 78 
*doXXi£av, 9 
do7rXoc, 156 
*dop, 388 
d7rayop£U£iv, D5 
d7rdy%£t^, 24 
*d7raX6c, 321 
aTrapacrKCvacrroc, 79 
d7rapd(TK£i;oc, 79 
a7rapxi7, 266 
d-rrardv, 80 
*d7ravpi<JKtiv, 96 
*aVa0(o-*c£tv, 80 
a7rei9rjg, 193 
d7TH7mi/, 95 
dirtXavvuv, 94 
dirtXtvQspog, 207 
diri)vr), 81 
a7rXoi;£, 244 
aVoyoi'oc, 386 
d-rodo/ia, 194 
diroiKia, 82 
d7rotjcoc, 83 
d7ro/c//pi»»croc, 84 

dTTOK1]QVTTllV, 28J 

air&tX^pogi 84 

a7roXau(Tif, 391 

(ITToXflTTtU', 85 

i i 



362 

diroXXvvai, 302 
aVoXoyoc, 329 
a.7rovtveiv, 95 
a7rovi^aG9ai, 86 
a7T07r£/x7rftr, 85 
diroirviyeiv, 24 
aTropog, 87, 353 
airocrofiziv, 94 

a7T00T0A0£, 6 

diroTvyx^veiVy 62 
cirroipdvai, 95 
d7rp£7rrjg, 88 
a7rr£tv, 162 
d7roj6elv, 94 
*apa, 237 
*apcr/3oc, 248 
dpfevXri, 387 
apysiWf, 312 
*apy/«ia, 266 
*apyo'c, 312 
*apyo'e, 297 
dpyvpiov, 89 
apyvpoc, 89 
*apyi>0o£, 312 
apSGKtiv, 90 
aperi?, 91, 92 
*apr)ysiv t 125 
*ap»?g, 323 
dprjrrfp, 267 
apflpov, 324 
dpiVTtia, 91 
dpicrrtlov, 36 
apiGTov, 93 
dpKtiv, 94 
ap/cvg, 180 
apfia, 81 
apjiafjta^a, 81 
apfJLo^eiv, 139 
dpvelaOai, 95 
*dpoTrfp, 148 
*dporpevc, 148 
apovpa, 23, 149 
ap7ray?7, 12 
ap7ra£6i^, 96 
apnedovrj, 180 
ap-rrr), IfJO 
*dppwSuv, 390 
aprajAog, 318 
aprog, ^7 
dpxay&raQ, 117 
ap^atoi;, 98 
apx a '|° €crta > 20 



INDEX. 

apxeiv, 99 

apX*?, 100,101,102 

dpxvyerriQ, 117 

*apX°£> 117 
apxwv, 117 
*acraAevroc, 247 
aaicEvoQ, 156 
daKrjfia, 103 
aaicr)<ng, 103 

d(JK7lT7]Q, 35 

m d(T7ra\tevg t 54 
da7raXievrr]Q, 54 
acnrcHTfiog, 225 
aG7rig, 104 
aortioc;, 105, 144 
*d(TTtpo7rri, 285 
darrjp, 106 
a'ffri/co'e, 105 
aVrog, 105, 364 
d(TTpa.7rr], 285 
darpoXoyia, 107 
aorpov, 106 
dcTTpovofjiia, 107 
aoru, 363 
darvyEiTOJVf 142 
dvrvKog, 105 
*dcrvvEToe, 111 
*d(rvvi]fjLOJv, 111 
d(T(j)aXr]g, 119 
*a<7%a\aav, 3 
dvxrjfiwv, 88 
*draXd(j)pojv, 321 
*ar«p7ro'c, 337 
aroTTog, 88 
*drpa7r6g, 337 
*aTp£icr}g i 53 
*crYp£juaiof, 247 
^drptfirjg, 247 
drvxtiv, 62 
a£, 108 

*avyd£uv, 343 
*avydZ,e(yOai i 343 
*avyrj, 245 
•avtfpj/,310 
*aftai/, 273 
*av6aifiog, 29 
*av6aifJHov, 29 
avQaipETog, 203 
afleig, 108 
a#pa, 71 
avrdyyeXog, 5 
*avTt, 108 



*aVTHV, 277 
avriica, 109 
avrig, 108 
m dvTfi-fl 9 71 
avrofiou, 109 
*avr6/5ovXog, 203 
*ai>ro0t, 202 
* avTOKGLGiyvriTog, 29 
avTOKsXevorog, 203 
avroKivrjTog, 203 
avTOKpaTwp, 117 
avTOfxarog, 203 
avTovofiog, 207 
avrov, 202 
d(paipe7v, 196 
d(pafj,aprdveiv f 62 
*<tyap, 109 
d(j)UcveX<j9ai, 224 
dcpXaarov, 50 
*d(pveiog, 359 
m d<pvs6g t 359 
*a0v<o, 109 
*d(f)vwg, 109 
m d(ppadrjg f 111 
*d<j)pdd[Ait)if } 111 
d(ppog, 110 
d(j)pwv 9 111 
*d(j><jJvr]Tog, 306 
d<pu)vog, 306 
dx^E^Qai, 3 
dx^og, 116 
dx'iTiov, 156 
*«X;i^, 110, 276 
*ax°C 338 
dxvpoi', 276 
*cty, 108 
d-ipevdrjg, 53 
*aWo£, 73 

B. 

fiaSLZeiv, 113 
PdSiffiQ, 112 
PaduTfjia, 112 
PadLGfiog, 112 
•jSa&ev, 310 
j3afyiiff, 118 
/3a0juo£, 112 
fidOpov, 118 
*l3a6vyripujg, 147 
fiaiveiv, 113 
*/3ai6ff, 326 



•pdicxoQ, 341 
fidkavtiov, 316 
l3d\\eiv, 11 4, 115,385 
fidpfiapog, 336 
*/3a>j3iro^317 
•PapPtToc, 317 
fldpog, 116 
f3apvrr}g, 116 
f3a(ravi(TTrjQ, 168 
f3a<Ti\eia, 101 
PcHJiXevg, 117 
/3aVi£, 112, 118 
pavKavia, 238 

*Pd(TKtlV t 113 

paoTd&iv, 389 
/3f/3acoff, 119 
(3EKKsas\r]V0Q, 244 
*j3s\efivov, 121 
j36\o C , 120, 121,342 
j3ijj/ia, 122 
j3ta, 191 
f3id%E<j0ai, 64 
*PLpdo9ojv f 113 
PtpkLov, 135 
j3ij3\o ff , 135 

*plf3p(0(TKElV ) 228 

j3ioc, 123 
PtOTila, 123 

filOTEVELV, 124 

*|3iori7, 123 
•PiortiQ. 123 
•fiioTOQ, 123 
/3iovi/, 124 
/3\a/3ep6c, 274 
/3\a% 244 

i3\a'7rreir,l 15,275,304 
fiXsTTEiv, 124, 343 
j8Xtrojua/>t/xag, 244 
/3o»7, 299 

*(3or]dpo{jLETv, 125 
fiorjOtTv, 125 
/3o\?7, 120 
/36\oe, 120 
j8o/ij3oe, 248 
/3o<tk:£ij>, 126 
j86ff/ci;/ia, 10,242 
*/3o<rrpi/x o £> 294 
*/3ora, 10 
pordvi), 127 
*j3orov, 242 
jSorpug, 127 
jSovicoXtlv, 80, 126 



INDEX. 

/3ovk6\ioi>, 10 
PovkoXoq, 362 
PovXewv, 132 
PovXeoQai, 129 
fiovXEVfia, 396 

f$OvXEVTY)piOV, 132 

/3ov\/7, 20, 130, 131, 
132 

/3ovXr}[ia, 130 
fiovXrjaig, 130 
fioviraig, 348 
j3owff, 104, 133 
Ppaf3e~iov t 36 
j3pa/fcv^27 
PpafiEvrrjQ, 27 
(3paicai, 261 
fipaxiw, 134 
fipaxvQ) 326 
ftp'typa, 286 
/3p£-ac, 198 
/3us(poQ, 348 
*fipi&iv, 233 
ppofxoQ, 248 
Ppovrrj, 285 
*/3poro£, 38 
*/3poro£, 75 
/3oo X 0^«iv, 228 
fivfiXiov, 135 
PvpXos, 135 
/3<W, 358 
fivpcra, 164 
(3u)fioX6xog, 144 
/3w/x6 e , 118, 136 
*fiu)rr]Q, 362 



yayyctfjiEvQ, 54 
ydyyct/jiov, 180 
ydyypcuva, 137 
*yala, 149 
yaXIa, 138 
yaX?7vo<;> 247 
yaptTv, 139 
yuptioOai, 139 
ya/iErrj, 158 
'yajicrifc, 72 
*yafir}XEviJ.a, 140 
yaprjXia, 140 
yu/xr/Xtoi', 217 
yap no), 140 
yafilcTKEiv, 139 

i i 2 



363 



ydfiog, 140 
*yajjL(pr)Xaii 153 
yaarrjp, 141,293 
yeiapor/jc, 148 
% yaro(Tt;j/oc, 142 
yEiro)v, 142 
yEXav, 143 
yEXdcrifiog, 144 
y^XadriKoc;, 144 
•ytXacrroc, 144 
•ytXoiaav, 143 
yfXoioc, 144 
yeXotos, 144 
yeXw-07rotoc, 144 
yEfii^EiVy 358 
yevca, 146 
*yEveOXt], 146 
yti/£0Xta, 145 
*ysi/60Xoi>, 146 
yev'sGia, 145 

yeVEGLQ, 146 

yE verify 146 
yevvrifui, 386 
yivvrjaig, 146 
ysvog, 146 
ykvvg, 153 
yepaiof, 98, 147 
yspa?;, 36, 194 
yepovvia, 132 
y'tppov, 104 
ygpwr, 147 

yEWfJLOpOQ, 148 

*y£w7r6ro£, 148 
yetopyog, 148 
*yEwTO}iOQ, 148 
yf/, 149 
•yrjBoQ, 391 
*y)]9oavv)], 391 
*yrjirrjg, 148 
*yij7roVoc, 148 
*y/7paX£oc, 147 
yrjpavcng, 150 
y^parc, 150 
yrjpaaig, 150 
*y\ 1 pvuv, 28, 310 
*yyrrjg, 148 
yiyi't(T0at, 199 
yXd(pti)', 152 
•yXvrtpo'c, 151 
yXvievc, 151 

yXi'ftu\ 152 

•yXio^'i'* ^6 



364 

*yva9fioQ, 153 
yvdOog, 153 
yj^/i*?, 131, 184,335 
*yv(x)TOQ, 29 
*yodeiv, 290 
yorjTivsiv, 80 
y 6 fiog, 116 
*yovrj, 386 
*yoVoc, 386* 
*ypaia i 147 
ypdfjifxa, 154 
ypa'jUjuara, 220 
ypai/g, 147 
ypatyrj, 179 
ypinEvg, 54 
ypt^oc, 40, 180 
ypo(7(pofjidxoQ } 156 
ypocrcpog, 52 
*yv»?c» 23 
*yiuov, 324 
yvfxvaa'ia, 103 
yvfivdaiov, 103, 155, 

172 
yv\ivao\xa, 103 

yVflVCHTTltcfl, 103 

yv^vrjg, 156 
yvfivrjrrjg, 156 
yvfxvog, 156 
yvvaiov, 157 
yin/r), 157, 158 
yvpig, 60 
yi)j0O£, 303 



•fafeiv, 273 
daifioviov, 255 
daifxwv, 251, 255 
•tfatc, 309, 323 
tfai£, 377 
*8dicETov f 242 
*8&koq, 242 
Saicpveiv, 290 
^dajid^eiv, 159 
*£a/xaX>7, 133 
da/ndXrig, 133 
*dafia\i%tiv, 159 
*0a/zaXic, 133 
*Sd[A,ap 1 158 
*dapv$v, 159 
dapOdvuv, 233 
*%, 309 



INDEX. 

daipiXfjg, 187 
Skrjmg, 237 
foi, 160 

deiyiAaTi&iv, 161 
fcifaiV, 390 
deiKvvvai, 161, 174 
deiXaivsiv, 390 
#hX«;6j>, 93 
*deifxaivEiv, 390 
folr, 162 
§uirvr}GTog, 93 
dsnrvrjGTog, 93 

^€t7TVOI/, 93 

*8ei7rvo<Tvvr], 93 
foXea£av, 80 
dsXroc, 220 
*dsfiag, 379 
dsvdpov, 163 
*£gpK£<70ai, 343 
dkpfia, 164 
tiipog, 164 
deppig, 164 
deafieiv, 162 
dsfffisveiv, 162 
Ssfffiog, 165 
dtfffjUiJTripioVt 165 
de(T[i(x)Tr}g, 166 
^£(77rorfia, 101 
^6(77r6r^c, 167 
foSpo, 202 
tfevrc, 202 
dsxsaOai, 308 
*^6tv, 236 
*^aoc, 210 
nrjlorrjg, 323 
drjXeXaOai, 275 
SrjXovv, 161, 174 
SrjfJLiog, 168 
drj^ioKOLVog, 168 
drj/ioicparia, 101 
Srjfiog, 169 
drjfiorrjg, 364 
*8r]VEa, 131 
drfvog, 131 
*%iC, 323 
SiaflorjTog, 170 
$iayytXo£, 5 
foayai;, 124 
fiiddrjua, 171 
diadiicacria, 179 
SidOEGig, 196 
diaira, 123 



diaiTaaQai, 124 
diairriTrjg, 300 
£tafco^o£, 258, 267 
SiaicovEiv, 48 
diaXEyEaOat, 310 

dirtXH7T£ll>j 351 

diaXXaKTrjg, 300 
diafiaprdvEiv, 62 
*8iafi7rEpsg, 32 
Siavrjo-TiaiJiog, 93 
didvoia, 131, 335 
SiaTpiPri, 172 
dtatyopd, 223 
didippayiia, 281 
8iaxEipiZ,E(jQaiy 302 
Siaxpdadcu, 302 
SidaGKaXElov, 172 
SiddaicaXog, 173 

8lSd<JKElV, 174 

Moi/ai, 139, 175 
*8tSvixdovEg, 192 
8idvfj,oi, 192 
diEpyd%E(j9ai, 302 
•dUoOai, 204 
•SiZfiaOai, 239 
dtriyrjua, 176 
dit]yri<ng, 176 
diicaiov, 178 
ducai07rpdyrjfia, 178 
SiKcuoTrpayia, 178 
diKaiog, 177 
SwaioavvY), 178 
diKcuorrjg, 178 
difcaiw/ja, 178 
ducaiiixng, 178 
*$tjca(77r6Xoc» 300 

SlKCKTTtjg, 300 

*£ifeav, 113 
&k?7, 45, 178, 179 
diicpoTog, 331 
SiKTvfloXog, 54 
SucrvEvg, 54 
diKrvov, 180 
StoLKrjaig, 101 
dioKioxVi 200 
•foVXaS, 181 
<5i7rXa'crioc, 181 
dnrXaaiiov, 181 
£i7rXoi;£, 181 
*dnroXiu)dr]g i 98 

Bl7TTVXl]G> 181 

di7TTvxog f 181 



SiatcoQ, 182 
diaaoi, 192 
civGog, 181 
*8t<j>(v, 239 
fa<pBkpa, 164 
dt(pQepai, 135 
ditypog, 81 

SlWKElV, 204 

SiojZiq, 45 

*SfA(D7], 256 

*dfnotg, 256 
*fyw£, 189 
*£oioi, 192 
dofceij/, 90, 183 
doKrj/jia , 184 
doKrjffig, 184 
doXouv, 80 
£o/ia, 194 
*&>/xoe, 340 
&W£, 121 
&>£a, 184, 185 
do£a<Tfia, 184, 185 
tfopa, 164 
dopdriov, 52 
*dopid\u)Tog, 166 
*dopi07]pa.Tog, 166 
*Sopl\r]7rTOQi 166 

dop7T770TO£, 93 

^o'p7ror, 93 
&>pt», 52, 163, 186 
dopv£evog, 336 
doVig, 194 
^oriKo'c, 187 
dovXua, 188 
dovXij, 256 
douXof, 189 
SovXoavvrj, 188 
douXovz/, 159 
SovXwaig, 188 
dot/7ro£, 248 
*dovpiKTrjroQ, 166 
*<5paivfu/, 361 
dpafia, 222 
fy)aV, 361 
* Spaa ativ, 308 
*Spd<7TSipa, 256 
*dpi7rdvr}, 190 
dpETravov, 190 
*$prj(TT£tpa, 256 
fyu ff , 163 
•Ml, 338 
Svvanig, 191 



INDEX. 

CVVCHTTEia, 101 

ouo, 192 
SvvdXyriTog, 66 
SvvaoKroc, 193 
Sv(jfjiev7]g, 210 
dv(J7rei9?jg, 193 
dvcr(D7ria, 37 
duw, 192 
*&3, 340 
*^/ia, 340 
duped, 194 
da/peiv, 175 
diopuaOai, 175 
*dwptjfia, 194 
diuprifiariKog, 187 
SwprjriKog, 187 
8iopodoicr)i.ia, 194 
diopodoicia, 194 
^wpoj/, 194 

*dldpVTT€<jQai, 175 
*dw£, 194 
*$u)rLvri, 194 

E. 

eavoy, 394 
*iyyifaXt£«v, 175 
iyyvdv, 139 
fiyy^C (6), 142 
£y/cA?7/za, 45, 179 
EyKiofiid^eiVy 39 
Lyictofxiov, 195 

*yx £t ,°^ fiv ' 175 

*«7X°C> 186 

id ii/og, 151 
eSeaTpog, 318 
*<W, 228 
*tdi'6eiv, 139 
*€<5yoi/, 194 
e^off, 149 
*ssXdwp, 218 
£06/pa, 294 
IGsAeiv, 129 
*t0e\r]fi6g, 203 
tOeMtfiajv, 203 
•tOtXovTrip, 203 
tOtXovrrig, 203 
tfaXoupyoc, 203 
fcfoXot'fTioc, 203 
tQiafjia, 196 
kOicrjiog, 196 
t0i/o ff , 169 

i i 3 



365 

h9o C , 196, 334 
*€idaXifxng, 278 
fctooi/, 343 
*ei8to0at t 183 
h<5o£, 378 

6t<5wXoi/, 198 

Ef0c, 197 

m EiKa<7fJLa, 198 
«iW, 183 
^tiKoviafia, 198 
•ttcw, 198 
eUojv, 198 

€tWg, 177 

*iLXa7rivi] } 377 
€t\aj£, 258 
tlXwr^c, 258 
*a>a, 269 
e\jjLC(pfi^vrj, 328 
£ii/ai, 199 
m eivsKa, 213 
tiirtiv, 310 
apyfir, 94, 304 
apy/idg, 165 
6tpaV, 310 
*apfpoe, 188 
slprjvr], 200 
*eipiov, 322 

UpKTY], 165 
*ftpog, 322 
eta"ayyeXo£, 5 
gtcrw, 211 
&ca<7ro£, 201 
iicaororf, 32 
i/cdrfpoc, 192,201 
tK^dXXuv, 85 
tVyoyoc, 386 
skSlSovcxi, 139 
ka, 202 

£jCSt0£J', 202 

Ik£10», 202 

t/cc^eipu/, 200 
ffCT/Xog, 247 
iKicXrjaia, 20 
tKKXrjcria icvpia, 20 
EKKXtjcria (TvytcXijTog, 

20 
tKovaiog, 203 
£K7roi//ro£. 84 
•!*ro0fiv, 215 
* t Vro6) t . 215 
scr^g, 215 
♦tVrocre, 215 



366 

HktovQe, 215 

EK(f)pWV, 111 

skiov, 203 
*e\a(jTptiv, 8 
*s\drrj, 305 
kXavvuv, 8, 113, 204 
*£\ct0?7/3o\ia, 257 
ZXacpog, 205 
kXacppog, 297 
*£X£wp, 218 
eXsarjooc, 318 
tXerjjjLocrvvrj, 206 
*eXerjrvg, 206 
?Xfoc, 206 
i\£t;06pi/co£, 207 
«X£v0£pio£, 207 
iXfvflfpoc, 207 
sX/coc, 208 
iXXarodifCTjc, 27 
eXXog, 205 

6'XjUt^g, 373 

IXttiq, 209 
*iX7riopri, 209 
eXvrpov, 284 
6ju/3a£, 387 
£ju/3ar?7C, 387 
kfifipovrriroQ, 244 
ffnreipia, 352 
IfinoSi^eiv, 304 
ifJL7ropiov, 19 

tfJlTTOpOQ, 280 

kvayi&iv, 260 
evdvriog, 210 
*tvapa i 311 
*kvapiluv, 291,302 
lvdti]g, 353 
tv^^erat, 214 
**Wifco£, 177 
ZvdoOev, 211 
*evdo6i, 211 
♦li/dot, 211 
*6^oT, 211 
evdov, 211 
ev8o%og, 212 
tvdvfjLa, 269 
ei/ffcd, 213 

£V£OC, 306 

kvkpyna, 191 
tvtpoi, 30 
eveoti, 214 
*h>rjriQ, 1 
*V0a, 202 



INDEX. 

6v0ao£, 202 
m, 214 
sViauro£, 231 
£Vj>£0£, 306 
Ivodia, 180 
*svoirrj, 299 
£Vo£, 98 
kvravOa, 202 
HvTavdi, 202 
*£Vrav0ot, 202 
*evrea, 342 
tVr£XX£(70afc, 283 
£Vro£, 211 
HvtogQe, 211 

eVTp07T7], 37 

evaiTiZseQai, 48 
££ayy£Xo£, 5 
*k%ai<pvr)Q, 109 
sZaixapTavsiv, 62 
sZavayK&Zeiv, 64 
sZaTraTav, 80 
E%a7ra(J)lGKeiv, 80 
sZcnrivaiujQ, 109 
eZcnrivriQ, 109 
eZtXevQepog, 207 
•IZsvapifav, 291,302 

£^£p£VJ/^tV, 239 

£££<m, 214 
HZtvpiaKtiv, 236 
*£i£, 196 
tZtxvsveiv, 236 
£^07rXog, 156 
££w, 215 

£^W0£1/, 215 

£^wr£pt/coc, 336 
eowa, 183 

£Ot/C£, 160 

*£7ra0Xoi/, 36 
£7rat£tv, 48 
87raivsTv, 39 
£7ratvog, 195 
E7ra.K.ovHV, 48 
kwaKTrip, 54 
£7ra»crpig, 331 
knaicTpoKsXriQ, 331 
enevQrifAuv, 39 
e7rr)XvQ, 336 
£7rtj36r/roc, 170 
£7riypajUjua, 216 
l7TLypaprj, 216 
STTtSoZog, 212 

STTldopaTlQ, 46 



£7ri#op7ri£, 93 
£7ri£oriKO£, 187 
EiriEucrjg, 1, 151, 177 
STridaXafxiov, 217 
E7ri6vfiia, 218 
S7nKrjdEtov, 219 

£7TlK7;£aO£, 219 
k7TlKripVKEVE(j9ai, 287 

e7TLKrjpvTTeiv, 287 
€7rifcovp£ti>, 125 

ETTlKV^ilQ, 212 

Enifxax^v, 125 
£7ri/^a%ta, 376 

ETri(TKr}1TTELV, 283 
£7ri07C07TO£, 267 

E7TL(JrdTrjg, 173 
£7rioT£XX£ii>, 283 

ETTlGToXr], 220 

£7rtracror£tv, 283 
£7Ttra0io^, 219 

£7TU-£XX£H/, 68 

E7rirr}SEVfia, 196 
^7riTr}dEiog, 229 
E7riToXr), 69 

E7riTpE7TElV, 175 

kiTKpavrig, 212 
£7ri%aip£*ccrfettf, 238 

*£jUt%0OVOlCj 74 

E7roucog, 83 

£7TOC, 221 
*£7TOC 315 
*£7TOU|0rtVlO£, 255 

*E7T(A)7rLg, 256 
Zpavog, 377 
Epaarrig, 229 
£pya££(70at, 361 
Epyacitov, 148 
£pyar?jc, 189 
*Epyfia, 222 
EpyoXcLfiog, 258 
£>yoj/, 222 
*£pfoii/, 260, 361 
"Ep£/3oc, 30 
6p£aV£ij>, 226 
£(Oar, 310 

HpETTTEvQai, 228 

*EpE<jQai, 226 

*EpETfI,6v, 305 

*£pETfi6g, 305 

£p£Vl/^2/, 239 

£>0oc, 258 

EplVEOV, 375 



tpiov, 322 
IpiC, 223 

•fpitr/xa, 223 
Epityog, 42 
*i-pvog, 386 
fpot;, 322 
*lpvt<jQai, 94 

*EpVKElV, 94 

£pX£<r0at, 113, 224 
lpw£, 225 
tpwr^ti^, 226 
ipwTTiiia, 227 
spwrrjGig, 227 
|<raec, 32 
effOrjfia, 269 
fc(70r/c, 269 
EfyQisiv, 228 

*€(T0\6£, 1 

•IcrOoc, 269 
£(T7r8picrjua, 93 
t(TTr)<rig, 269 
Icrri, 214 
eVn'a, 136, 340 
£<7ria(7(£, 377 
scrxapa, 136 
l(7xapir??c, 319 
iffxaroyT/pa/c, 147 
•fcrw, 211 
fratpoc, 229 
Irtog, 53 
£r£poidr7/c, 56 
erspoiovv, 55 
crfpoiaxrtg, 56 
Erepoc, 57 
£rfp6r//c, 56 
trep6(p0ix\fiOQ t 230 
Itt/c, 229 
Itt]tv^oq, 53 
Iroc, 231 

fTVflOQ, 53 

£wapeor«7v, 90 
evftdaTciKTOQ, 297 
♦tuy/ia, 237 
tvdaifjuov, 232 
•ctffoiv, 233 
*£7j<Stoc, 247 
evdoKipog, 212 
tvdoZia, 185 
tWoSoc 212 
EvEidrjg, 278 
tvtpytaia, 392 
EvEpysrrjixa, 392 



INDEX. 

tvr)Qr}Q } 244 
evOewg, 109, 234 
£u0ij, 234 
EvOvfiia, 391 
f w0uc, 344 
£u0wc, 109, 234 
*EVKrj\og, 247 
evkXeyiq, 212 
fUfcXtta, 185 
evKXrjpog, 232 
fUKoXoc, 366 
cvXoytTv, 39 
evXoyia, 195 
EVfiaprjg, 366 
*EVfioipog, 232 
EVjioptyog, 278 
Evvd^ELV, 233 
Evvai, 13 
*Evva(TTrjp, 72 
*Evvdr?jp, 72 

*EVVSTTjg, 72 

*EvvkTig, 158 
fi^rj, 292 

*EVVY]TEipa, 158 
*EVVTJTT]p, 72 
*EVV7]T(t)p, 72 

*Evvig, 158 
ev-n-ETrig, 366 
£U7ropo£, 359, 366 
*EV7roTfiog, 232 

EV7TpE7Trjg, 278 

EV7rpocrr]yopia, 235 

£ U 7Tp OCT W7TOC, 278 

EvpivKEiv, 236 

EVpUJGTlCt, 191 

*tt»e? 1 

EvaraOrfg, 119 
EUToXjiia, 91 
£i>rpa7T£\o£, 144 
ftrvxfe, 232 
Evcprjfiia, 185 
m Ev<ppo(Jvvrj, 391 
£UX£p?/£, 366 

*"X>7> 237 
*ft»X°£> 1^5 
*evxio\t), 237 
Evxpvxia, 91 

£V^/UXOr, 91 

EtyavKov, 243 

£07/, 243 
tplfiog, 34 8 
E(prjaa, 243 



367 



eQoXkiov, 331 
Ecpopiog, 142 
£X#poc, 210 
feXU'oc, 141 
£Wf, 245 



SayicXr?, 190 
£ay/cXoj/, 190 
*£a7rXo?jroc, 359 
£t7jyoe, 81 
£r)Xoc, 238 
Z > r}\oTViria i 238 
SyV, 124 
Sorely, 239 
£o0oc, 30 
£vya, 240 
^vyov, 240 
Svyd-, 240 
ZvyoaraOfiog, 240 
£vyorp?jra*>77, 240 
Zvfiirr]c, 97 
S«4i 123 
£a*/*a, 241, 264 
Zuvrj, 241 
samoi/, 241 
^or, 242 
£wpdc 272 
ZujGfia, 241 

Z(D(TT1]p t 241 

Zwarpov, 241 

H. 
t},243 
77j3aide, 326 
rfftrjTripiov, 172 
yytlaOai, 8 
r'lyEjiovEVEiv, 8 
r'lyEfiovia, 101 
r)yefjib)v, 117 
*Tiy7j\d^eiv t 8 
j)dovf/ f 391 
•ijfoff, 391 
*i}5vi.iog, 151 
ildv-n-dQEia, 391 
y'lfivg, 151 
7/foa, 196 
•r}0€ioc, 229 
7/0/;, 190 

7/0oc, 196 

7/tWl', 51 



368 

TJKStv, 224 
rjXiaffrrfg, 300 
jXiOiog, 111, 244 
rjXioi, 245 

'RXvaiov Trsdiov, 30 
m ^p,ap, 245 
rj/jispa, 245 
fifitpig, 63 
Tjiispog, 151 
fijjuoXia, 331 
*f}Vopka, 91 

7]W(TTpOV, 141 

?77rapoe, 149 
*rf7repo7TEveiv, 80 
*fJTriog, 151 
*rj7rveiv, 277 
fipt/jLcilog, 247 
f/psfioc, 247 
»}c, 246 
^(70a, 246 
*?7(Ty^aioc, 247 
*r)(Tvxifiog, 247 
rjavxiog, 247 
^(Ti^oc, 247 
*>Jrop, 281 
#rpoi/, 293 
^rjxVi 248 
*J7X°C> 248 
?)xw» 248 
*7a>£, 245 

0. 

0aXa/*ai, 249 
0aXa>»7, 249 
0a\a/iO£, 292 
OdXcuraa, 250 
*ea\oc, 386 
0«Xttoc, 282 
*9dfxf3uv, 253 
Odvarog, 251 
Qavarovv, 302 
9ap<jaXt6rrig, 252 
Gaptroe, 91, 252 
GaviidZtiv, 253 
0ea<x0ai, 343 
0£arpov, 372 
0€6ti>, 384 
0£77/xa%iflr, 254 
•0«i/«v, 385 
0£«W, 255 
04\£t^, 129 



INDEX. 

6sXrjfia t 130 
GsXr}<ng, 130 
*9sfitOXov, 118 
OtpsXiov, 118 
QtjizXwg* 118 
08/«C, 178, 334 
0£/*(£ l<rri, 214 
OsfiKjreg, 334 
Oeofjiaxia, 254 
0£oc, 255 
9tpairaiva, 256 
*Qepairvri, 256 
9epcn?(i)v> 189 
Oepfiavmg, 282 
0* «ria, 282 
0«r /, 282 
0fc|L ,ot6r?7£, 282 
OepfxcjXrj, 282 
9e<jp,6g, 334 
0£wpfii>, 343 
*0>7£(T0at, 253 
GfjXeia, 157 
0i?Xg, 320 
0i)Xv, 157 
*0rmu)v, 259 
Orjfjiujvia, 259 
0//p, 242 
0?7pa, 257 
Orjpevsiv, 239 
Orjpevaig, 257 
QrjptvTiicri, 257 
0i/piov, 242, 244 
*9r]po<rvvrif 257 
0*?C, 258 
0<v, 259 
0i'c, 51, 259 
*0riyxdc, 74 
*6oivn, 377 
*0o6c;, 297 
06pui3oc, 299 
0pa<roc, 252 
Gpaavrrjg, 252 
Oprjveiv, 290 
Oprji'og, 219 
0pr/r<f»^ta, 219 
0<>i$, 294 
0pty, 373 
*0p6ttv, 310 
*0poi/ov, 73 
*0pooc, 299 
OpvXXog, 299 
0PSXOC, 299 



*0pa»(TK:£iv, 356 
Ovyarrjp, 256 
0*W, 260. 273, 302 
0u£XXa,33 
QvtaOai, 260 
*0vriXf], 266 
OvrjiroXeiv, 260 
*0y^7r6Xoc, 267 
OvXaicoi, 261 
0v^a, 266 
tQvfisXri, 136 
Ovfxiafxa. 266 
0iifi6c, 91, 218, 281, 

335, 395, 398 
*0i>oe, 266 
*0uo(7/c6of, 267 
06pa, 262 
0vpat, 262 
0t>iO£O£, 104 
*9vperpov 9 262 
0v<ri'fl, 266 
Gwiaarripiov, 136 
*0ur//p, 267 
0vr»;e, 267 
0w/a6c, 259 
0a»pa5, 263, 264 

I. 

*iaXX£ej/, 114 
*iavuv, 233 
*t«X^ 299 
t^£a, 378 
idio£f}/oc, 336 
idiog, 265 
tei/at, 1 13 
ifiVai, 114 
i£pa, 266 
tfpftov, 266 

t£p£U£CJ/ 260 

i£p£t/c, 267 
Upoypaiiiiarevg, 267 
Upo9vT7]g, 267 
\tpojnvi]ficov, 267 
t£p V, 266, 330 
t£po7rotot,» 267 
Upoc,*, 1 1 , 268 
tfpocuXfTi', 96 
t£pof;j/, 260 
t£povpy£tj/, 260 
tfpo0avrf7£, 267 
*i0/xa, 112 



lOvg, 234 
*iKcivuv, 224 
*'Lkuv, 224 
iicsaia, 237 
LKvtTaQctL, 224 
iKpiov, 372 
ticrtc, 138 
iXapor^f, 391 
iXtog, 249 
iXvoe, 249 
ifidnov, 269, 394 
i^anoy-ioc;, 269 
'ifiepog, 225 
iviov, 286 
iw£, 386 
% 373 
•«C, 121 
i7rvLTrjg, 319 
iV^oe, 279 
*t7T7rot, 81 
fc, 191 
icroc, 177 

iGTOplKOQ, 270 

l(7ropioypa0O£, 270 
♦icrrwp, 300 
iaxag, 375 
icrxvQ, 191 
iTaXnorrjg, 271 
iTaXog, 271 
Irafiia, 252 
iTafxoTTjg, 252 
irsa, 104 
irvf, 104 
♦tuy/iog, 299 
ixvtvtiv, 239 
iX^tov, 122 
?XVOff, 122_ 
t^vocTK:o7r£tv, 239 
♦t'xwp, 38 
ty, 373 
*/a^, 299 

K. 

Vary xa'Sttv, 143 
*Kayxa\auv, 143 
Kaciffjcoc 357 
Kadog, 357 
KaOaiptiv, 16 
(caflapoc, 18, 272 
KciQtvdttv, 233 
naOi]Kei f 160 



INDEX. 

KaUtv, 273 
*Kaivuv t 302 
icaiyof, 332 
icai/ooc, 400 
KctKoijOrjg, 274 
*Ka.KOfir]xavog, 274 
jca/covoi/£, 274 

KafC07TOfttV, 275 

KaKOTTfjay^LioVj 274 
jca/cog, 274 
KaKoOv, 275 
KciKovpyelv, 275 
jca^oupyoc, 274 
Kcticocpvrjg, 274 
Kaicvveiv, 275 
ra KraXa, 92 
KaXaQog, 288 
*Ka\a^ievTrjg ) 54 
KaXdfirj, 276 
icaXfTv, 277 
icaXXitptTv, 260 
*KaXXi7rdpyog, 278 
KaXoicayaQia, 92 
KaXor, 92 
JcaXog, 1, 278 
KctXbg KayaOog, 1 
*KaXi;K:w7nc, 278 
KaXvZ, 73 
KaXviTTtiv, 301 
KUfxivog, 279 
KCtfivtiv, 361 

(Ca/i7T»/, 373 

Kavaxrj, 248 
Kavdvg, 394 
jcavOof, 345 
*:ai/£ov, 288 
KawrjXsvtiv, 80 
Kair^Xog, 280 
Ka'p, 258 
♦ara'pa, 286 
Kapfiarivi], 387 
KapSia, 281 
*/cap>?, 286 
*KapTji>ov, 286 
icaprfpt'a, 191 
Va'proc, 191 
Kap(pog, 27<> 
*/crt(7ty^y;roc, 29 
*Kdaig, 29 

^arcf x fl |°^ W«pi 86 
Kara-ytXatrroc, 144 
KaraCapOdveiv, 233 



369 



kcitcutvZ, 296 
KaraKXrjaia, 20 

KCLTCLKTtivtlV, 302 

KdTcnrviytiv, 24 
Karrjyopia, 45, 179 
Karrjtyiia, 37 
Kaufia, 282 
KavfiaTi£tiv, 273 
*Kaxd%aiv, 143 
•fcfap, 281 

*K*CVO£, 1 

*K€/cpay/xrt, 299 
*/C£Kpay/xo£, 299. 
KticpiHpaXog, 141 
•KsXaddv, 28 
*/cfXa<5oc, 299 
*K£Xf(T0ai, 283 
KsXtvtiv, 283 
♦/ceX^eoc, 337 
/cgX^g, 331 
KtXvcpavov, 284 
KsXvcpog, 284 
Kepdg, 205 
*/c£^aw, 293 

KEVTpOV, 46 

KEirQog, 244 
*K£pai£fiv, 96 
Kipajjiog, 165 
Kepavvvvai, 325 
fcepaui^oc, 284 
KSpfia, 89 
Keorof, 241 
*K^06ll/, 301 
KtcpaXr], 286 
K/7<So£, 338 
kj)Xov, 121 

K7]fIOVV, 159 

*k*>7P, 251, 328 
*/cf/p, 281 

K7]pVKtV£lV, 287 

K))pv£, 6 

KJ]pVTTtlV f 287 

ictp^roc, 288 
Kiy/cX(£, 165 
Kidapig. 171 
♦jccW, 113,224 
KiOdna, 317 
*»n'0ap<t;, 317 
KiOaptariic;, 280 



Krt fa p tar »/(,', -<»!' 

K-iOap^t-oc, 289 
*cucXi|0'ffciVj 27 

*ki/cu(;, 191 






370 

Kipicog, 303 

KIQ, 373 

Kiarri, 288 
KirapiQ, 171 
*Kixdvsiv, 236 
*icXayyrj, 299 
fcXaifctv, 290 
*icXeiv6g, 212 
fcXa<xia&£, 262 
*KXftroc, 212 
k\eoq, 185 
feXfiVrav, 96, 291 
*K\rj8(jJv, 185 
KXtjpovojieTv, 307 
jcXr^po^, 328 
KXrjpovoOai, 307 
/cX^oi^a^, 307 
icXrjpovxia, 82 
KXqpovxog, 83 
icXifiavog, 279 
KX1VJ7, 292 
ic\i(nd8tQ, 262 
*kXoi;oc, 323 
*kXuuv, 48 
*kXutoc, 2L2 
Kvatytvuv, 360 
ryty, 373 

kvwSclXov, 242, 244 
Kvojdwv, 46 
*kv(jj(J<j6iv, 233 
Kro^opro^, 387 
/coiXta, 141, 293 
KoifiacrOcn, 233 

K0lpGtl>0£, 117 

koltcuov, 249 
Koirq, 249, 292 
*/cotroc, 292 
KoXaarripiov, 165 
KoXXafiog, 319 
/eoXXiS, 319 
koXttoc, 320 
*koX v 6(,\ 299 
fco/^, 294 
KOfii£tiv, 8, 389 
Ko/jLi^aOai, 8, 113,308 
*K6fA7rog, 248 
*fcoj/a/3o£, 248 
*Kovia, 295 
fcowoprot;, 295 
kovittovq, 387 
Koj^tg, 295 
* KoviaaXog, 295 



INDEX. 

K07rig, 388 
Kowreiv, 385, 397 
koj0?7, 348 
Kopoe, 348, 386 
Kop^, 286, 349 
*c6p(7?;, 286, 349 
/c6pt>jii/3a, 50 
Kopvfxfiog, 50 
*icopi>£, 296 
KopvQrj, 286 
fcoroc, 395 
*Kovprj, 348 
Koupog, 348, 386 
Kovcpog, 297 
Kotyivog, 288 
fcpa/3«roc 292 
*fcpa$aiVui/, 114 
*Kpadirj, 281 
Kpain-dXrfy 298 
*/epai7rv6£, 297 
Kpaviov, 286 
/cpaVo£, 296 
KpdffTig, 127 
/cparet^, 99 
Kpdrog, 191 
Kpavyrj, 299 
fcp€a£, 368 
Kptirroveg, 255 
KpeirTUJV, 255 
*Kprjyvog, 1 
Kprjvrj, 354 
Kprjirig, 387 
Kpipavirrig, 319 
KpLfiavog, 279 
Kpifivov, 60 
KpiTiig, 300 
*/cpo/caX»;, 314 
Kjoofifcoe, 98 
Kpoi/io£, 98 
Kpora<pog, 286 
KportTv, 385 
Kporog, 248 
Kpouav, 385, 397 
Kpowo£, 354 
Kpir/ios, 399 
**pv.>£, 399 
Kpt>7rr6iv, 301 
KTtivtiv, 302 
KrriiiaTiKog, 359 
Krrivrj, 10 
/er^oc, 10,242 
*icTV7rog, 248 



Kvftfpvr}Gig, 101 

KvfilTOV, 14 

*KvddXifiog, 212 
*/eu£oc, 185 
*icv8p6g, 212 

KVKOLV, 325 

Ku/eXoe, 19, 104, 303 
KVfianoyri, 51 
*Kvvkr], 296 
tcvvrjyiffwv, 257 
*KWY\yia, 257 
KVprjyia, 257 
*KvvrjXa<7ia, 257 
fei/^o<xapy££, 155 
icvppsig, 78 
fcyp/3^, 78 
*fcvpav, 199, 236 
Kupta g/cfcX^cria, 20 
fcuptoc, 167, 265 
Kvprog, 180 
fca/ag, 164 
kwSiov, 164 
kwXov, 324 
KuXveiv, 304 

KW7T?7, 305 

Kio<pog, 306 

A. 

*Xaac, 314 
Xay%a^6tv, 307 
Xayuv, 293 
*Xa££(7fl« t , 308 
*Xaiarjiov, 104 
*Xalrfia, 250 
♦Xaii^poc, 297 
XaXtlv, 310 
Xafil3dvnv, 308 
Xctfxndg, 309 
XafiTTpog, 212 
Xainrrqp, 309 
Xa/xupia, 252 
Xao£, 169 
*Xa7ra'pa, 293 
XapvaS, 288 
*XaVptc, It 9, 256 
Xavpa, 337 
Xdcpvpa, 311 
Xa0i>paya>ydv, 96 
Xa'xa^oi', 127 
XaxJ^, 322 
Xa<%ro£, 322 



INDEX. 



371 



*\dxog, 328 
Xeyeiv, 277, 310 
XerjXaruv, 96 
Xeia, 311 
*\fij0i6a£, 151 
Xarovpyi'a, 102 
Xeirovpyog, 267 
XsKTpov, 292 
Xe^og, 331 
X&g, 315 
Xctttoc, 326 
X£u*co£, 312 

*X£tW«V, 343 

Xsxoc- 292 
Xrjyeiv, 351 
XtfliGdai, 96 
•Ajjfc, 311 
*X^a, 91, 196, 218 
Xyareveiv, 96 
*Xtaj^, 2 
XLf3avog, 313 
Xi/3ava>ro£, 313 
*XtyaiVfiv, 28 
*XiyvplZ,tiv, 28 
Xi0«£. 314 
XlQog, 314 
*Xi^lvtj, 250 
Xli/or, 180 
X1W7, 237 
Xoy£ioj>, 372 
Xoyog, 315 
Xoyx*?, 46. 186 
*Xo£rpoi/, 316 
Xoveiv, 360 
Xovrpiov, 316 
Xovrpov, 316 
Xovrpwv, 316 
*Xv9pov, 38 
*Av K a/3ac, 231 

XvKHOi', 155 

XvjiaiviaQai, 275 
Xvfituv, 274 
X£tt?j, 338 
Xupa, 317 
Xux^'otj 309 
Xv^j//ov, 309 
Xuxvoc, 309 
Xvxvovxog, 309 
*Xw/3a<70ai, 27"> 
Xtt>7ro<W£7r, 291 



M. 

fiaysiptiov, 19 
ndytipog, 318 
lidyog, 267 
/id£a, 319 
/Lia^og, 320 
/xaia, 383 
*lxaU<jQca, 239 
•[idicap, 232, 255 
fxaicdpio^, 232 
fiaKapirrjg, 232 
/zaXa/cog, 321 
*/lu**0«koC> 321 
VaXXoe, 322 
*lidpirTUv, 308 
fxaaaoQai, 228 
*fiacrrevsiv, 239 
patrroQ, 320 
fidraiog, 244 
* party tiv, 239 
ixdxaioa, 388 
/idxi/ 26, 323 
*jj,a\pai)pai, 71 
/*£yaX6£wpo£, 187 
fjisyapov, 340 
^£077, 298 
fitQiardvai, 55 
/ifOoptog, 142 

V«0y. 341 

*liz6v<jig, 298 
*{ieiSav, 143 
H&idiav, 143 
*H6iXixiog, 151 
littpdtciov, 348 
fj,eipa%, 348 
•fikXaQpov, 330, 340 
*pfXsdrjpa, 338 
*fieXedwv, 338 
*fxe\edwvrj, 338 
f-itXerTj, 103 
lieXtrriTripiov, 172 
*/Li£Xt£av, 28 
V«Xi&cr0ai, 28 
/isXoe, 221, 324 
*/uX7rtu', 28 
m fievoivf], 131 
•/i«voc, 91, 123, 191, 

395 
*pepipva, 338 
fiipoci 324, 328 
f.it<jdyKv\ov, 52 



fjLeraf3dXXeiv, 55 
fiETa(3dXXeG6ai, 21 
fxsTadoriKog, 187 
HsraXXqv, 226 
Ixsra/jLopcpovVf 55 
fiETa-Roitiv, 55 
fitTaoTpetytiv, 55 
jxeratTxrjfJiaTi^uVy 55 
fiETariOtaOai, 55 
fikroiKog, 83 
/.iSTpoVf 221 
*IJ.rjdog, 131 
*fxrjXoQvrrig, 267 
juf)\ov, 10, 349 
*/jLT)Xo<j(paytZv ) 260 
[ArjXioTri, 164 
*/i7jvi£, 395 
firjvvtiv, 161 
*fii)Tig, 131 
\xiyvvvai. 325 
/ii/cpoc, 326 
fjiiaUiog, 258 

jUK70O£, 327 

jjii<j9o(p6pog, 258 
fii(T6u)fia, 327 
[.iKjOojTog, 258 
fiirpa, 171, 241 
jivrjGTEveiv, 139 
*jxvrj(TTEVfia. 140 

*\LVr\GTY), 158 

*fxoyeTv, 361 
/u60a£, 189 
>0og, 323 
juo0wv, 189 
^o7pa, 251. 328 
*fj.oXtiv, 113, 224 
*f.ioX7rd%siv, 28 
f-iovapxia, 101 
fiovapxog, 1 17 
fioi'Ofidxog, 35 
IJ.ov6(p9aXidog, 230 
f-iopiov, 324 
Vopoc, 261, 328 
jUopf/7, 378, 379 

/L/OtT^O^, 133 

poxtilpog, 274 
*pv9t~i<rQai. 310 
/iD0o(r, 315, 329 

fAVKTtip, 367 

Itvorrdoi'))', 331 
*/u£Xo£, 323 
pttpog, 111. 



372 



N. 



INDEX. 



iBL 



*vdicrj i 164 

r *VCtK.OQi 164 

vaog, 330 
vavQy 331 
vsaXrig, 332 
V£ccp6c, 332 
vefipog, 205 
*vhaQai, 224 
v£ifco£, 223 
*j^fi6c 23 
*v£fxs9eiv, 126 
vefieiv, 126, 175 
*vefJie<Tav, 3 
VEfieaLZeffQai, 3 
VEfxeaiQ, 238 

V£0£, 23 

v£0£, 332 
vsoggoq, 381 
*veoxiJi6g, 332 
i/^Xij, 333 
i>£0°C» 333 

*VYldvjJlOQ, 151 

*vijWc v 293 
vrjusprrjg, 53 

*VY)TT10C, 111 

*vr)7TVTiog, 11 1 
*vi£eiv, 360 

VlKTJTrjpLOV, 36 

*2/i7rrav, 360 
viffaeoQai, 224 
i/oelv, 343 
vor^ia, 131, 335 
v6t]<jiq, 335 
vojxeveiv, 126 
vofjLSvjJia, 10 
vofXEvg, 362 
vdjuioyza, 89 
vojuog, 89, 334 
*vooc, 335 
roue, 335 
*vvfjuf)sia, 140 
*vvfiif)iiov t 158 
jwfKpeveiv, 139 
*^vju0£t'jua, 140 
m pvfX(pevrripiov, 140 
*vu/x0rj, 158 
*woc, 158 
*vv<j(ja, 382 

*VV(T(TEIV, 115 

vvard^Eiv, 233 



*%eiveTov, 194 
•fcivoc, 336 
SSvoc, 336 
^£pov, 149 
£?/pa, 149 
£i0o£, 388 
£6avoi/, 198 
£t>Xor, 163 
Zvarog, 155 

O. 

*oap, 158 
*6api&ii/, 310 
oyKivo£, 12 
oyKoc, 12, 116 
bdEveiv, 113 
odrjyelv, 8 
6^0l7TOp£lr, 113 

o^dc, 337 
o^cuj/, 8 
6fo;i^, 338 
*o£o£, 386 
o9vE~iog, 336 
oia£, 355 
o7c?a, 343 
•oifyia, 250 
"oisij, 164 
olrjfxa, 184 
ot^crtg, 184 
oiKEiatcog, 339 
oimog, 229, 265, 339 
oUsTrjg, 189 
oiKtvg, 339 
oiKjjjia, 165, 340 

OlfC7/(7l£, 340 

olicia, 340 
oiKoyEvrfg, 189 
otKo#£C77r6r»7c, 16/ 
oifcoe, 146, 340 
oiieorpuf/, 189 

OLKOVfJLBVrjf 149 

oucripjLioc, 206 

OlKTMTfAa, 206 

oiKTiajjiSg, 206 
oweroc, 206 
•otyoe, 337 
olvdvOrjy 63 
orvag, 63 
oijvi7 ? 63 



OlVOTTEfioV, 63 

olvog, 341 
*6'i(Tr6g, 121 
*oiro£, 251 
olxwQai, 113 

*0l^V6lV, 113 

oliovog, 345 
otcpifiag, 372 
o\/3to£, 232, 359 
*6\£0poc, 251 
*6Xekeiv, 302 
oXiyapxia, 101 
oXiyog, 326 
oXfeac;, 331 
oXXvvai, 302 
oXofcauroDj/, 260 
oXoKavrvfia, 266 
oXoKavTOjaig, 266 
*6XoXvyr), 299 
•oXoXuy/nog, 299 
oXofyvpEffQai, 290 
*6XvfX7nog, 255 
oXvvQog, 375 
*o/iatjuo£, 29 
*6juatjuwj/, 29 
*6fjLEvvsrr}g, 72 
*o/j£im£, 158 
*6fif)yvpig 1 20 
^dfjLrjyvpLZEcjQai, 9 
*ojtfiXo£, 323 
6/u'xXtf, 333 
ojUjua, 346 
6fjt6yafiog f 72 
*6/ioy£r£rwp, 29 
Ojuopoc, 142 

O/XOTEpfJUOV, 142 

*6fJt6Toix°Q9 142 
6ftov, 61 
*6iJ,ovpiog, 142 
6/x0a£, 128 
*6juwXa£, 142 
6i>ojua£ai>, 277 
ovofiavTOQ, 211 
*07raSd£, 229, 256 
*07ra^£tj/, 175 
*07rawi/, 229, 256 

*67WrT£VElV f 343 

OTrXa, 342 
ottXoj/, 104, 342 
07rraj/£ij/, 343 
*67rr£v£tr, 343 
m 6vb)Trri, 346 






op£i>, 343 
opyr), 196, 395 
opytXorrjg, 395 
opsyeiv, 1J5 
6p£y£(70ai, 308 
optZig, 218 
opfloc, 177, 344 

*OQKLOV, 200 

opprj, 218 

bplXlZVT7)Q, 54 

*6pfiiri[36XoQ, 54 
*opi/£ov, 345 
opvig, 345 
oppioSeiv, 390 
*6pi>/iay£d£, 248 
6pxHcr0ai, 356 
6p%ri(JTpa. 372 
0(XlOV, 178 

o(Tio e , 11, 177, 268 

*0(T<T£, 346 
*O(T<X£(70ai, 343 

*oropoc, 248 
ov0rtp, 320 
*ovXai, 60 
ovX??, 208 
*oi>Xo%iTat, 60 
*ovpaviwv, 255 
ovpiaxog, 46 
ovpog, 71 

OVTCLV, 115 

*ot'ritfav6t;, 274 
ov (pavai, 95 

Ol> (pCLGKSlV, 95 

otyiXov, 197 
6(p9a\fi6g, 346 
ox»?/*a,81 
ox#^ 51 
oX^°£> 1^9 
*oxof, 81 
6^/07roiog, 318 

n. 

7ray£r6c, 399 
7ray*cpdrioi\ 26 
Trdyog, 399 
7ra0aiv(o9ai, 3 
7rai$ayaiy£i*>, 174 
7rat^aywy6iov, 172 
7rai$aywyta, 347 
7rai^aya>y6(;, 173 
naidtia, 347 



INDEX. 

7rai8svEiv, 174 
Traidtvaig, 347 
7rai(HicFKii, 348 
7rai(Wo/iO£, 173 
TraicorpifirjQ, 173 
7raisiv, 385 
7ra.17ra.Xr], 60 
*7rai7ra\r)fia, 60 
Tratc, 189,256,348,386 
*7rai<pa(j(jEiv t 356 
7ra\aio^, 98 
m 7ra\at</fio(TvvT], 26 
7ra\ai(JTr]Q, 35 
7raXai<rrpa, 155 
7ra\?7, 26 
7rdX?;, 60 
*7ra\r]ixa, 60 
7rdX(v, 108 
TraXXav, 114, 356 
*7rdXX* <70ai, 356 
7rdXor;, 328 
TraXrov, 52 
iravrjyvpiZeiv, 39 
7ravrjyvpncbg Xoyog, 

195 
7rav7jyvpig y 20 
•^ai/p'ff, 309 
7ra^of)pyog, 274 
7rdvror6, 32 
7ra7TTaLvtiv, 343 
7ra7rt;pov, 135 
7ra.7rvpog, 135 
7rapa/3id££(T0ai, 64 
7rapayysXXsiv t 283 
7raprtyav, 80 
7rapa8eiyfxari£eiv, 161 
m 7rapaK0iTTjg. 158 
*7rapdfcoi:-(C, 72 
irapciKpovuv, 80 
7rapaXoy«£6(70ai, 80 
7rapaXof, 331 
*7rdpapo£, 1 11 
irapavTiKci, 109 
7rapa<ppovG)v, 111 
7rapd(ppu)V, 1 11 

7rapaxpJ/M a > 109 
7rapfid, 349 
iraptari, 214 
7rapax*iv, 161, 175 
7rapfx ffT ^u, 161 
*Trapi)icig, 349 
*7rapr}tg } 349 



373 



Traprjopog, 111 
m 7rapyg, 349 
Kaput), 104 
Trapoifiia, 41 
Trac, 201 
•7ra(77rdX?7. 60 
7rdrayo£, 248 
7rard(T(7Hi>, 385 
7rarsea9ai, 228 
7rartTv, 113 
7rarptfcd(;, 350 
7rdrpio£, 350 
7rarpiu)T7]g, 364 
7rarp<£oc, 350 
TraveaOai, 351 
7rdxvr], 399 
ttsSlXov, 387 

*7T£cW, 149 

7nlpa, 352 
*?rapap, 382 
»:r£7p«c, 382 
7T£Xayo£, 250 
*7rsXt6pov, 23 

*7T£X£IV, 113,199 

ir'sXrri, 104 
7T£;Ujua, 319 
7rsfi7reiv, 8 
^TrkvtaOai, 361 
ir£vk<JTr)g, 258 
Trsvrig, 353 
7r«v0ai/, 290 
ttsj^oc, 338 

*7T£VIXP^C» 353 

TzkvTaOXov, 26 

7T£7rXoV, 394 

7T£7rXof, 394 
7T£7rp6i>jU£i'?;, 328 
7T£pac, 382 
7TEpyap.Evr), 135 
*7rspGsiv, 291 
7r£pi/3ap<c, 387 
7rept/3o?;roc, 170 
*7T£pt/36/\rtioi', 269 
7TEpitio^ia, 241 

■7TEplZ,iO<JTpa, 241 

7rtpiKE(pa\aia, 296 
*7repiKriri]g, 142 
"ireptieriw, 142 
*7reptvatiri}£, 142 

iripnrctTHv, 1 13 

7T£pi<XK£X££, 261 
7T£pl(7K£Xl£, 2(11 

Kk 



374 

7T£pi0£p£ l«, 303 

* / 7rererjv6v, 345 
irsrpa, 314 
*7Tgrpo£, 314 
irevicr), 220 
irevcig, 227 
*7zk<pvuv, 302 
Trrjyai, 354 
?r 77717, 354 
irrjddXiov, 355 
7rrj8av, 356 
*7rri\rj!Z, 296 
Trrjfiaivav, 275 
7r?7xvc, 14, 134 
*7rioa£, 354 

7T10O£, 357 
7rifX7rXdvai, 358 
*7t'itv\oq, 248 
irirvpov, 60 
*7Ti^>avGKuv, 310 
*7rXa£uj;, 80 
TrXa/cowc;, 319 
7r\av7}Q, 106 
7r\avr)7r)g, 106 
7r\aoTty^, 240 
7r\a.Ta}i(*)V, 51 
*7r\ciT7j, 305 
TrXsyfxa, 180 
TrXsOpov, 23 
7rX?]y»}, 208 
*7rX*)y/ia, 208 
*?rXi7e£iv,358 
nXnOog, 169 
7rX^0piov, 355 
*7rXrj6veiv, 358 
*7rXrj0vveiv, 358 
irXr}iifitXuv, 62 
TrXijpovv, 358 
ttX^cjiov (6), 142 
7rXr}<Jiog, 142 
7rX?7(7io;x;<i>pO£, 142 
TrXiiGouv, 385 
7rXotov, 331 
7rXoKap,oQ, 294 
7tXov(jioq, 359 
TrXovraZ,, 359 
ITXowrwv, 30 
*7tXoxjli6c, 294 
ttXvvhv, 360 
*7rjmj/, 124 
7rvtvfia t 7\, 397 
iri'iyup, 24 



INDEX. 
irviyevg, 279 

*TTVOrf, 71 

Troa, 127 
TroSrjytiv, 8 
TrodrjyeTsTv, 8 
*7roQh, 225 
*7ro9riTvg, 225 
Troflog, 225 
*7rota, 127 
7T0l£lJ/, 361 
7roir}jxa, 222 
7r oifjiaivEiv, 126 
TTOlfiTlV, 117, 362 
7roijj,vr}, 10 

*TTOl7TVVeiV, 361 
7TOfCO£, 322 

TroXefjiiog, 210 
7r6Xfjuo£, 323 
TroXtoc, 312 
TroXtc, 363 
7roXir£ia, 101 
TroXiTrjg, 364 
ttoXXoi, 169 
*TToXvaivog, 212 
*7roXvicoipavirj, 101 
*7roXvKTr]fiu)v, 359 
*7roXvvfAvr)Tog, 212 
*7roXvvfJLvog, 212 
7roXvxprW(*>v, 359 
TToXvxpvaog, 359 

7T01/£U/, 361 

TTOvalaOat, 361 
7rovr)pog, 274 
7rov?7po£, 274 
7r6voc, 338 
7roVroc, 250 
7ro7ravo^, 319 
*7T07TOt, 255 
*7TOp£lV, 175 

TTopevtvOai, 1 13 

TTOpiCsllV, 175 

♦Tropic, 133 
7r6pKO£, 180 
*7rop(Jvveiv, 175 
*7ropra£, 133 
*7ropri(;, 133 

*7TO(TtC, 72 

*7rori?ro^, 345 
•Tror/ioff, 251, 328 
Trpdypa, 222 
7rpayp,aTiia y 222 
7rpa£t£, 222 



TTp^OC, 151 

♦TrpaTrifog, 398 
7rp«ff<raa/, 361 
TrpciTijpiov, 19 
7rpctTTSiv, 361 
*7rpai$c, 151 

7rpg7T£l, 160 

7rps<jj3£VTr)g 7 6 
*7rp£(r/3i]toi/, 194 
7rp!<7/3v£, 6, 98, 147 
TTpSGpvrepog, 267 
7rps<rf3vTr)g, 147 
*7rpr]Gsiv, 273 
7rp7joT»ip, 285 
TrpiaaOai, 21 
Trpo, 213 
7rpoay£fv, 283 
7rpoaip£(7ic, 130, 131 
7rpo/3ara, 10 
Trpofiarov, 10 
Trpofiefirjictog, 147 
7rpo/3ovXiVfia, 396 
7rpo£riKoc, 187 
irpodvpLia, 218 
7rpot£vat, 175 
*7rpot£, 194 

*7rpOKW7TOC, 156 
7TpO^£VOf, 336 

7TpO(7Ctyop£U£iV, 277 

7rpoadoKia, 209 
Trpoo-fvx?}, 237, 330 
7rpoarjicsL, 160 
7rpo(Jr]vr}g, 151^ 
irpoaoiKog, 14$^ 
7Tp cro'/i p £<,££ ; S .; 
7rpotrrarr£il c" .83 
7rp6<?$a.Togj h&2 
7rp6(Tx^pog, 142 
7rpor£paIoc, 365 
7rpo'r£pos, 365 
Trporpsweiv, 283 
it pip pa, 331 
7rpu)Ttiov, 101 
7rpwro^, 365 3* 

7TT)]v6l>, 345 

7rr?j<i(X£n', 390 

♦TTToXf/XOC, 323 

*7TToXit6pov, 363 
*7rroX»c? 363 
7rra>xo'c, 353 
m 7rvyfjiax^h 26 
*7rvyjuaxo£, 35 



Trvyprj, 26 

7TVKT1]Q, 35 

7rv\ai, 262 
TruX*;, 262 
irvXujpa, 262 
7rv\u)v t 262 
7ruy0av£<x0ai ( 48, 226 
7rvpaiiiovg, 319 

7TUpoOl/, 273 

Trupo-og, 309 

7r(j)yUJV, 46 

*7ru)\U(j9ai 1 113 

7T(i)\T]T1]plOV, 19 

*7ra)u, 10 

p. 

pa/3SovxoQ, 27 
pydiog, 366 
pdptyog, 367 
pa£, 128 
p£<5a, 81 

*|0«£"i; f 260, 361 
*p£06a,379 
*p£0Of, 379 
*prjypiv, 51 
"prjZrjvoplr], 91 
pi/jua, 315 
pijaiQ, 315 
pfjrpa, 315 
prjrpd, 334 
*/oiyaj/, 390 
ptyoc, °<*8 
!°i£a, 1 

*(Oivog, ,164 
p(7rra£ti L 14 

f>L7TT6LV, 1x4 

pfc 367 

p6fi(3oe, 303 
*(6o0£lv, 228 
pvy\oQ, 367 
*pvfyo£. 196 

pdifJLT], 191 

pw, 128 

2. 

*<rayrjvevQ t 54 
*o-tty?ji'6i>r?;p, 54 
Gayijvj], 180 
(ray pa, 116 
o-a/pcir, 143 
*cra/co£, 104 



INDEX. 

vavddXiov, 387 
advhikov, 387 
aavidtg, 262 
vavig, 262 
(xap<$a£ar, 143 
*crapdaf toy ptidav, 
odpiGGa, 186 
<ra'jO^, 368 
*aarivri % 81 
*<ravpu)Trjp i 46 
(Tefidvpiog, 268 
atfiaarog, 268 
*akXpa, 331 
vepidaXig, 60 
(TsptdaXiTrjg, 97 

*(TtVElV, 204 

arjKog, 330 
ffijf/ia, 154, 369 
Gripaiveiv, 161 
(jrjpelov, 369, 370 
GTjpayZ, 76 
<"fc, 373 

ffflfiVoC, 191 

(Tiay&v, 153 

«ytf, 371 

cn\iyi/i£, 60 
aiuvpa, 394 
aicrvpva, 394 
txiroc, 97 
<7LW7rrj, 371 
(FKaiog, 244 
♦(Tieatpcii/, 356 
GKu<pog, 331 
OKsndZeiv, 301 
aKB7rrea9ai, 343 
(ricct/aptor, 7 
ckcuoc, 7 
<TKrj*nj, 372 

0riC»)l/O£, 379 

aKrjvtupa, 379 
07c?/ 7r ro'e, 285 
oicifnrovg, 292 
*(7Kiprav, 356 

<TK07THV, 343 

<Tico7rta^£ij/, 343 
GKoirog, 382 
<r/cf>Xa, 31 1 
crcuXag, 381 
(TicvXcvciv, 291 
*(JKv\eviia, 311 

(TKuXov, 311 

GKvpvog, 381 

Kk 2 



375 



OTcuroc, 164 
<jKw\r)$, 373 
m <Tfjmcp6g, 326 
(ToXoc, 182 

andviog, 326 
143 (77T£ipa, 303 
*0-7r£Oc, 76 
tT7r/iXaior, 76 
<T7r^Xuy^, 76 
<77roXa'c, 264 

<T7TOVCl], 200 

<T7rou(JaTo£, 1 
*<TTacia, 323 
*<rrddiog f 1 19 
araOepoc, 119 
GTaOpog, 116,240 
ardpvog, 357 
Grdaipog, 1 19 
<7Ta(pig, 128 
aracpvX?], 128 
GTaxdvr), 240 
0T£ya^£ir, 301 

OT£-y£ll/, 301 

crrfiyr/. 340 
*oT£yo£, 340 

*0T6lX£tV, 1 13 

crsppa, 171 
<7r€pto'c> 119 
GrepKTucov, 225 
(rrspvo^, 263, 281 
*<TTepo7rrj, 285 

*OT€p0O£, 164 

GTS(pavog, 171 
*aT66avii)pa, 171 

*(7r£0O£. 171 

<rr?")eoc,263, 281 

(TTl/3€V£lV, 239 

orifiog, 122 
ar»xav, 113 
<tWxo£, 221 

0TOlX^ or > ^54 
<jTo\dg, 264 
proXi?', 269,394 
oropa, 47 
OTOjuax () C> 141 
GTopisjpa, 47 
Gropojcrig, 47 
*(jTopyi), 2 25 
orpdrtvpa* 374 
orparia, 374 
OTparoircfoVi 374 
orparo'c;, 374 



876 

(TTptytlV, 55 

arpocpiov, 171, 241 
GToutfia, 292 
(TTpiofivrjt 292 
(TTvpaKiov, 46 
(TTvpa%, 46 
avfloGia, 10 

(TvfiiOTflQ, 362 

*<Tvyyafiog 9 72 
ffvyy£v?7£, 339 
cvyyovog, 29 
GvyypcKpevg, 270 
(TvyKXrjrog, 132 
ovisvyvvvai, 139 
cv&vtiQ, 140 
*cri>£vyo£, 158 
*<7i/£u£, 72 

CVKOV, 375 

cvXyv, 96 
(7iAAiy£fv, 9 
ffvXAoyoc, 20 

,il3iJ3d&iv, 9 
i/ 'jfifioXov, 369 
(TVfifiax^v, 125 
avfijjiaxia, 376 
<TVfi7ro\e fitly, 125 

GVfXTToXlTTjg, 364 

(TVfnrocnov, 377 
avvdyuv, 9 
ffvvaywy?;, 20 
*avvaifjLog, 29 
(Tvvedpiov, 20 
(rvveaig, 335 
*<TvvEvvtTr]g, 72 

GVVlX&Qi 32 

avvtjOeia, 196 
ffvvOrJKr], 200 
avvodog, 20 
(Tvvouci^siVy 139 
^avvofiaijjiwvy 29 
cv'vopog, 142 
avvwpig, 81 
GvQopfiog, 362 
<r<pdyiov, 266 
<T(pdieiv, 260, 302 
(T<pa7pa 9 303 
G(pdKtXog y 137 
<70aX\6iv, 80 
G(pdrrtiv, 302 
vipEvdovav, 114 
ffQiyyeiv, 162 
<TXi8"h 331 



INDEX. 

(7%6rXia£5iv, 3 
<7x^/i«, 378 
(7x0X7?, 172 
caijua, 379 
(Tw/,ta(7Kia, 103 
(7topdc, 259 

T. 

rayeta, 101 
rati/ia, 171, 241, 373 
raXavrov, 240 
rdXapog, 288 
Tafiia, 256 
TavarjKrjg, 46 
7a7raroc, 326 
rap(3e~iv, 390 
TapixzvQag, 59 
rapix^o'c, 59 
rdptxog, 59 
rappog, 305 
rapa6g 9 305 
Taprapog, 30 
raupog, 133 
rax^C, 297 
Vsyog, 340 
*r£0?77ra, 253 
rkQpnnrov, 81 
reix'iov, 380 
TEixog, 380 
*TSKfiap, 382 
TSKfitjptov, 369 

*T8KfXU)p, 382 

rkvoi/, 381, 386 
*r£fcoc, 386 
rfXevrai/, 351 
TsXevrrj, 251, 382 
reX*?, 102 
rlXoe, 102, 382 
Hfisvog, 23, 330 
TEpdjitov, 321 
rtpag, 242, 370 
repr?^, 321 
Tspfxa, 382 
*r£|07ru>X?7, 391 
Ttp\pig, 391 
*Tsrfieiv, 236 
*r«rpaopia, 81 
*TETpefiaiveiv i 390 
*rf v%£a, 342 
Tivxtiv, 361 
™i>X C> 7 



*r£0pouy, 273 
TYifitvva, 394 
Trjfisvvog, 394 
napa, 171 
tiQchjoeveiv, 159 
nfltfvr?, 3713 
rirflii, 383 
TirOiov, 320 
rtrfloc, 320 

TlTpWGKElV, 115 

*r\?jvcu, 389 
rotxog, 380 
roXfia, 91 
ro£e?jav, 114 
ToKevpa, 121 
rpdyog, 42 
rpavfia, 208 
TpavpaTiZuv, 115 
*Tpa<pEpd, 149 
rpcTi/, 390 
*Tpkfitiv 9 390 

TpS7TElV, 55 

TpE7TE(r9ai, 55 

TpEXElV, 384 

TQifitiv, 385 
*rpij3og 9 337 
Tpi/3ojv 9 394 
rpi/3(jjvtov 9 394 
Tpifjpr]g 9 331 
Tpixi*)}JLa 9 294 

*TpO]JlSELV, 390 

rpo7ro£, 196 
rpo^og, 383 
rpoxog, 303 
rjooxos, 303 
rpwrai/17, 240 
Vpu0aX«a, 296 
rp(byEiv 9 228 
Tvyx&vtiv 9 199, 236 
♦rvjUjua, 208 
Tvitog, 378 

TV7TTEIV, 385 

TVpavvig, 101 
Tvpavvog 9 117 
*rt/r06c, 381 
*rv<poyepo)v, 147 
rvxr/, 328 

Y. 

*uyprj 9 250 
m vdElv 9 28 



L 



vdiop Kara X ei P°G> 86 
viog, 386 
*vfjLtivaiog, 140 
*i)fj,veXv, 28 
vpvog, 195 

VTTCLKOVtlV, 48 

viravrcjlv, 236 

VTTCLQX iiV i 199 
UTTfp, 213 

V7repfia.ivuv, 62 
virepfiaxtlv, 125 
V7n]psrrjg, 189 
*v7rv6eiv, 233 
*v7rvw(j(jeiv, 233 
V7r6d?]jjia 1 387 
v7ro%vyiov, 242 
vttoiiigQoq, 258 

V7r6fiVT](TlQ, 67 
V7TOXTJ, 180 

*v(Tfxivriy 323 
vaaog, 52 
*v<popP6g, 362 

(payelv, 228 
*<paL8inoQ, 212 
*(paidpvvei.v, 360 
ipaivtiv, 161 
faivtaOai, 183 
0dvai, 310 
^avfpovi^, 161 
(pavoq, 309 
*4>do£,' 245, 346 
<papog, 394 
0acryai^ov, 388 
0affK«rj 310 
(pariZtiv, 310 
*0ari£, 315 
cpavXog, 274 
(fxiixng, 245 
*<psyyog, 245 
0£va*:i£av, 80 
0speti>, 308, 389 
QepvT), 194 
0^/S,375 
*<t>r)\oi>v, 80 
*<prifjLi£uv, 310 
0>?p, 242 
^yyf(T0ai, 310 
iOtvtti/, 302 



INDEX. 

(pQovog, 238 
00opa, 251 
0iXi«, 225 
ipiXSdtjpog, 187 
(pikovuKia, 223 
0i\o7rpocrr;yopta, 235 
0iXog, 229 
0iXoo"ropyia, 225 
*<pi\6rr)g, 225 
(piXocppoavvrf, 225 
*(pi\Tpov, 225 
(pipovv, 162 
0\aDpo£, 274 
<p\iy'iQuv, 273 

0\£y£lV, 273 

ipXeyiiaivtiv, 273 
*(p\oyi£uv, 273 
*(p\ol(Tpog, 248 
(pXvapeXv, 310 
(poPtlveai, 390 
0oirai>, 113 
(povtvuv, 302 

*0Ol>O£, 38 

(popfidg, 242 
(popelv, 389 
(p6p7]p.a, 116 
*0op/ny£, 317 
(popriov, 116 
0oproc, 116 
*<popvveiv, 325 
*<popv<j<TEiv, 325 
*(ppadij, 131 
*if>padfio<7vvrj, 131 
<ppd£eiv, 310 
<ppEva.7ra.Tav, 80 
0O€V6c, 281, 335 
0prjv, 281, 335 
(pplaativ, 390 
*0pojm'c, 338 
^pvyavov, 276 
(ppvKrog, 309 

0U£lX>, 199 

*0u?7, 196 
<pv\i} 9 169 
•(pvXoirig, 323 
0vpav, 325 
ipvcrig, 196 
0aA£o£, 249 
0wi^Ti/, 310 
*0a»e, 74 
0w£, 245 



377 



x. 



Xaioc, 1 
Xa«>»?, 294 
*^aira>/xa, 294 
XaX£7ran'6iv, 3 
Xaoci, 391 
XapaKTrjp. 154, 196 
Xapietc, 144 
Xapi%E(j6ai> 175 
X&pW) 213 
Xa'pi£> 225, 392 
*Xcipp.a, 391 
m Xcip}Jir], 323 
*Xap^oavvr], 391 
Xciprrjg, 135 
XaVjua, 76 
Xauroc, 321 
*Xad,249 
X£iXo£, 51 

X»P» 134 . 

XHpaywy£7i>, 8 »T* 
*XEtporj9r]g, 151 
XEipovv, 159 
XEipovaOai, 159 
*X£Ai>C> 317 
*XEpfiadiov, 314 
*Xepfiag, 314 
X^pffoc, 149 
X^Xoc, 288 

*XJ?p«jLlOC, 76 

•x^wv, 149 
XiXeuftv, 126 
X tXoc, 127 
XtXoDr, 126 
*Xif iai p a ) 42 
Xificipog, 42 
Xtrw*>, 264, 393 
XiTwviov, 393 
XirwricKoc 393 
xXaTva, 394 
xXa/iug, 394 
xXav«f, 394 
*xXi<5ai'6£, 321 
XX6/J, 127 
*X^oof, 110 
X°Xi], 395 
XoXoc;, 395 
XOJ^)tr/;c. 97 

x6v£pog, <>0 



378 

Xoprjysiv, 175 
Xoprd^eiv, 126 
Xoprog, 127 
*%pat(7ju£ti/, 94 
Xpi 160 
%p?/jLtara, 89 
Xp77jLiariKO£, 359 
XpycrTtipwv, 266 
Xp??<7r6c, 1 
Xprjffrorrjg, 92 
^joovo^, 400 
Xpwc 164 
X<*>pa, 149 
^wpet^, 1 13 
Xupiov, 23 
%wpoe, 23 



INDEX. 



¥. 



if/aWay, 28 
xpevdeiv, 80 
■ipevdeaQai, 80 
^^, 373 
*ipr)(ptQ 9 314 
\pij(pi(jfxa, 396 
•iprjipoQ, 314 
*//i\6c, 156 
ijso(ptXv, 397 
^60o£, 248 
*//uxrfi 123, 398 
#X°C> 399. 



Q. 

a>«, 164 
*a>yvytoc, 98 
*w&'c, 338 
wfceavog, 250 
*a>fcuc, 297 
wXsfcpavov, 14 
*a>Xgi/?7, 134 
WjLlI? Xvgiq, 60 
*wjuoylpw^, 147 
wvtiaQcu, 21 
wpa, 400 
a>|0aco£, 278 
toraKovareiv, 48 
wtsiXt], 208 
w^fXoj/j 197 



THE END. 






Gilbert & Rivington, Printers, St. John's Square, London. 



Mtt/Tt 












mi 



LIBRARY 



OOs 










vtm 




a 



SB ^h B 



WW 1 ' ■ J,'PS«£ 
■i 




